Copyright © 1999-2023 The BLFS Development Team
Copyright © 1999-2023, The BLFS Development Team
All rights reserved.
This book is licensed under a Creative Commons License.
Computer instructions may be extracted from the book under the MIT License.
Linux® is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
Published 2023-09-01
| Revision History | ||
|---|---|---|
| Revision 12.0 | 2023-09-01 | Twenty-eighth Release |
| Revision 11.3 | 2023-03-01 | Twenty-seventh Release |
| Revision 11.2 | 2022-09-01 | Twenty-sixth Release |
| Revision 11.1 | 2022-03-01 | Twenty-fifth Release |
| Revision 11.0 | 2021-09-01 | Twenty-fourth Release |
| Revision 10.1 | 2021-03-01 | Twenty-third Release |
| Revision 10.0 | 2020-09-01 | Twenty-second Release |
| Revision 9.1 | 2020-03-01 | Twenty-first Release |
| Revision 9.0 | 2019-09-01 | Twentieth release |
| Revision 8.4 | 2019-03-01 | Nineteenth release |
| Revision 8.3 | 2018-09-01 | Eighteenth release |
| Revision 8.2 | 2018-03-02 | Seventeenth release |
| Revision 8.1 | 2017-09-01 | Sixteenth release |
| Revision 8.0 | 2017-02-25 | Fifteenth release |
| Revision 7.10 | 2016-09-07 | Fourteenth release |
| Revision 7.9 | 2016-03-08 | Thirteenth release |
| Revision 7.8 | 2015-10-01 | Twelfth release |
| Revision 7.7 | 2015-03-06 | Eleventh release |
| Revision 7.6 | 2014-09-23 | Tenth release |
| Revision 7.5 | 2014-03-05 | Ninth release |
| Revision 7.4 | 2013-09-14 | Eighth release |
| Revision 6.3 | 2008-08-24 | Seventh release |
| Revision 6.2 | 2007-02-14 | Sixth release |
| Revision 6.1 | 2005-08-14 | Fifth release |
| Revision 6.0 | 2005-04-02 | Fourth release |
| Revision 5.1 | 2004-06-05 | Third release |
| Revision 5.0 | 2003-11-06 | Second release |
| Revision 1.0 | 2003-04-25 | First release |
Abstract
This book follows on from the Linux From Scratch book. It introduces and guides the reader through additions to the system including networking, graphical interfaces, sound support, and printer and scanner support.
Having helped out with Linux From Scratch for a short time, I noticed that we were getting many queries as to how to do things beyond the base LFS system. At the time, the only assistance specifically offered relating to LFS were the LFS hints (https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints). Most of the LFS hints are extremely good and well written but I (and others) could still see a need for more comprehensive help to go Beyond LFS — hence BLFS.
BLFS aims to be more than the LFS-hints converted to XML although much of our work is based around the hints and indeed some authors write both hints and the relevant BLFS sections. We hope that we can provide you with enough information to not only manage to build your system up to what you want, whether it be a web server or a multimedia desktop system, but also that you will learn a lot about system configuration as you go.
Thanks as ever go to everyone in the LFS/BLFS community; especially those who have contributed instructions, written text, answered questions and generally shouted when things were wrong!
Finally, we encourage you to become involved in the community; ask questions on the mailing list or news gateway and join in the fun on #lfs and #lfs-support at Libera. You can find more details about all of these in the Introduction section of the book.
Enjoy using BLFS.
Mark Hymers
markh <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (July 2001–March 2003)
I still remember how I found the BLFS project and started using the instructions that were completed at the time. I could not believe how wonderful it was to get an application up and running very quickly, with explanations as to why things were done a certain way. Unfortunately, for me, it wasn't long before I was opening applications that had nothing more than "To be done" on the page. I did what most would do, I waited for someone else to do it. It wasn't too long before I am looking through Bugzilla for something easy to do. As with any learning experience, the definition of what was easy kept changing.
We still encourage you to become involved as BLFS is never really finished. Contributing or just using, we hope you enjoy your BLFS experience.
Larry Lawrence
larry <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (March 2003–June 2004)
The BLFS project is a natural progression of LFS. Together, these projects provide a unique resource for the Open Source Community. They take the mystery out of the process of building a complete, functional software system from the source code contributed by many talented individuals throughout the world. They truly allow users to implement the slogan “Your distro, your rules”.
Our goal is to continue to provide the best resource available that shows you how to integrate many significant Open Source applications. Since these applications are constantly updated and new applications are developed, this book will never be complete. Additionally, there is always room for improvement in explaining the nuances of how to install the different packages. To make these improvements, we need your feedback. I encourage you to participate on the different mailing lists, news groups, and IRC channels to help meet these goals.
Bruce Dubbs
bdubbs <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (June 2004–December 2006 and February 2011–now)
My introduction to the [B]LFS project was actually by accident. I was trying to build a GNOME environment using some how-tos and other information I found on the web. A couple of times I ran into some build issues and Googling pulled up some old BLFS mailing list messages. Out for curiosity, I visited the Linux From Scratch web site and shortly thereafter was hooked. I've not used any other Linux distribution for personal use since.
I can't promise anyone will feel the sense of satisfaction I felt after building my first few systems using [B]LFS instructions, but I sincerely hope that your BLFS experience is as rewarding for you as it has been for me.
The BLFS project has grown significantly the last couple of years. There are more package instructions and related dependencies than ever before. The project requires your input for continued success. If you discover that you enjoy building BLFS, please consider helping out in any way you can. BLFS requires hundreds of hours of maintenance to keep it even semi-current. If you feel confident enough in your editing skills, please consider joining the BLFS team. Simply contributing to the mailing list discussions with sound advice and/or providing patches to the book's XML will probably result in you receiving an invitation to join the team.
Randy McMurchy
randy <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (December 2006–January 2011)
This version of the book is intended to be used when building on top of a system built using the LFS book. Every effort has been made to ensure accuracy and reliability of the instructions. Many people find that using the instructions in this book after building the current stable or development version of LFS provides a stable and very modern Linux system.
Enjoy!
Randy McMurchy
August 24th, 2008
This book is mainly aimed at those who have built a system based on the LFS book. It will also be useful for those who are using other distributions, and for one reason or another want to manually build software and need some assistance. Note that the material in this book, in particular the dependency listings, assumes that you are using a basic LFS system with every package listed in the LFS book already installed and configured. BLFS can be used to create a range of diverse systems and so the target audience is probably as wide as that of the LFS book. If you found LFS useful, you should also like this!
Since Release 7.4, the BLFS book version has matched the LFS book version. This book may be incompatible with a previous or later release of the LFS book.
This book is divided into the following fourteen parts.
This part contains essential information which is needed to understand the rest of the book.
Here we introduce basic configuration and security issues. We also discuss a range of text editors, file systems, and shells which aren't covered in the main LFS book.
In this section we cover libraries which are often needed throughout the book, as well as system utilities. Information on programming (including recompiling GCC to support its full range of languages) concludes this part.
Here we explain how to connect to a network when you aren't using the simple static IP setup presented in the main LFS book. Networking libraries and command-line networking tools are also covered here.
Here we show you how to set up mail and other servers (such as FTP, Apache, etc.).
This part explains how to set up a basic X Window System, along with some generic X libraries and Window managers.
This part is for those who want to use the K Desktop Environment, or parts of it.
GNOME is the main alternative to KDE in the Desktop Environment arena.
Xfce is a lightweight alternative to GNOME and KDE.
LXDE is another lightweight alternative to GNOME and KDE.
Office programs and graphical web browsers are important to most people. They, and some generic X software, can be found in this part of the book.
Here we cover multimedia libraries and drivers, along with some audio, video, and CD-writing programs.
This part covers document handling, from applications like Ghostscript, CUPS, and DocBook, all the way to texlive.
The Appendices present information which doesn't belong in the body of book; they are included as reference material. The glossary of acronyms is a handy feature.
The Beyond Linux From Scratch book is designed to carry on from where the LFS book leaves off. But unlike the LFS book, it isn't designed to be followed straight through. Reading the Which sections of the book? part of this chapter should help guide you through the book.
Please read most of this part of the book carefully as it explains quite a few of the conventions used throughout the book.
Unlike the Linux From Scratch book, BLFS isn't designed to be followed in a linear manner. LFS provides instructions on how to create a base system which can become anything from a web server to a multimedia desktop system. BLFS attempts to guide you in the process of going from the base system to your intended destination. Choice is very much involved.
Everyone who reads this book will want to read certain sections. The Introduction, which you are currently reading, contains generic information. Take special note of the information in Chapter 2, Important Information, as this contains comments about how to unpack software, issues related to the use of different locales, and various other considerations which apply throughout the book.
The part on Post LFS Configuration and Extra Software is where most people will want to turn next. This deals not only with configuration, but also with Security (Chapter 4, Security), File Systems (Chapter 5, File Systems and Disk Management -- including GRUB for UEFI), Text Editors (Chapter 6, Text Editors), and Shells (Chapter 7, Shells). Indeed, you may wish to reference some parts of this chapter (especially the sections on Text Editors and File Systems) while building your LFS system.
Following these basic items, most people will want to at least browse through the General Libraries and Utilities part of the book. This contains information on many items which are prerequisites for other sections of the book, as well as some items (such as Chapter 13, Programming) which are useful in their own right. You don't have to install all of the libraries and packages found in this part; each BLFS installation procedure tells you which other packages this one depends upon. You can choose the program you want to install, and see what it needs. (Don't forget to check for nested dependencies!)
Likewise, most people will probably want to look at the Networking section. It deals with connecting to the Internet or your LAN (Chapter 14, Connecting to a Network) using a variety of methods such as DHCP and PPP, and with items such as Networking Libraries (Chapter 17, Networking Libraries), plus various basic networking programs and utilities.
Once you have dealt with these basics, you may wish to configure more advanced network services. These are dealt with in the Servers part of the book. Those wanting to build servers should find a good starting point there. Note that this section also contains information on several database packages.
The next twelve chapters deal with desktop systems. This portion of the book starts with a part talking about Graphical Components. This part also deals with some generic X-based libraries (Chapter 25, Graphical Environment Libraries). After that, KDE, GNOME, Xfce, and LXDE are given their own parts, followed by one on X Software.
The book then moves on to deal with Multimedia packages. Note that many people may want to use the ALSA-1.2.7 instructions from this chapter when first starting their BLFS journey; the instructions are placed here because it is the most logical place for them.
The final part of the main BLFS book deals with Printing, Scanning and Typesetting. This is useful for most people with desktop systems, but even those who are creating dedicated server systems may find it useful.
We hope you enjoy using BLFS. May you realize your dream of building the perfectly personalized Linux system!
To make things easy to follow, a number of conventions are used throughout the book. Here are some examples:
./configure --prefix=/usr
This form of text should be typed exactly as shown unless otherwise noted in the surrounding text. It is also used to identify references to specific commands.
install-info: unknown option
`--dir-file=/mnt/lfs/usr/info/dir'This form of text (fixed width font) shows screen output, probably the result of issuing a command. It is also used to show filenames such as
/boot/grub/grub.conf
Emphasis
This form of text is used for several purposes, but mainly to emphasize important points, or to give examples of what to type.
https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/
This form of text is used for hypertext links external to the book, such as HowTos, download locations, websites, etc.
This form of text is used for links internal to the book, such as another section describing a different package.
cat > $LFS/etc/group << "EOF"
root:x:0:
bin:x:1:
......
EOF
This style is mainly used when creating configuration files. The first command (in bold) tells the system to create the file
$LFS/etc/groupfrom whatever is typed on the following lines, until the sequence EOF is encountered. Therefore, this whole section is usually typed exactly as shown. Remember, copy and paste is your friend!
<REPLACED
TEXT>
This form of text is used to encapsulate text that should be modified, and is not to be typed as shown, or copied and pasted. The angle brackets are not part of the literal text; they are part of the substitution.
root
This form of text is used to show a specific system user or group reference in the instructions.
When new packages are created, the software's authors depend on prior work. In order to build a package in BLFS, these dependencies must be built before the desired package can be compiled. For each package, prerequisites are listed in one or more separate sections: Required, Recommended, and Optional.
These dependencies are the bare minimum needed to build the package. Packages in LFS, and the required dependencies of these required packages, are omitted from this list. Always remember to check for nested dependencies. If a dependency is said to be “runtime”, then it is not needed for building the package, but only to use it after installation.
These are dependencies the BLFS editors have determined are important to give the package reasonable capabilities. If a recommended dependency is not said to be “runtime”, package installation instructions assume it is installed. If it is not installed, the instructions may require modification, to accommodate the missing package. A recommended “runtime” dependency does not need to be installed before building the package, but must be built afterwards for running the package with reasonable capabilities.
These are dependencies the package may use. Integration of optional dependencies may be automatic by the package, or additional steps not presented by BLFS may be necessary. Optional dependencies are sometimes listed without explicit BLFS instructions. In this case you must determine how to perform the installation yourself.
Some packages require specific kernel configuration options. The general layout for these looks like this:
Master section ---> Subsection ---> [*] Required parameter [REQU_PAR] <*> Required parameter (not as module) [REQU_PAR_NMOD] <*/M> Required parameter (could be a module) [REQU_PAR_MOD] <M> Required parameter (as a module) [REQU_PAR_MOD_ONLY] < /*/M> Optional parameter [OPT_PAR] < /M> Optional parameter (as a module if enabled) [OPT_PAR_MOD_ONLY] [ ] Incompatible parameter [INCOMP_PAR] < > Incompatible parameter (even as module) [INCOMP_PAR_MOD]
[...] on the right gives the symbolic name of the option, so
you can easily check whether it is set in your .config file. Note that the .config file contains a CONFIG_ prefix before all symbolic names.
The meaning of the various entries is:
Master section top level menu item Subsection submenu item Required parameter the option can either be built-in, or not selected: it must be selected Required parameter (not as module) the option can be built-in, a module, or not selected (tri-state): it must be selected as built-in Required parameter (could be a module) the option can be built-in, a module, or not selected: it must be selected, either as built-in or as a module Required parameter (as a module) the option can be built-in, a module, or not selected: it must be selected as a module; selecting it as built-in may cause unwanted effects Optional parameter the option can be built-in, a module, or not selected: it may be selected as a module or built-in if you need it for driving the hardware or optional kernel features Optional parameter the option can be built-in, a module, or not selected: it may be selected as a module if you need it for driving the hardware or optional kernel features, but selecting it as built-in may cause unwanted effects Incompatible parameter the option can either be built-in or not selected: it must not be selected Incompatible parameter (even as module) the option can be built-in, a module, or not selected: it must not be selected
Note that, depending on other selections, the angle brackets (<>) in the configuration menu may appear as braces ({}) if the option cannot be unselected, or even as dashes (-*- or -M-), when the choice is imposed. The help text describing the option specifies the other selections on which this option relies, and how those other selections are set.
The letter in blue is the hotkey for this option. If you are running make menuconfig, you can press a key to quickly traverse all the options with this key as the hotkey on the screen.
As in LFS, each package in BLFS has a build time listed in Standard Build Units (SBUs). These times are relative to the time it took to build binutils in LFS, and are intended to provide some insight into how long it will take to build a package. Most times listed are for a single processor or core to build the package. In some cases, large, long running builds tested on multi-core systems have SBU times listed with comments such as '(parallelism=4)'. These values indicate testing was done using multiple cores. Note that while this speeds up the build on systems with the appropriate hardware, the speedup is not linear and to some extent depends on the individual package and the specific hardware used.
For packages which use ninja (i.e., anything using meson) or rust, by default all cores are used; similar comments will be seen on such packages even when the build time is minimal.
Where even a parallel build takes more than 15 SBU, on certain machines the time may be considerably greater even when the build does not use swap. In particular, different micro-architectures will build some files at different relative speeds, and this can introduce delays when certain make targets wait for another file to be created. Where a large build uses a lot of C++ files, processors with Simultaneous Multi Threading will share the Floating Point Unit and can take 45% longer than when using four 'prime' cores (measured on an intel i7 using taskset and keeping the other cores idle).
Some packages do not support parallel builds; for these, the make command must specify -j1. Packages that are known to impose such limits are so marked in the text.
This is BLFS-BOOK version 12.0 dated September 1st, 2023. This is the 12.0-systemd branch of the BLFS book, currently targeting the LFS 12.0-systemd book. For development versions, if this version is older than a month, it's likely that your mirror hasn't been synchronized recently and a newer version is probably available for download or viewing. Check one of the mirror sites at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mirrors.html for an updated version.
The BLFS project has a number of mirrors set up world-wide to make it easier and more convenient for you to access the website. Please visit the https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mirrors.html website for the list of current mirrors.
Within the BLFS instructions, each package has two references for finding the source files for the package—an HTTP link and an FTP link (some packages may only list one of these links). Every effort has been made to ensure that these links are accurate. However, the World Wide Web is in continuous flux. Packages are sometimes moved or updated and the exact URL specified is not always available.
To overcome this problem, the BLFS Team, with the assistance of Oregon State University Open Source Lab, has made an HTTP/FTP site available through world wide mirrors. See https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/download.html#sources for a list. These sites have all the sources of the exact versions of the packages used in BLFS. If you can't find the BLFS package you need at the listed addresses, get it from these sites.
We would like to ask a favor, however. Although this is a public resource for you to use, please do not abuse it. We have already had one unthinking individual download over 3 GB of data, including multiple copies of the same files that are placed at different locations (via symlinks) to make finding the right package easier. This person clearly did not know what files he needed and downloaded everything. The best place to download files is the site or sites set up by the source code developer. Please try there first.
Current release: 12.0 – September 1st, 2023
Changelog Entries:
Septenber 1st, 2023
[bdubbs] - Release of BLFS-12.0.
August 31st, 2023
[renodr] - Update to Thunderbird-115.2.0 (Security Update). Fixes #18479.
August 30th, 2023
[renodr] - Archive LXDM because of problems with PAM and elogind.
[pierre] - Update to blocaled-0.5. Fixes #18480.
August 29th, 2023
August 28th, 2023
[renodr] - Update to libreoffice-7.6.0.3. Fixes #18435.
August 24th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to kf5-apps-23.08.0, kate, kwave, falkon. Fixes #18152.
August 23rd, 2023
August 22nd, 2023
[renodr] - Update to gnome-bluetooth-42.6. Fixes #18414.
[renodr] - Update to samba-4.18.6. Fixes #18416.
[bdubbs] - Update to xfce4-terminal-1.1.0. Fixes #18443.
[bdubbs] - Update to xfce4-appfinder-4.18.1. Fixes #18444.
[bdubbs] - Update to fop-2.9. Fixes #18441.
[bdubbs] - Update to apache-ant-1.10.14. Fixes #18433.
[renodr] - Update to WebKitGTK+-2.41.91. Fixes #18432.
August 21st, 2023
August 20th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to imlib2-1.12.0. Fixes #18428.
[renodr] - Move Kea from the Networking chapter to the Major Servers chapter.
August 19th, 2023
August 17th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to xwayland-23.2.0. Fixes #18415.
[bdubbs] - Update to mesa-23.1.6. Fixes #18417.
[bdubbs] - Update to libxcb-1.16. Fixes #18419.
[bdubbs] - Update to xcb-proto-1.16.0. Fixes #18418.
[renodr] - Update to screen-4.9.1. Fixes #18425.
[renodr] - Update to krb5-1.21.2 (Security Update). Fixes #18420.
[renodr] - Update to bind-9.18.18. Fixes #18424.
[renodr] - Document a test that is known to hang on some systems in rustc.
[renodr] - Disable the creation of the /tmp/hsperfdata_[username] directory in Java. On a BLFS system, this directory is not typically needed.
August 16th, 2023
[renodr] - Archive the SUPER Perl Module. It was previously only used by Archive::TestMockModule, which was just archived.
[renodr] - Archive Test::MockModule. It was previously only used in Archive::Zip, but it is no longer used there anymore.
[renodr] - Update to blfs-systemd-units-20230816. This fixes warnings when using the sendmail service.
August 14th, 2023
[renodr] - Update to vala-0.56.11. Fixes #18412.
[renodr] - Update to VIM-9.0.1677 (sync to LFS).
[renodr] - Update to libsndfile-1.2.2. Fixes #18411.
[renodr] - Update to mc-4.8.30. Fixes #18410.
[renodr] - Update to libadwaita-1.3.4. Fixes #18409.
[timtas] - Update to openldap-2.6.6. Fixes #18361.
August 13th, 2023
[thomas] - Update to openssh-9.4p1 and ssh-askpass-9.4p1. Fixes #18397.
[renodr] - Update to gtkmm-3.24.8. Fixes #18402.
[renodr] - Update to libcloudproviders-0.3.2. Fixes #18399.
[renodr] - Update to cmake-3.27.2. Fixes #18400.
[renodr] - Update to JSON-C-0.17. Fixes #18407.
[renodr] - Update to libsecret-0.21.0. Fixes #18406.
[renodr] - Update to Text-CSV-2.03 (Perl Module). Fixes #18405.
[renodr] - Update to Text-CSV_XS-1.51 (Perl Module). Fixes #18405.
[renodr] - Update to boost-1.83.0. Fixes #18404.
August 12th, 2023
August 11th, 2023
August 9th, 2023
August 8th, 2023
[renodr] - Enable the bubblewrap sandbox in WebKitGTK+. This should reduce the impact of future security vulnerabilities in this package. Fixes #18391.
[renodr] - Add xdg-user-proxy in support of allowing sandboxing in WebKitGTK+.
[ken] - Fix fontforge ftbfs with gettext-0.22. Fixes #18392.
[renodr] - Update to mercurial-6.5.1. Fixes #18389.
[bdubbs] - Update to gtk-4.12.0. Fixes #18386.
[renodr] - Update to intel-media-driver-23.3.1. Fixes #18390.
August 7th, 2023
[renodr] - Update to gvfs-1.50.6. Fixes #18387.
[renodr] - Update to vala-0.56.10. Fixes #18385.
[renodr] - Update to Pygments-2.16.1 (Python Module). Fixes #18384.
[renodr] - Update to gedit-46.1. Fixes #18383.
[renodr] - Update to rustc-1.71.1 (Security Update). Fixes #18382.
[ken] - Update to qtwebengine-5.15.15 (security fixes). Fixes #18331.
August 6th, 2023
August 5th, 2023
August 4th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to gnutls-3.8.1. Fixes #18377.
[bdubbs] - Update to SDL2-2.28.2. Fixes #18373.
[bdubbs] - Update to unrar-6.2.10. Fixes #18371.
[bdubbs] - Update to sg3_utils-1.48. Fixes #18370.
[bdubbs] - Update to LVM2.2.03.22. Fixes #18369.
[renodr] - Update to seamonkey-2.53.17 (Security Update). Fixes #18362.
[renodr] - Update to mariadb-10.11.4 (Security Update). Fixes #18374.
August 3rd, 2023
August 2nd, 2023
August 1st, 2023
[renodr] - Update to epiphany-44.6. Fixes #18352.
[renodr] - Update to libarchive-3.7.1. Fixes #18351.
[bdubbs] - Update to numpy-1.25.2 (Python module). Fixes #18360.
[bdubbs] - Update to pyparsing-3.1.1 (Python module). Fixes #18355.
[renodr] - Document some of GDM's behavior with NVIDIA GPUs, and a potential workaround if users wish to try it. Fixes #18266.
[ken] - Update to firefox-115.1.0esr (security update). Fixes #18310.
July 31st, 2023
[ken] - Update to Net-HTTP-6.23 (perl module). Fixes #18358.
July 30th, 2023
July 28th, 2023
[xry111] - Update to systemd-254 (sync with LFS). Fixes #18344.
[bdubbs] - Update to btrfs-progs-v6.3.3. Fixes #18340.
[renodr] - Update to nss-3.92. Fixes #18339.
[renodr] - Update to sphinx-7.1.1 (Python Module). Fixes #18343.
[renodr] - Update to python-dbusmock-0.29.1 (Python Module). Fixes #18342.
July 27th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to umockdev-0.17.18. Fixes #18338.
July 26th, 2023
July 25th, 2023
July 24th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to inkscape-1.3. Fixes #18332.
July 23rd, 2023
[renodr] - Update to pipewire-0.3.75. Fixes #18330.
[renodr] - Update to icewm-3.4.1. Fixes #18329.
[renodr] - Update to glu-9.0.3. Fixes #18328.
[renodr] - Update to mesa-23.1.4. Fixes #18325.
[bdubbs] - Update to libreoffice-7.5.5.2. Fixes #18322.
[renodr] - Update the gstreamer and plugins to 1.22.5 (Security Update). Fixes #18318.
[renodr] - Update to librsvg-2.56.3 (Security Update). Fixes #18327.
[renodr] - Update to libblockdev-3.0.2. Fixes #18319.
[renodr] - Update to talloc-2.4.1. Fixes #18320.
[renodr] - Update to libshumate-1.0.5. Fixes #18321.
[renodr] - Update to unrar-6.2.9. Fixes #18324.
July 22nd, 2023
[renodr] - Update to OpenJDK-20.0.2 (Security Update). Fixes #18317.
July 21st, 2023
[renodr] - Update to WebKitGTK+-2.41.6 (Security Update). Fixes #18255.
[renodr] - Update to samba-4.18.5 (Security Update). Fixes #18257.
[renodr] - Update to dhcpcd-10.0.2. Fixes #18314.
[renodr] - Update to fuse3-3.15.1. Fixes #18306.
[rahul] - Add the TearFree patch to xorg-server. Fixes #18316.
July 20th, 2023
July 19th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to libarchive-3.7.0. Fixes #18307.
[bdubbs] - Update to PyYAML-6.0.1. Fixes #18304.
[bdubbs] - Update to highlight-4.7. Fixes #18302.
[bdubbs] - Update to sudo-1.9.14p2. Fixes #18300.
[bdubbs] - Update to stunnel-5.70. Fixes #18296.
[bdubbs] - Update to nghttp2-1.55.1 (Security Update). Fixes #18295.
[bdubbs] - Update to wireshark-4.0.7 (Security Update). Fixes #18294.
[bdubbs] - Update to libva-2.19.0. Fixes #18293.
July 18th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to LWP (libwww-perl-6.72). Fixes #18305.
[bdubbs] - Update to krb5-1.21.1 (Security Update). Fixes #18288.
[bdubbs] - Add LXQt Desktop and Applications chapters.
[bdubbs] - Add sddm (display manager) page.
[bdubbs] - Add sddm qt-alternate and qt-components pages.
[renodr] - Update to cheese-44.1. Fixes #18301.
[renodr] - Update to epiphany-44.5. Fixes #18263.
[renodr] - Update to intel-media-driver-23.3.0. Fixes #18299.
[renodr] - Update to intel-gmmlib-22.3.9. Fixes #18298.
July 17th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to liblinear-247. Fixes #18281.
[bdubbs] - Update to libbytesize-2.9. Fixes #18259.
[bdubbs] - Update to libblockdev-3.0.1. Fixes #18256.
[bdubbs] - Update to gnupg-2.4.3. Fixes #18250.
[xry111] - Archive xf86-video-*. Fixes #18267.
[bdubbs] - Update to LMDB_0.9.31. Fixes #18290.
[bdubbs] - Update to qpdf-11.5.0. Fixes #18282.
[bdubbs] - Update to harfbuzz-8.0.1. Fixes #18278.
[bdubbs] - Update to xapian-core-1.4.23. Fixes #18270.
[bdubbs] - Update to exempi-2.6.4. Fixes #18269.
July 15th, 2023
[xry111] - Update to rustc-1.71.0. Fixes #18297.
July 12th, 2023
[timtas] - Update to thunderbird-115.0. Fixes #18275.
[pierre] - Update to mercurial-6.5. Fixes #18261.
[pierre] - Update to glib-2.76.4. Fixes #18291.
[pierre] - Update to sudo-1.9.14p1. Fixes #18289.
[pierre] - Update to graphviz-8.1.0. Fixes #18271.
[pierre] - Update to gpgme-1.21.0. Fixes #18268.
[pierre] - Update to pipewire-0.3.74. Fixes #18264.
[pierre] - Update to inih-57. Fixes #18260.
[ken] - Update to firefox-115.0.2esr (Security fix). Fixes #18276.
July 11th, 2023
[renodr] - Update to libgudev-238. Fixes #18287.
[rahul] - Update to upower-1.90.2. Fixes #18251.
[pierre] - Update to qemu-8.0.3. Fixes #18277.
[rahul] - Update to libshumate-1.0.4. Fixes #18284.
[timtas] - Update to openldap-2.6.5. Fixes #18285.
[thomas] - Update to xterm-384. Fixes #18286.
[thomas] - Update to php-8.2.8. Fixes #18262.
July 10th, 2023
[renodr] - Update to LWP-Protocol-https-6.11 (Perl Module, Security Update). Fixes #18283.
[renodr] - Update to Test-Differences-0.70 (Perl Module). Fixes #18272.
[renodr] - Update to numpy-1.25.1 (Python Module). Fixes #18279.
[renodr] - Update to lxml-4.9.3 (Python Module). Fixes #18253.
[renodr] - Update to Cython-0.29.36 (Python Module). Fixes #18252.
July 9th, 2023
July 8th, 2023
[thomas] - Add ISC-Kea DHCP Server 2.4.0 (and its dependency log4cplus) which is the successor of the ISC dhcpd. Fixes #18160.
July 6th, 2023
[renodr] - Update to gnome-maps-44.3. Fixes #18239.
[renodr] - Update to evince-44.3. Fixes #18238.
[renodr] - Update to eog-44.3. Fixes #18237.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-user-docs-44.3. Fixes #18236.
[renodr] - Update to gvfs-1.50.5. Fixes #18235.
[renodr] - Update to evolution and evolution-data-server 3.48.4. Fixes #18232.
[renodr] - Update to epiphany-44.4. Fixes #18228.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-control-center-44.3. Fixes #18227.
[renodr] - Update to tepl-6.6.0. Fixes #18226.
[renodr] - Update to opencv-4.8.0. Fixes #18213.
[renodr] - Update to gstreamer and plugins 1.22.4 (Security Update). Fixes #18190.
[renodr] - Update to jdk-20.0.1 (Security Update). Fixes #18192.
July 5th, 2023
July 4th, 2023
[ken] - Update to JS-102.13.0 (Security fix). Fixes #18248.
[ken] - Update to firefox-115.0esr (Security fix). Fixes #18220. Please read that ticket or the Editor Notes for information on minimum dependencies if updating older systems.
[timtas] - Update to xfce4-settings-4.18.3. Fixes #18249.
[renodr] - Fix building xfsprogs-6.3.0 with gettext-0.22.
[bdubbs] - Update to wayland-protocols-1.32. Fixes #18247.
[bdubbs] - Update to libqalculate-4.7.0. Fixes #18246.
[bdubbs] - Update to vala-0.56.9. Fixes #18245.
[bdubbs] - Update to poppler-23.07.0. Fixes #18244.
[bdubbs] - Update to libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0. Fixes #18243.
July 3rd, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to taglib-1.13.1. Fixes #18234.
[bdubbs] - Update to SDL2-2.28.1. Fixes #18233.
[bdubbs] - Update to bluez-5.68. Fixes #18229.
[bdubbs] - Update to libuv-v1.46.0. Fixes #18225.
[bdubbs] - Update to libpaper-2.1.1. Fixes #18224.
[bdubbs] - Update to p11-kit-0.25.0. Fixes #18219.
[bdubbs] - Update to glib-networking-2.76.1. Fixes #18217.
[bdubbs] - Update to NetworkManager-1.42.8. Fixes #18215.
July 1st, 2023
June 30th, 2023
June 29th, 2023
June 27th, 2023
June 26th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to gedit-45.0. Fixes #18202.
[bdubbs] - Update to tepl-6.5.1 in support of gedit.
[bdubbs] - Add libgedit-gtksourceview in support of tepl and gedit.
[bdubbs] - Update to flac-1.4.3. Fixes #18201.
[bdubbs] - Update to mercurial-6.4.5. Fixes #18196.
[renodr] - Update to ghostscript-10.01.2. Fixes #18194.
[renodr] - Update to libpng-1.6.40. Fixes #18195.
[renodr] - Update to freetype-2.13.1. Fixes #18203.
[renodr] - Update to pytest-7.4.0 (Python Module). Fixes #18200.
[rahul] - Update to gegl-0.4.46. Fixes #18206.
June 25th, 2023
June 23rd, 2023
[renodr] - Update to BIND-9.18.16 (Security Update). Fixes #18193.
[renodr] - Update to node.js-18.16.1 (Security Update). Fixes #18187.
[renodr] - Update to cups-2.4.6 (Security Update). Fixes #18198.
[ken] - Remove obsolete optional exiv2 dependency from gegl-0.4.44. Fixes #18199.
[thomas] - Update to libburn-1.5.6, libisofs-1.5.6 and libisoburn-1.5.6. Fixes #18191.
June 22nd, 2023
June 19th, 2023
June 17th, 2023
[renodr] - Update to gnome-video-effects-0.6.0. Fixes #18171.
[renodr] - Update to tiff-4.5.1. Fixes #18170.
[renodr] - Fix CVE-2023-24805 in cups-filters. Fixes #18180.
[pierre] - Update to mupdf-1.22.2. Fixes #18178
[pierre] - Update to xorgproto-2023.2. Fixes #18177
[pierre] - Update to gjs-1.76.2. Fixes #18175
June 16th, 2023
[rahul] - Update libX11 to 1.8.6 (Security Update). Fixes #18174
June 15th, 2023
June 14th, 2023
June 13th, 2023
June 12th, 2023
June 11th, 2023
June 10th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to libgusb-0.4.6. Fixes #18155.
[bdubbs] - Update to mesa-23.1.2. Fixes #18154.
[bdubbs] - Update to cachecontrol-0.13.1. Fixes #18151.
[bdubbs] - Update to php-8.2.7. Fixes #18150.
[bdubbs] - Update to mercurial-6.4.4. Fixes #18149.
[bdubbs] - Update to nghttp2-1.54.0. Fixes #18147.
[thomas] - Add a sed to poppler to fix a build issue on 32-bit systems.
June 9th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to python3-3.11.4. Fixes #18145.
[bdubbs] - Update to dbus-1.14.8. Fixes #18141.
[renodr] - Update to intel-gmmlib-22.3.7. Fixes #18140.
[renodr] - Update to sendmail-8.17.2. Fixes #18131.
[renodr] - Update to gucharmap-15.0.4. Fixes #17815.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-weather-44.0. Fixes #17840.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-terminal-3.48.1. Fixes #17814.
[renodr] - Add a patch to Desktop File Utils to handle the SingleMainWindow key. Fixes #17925.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-system-monitor-44.0. Fixes #17813.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-maps-44.2. Fixes #17827.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-disk-utility-44.0. Fixes #17802.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-calculator-44.0. Fixes #17812.
[renodr] - Update to evolution-3.48.3. Fixes #17808.
[renodr] - Update to evolution-data-server-3.48.3. Fixes #17808.
[renodr] - Update to evince-44.1. Fixes #17826.
[renodr] - Update to eog-44.2. Fixes #17825.
[renodr] - Update to cheese-44.0.1. Fixes #17920.
[renodr] - Update to baobab-44.0. Fixes #17839.
[renodr] - Update to gdm-44.1. Fixes #18013.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-user-docs-44.1. Fixes #18158.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-session-44.0. Fixes #18157.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-shell-extensions-44.0. Fixes #17836.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-shell-44.2. Fixes #17836.
[renodr] - Update to mutter-44.2. Fixes #17835.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-control-center-44.2. Fixes #17811.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-settings-daemon-44.1. Fixes #17834.
June 8th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to sphinx_rtd_theme-1.2.2. Fixes #18146.
[bdubbs] - Update to gtk-4.10.4. Fixes #18143.
[bdubbs] - Update to xwayland-23.1.2. Fixes #18142.
[bdubbs] - Update to krb5-1.21. Fixes #18139.
[bdubbs] - Update to poppler-23.06.0. Fixes #18137.
[bdubbs] - Update to xorgproto-2023.1. Fixes #18136.
[bdubbs] - Update to nss-3.90. Fixes #18135.
[bdubbs] - Update to icewm-3.4.0. Fixes #18134.
[bdubbs] - Update to bluefish-2.2.14. Fixes #18129.
[bdubbs] - Update to cups-2.4.4. Fixes #18125.
[timtas] - Update to nettle-3.9.1. Fixes #18119.
[thomas] - Update to postfix-3.8.1. Fixes #18138.
June 7th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to librsvg-2.56.1. Fixes #18118.
[bdubbs] - Update to rustc-1.70.0. Fixes #18122.
[bdubbs] - Update to llvm-16.0.5. Fixes #18127.
[renodr] - Update to nautilus-44.2.1. Fixes #17810.
[renodr] - Update to gvfs-1.50.4. Fixes #17809.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-backgrounds-44.0. Fixes #17833.
June 6th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to vte-0.70.2. Fixes #18124.
[bdubbs] - Update to ntp-4.2.8p17. Fixes #18123.
[bdubbs] - Update to tree-2.1.1. Fixes #18117.
[bdubbs] - Update to cachecontrol-0.13.0.tar.gz (Python module). Fixes #18115.
[bdubbs] - Update to unrar-6.2.8. Fixes #18114.
[ken] - Update to firefox-102.12.0 (security update) and JS-102.12.0. Fixes #18110.
June 5th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to serf-1.3.10. Fixes #18113.
[bdubbs] - Update to gnupg-2.4.2. Fixes #18106.
[bdubbs] - Update to gc-8.2.4. Fixes #18103.
[bdubbs] - Update to xfce4-pulseaudio-plugin-0.4.7. Fixes #18111.
[bdubbs] - Update to xfce4-session-4.18.3. Fixes #18100.
[renodr] - Update to intel-media-driver-23.2.3. Fixes #18064.
June 4th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to xwd-1.0.9 (Xorg App). Fixes #18133.
[bdubbs] - Update to xrdb-1.2.2 (Xorg App). Fixes #18132.
[bdubbs] - Delete obsolete Xorg Library libdmx. Fixes #18128.
[bdubbs] - Update to xtrans-1.5.0 (Xorg Library). Fixes #18128.
[bdubbs] - Update to libX11-1.8.5 (Xorg Library). Fixes #18112.
[bdubbs] - Update to MarkupSafe-2.1.3 (Python Module). Fixes #18126.
[bdubbs] - Update to Net-DNS-1.39 (Perl Module). Fixes #18120.
[bdubbs] - Update to xterm-382. Fixes #18107.
[bdubbs] - Update to curl-8.1.2. Fixes #18104.
[bdubbs] - Update to btrfs-progs-v6.3.1. Fixes #18101.
June 2nd, 2023
[timtas] - Update to git-2.41.0. Fixes #18121.
June 1st, 2023
[timtas] - Update to qemu-8.0.2. Fixes #18102.
[renodr] - Update to tracker-miners-3.5.2. Fixes #17832.
[renodr] - Update to tracker-3.5.3. Fixes #17832.
[renodr] - Update to evolution-data-server-3.48.2. Partially fixes #17808.
[renodr] - Update to libpeas-1.36.0. Fixes #17807.
[xry111] - Update to libssh2-1.11.0. Fixes #18105.
May 31st, 2023
May 30th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to webkitgtk-2.40.2. Fixes #18099.
May 29th, 2023
May 28th, 2023
May 27th, 2023
[pierre] - Update to gexiv2-0.14.1 (with a patch for exiv2-0.28). Fixes #18020.
May 26th, 2023
May 25th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to wireshark-4.0.6 (Security Fix). Fixes #18088.
May 24th, 2023
[renodr] - Update to grilo-0.3.16. Fixes #18035.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-online-accounts-3.48.0. Fixes #17806.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-desktop-44.0. Fixes #17831.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-autoar-0.4.4. Fixes #17805.
[bdubbs] - Update to sphinx_rtd_theme-1.2.1. Fixes #18087.
[bdubbs] - Update python sphinx dependencies to sphinxcontrib-jquery-4.1, sphinxcontrib-applehelp-1.0.4, and sphinxcontrib-htmlhelp-2.0.1.
[pierre] - Update to requests-2.31.0 (python module, security update). Fixes #18084.
[pierre] - Update to enchant-2.5.0. Fixes #18082.
[pierre] - Update to xfsprogs-6.3.0. Fixes #18081.
[pierre] - Update to nmap-7.94. Fixes #18076.
[pierre] - Update to qpdf-11.4.0. Fixes #18075.
[bdubbs] - Update to highlight-4.6. Fixes #18086.
May 23rd, 2023
May 22nd, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to libuv-1.45.0. Fixes #18074.
[bdubbs] - Update to pycryptodome-3.18.0 (Python module). Fixes #18072.
[bdubbs] - Update to double-conversion-3.3.0. Fixes #18071.
[ken] - Update to c-ares-1.19.1 (Security fix). Fixes #18077.
[bdubbs] - Update to icewm-3.3.5. Fixes #18068.
[bdubbs] - Update to doxygen-1.9.7. Fixes #18068.
[ken] - Perl modules - add Test::Deep, Test::Requires and URI as test dependencies for HTTP::CookieJar. Fixes #18080.
May 21st, 2023
May 19th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to IO-Socket-SSL-2.083 (Perl Module). Fixes #18062.
[bdubbs] - Update to dos2unix-7.5.0. Fixes #18060.
[bdubbs] - Update to asciidoctor-2.0.20. Fixes #18059.
[bdubbs] - Update to docutils-0.20.1 (Python module). Fixes #18057.
[bdubbs] - Update to libcap-2.69. Fixes #18054.
[bdubbs] - Update to fribidi-1.0.13. Fixes #18055.
[bdubbs] - Update to unrar-6.2.7. Fixes #18049.
[bdubbs] - Update to lua-5.4.6. Fixes #18048.
[bdubbs] - Update to setxkbmap-1.3.4 (Xorg App). Fixes #18047.
May 17th, 2023
May 16th, 2023
May 15th, 2023
May 14th, 2023
May 13th, 2023
[pierre] - Add HTTP::CookieJar-0.014 (perl module dependency) needed by libwww-perl-6.70.
[pierre] - Update to Business::ISBN::Data-20230426.001 (perl module dependency) because a newer version is needed by Business::ISBN-3.008. Fixes #18044.
May 12th, 2023
[ken] - Update to qtwebengine-5.15.14 (security fixes). Fixes #18024.
[timtas] - Update to postgresql-15.3. Fixes #18040.
[bdubbs] - Update to libaom-3.6.1. Fixes #18037.
[bdubbs] - Update to rpcsvc-proto-1.4.4. Fixes #18033.
[bdubbs] - Update to nghttp2-1.53.0. Fixes #18032.
[bdubbs] - Update to wget-1.21.4. Fixes #18031.
May 11th, 2023
May 9th, 2023
[timtas] - Update to Linux-PAM-1.5.3. Fixes #18025.
[ken] - Update to firefox-102.11.0 (with a sed for GCC-13) and JS-102.11.0 (both are Security fixes). Fixes #18022.
[ken] - Use a sed to fix libvdpau-va-gl-0.4.0 FTBFS with GCC-13. Fixes #18027.
[ken] - Patch texlive source for a security fix. #18006.
[bdubbs] - Update to libxslt-1.1.38. Fixes #18026.
May 8th, 2023
May 7th, 2023
[pierre] - Use a sed to fix QT5-FTBFS with GCC-13. Fixes #18019.
[bdubbs] - Update to libwww-perl-6.70 (Perl module). Fixes #18018.
[bdubbs] - Update to nss-3.89.1. Fixes #18017.
[bdubbs] - Update to graphviz-8.0.5. Fixes #18015.
[bdubbs] - Update to babl-0.1.106. Fixes #18014.
[bdubbs] - Update to mercurial-6.4.3. Fixes #18007.
[bdubbs] - Update to libreoffice-7.5.3.2. Fixes #18011.
May 6th, 2023
May 5th, 2023
May 4th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to icewm-3.3.4. Fixes #18004.
May 3rd, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to imlib2-1.11.1. Fixes #18003.
[bdubbs] - Update to poppler-23.05.0. Fixes #18002.
[bdubbs] - Update to qca-2.3.6. Fixes #18001.
[bdubbs] - Update to pciutils-3.10.0. Fixes #18000.
[bdubbs] - Update to cpio-2.14. Fixes #17999.
[bdubbs] - Update to libsoup3-3.4.2. Fixes #17998.
[bdubbs] - Update to gspell-1.12.1. Fixes #17997.
[bdubbs] - Update to audacious and audacious-plugins 4.3.1. Fixes #17995.
[bdubbs] - Update to sphinx-7.0.0 (Python module). Fixes #17994.
May 2nd, 2023
May 1st, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to gcc-13.1. Fixes #17983.
April 30th, 2023
[timtas] - Update to thunar-4.18.6. Fixes #17996.
April 29th, 2023
[timtas] - Update to thunar-4.18.5. Fixes #17991.
April 28th, 2023
April 27th, 2023
[ken] - in texlive (source) create config.cache. This saves significant time in a parallel build.
[renodr] - Update to xf86-video-ati-22.0.0 (Xorg Driver). Fixes #17981.
[bdubbs] - Update to harfbuzz-7.2.0. Fixes #17984.
[bdubbs] - Update to requests-2.29.0 (Python module). Fixes #17985.
[bdubbs] - Update to sphinx-6.2.1 (Python module). Fixes #17982.
April 24th, 2023
April 23rd, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to sphinx-6.2.0 (Python module). Fixes #17977.
[renodr] - Update to gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0. Fixes #17830.
[renodr] - Update to vte-0.72.1. Fixes #17804.
[bdubbs] - Update to rustc-1.69.0. Fixes #17965.
[bdubbs] - Update to numpy-1.24.3 (Python module). Fixes #17974.
[renodr] - Update to libadwaita-1.3.2. Fixes #17976.
[renodr] - Update to gtk-4.10.3. Fixes #17975.
[renodr] - Update to NetworkManager-1.42.6. Fixes #17967.
[renodr] - Add webp-pixbuf-loader in support of EOG. Fixes #17923.
April 22nd, 2023
April 21st, 2023
[renodr] - Update to epiphany-44.2. Fixes #17816.
[renodr] - Update to WebKitGTK+-2.40.1 (Security Update). Fixes #17801.
[bdubbs] - Update to pipewire-0.3.70. Fixes #17969.
[bdubbs] - Update to dhcpcd-10.0.1. Fixes #17966.
[timtas] - Update to mesa-23.0.3. Fixes #17968.
[bdubbs] - Update to python-dbusmock-0.29.0 (Python module). Fixes #17964.
[bdubbs] - Update to babl-0.1.104. Fixes #17963.
April 20th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to qemu-8.0.0. Fixes #17962.
[bdubbs] - Update to bind9 and bind 9.18.14. Fixes #17961.
[bdubbs] - Update to nfs-utils-2.6.3. Fixes #17960.
[bdubbs] - Update to vala-0.56.7. Fixes #17959.
[renodr] - Add libavif in support of WebKitGTK+. Fixes #17952.
[renodr] - Add libaom in support of libavif. Fixes #17953.
April 19th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to Pygments-2.15.1 (Python module). Fixes #17956.
[bdubbs] - Update to libqalculate-4.6.1. Fixes #17950.
[renodr] - Add unifdef into the book. Fixes #17924.
[renodr] - Update to gtksourceview5-5.8.0. Fixes #17817.
[renodr] - Update to libadwaita-1.3.1. Fixes #17818.
[renodr] - Update to sysprof-3.48.0. Fixes #17820.
[renodr] - Update to libsoup-3.4.0. Fixes #17821.
[renodr] - Update to gjs-1.76.0. Fixes #17824.
[renodr] - Update to pygobject-3.44.1 (Python Module). Fixes #17841.
[renodr] - Update to at-spi2-core-2.48.0. Fixes #17842.
[renodr] - Update to intel-media-driver-23.2.0. Fixes #17957.
[renodr] - Update the gstreamer stack to 1.22.2. Includes the base package and all of the plugins. Fixes #17921.
[timtas] - Update to transmission-4.0.3. Fixes #17937.
[renodr] - Update to network-manager-applet-1.32.0. Fixes #17951.
[renodr] - Update to samba-4.18.2. Fixes #17958.
April 18th, 2023
[pierre] - Patch qtwebengine for ICU-73. Fixes #17941.
[bdubbs] - Update to libXpm-3.5.16 (Xorg Library). Fixes #17949.
[bdubbs] - Update to libXft-2.3.8 (Xorg Library). Fixes #17948.
[bdubbs] - Update to umockdev-0.17.17. Fixes #17945.
[bdubbs] - Update to apr-1.7.4. Fixes #17944.
[bdubbs] - Update to postfix-3.8.0. Fixes #17943.
[bdubbs] - Update to graphviz-8.0.3. Fixes #17942.
[timtas] - Update to tumbler-4.18.1. Fixes #17947.
[timtas] - Update to xfconf-4.18.1. Fixes #17946.
April 17th, 2023
April 15th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to dhcpcd-10.0.0. Fixes #17940.
[bdubbs] - Update to boost-1.82.0. Fixes #17939.
[bdubbs] - Update to mupdf-1.22.0. Fixes #17938.
[bdubbs] - Update to node-18.16.0. Fixes #17928.
[bdubbs] - Update to libpaper-2.1.0. Fixes #17927.
[bdubbs] - Update to icu4c-73.1. Fixes #17926.
[bdubbs] - Update to tcsh-6.24.10. Fixes #17933.
[bdubbs] - Update to pipewire-0.3.69. Fixes #17932.
[bdubbs] - Update to pytest-7.3.1 (Python module). Fixes #17936.
[bdubbs] - Update to packaging-23.1 (Python module). Fixes #17929.
April 14th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to Python-3.11.3. Fixes #17895.
April 13th, 2023
April 11th, 2023
April 10th, 2023
April 10th, 2023
[renodr] - Update to intel-media-driver-23.1.6. Fixes #17912.
[bdubbs] - Update to xwininfo-1.1.6 (Xorg app). Fixes #17911.
[bdubbs] - Update to libXfixes-6.0.1 (Xorg library). Fixes #17910.
[bdubbs] - Update to libXt-1.3.0 (Xorg library). Fixes #17909.
[bdubbs] - Update to icewm-3.3.3. Fixes #17908.
[pierre] - Update to Qt-5.15.9. Fixes #17900.
[renodr] - Update to xf86-input-wacom-1.2.0 (Xorg Driver). Fixes #17897.
[renodr] - Update to vala-0.56.6. Fixes #17896.
[renodr] - Update to graphviz-8.0.1. Fixes #17885.
[renodr] - Update to wayland-1.22.0. Fixes #17892.
[renodr] - Fix several bugs and incompatibilities with newer kernels in pm-utils.
April 9th, 2023
April 8th, 2023
April 7th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to pipewire-0.3.68. Fixes #17902.
[timtas] - Update to httpd-2.4.57. Fixes #17899.
[bdubbs] - Update to libgpg-error-1.47. Fixes #17904.
[bdubbs] - Update to feh-3.10. Fixes #17901.
[renodr] - Update to Seamonkey-2.53.16 (Security Update). Fixes #17884.
[bdubbs] - Change SDL-1.2 to sdl12-compat-release-1.2.60. Fixes #17898.
April 6th, 2023
April 4th, 2023
April 3rd, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to Cython-0.29.34 (Python module). Fixes #17891.
[bdubbs] - Update to libatomic_ops-7.8.0. Fixes #17876.
[bdubbs] - Update to libcap-2.68. Fixes #17865.
[bdubbs] - Update to libbytesize-2.8. Fixes #17854.
[renodr] - Update to intel-media-driver-23.1.5. Fixes #17878.
[bdubbs] - Update to sqlite-autoconf-3410200 (3.41.2). Fixes #17849.
[bdubbs] - Update to Business-ISBN-3.008 (Perl Module). Fixes #17855.
[bdubbs] - Update to SCons-4.5.2. Fixes #17848.
[bdubbs] - Update to links-2.29. Fixes #17847.
[renodr] - Fix building Thunderbird with rustc-1.68.x.
April 2nd, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to wpebackend-fdo-1.14.2. Fixes #17846.
[bdubbs] - Update to adwaita-icon-theme-44.0. Fixes #17838.
[bdubbs] - Update to mpg123-1.31.3. Fixes #17828.
[pierre] - Update to xwayland-23.1.1 (security update). Fixes #17850.
[ken] - Update to mutt-2.2.10. Fixes #17863.
[ken] - Update to biber-2.19. Fixes #17757.
[ken] - Update to dvisvgm-3.0.4. Fixes #17775.
[ken] - Add a workaround to support (mkiv) context in texlive-2023. Addresses #17843.
[ken] - Update to texlive-2023 and 2023 install-tl-unx. Fixes #17823.
[ken] - Move creation of symlink for libkpathsea from pre-configure in dvisvgm to end of texlive (from source) so that an existing evince linked against the previous year's texlive has a chance to work.
April 1st, 2023
[pierre] - Remove flit_core from python dependencies; it is now in LFS.
[bdubbs] - Update to gpgme-1.19.0. Fixes #17803.
[bdubbs] - Update to glib-networking-2.76.0. Fixes #17800.
[bdubbs] - Update to php-8.2.4. Fixes #17798.
[bdubbs] - Update to gtk-4.10.1. Fixes #17792.
[timtas] - Update to apr-1.7.3. Fixes #17888.
March 31st, 2023
[pierre] - Update to glib-2.76.1. Fixes #17779.
March 30th, 2023
[renodr] - Update to rustc-1.68.2. Fixes #17877.
[renodr] - Update to Thunderbird-102.9.1 (Security Update). Fixes #17880.
[renodr] - Update to xorg-server-21.1.8 (Security Update). Fixes #17882.
[renodr] - Update to xfce4-pulseaudio-plugins-0.4.6. Fixes #17875.
[renodr] - Update to vala-0.56.5. Fixes #17868.
[renodr] - Update to gegl-0.4.44. Fixes #17867.
[renodr] - Update to fuse-3.14.1. Fixes #17866.
[renodr] - Update to gobject-introspection-1.76.1. Fixes #17853.
[renodr] - Update to Samba-4.18.1 (Security Update). Fixes #17881.
[renodr] - Update to gimp-2.10.34 and the associated new gimp-help that released alongside it. Fixes #17776.
[renodr] - Update to NetworkManager-1.42.4. Fixes #17771.
[timtas] - Really fix the transmission-4.0.2 webclient.
[timtas] - Update to transmission-4.0.2. Fixes #17795.
[pierre] - Update to libinput-1.23.0. Fixes #17869.
[pierre] - Update to btrfs-progs-6.2.2. Fixes #17862.
[pierre] - Update to xfsprogs-6.2.0. Fixes #17858.
[pierre] - Update to ghostscript-10.01.1 (Security Update). Fixes #17851.
[pierre] - Update to xwayland-23.1.0. Fixes #17850.
[pierre] - Update to lvm2-2.03.19. Fixes #17844.
[pierre] - Update to mesa-23.0.1. Fixes #17740.
March 28th, 2023
[ken] - The binary version of asy has been compiled against libGLX since 2020 - work around that in case anyone wishes to use it in future. Partly addresses #17823.
March 27th, 2023
March 26th, 2023
March 25th, 2023
[renodr] - Revert back to LLVM-15. Still leaves page modifications for LLVM-16 in place, just commented to make upgrading back to LLVM-16 easier. The revert is due to LLVM bugs leading to miscompilations in Thunderbird and Firefox. Fixes #17859.
Match 24th, 2023
[thomas] - Update to cmake-3.26.1. Fixes #17856.
Match 23rd, 2023
March 19th, 2023
March 17th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to openssh-9.3p1. Fixes #17796.
[bdubbs] - Update to Business-ISMN-1.203 (Perl module). Fixes #17797.
[bdubbs] - Update to kImageAnnotator-0.6.1. Fixes #17793.
[bdubbs] - Update to libXaw-1.0.15 (Xorg library). Fixes #17791.
[bdubbs] - Update to highlight-4.5. Fixes #17788.
[bdubbs] - Update to gobject-introspection-1.76.0. Fixes #17787.
[bdubbs] - Update to cracklib-2.9.10. Fixes #17748.
March 16th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to cmake-3.26.0. Fixes #17785.
[bdubbs] - Update to git-2.40.0. Fixes #17783.
[bdubbs] - Update to icewm-3.3.2. Fixes #17784.
[bdubbs] - Update to Data-Compare-1.28 (Perl module). Fixes #17786.
[bdubbs] - Update to Net-DNS-1.37 (Perl module). Fixes #17782.
[bdubbs] - Update to imlib2-1.11.0. Fixes #17777.
[bdubbs] - Update to pipewire-0.3.67. Fixes #17772.
March 14th, 2023
March 13th, 2023
[timtas] - Update to samba-4.18.0. Fixes #17767.
March 12th, 2023
[ken] - Update to nss-3.89. Fixes #17773.
March 9th, 2023
March 8th, 2023
March 7th, 2023
[renodr] - Update to SCons-4.5.1. Fixes #17752.
[renodr] - Update to httpd-2.4.56 (Security Update). Fixes #17764.
[bdubbs] - Update to mlt-7.14.0. Fixes #17760.
[bdubbs] - Update to libqalculate-4.6.0. Fixes #17763.
[bdubbs] - Update to SDL2-2.26.4. Fixes #17761.
[bdubbs] - Update to gcr4-4.1.0. Fixes #17758.
[bdubbs] - Remove using the external ffmpeg from mplayer. Fixes #17751.
[thomas] - Update to sudo-1.9.13p3. Fixes #17762.
[thomas] - Update to tigervnc-1.13.1. Fixes #17759.
March 6th, 2023
[xry111] - Update to systemd-253. Fixes #17659.
[bdubbs] - Update to gstreamer-1.22.1 and plugins. Fixes #17747.
[renodr] - Update to libhandy-1.8.2. Fixes #17755.
[renodr] - Update to libadwaita-1.2.3. Fixes #17754.
[renodr] - Update to SCons-4.5.0. Fixes #17752.
[renodr] - Update to xfburn-0.7.0. Fixes #17446.
[bdubbs] - Update to audacious-4.3 and audacious-plugins-4.3. Fixes #17756.
[bdubbs] - Update to gtk-4.10.0. Fixes #17753.
[bdubbs] - Update to stunnel-5.69. Fixes #17749.
March 5th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to wpebackend-fdo-1.14.1. Fixes #17750.
[bdubbs] - Update to pango-1.50.14. Fixes #17745.
[bdubbs] - Update to gtk+-3.24.37. Fixes #17744.
[bdubbs] - Update to pytest-7.2.2 (Python module). Fixes #17743.
[bdubbs] - Update to mercurial-6.3.3. Fixes #17738.
[bdubbs] - Update to harfbuzz-7.1.0. Fixes #17737.
March 4th, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to libreoffice-7.5.1.2. Fixes #17742.
March 3rd, 2023
[bdubbs] - Update to ffmpeg-6.0. Fixes #17729.
[bdubbs] - Update to raptor2-2.0.16. Fixes #17736.
[bdubbs] - Update to poppler-23.03.0. Fixes #17735.
[bdubbs] - Update to qpdf-11.3.0. Fixes #17710.
[bdubbs] - Update to node.js-18.14.2. Fixes #17694.
[bdubbs] - Update to LVM2.2.03.19. Fixes #17693.
[thomas] - Update to wireshark-4.0.4. Fixes #17739.
[timtas] - Update to v4l-utils-1.24.1. Fixes #17705.
March 2nd, 2023
[timtas] - Update to xfce4-notifyd-0.8.2. Fixes #17732.
[timtas] - Update to v4l-utils-1.24.0. Fixes #17705.
[timtas] - Update to libnotify-0.8.2. Fixes #17678.
[bdubbs] - Update to sudo-1.9.13p2. Fixes #17727.
[bdubbs] - Update to pango-1.50.13. Fixes #17688.
[bdubbs] - Update to ibus-1.5.28. Fixes #17686.
[bdubbs] - Update to gegl-0.4.42. Fixes #17682.
[bdubbs] - Update to babl-0.1.102. Fixes #17681.
[bdubbs] - Update to enchant-2.3.4. Fixes #17680.
[bdubbs] - Update to liblinear-246. Fixes #17676.
[renodr] - Update to glib-2.74.6. Fixes #17709.
[renodr] - Update to fetchmail-6.4.37. Fixes #17711.
[renodr] - Update to libass-0.17.1. Fixes #17712.
[renodr] - Update to bubblewrap-0.8.0. Fixes #17730.
[renodr] - Update to iso-codes-4.13.0. Fixes #17731.
[renodr] - Update to fuse-3.14.0. Fixes #17675.
[renodr] - Update to NetworkManager-1.42.2. Fixes #17703.
[renodr] - Update to gjs-1.74.2. Fixes #17704.
[renodr] - Update to bluefish-2.2.13. Fixes #17706.
[renodr] - Update to font-adobe-utopia-type1-1.0.5 (Xorg Font). Fixes #17715.
[renodr] - Update to font-alias-1.0.5 (Xorg Font). Fixes #17716.
[renodr] - Update to encodings-1.0.7 (Xorg Font). Fixes #17717.
[renodr] - Update to font-bh-ttf-1.0.4 (Xorg Font). Fixes #17718.
[renodr] - Update to font-bh-type1-1.0.4 (Xorg Font). Fixes #17719.
[renodr] - Update to font-ibm-type1-1.0.4 (Xorg Font). Fixes #17720.
[renodr] - Update to font-misc-ethiopic-1.0.5 (Xorg Font). Fixes #17725.
[renodr] - Update to font-xfree86-type1-1.0.5 (Xorg Font). Fixes #17726.
[renodr] - Update to bdftopcf-1.1.1 (Xorg Legacy). Fixes #17708.
[renodr] - Update to font-adobe-100dpi-1.0.4 (Xorg Legacy). Fixes #17713.
[renodr] - Update to font-adobe-75dpi-1.0.4 (Xorg Legacy). Fixes #17714.
[renodr] - Update to font-isas-misc-1.0.4 (Xorg Legacy). Fixes #17721.
[renodr] - Update to font-jis-misc-1.0.4 (Xorg Legacy). Fixes #17722.
[renodr] - Update to font-daewoo-misc-1.0.4 (Xorg Legacy). Fixes #17723.
[renodr] - Update to font-misc-misc-1.1.3 (Xorg Legacy). Fixes #17724.
[renodr] - Update to xbitmaps-1.1.3. Fixes #17702.
[renodr] - Update to xcursor-themes-1.0.7. Fixes #17701.
[renodr] - Update to harfbuzz-7.0.1. Fixes #17683.
[renodr] - Update to libwww-perl-6.68 (Perl Module). Fixes #17728.
[renodr] - Archive libdiscird. Fixes #17733.
[renodr] - Update to HTTP-Daemon-6.16 (Perl Module). Fixes #17707.
[timtas] - Update to mesa-22.3.6. Fixes #17697.
[thomas] - Upgrade sqlite-3.41.0. Fixes #17687.
March 1st, 2023
[xry111] - Separate intel-vaapi-driver from libva into its own section, and clarify it's used for "old" Intel GPUs.
[bdubbs] - Release of BLFS-11.3.
The linuxfromscratch.org server is hosting a number of mailing lists that are used for the development of the BLFS book. These lists include, among others, the main development and support lists.
For more information regarding which lists are available, how to subscribe to them, archive locations, etc., visit https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mail.html.
The BLFS Project has created a Wiki for editors to comment on pages and instructions at https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki.
When editor notes are
present, a link appears in the form https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pkgname
right below the dependency list. The idea behind the editor
notes is to give additional information about the package
and/or its build instructions, common pitfalls or maybe even
more sophisticated configuration for special cases of use.
The vast majority of the packages do not have editor notes.
The editor notes might be outdated. Even though the pages should be reviewed when a package is updated, it might happen that there are notes referring to an obsolete version and therefore, the notes might be out of date. Always check the date of the notes and more importantly, the version of the package the notes refer to.
If you encounter a problem while using this book, and your problem is not listed in the FAQ (https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/faq), you will find that most of the people on Internet Relay Chat (IRC) and on the mailing lists are willing to help you. An overview of the LFS mailing lists can be found in Mailing lists. To assist us in diagnosing and solving your problem, include as much relevant information as possible in your request for help.
Before asking for help, you should review the following items:
Is the hardware support compiled into the kernel or
available as a module to the kernel? If it is a module,
is it configured properly in modprobe.conf and has it been loaded?
You should use lsmod as the
root user to see if
it's loaded. Check the sys.log file or run modprobe <driver>
to review any error message. If it loads properly, you
may need to add the modprobe command to
your boot scripts.
Are your permissions properly set, especially for
devices? LFS uses groups to make these settings easier,
but it also adds the step of adding users to groups to
allow access. A simple usermod -G audio <user>
may be all that's necessary for that user to have
access to the sound system. Any question that starts
out with “It works as root, but not as
...” requires a thorough review of
permissions prior to asking.
BLFS liberally uses /opt/.
The main objection to this centers around the need to
expand your environment variables for each package
placed there (e.g., PATH=$PATH:/opt/kde/bin). In most
cases, the package instructions will walk you through
the changes, but some will not. The section called
“Going Beyond
BLFS” is available to help you
check.
<package>
Apart from a brief explanation of the problem you're having, the essential things to include in your request are:
the version of the book you are using (being 12.0),
the package or section giving you problems,
the exact error message or symptom you are receiving,
whether you have deviated from the book or LFS at all,
if you are installing a BLFS package on a non-LFS system.
(Note that saying that you've deviated from the book doesn't mean that we won't help you. It'll just help us to see other possible causes of your problem.)
Expect guidance instead of specific instructions. If you are instructed to read something, please do so. It generally implies that the answer was way too obvious and that the question would not have been asked if a little research was done prior to asking. The volunteers in the mailing list prefer not to be used as an alternative to doing reasonable research on your end. In addition, the quality of your experience with BLFS is also greatly enhanced by this research, and the quality of volunteers is enhanced because they don't feel that their time has been abused, so they are far more likely to participate.
An excellent article on asking for help on the Internet in general has been written by Eric S. Raymond. It is available online at http://www.catb.org/~esr/faqs/smart-questions.html. Read and follow the hints in that document and you are much more likely to get a response to start with and also to get the help you actually need.
Many people have contributed both directly and indirectly to BLFS. This page lists all of those we can think of. We may well have left people out and if you feel this is the case, drop us a line. Many thanks to all of the LFS community for their assistance with this project.
Bruce Dubbs
Pierre Labastie
DJ Lucas
Ken Moffat
Douglas Reno
The list of contributors is far too large to provide detailed information about the contributions for each contributor. Over the years, the following individuals have provided significant inputs to the book:
Timothy Bauscher
Daniel Bauman
Jeff Bauman
Andy Benton
Wayne Blaszczyk
Paul Campbell
Nathan Coulson
Jeroen Coumans
Guy Dalziel
Robert Daniels
Richard Downing
Manuel Canales Esparcia
Jim Gifford
Manfred Glombowski
Ag Hatzimanikas
Mark Hymers
James Iwanek
David Jensen
Jeremy Jones
Seth Klein
Alex Kloss
Eric Konopka
Larry Lawrence
Chris Lynn
Andrew McMurry
Randy McMurchy
Denis Mugnier
Billy O'Connor
Fernando de Oliveira
Alexander Patrakov
Olivier Peres
Andreas Pedersen
Henning Rohde
Matt Rogers
James Robertson
Henning Rohde
Chris Staub
Jesse Tie-Ten-Quee
Ragnar Thomsen
Thomas Trepl
Tushar Teredesai
Jeremy Utley
Zack Winkles
Christian Wurst
Igor Živković
Fernando Arbeiza
Miguel Bazdresch
Gerard Beekmans
Oliver Brakmann
Jeremy Byron
Ian Chilton
David Ciecierski
Jim Harris
Lee Harris
Marc Heerdink
Steffen Knollmann
Eric Konopka
Scot McPherson
Ted Riley
Please direct your emails to one of the BLFS mailing lists. See Mailing lists for more information on the available mailing lists.
This chapter is used to explain some of the policies used throughout the book, to introduce important concepts and to explain some issues you may see with some of the included packages.
Those people who have built an LFS system may be aware of the general principles of downloading and unpacking software. Some of that information is repeated here for those new to building their own software.
Each set of installation instructions contains a URL from which you can download the package. The patches; however, are stored on the LFS servers and are available via HTTP. These are referenced as needed in the installation instructions.
While you can keep the source files anywhere you like, we assume that you have unpacked the package and changed into the directory created by the unpacking process (the source directory). We also assume you have uncompressed any required patches and they are in the directory immediately above the source directory.
We can not emphasize strongly enough that you should start from
a clean source tree each
time. This means that if you have had an error during
configuration or compilation, it's usually best to delete the
source tree and re-unpack it before trying again. This obviously
doesn't apply if you're an advanced user used to hacking
Makefiles and C code, but if in
doubt, start from a clean tree.
The golden rule of Unix System Administration is to use your
superpowers only when necessary. Hence, BLFS recommends that
you build software as an unprivileged user and only become
the root user when installing
the software. This philosophy is followed in all the packages
in this book. Unless otherwise specified, all instructions
should be executed as an unprivileged user. The book will
advise you on instructions that need root privileges.
If a file is in .tar format and
compressed, it is unpacked by running one of the following
commands:
tar -xvf filename.tar.gz tar -xvf filename.tgz tar -xvf filename.tar.Z tar -xvf filename.tar.bz2
You may omit using the v
parameter in the commands shown above and below if you wish
to suppress the verbose listing of all the files in the
archive as they are extracted. This can help speed up the
extraction as well as make any errors produced during the
extraction more obvious to you.
You can also use a slightly different method:
bzcat filename.tar.bz2 | tar -xv
Finally, sometimes we have a compressed patch file in
.patch.gz or .patch.bz2 format. The best way to apply
the patch is piping the output of the decompressor to the
patch utility.
For example:
gzip -cd ../patchname.patch.gz | patch -p1
Or for a patch compressed with bzip2:
bzcat ../patchname.patch.bz2 | patch -p1
Generally, to verify that the downloaded file is complete,
many package maintainers also distribute md5sums of the
files. To verify the md5sum of the downloaded files, download
both the file and the corresponding md5sum file to the same
directory (preferably from different on-line locations), and
(assuming file.md5sum is the
md5sum file downloaded) run the following command:
md5sum -c file.md5sum
If there are any errors, they will be reported. Note that the
BLFS book includes md5sums for all the source files also. To
use the BLFS supplied md5sums, you can create a file.md5sum (place the md5sum data and the
exact name of the downloaded file on the same line of a file,
separated by white space) and run the command shown above.
Alternately, simply run the command shown below and compare
the output to the md5sum data shown in the BLFS book.
md5sum <name_of_downloaded_file>
MD5 is not cryptographically secure, so the md5sums are only provided for detecting unmalicious changes to the file content. For example, an error or truncation introduced during network transfer, or a “stealth” update to the package from the upstream (updating the content of a released tarball instead of making a new release properly).
There is no “100%” secure way to make sure the genuity of the source files. Assuming the upstream is managing their website correctly (the private key is not leaked and the domain is not hijacked), and the trust anchors have been set up correctly using make-ca-1.12 on the BLFS system, we can reasonably trust download URLs to the upstream official website with https protocol. Note that BLFS book itself is published on a website with https, so you should already have some confidence in https protocol or you wouldn't trust the book content.
If the package is downloaded from an unofficial location (for example a local mirror), checksums generated by cryptographically secure digest algorithms (for example SHA256) can be used to verify the genuity of the package. Download the checksum file from the upstream official website (or somewhere you can trust) and compare the checksum of the package from unofficial location with it. For example, SHA256 checksum can be checked with the command:
If the checksum and the package are downloaded from the same untrusted location, you won't gain security enhancement by verifying the package with the checksum. The attacker can fake the checksum as well as compromising the package itself.
sha256sum -c file.sha256sum
If GnuPG-2.4.3 is installed, you can also verify the genuity of the package with a GPG signature. Import the upstream GPG public key with:
gpg --recv-key keyID
keyID should be
replaced with the key ID from somewhere you can trust (for example,
copy it from the upstream official website using https). Now
you can verify the signature with:
gpg --recv-keyfile.sigfile
The advantage of GnuPG signature is, once you imported a public key which can be trusted, you can download both the package and its signature from the same unofficial location and verify them with the public key. So you won't need to connect to the official upstream website to retrieve a checksum for each new release. You only need to update the public key if it's expired or revoked.
For larger packages, it is convenient to create log files
instead of staring at the screen hoping to catch a particular
error or warning. Log files are also useful for debugging and
keeping records. The following command allows you to create
an installation log. Replace <command> with the
command you intend to execute.
( <command> 2>&1 | tee compile.log && exit $PIPESTATUS )
2>&1 redirects error
messages to the same location as standard output. The
tee command
allows viewing of the output while logging the results to a
file. The parentheses around the command run the entire
command in a subshell and finally the exit $PIPESTATUS command
ensures the result of the <command> is returned
as the result and not the result of the tee command.
For many modern systems with multiple processors (or cores) the compilation time for a package can be reduced by performing a "parallel make" by either setting an environment variable or telling the make program how many processors are available. For instance, a Core2Duo can support two simultaneous processes with:
export MAKEFLAGS='-j2'
or just building with:
make -j2
If you have applied the optional sed when building ninja in LFS, you can use:
export NINJAJOBS=2
when a package uses ninja, or just:
ninja -j2
but for ninja, the default number of jobs is N + 2, if the number of logical processors N is greater than 2; or N + 1 if N is 1 or 2. The reason to use a number of jobs slightly greater than the number of logical processors is keeping all logical processors busy even if some jobs are performing I/O operations.
Generally the number of processes should not exceed the
number of cores supported by the CPU too much. To list the
processors on your system, issue: grep processor
/proc/cpuinfo.
In some cases, using multiple processes may result in a race condition where the success of the build depends on the order of the commands run by the make program. For instance, if an executable needs File A and File B, attempting to link the program before one of the dependent components is available will result in a failure. This condition usually arises because the upstream developer has not properly designated all the prerequisites needed to accomplish a step in the Makefile.
If this occurs, the best way to proceed is to drop back to a
single processor build. Adding -j1 to a make command will override the
similar setting in the MAKEFLAGS
environment variable.
Another problem may occur with modern CPU's, which have a lot of cores. Each job started consumes memory, and if the sum of the needed memory for each job exceeds the available memory, you may encounter either an OOM (Out of Memory) kernel interrupt or intense swapping that will slow the build beyond reasonable limits.
Some compilations with g++ may consume up to 2.5 GB of memory, so to be safe, you should restrict the number of jobs to (Total Memory in GB)/2.5, at least for big packages such as LLVM, WebKitGtk, QtWebEngine, or libreoffice.
There are times when automating the building of a package can
come in handy. Everyone has their own reasons for wanting to
automate building, and everyone goes about it in their own
way. Creating Makefiles,
Bash scripts, Perl scripts or simply a list of
commands used to cut and paste are just some of the methods
you can use to automate building BLFS packages. Detailing how
and providing examples of the many ways you can automate the
building of packages is beyond the scope of this section.
This section will expose you to using file redirection and
the yes command
to help provide ideas on how to automate your builds.
You will find times throughout your BLFS journey when you will come across a package that has a command prompting you for information. This information might be configuration details, a directory path, or a response to a license agreement. This can present a challenge to automate the building of that package. Occasionally, you will be prompted for different information in a series of questions. One method to automate this type of scenario requires putting the desired responses in a file and using redirection so that the program uses the data in the file as the answers to the questions.
This effectively makes the test suite use the responses in the file as the input to the questions. Occasionally you may end up doing a bit of trial and error determining the exact format of your input file for some things, but once figured out and documented you can use this to automate building the package.
Sometimes you will only need to provide one response, or provide the same response to many prompts. For these instances, the yes command works really well. The yes command can be used to provide a response (the same one) to one or more instances of questions. It can be used to simulate pressing just the Enter key, entering the Y key or entering a string of text. Perhaps the easiest way to show its use is in an example.
First, create a short Bash script by entering the following commands:
cat > blfs-yes-test1 << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
echo -n -e "\n\nPlease type something (or nothing) and press Enter ---> "
read A_STRING
if test "$A_STRING" = ""; then A_STRING="Just the Enter key was pressed"
else A_STRING="You entered '$A_STRING'"
fi
echo -e "\n\n$A_STRING\n\n"
EOF
chmod 755 blfs-yes-test1
Now run the script by issuing ./blfs-yes-test1 from the command line. It will wait for a response, which can be anything (or nothing) followed by the Enter key. After entering something, the result will be echoed to the screen. Now use the yes command to automate the entering of a response:
yes | ./blfs-yes-test1
Notice that piping yes by itself to the script results in y being passed to the script. Now try it with a string of text:
yes 'This is some text' | ./blfs-yes-test1
The exact string was used as the response to the script. Finally, try it using an empty (null) string:
yes '' | ./blfs-yes-test1
Notice this results in passing just the press of the Enter key to the script. This is useful for times when the default answer to the prompt is sufficient. This syntax is used in the Net-tools instructions to accept all the defaults to the many prompts during the configuration step. You may now remove the test script, if desired.
In order to automate the building of some packages, especially those that require you to read a license agreement one page at a time, requires using a method that avoids having to press a key to display each page. Redirecting the output to a file can be used in these instances to assist with the automation. The previous section on this page touched on creating log files of the build output. The redirection method shown there used the tee command to redirect output to a file while also displaying the output to the screen. Here, the output will only be sent to a file.
Again, the easiest way to demonstrate the technique is to show an example. First, issue the command:
ls -l /usr/bin | less
Of course, you'll be required to view the output one page at
a time because the less filter was used. Now
try the same command, but this time redirect the output to a
file. The special file /dev/null can be used instead of the
filename shown, but you will have no log file to examine:
ls -l /usr/bin | less > redirect_test.log 2>&1
Notice that this time the command immediately returned to the shell prompt without having to page through the output. You may now remove the log file.
The last example will use the yes command in combination with output redirection to bypass having to page through the output and then provide a y to a prompt. This technique could be used in instances when otherwise you would have to page through the output of a file (such as a license agreement) and then answer the question of “do you accept the above?”. For this example, another short Bash script is required:
cat > blfs-yes-test2 << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
ls -l /usr/bin | less
echo -n -e "\n\nDid you enjoy reading this? (y,n) "
read A_STRING
if test "$A_STRING" = "y"; then A_STRING="You entered the 'y' key"
else A_STRING="You did NOT enter the 'y' key"
fi
echo -e "\n\n$A_STRING\n\n"
EOF
chmod 755 blfs-yes-test2
This script can be used to simulate a program that requires you to read a license agreement, then respond appropriately to accept the agreement before the program will install anything. First, run the script without any automation techniques by issuing ./blfs-yes-test2.
Now issue the following command which uses two automation techniques, making it suitable for use in an automated build script:
yes | ./blfs-yes-test2 > blfs-yes-test2.log 2>&1
If desired, issue tail blfs-yes-test2.log to see the end of the paged output, and confirmation that y was passed through to the script. Once satisfied that it works as it should, you may remove the script and log file.
Finally, keep in mind that there are many ways to automate and/or script the build commands. There is not a single “correct” way to do it. Your imagination is the only limit.
For each package described, BLFS lists the known dependencies. These are listed under several headings, whose meaning is as follows:
Required means that the target package cannot be correctly built without the dependency having first been installed, except if the dependency is said to be “runtime”, which means the target package can be built but cannot function without it.
Note that a target package can start to “function” in many subtle ways: an installed configuration file can make the init system, cron daemon, or bus daemon to run a program automatically; another package using the target package as an dependency can run a program from the target package in the building system; and the configuration sections in the BLFS book may also run a program from a just installed package. So if you are installing the target package without a Required (runtime) dependency installed, You should install the dependency as soon as possible after the installation of the target package.
Recommended means that BLFS strongly suggests this package is installed first (except if said to be “runtime”, see below) for a clean and trouble-free build, that won't have issues either during the build process, or at run-time. The instructions in the book assume these packages are installed. Some changes or workarounds may be required if these packages are not installed. If a recommended dependency is said to be “runtime”, it means that BLFS strongly suggests that this dependency is installed before using the package, for getting full functionality.
Optional means that this package might be installed for added functionality. Often BLFS will describe the dependency to explain the added functionality that will result. An optional dependency may be automatically pick up by the target package if the dependency is installed, but another some optional dependency may also need additional configuration options to enable them when the target package is built. Such additional options are often documented in the BLFS book. If an optional dependency is said to be “runtime”, it means you may install the dependency after installing the target package to support some optional features of the target package if you need these features.
An optional dependency may be out of BLFS. If you need such an external optional dependency for some features you need, read Going Beyond BLFS for the general hint about installing an out-of-BLFS package.
On occasion you may run into a situation in the book when a package will not build or work properly. Though the Editors attempt to ensure that every package in the book builds and works properly, sometimes a package has been overlooked or was not tested with this particular version of BLFS.
If you discover that a package will not build or work properly, you should see if there is a more current version of the package. Typically this means you go to the maintainer's web site and download the most current tarball and attempt to build the package. If you cannot determine the maintainer's web site by looking at the download URLs, use Google and query the package's name. For example, in the Google search bar type: 'package_name download' (omit the quotes) or something similar. Sometimes typing: 'package_name home page' will result in you finding the maintainer's web site.
In LFS, stripping of debugging symbols and unneeded symbol table entries was discussed a couple of times. When building BLFS packages, there are generally no special instructions that discuss stripping again. Stripping can be done while installing a package, or afterwards.
There are several ways to strip executables installed by a package. They depend on the build system used (see below the section about build systems), so only some generalities can be listed here:
The following methods using the feature of a building system (autotools, meson, or cmake) will not strip static libraries if any is installed. Fortunately there are not too many static libraries in BLFS, and a static library can always be stripped safely by running strip --strip-unneeded on it manually.
The packages using autotools usually have an install-strip target in
their generated Makefile
files. So installing stripped executables is just a
matter of using make
install-strip instead of make install.
The packages using the meson build system can accept
-Dstrip=true
when running meson. If you've
forgot to add this option running the meson, you can also
run meson install
--strip instead of ninja install.
cmake
generates install/strip targets for
both the Unix
Makefiles and Ninja generators (the
default is Unix
Makefiles on linux). So just run
make
install/strip or ninja install/strip
instead of the install counterparts.
Removing (or not generating) debug symbols can also be
achieved by removing the -g<something>
options in C/C++ calls. How to do that is very specific
for each package. And, it does not remove unneeded
symbol table entries. So it will not be explained in
detail here. See also below the paragraphs about
optimization.
The strip
utility changes files in place, which may break anything
using it if it is loaded in memory. Note that if a file is in
use but just removed from the disk (i.e. not overwritten nor
modified), this is not a problem since the kernel can use
“deleted” files. Look at
/proc/*/maps and it is likely
that you'll see some (deleted) entries. The
mv just removes
the destination file from the directory but does not touch
its content, so that it satisfies the condition for the
kernel to use the old (deleted) file. But this approach can
detach hard links into duplicated copies, causing a bloat
which is obviously unwanted as we are stripping to reduce
system size. If two files in a same file system share the
same inode number, they are hard links to each other and we
should reconstruct the link. The script below is just an
example. It should be run as the root user:
cat > /usr/sbin/strip-all.sh << "EOF"
#!/usr/bin/bash
if [ $EUID -ne 0 ]; then
echo "Need to be root"
exit 1
fi
last_fs_inode=
last_file=
{ find /usr/lib -type f -name '*.so*' ! -name '*dbg'
find /usr/lib -type f -name '*.a'
find /usr/{bin,sbin,libexec} -type f
} | xargs stat -c '%m %i %n' | sort | while read fs inode file; do
if ! readelf -h $file >/dev/null 2>&1; then continue; fi
if file $file | grep --quiet --invert-match 'not stripped'; then continue; fi
if [ "$fs $inode" = "$last_fs_inode" ]; then
ln -f $last_file $file;
continue;
fi
cp --preserve $file ${file}.tmp
strip --strip-unneeded ${file}.tmp
mv ${file}.tmp $file
last_fs_inode="$fs $inode"
last_file=$file
done
EOF
chmod 744 /usr/sbin/strip-all.sh
If you install programs in other directories such as
/opt or /usr/local, you may want to strip the files
there too. Just add other directories to scan in the compound
list of find
commands between the braces.
For more information on stripping, see https://www.technovelty.org/linux/stripping-shared-libraries.html.
There are now three different build systems in common use for
converting C or C++ source code into compiled programs or
libraries and their details (particularly, finding out about
available options and their default values) differ. It may be
easiest to understand the issues caused by some choices
(typically slow execution or unexpected use of, or omission
of, optimizations) by starting with the CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS,
and LDFLAGS environment variables.
There are also some programs which use Rust.
Most LFS and BLFS builders are probably aware of the basics
of CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS for altering how a program is
compiled. Typically, some form of optimization is used by
upstream developers (-O2 or
-O3), sometimes with the creation
of debug symbols (-g), as
defaults.
If there are contradictory flags (e.g. multiple different
-O values), the last value will be used. Sometimes
this means that flags specified in environment variables will
be picked up before values hardcoded in the Makefile, and
therefore ignored. For example, where a user specifies
-O2 and that is followed by
-O3 the build will use
-O3.
There are various other things which can be passed in CFLAGS
or CXXFLAGS, such as allowing using the instruction set
extensions available with a specific microarchitecture (e.g.
-march=amdfam10 or -march=native), tune the generated code for a
specific microarchitecture (e. g. -mtune=tigerlake or -mtune=native, if -mtune= is not used, the microarchitecture
from -march= setting will be
used), or specifying a specific standard for C or C++
(-std=c++17 for example). But one
thing which has now come to light is that programmers might
include debug assertions in their code, expecting them to be
disabled in releases by using -DNDEBUG. Specifically, if Mesa-23.1.6 is built
with these assertions enabled, some activities such as
loading levels of games can take extremely long times, even
on high-class video cards.
This combination is often described as “CMMI” (configure, make, make install) and is used here to also cover the few packages which have a configure script that is not generated by autotools.
Sometimes running ./configure --help will produce useful options about switches which might be used. At other times, after looking at the output from configure you may need to look at the details of the script to find out what it was actually searching for.
Many configure scripts will pick up any CFLAGS or CXXFLAGS from the environment, but CMMI packages vary about how these will be mixed with any flags which would otherwise be used (variously: ignored, used to replace the programmer's suggestion, used before the programmer's suggestion, or used after the programmer's suggestion).
In most CMMI packages, running make will list each command
and run it, interspersed with any warnings. But some packages
try to be “silent” and only show which file
they are compiling or linking instead of showing the command
line. If you need to inspect the command, either because of
an error, or just to see what options and flags are being
used, adding V=1 to the make
invocation may help.
CMake works in a very different way, and it has two backends
which can be used on BLFS: make and ninja. The default backend
is make, but ninja can be faster on large packages with
multiple processors. To use ninja, specify -G Ninja in the cmake command. However, there
are some packages which create fatal errors in their ninja
files but build successfully using the default of Unix
Makefiles.
The hardest part of using CMake is knowing what options you might wish to specify. The only way to get a list of what the package knows about is to run cmake -LAH and look at the output for that default configuration.
Perhaps the most-important thing about CMake is that it has a
variety of CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE values, and these affect the
flags. The default is that this is not set and no flags are
generated. Any CFLAGS or
CXXFLAGS in the environment will
be used. If the programmer has coded any debug assertions,
those will be enabled unless -DNDEBUG is used. The following
CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE values will generate the flags shown, and
these will come after
any flags in the environment and therefore take precedence.
| Value | Flags |
|---|---|
| Debug |
-g
|
| Release |
-O3 -DNDEBUG
|
| RelWithDebInfo |
-O2 -g -DNDEBUG
|
| MinSizeRel |
-Os -DNDEBUG
|
CMake tries to produce quiet builds. To see the details of the commands which are being run, use make VERBOSE=1 or ninja -v.
By default, CMake treats file installation differently from
the other build systems: if a file already exists and is not
newer than a file that would overwrite it, then the file is
not installed. This may be a problem if a user wants to
record which file belongs to a package, either using
LD_PRELOAD, or by listing files
newer than a timestamp. The default can be changed by setting
the variable CMAKE_INSTALL_ALWAYS
to 1 in the environment, for example by
export'ing it.
Meson has some similarities to CMake, but many differences.
To get details of the defines that you may wish to change you
can look at meson_options.txt
which is usually in the top-level directory.
If you have already configured the package by running meson and now wish to change one or more settings, you can either remove the build directory, recreate it, and use the altered options, or within the build directory run meson configure, e.g. to set an option:
meson configure -D<some_option>=true
If you do that, the file meson-private/cmd_line.txt will show the
last commands which
were used.
Meson provides the following buildtype values, and the flags they enable come after any flags supplied in the environment and therefore take precedence.
plain : no added flags. This is for distributors to
supply their own CFLAGS,
CXXFLAGS and LDFLAGS. There is no obvious reason to
use this in BLFS.
debug : -g - this is the
default if nothing is specified in either meson.build or the command line.
However it results large and slow binaries, so we
should override it in BLFS.
debugoptimized : -O2 -g -
this is the default specified in meson.build of some packages.
release : -O3 (occasionally
a package will force -O2
here) - this is the buildtype we use for most packages
with Meson build system in BLFS.
The -DNDEBUG flag is implied by
the release buildtype for some packages (for example
Mesa-23.1.6). It can also be provided
explicitly by passing -Db_ndebug=true.
To see the details of the commands which are being run in a package using meson, use ninja -v.
Most released rustc programs are provided as crates (source
tarballs) which will query a server to check current versions
of dependencies and then download them as necessary. These
packages are built using cargo
--release. In theory, you can manipulate the
RUSTFLAGS to change the optimize-level (default for
--release is 3, i. e.
-Copt-level=3, like -O3) or to force it to build for the machine
it is being compiled on, using -Ctarget-cpu=native but in practice this
seems to make no significant difference.
If you are compiling a standalone Rust program (as an
unpackaged .rs file) by running
rustc directly,
you should specify -O (the
abbreviation of -Copt-level=2) or
-Copt-level=3 otherwise it will
do an unoptimized compile and run much slower. If are compiling the
program for debugging it, replace the -O or -Copt-level= options with -g to produce an unoptimized program with
debug info.
Like ninja, by
default cargo
uses all logical processors. This can often be worked around,
either by exporting CARGO_BUILD_JOBS= or passing
<N>--jobs to
cargo. For
compiling rustc itself, specifying <N>--jobs for
invocations of x.py (together with the
<N>CARGO_BUILD_JOBS environment
variable, which looks like a “belt and
braces” approach but seems to be
necessary) mostly works. The exception is running the tests
when building rustc, some of them will nevertheless use all
online CPUs, at least as of rustc-1.42.0.
Many people will prefer to optimize compiles as they see fit,
by providing CFLAGS or
CXXFLAGS. For an introduction to
the options available with gcc and g++ see
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-13.2.0/gcc/Optimize-Options.html.
The same content can be also found in info gcc.
Some packages default to -O2 -g,
others to -O3 -g, and if
CFLAGS or CXXFLAGS are supplied they might be added to
the package's defaults, replace the package's defaults, or
even be ignored. There are details on some desktop packages
which were mostly current in April 2019 at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/~ken/tuning/
- in particular, README.txt,
tuning-1-packages-and-notes.txt, and
tuning-notes-2B.txt. The
particular thing to remember is that if you want to try some
of the more interesting flags you may need to force verbose
builds to confirm what is being used.
Clearly, if you are optimizing your own program you can spend
time to profile it and perhaps recode some of it if it is too
slow. But for building a whole system that approach is
impractical. In general, -O3
usually produces faster programs than -O2. Specifying -march=native is also beneficial, but means
that you cannot move the binaries to an incompatible machine
- this can also apply to newer machines, not just to older
machines. For example programs compiled for amdfam10 run on old Phenoms, Kaveris, and
Ryzens : but programs compiled for a Kaveri will not run on a
Ryzen because certain op-codes are not present. Similarly, if
you build for a Haswell not everything will run on a
SandyBridge.
Be careful that the name of a -march setting does not always match the
baseline of the microarchitecture with the same name. For
example, the Skylake-based Intel Celeron processors do not
support AVX at all, but -march=skylake assumes AVX and even AVX2.
When a shared library is built by GCC, a feature named
“semantic
interposition” is enabled by default.
When the shared library refers to a symbol name with external
linkage and default visibility, if the symbol exists in both
the shared library and the main executable, semantic
interposition guarantees the symbol in the main executable is
always used. This feature was invented in an attempt to make
the behavior of linking a shared library and linking a static
library as similar as possible. Today only a small number of
packages still depend on semantic interposition, but the
feature is still on by the default of GCC, causing many
optimizations disabled for shared libraries because they
conflict with semantic interposition. The -fno-semantic-interposition option can be
passed to gcc
or g++ to
disable semantic interposition and enable more optimizations
for shared libraries. This option is used as the default of
some packages (for example Python-3.11.4), and it's also the
default of Clang.
There are also various other options which some people claim are beneficial. At worst, you get to recompile and test, and then discover that in your usage the options do not provide a benefit.
If building Perl or Python modules, in general the
CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS used are those which were used by
those “parent” packages.
For LDFLAGS, there are three
options can be used for optimization. They are quite safe to
use and the building system of some packages use some of
these options as the default.
With -Wl,-O1, the linker will
optimize the hash table to speed up the dynamic linking. Note
that -Wl,-O1 is completely
unrelated to the compiler optimization flag -O1.
With -Wl,--as-needed, the linker
will disregard unnecessary -l options from the
command line, i. e. the shared library foolib will only be
linked if a symbol in foolib is really referred
from the executable or shared library being linked. This can
sometimes mitigate the “excessive dependencies to
shared libraries” issues caused by
libtool.
foo
With -Wl,-z,pack-relative-relocs,
the linker generates a more compacted form of the relative
relocation entries for PIEs and shared libraries. It reduces
the size of the linked PIE or shared library, and speeds up
the loading of the PIE or shared library.
The -Wl, prefix is necessary
because despite the variable is named LDFLAGS, its content is actually passed to
gcc (or
g++,
clang, etc.)
during the link stage, not directly passed to ld.
Even on desktop systems, there are still a lot of exploitable vulnerabilities. For many of these, the attack comes via javascript in a browser. Often, a series of vulnerabilities are used to gain access to data (or sometimes to pwn, i.e. own, the machine and install rootkits). Most commercial distros will apply various hardening measures.
In the past, there was Hardened LFS where gcc (a much older
version) was forced to use hardening (with options to turn
some of it off on a per-package basis). The current LFS and
BLFS books are carrying forward a part of its spirit by
enabling PIE (-fPIE -pie) and SSP
(-fstack-protector-strong) as the
defaults for GCC and clang. What is being covered here is
different - first you have to make sure that the package is
indeed using your added flags and not over-riding them.
For hardening options which are reasonably cheap, there is
some discussion in the 'tuning' link above (occasionally, one
or more of these options might be inappropriate for a
package). These options are -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 and (for C++)
-D_GLIBCXX_ASSERTIONS. On modern
machines these should only have a little impact on how fast
things run, and often they will not be noticeable.
The main distros use much more, such as RELRO (Relocation
Read Only) and perhaps -fstack-clash-protection. You may also
encounter the so-called “userspace
retpoline” (-mindirect-branch=thunk etc.) which is the
equivalent of the spectre mitigations applied to the linux
kernel in late 2018. The kernel mitigations caused a lot of
complaints about lost performance, if you have a production
server you might wish to consider testing that, along with
the other available options, to see if performance is still
sufficient.
Whilst gcc has many hardening options, clang/LLVM's strengths lie elsewhere. Some options which gcc provides are said to be less effective in clang/LLVM.
Should I install XXX in /usr or /usr/local?
This is a question without an obvious answer for an LFS based system.
In traditional Unix systems, /usr
usually contains files that come with the system distribution,
and the /usr/local tree is free
for the local administrator to manage. The only really hard and
fast rule is that Unix distributions should not touch
/usr/local, except perhaps to
create the basic directories within it.
With Linux distributions like Red Hat, Debian, etc., a possible
rule is that /usr is managed by
the distribution's package system and /usr/local is not. This way the package
manager's database knows about every file within /usr.
LFS users build their own system and so deciding where the
system ends and local files begin is not straightforward. So
the choice should be made in order to make things easier to
administer. There are several reasons for dividing files
between /usr and /usr/local.
On a network of several machines all running LFS, or
mixed LFS and other Linux distributions, /usr/local could be used to hold
packages that are common between all the computers in the
network. It can be NFS mounted or mirrored from a single
server. Here local indicates local to the site.
On a network of several computers all running an
identical LFS system, /usr/local could hold packages that are
different between the machines. In this case local refers
to the individual computers.
Even on a single computer, /usr/local can be useful if you have
several distributions installed simultaneously, and want
a place to put packages that will be the same on all of
them.
Or you might regularly rebuild your LFS, but want a place to put files that you don't want to rebuild each time. This way you can wipe the LFS file system and start from a clean partition every time without losing everything.
Some people ask why not use your own directory tree, e.g.,
/usr/site, rather than
/usr/local?
There is nothing stopping you, many sites do make their own
trees, however it makes installing new software more difficult.
Automatic installers often look for dependencies in
/usr and /usr/local, and if the file it is looking for
is in /usr/site instead, the
installer will probably fail unless you specifically tell it
where to look.
What is the BLFS position on this?
All of the BLFS instructions install programs in /usr with optional instructions to install
into /opt for some specific
packages.
As you follow the various sections in the book, you will observe that the book occasionally includes patches that are required for a successful and secure installation of the packages. The general policy of the book is to include patches that fall in one of the following criteria:
Fixes a compilation problem.
Fixes a security problem.
Fixes a broken functionality.
In short, the book only includes patches that are either required or recommended. There is a Patches subproject which hosts various patches (including the patches referenced in the books) to enable you to configure your LFS the way you like it.
The BLFS Systemd Units package contains the systemd unit files that are used throughout the book.
Package Information
The BLFS Systemd Units package will be used throughout the BLFS
book for systemd unit files. Each systemd unit has a separate
install target. It is recommended that you keep the package
source directory around until completion of your BLFS system.
When a systemd unit is requested from BLFS Systemd Units,
simply change to the directory, and as the root user, execute the given make install-<systemd-unit>
command. This command installs the systemd unit to its proper
location (along with any auxiliary configuration scripts) and
also enables it by default.
It is advisable to peruse each systemd unit before installation to determine whether the installed files meet your needs.
In LFS and BLFS, many packages use a internally shipped libtool copy to build on a variety of Unix platforms. This includes platforms such as AIX, Solaris, IRIX, HP-UX, and Cygwin as well as Linux. The origins of this tool are quite dated. It was intended to manage libraries on systems with less advanced capabilities than a modern Linux system.
On a Linux system, libtool specific files are generally unneeded. Normally libraries are specified in the build process during the link phase. Since a linux system uses the Executable and Linkable Format (ELF) for executables and dynamic libraries, information needed to complete the task is embedded in the files. Both the linker and the program loader can query the appropriate files and properly link or execute the program.
Static libraries are rarely used in LFS and BLFS. And, nowadays most packages store the information needed for linking against a static library into a .pc file, instead of relying on libtool. A pkg-config --static --libs command will output the sufficient flags for the linker to link against a static library without any libtool magic.
The problem is that libtool usually creates one or more text files for package libraries called libtool archives. These small files have a ".la" extension and contain information that is similar to that embedded in the libraries or pkg-config files. When building a package that uses libtool, the process automatically looks for these files. Sometimes a .la file can contains the name or path of a static library used during build but not installed, then the build process will break because the .la file refers to something nonexistent on the system. Similarly, if a package is updated and no longer uses the .la file, then the build process can break with the old .la files.
The solution is to remove the .la files. However there is a catch. Some packages, such as ImageMagick-7.1.1-15, use a libtool function, lt_dlopen, to load libraries as needed during execution and resolve their dependencies at run time. In this case, the .la files should remain.
The script below, removes all unneeded .la files and saves them in a directory, /var/local/la-files by default, not in the normal library path. It also searches all pkg-config files (.pc) for embedded references to .la files and fixes them to be conventional library references needed when an application or library is built. It can be run as needed to clean up the directories that may be causing problems.
cat > /usr/sbin/remove-la-files.sh << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
# /usr/sbin/remove-la-files.sh
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by Bruce Dubbs <[email protected]>
# Make sure we are running with root privs
if test "${EUID}" -ne 0; then
echo "Error: $(basename ${0}) must be run as the root user! Exiting..."
exit 1
fi
# Make sure PKG_CONFIG_PATH is set if discarded by sudo
source /etc/profile
OLD_LA_DIR=/var/local/la-files
mkdir -p $OLD_LA_DIR
# Only search directories in /opt, but not symlinks to directories
OPTDIRS=$(find /opt -mindepth 1 -maxdepth 1 -type d)
# Move any found .la files to a directory out of the way
find /usr/lib $OPTDIRS -name "*.la" ! -path "/usr/lib/ImageMagick*" \
-exec mv -fv {} $OLD_LA_DIR \;
###############
# Fix any .pc files that may have .la references
STD_PC_PATH='/usr/lib/pkgconfig
/usr/share/pkgconfig
/usr/local/lib/pkgconfig
/usr/local/share/pkgconfig'
# For each directory that can have .pc files
for d in $(echo $PKG_CONFIG_PATH | tr : ' ') $STD_PC_PATH; do
# For each pc file
for pc in $d/*.pc ; do
if [ $pc == "$d/*.pc" ]; then continue; fi
# Check each word in a line with a .la reference
for word in $(grep '\.la' $pc); do
if $(echo $word | grep -q '.la$' ); then
mkdir -p $d/la-backup
cp -fv $pc $d/la-backup
basename=$(basename $word )
libref=$(echo $basename|sed -e 's/^lib/-l/' -e 's/\.la$//')
# Fix the .pc file
sed -i "s:$word:$libref:" $pc
fi
done
done
done
EOF
chmod +x /usr/sbin/remove-la-files.sh
The original libraries were simply an archive of routines
from which the required routines were extracted and linked
into the executable program. These are described as static
libraries, with names of the form libfoo.a on UNIX-like operating systems. On
some old operating systems they are the only type available.
On almost all Linux platforms there are also “shared” (or equivalently
“dynamic”) libraries (with names
of the form libfoo.so) –
one copy of the library is loaded into virtual memory, and
shared by all the programs which call any of its functions.
This is space efficient.
In the past, essential programs such as a shell were often
linked statically so that some form of minimal recovery
system would exist even if shared libraries, such as
libc.so, became damaged (e.g.
moved to lost+found after
fsck following
an unclean shutdown). Nowadays, most people use an
alternative system install or a USB stick if they have to
recover. Journaling filesystems also reduce the likelihood of
this sort of problem.
Within the book, there are various places where configure
switches such as --disable-static are employed,
and other places where the possibility of using system
versions of libraries instead of the versions included within
another package is discussed. The main reason for this is to
simplify updates of libraries.
If a package is linked to a dynamic library, updating to a
newer library version is automatic once the newer library is
installed and the program is (re)started (provided the
library major version is unchanged, e.g. going from
libfoo.so.2.0 to libfoo.so.2.1. Going to libfoo.so.3 will require recompilation
– ldd can
be used to find which programs use the old version). If a
program is linked to a static library, the program always has
to be recompiled. If you know which programs are linked to a
particular static library, this is merely an annoyance. But
usually you will not
know which programs to recompile.
One way to identify when a static library is used, is to deal
with it at the end of the installation of every package.
Write a script to find all the static libraries in
/usr/lib or wherever you are
installing to, and either move them to another directory so
that they are no longer found by the linker, or rename them
so that libfoo.a becomes e.g.
libfoo.a.hidden. The static
library can then be temporarily restored if it is ever
needed, and the package needing it can be identified. This
shouldn't be done blindly since many libraries only exist in
a static version. For example, some libraries from the
glibc and gcc packages should always be present on
the system (libc_nonshared.a, libg.a,
libpthread_nonshared.a, libssp_nonshared.a,
libsupc++.a as of glibc-2.36 and gcc-12.2).
If you use this approach, you may discover that more packages than you were expecting use a static library. That was the case with nettle-2.4 in its default static-only configuration: It was required by GnuTLS-3.0.19, but also linked into package(s) which used GnuTLS, such as glib-networking-2.32.3.
Many packages put some of their common functions into a static library which is only used by the programs within the package and, crucially, the library is not installed as a standalone library. These internal libraries are not a problem – if the package has to be rebuilt to fix a bug or vulnerability, nothing else is linked to them.
When BLFS mentions system libraries, it means shared versions of libraries. Some packages such as Firefox-115.2.0 and ghostscript-10.01.2 bundle many other libraries in their build tree. The version they ship is often older than the version used in the system, so it may contain bugs – sometimes developers go to the trouble of fixing bugs in their included libraries, other times they do not.
Sometimes, deciding to use system libraries is an easy decision. Other times it may require you to alter the system version (e.g. for libpng-1.6.40 if used for Firefox-115.2.0). Occasionally, a package ships an old library and can no longer link to the current version, but can link to an older version. In this case, BLFS will usually just use the shipped version. Sometimes the included library is no longer developed separately, or its upstream is now the same as the package's upstream and you have no other packages which will use it. In those cases, you'll be lead to use the included library even if you usually prefer to use system libraries.
This page contains information about locale related problems and issues. In the following paragraphs you'll find a generic overview of things that can come up when configuring your system for various locales. Many (but not all) existing locale related problems can be classified and fall under one of the headings below. The severity ratings below use the following criteria:
Critical: The program doesn't perform its main function. The fix would be very intrusive, it's better to search for a replacement.
High: Part of the functionality that the program provides is not usable. If that functionality is required, it's better to search for a replacement.
Low: The program works in all typical use cases, but lacks some functionality normally provided by its equivalents.
If there is a known workaround for a specific package, it will appear on that package's page. For the most recent information about locale related issues for individual packages, check the Editor Notes in the BLFS Wiki.
Severity: Critical
Some programs require the user to specify the character
encoding for their input or output data and present only a
limited choice of encodings. This is the case for the
-X option in Enscript-1.6.6,
the -input-charset option in
unpatched Cdrtools-3.02a09, and the character
sets offered for display in the menu of Links-2.29. If the required
encoding is not in the list, the program usually becomes
completely unusable. For non-interactive programs, it may be
possible to work around this by converting the document to a
supported input character set before submitting to the
program.
A solution to this type of problem is to implement the necessary support for the missing encoding as a patch to the original program or to find a replacement.
Severity: High for non-text documents, low for text documents
Some programs, nano-7.2 or JOE-4.6 for example, assume that documents are always in the encoding implied by the current locale. While this assumption may be valid for the user-created documents, it is not safe for external ones. When this assumption fails, non-ASCII characters are displayed incorrectly, and the document may become unreadable.
If the external document is entirely text based, it can be converted to the current locale encoding using the iconv program.
For documents that are not text-based, this is not possible. In fact, the assumption made in the program may be completely invalid for documents where the Microsoft Windows operating system has set de facto standards. An example of this problem is ID3v1 tags in MP3 files (see the BLFS Wiki ID3v1Coding page for more details). For these cases, the only solution is to find a replacement program that doesn't have the issue (e.g., one that will allow you to specify the assumed document encoding).
Among BLFS packages, this problem applies to nano-7.2, JOE-4.6, and all media players except Audacious-4.3.1.
Another problem in this category is when someone cannot read the documents you've sent them because their operating system is set up to handle character encodings differently. This can happen often when the other person is using Microsoft Windows, which only provides one character encoding for a given country. For example, this causes problems with UTF-8 encoded TeX documents created in Linux. On Windows, most applications will assume that these documents have been created using the default Windows 8-bit encoding.
In extreme cases, Windows encoding compatibility issues may be solved only by running Windows programs under Wine.
Severity: Critical
The POSIX standard mandates that the filename encoding is the
encoding implied by the current LC_CTYPE locale category.
This information is well-hidden on the page which specifies
the behavior of Tar and
Cpio programs. Some programs
get it wrong by default (or simply don't have enough
information to get it right). The result is that they create
filenames which are not subsequently shown correctly by
ls, or they
refuse to accept filenames that ls shows properly. For the
GLib-2.76.4 library, the problem can be
corrected by setting the G_FILENAME_ENCODING environment variable to
the special "@locale" value. Glib2 based programs that don't respect
that environment variable are buggy.
The Zip-3.0 and UnZip-6.0 have this problem because they hard-code the expected filename encoding. UnZip contains a hard-coded conversion table between the CP850 (DOS) and ISO-8859-1 (UNIX) encodings and uses this table when extracting archives created under DOS or Microsoft Windows. However, this assumption only works for those in the US and not for anyone using a UTF-8 locale. Non-ASCII characters will be mangled in the extracted filenames.
The general rule for avoiding this class of problems is to avoid installing broken programs. If this is impossible, the convmv command-line tool can be used to fix filenames created by these broken programs, or intentionally mangle the existing filenames to meet the broken expectations of such programs.
In other cases, a similar problem is caused by importing filenames from a system using a different locale with a tool that is not locale-aware (e.g., OpenSSH-9.4p1). In order to avoid mangling non-ASCII characters when transferring files to a system with a different locale, any of the following methods can be used:
Transfer anyway, fix the damage with convmv.
On the sending side, create a tar archive with the
--format=posix
switch passed to tar (this will be the
default in a future version of tar).
Mail the files as attachments. Mail clients specify the encoding of attached filenames.
Write the files to a removable disk formatted with a FAT or FAT32 filesystem.
Transfer the files using Samba.
Transfer the files via FTP using RFC2640-aware server (this currently means only wu-ftpd, which has bad security history) and client (e.g., lftp).
The last four methods work because the filenames are automatically converted from the sender's locale to UNICODE and stored or sent in this form. They are then transparently converted from UNICODE to the recipient's locale encoding.
Severity: High or critical
Many programs were written in an older era where multibyte locales were not common. Such programs assume that C "char" data type, which is one byte, can be used to store single characters. Further, they assume that any sequence of characters is a valid string and that every character occupies a single character cell. Such assumptions completely break in UTF-8 locales. The visible manifestation is that the program truncates strings prematurely (i.e., at 80 bytes instead of 80 characters). Terminal-based programs don't place the cursor correctly on the screen, don't react to the "Backspace" key by erasing one character, and leave junk characters around when updating the screen, usually turning the screen into a complete mess.
Fixing this kind of problems is a tedious task from a programmer's point of view, like all other cases of retrofitting new concepts into the old flawed design. In this case, one has to redesign all data structures in order to accommodate to the fact that a complete character may span a variable number of "char"s (or switch to wchar_t and convert as needed). Also, for every call to the "strlen" and similar functions, find out whether a number of bytes, a number of characters, or the width of the string was really meant. Sometimes it is faster to write a program with the same functionality from scratch.
Among BLFS packages, this problem applies to xine-ui-0.99.14 and all the shells.
Severity: Low
LFS expects that manual pages are in the language-specific (usually 8-bit) encoding, as specified on the LFS Man DB page. However, some packages install translated manual pages in UTF-8 encoding (e.g., Shadow, already dealt with), or manual pages in languages not in the table. Not all BLFS packages have been audited for conformance with the requirements put in LFS (the large majority have been checked, and fixes placed in the book for packages known to install non-conforming manual pages). If you find a manual page installed by any of BLFS packages that is obviously in the wrong encoding, please remove or convert it as needed, and report this to BLFS team as a bug.
You can easily check your system for any non-conforming manual pages by copying the following short shell script to some accessible location,
#!/bin/sh
# Begin checkman.sh
# Usage: find /usr/share/man -type f | xargs checkman.sh
for a in "$@"
do
# echo "Checking $a..."
# Pure-ASCII manual page (possibly except comments) is OK
grep -v '.\\"' "$a" | iconv -f US-ASCII -t US-ASCII >/dev/null 2>&1 \
&& continue
# Non-UTF-8 manual page is OK
iconv -f UTF-8 -t UTF-8 "$a" >/dev/null 2>&1 || continue
# Found a UTF-8 manual page, bad.
echo "UTF-8 manual page: $a" >&2
done
# End checkman.sh
and then issuing the following command (modify the command
below if the checkman.sh script is not
in your PATH environment
variable):
find /usr/share/man -type f | xargs checkman.sh
Note that if you have manual pages installed in any location
other than /usr/share/man
(e.g., /usr/local/share/man),
you must modify the above command to include this additional
location.
The packages that are installed in this book are only the tip of the iceberg. We hope that the experience you gained with the LFS book and the BLFS book will give you the background needed to compile, install and configure packages that are not included in this book.
When you want to install a package to a location other than
/, or /usr, you are installing outside the default
environment settings on most machines. The following examples
should assist you in determining how to correct this situation.
The examples cover the complete range of settings that may need
updating, but they are not all needed in every situation.
Expand the PATH to include
$PREFIX/bin.
Expand the PATH for
root to include
$PREFIX/sbin.
Add $PREFIX/lib to
/etc/ld.so.conf or expand
LD_LIBRARY_PATH to include it.
Before using the latter option, check out http://xahlee.info/UnixResource_dir/_/ldpath.html.
If you modify /etc/ld.so.conf, remember to update
/etc/ld.so.cache by
executing ldconfig as the
root user.
Add $PREFIX/man to
/etc/man_db.conf or expand
MANPATH.
Add $PREFIX/info to
INFOPATH.
Add $PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig
to PKG_CONFIG_PATH. Some
packages are now installing .pc files in $PREFIX/share/pkgconfig, so you may
have to include this directory also.
Add $PREFIX/include to
CPPFLAGS when compiling
packages that depend on the package you installed.
Add $PREFIX/lib to
LDFLAGS when compiling
packages that depend on a library installed by the
package.
If you are in search of a package that is not in the book, the following are different ways you can search for the desired package.
If you know the name of the package, then search
SourceForge for it at https://sourceforge.net/directory/,
and search GitHub for it at https://github.com/. Also
search Google at https://google.com/. Sometimes
a search for the rpm at
https://rpmfind.net/ or the
deb at
https://www.debian.org/distrib/packages#search_packages
can also lead to a link to the package.
If you know the name of the executable, but not the package that the executable belongs to, first try a Google search with the name of the executable. If the results are overwhelming, try searching for the given executable in the Debian repository at https://www.debian.org/distrib/packages#search_contents.
Some general hints on handling new packages:
Many of the newer packages follow the ./configure && make && make install process. Help on the options accepted by configure can be obtained via the command ./configure --help.
Most of the packages contain documentation on compiling and installing the package. Some of the documents are excellent, some not so excellent. Check out the homepage of the package for any additional and updated hints for compiling and configuring the package.
If you are having a problem compiling the package, try searching the LFS archives at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/search.html for the error or if that fails, try searching Google. Often, a distribution will have already solved the problem (many of them use development versions of packages, so they see the changes sooner than those of us who normally use stable released versions). But be cautious - all builders tend to carry patches which are no longer necessary, and to have fixes which are only required because of their particular choices in how they build a package. You may have to search deeply to find a fix for the package version you are trying to use, or even to find the package (names are sometimes not what you might expect, e.g. ghostscript often has a prefix or a suffix in its name), but the following notes might help, particularly for those who, like the editors, are trying to build the latest versions and encountering problems:
Arch https://www.archlinux.org/packages/
- enter the package name in the 'Keywords' box,
select the package name, select the 'Source Files'
field, and then select the PKGBUILD entry to see how they
build this package.
Debian https://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool
(use your country's version if there is one) - the
source will be in .tar.gz tarballs (either the
original upstream .orig source, or else a
dfsg containing those
parts which comply with Debian's free software
guidelines) accompanied by versioned .diff.gz or
.tar.gz additions. These additions often show how
the package is built, and may contain patches. In
the .diff.gz versions, any patches create files in
debian/patches.
Fedora package source gets reorganized from time to time. At the moment the package source for rpms is at https://src.fedoraproject.org/projects/rpms/%2A and from there you can try putting a package name in the search box. If the package is found you can look at the files (specfile to control the build, various patches) or the commits. If that fails, you can download an srpm (source rpm) and using rpm2cpio (see the Tip at the bottom of the page). For rpms go to https://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/ and then choose which repo you wish to look at - development/rawhide is the latest development, or choose releases for what was shipped in a release, updates for updates to a release, or updates/testing for the latest updates which might work or might have problems.
Gentoo - First use a search engine to find an
ebuild which looks as if it will fix the problem,
or search at https://packages.gentoo.org/
- use the search field. Note where the package
lives in the portage hierarchy, e.g. app-something/. In general you
can treat the ebuild as a sort of pseudo-code /
shell combination with some functions you can
hazard a guess at, such as dodoc. If the fix
is just a sed, try it.
However, in most cases the fix will use a patch. To
find the patch, use a gentoo-portage mirror: Two
links to mirrors in the U.S.A. which seem to
usually be up to date are https://mirror.rackspace.com/gentoo-portage/
and https://mirror.steadfast.net/gentoo-portage/.
Navigate down the tree to the package, then to the
files/ directory to
look for the patch. Sometimes a portage mirror has
not yet been updated, particularly for a recent new
patch. In a few cases, gentoo batch the patches
into a tarball and the ebuild will have a link in
the form
https://dev.gentoo.org/~${PATCH_DEV}/distfiles/${P}-patches-${PATCH_VER}.tar.xz
: here, look for PATCH_DEV and PATCH_VER in the
build and format the full URL in your browser or
for wget : remember the '~' before the developer's
ID and note that trying to search the earlier
levels of the URL in a browser may drop you at
www.gentoo.org or return 403 (forbidden).
openSUSE provide a rolling release, some package versions are in https://download.opensuse.org/source/tumbleweed/repo/oss/src/ but others are in ../update/openSUSE-current/src - the source only seems to be available in source rpms.
Slackware - the official package browser is
currently broken. The site at https://slackbuilds.org/
has current and previous versions in their
unofficial repository with links to homepages,
downloads, and some individual files, particularly
the .SlackBuild
files.
Ubuntu ftp://ftp.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/pool/ - see the Debian notes above.
If everything else fails, try the blfs-support mailing-list.
If you have found a package that is only available in
.deb or .rpm format, there are two small scripts,
rpm2targz and
deb2targz that
are available at
https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/extras/deb2targz.tar.bz2
and
https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/extras/rpm2targz.tar.bz2
to convert the archives into a simple tar.gz format.
You may also find an rpm2cpio script useful. The Perl version in the linux kernel archives at https://lore.kernel.org/all/[email protected]/2-rpm2cpio works for most source rpms. The rpm2targz script will use an rpm2cpio script or binary if one is on your path. Note that rpm2cpio will unpack a source rpm in the current directory, giving a tarball, a spec file, and perhaps patches or other files.
The intention of LFS is to provide a basic system which you can build upon. There are several things about tidying up the system which many people wonder about once they have done the base install. We hope to cover these issues in this chapter.
Most people coming from non-Unix like backgrounds to Linux find
the concept of text-only configuration files slightly strange. In
Linux, just about all configuration is done via the manipulation
of text files. The majority of these files can be found in the
/etc hierarchy. There are often
graphical configuration programs available for different
subsystems but most are simply pretty front ends to the process
of editing a text file. The advantage of text-only configuration
is that you can edit parameters using your favorite text editor,
whether that be vim, emacs, or any other editor.
The first task is making a recovery boot device in Creating a Custom Boot Device because it's the most critical need. Hardware issues relevant to firmware and other devices is addressed next. The system is then configured to ease addition of new users, because this can affect the choices you make in the two subsequent topics—The Bash Shell Startup Files and The vimrc Files.
There is one remaining topic: Customizing your Logon with /etc/issue. It doesn't have much interaction with the other topics in this chapter.
This section is really about creating a rescue device. As the name rescue implies, the host system has a problem, often lost partition information or corrupted file systems, that prevents it from booting and/or operating normally. For this reason, you must not depend on resources from the host being "rescued". To presume that any given partition or hard drive will be available is a risky presumption.
In a modern system, there are many devices that can be used as a rescue device: floppy, cdrom, usb drive, or even a network card. Which one you use depends on your hardware and your BIOS. In the past, a rescue device was thought to be a floppy disk. Today, many systems do not even have a floppy drive.
Building a complete rescue device is a challenging task. In many ways, it is equivalent to building an entire LFS system. In addition, it would be a repetition of information already available. For these reasons, the procedures for a rescue device image are not presented here.
The software of today's systems has grown large. Linux 2.6 no longer supports booting directly from a floppy. In spite of this, there are solutions available using older versions of Linux. One of the best is Tom's Root/Boot Disk available at http://www.toms.net/rb/. This will provide a minimal Linux system on a single floppy disk and provides the ability to customize the contents of your disk if necessary.
There are several sources that can be used for a rescue CD-ROM. Just about any commercial distribution's installation CD-ROMs or DVDs will work. These include RedHat, Ubuntu, and SuSE. One very popular option is Knoppix.
Also, the LFS Community has developed its own LiveCD available at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/livecd/. This LiveCD, is no longer capable of building an entire LFS/BLFS system, but is still a good rescue CD-ROM. If you download the ISO image, use xorriso to copy the image to a CD-ROM.
The instructions for using GRUB2 to make a custom rescue CD-ROM are also available in LFS Chapter 10.
A USB Pen drive, sometimes called a Thumb drive, is recognized by Linux as a SCSI device. Using one of these devices as a rescue device has the advantage that it is usually large enough to hold more than a minimal boot image. You can save critical data to the drive as well as use it to diagnose and recover a damaged system. Booting such a drive requires BIOS support, but building the system consists of formatting the drive, adding GRUB as well as the Linux kernel and supporting files.
An LFS system can be used without a graphical desktop, and unless or until you install a graphical environment you will have to work in the console. Most, if not all, PCs boot with an 8x16 font - whatever the actual screen size. There are a few things you can do to alter the display on the console. Most of them involve changing the font, but the first alters the commandline used by grub.
Modern screens often have a lot more pixels then the screens used in the past. If your screen is 1600 pixels wide, an 8x16 font will give you 200 columns of text - unless your monitor is enormous, the text will be tiny. One of the ways to work around this is to tell grub to use a smaller size, such as 1024x768 or 800x600 or even 640x480. Even if your screen does not have a 4:3 aspect ratio, this should work.
To try this, you can reboot and edit grub's command-line to
insert a 'video=' parameter between the 'root=/dev/sdXn' and
'ro', for example root=/dev/sda2
video=1024x768 ro based on the example in LFS section
10.4.4 : ../../../../lfs/view/12.0-systemd/chapter10/grub.html.
If you decide that you wish to do this, you can then (as the
root user) edit /boot/grub/grub.cfg.
In LFS the kbd package is
used. The fonts it provides are PC Screen Fonts, usually
called PSF, and they were installed into /usr/share/consolefonts. Where these
include a unicode mapping table, the file suffix is often
changed to .psfu although
packages such as terminus-font (see below) do not add the
'u'. These fonts are usually compressed with gzip to save
space, but that is not essential.
The initial PC text screens had 8 colours, or 16 colours if the bright versions of the original 8 colours were used. A PSF font can include up to 256 characters (technically, glyphs) while allowing 16 colours, or up to 512 characters (in which case, the bright colours will not be available). Clearly, these console fonts cannot be used to display CJK text - that would need thousands of available glyphs.
Some fonts in kbd can cover more than 512 codepoints ('characters'), with varying degrees of fidelity: unicode contains several whitespace codepoints which can all be mapped to a space, varieties of dashes can be mapped to a minus sign, smart quotes can map to the regular ASCII quotes rather than to whatever is used for "codepoint not present or invalid", and those cyrillic or greek letters which look like latin letters can be mapped onto them, so 'A' can also do duty for cyrillic A and greek Alpha, and 'P' can also do duty for cyrillic ER and greek RHO. Unfortunately, where a font has been created from a BDF file (the method in terminus and Debian's console-setup ) such mapping of additional codepoints onto an existing glyph is not always done, although the terminus ter-vXXn fonts do this well.
There are over 120 combinations of font and size in
kbd: often a font is
provided at several character sizes, and sometimes varieties
cover different subsets of unicode. Most are 8 pixels wide,
in heights from 8 to 16 pixels, but there are a few which are
9 pixels wide, some others which are 12x22, and even one
(latarcyrheb-sun32.psfu) which
has been scaled up to 16x32. Using a bigger font is another
way of making text on a large screen easier to read.
You can test fonts as a normal user. If you have a font which has not been installed, you can load it with :
setfont /path/to/yourfont.ext
For the fonts already installed you only need the name, so
using gr737a-9x16.psfu.gz as an
example:
setfont gr737a-9x16
To see the glyphs in the font, use:
showconsolefont
If the font looks as if it might be useful, you can then go on to test it more thoroughly.
When you find a font which you wish to use, as the
root user) edit /etc/vconsole.conf as
described in LFS section 9.6 ../../../../lfs/view/12.0-systemd/chapter09/console.html..
For fonts not supplied with the kbd package you will need to optionally
compress it / them with gzip and then install it /
them as the root user.
Although some console fonts are created from BDF files, which is a text format with hex values for the pixels in each row of the character, there are more-modern tools available for editing psf fonts. The psftools package allows you to dump a font to a text representation with a dash for a pixel which is off (black) and a hash for a pixel which is on (white). You can then edit the text file to add more characters, or reshape them, or map extra codepoints onto them, and then create a new psf font with your changes.
The Terminus Font
package provides fixed-width bitmap fonts designed for long
(8 hours and more per day) work with computers. Under
'Character variants' on that page is a list of patches (in
the alt/ directory). If you are
using a graphical browser to look at that page, you can see
what the patches do, e.g. 'll2' makes 'l' more visibly
different from 'i' and '1'.
By default terminus-fonts will try to create several types of font, and it will fail if bdftopcf from Xorg Applications has not been installed. The configure script is only really useful if you go on to install all the fonts (console and X11 bitmap) to the correct directories, as in a distro. To build only the PSF fonts and their dependencies, run:
make psf
This will create more than 240 ter-*.psf fonts. The 'b' suffix indicates bright, 'n' indicates normal. You can then test them to see if any fit your requirements. Unless you are creating a distro, there seems little point in installing them all.
As an example, to install the last of these fonts, you can
gzip it and then as the root
user:
install -v -m644 ter-v32n.psf.gz /usr/share/consolefonts
On some recent PCs it can be necessary, or desirable, to load
firmware to make them work at their best. There is a directory,
/lib/firmware, where the kernel
or kernel drivers look for firmware images.
Currently, most firmware can be found at a git repository:
https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/firmware/linux-firmware.git/tree/.
For convenience, the LFS Project has created a mirror, updated
daily, where these firmware files can be accessed via
wget or a web
browser at https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/linux-firmware/.
To get the firmware, either point a browser to one of the above repositories and then download the item(s) which you need, or install git-2.41.0 and clone that repository.
For some other firmware, particularly for Intel microcode and certain wifi devices, the needed firmware is not available in the above repository. Some of this will be addressed below, but a search of the Internet for needed firmware is sometimes necessary.
Firmware files are conventionally referred to as blobs because you cannot determine what they will do. Note that firmware is distributed under various different licenses which do not permit disassembly or reverse-engineering.
Firmware for PCs falls into four categories:
Updates to the CPU to work around errata, usually referred to as microcode.
Firmware for video controllers. On x86 machines this is required for ATI devices (Radeon and AMDGPU chips) and may be useful for Intel (Skylake and later) and Nvidia (Kepler and later) GPUs.
ATI Radeon and AMDGPU devices all require firmware to be able to use KMS (kernel modesetting - the preferred option) as well as for Xorg. For old radeon chips (before the R600), the firmware is still in the kernel source.
Intel integrated GPUs from Skylake onwards can use firmware for GuC (the Graphics microcontroller), and also for the HuC (HEVC/H265 microcontroller which offloads to the GPU) and the DMC (Display Microcontroller) to provide additional low-power states. The GuC and HuC have had a chequered history in the kernel and updated firmware may be disabled by default, depending on your kernel version. Further details may be found at 01.org and Arch linux.
Nvidia GPUs from Kepler onwards require signed firmware, otherwise the nouveau driver is unable to provide hardware acceleration. Nvidia has now released firmware up to Ampere (GeForce30 series) to linux-firmware. Note that faster clocks than the default are not enabled by the released firmware.
Firmware updates for wired network ports. Most of them work even without the updates, but they will probably work better with the updated firmware. For some modern laptops, firmware for both wired ethernet (e.g. rtl_nic) and also for bluetooth devices (e.g. qca) is required before the wired network can be used.
Firmware for other devices, such as wireless NICs. These devices are not required for the PC to boot, but need the firmware before these devices can be used.
Although not needed to load a firmware blob, the following tools may be useful for determining, obtaining, or preparing the needed firmware in order to load it into the system: cpio-2.14, git-2.41.0, pciutils-3.10.0, and Wget-1.21.4
In general, microcode can be loaded by the BIOS or UEFI, and it might be updated by upgrading to a newer version of those. On linux, you can also load the microcode from the kernel if you are using an AMD family 10h or later processor (first introduced late 2007), or an Intel processor from 1998 and later (Pentium4, Core, etc), if updated microcode has been released. These updates only last until the machine is powered off, so they need to be applied on every boot.
Intel provide updates of their microcode for Skylake and later processors as new vulnerabilities come to light, and have in the past provided updates for processors from SandyBridge onwards, although those are no-longer supported for new fixes. New versions of AMD firmware are rare and usually only apply to a few models, although motherboard manufacturers get AGESA (AMD Generic Encapsulated Software Architecture) updates to change BIOS values, e.g. to support more memory variants, new vulnerability fixes or newer CPUs.
There were two ways of loading the microcode, described as 'early' and 'late'. Early loading happens before userspace has been started, late loading happens after userspace has started. However, late loading is known to be problematic and not supported anymore (see the kernel commit x86/microcode: Taint and warn on late loading.) Indeed, early loading is needed to work around one particular erratum in early Intel Haswell processors which had TSX enabled. (See Intel Disables TSX Instructions: Erratum Found in Haswell, Haswell-E/EP, Broadwell-Y.) Without this update glibc can do the wrong thing in uncommon situations.
In previous versions of this book, late loading of microcode to see if it gets applied was recommended, followed by using an initrd to force early loading. But now that the contents of the Intel microcode tarball is documented, and AMD microcode can be read by a Python script to determine which machines it covers, there is no real reason to use late loading.
It might be still possible to manually force late loading of microcode. But it may cause kernel malfunction and you should take the risk yourself. You will need to reconfigure your kernel for either method. The instructions here will show you how to create an initrd for early loading. It is also possible to build the same microcode bin file into the kernel, which allows early loading but requires the kernel to be recompiled to update the microcode.
To confirm what processor(s) you have (if more than one, they will be identical) look in /proc/cpuinfo. Determine the decimal values of the cpu family, model and stepping by running the following command (it will also report the current microcode version):
head -n7 /proc/cpuinfo
Convert the cpu family, model and stepping to pairs of hexadecimal digits, and remember the value of the “microcode” field. You can now check if there is any microcode available.
If you are creating an initrd to update firmware for different machines, as a distro would do, go down to 'Early loading of microcode' and cat all the Intel blobs to GenuineIntel.bin or cat all the AMD blobs to AuthenticAMD.bin. This creates a larger initrd - for all Intel machines in the 20200609 update the size was 3.0 MB compared to typically 24 KB for one machine.
The first step is to get the most recent version of the
Intel microcode. This must be done by navigating to
https://github.com/intel/Intel-Linux-Processor-Microcode-Data-Files/releases/
and downloading the latest file there. As of this writing
the most secure version of the microcode is
microcode-20230808. Extract this file in the normal way,
the microcode is in the intel-ucode directory, containing various
blobs with names in the form XX-YY-ZZ. There are also
various other files, and a releasenote.
In the past, intel did not provide any details of which
blobs had changed versions, but now the releasenote details
this. You can compare the microcode version in /proc/cpuinfo with the version for your
CPU model in the releasenote to know if there is an update.
The recent firmware for older processors is provided to deal with vulnerabilities which have now been made public, and for some of these such as Microarchitectural Data Sampling (MDS) you might wish to increase the protection by disabling hyperthreading, or alternatively to disable the kernel's default mitigation because of its impact on compile times. Please read the online documentation at https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.html.
For an Tigerlake mobile (described as Intel(R) Core(TM)
i5-11300H CPU) the relevant values are cpu family 6, model
140, stepping 1 so in this case the required identification
is 06-8c-01. The releasenote says the latest microcode for
it is versioned 0xac. If the value of the “microcode” field in
/proc/cpuinfo is 0xac or
greater, it indicates the microcode update is already
applied by the BIOS. Otherwise, configure the kernel to
support loading Intel microcode, and then proceed to
the section called
“Early loading of microcode”:
General setup ---> [*] Initial RAM filesystem and RAM disk (initramfs/initrd) support ... [BLK_DEV_INITRD] Processor type and features ---> [*] CPU microcode loading support [MICROCODE] [*] Intel microcode loading support [MICROCODE_INTEL]
Begin by downloading a container of firmware for your CPU family from https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/linux-firmware/amd-ucode/. The family is always specified in hex. Families 10h to 14h (16 to 20) are in microcode_amd.bin. Families 15h, 16h, 17h (Zen, Zen+, Zen2) and 19h (Zen3) have their own containers, but very few machines are likely to get updated microcode. Instead, AMD provide an updated AGESA to the motherboard makers, who may provide an updated BIOS using this. There is a Python3 script at https://github.com/AMDESE/amd_ucode_info/blob/master/amd_ucode_info.py. Download that script and run it against the bin file to check which processors have updates.
For the very old Athlon(tm) II X2 in these examples the values were cpu family 16, model 5, stepping 3 giving an identification of Family=0x10 Model=0x05 Stepping=0x03. One line of the amd_ucode_info.py script output describes the microcode version for it:
Family=0x10 Model=0x05 Stepping=0x03: Patch=0x010000c8 Length=960 bytes
If the value of the “microcode” field in
/proc/cpuinfo is 0x10000c8 or
greater, it indicates the BIOS has already applied the
microcode update. Otherwise, configure the kernel to
support loading AMD microcode, and then proceed to
the section called
“Early loading of microcode”:
General setup ---> [*] Initial RAM filesystem and RAM disk (initramfs/initrd) support ... [BLK_DEV_INITRD] Processor type and features ---> [*] CPU microcode loading support [MICROCODE] [*] AMD microcode loading support [MICROCODE_AMD]
If you have established that updated microcode is available for your system, it is time to prepare it for early loading. This requires an additional package, cpio-2.14 and the creation of an initrd which will need to be added to grub.cfg.
It does not matter where you prepare the initrd, and once it is working you can apply the same initrd to later LFS systems or newer kernels on this same machine, at least until any newer microcode is released. Use the following commands:
mkdir -p initrd/kernel/x86/microcode cd initrd
For an AMD machine, use the following command (replace <MYCONTAINER> with the name of the container for your CPU's family):
cp -v ../<MYCONTAINER> kernel/x86/microcode/AuthenticAMD.bin
Or for an Intel machine copy the appropriate blob using this command:
cp -v ../intel-ucode/<XX-YY-ZZ> kernel/x86/microcode/GenuineIntel.bin
Now prepare the initrd:
find . | cpio -o -H newc > /boot/microcode.img
You now need to add a new entry to /boot/grub/grub.cfg and here you should add a new line after the linux line within the stanza. If /boot is a separate mountpoint:
initrd /microcode.img
or this if it is not:
initrd /boot/microcode.img
If you are already booting with an initrd (see the
section called “About initramfs”), you
should run mkinitramfs again after
putting the appropriate blob or container into /lib/firmware. More precisely, put an
intel blob in a /lib/firmware/intel-ucode directory or an
AMD container in a /lib/firmware/amd-ucode directory before
running mkinitramfs.
Alternatively, you can have both initrd on the same line,
such as initrd
/microcode.img /other-initrd.img (adapt
that as above if /boot is not a separate mountpoint).
You can now reboot with the added initrd, and then use the following command to check that the early load worked:
dmesg | grep -e 'microcode' -e 'Linux version' -e 'Command line'
If you updated to address vulnerabilities, you can look at the output of the lscpu command to see what is now reported.
The places and times where early loading happens are very different in AMD and Intel machines. First, an example of an Intel (Tigerlake mobile) with early loading:
[ 0.000000] microcode: microcode updated early: 0x86 -> 0xac, date = 2023-02-27
[ 0.000000] Linux version 6.4.7 (root@stargazer) (gcc (GCC) 13.2.0, GNU ld (GNU Binutils) 2.41) #1 SMP PREEMPT_DYNAMIC Wed Aug 2 19:08:46 CST 2023
[ 0.000000] Command line: BOOT_IMAGE=/boot/vmlinuz-6.4.7 root=PARTUUID=<CLASSIFIED> ro
[ 0.424002] microcode: Microcode Update Driver: v2.2.A historic AMD example:
[ 0.000000] Linux version 4.15.3 (ken@testserver) (gcc version 7.3.0 (GCC))
#2 SMP Sun Feb 18 02:32:03 GMT 2018
[ 0.000000] Command line: BOOT_IMAGE=/vmlinuz-4.15.3-sda5 root=/dev/sda5 ro
[ 0.307619] microcode: microcode updated early to new patch_level=0x010000c8
[ 0.307678] microcode: CPU0: patch_level=0x010000c8
[ 0.307723] microcode: CPU1: patch_level=0x010000c8
[ 0.307795] microcode: Microcode Update Driver: v2.2.
These instructions do NOT apply to old radeons before the
R600 family. For those, the firmware is in the kernel's
/lib/firmware/ directory. Nor
do they apply if you intend to avoid a graphical setup such
as Xorg and are content to use the default 80x25 display
rather than a framebuffer.
Early radeon devices only needed a single 2K blob of firmware. Recent devices need several different blobs, and some of them are much bigger. The total size of the radeon firmware directory is over 500K — on a large modern system you can probably spare the space, but it is still redundant to install all the unused files each time you build a system.
A better approach is to install pciutils-3.10.0 and
then use lspci to identify which
VGA controller is installed.
With that information, check the RadeonFeature page of the Xorg wiki for Decoder ring for engineering vs marketing names to identify the family (you may need to know this for the Xorg driver in BLFS — Southern Islands and Sea Islands use the radeonsi driver) and the specific model.
Now that you know which controller you are using, consult the Radeon page of the Gentoo wiki which has a table listing the required firmware blobs for the various chipsets. Note that Southern Islands and Sea Islands chips use different firmware for kernel 3.17 and later compared to earlier kernels. Identify and download the required blobs then install them:
mkdir -pv /lib/firmware/radeon cp -v <YOUR_BLOBS> /lib/firmware/radeon
Building the kernel amdgpu driver as a module is recommended because the firmware files need to be accessible at the time it is loaded. If you are building it as a part of the kernel image for any reason, you need to either include the firmware files in the initramfs (read the section called “About initramfs” for details), or include them in the kernel image itself (read the section called “Include Firmware Blobs in the Kernel Image” for details).
All video controllers using the amdgpu kernel driver require firmware, whether you will be using the xorg amdgpu driver, the xserver's modesetting driver, or just kernel modesetting to get a console framebuffer larger than 80x25.
Install pciutils-3.10.0 and use that to check the model name (look for 'VGA compatible controller:'). If you have an APU (Accelerated Processing Unit, i.e. CPU and video on the same chip) that will probably tell you the name. If you have a separate amdgpu video card you will need to search to determine which name it uses (e.g. a card described as Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. [AMD/ATI] Baffin [Radeon RX 550 640SP / RX 560/560X] needs Polaris11 firmware. There is a table of "Family, Chipset name, Product name and Firmware" at the end of the Kernel sections in AMDGPU page of the Gentoo wiki.
Once you have identified the firmware name, install all the relevant files for it. For example, the Baffin card mentioned above has 21 different polaris11* files, APUs such as renoir and picasso have at least 12 files and might gain more in future updates (e.g. the raven APU now has a 13th file, raven_ta.bin).
mkdir -pv /lib/firmware/amdgpu cp -v <YOUR_BLOBS> /lib/firmware/amdgpu
If disk space is not a problem, you could install all the current amdgpu firmware files and not worry about exactly which chipset is installed.
Building the kernel amdgpu driver as a module is recommended because the firmware files need to be accessible at the time it is loaded. If you are building it as a part of the kernel image for any reason, you need to either include the firmware files in the initramfs (read the section called “About initramfs” for details), or include them in the kernel image itself (read the section called “Include Firmware Blobs in the Kernel Image” for details).
Nvidia has released basic signed firmware for recent graphics chips, but significantly after the chips and its own binary drivers were first available. For other chips it has been necessary to extract the firmware from the binary driver.
For more exact information about which chips need extracted firmware, see https://nouveau.freedesktop.org/VideoAcceleration.html.
If the necessary firmware is available in the nvidia/ directory of linux-firmware, copy
it to /lib/firmware/nouveau.
If the firmware has not been made available in linux-firmware, for the old chips mentioned in the nouveau wiki link above run the following commands:
wget https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/nvidia-firmware/extract_firmware.py wget https://us.download.nvidia.com/XFree86/Linux-x86/340.32/NVIDIA-Linux-x86-340.32.run sh NVIDIA-Linux-x86-340.32.run --extract-only python3 extract_firmware.py mkdir -p /lib/firmware/nouveau cp -d nv* vuc-* /lib/firmware/nouveau/
The kernel likes to load firmware for some network drivers,
particularly those from Realtek (the
/lib/linux-firmware/rtl_nic/) directory, but they generally
appear to work without it. Therefore, you can boot the
kernel, check dmesg for messages about this missing firmware,
and if necessary download the firmware and put it in the
specified directory in /lib/firmware so that it will be found on
subsequent boots. Note that with current kernels this works
whether or not the driver is compiled in or built as a
module, there is no need to build this firmware into the
kernel. Here is an example where the R8169 driver has been
compiled in but the firmware was not made available. Once the
firmware had been provided, there was no mention of it on
later boots.
dmesg | grep firmware | grep r8169
[ 7.018028] r8169 0000:01:00.0: Direct firmware load for rtl_nic/rtl8168g-2.fw failed with error -2
[ 7.018036] r8169 0000:01:00.0 eth0: unable to load firmware patch rtl_nic/rtl8168g-2.fw (-2)
Different countries have different regulations on the radio
spectrum usage of wireless devices. You can install a
firmware to make the wireless devices obey local spectrum
regulations, so you won't be inquired by local authority or
find your wireless NIC jamming the frequencies of other
devices (for example, remote controllers). The regulatory
database firmware can be downloaded from https://kernel.org/pub/software/network/wireless-regdb/.
To install it, simply extract regulatory.db and regulatory.db.p7s from the tarball into
/lib/firmware. Note that either
the cfg80211 driver needs to be
selected as a module for the regulatory.* files to be loaded, or those
files need to be included as firmware into the kernel, as
explained above in the section called
“Firmware for Video Cards”.
The access point (AP) would send a country code to your
wireless NIC, and wpa_supplicant-2.10 would
tell the kernel to load the regulation of this country from
regulatory.db, and enforce it.
Note that several AP don't send this country code, so you may
be locked to a rather restricted usage (specially if you want
to use your interface as an AP).
Some systems (especially budget laptops) utilizes a DSP
shipped with the CPU for connection with the audio codec. The
Sound Open Firmware must be loaded onto the DSP to make it
functional. These firmware files can be downloaded from
https://github.com/thesofproject/sof-bin/releases.
Extract the tarball and changing into the extracted
directory, then as the root
user install the firmware:
install -vdm755 /usr/lib/firmware/intel && cp -av -T --no-preserve=ownership sof-v* \ /usr/lib/firmware/intel/sof && cp -av -T --no-preserve=ownership sof-tplg-v* \ /usr/lib/firmware/intel/sof-tplg
alsa-lib-1.2.9 needs Use Case Manager
configuration files for the systems using Sound Open Firmware
as well. The ALSA UCM configuration files can be downloaded
from https://github.com/alsa-project/alsa-ucm-conf/tags.
Extract the tarball and changing into the extracted
directory, then as the root
user install the configuration files:
install -vdm755 /usr/share/alsa && cp -av -T --no-preserve=ownership ucm2 /usr/share/alsa/ucm2
Once the firmware is loaded (you may need a reboot so the kernel will load them) and the UCM configuration files are installed, following the section called “Configuring ALSA Utilities” to set up your sound card for ALSA properly.
Identifying the correct firmware will typically require you
to install pciutils-3.10.0, and then use
lspci to
identify the device. You should then search online to check
which module it uses, which firmware, and where to obtain the
firmware — not all of it is in linux-firmware.
If possible, you should begin by using a wired connection when you first boot your LFS system. To use a wireless connection you will need to use a network tools such as iw-5.19, Wireless Tools-29, or wpa_supplicant-2.10.
Firmware may also be needed for other devices such as some SCSI controllers, bluetooth adaptors, or TV recorders. The same principles apply.
Some drivers, notably the drivers for ATI or AMD GPU,
requires the firmware files accessible at the time it is
loaded. The easiest method to handle these drivers is
building them as a kernel module. An alternative method is
creating an initramfs (read the section called “About
initramfs” for details) including the firmware
files. If you don't want to use either methods, you may
include the firmware files in the kernel image itself.
Install the needed firmware files into /lib/firmware first, then set the following
kernel configuration and rebuild the kernel:
Device Drivers ---> Generic Driver Options ---> Firmware loader ---> <*> Firmware loading facility [FW_LOADER] (xx/aa.bin xx/bb.bin) Build named firmware blobs into the kernel binary ... [EXTRA_FIRMWARE] (/lib/firmware) Firmware blobs root directory ... [EXTRA_FIRMWARE_DIR]
Replace xx/aa.bin
xx/bb.bin with a whitespace-separated list of
paths to the needed firmware files, relative to /lib/firmware. A method easier than
manually typing the list (it may be long) is running the
following command:
echo CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE='"'$({ cd /lib/firmware; echo amdgpu/* })'"' >> .config
make oldconfig
Replace amdgpu/*
with a shell pattern matching the needed firmware files.
Do not distribute a kernel image containing the firmware to others or you may violate the GPL.
Although most devices needed by packages in BLFS and beyond are
set up properly by udev using
the default rules installed by LFS in /etc/udev/rules.d, there are cases where the
rules must be modified or augmented.
If there are multiple sound cards in a system, the "default"
sound card becomes random. The method to establish sound card
order depends on whether the drivers are modules or not. If
the sound card drivers are compiled into the kernel, control
is via kernel command line parameters in /boot/grub/grub.cfg. For example, if a
system has both an FM801 card and a SoundBlaster PCI card,
the following can be appended to the command line:
snd-fm801.index=0 snd-ens1371.index=1
If the sound card drivers are built as modules, the order can
be established in the /etc/modprobe.conf file with:
options snd-fm801 index=0
options snd-ens1371 index=1USB devices usually have two kinds of device nodes associated with them.
The first kind is created by device-specific drivers (e.g., usb_storage/sd_mod or usblp) in the kernel. For example, a USB mass storage device would be /dev/sdb, and a USB printer would be /dev/usb/lp0. These device nodes exist only when the device-specific driver is loaded.
The second kind of device nodes (/dev/bus/usb/BBB/DDD, where BBB is the bus number and DDD is the device number) are created even if the device doesn't have a kernel driver. By using these "raw" USB device nodes, an application can exchange arbitrary USB packets with the device, i.e., bypass the possibly-existing kernel driver.
Access to raw USB device nodes is needed when a userspace program is acting as a device driver. However, for the program to open the device successfully, the permissions have to be set correctly. By default, due to security concerns, all raw USB devices are owned by user root and group root, and have 0664 permissions (the read access is needed, e.g., for lsusb to work and for programs to access USB hubs). Packages (such as SANE and libgphoto2) containing userspace USB device drivers also ship udev rules that change the permissions of the controlled raw USB devices. That is, rules installed by SANE change permissions for known scanners, but not printers. If a package maintainer forgot to write a rule for your device, report a bug to both BLFS (if the package is there) and upstream, and you will need to write your own rule.
Before Linux-2.6.15, raw USB device access was performed not with /dev/bus/usb/BBB/DDD device nodes, but with /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD pseudofiles. Some applications still use only this deprecated technique and can't use the new device nodes. They cannot work with Linux kernel version 3.5 or newer. If you need to run such an application, contact the developer of it for a fix.
Fine-tuning of device attributes such as group name and
permissions is possible by creating extra udev rules, matching on something like
this. The vendor and product can be found by searching the
/sys/devices directory entries
or using udevadm
info after the device has been attached. See
the documentation in the current udev directory of /usr/share/doc for details.
SUBSYSTEM=="usb_device", SYSFS{idVendor}=="05d8", SYSFS{idProduct}=="4002", \
GROUP:="scanner", MODE:="0660"The above line is used for descriptive purposes only. The scanner udev rules are put into place when installing SANE-1.0.32.
If the initial boot process does not set up the /dev/dvd device properly, it can be
installed using the following modification to the default
udev rules. As the root user,
run:
sed '1d;/SYMLINK.*cdrom/ a\
KERNEL=="sr0", ENV{ID_CDROM_DVD}=="1", SYMLINK+="dvd", OPTIONS+="link_priority=-100"' \
/lib/udev/rules.d/60-cdrom_id.rules > /etc/udev/rules.d/60-cdrom_id.rules
Together, the /usr/sbin/useradd command and
/etc/skel directory (both are
easy to set up and use) provide a way to assure new users are
added to your LFS system with the same beginning settings for
things such as the PATH, keyboard
processing and other environmental variables. Using these two
facilities makes it easier to assure this initial state for
each new user added to the system.
The /etc/skel directory holds
copies of various initialization and other files that may be
copied to the new user's home directory when the /usr/sbin/useradd program
adds the new user.
The useradd
program uses a collection of default values kept in
/etc/default/useradd. This file
is created in a base LFS installation by the Shadow package. If it has been removed or
renamed, the useradd program uses some
internal defaults. You can see the default values by running
/usr/sbin/useradd
-D.
To change these values, simply modify the /etc/default/useradd file as the root user. An alternative to directly
modifying the file is to run useradd as the root user while supplying the desired
modifications on the command line. Information on how to do
this can be found in the useradd man page.
To get started, create an /etc/skel directory and make sure it is
writable only by the system administrator, usually root. Creating the directory as
root is the best way to go.
The mode of any files from this part of the book that you put
in /etc/skel should be writable
only by the owner. Also, since there is no telling what kind of
sensitive information a user may eventually place in their copy
of these files, you should make them unreadable by "group" and
"other".
You can also put other files in /etc/skel and different permissions may be
needed for them.
Decide which initialization files should be provided in every
(or most) new user's home directory. The decisions you make
will affect what you do in the next two sections, The Bash Shell Startup Files
and The vimrc Files. Some
or all of those files will be useful for root, any already-existing users, and new
users.
The files from those sections that you might want to place in
/etc/skel include .inputrc, .bash_profile, .bashrc, .bash_logout, .dircolors, and .vimrc. If you are unsure which of these
should be placed there, just continue to the following
sections, read each section and any references provided, and
then make your decision.
You will run a slightly modified set of commands for files
which are placed in /etc/skel.
Each section will remind you of this. In brief, the book's
commands have been written for files not added to /etc/skel and instead just sends the results
to the user's home directory. If the file is going to be in
/etc/skel, change the book's
command(s) to send output there instead and then just copy the
file from /etc/skel to the
appropriate directories, like /etc, ~ or the
home directory of any other user already in the system.
When adding a new user with useradd, use the -m parameter, which tells useradd to create the user's
home directory and copy files from /etc/skel (can be overridden) to the new
user's home directory. For example (perform as the root user):
useradd -m <newuser>
If you are sharing a /home or
/usr/src with another Linux
distro (for example, the host distro used for building LFS),
you can create a user with the same UID (and, same primary
group GID) to keep the file ownership consistent across the
systems. First, on the other
distro, get the UID of the user and the GID of the
user's primary group:
getent passwd <username> | cut -d ':' -f 3,4
The command should output the UID and GID, separated by a colon. Now on the BLFS system, create the primary group and the user:
groupadd -g<GID><username>&& useradd -u<UID>-g<username><username>
Throughout BLFS, many packages install programs that run as
daemons or in some way should have a user or group name
assigned. Generally these names are used to map a user ID (uid)
or group ID (gid) for system use. Generally the specific uid or
gid numbers used by these applications are not significant. The
exception of course, is that root has a uid and gid of 0 (zero) that is
indeed special. The uid values are stored in /etc/passwd and the gid values are found in
/etc/group.
Customarily, Unix systems classify users and groups into two
categories: system users and regular users. The system users
and groups are given low numbers and regular users and groups
have numeric values greater than all the system values. The
cutoff for these numbers is found in two parameters in the
/etc/login.defs configuration
file. The default UID_MIN value is 1000 and the default GID_MIN
value is 1000. If a specific uid or gid value is not specified
when creating a user with useradd or a group with
groupadd the
values assigned will always be above these cutoff values.
Additionally, the Linux Standard Base recommends that system uid and gid values should be below 100.
Below is a table of suggested uid/gid values used in BLFS beyond those defined in a base LFS installation. These can be changed as desired, but provide a suggested set of consistent values.
Table 3.1. UID/GID Suggested Values
| Name | uid | gid |
|---|---|---|
| bin | 1 | |
| lp | 9 | |
| adm | 16 | |
| atd | 17 | 17 |
| messagebus | 18 | 18 |
| lpadmin | 19 | |
| named | 20 | 20 |
| gdm | 21 | 21 |
| fcron | 22 | 22 |
| systemd-journal | 23 | 23 |
| apache | 25 | 25 |
| smmsp | 26 | 26 |
| polkitd | 27 | 27 |
| rpc | 28 | 28 |
| exim | 31 | 31 |
| postfix | 32 | 32 |
| postdrop | 33 | |
| sendmail | 34 | |
| 34 | ||
| vmailman | 35 | 35 |
| news | 36 | 36 |
| kdm | 37 | 37 |
| fetchmail | 38 | |
| mysql | 40 | 40 |
| postgres | 41 | 41 |
| dovecot | 42 | 42 |
| dovenull | 43 | 43 |
| ftp | 45 | 45 |
| proftpd | 46 | 46 |
| vsftpd | 47 | 47 |
| rsyncd | 48 | 48 |
| sshd | 50 | 50 |
| stunnel | 51 | 51 |
| dhcpcd | 52 | 52 |
| svn | 56 | 56 |
| svntest | 57 | |
| git | 58 | 58 |
| games | 60 | 60 |
| kvm | 61 | |
| wireshark | 62 | |
| lightdm | 63 | 63 |
| sddm | 64 | 64 |
| lightdm | 65 | 65 |
| scanner | 70 | |
| colord | 71 | 71 |
| systemd-journal-gateway | 73 | 73 |
| systemd-journal-remote | 74 | 74 |
| systemd-journal-upload | 75 | 75 |
| systemd-network | 76 | 76 |
| systemd-resolve | 77 | 77 |
| systemd-timesync | 78 | 78 |
| systemd-coredump | 79 | 79 |
| uuidd | 80 | 80 |
| systemd-oom | 81 | 81 |
| ldap | 83 | 83 |
| avahi | 84 | 84 |
| avahi-autoipd | 85 | 85 |
| netdev | 86 | |
| ntp | 87 | 87 |
| unbound | 88 | 88 |
| plugdev | 90 | |
| wheel | 97 | |
| anonymous | 98 | |
| nobody | 65534 | |
| nogroup | 65534 |
The shell program /bin/bash
(hereafter referred to as just "the shell") uses a collection
of startup files to help create an environment. Each file has a
specific use and may affect login and interactive environments
differently. The files in the /etc directory generally provide global
settings. If an equivalent file exists in your home directory
it may override the global settings.
An interactive login shell is started after a successful login,
using /bin/login, by reading the
/etc/passwd file. This shell
invocation normally reads /etc/profile and its private equivalent
~/.bash_profile (or ~/.profile if called as /bin/sh) upon startup.
An interactive non-login shell is normally started at the
command-line using a shell program (e.g., [prompt]$/bin/bash) or by the
/bin/su command.
An interactive non-login shell is also started with a terminal
program such as xterm or konsole from within a
graphical environment. This type of shell invocation normally
copies the parent environment and then reads the user's
~/.bashrc file for additional
startup configuration instructions.
A non-interactive shell is usually present when a shell script is running. It is non-interactive because it is processing a script and not waiting for user input between commands. For these shell invocations, only the environment inherited from the parent shell is used.
The file ~/.bash_logout is not
used for an invocation of the shell. It is read and executed
when a user exits from an interactive login shell.
Many distributions use /etc/bashrc for system wide initialization of
non-login shells. This file is usually called from the user's
~/.bashrc file and is not built
directly into bash itself. This convention
is followed in this section.
For more information see info bash -- Nodes: Bash Startup Files and Interactive Shells.
Most of the instructions below are used to create files
located in the /etc directory
structure which requires you to execute the commands as the
root user. If you elect to
create the files in user's home directories instead, you
should run the commands as an unprivileged user.
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bash-shell-startup-files
Here is a base /etc/profile.
This file starts by setting up some helper functions and some
basic parameters. It specifies some bash history parameters
and, for security purposes, disables keeping a permanent
history file for the root
user. It also sets a default user prompt. It then calls
small, single purpose scripts in the /etc/profile.d directory to provide most of
the initialization.
For more information on the escape sequences you can use for
your prompt (i.e., the PS1
environment variable) see info
bash -- Node:
Printing a Prompt.
cat > /etc/profile << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <[email protected]>
# modifications by Dagmar d'Surreal <[email protected]>
# System wide environment variables and startup programs.
# System wide aliases and functions should go in /etc/bashrc. Personal
# environment variables and startup programs should go into
# ~/.bash_profile. Personal aliases and functions should go into
# ~/.bashrc.
# Functions to help us manage paths. Second argument is the name of the
# path variable to be modified (default: PATH)
pathremove () {
local IFS=':'
local NEWPATH
local DIR
local PATHVARIABLE=${2:-PATH}
for DIR in ${!PATHVARIABLE} ; do
if [ "$DIR" != "$1" ] ; then
NEWPATH=${NEWPATH:+$NEWPATH:}$DIR
fi
done
export $PATHVARIABLE="$NEWPATH"
}
pathprepend () {
pathremove $1 $2
local PATHVARIABLE=${2:-PATH}
export $PATHVARIABLE="$1${!PATHVARIABLE:+:${!PATHVARIABLE}}"
}
pathappend () {
pathremove $1 $2
local PATHVARIABLE=${2:-PATH}
export $PATHVARIABLE="${!PATHVARIABLE:+${!PATHVARIABLE}:}$1"
}
export -f pathremove pathprepend pathappend
# Set the initial path
export PATH=/usr/bin
# Attempt to provide backward compatibility with LFS earlier than 11
if [ ! -L /bin ]; then
pathappend /bin
fi
if [ $EUID -eq 0 ] ; then
pathappend /usr/sbin
if [ ! -L /sbin ]; then
pathappend /sbin
fi
unset HISTFILE
fi
# Set up some environment variables.
export HISTSIZE=1000
export HISTIGNORE="&:[bf]g:exit"
# Set some defaults for graphical systems
export XDG_DATA_DIRS=${XDG_DATA_DIRS:-/usr/share/}
export XDG_CONFIG_DIRS=${XDG_CONFIG_DIRS:-/etc/xdg/}
export XDG_RUNTIME_DIR=${XDG_RUNTIME_DIR:-/tmp/xdg-$USER}
# Set up a red prompt for root and a green one for users.
NORMAL="\[\e[0m\]"
RED="\[\e[1;31m\]"
GREEN="\[\e[1;32m\]"
if [[ $EUID == 0 ]] ; then
PS1="$RED\u [ $NORMAL\w$RED ]# $NORMAL"
else
PS1="$GREEN\u [ $NORMAL\w$GREEN ]\$ $NORMAL"
fi
for script in /etc/profile.d/*.sh ; do
if [ -r $script ] ; then
. $script
fi
done
unset script RED GREEN NORMAL
# End /etc/profile
EOF
Now create the /etc/profile.d
directory, where the individual initialization scripts are
placed:
install --directory --mode=0755 --owner=root --group=root /etc/profile.d
Using the bash completion script below is controversial. Not all users like it. It adds many (usually over 1000) lines to the bash environment and makes it difficult to use the 'set' command to examine simple environment variables. Omitting this script does not interfere with the ability of bash to use the tab key for file name completion.
This script imports bash completion scripts, installed by many other BLFS packages, to allow TAB command line completion.
cat > /etc/profile.d/bash_completion.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/bash_completion.sh
# Import bash completion scripts
# If the bash-completion package is installed, use its configuration instead
if [ -f /usr/share/bash-completion/bash_completion ]; then
# Check for interactive bash and that we haven't already been sourced.
if [ -n "${BASH_VERSION-}" -a -n "${PS1-}" -a -z "${BASH_COMPLETION_VERSINFO-}" ]; then
# Check for recent enough version of bash.
if [ ${BASH_VERSINFO[0]} -gt 4 ] || \
[ ${BASH_VERSINFO[0]} -eq 4 -a ${BASH_VERSINFO[1]} -ge 1 ]; then
[ -r "${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/bash_completion" ] && \
. "${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/bash_completion"
if shopt -q progcomp && [ -r /usr/share/bash-completion/bash_completion ]; then
# Source completion code.
. /usr/share/bash-completion/bash_completion
fi
fi
fi
else
# bash-completions are not installed, use only bash completion directory
if shopt -q progcomp; then
for script in /etc/bash_completion.d/* ; do
if [ -r $script ] ; then
. $script
fi
done
fi
fi
# End /etc/profile.d/bash_completion.sh
EOF
Make sure that the directory exists:
install --directory --mode=0755 --owner=root --group=root /etc/bash_completion.d
For a more complete installation, see https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bash-shell-startup-files#bash-completions.
This script uses the ~/.dircolors and /etc/dircolors files to control the
colors of file names in a directory listing. They control
colorized output of things like ls --color. The
explanation of how to initialize these files is at the end
of this section.
cat > /etc/profile.d/dircolors.sh << "EOF"
# Setup for /bin/ls and /bin/grep to support color, the alias is in /etc/bashrc.
if [ -f "/etc/dircolors" ] ; then
eval $(dircolors -b /etc/dircolors)
fi
if [ -f "$HOME/.dircolors" ] ; then
eval $(dircolors -b $HOME/.dircolors)
fi
alias ls='ls --color=auto'
alias grep='grep --color=auto'
EOF
This script adds some useful paths to the PATH and can be used to customize other PATH
related environment variables (e.g. LD_LIBRARY_PATH, etc)
that may be needed for all users.
cat > /etc/profile.d/extrapaths.sh << "EOF"
if [ -d /usr/local/lib/pkgconfig ] ; then
pathappend /usr/local/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
fi
if [ -d /usr/local/bin ]; then
pathprepend /usr/local/bin
fi
if [ -d /usr/local/sbin -a $EUID -eq 0 ]; then
pathprepend /usr/local/sbin
fi
if [ -d /usr/local/share ]; then
pathprepend /usr/local/share XDG_DATA_DIRS
fi
# Set some defaults before other applications add to these paths.
pathappend /usr/share/man MANPATH
pathappend /usr/share/info INFOPATH
EOF
This script sets up the default inputrc configuration file. If the user
does not have individual settings, it uses the global file.
cat > /etc/profile.d/readline.sh << "EOF"
# Set up the INPUTRC environment variable.
if [ -z "$INPUTRC" -a ! -f "$HOME/.inputrc" ] ; then
INPUTRC=/etc/inputrc
fi
export INPUTRC
EOF
Setting the umask value is important for security. Here the default group write permissions are turned off for system users and when the user name and group name are not the same.
cat > /etc/profile.d/umask.sh << "EOF"
# By default, the umask should be set.
if [ "$(id -gn)" = "$(id -un)" -a $EUID -gt 99 ] ; then
umask 002
else
umask 022
fi
EOF
This script sets an environment variable necessary for native language support. A full discussion on determining this variable can be found on the LFS Bash Shell Startup Files page.
cat > /etc/profile.d/i18n.sh << "EOF"
# Set up i18n variables
. /etc/locale.conf
export LANG
EOF
Here is a base /etc/bashrc.
Comments in the file should explain everything you need.
cat > /etc/bashrc << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/bashrc
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <[email protected]>
# updated by Bruce Dubbs <[email protected]>
# System wide aliases and functions.
# System wide environment variables and startup programs should go into
# /etc/profile. Personal environment variables and startup programs
# should go into ~/.bash_profile. Personal aliases and functions should
# go into ~/.bashrc
# Provides colored /bin/ls and /bin/grep commands. Used in conjunction
# with code in /etc/profile.
alias ls='ls --color=auto'
alias grep='grep --color=auto'
# Provides prompt for non-login shells, specifically shells started
# in the X environment. [Review the LFS archive thread titled
# PS1 Environment Variable for a great case study behind this script
# addendum.]
NORMAL="\[\e[0m\]"
RED="\[\e[1;31m\]"
GREEN="\[\e[1;32m\]"
if [[ $EUID == 0 ]] ; then
PS1="$RED\u [ $NORMAL\w$RED ]# $NORMAL"
else
PS1="$GREEN\u [ $NORMAL\w$GREEN ]\$ $NORMAL"
fi
unset RED GREEN NORMAL
# End /etc/bashrc
EOF
Here is a base ~/.bash_profile.
If you want each new user to have this file automatically,
just change the output of the command to /etc/skel/.bash_profile and check the
permissions after the command is run. You can then copy
/etc/skel/.bash_profile to the
home directories of already existing users, including
root, and set the owner and
group appropriately.
cat > ~/.bash_profile << "EOF"
# Begin ~/.bash_profile
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <[email protected]>
# updated by Bruce Dubbs <[email protected]>
# Personal environment variables and startup programs.
# Personal aliases and functions should go in ~/.bashrc. System wide
# environment variables and startup programs are in /etc/profile.
# System wide aliases and functions are in /etc/bashrc.
if [ -f "$HOME/.bashrc" ] ; then
source $HOME/.bashrc
fi
if [ -d "$HOME/bin" ] ; then
pathprepend $HOME/bin
fi
# Having . in the PATH is dangerous
#if [ $EUID -gt 99 ]; then
# pathappend .
#fi
# End ~/.bash_profile
EOF
Here is a base ~/.profile. The
comments and instructions for using /etc/skel for .bash_profile above also apply here. Only
the target file names are different.
cat > ~/.profile << "EOF"
# Begin ~/.profile
# Personal environment variables and startup programs.
if [ -d "$HOME/bin" ] ; then
pathprepend $HOME/bin
fi
# Set up user specific i18n variables
#export LANG=<ll>_<CC>.<charmap><@modifiers>
# End ~/.profile
EOF
Here is a base ~/.bashrc.
cat > ~/.bashrc << "EOF"
# Begin ~/.bashrc
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <[email protected]>
# Personal aliases and functions.
# Personal environment variables and startup programs should go in
# ~/.bash_profile. System wide environment variables and startup
# programs are in /etc/profile. System wide aliases and functions are
# in /etc/bashrc.
if [ -f "/etc/bashrc" ] ; then
source /etc/bashrc
fi
# Set up user specific i18n variables
#export LANG=<ll>_<CC>.<charmap><@modifiers>
# End ~/.bashrc
EOF
This is an empty ~/.bash_logout
that can be used as a template. You will notice that the base
~/.bash_logout does not include
a clear
command. This is because the clear is handled in the
/etc/issue file.
cat > ~/.bash_logout << "EOF"
# Begin ~/.bash_logout
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <[email protected]>
# Personal items to perform on logout.
# End ~/.bash_logout
EOF
If you want to use the dircolors capability, then run the
following command. The /etc/skel setup steps shown above also can
be used here to provide a ~/.dircolors file when a new user is set
up. As before, just change the output file name on the
following command and assure the permissions, owner, and
group are correct on the files created and/or copied.
dircolors -p > /etc/dircolors
If you wish to customize the colors used for different file
types, you can edit the /etc/dircolors file. The instructions for
setting the colors are embedded in the file.
Finally, Ian Macdonald has written an excellent collection of tips and tricks to enhance your shell environment. You can read it online at https://www.caliban.org/bash/index.shtml.
The LFS book installs Vim as its text editor. At this point it should be noted that there are a lot of different editing applications out there including Emacs, nano, Joe and many more. Anyone who has been around the Internet (especially usenet) for a short time will certainly have observed at least one flame war, usually involving Vim and Emacs users!
The LFS book creates a basic vimrc file. In this section you'll find an
attempt to enhance this file. At startup, vim reads the global
configuration file (/etc/vimrc)
as well as a user-specific file (~/.vimrc). Either or both can be tailored to
suit the needs of your particular system.
Here is a slightly expanded .vimrc that you can put in ~/.vimrc to provide user specific effects. Of
course, if you put it into /etc/skel/.vimrc instead, it will be made
available to users you add to the system later. You can also
copy the file from /etc/skel/.vimrc to the home directory of
users already on the system, such as root. Be sure to set permissions, owner,
and group if you do copy anything directly from /etc/skel.
" Begin .vimrc
set columns=80
set wrapmargin=8
set ruler
" End .vimrc
Note that the comment tags are " instead of the more usual # or
//. This is correct, the syntax for vimrc is slightly unusual.
Below you'll find a quick explanation of what each of the options in this example file means here:
set columns=80: This simply
sets the number of columns used on the screen.
set wrapmargin=8: This is the
number of characters from the right window border where
wrapping starts.
set ruler: This makes
vim show
the current row and column at the bottom right of the
screen.
More information on the many vim options can be found by
reading the help inside vim itself. Do this by typing
:help in vim to get the general help,
or by typing :help
usr_toc.txt to view the User Manual Table of Contents.
When you first boot up your new LFS system, the logon screen
will be nice and plain (as it should be in a bare-bones
system). Many people however, will want their system to display
some information in the logon message. This can be accomplished
using the file /etc/issue.
The /etc/issue file is a plain
text file which will also accept certain escape sequences (see
below) in order to insert information about the system. There
is also the file issue.net which
can be used when logging on remotely. ssh however, will only use it
if you set the option in the configuration file and will
not interpret the escape
sequences shown below.
One of the most common things which people want to do is clear
the screen at each logon. The easiest way of doing that is to
put a "clear" escape sequence into /etc/issue. A simple way of doing this is to
issue the command clear >
/etc/issue. This will insert the relevant
escape code into the start of the /etc/issue file. Note that if you do this,
when you edit the file, you should leave the characters
(normally '^[[H^[[2J') on the first line alone.
Terminal escape sequences are special codes recognized by the terminal. The ^[ represents an ASCII ESC character. The sequence ESC [ H puts the cursor in the upper left hand corner of the screen and ESC 2 J erases the screen. For more information on terminal escape sequences see http://rtfm.etla.org/xterm/ctlseq.html
The following sequences are recognized by agetty (the program which
usually parses /etc/issue). This
information is from man
agetty where you can find extra information
about the logon process.
The issue file can contain
certain character sequences to display various information. All
issue sequences consist of a
backslash (\) immediately followed by one of the letters
explained below (so \d in
/etc/issue would insert the
current date).
b Insert the baudrate of the current line.
d Insert the current date.
s Insert the system name, the name of the operating system.
l Insert the name of the current tty line.
m Insert the architecture identifier of the machine, e.g., i686.
n Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname.
o Insert the domainname of the machine.
r Insert the release number of the kernel, e.g., 2.6.11.12.
t Insert the current time.
u Insert the number of current users logged in.
U Insert the string "1 user" or "<n> users" where <n> is the
number of current users logged in.
v Insert the version of the OS, e.g., the build-date etc.Security takes many forms in a computing environment. After some initial discussion, this chapter gives examples of three different types of security: access, prevention and detection.
Access for users is usually handled by login or an application designed to handle the login function. In this chapter, we show how to enhance login by setting policies with PAM modules. Access via networks can also be secured by policies set by iptables, commonly referred to as a firewall. The Network Security Services (NSS) and Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries can be installed and shared among the many applications requiring them. For applications that don't offer the best security, you can use the Stunnel package to wrap an application daemon inside an SSL tunnel.
Prevention of breaches, like a trojan, are assisted by applications like GnuPG, specifically the ability to confirm signed packages, which recognizes modifications of the tarball after the packager creates it.
Finally, we touch on detection with a package that stores "signatures" of critical files (defined by the administrator) and then regenerates those "signatures" and compares for files that have been changed.
All software has bugs. Sometimes, a bug can be exploited, for example to allow users to gain enhanced privileges (perhaps gaining a root shell, or simply accessing or deleting other user's files), or to allow a remote site to crash an application (denial of service), or for theft of data. These bugs are labelled as vulnerabilities.
The main place where vulnerabilities get logged is cve.mitre.org. Unfortunately, many vulnerability numbers (CVE-yyyy-nnnn) are initially only labelled as "reserved" when distributions start issuing fixes. Also, some vulnerabilities apply to particular combinations of configure options, or only apply to old versions of packages which have long since been updated in BLFS.
BLFS differs from distributions—there is no BLFS security team, and the editors only become aware of vulnerabilities after they are public knowledge. Sometimes, a package with a vulnerability will not be updated in the book for a long time. Issues can be logged in the Trac system, which might speed up resolution.
The normal way for BLFS to fix a vulnerability is, ideally, to update the book to a new fixed release of the package. Sometimes that happens even before the vulnerability is public knowledge, so there is no guarantee that it will be shown as a vulnerability fix in the Changelog. Alternatively, a sed command, or a patch taken from a distribution, may be appropriate.
The bottom line is that you are responsible for your own security, and for assessing the potential impact of any problems.
The editors now issue Security Advisories for packages in BLFS (and LFS), which can be found at BLFS Security Advisories, and grade the severity according to what upstream reports, or to what is shown at nvd.nist.gov if that has details.
To keep track of what is being discovered, you may wish to follow the security announcements of one or more distributions. For example, Debian has Debian security. Fedora's links on security are at the Fedora wiki. Details of Gentoo linux security announcements are discussed at Gentoo security. Finally, the Slackware archives of security announcements are at Slackware security.
The most general English source is perhaps the Full Disclosure Mailing List, but please read the comment on that page. If you use other languages you may prefer other sites such as heise.de (German) or cert.hr (Croatian). These are not linux-specific. There is also a daily update at lwn.net for subscribers (free access to the data after 2 weeks, but their vulnerabilities database at lwn.net/Alerts is unrestricted).
For some packages, subscribing to their 'announce' lists will provide prompt news of newer versions.
Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) is a method to validate the authenticity of an otherwise unknown entity across untrusted networks. PKI works by establishing a chain of trust, rather than trusting each individual host or entity explicitly. In order for a certificate presented by a remote entity to be trusted, that certificate must present a complete chain of certificates that can be validated using the root certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) that is trusted by the local machine.
Establishing trust with a CA involves validating things like company address, ownership, contact information, etc., and ensuring that the CA has followed best practices, such as undergoing periodic security audits by independent investigators and maintaining an always available certificate revocation list. This is well outside the scope of BLFS (as it is for most Linux distributions). The certificate store provided here is taken from the Mozilla Foundation, who have established very strict inclusion policies described here.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lfs-book/make-ca/releases/download/v1.12/make-ca-1.12.tar.xz
Download size: 36 KB
Download MD5 Sum: 67e0b911e73a859fc326171c5153d455
Estimated disk space required: 6.9 MB (with all runtime deps)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with all runtime deps)
p11-kit-0.25.0 (runtime, built after libtasn1-4.19.0, required in the following instructions to generate certificate stores from trust anchors, and each time make-ca is run)
nss-3.92 (to generate a shared NSSDB)
The make-ca script will
download and process the certificates included in the
certdata.txt file for use as
trust anchors for the p11-kit-0.25.0 trust module.
Additionally, it will generate system certificate stores used
by BLFS applications (if the recommended and optional
applications are present on the system). Any local
certificates stored in /etc/ssl/local will be imported to both the
trust anchors and the generated certificate stores
(overriding Mozilla's trust). Additionally, any modified
trust values will be copied from the trust anchors to
/etc/ssl/local prior to any
updates, preserving custom trust values that differ from
Mozilla when using the trust utility from
p11-kit to operate on the
trust store.
To install the various certificate stores, first install the
make-ca script into the
correct location. As the root
user:
make install && install -vdm755 /etc/ssl/local
Technically, this package is already installed at this point. But most packages listing make-ca as a dependency actually requires the system certificate store set up by this package, instead of requiring the make-ca program itself. So the instructions for using make-ca for setting up the system certificate store is included in this section. You should make sure the required runtime dependency for make-ca is satisfied now, and continue to follow the instructions.
As the root user, download
the certificate source and prepare for system use with the
following command:
If running the script a second time with the same version
of certdata.txt, for
instance, to update the stores when make-ca is upgraded, or to add
additional stores as the requisite software is installed,
replace the -g
switch with the -r
switch in the command line. If packaging, run make-ca --help to see all
available command line options.
/usr/sbin/make-ca -g
You should periodically update the store with the above
command, either manually, or via a systemd timer. A timer is installed at /usr/lib/systemd/system/update-pki.timer
that, if enabled, will check for updates weekly.
Execute the following commands,
as the root user, to
enable the systemd timer:
systemctl enable update-pki.timer
For most users, no additional configuration is necessary,
however, the default certdata.txt file provided by make-ca is
obtained from the mozilla-release branch, and is modified to
provide a Mercurial revision. This will be the correct
version for most systems. There are several other variants of
the file available for use that might be preferred for one
reason or another, including the files shipped with Mozilla
products in this book. RedHat and OpenSUSE, for instance, use
the version included in nss-3.92. Additional upstream downloads are
available at the links included in /etc/make-ca/make-ca.conf.dist. Simply copy
the file to /etc/make-ca.conf
and edit as appropriate.
There are three trust types that are recognized by the
make-ca script, SSL/TLS,
S/Mime, and code signing. For OpenSSL, these are serverAuth, emailProtection, and codeSigning respectively. If
one of the three trust arguments is omitted, the certificate
is neither trusted, nor rejected for that role. Clients that
use OpenSSL or NSS encountering this certificate will
present a warning to the user. Clients using GnuTLS without p11-kit support are not aware of trusted
certificates. To include this CA into the ca-bundle.crt, email-ca-bundle.crt, or objsign-ca-bundle.crt files (the
GnuTLS legacy bundles), it
must have the appropriate trust arguments.
The /etc/ssl/local directory is
available to add additional CA certificates to the system
trust store. This directory is also used to store
certificates that were added to or modified in the system
trust store by p11-kit-0.25.0 so that trust values are
maintained across upgrades. Files in this directory must be
in the OpenSSL trusted
certificate format. Certificates imported using the
trust utility
from p11-kit-0.25.0 will utilize the x509
Extended Key Usage values to assign default trust values for
the system anchors.
If you need to override trust values, or otherwise need to
create an OpenSSL trusted
certificate manually from a regular PEM encoded file, you
need to add trust arguments to the openssl command, and create
a new certificate. For example, using the CAcert roots, if you want
to trust both for all three roles, the following commands
will create appropriate OpenSSL trusted certificates (run as
the root user after Wget-1.21.4 is
installed):
wget http://www.cacert.org/certs/root.crt &&
wget http://www.cacert.org/certs/class3.crt &&
openssl x509 -in root.crt -text -fingerprint -setalias "CAcert Class 1 root" \
-addtrust serverAuth -addtrust emailProtection -addtrust codeSigning \
> /etc/ssl/local/CAcert_Class_1_root.pem &&
openssl x509 -in class3.crt -text -fingerprint -setalias "CAcert Class 3 root" \
-addtrust serverAuth -addtrust emailProtection -addtrust codeSigning \
> /etc/ssl/local/CAcert_Class_3_root.pem &&
/usr/sbin/make-ca -r
Occasionally, there may be instances where you don't agree
with Mozilla's inclusion of a particular certificate
authority. If you'd like to override the default trust of a
particular CA, simply create a copy of the existing
certificate in /etc/ssl/local
with different trust arguments. For example, if you'd like to
distrust the "Makebelieve_CA_Root" file, run the following
commands:
openssl x509 -in /etc/ssl/certs/Makebelieve_CA_Root.pem \
-text \
-fingerprint \
-setalias "Disabled Makebelieve CA Root" \
-addreject serverAuth \
-addreject emailProtection \
-addreject codeSigning \
> /etc/ssl/local/Disabled_Makebelieve_CA_Root.pem &&
/usr/sbin/make-ca -r
When Python3 was installed in LFS it included the pip3 module with vendored certificates from the Certifi module. That was necessary, but it means that whenever pip3 is used it can reference those certificates, primarily when creating a virtual environment or when installing a module with all its wheel dependencies in one go.
It is generally considered that the System Administrator should be in charge of which certificates are available. Now that make-ca-1.12 and p11-kit-0.25.0 have been installed and make-ca has been configured, it is possible to make pip3 use the system certificates.
The vendored certificates installed in LFS are a snapshot from when the pulled-in version of Certifi was created. If you regularly update the system certificates, the vendored version will become out of date.
To use the system certificates in Python3 you should set _PIP_STANDALONE_CERT to point to them, e.g for
the bash shell:
export _PIP_STANDALONE_CERT=/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt
If you have created virtual environments, for example when
testing modules, and those include the Requests and Certifi modules in ~/.local/lib/python3.11/ then those local
modules will be used instead of the system certificates
unless you remove the local modules.
To use the system certificates in Python3 with the BLFS profiles add the following variable to your system or personal profiles:
mkdir -pv /etc/profile.d &&
cat > /etc/profile.d/pythoncerts.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/pythoncerts.sh
export _PIP_STANDALONE_CERT=/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt
# End /etc/profile.d/pythoncerts.sh
EOF
The CrackLib package contains a library used to enforce strong passwords by comparing user selected passwords to words in chosen word lists.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/cracklib/cracklib/releases/download/v2.9.11/cracklib-2.9.11.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a6dfb1766aab43a54e1cbd78abf0a20a
Download size: 452 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Recommended word list for English-speaking countries:
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/cracklib/cracklib/releases/download/v2.9.11/cracklib-words-2.9.11.xz
Download MD5 sum: f27804022dbf2682a7f7c353317f9a53
Download size: 4.0 MB
There are additional word lists available for download, e.g., from https://wiki.skullsecurity.org/index.php/Passwords. CrackLib can utilize as many, or as few word lists you choose to install.
Users tend to base their passwords on regular words of the spoken language, and crackers know that. CrackLib is intended to filter out such bad passwords at the source using a dictionary created from word lists. To accomplish this, the word list(s) for use with CrackLib must be an exhaustive list of words and word-based keystroke combinations likely to be chosen by users of the system as (guessable) passwords.
The default word list recommended above for downloading mostly satisfies this role in English-speaking countries. In other situations, it may be necessary to download (or even create) additional word lists.
Note that word lists suitable for spell-checking are not usable as CrackLib word lists in countries with non-Latin based alphabets, because of “word-based keystroke combinations” that make bad passwords.
Install CrackLib by running the following commands:
autoreconf -fiv &&
PYTHON=python3 \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-default-dict=/usr/lib/cracklib/pw_dict &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
Issue the following commands as the root user to install the recommended word
list and create the CrackLib
dictionary. Other word lists (text based, one word per line)
can also be used by simply installing them into /usr/share/dict and adding them to the
create-cracklib-dict
command.
install -v -m644 -D ../cracklib-words-2.9.11.xz \
/usr/share/dict/cracklib-words.xz &&
unxz -v /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words.xz &&
ln -v -sf cracklib-words /usr/share/dict/words &&
echo $(hostname) >> /usr/share/dict/cracklib-extra-words &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/lib/cracklib &&
create-cracklib-dict /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words \
/usr/share/dict/cracklib-extra-words
If desired, check the proper operation of the library as an unprivileged user by issuing the following command:
make test
If you are installing CrackLib after your LFS system has been completed and you have the Shadow package installed, you must reinstall Shadow-4.13 if you wish to provide strong password support on your system. If you are now going to install the Linux-PAM-1.5.3 package, you may disregard this note as Shadow will be reinstalled after the Linux-PAM installation.
autoreconf -fiv: The configure script shipped with the package is too old to get the right version string of Python 3.10 or later. This command regenerates it with a more recent version of autotools, which fixes the issue.
PYTHON=python3: This forces the
installation of python bindings for Python 3, even if Python
2 is installed.
--with-default-dict=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict:
This parameter forces the installation of the CrackLib dictionary to the /lib hierarchy.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
install -v -m644 -D
...: This command creates the /usr/share/dict directory (if it doesn't
already exist) and installs the compressed word list there.
ln -v -s cracklib-words
/usr/share/dict/words: The word list is
linked to /usr/share/dict/words
as historically, words is the
primary word list in the /usr/share/dict directory. Omit this
command if you already have a /usr/share/dict/words file installed on
your system.
echo $(hostname)
>>...: The value of hostname is echoed to a
file called cracklib-extra-words. This extra file is
intended to be a site specific list which includes easy to
guess passwords such as company or department names, user
names, product names, computer names, domain names, etc.
create-cracklib-dict ...: This command creates the CrackLib dictionary from the word lists. Modify the command to add any additional word lists you have installed.
|
is used to determine if a password is strong |
|
|
is used to format text files (lowercases all words, removes control characters and sorts the lists) |
|
|
creates a database with words read from standard input |
|
|
displays on standard output the database specified |
|
|
is used to create the CrackLib dictionary from the given word list(s) |
|
|
provides a fast dictionary lookup method for strong password enforcement |
cryptsetup is used to set up transparent encryption of block devices using the kernel crypto API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v2.4/cryptsetup-2.4.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2303d57e78d4977344188a46e125095c
Download size: 11 MB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB (add 5 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (add 19 SBU for tests)
JSON-C-0.17, LVM2-2.03.22, and popt-1.19
libpwquality-1.4.5, argon2, libssh, and passwdqc
Encrypted block devices require kernel support. To use it, the appropriate kernel configuration parameters need to be set:
Device Drivers ---> [*] Multiple devices driver support (RAID and LVM) ---> [MD] <*/M> Device mapper support [BLK_DEV_DM] <*/M> Crypt target support [DM_CRYPT] -*- Cryptographic API ---> [CRYPTO] Block ciphers ---> <*/M> AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) [CRYPTO_AES] # For tests: <*/M> Twofish [CRYPTO_TWOFISH] Length-preserving ciphers and modes ---> <*/M> XTS (XOR Encrypt XOR with ciphertext stealing) [CRYPTO_XTS] Hashes, digests, and MACs ---> <*/M> SHA-224 and SHA-256 [CRYPTO_SHA256] Userspace interface ---> <*/M> Symmetric key cipher algorithms [CRYPTO_USER_API_SKCIPHER]
Install cryptsetup by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-ssh-token && make
To test the result, issue as the root user: make check. Some tests will
fail if appropriate kernel configuration options are not set.
Some additional options that may be needed for tests are:
CONFIG_SCSI_LOWLEVEL, CONFIG_SCSI_DEBUG,
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM_BUILTIN, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER,
CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRYPTD, CONFIG_CRYPTO_LRW, CONFIG_CRYPTO_XTS,
CONFIG_CRYPTO_ESSIV, CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRCT10DIF,
CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES_TI, CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES_NI_INTEL,
CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLOWFISH, CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST5,
CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT, CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT_SSE2_X86_64,
CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT_AVX_X86_64,
CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT_AVX2_X86_64, and
CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH_X86_64.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-ssh-token: This option
is required if the optional libssh dependency is not
installed.
Because of the number of possible configurations, setup of encrypted volumes is beyond the scope of the BLFS book. Please see the configuration guide in the cryptsetup FAQ.
|
is used to setup dm-crypt managed device-mapper mappings |
|
|
is a tool for offline LUKS device re-encryption |
|
|
is a tool to manage dm-integrity (block level integrity) volumes |
|
|
is used to configure dm-verity managed device-mapper mappings. Device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity checking of block devices using kernel crypto API |
The Cyrus SASL package contains a Simple Authentication and Security Layer implementation, a method for adding authentication support to connection-based protocols. To use SASL, a protocol includes a command for identifying and authenticating a user to a server and for optionally negotiating protection of subsequent protocol interactions. If its use is negotiated, a security layer is inserted between the protocol and the connection.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/cyrusimap/cyrus-sasl/releases/download/cyrus-sasl-2.1.28/cyrus-sasl-2.1.28.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6f228a692516f5318a64505b46966cfa
Download size: 3.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Linux-PAM-1.5.3, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, PostgreSQL-15.4, sphinx-7.1.2, SQLite-3.42.0, krb4, Dmalloc, and Pod::POM::View::Restructured
This package does not support parallel build.
Install Cyrus SASL by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-auth-sasldb \
--with-dbpath=/var/lib/sasl/sasldb2 \
--with-sphinx-build=no \
--with-saslauthd=/var/run/saslauthd &&
make -j1
This package does not come with a test suite. If you are planning on using the GSSAPI authentication mechanism, test it after installing the package using the sample server and client programs which were built in the preceding step. Instructions for performing the tests can be found at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/cyrus-sasl.txt.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.28/html && install -v -m644 saslauthd/LDAP_SASLAUTHD /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.28 && install -v -m644 doc/legacy/*.html /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.28/html && install -v -dm700 /var/lib/sasl
--with-dbpath=/var/lib/sasl/sasldb2:
This switch forces the sasldb database to be
created in /var/lib/sasl
instead of /etc.
--with-saslauthd=/var/run/saslauthd:
This switch forces saslauthd to use the FHS
compliant directory /var/run/saslauthd for variable run-time
data.
--enable-auth-sasldb:
This switch enables SASLDB authentication backend.
--with-dblib=gdbm: This switch
forces GDBM to be used
instead of Berkeley DB.
--with-ldap: This switch enables
the OpenLDAP support.
--enable-ldapdb: This switch
enables the LDAPDB authentication backend.
--enable-login: This option
enables unsupported LOGIN authentication.
--enable-ntlm: This option
enables unsupported NTLM authentication.
install -v -m644 ...: These commands install documentation which is not installed by the make install command.
install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/sasl: This directory must exist when starting saslauthd or using the sasldb plugin. If you're not going to be running the daemon or using the plugins, you may omit the creation of this directory.
/etc/saslauthd.conf (for
saslauthd
LDAP configuration) and /etc/sasl2/Appname.conf (where "Appname"
is the application defined name of the application)
See https://www.cyrusimap.org/sasl/sasl/sysadmin.html for information on what to include in the application configuration files.
See file:///usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.28/LDAP_SASLAUTHD for configuring saslauthd with OpenLDAP.
See https://www.cyrusimap.org/sasl/sasl/gssapi.html#gssapi for configuring saslauthd with Kerberos.
If you need to run the saslauthd daemon at
system startup, install the saslauthd.service unit included in the
blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package using the following command:
make install-saslauthd
You'll need to modify /etc/default/saslauthd and modify the
MECHANISM parameter with your
desired authentication mechanism. The default authentication mechanism is
"shadow".
|
is used to list loadable SASL plugins and their properties |
|
|
is the SASL authentication server |
|
|
is used to list the users in the SASL password
database |
|
|
is used to set and delete a user's SASL password
and mechanism specific secrets in the SASL password
database |
|
|
is a test utility for the SASL authentication server |
|
|
is a general purpose authentication library for server and client applications |
The GnuPG package is GNU's tool for secure communication and data storage. It can be used to encrypt data and to create digital signatures. It includes an advanced key management facility and is compliant with the proposed OpenPGP Internet standard as described in RFC2440 and the S/MIME standard as described by several RFCs. GnuPG 2 is the stable version of GnuPG integrating support for OpenPGP and S/MIME.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/gnupg/gnupg-2.4.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/gnupg/gnupg-2.4.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e21ab42c629af80f19f813eeb61aa939
Download size: 7.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 127 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (with tests; using parallelism=4)
libassuan-2.5.6, libgcrypt-1.10.2, libksba-1.6.4, npth-1.6, and OpenLDAP-2.6.6
GnuTLS-3.8.1 (required to communicate with keyservers using https or hkps protocol) and pinentry-1.2.1 (Run-time requirement for most of the package's functionality)
cURL-8.2.1, Fuse-3.16.1, ImageMagick-7.1.1-15 (for the convert utility, used for generating the documentation), libusb-1.0.26, an MTA, SQLite-3.42.0, texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx), fig2dev (for generating documentation), and GNU adns
First, fix a compatibility issue with emacs:
patch -Np1 -i ../gnupg-2.4.3-emacs-1.patch
Install GnuPG by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
../configure --prefix=/usr \
--localstatedir=/var \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.4.3 &&
make &&
makeinfo --html --no-split -I doc -o doc/gnupg_nochunks.html ../doc/gnupg.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -I doc -o doc/gnupg.txt ../doc/gnupg.texi &&
make -C doc html
If you have texlive-20230313 installed and you wish to create documentation in alternate formats, issue the following commands (fig2dev is needed for the ps format):
make -C doc pdf ps
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.4.3/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gnupg_nochunks.html \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.4.3/html/gnupg.html &&
install -v -m644 ../doc/*.texi doc/gnupg.txt \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.4.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/gnupg.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.4.3/html
If you created alternate formats of the documentation,
install them using the following command as the root user:
install -v -m644 doc/gnupg.{pdf,dvi,ps} \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.4.3
mkdir build && cd build: the Gnupg2 developers recommend to build the package in a dedicated directory.
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.4.3:
This switch changes the default docdir to /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.4.3.
--enable-all-tests: This switch
allows more tests to be run with make check.
--enable-g13: This switch enables
building the g13 program.
|
is used to create and populate a user's
|
|
|
is a wrapper script used to run gpgconf with the
|
|
|
is a tool that takes care of accessing the OpenPGP keyservers |
|
|
is a tool to contact a running dirmngr and test whether a certificate has been revoked |
|
|
is a tool to create, mount or unmount an encrypted file system container (optional) |
|
|
is a daemon used to manage secret (private) keys independently from any protocol. It is used as a backend for gpg and gpgsm as well as for a couple of other utilities |
|
|
is a tool to manage smart cards and tokens |
|
|
is a utility used to communicate with a running gpg-agent |
|
|
is the OpenPGP part of the GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG). It is a tool used to provide digital encryption and signing services using the OpenPGP standard |
|
|
is a utility used to automatically and reasonably
safely query and modify configuration files in the
|
|
|
is a utility currently only useful for debugging.
Run it with |
|
|
executes the given scheme program or spawns an interactive shell |
|
|
is a tool similar to gpg used to provide digital encryption and signing services on X.509 certificates and the CMS protocol. It is mainly used as a backend for S/MIME mail processing |
|
|
splits an OpenPGP message into packets |
|
|
is a tool to encrypt or sign files into an archive |
|
|
is a verify only version of gpg |
|
|
is a client for the Web Key Service protocol |
|
|
provides a server for the Web Key Service protocol |
|
|
is used to list, export and import Keybox data |
|
|
is used to listen to a Unix Domain socket created by any of the GnuPG tools |
The GnuTLS package contains libraries and userspace tools which provide a secure layer over a reliable transport layer. Currently the GnuTLS library implements the proposed standards by the IETF's TLS working group. Quoting from the TLS 1.3 protocol specification :
“ TLS allows client/server applications to communicate over the Internet in a way that is designed to prevent eavesdropping, tampering, and message forgery. ”
GnuTLS provides support for TLS 1.3, TLS 1.2, TLS 1.1, TLS 1.0, and (optionally) SSL 3.0 protocols. It also supports TLS extensions, including server name and max record size. Additionally, the library supports authentication using the SRP protocol, X.509 certificates, and OpenPGP keys, along with support for the TLS Pre-Shared-Keys (PSK) extension, the Inner Application (TLS/IA) extension, and X.509 and OpenPGP certificate handling.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/gnutls/v3.8/gnutls-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/gnutls/v3.8/gnutls-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 31a4b85586522c527b044597e86870a4
Download size: 6.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 146 MB (add 113 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (add 1.4 SBU for tests; both using parallelism=8)
make-ca-1.12, libunistring-1.1, libtasn1-4.19.0, and p11-kit-0.25.0
Brotli-1.0.9, Doxygen-1.9.7, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, libidn-1.41 or libidn2-2.3.4, libseccomp-2.5.4, Net-tools-2.10 (used during the test suite), texlive-20230313 or install-tl-unx, Unbound-1.17.1 (to build the DANE library), Valgrind-3.21.0 (used during the test suite), autogen, cmocka and datefudge (used during the test suite if the DANE library is built), and Trousers (Trusted Platform Module support)
Note that if you do not install libtasn1-4.19.0, a version shipped in the GnuTLS tarball will be used instead.
Install GnuTLS by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gnutls-3.8.1 \
--with-default-trust-store-pkcs11="pkcs11:" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-default-trust-store-pkcs11="pkcs11:":
This switch tells gnutls to use the PKCS #11 trust store as
the default trust. Omit this switch if p11-kit-0.25.0 is not
installed.
--with-default-trust-store-file=/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt:
This switch tells configure where to find the
legacy CA certificate bundle and to use it instead of PKCS
#11 module by default. Use this if p11-kit-0.25.0 is not
installed.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
--enable-openssl-compatibility:
Use this switch if you wish to build the OpenSSL
compatibility library.
--without-p11-kit: use this
switch if you have not installed p11-kit.
--with-included-unistring: uses
the bundled version of libunistring, instead of the system
one. Use this switch if you have not installed libunistring-1.1.
|
is used to generate X.509 certificates, certificate requests, and private keys |
|
|
is a tool used to generate and check DNS resource records for the DANE protocol |
|
|
is a simple client program to set up a TLS connection to some other computer |
|
|
is a simple client program to set up a TLS connection to some other computer and produces very verbose progress results |
|
|
is a simple server program that listens to incoming TLS connections |
|
|
is a program that can parse and print information about OCSP requests/responses, generate requests and verify responses |
|
|
is a program that allows handling data from PKCS #11 smart cards and security modules |
|
|
is a simple program that generates random keys for use with TLS-PSK |
|
|
is a simple program that emulates the programs in the Stanford SRP (Secure Remote Password) libraries using GnuTLS |
|
|
contains the core API functions and X.509 certificate API functions |
The GPGME package is a C library that allows cryptography support to be added to a program. It is designed to make access to public key crypto engines like GnuPG or GpgSM easier for applications. GPGME provides a high-level crypto API for encryption, decryption, signing, signature verification and key management.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/gpgme/gpgme-1.21.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/gpgme/gpgme-1.21.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3a83288e753a7da53a5626d29e4416fd
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 305 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU (with all bindings and tests; with parallelism=4)
Doxygen-1.9.7 and Graphviz-8.1.0 (for API documentation), GnuPG-2.4.3 (required if Qt or SWIG are installed; used during the test suite), Clisp-2.49, (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10), and/or SWIG-4.1.1 (for language bindings)
Install GPGME by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-gpg-test && make
To test the results, you should have GnuPG-2.4.3 installed and remove the --disable-gpg-test above. Issue: make -k check. One test, TestRemarks, is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-gpg-test:
if this parameter is not passed to configure, the test
programs are built during make stage, which requires
GnuPG-2.4.3. This parameter is not needed
if GnuPG-2.4.3 is installed.
|
outputs GPGME commands in JSON format |
|
|
is an assuan server exposing GPGME operations, such as printing fingerprints and keyids with keyservers |
|
|
contains the GPGME API functions |
|
|
contains the C++ GPGME API functions |
|
|
contains API functions for handling GPG operations in Qt applications |
iptables is a userspace command line program used to configure the Linux 2.4 and later kernel packet filtering ruleset.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.netfilter.org/projects/iptables/files/iptables-1.8.9.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ffa00f68d63e723c21b8a091c5c0271b
Download size: 633 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libpcap-1.10.4 (required for BPF compiler or nfsynproxy support), bpf-utils (required for Berkeley Packet Filter support), libnfnetlink (required for connlabel support), libnetfilter_conntrack (required for connlabel support), and nftables
A firewall in Linux is accomplished through the netfilter interface. To use iptables to configure netfilter, the following kernel configuration parameters are required:
[*] Networking support ---> [NET] Networking options ---> [*] Network packet filtering framework (Netfilter) ---> [NETFILTER] [*] Advanced netfilter configuration [NETFILTER_ADVANCED] Core Netfilter Configuration ---> <*/M> Netfilter connection tracking support [NF_CONNTRACK] <*/M> Netfilter Xtables support (required for ip_tables) ... [NETFILTER_XTABLES] <*/M> LOG target support [NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_LOG] IP: Netfilter Configuration ---> <*/M> IP tables support (required for filtering/masq/NAT) ... [IP_NF_IPTABLES]
Include any connection tracking protocols that will be used, as well as any protocols that you wish to use for match support under the "Core Netfilter Configuration" section. The above options are enough for running Creating a Personal Firewall With iptables below.
The installation below does not include building some
specialized extension libraries which require the raw
headers in the Linux
source code. If you wish to build the additional extensions
(if you aren't sure, then you probably don't), you can look
at the INSTALL file to see an
example of how to change the KERNEL_DIR= parameter to
point at the Linux source
code. Note that if you upgrade the kernel version, you may
also need to recompile iptables and that the BLFS team has
not tested using the raw kernel headers.
Install iptables by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-nftables \
--enable-libipq &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-nftables:
This switch disables building nftables compatibility.
--enable-libipq: This
switch enables building of libipq.so which can be used by some
packages outside of BLFS.
--enable-nfsynproxy: This switch
enables installation of nfsynproxy SYNPROXY configuration tool.
In the following example configurations, LAN1 is used for the internal LAN interface, and WAN1 is used for the external interface connected to the Internet. You will need to replace these values with appropriate interface names for your system.
A Personal Firewall is designed to let you access all the services offered on the Internet while keeping your computer secure and your data private.
Below is a slightly modified version of Rusty Russell's recommendation from the Linux 2.4 Packet Filtering HOWTO. It is still applicable to the Linux 5.x kernels.
install -v -dm755 /etc/systemd/scripts
cat > /etc/systemd/scripts/iptables << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
# Begin /etc/systemd/scripts/iptables
# Insert connection-tracking modules
# (not needed if built into the kernel)
modprobe nf_conntrack
modprobe xt_LOG
# Enable broadcast echo Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts
# Disable Source Routed Packets
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/accept_source_route
# Enable TCP SYN Cookie Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies
# Disable ICMP Redirect Acceptance
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/accept_redirects
# Do not send Redirect Messages
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/send_redirects
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/send_redirects
# Drop Spoofed Packets coming in on an interface, where responses
# would result in the reply going out a different interface.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/rp_filter
# Log packets with impossible addresses.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/log_martians
# be verbose on dynamic ip-addresses (not needed in case of static IP)
echo 2 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_dynaddr
# disable Explicit Congestion Notification
# too many routers are still ignorant
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn
# Set a known state
iptables -P INPUT DROP
iptables -P FORWARD DROP
iptables -P OUTPUT DROP
# These lines are here in case rules are already in place and the
# script is ever rerun on the fly. We want to remove all rules and
# pre-existing user defined chains before we implement new rules.
iptables -F
iptables -X
iptables -Z
iptables -t nat -F
# Allow local-only connections
iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT
# Free output on any interface to any ip for any service
# (equal to -P ACCEPT)
iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT
# Permit answers on already established connections
# and permit new connections related to established ones
# (e.g. port mode ftp)
iptables -A INPUT -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
# Log everything else.
iptables -A INPUT -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INPUT "
# End /etc/systemd/scripts/iptables
EOF
chmod 700 /etc/systemd/scripts/iptables
This script is quite simple, it drops all traffic coming into your computer that wasn't initiated from your computer, but as long as you are simply surfing the Internet you are unlikely to exceed its limits.
If you frequently encounter certain delays at accessing FTP servers, take a look at BusyBox with iptables example number 4.
Even if you have daemons or services running on your system, these will be inaccessible everywhere but from your computer itself. If you want to allow access to services on your machine, such as ssh or ping, take a look at Creating a BusyBox With iptables.
A Network Firewall has two interfaces, one connected to an intranet, in this example LAN1, and one connected to the Internet, here WAN1. To provide the maximum security for the firewall itself, make sure that there are no unnecessary servers running on it such as X11. As a general principle, the firewall itself should not access any untrusted service (think of a remote server giving answers that makes a daemon on your system crash, or even worse, that implements a worm via a buffer-overflow).
install -v -dm755 /etc/systemd/scripts
cat > /etc/systemd/scripts/iptables << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
# Begin /etc/systemd/scripts/iptables
echo
echo "You're using the example configuration for a setup of a firewall"
echo "from Beyond Linux From Scratch."
echo "This example is far from being complete, it is only meant"
echo "to be a reference."
echo "Firewall security is a complex issue, that exceeds the scope"
echo "of the configuration rules below."
echo "You can find additional information"
echo "about firewalls in Chapter 4 of the BLFS book."
echo "https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs"
echo
# Insert iptables modules (not needed if built into the kernel).
modprobe nf_conntrack
modprobe nf_conntrack_ftp
modprobe xt_conntrack
modprobe xt_LOG
modprobe xt_state
# Enable broadcast echo Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts
# Disable Source Routed Packets
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route
# Enable TCP SYN Cookie Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies
# Disable ICMP Redirect Acceptance
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_redirects
# Don't send Redirect Messages
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/send_redirects
# Drop Spoofed Packets coming in on an interface where responses
# would result in the reply going out a different interface.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/rp_filter
# Log packets with impossible addresses.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians
# Be verbose on dynamic ip-addresses (not needed in case of static IP)
echo 2 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_dynaddr
# Disable Explicit Congestion Notification
# Too many routers are still ignorant
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn
# Set a known state
iptables -P INPUT DROP
iptables -P FORWARD DROP
iptables -P OUTPUT DROP
# These lines are here in case rules are already in place and the
# script is ever rerun on the fly. We want to remove all rules and
# pre-existing user defined chains before we implement new rules.
iptables -F
iptables -X
iptables -Z
iptables -t nat -F
# Allow local connections
iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT
# Allow forwarding if the initiated on the intranet
iptables -A FORWARD -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
iptables -A FORWARD ! -i WAN1 -m conntrack --ctstate NEW -j ACCEPT
# Do masquerading
# (not needed if intranet is not using private ip-addresses)
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o WAN1 -j MASQUERADE
# Log everything for debugging
# (last of all rules, but before policy rules)
iptables -A INPUT -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INPUT "
iptables -A FORWARD -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:FORWARD "
iptables -A OUTPUT -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:OUTPUT "
# Enable IP Forwarding
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
# The following sections allow inbound packets for specific examples
# Uncomment the example lines and adjust as necessary
# Allow ping on the external interface
#iptables -A INPUT -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-request -j ACCEPT
#iptables -A OUTPUT -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-reply -j ACCEPT
# Reject ident packets with TCP reset to avoid delays with FTP or IRC
#iptables -A INPUT -p tcp --dport 113 -j REJECT --reject-with tcp-reset
# Allow HTTP and HTTPS to 192.168.0.2
#iptables -A PREROUTING -t nat -i WAN1 -p tcp --dport 80 -j DNAT --to 192.168.0.2
#iptables -A PREROUTING -t nat -i WAN1 -p tcp --dport 443 -j DNAT --to 192.168.0.2
#iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -d 192.168.0.2 --dport 80 -j ACCEPT
#iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -d 192.168.0.2 --dport 443 -j ACCEPT
# End /etc/systemd/scripts/iptables
EOF
chmod 700 /etc/systemd/scripts/iptables
With this script your intranet should be reasonably secure against external attacks. No one should be able to setup a new connection to any internal service and, if it's masqueraded, makes your intranet invisible to the Internet. Furthermore, your firewall should be relatively safe because there are no services running that a cracker could attack.
This scenario isn't too different from the Creating a Masquerading Router With iptables, but additionally offers some services to your intranet. Examples of this can be when you want to administer your firewall from another host on your intranet or use it as a proxy or a name server.
Outlining specifically how to protect a server that offers services on the Internet goes far beyond the scope of this document. See the references in the section called “Extra Information” for more information.
Be cautious. Every service you have enabled makes your setup more complex and your firewall less secure. You are exposed to the risks of misconfigured services or running a service with an exploitable bug. A firewall should generally not run any extra services. See the introduction to the Creating a Masquerading Router With iptables for some more details.
If you want to add services such as internal Samba or name servers that do not need to access the Internet themselves, the additional statements are quite simple and should still be acceptable from a security standpoint. Just add the following lines into the script before the logging rules.
iptables -A INPUT -i ! WAN1 -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -o ! WAN1 -j ACCEPTIf daemons, such as squid, have to access the Internet themselves, you could open OUTPUT generally and restrict INPUT.
iptables -A INPUT -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPTHowever, it is generally not advisable to leave OUTPUT unrestricted. You lose any control over trojans who would like to "call home", and a bit of redundancy in case you've (mis-)configured a service so that it broadcasts its existence to the world.
To accomplish this, you should restrict INPUT and OUTPUT on all ports except those that it's absolutely necessary to have open. Which ports you have to open depends on your needs: mostly you will find them by looking for failed accesses in your log files.
Have a Look at the Following Examples:
Squid is caching the web:
iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT
iptables -A INPUT -p tcp --sport 80 -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED \
-j ACCEPTYour caching name server (e.g., named) does its lookups via UDP:
iptables -A OUTPUT -p udp --dport 53 -j ACCEPTYou want to be able to ping your computer to ensure it's still alive:
iptables -A INPUT -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-request -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-reply -j ACCEPTIf you are frequently accessing FTP servers or enjoy chatting, you might notice delays because some implementations of these daemons query an identd daemon on your system to obtain usernames. Although there's really little harm in this, having an identd running is not recommended because many security experts feel the service gives out too much additional information.
To avoid these delays you could reject the requests with a 'tcp-reset' response:
iptables -A INPUT -p tcp --dport 113 -j REJECT --reject-with tcp-resetTo log and drop invalid packets (packets that came in after netfilter's timeout or some types of network scans) insert these rules at the top of the chain:
iptables -I INPUT 0 -p tcp -m conntrack --ctstate INVALID \
-j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INVALID "
iptables -I INPUT 1 -p tcp -m conntrack --ctstate INVALID -j DROPAnything coming from the outside should not have a private address, this is a common attack called IP-spoofing:
iptables -A INPUT -i WAN1 -s 10.0.0.0/8 -j DROP
iptables -A INPUT -i WAN1 -s 172.16.0.0/12 -j DROP
iptables -A INPUT -i WAN1 -s 192.168.0.0/16 -j DROPThere are other addresses that you may also want to drop: 0.0.0.0/8, 127.0.0.0/8, 224.0.0.0/3 (multicast and experimental), 169.254.0.0/16 (Link Local Networks), and 192.0.2.0/24 (IANA defined test network).
If your firewall is a DHCP client, you need to allow those packets:
iptables -A INPUT -i WAN1 -p udp -s 0.0.0.0 --sport 67 \
-d 255.255.255.255 --dport 68 -j ACCEPTTo simplify debugging and be fair to anyone who'd like to access a service you have disabled, purposely or by mistake, you could REJECT those packets that are dropped.
Obviously this must be done directly after logging as the very last lines before the packets are dropped by policy:
iptables -A INPUT -j REJECT
These are only examples to show you some of the
capabilities of the firewall code in Linux. Have a look at
the man page of iptables. There you will find much more
information. The port numbers needed for this can be found
in /etc/services, in case you
didn't find them by trial and error in your log file.
To set up the iptables firewall at boot, install the
iptables.service unit
included in the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package.
make install-iptables
|
is used to set up, maintain, and inspect the tables of IP packet filter rules in the Linux kernel |
|
|
is a safer way to update iptables remotely |
|
|
is used to interact with iptables using the legacy command set |
|
|
is used to restore a set of legacy iptables rules |
|
|
is used to save a set of legacy iptables rules |
|
|
is used to restore IP Tables from data specified on STDIN. Use I/O redirection provided by your shell to read from a file |
|
|
is used to dump the contents of an IP Table in easily parseable format to STDOUT. Use I/O-redirection provided by your shell to write to a file |
|
|
is used to convert the output of iptables-save to
an XML format. Using the |
|
|
are a set of commands for IPV6 that parallel the iptables commands above |
|
|
(optional) configuration tool. SYNPROXY target makes handling of large SYN floods possible without the large performance penalties imposed by the connection tracking in such cases |
|
|
is a binary that behaves according to the name it is called by |
The purpose of a firewall is to protect a computer or a network against malicious access. In a perfect world every daemon or service, on every machine, is perfectly configured and immune to security flaws, and all users are trusted implicitly to use the equipment as intended. However, this is rarely, if ever, the case. Daemons may be misconfigured, or updates may not have been applied for known exploits against essential services. Additionally, you may wish to choose which services are accessible by certain machines or users, or you may wish to limit which machines or applications are allowed external access. Alternatively, you simply may not trust some of your applications or users. For these reasons, a carefully designed firewall should be an essential part of system security.
While a firewall can greatly limit the scope of the above issues, do not assume that having a firewall makes careful configuration redundant, or that any negligent misconfiguration is harmless. A firewall does not prevent the exploitation of any service you offer outside of it. Despite having a firewall, you need to keep applications and daemons properly configured and up to date.
The word firewall can have several different meanings.
This is a hardware device or software program, intended to secure a home or desktop computer connected to the Internet. This type of firewall is highly relevant for users who do not know how their computers might be accessed via the Internet or how to disable that access, especially if they are always online and connected via broadband links.
An example configuration for a personal firewall is provided at Creating a Personal Firewall With iptables.
This is a system placed between the Internet and an intranet. To minimize the risk of compromising the firewall itself, it should generally have only one role—that of protecting the intranet. Although not completely risk-free, the tasks of doing the routing and IP masquerading (rewriting IP headers of the packets it routes from clients with private IP addresses onto the Internet so that they seem to come from the firewall itself) are commonly considered relatively secure.
An example configuration for a masquerading firewall is provided at Creating a Masquerading Router With iptables.
This is often an old computer you may have retired and nearly forgotten, performing masquerading or routing functions, but offering non-firewall services such as a web-cache or mail. This may be used for home networks, but is not to be considered as secure as a firewall only machine because the combination of server and router/firewall on one machine raises the complexity of the setup.
An example configuration for a BusyBox is provided at Creating a BusyBox With iptables.
This type of firewall performs masquerading or routing, but grants public access to some branch of your network that is physically separated from your regular intranet and is essentially a separate network with direct Internet access. The servers on this network are those which must be easily accessible from both the Internet and intranet. The firewall protects both networks. This type of firewall has a minimum of three network interfaces.
The example configurations provided for iptables-1.8.9 are not intended to be a complete guide to securing systems. Firewalling is a complex issue that requires careful configuration. The configurations provided by BLFS are intended only to give examples of how a firewall works. They are not intended to fit any particular configuration and may not provide complete protection from an attack.
BLFS provides an utility to manage the kernel Netfilter interface, iptables-1.8.9. It has been around since early 2.4 kernels, and has been the standard since. This is likely the set of tools that will be most familiar to existing admins. Other tools have been developed more recently, see the list of further readings below for more details. Here you will find a list of URLs that contain comprehensive information about building firewalls and further securing your system.
www.netfilter.org - Homepage of the netfilter/iptables/nftables projects
Netfilter related FAQ
Netfilter related HOWTO's
nftables HOWTO
tldp.org/LDP/nag2/x-087-2-firewall.html
tldp.org/HOWTO/Security-HOWTO.html
tldp.org/HOWTO/Firewall-HOWTO.html
linuxsecurity.com/howtos
www.e-infomax.com/ipmasq
www.circlemud.org/jelson/writings/security/index.htm
insecure.org/reading.html
The libcap package was installed in LFS, but if Linux-PAM support is desired, the PAM module must be built (after installation of Linux-PAM).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/security/linux-privs/libcap2/libcap-2.69.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4667bacb837f9ac4adb4a1a0266f4b65
Download size: 188 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
If you are upgrading libcap from a previous version, use the instructions in LFS libcap page to upgrade libcap. If Linux-PAM-1.5.3 has been built, the PAM module will automatically be built too.
Install libcap by running the following commands:
make -C pam_cap
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -m755 pam_cap/pam_cap.so /usr/lib/security && install -v -m644 pam_cap/capability.conf /etc/security
In order to allow Linux-PAM
to grant privileges based on POSIX capabilities, you need to
add the libcap module to the beginning of the /etc/pam.d/system-auth file. Make the
required edits with the following commands:
mv -v /etc/pam.d/system-auth{,.bak} &&
cat > /etc/pam.d/system-auth << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-auth
auth optional pam_cap.so
EOF
tail -n +3 /etc/pam.d/system-auth.bak >> /etc/pam.d/system-auth
Additionally, you'll need to modify the /etc/security/capability.conf file to grant
necessary privileges to users, and utilize the setcap utility to set
capabilities on specific utilities as needed. See
man 8 setcap
and man 3
cap_from_text for additional information.
The Linux PAM package contains Pluggable Authentication Modules used by the local system administrator to control how application programs authenticate users.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/linux-pam/linux-pam/releases/download/v1.5.3/Linux-PAM-1.5.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a913bd5fbf9edeafaacf3eb1eb86fd83
Download size: 967 KB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with tests)
Optional Documentation
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/linux-pam/linux-pam/releases/download/v1.5.3/Linux-PAM-1.5.3-docs.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c3771fdc447be78b4c1756b875235965
Download size 456 KB
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, libnsl-2.0.0, libtirpc-1.3.3, libaudit, and Prelude
Shadow-4.13 and Systemd-254 must be reinstalled and reconfigured after installing and configuring Linux PAM.
With Linux-PAM-1.4.0 and higher, the pam_cracklib module is not installed by default. Use libpwquality-1.4.5 to enforce strong passwords.
If you downloaded the documentation, unpack the tarball by issuing the following command.
tar -xf ../Linux-PAM-1.5.3-docs.tar.xz --strip-components=1
Compile and link Linux PAM by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sbindir=/usr/sbin \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--libdir=/usr/lib \
--enable-securedir=/usr/lib/security \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/Linux-PAM-1.5.3 &&
make
To test the results, a suitable /etc/pam.d/other configuration file must
exist.
If you have a system with Linux PAM installed and working,
be careful when modifying the files in /etc/pam.d, since your system may become
totally unusable. If you want to run the tests, you do not
need to create another /etc/pam.d/other file. The existing file
can be used for the tests.
You should also be aware that make install overwrites
the configuration files in /etc/security as well as /etc/environment. If you have modified
those files, be sure to back them up.
For a first-time installation, create a configuration file by
issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /etc/pam.d &&
cat > /etc/pam.d/other << "EOF"
auth required pam_deny.so
account required pam_deny.so
password required pam_deny.so
session required pam_deny.so
EOF
Now run the tests by issuing make check. Be sure the tests produced no errors before continuing the installation. Note that the tests are very long. Redirect the output to a log file, so you can inspect it thoroughly.
For a first-time installation, remove the configuration file
created earlier by issuing the following command as the
root user:
rm -fv /etc/pam.d/other
Now, as the root user:
make install && chmod -v 4755 /usr/sbin/unix_chkpwd
--enable-securedir=/usr/lib/security:
This switch sets the installation location for the
PAM modules.
chmod -v 4755
/usr/sbin/unix_chkpwd: The setuid bit for the
unix_chkpwd
helper program must be turned on, so that non-root processes can access the shadow
file.
Configuration information is placed in /etc/pam.d/. Here is a sample file:
# Begin /etc/pam.d/other
auth required pam_unix.so nullok
account required pam_unix.so
session required pam_unix.so
password required pam_unix.so nullok
# End /etc/pam.d/other
Now create some generic configuration files. As the
root user:
install -vdm755 /etc/pam.d && cat > /etc/pam.d/system-account << "EOF" &&# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-account account required pam_unix.so # End /etc/pam.d/system-accountEOF cat > /etc/pam.d/system-auth << "EOF" &&# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-auth auth required pam_unix.so # End /etc/pam.d/system-authEOF cat > /etc/pam.d/system-session << "EOF" &&# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-session session required pam_unix.so # End /etc/pam.d/system-sessionEOF cat > /etc/pam.d/system-password << "EOF"# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-password # use yescrypt hash for encryption, use shadow, and try to use any # previously defined authentication token (chosen password) set by any # prior module. password required pam_unix.so yescrypt shadow try_first_pass # End /etc/pam.d/system-passwordEOF
If you wish to enable strong password support, install libpwquality-1.4.5, and follow the instructions on that page to configure the pam_pwquality PAM module with strong password support.
Next, add a restrictive /etc/pam.d/other configuration file. With
this file, programs that are PAM aware will not run unless
a configuration file specifically for that application
exists.
cat > /etc/pam.d/other << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/other
auth required pam_warn.so
auth required pam_deny.so
account required pam_warn.so
account required pam_deny.so
password required pam_warn.so
password required pam_deny.so
session required pam_warn.so
session required pam_deny.so
# End /etc/pam.d/other
EOF
The PAM man page (man pam) provides a good starting point to learn about the several fields, and allowable entries. The Linux-PAM System Administrators' Guide is recommended for additional information.
You should now reinstall the Shadow-4.13 and Systemd-254 packages.
|
displays and modifies the authentication failure record files |
|
|
is a helper binary that creates home directories |
|
|
is a helper program used to configure a private namespace for a user session |
|
|
is a helper program that transfers password hashes from passwd or shadow to opasswd |
|
|
is used to check if the default timestamp is valid |
|
|
is a helper binary that verifies the password of the current user |
|
|
is a helper binary that updates the password of a given user |
|
|
provides the interfaces between applications and the PAM modules |
liboauth is a collection of POSIX-C functions implementing the OAuth Core RFC 5849 standard. Liboauth provides functions to escape and encode parameters according to OAuth specification and offers high-level functionality to sign requests or verify OAuth signatures as well as perform HTTP requests.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/liboauth/liboauth-1.0.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 689b46c2b3ab1a39735ac33f714c4f7f
Download size: 496 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Required patch for use with openssl: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/liboauth-1.0.3-openssl-1.1.0-3.patch
nss-3.92 and Doxygen-1.9.7 (to build documentation)
Apply a patch for the current version of openssl:
patch -Np1 -i ../liboauth-1.0.3-openssl-1.1.0-3.patch
Install liboauth by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you wish to build the documentation (needs Doxygen-1.9.7), issue:
make dox
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have previously built the documentation, install it by
running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/liboauth-1.0.3 && cp -rv doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/liboauth-1.0.3
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-nss: Use this switch if
you want to use Mozilla NSS instead of OpenSSL.
The libpwquality package provides common functions for password quality checking and also scoring them based on their apparent randomness. The library also provides a function for generating random passwords with good pronounceability.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libpwquality/libpwquality/releases/download/libpwquality-1.4.5/libpwquality-1.4.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6b70e355269aef0b9ddb2b9d17936f21
Download size: 424 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install libpwquality by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-securedir=/usr/lib/security \
--with-python-binary=python3 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-python-binary=python3:
This parameter gives the location of the Python binary. The default is python, and requires Python-2.7.18.
libpwquality is intended to
be a functional replacement for the now-obsolete pam_cracklib.so PAM module. To configure
the system to use the pam_pwquality module, execute the following
commands as the root user:
mv /etc/pam.d/system-password{,.orig} &&
cat > /etc/pam.d/system-password << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-password
# check new passwords for strength (man pam_pwquality)
password required pam_pwquality.so authtok_type=UNIX retry=1 difok=1 \
minlen=8 dcredit=0 ucredit=0 \
lcredit=0 ocredit=0 minclass=1 \
maxrepeat=0 maxsequence=0 \
maxclassrepeat=0 gecoscheck=0 \
dictcheck=1 usercheck=1 \
enforcing=1 badwords="" \
dictpath=/usr/lib/cracklib/pw_dict
# use yescrypt hash for encryption, use shadow, and try to use any
# previously defined authentication token (chosen password) set by any
# prior module.
password required pam_unix.so yescrypt shadow try_first_pass
# End /etc/pam.d/system-password
EOF
MIT Kerberos V5 is a free implementation of Kerberos 5. Kerberos is a network authentication protocol. It centralizes the authentication database and uses kerberized applications to work with servers or services that support Kerberos allowing single logins and encrypted communication over internal networks or the Internet.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://kerberos.org/dist/krb5/1.21/krb5-1.21.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 97d5f3a48235c53f6d537c877290d2af
Download size: 8.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 130 MB (add 10 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 1.0 SBU for tests)
BIND Utilities-9.18.18, GnuPG-2.4.3 (to authenticate the package), keyutils-1.6.1, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, Valgrind-3.21.0 (used during the test suite), yasm-1.3.0, libedit, cmocka, kdcproxy, pyrad, and resolv_wrapper
Some sort of time synchronization facility on your system (like ntp-4.2.8p17) is required since Kerberos won't authenticate if there is a time difference between a kerberized client and the KDC server.
Build MIT Kerberos V5 by running the following commands:
cd src &&
sed -i -e '/eq 0/{N;s/12 //}' plugins/kdb/db2/libdb2/test/run.test &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--runstatedir=/run \
--with-system-et \
--with-system-ss \
--with-system-verto=no \
--enable-dns-for-realm &&
make
To test the build, issue: make
-j1 -k check. Some tests may fail with the
latest version of dejagnu and glibc. Some tests may hang for
a long time and fail if the system is not connected to a
network. One test, t_kadm5srv,
is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install && cp -vfr ../doc -T /usr/share/doc/krb5-1.21.2
The sed command removes a test that is known to fail.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This
option is used so that the Kerberos variable runtime data is
located in /var/lib instead of
/usr/var.
--runstatedir=/run:
This option is used so that the Kerberos runtime state
information is located in /run
instead of the deprecated /var/run.
--with-system-et:
This switch causes the build to use the system-installed
versions of the error-table support software.
--with-system-ss:
This switch causes the build to use the system-installed
versions of the subsystem command-line interface software.
--with-system-verto=no: This
switch fixes a bug in the package: it does not recognize its
own verto library installed previously. This is not a
problem, if reinstalling the same version, but if you are
updating, the old library is used as system's one, instead of
installing the new version.
--enable-dns-for-realm: This
switch allows realms to be resolved using the DNS server.
--with-ldap: Use this switch if
you want to compile the OpenLDAP database backend module.
You should consider installing some sort of password
checking dictionary so that you can configure the
installation to only accept strong passwords. A
suitable dictionary to use is shown in the CrackLib-2.9.11 instructions.
Note that only one file can be used, but you can
concatenate many files into one. The configuration file
shown below assumes you have installed a dictionary to
/usr/share/dict/words.
Create the Kerberos configuration file with the following
commands issued by the root user:
cat > /etc/krb5.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/krb5.conf
[libdefaults]
default_realm = <EXAMPLE.ORG>
encrypt = true
[realms]
<EXAMPLE.ORG> = {
kdc = <belgarath.example.org>
admin_server = <belgarath.example.org>
dict_file = /usr/share/dict/words
}
[domain_realm]
.<example.org> = <EXAMPLE.ORG>
[logging]
kdc = SYSLOG:INFO:AUTH
admin_server = SYSLOG:INFO:AUTH
default = SYSLOG:DEBUG:DAEMON
# End /etc/krb5.conf
EOF
You will need to substitute your domain and proper
hostname for the occurrences of the <belgarath> and
<example.org>
names.
default_realm should be the
name of your domain changed to ALL CAPS. This isn't
required, but both Heimdal and MIT recommend it.
encrypt = true provides
encryption of all traffic between kerberized clients and
servers. It's not necessary and can be left off. If you
leave it off, you can encrypt all traffic from the client
to the server using a switch on the client program
instead.
The [realms] parameters tell
the client programs where to look for the KDC
authentication services.
The [domain_realm] section
maps a domain to a realm.
Create the KDC database:
kdb5_util create -r <EXAMPLE.ORG> -s
Now you should populate the database with principals
(users). For now, just use your regular login name or
root.
kadmin.localkadmin.local:add_policy dict-onlykadmin.local:addprinc -policy dict-only<loginname>
The KDC server and any machine running kerberized server daemons must have a host key installed:
kadmin.local:addprinc -randkey host/<belgarath.example.org>
After choosing the defaults when prompted, you will have to export the data to a keytab file:
kadmin.local:ktadd host/<belgarath.example.org>
This should have created a file in /etc named krb5.keytab (Kerberos 5). This file
should have 600 (root rw
only) permissions. Keeping the keytab files from public
access is crucial to the overall security of the Kerberos
installation.
Exit the kadmin program (use quit or exit) and return back to the shell prompt. Start the KDC daemon manually, just to test out the installation:
/usr/sbin/krb5kdc
Attempt to get a ticket with the following command:
kinit <loginname>
You will be prompted for the password you created. After you get your ticket, you can list it with the following command:
klist
Information about the ticket should be displayed on the screen.
To test the functionality of the keytab file, issue the
following command as the root user:
ktutilktutil:rkt /etc/krb5.keytabktutil:l
This should dump a list of the host principal, along with the encryption methods used to access the principal.
Create an empty ACL file that can be modified later:
touch /var/lib/krb5kdc/kadm5.acl
At this point, if everything has been successful so far, you can feel fairly confident in the installation and configuration of the package.
For additional information consult the documentation for krb5-1.21.2 on which the above instructions are based.
If you want to start Kerberos services at boot, install the
krb5.service unit included in
the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package using the following command:
make install-krb5
|
is a GSSAPI test client |
|
|
is a GSSAPI test server |
|
|
is a host keytable manipulation utility |
|
|
is an utility used to make modifications to the Kerberos database |
|
|
is an utility similar to kadmin, but if the database is db2, the local client kadmin.local, is intended to run directly on the master KDC without Kerberos authentication |
|
|
is a server for administrative access to a Kerberos database |
|
|
allows an administrator to manage realms, Kerberos services and ticket policies |
|
|
is the KDC database utility |
|
|
removes the current set of tickets |
|
|
is used to authenticate to the Kerberos server as a principal and acquire a ticket granting ticket that can later be used to obtain tickets for other services |
|
|
reads and displays the current tickets in the credential cache |
|
|
is a program for changing Kerberos 5 passwords |
|
|
takes a principal database in a specified format and converts it into a stream of database records |
|
|
receives a database sent by kprop and writes it as a local database |
|
|
displays the contents of the KDC database update log to standard output |
|
|
gives information on how to link programs against libraries |
|
|
is the Kerberos 5 server |
|
|
sends a problem report (PR) to a central support site |
|
|
is the super user program using Kerberos protocol.
Requires a properly configured |
|
|
makes the specified credential cache the primary cache for the collection, if a cache collection is available |
|
|
is a program for managing Kerberos keytabs |
|
|
prints keyversion numbers of Kerberos principals |
|
|
is used to contact a sample server and authenticate to it using Kerberos 5 tickets, then display the server's response |
|
|
is a simple UDP-based sample client program, for demonstration |
|
|
is a simple UDP-based server application, for demonstration |
|
|
is the sample Kerberos 5 server |
|
|
is another sample client |
|
|
is another sample server |
|
|
contains the Generic Security Service Application Programming Interface (GSSAPI) functions which provides security services to callers in a generic fashion, supportable with a range of underlying mechanisms and technologies and hence allowing source-level portability of applications to different environments |
|
|
contains the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by Kerberos 5 client-side programs |
|
|
contains the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by Kerberos 5 servers |
|
|
is a Kerberos 5 authentication/authorization database access library |
|
|
contains the internal support library for RADIUS functionality |
|
|
is an all-purpose Kerberos 5 library |
The Nettle package contains a low-level cryptographic library that is designed to fit easily in many contexts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/nettle/nettle-3.9.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/nettle/nettle-3.9.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 29fcd2dec6bf5b48e5e3ffb3cbc4779e
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 95 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests; both using parallelism=4)
Valgrind-3.21.0 (optional for the tests)
Install Nettle by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/lib{hogweed,nettle}.so &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nettle-3.9.1 &&
install -v -m644 nettle.{html,pdf} /usr/share/doc/nettle-3.9.1
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
calculates a hash value using a specified algorithm |
|
|
outputs a sequence of pseudorandom (non-cryptographic) bytes, using Knuth's lagged fibonacci generator. The stream is useful for testing, but should not be used to generate cryptographic keys or anything else that needs real randomness |
|
|
is a password-based key derivation function that takes a password or a passphrase as input and returns a strengthened password, which is protected against pre-computation attacks by using salting and other expensive computations. |
|
|
converts private and public RSA keys from PKCS #1 format to sexp format |
|
|
converts an s-expression to a different encoding |
The Network Security Services (NSS) package is a set of libraries designed to support cross-platform development of security-enabled client and server applications. Applications built with NSS can support SSL v2 and v3, TLS, PKCS #5, PKCS #7, PKCS #11, PKCS #12, S/MIME, X.509 v3 certificates, and other security standards. This is useful for implementing SSL and S/MIME or other Internet security standards into an application.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/security/nss/releases/NSS_3_92_RTM/src/nss-3.92.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 589167c3be81d09b9e332ff17d46ebca
Download size: 69 MB
Estimated disk space required: 299 MB (add 261 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (with parallelism=4, add 15 SBU for tests on AMD Ryzens or at least 30 SBU on Intel machines)
SQLite-3.42.0 and p11-kit-0.25.0 (runtime)
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nss
Install NSS by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../nss-3.92-standalone-1.patch && cd nss && make BUILD_OPT=1 \ NSPR_INCLUDE_DIR=/usr/include/nspr \ USE_SYSTEM_ZLIB=1 \ ZLIB_LIBS=-lz \ NSS_ENABLE_WERROR=0 \ $([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo USE_64=1) \ $([ -f /usr/include/sqlite3.h ] && echo NSS_USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=1)
To run the tests, execute the following commands:
cd tests && HOST=localhost DOMSUF=localdomain ./all.sh cd ../
Some information about the tests:
HOST=localhost and DOMSUF=localdomain are required.
Without these variables, a FQDN is required to be
specified and this generic way should work for
everyone, provided localhost.localdomain is defined
in /etc/hosts, as done
in
the LFS book.
The tests take a long time to run. If desired there is information in the all.sh script about running subsets of the total test suite.
When interrupting the tests, the test suite fails to spin down test servers that are run. This leads to an infinite loop in the tests where the test suite tries to kill a server that doesn't exist anymore because it pulls the wrong PID.
Test suite results (in HTML format!) can be found at ../../test_results/security/localhost.1/results.html
A few tests might fail on some Intel machines for unknown reasons.
Now, as the root user:
cd ../dist &&
install -v -m755 Linux*/lib/*.so /usr/lib &&
install -v -m644 Linux*/lib/{*.chk,libcrmf.a} /usr/lib &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/include/nss &&
cp -v -RL {public,private}/nss/* /usr/include/nss &&
install -v -m755 Linux*/bin/{certutil,nss-config,pk12util} /usr/bin &&
install -v -m644 Linux*/lib/pkgconfig/nss.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig
BUILD_OPT=1: This
option is passed to make so that the build is
performed with no debugging symbols built into the binaries
and the default compiler optimizations are used.
NSPR_INCLUDE_DIR=/usr/include/nspr:
This option sets the location of the nspr headers.
USE_SYSTEM_ZLIB=1:
This option is passed to make to ensure that the
libssl3.so library is linked to
the system installed zlib
instead of the in-tree version.
ZLIB_LIBS=-lz: This
option provides the linker flags needed to link to the system
zlib.
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ]
&& echo USE_64=1): The USE_64=1 option is required on x86_64, otherwise
make will try
(and fail) to create 32-bit objects. The [ $(uname -m) =
x86_64 ] test ensures it has no effect on a 32 bit system.
([ -f /usr/include/sqlite3.h ]
&& echo NSS_USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=1):
This tests if sqlite is
installed and if so it echos the option
NSS_USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=1 to make so that libsoftokn3.so will link against the system
version of sqlite.
NSS_DISABLE_GTESTS=1: If you
don't need to run NSS test suite, append this option to
make command,
to prevent the compilation of tests and save some build time.
If p11-kit-0.25.0 is installed, the
p11-kit trust module
(/usr/lib/pkcs11/p11-kit-trust.so) can be
used as a drop-in replacement for /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so to transparently
make the system CAs available to NSS aware applications, rather than the
static list provided by /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so. As the root user, execute the following command:
ln -sfv ./pkcs11/p11-kit-trust.so /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so
Additionally, for dependent applications that do not use the
internal database (/usr/lib/libnssckbi.so), the /usr/sbin/make-ca script included on the
make-ca-1.12 page can generate a system
wide NSS DB with the -n switch, or by modifying the
/etc/make-ca/make-ca.conf file.
|
is the Mozilla Certificate Database Tool. It is a command-line utility that can create and modify the Netscape Communicator cert8.db and key3.db database files. It can also list, generate, modify, or delete certificates within the cert8.db file and create or change the password, generate new public and private key pairs, display the contents of the key database, or delete key pairs within the key3.db file |
|
|
is used to determine the NSS library settings of the installed NSS libraries |
|
|
is a tool for importing certificates and keys from pkcs #12 files into NSS or exporting them. It can also list certificates and keys in such files |
The OpenSSH package contains ssh clients and the sshd daemon. This is useful for encrypting authentication and subsequent traffic over a network. The ssh and scp commands are secure implementations of telnet and rcp respectively.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.openbsd.org/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-9.4p1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4bbd56a7ba51b0cd61debe8f9e77f8bb
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB (add 22 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4; running the tests takes about 20 minutes, irrespective of processor speed)
GDB-13.2 (for tests), Linux-PAM-1.5.3, Xorg Applications (or Xorg build environment, see Command Explanations), MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, Which-2.21 (for tests), libedit, LibreSSL Portable, OpenSC, and libsectok
Net-tools-2.10, and Sysstat-12.7.2
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/OpenSSH
OpenSSH runs as two
processes when connecting to other computers. The first
process is a privileged process and controls the issuance of
privileges as necessary. The second process communicates with
the network. Additional installation steps are necessary to
set up the proper environment, which are performed by issuing
the following commands as the root user:
install -v -g sys -m700 -d /var/lib/sshd &&
groupadd -g 50 sshd &&
useradd -c 'sshd PrivSep' \
-d /var/lib/sshd \
-g sshd \
-s /bin/false \
-u 50 sshd
Install OpenSSH by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/ssh \
--with-privsep-path=/var/lib/sshd \
--with-default-path=/usr/bin \
--with-superuser-path=/usr/sbin:/usr/bin \
--with-pid-dir=/run &&
make
To test the results, issue: make -j1 tests.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 contrib/ssh-copy-id /usr/bin &&
install -v -m644 contrib/ssh-copy-id.1 \
/usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/openssh-9.4p1 &&
install -v -m644 INSTALL LICENCE OVERVIEW README* \
/usr/share/doc/openssh-9.4p1
--sysconfdir=/etc/ssh: This
prevents the configuration files from being installed in
/usr/etc.
--with-default-path=/usr/bin
and --with-superuser-path=/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:
These set PATH consistent with LFS
and BLFS Shadow package.
--with-pid-dir=/run:
This prevents OpenSSH from
referring to deprecated /var/run.
--with-pam: This parameter
enables Linux-PAM support in
the build.
--with-xauth=$XORG_PREFIX/bin/xauth: Set the
default location for the xauth binary for X
authentication. The environment variable XORG_PREFIX should be set following Xorg build
environment. This can also be controlled from
sshd_config with the
XAuthLocation keyword. You can omit this switch if
Xorg is already installed.
--with-kerberos5=/usr: This
option is used to include Kerberos 5 support in the build.
--with-libedit: This option
enables line editing and history features for sftp.
~/.ssh/*, /etc/ssh/ssh_config, and /etc/ssh/sshd_config
There are no required changes to any of these files.
However, you may wish to view the /etc/ssh/ files and make any changes
appropriate for the security of your system. One
recommended change is that you disable root login via ssh. Execute the
following command as the root user to disable root login via ssh:
echo "PermitRootLogin no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
If you want to be able to log in without typing in your password, first create ~/.ssh/id_rsa and ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub with ssh-keygen and then copy ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub to ~/.ssh/authorized_keys on the remote computer that you want to log into. You'll need to change REMOTE_USERNAME and REMOTE_HOSTNAME for the username and hostname of the remote computer and you'll also need to enter your password for the ssh-copy-id command to succeed:
ssh-keygen && ssh-copy-id -i ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pubREMOTE_USERNAME@REMOTE_HOSTNAME
Once you've got passwordless logins working it's actually
more secure than logging in with a password (as the private
key is much longer than most people's passwords). If you
would like to now disable password logins, as the
root user:
echo "PasswordAuthentication no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config && echo "KbdInteractiveAuthentication no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
If you added Linux-PAM
support and you want ssh to use it then you will need to
add a configuration file for sshd and enable use of LinuxPAM. Note, ssh only uses PAM to
check passwords, if you've disabled password logins these
commands are not needed. If you want to use PAM, issue the
following commands as the root user:
sed 's@d/login@d/sshd@g' /etc/pam.d/login > /etc/pam.d/sshd && chmod 644 /etc/pam.d/sshd && echo "UsePAM yes" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
Additional configuration information can be found in the man pages for sshd, ssh and ssh-agent.
To start the SSH server at system boot, install the
sshd.service unit included in
the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package.
make install-sshd
|
is a file copy program that acts like rcp except it uses an encrypted protocol |
|
|
is an FTP-like program that works over the SSH1 and SSH2 protocols |
|
|
is an rlogin/rsh-like client program except it uses an encrypted protocol |
|
|
is a daemon that listens for ssh login requests |
|
|
is a tool which adds keys to the ssh-agent |
|
|
is an authentication agent that can store private keys |
|
|
is a script that enables logins on remote machines using local keys |
|
|
is a key generation tool |
|
|
is a utility for gathering public host keys from a number of hosts |
The p11-kit package provides a way to load and enumerate PKCS #11 (a Cryptographic Token Interface Standard) modules.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/p11-glue/p11-kit/releases/download/0.25.0/p11-kit-0.25.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9fcb1ec80b5d083dd9b34122fa7c3c23
Download size: 940 KB
Estimated disk space required: 90 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (with tests)
GTK-Doc-1.33.2, libxslt-1.1.38, and nss-3.92 (runtime)
Fix an issue causing some PKCS 11 modules fail to load:
sed 's/if (gi/& \&\& gi != C_GetInterface/' \
-i p11-kit/modules.c
Prepare the distribution specific anchor hook:
sed '20,$ d' -i trust/trust-extract-compat &&
cat >> trust/trust-extract-compat << "EOF"
# Copy existing anchor modifications to /etc/ssl/local
/usr/libexec/make-ca/copy-trust-modifications
# Update trust stores
/usr/sbin/make-ca -r
EOF
Install p11-kit by running the following commands:
mkdir p11-build &&
cd p11-build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dtrust_paths=/etc/pki/anchors &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install &&
ln -sfv /usr/libexec/p11-kit/trust-extract-compat \
/usr/bin/update-ca-certificates
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dtrust_paths=/etc/pki/anchors:
this switch sets the location of trusted certificates used by
libp11-kit.so.
-Dhash_impl=freebl: Use this
switch if you want to use the Freebl library from
NSS for SHA1 and MD5
hashing.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this switch
if you have installed GTK-Doc-1.33.2 and libxslt-1.1.38 and wish
to rebuild the documentation and generate manual pages.
The p11-kit trust module
(/usr/lib/pkcs11/p11-kit-trust.so) can be
used as a drop-in replacement for /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so to transparently
make the system CAs available to NSS aware applications, rather than the
static list provided by /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so. As the root user, execute the following
commands:
ln -sfv ./pkcs11/p11-kit-trust.so /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so
|
is a command line tool that can be used to perform operations on PKCS#11 modules configured on the system |
|
|
is a command line tool to examine and modify the shared trust policy store |
|
|
is a command line tool to both extract local
certificates from an updated anchor store, and
regenerate all anchors and certificate stores on
the system. This is done unconditionally on BLFS
using the |
|
|
contains functions used to coordinate initialization and finalization of any PKCS#11 module |
|
|
is the PKCS#11 proxy module |
Polkit is a toolkit for defining and handling authorizations. It is used for allowing unprivileged processes to communicate with privileged processes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/polkit/polkit/-/archive/123/polkit-123.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 36540b837c588e1e77145523bb39f511
Download size: 736 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests, using parallelism=4)
duktape-2.7.0, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, libxslt-1.1.38, and Linux-PAM-1.5.3
Since systemd-logind uses PAM to register user sessions, it is a good idea to build Polkit with PAM support so systemd-logind can track Polkit sessions.
GTK-Doc-1.33.2, JS-102.13.0 (can be used in place of duktape), and dbusmock-0.29.1 (for tests)
One polkit authentication agent for using polkit in the graphical environment: polkit-kde-agent in Plasma-5.27.7 for KDE, the agent built in gnome-shell-44.3 for GNOME3, polkit-gnome-0.105 for XFCE, and lxpolkit in LXSession-0.5.5 for LXDE
If libxslt-1.1.38 is installed, then
docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2 are
required. If you have installed libxslt-1.1.38, but
you do not want to install any of the DocBook packages
mentioned, you will need to use -Dman=false in the instructions below.
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the polkitd
daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as
the root user:
groupadd -fg 27 polkitd &&
useradd -c "PolicyKit Daemon Owner" -d /etc/polkit-1 -u 27 \
-g polkitd -s /bin/false polkitd
If using JS-102.13.0, make the following change (see Command Explanations below for more information):
sed -e 's/JS_Init/JS::DisableJitBackend(); &/' \
-i src/polkitbackend/polkitbackendjsauthority.cpp
Install Polkit by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dman=true \
-Dsession_tracking=libsystemd-login \
-Dtests=true &&
ninja
To test the results, first ensure that the system D-Bus daemon is running, and both D-Bus Python-1.3.2 and dbusmock-0.29.1 are installed. Then run ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
sed -e 's/JS_Init/JS::DisableJitBackend(); &/' ... : The JIT compiling of JS102 needs W+X mapping which is dangerous and is not permitted by the systemd unit file shipped within the polkit package. This command is not strictly needed on systems based on sysvinit but it still improves security. It has no effect if building polkit with the recommended duktape-2.7.0 Javascript engine.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dtests=true: This
switch allows to run the test suite of this package. As
Polkit is used for
authorizations, its integrity can affect system security. So
it's recommended to run the test suite building this package.
-Djs_engine=mozjs: This switch
allows using the JS-102.13.0 JavaScript engine instead of
the duktape-2.7.0 JavaScript engine.
-Dos_type=lfs: Use this switch if
you did not create the /etc/lfs-release file or distribution auto
detection will fail and you will be unable to use
Polkit.
-Dauthfw=shadow: This switch
enables the package to use the Shadow rather than the Linux PAM Authentication framework. Use
it if you have not installed Linux
PAM.
-Dintrospection=false: Use this
option if you are certain that you do not need
gobject-introspection files for polkit, or do not have
gobject-introspection installed.
-Dman=false: Use this option to
disable generating and installing manual pages. This is
useful if libxslt is not installed.
-Dexamples=true: Use this option
to build the example programs.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this option
to enable building and installing the API documentation.
|
is used to obtain information about registered PolicyKit actions |
|
|
is used to check whether a process is authorized for action |
|
|
allows an authorized user to execute a command as another user |
|
|
is used to start a textual authentication agent for the subject |
|
|
provides the org.freedesktop.PolicyKit1 D-Bus service on the system message bus |
|
|
contains the Polkit authentication agent API functions |
|
|
contains the Polkit authorization API functions |
The Polkit GNOME package provides an Authentication Agent for Polkit that integrates well with the GNOME Desktop environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/polkit-gnome/0.105/polkit-gnome-0.105.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/polkit-gnome/0.105/polkit-gnome-0.105.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 50ecad37c8342fb4a52f590db7530621
Download size: 305 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
First, apply some fixes that allow for the proper user icon to be used, as well as some security fixes:
patch -Np1 -i ../polkit-gnome-0.105-consolidated_fixes-1.patch
Install Polkit GNOME by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
For the authentication framework to work, polkit-gnome-authentification-agent-1 needs to be started. However, make install did not install a startup file for the Polkit GNOME so you have to create it by yourself.
Issue the following commands as the root user to create a startup file for
Polkit GNOME:
mkdir -p /etc/xdg/autostart &&
cat > /etc/xdg/autostart/polkit-gnome-authentication-agent-1.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=PolicyKit Authentication Agent
Comment=PolicyKit Authentication Agent
Exec=/usr/libexec/polkit-gnome-authentication-agent-1
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Categories=
NoDisplay=true
OnlyShowIn=GNOME;XFCE;Unity;
AutostartCondition=GNOME3 unless-session gnome
EOF
Shadow was indeed installed in LFS and there is no reason to reinstall it unless you installed CrackLib or Linux-PAM after your LFS system was completed. If you have installed CrackLib after LFS, then reinstalling Shadow will enable strong password support. If you have installed Linux-PAM, reinstalling Shadow will allow programs such as login and su to utilize PAM.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/shadow-maint/shadow/releases/download/4.13/shadow-4.13.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b1ab01b5462ddcf43588374d57bec123
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
The installation commands shown below are for installations where Linux-PAM has been installed and Shadow is being reinstalled to support the Linux-PAM installation.
If you are reinstalling Shadow to provide strong password
support using the CrackLib
library without using Linux-PAM, ensure you add the
--with-libcrack
parameter to the configure script below
and also issue the following command:
sed -i 's@DICTPATH.*@DICTPATH\t/lib/cracklib/pw_dict@' etc/login.defs
Reinstall Shadow by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile.in &&
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i 's/groups\.1 / /' {} \; &&
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i 's/getspnam\.3 / /' {} \; &&
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i 's/passwd\.5 / /' {} \; &&
sed -e 's@#ENCRYPT_METHOD DES@ENCRYPT_METHOD YESCRYPT@' \
-e 's@/var/spool/mail@/var/mail@' \
-e '/PATH=/{s@/sbin:@@;s@/bin:@@}' \
-i etc/login.defs &&
./configure --sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--with-{b,yes}crypt \
--with-group-name-max-length=32 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make exec_prefix=/usr install
The man pages were installed in LFS, but if reinstallation is
desired, run (as the root
user):
make -C man install-man
sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile.in: This sed is used to suppress the installation of the groups program as the version from the Coreutils package installed during LFS is preferred.
find man -name Makefile.in -exec ... {} \;: The first command is used to suppress the installation of the groups man pages so the existing ones installed from the Coreutils package are not replaced. The two other commands prevent installation of manual pages that are already installed by Man-pages in LFS.
sed -e 's@#ENCRYPT_METHOD
DES@ENCRYPT_METHOD YESCRYPT@' -e
's@/var/spool/mail@/var/mail@' -e
'/PATH=/{s@/sbin:@@;s@/bin:@@}' -i
etc/login.defs: Instead of using the default
'DES' method, this command modifies the installation to use
the much more secure 'YESCRYPT' method of hashing passwords,
which also allows passwords longer than eight characters. The
command also changes the obsolete /var/spool/mail location for user mailboxes
that Shadow uses by default
to the /var/mail location. It
also changes the default path to be consistent with that set
in LFS.
--with-group-name-max-length=32:
The maximum user name is 32 characters. Make the maximum
group name the same.
The rest of this page is devoted to configuring Shadow to work properly with Linux-PAM. If you do not have Linux-PAM installed, and you reinstalled Shadow to support strong passwords via the CrackLib library, no further configuration is required.
Configuring your system to use Linux-PAM can be a complex task. The information below will provide a basic setup so that Shadow's login and password functionality will work effectively with Linux-PAM. Review the information and links on the Linux-PAM-1.5.3 page for further configuration information. For information specific to integrating Shadow, Linux-PAM and libpwquality, you can visit the following link:
The login
program currently performs many functions which
Linux-PAM modules should
now handle. The following sed command will
comment out the appropriate lines in /etc/login.defs, and stop login from performing
these functions (a backup file named /etc/login.defs.orig is also created to
preserve the original file's contents). Issue the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m644 /etc/login.defs /etc/login.defs.orig &&
for FUNCTION in FAIL_DELAY \
FAILLOG_ENAB \
LASTLOG_ENAB \
MAIL_CHECK_ENAB \
OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB \
PORTTIME_CHECKS_ENAB \
QUOTAS_ENAB \
CONSOLE MOTD_FILE \
FTMP_FILE NOLOGINS_FILE \
ENV_HZ PASS_MIN_LEN \
SU_WHEEL_ONLY \
CRACKLIB_DICTPATH \
PASS_CHANGE_TRIES \
PASS_ALWAYS_WARN \
CHFN_AUTH ENCRYPT_METHOD \
ENVIRON_FILE
do
sed -i "s/^${FUNCTION}/# &/" /etc/login.defs
done
As mentioned previously in the Linux-PAM instructions, Linux-PAM has two supported methods
for configuration. The commands below assume that you've
chosen to use a directory based configuration, where each
program has its own configuration file. You can
optionally use a single /etc/pam.conf configuration file by
using the text from the files below, and supplying the
program name as an additional first field for each line.
As the root user, create
the following Linux-PAM
configuration files in the /etc/pam.d/ directory (or add the
contents to the /etc/pam.conf file) using the following
commands:
cat > /etc/pam.d/login << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/login
# Set failure delay before next prompt to 3 seconds
auth optional pam_faildelay.so delay=3000000
# Check to make sure that the user is allowed to login
auth requisite pam_nologin.so
# Check to make sure that root is allowed to login
# Disabled by default. You will need to create /etc/securetty
# file for this module to function. See man 5 securetty.
#auth required pam_securetty.so
# Additional group memberships - disabled by default
#auth optional pam_group.so
# include system auth settings
auth include system-auth
# check access for the user
account required pam_access.so
# include system account settings
account include system-account
# Set default environment variables for the user
session required pam_env.so
# Set resource limits for the user
session required pam_limits.so
# Display the message of the day - Disabled by default
#session optional pam_motd.so
# Check user's mail - Disabled by default
#session optional pam_mail.so standard quiet
# include system session and password settings
session include system-session
password include system-password
# End /etc/pam.d/login
EOF
cat > /etc/pam.d/passwd << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/passwd
password include system-password
# End /etc/pam.d/passwd
EOF
cat > /etc/pam.d/su << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/su
# always allow root
auth sufficient pam_rootok.so
# Allow users in the wheel group to execute su without a password
# disabled by default
#auth sufficient pam_wheel.so trust use_uid
# include system auth settings
auth include system-auth
# limit su to users in the wheel group
# disabled by default
#auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid
# include system account settings
account include system-account
# Set default environment variables for the service user
session required pam_env.so
# include system session settings
session include system-session
# End /etc/pam.d/su
EOF
cat > /etc/pam.d/chpasswd << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/chpasswd
# always allow root
auth sufficient pam_rootok.so
# include system auth and account settings
auth include system-auth
account include system-account
password include system-password
# End /etc/pam.d/chpasswd
EOF
sed -e s/chpasswd/newusers/ /etc/pam.d/chpasswd >/etc/pam.d/newusers
cat > /etc/pam.d/chage << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/chage
# always allow root
auth sufficient pam_rootok.so
# include system auth and account settings
auth include system-auth
account include system-account
# End /etc/pam.d/chage
EOF
for PROGRAM in chfn chgpasswd chsh groupadd groupdel \
groupmems groupmod useradd userdel usermod
do
install -v -m644 /etc/pam.d/chage /etc/pam.d/${PROGRAM}
sed -i "s/chage/$PROGRAM/" /etc/pam.d/${PROGRAM}
done
At this point, you should do a simple test to see if
Shadow is working as
expected. Open another terminal and log in as
root, and then run
login and
login as another user. If you do not see any errors,
then all is well and you should proceed with the rest
of the configuration. If you did receive errors, stop
now and double check the above configuration files
manually. Any error is the sign of an error in the
above procedure. You can also run the test suite from
the Linux-PAM package
to assist you in determining the problem. If you cannot
find and fix the error, you should recompile
Shadow adding the
--without-libpam switch to
the configure command in
the above instructions (also move the /etc/login.defs.orig backup file to
/etc/login.defs). If you
fail to do this and the errors remain, you will be
unable to log into your system.
Instead of using the /etc/login.access file for controlling
access to the system, Linux-PAM uses the pam_access.so module along with the
/etc/security/access.conf
file. Rename the /etc/login.access file using the
following command:
if [ -f /etc/login.access ]; then mv -v /etc/login.access{,.NOUSE}; fi
Instead of using the /etc/limits file for limiting usage of
system resources, Linux-PAM uses the pam_limits.so module along with the
/etc/security/limits.conf
file. Rename the /etc/limits file using the following
command:
if [ -f /etc/limits ]; then mv -v /etc/limits{,.NOUSE}; fi
Be sure to test the login capabilities of the system before logging out. Errors in the configuration can cause a permanent lockout requiring a boot from an external source to correct the problem.
A list of the installed files, along with their short descriptions can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/12.0-systemd/chapter08/shadow.html#contents-shadow.
The ssh-askpass is a generic executable name for many packages, with similar names, that provide a interactive X service to grab password for packages requiring administrative privileges to be run. It prompts the user with a window box where the necessary password can be inserted. Here, we choose Damien Miller's package distributed in the OpenSSH tarball.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.openbsd.org/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-9.4p1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openbsd.org/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-9.4p1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4bbd56a7ba51b0cd61debe8f9e77f8bb
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.24.38, Sudo-1.9.14p3 (runtime), Xorg Libraries, and a graphical environment (runtime)
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ssh-askpass
Install ssh-askpass by running the following commands:
cd contrib && make gnome-ssh-askpass3
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/libexec/openssh/contrib && install -v -m755 gnome-ssh-askpass3 /usr/libexec/openssh/contrib && ln -sv -f contrib/gnome-ssh-askpass3 /usr/libexec/openssh/ssh-askpass
The use of /usr/libexec/openssh/contrib and a symlink is justified by the eventual necessity of a different program for that service.
As the root user, configure
Sudo-1.9.14p3 to use ssh-askpass:
cat >> /etc/sudo.conf << "EOF" &&
# Path to askpass helper program
Path askpass /usr/libexec/openssh/ssh-askpass
EOF
chmod -v 0644 /etc/sudo.conf
If a given graphical <application> requires administrative privileges, use sudo -A <application> from an x-terminal, from a Window Manager menu and/or replace "Exec=<application> ..." by "Exec=sudo -A <application> ..." in the <application>.desktop file.
gnome-ssh-askpass3)
The stunnel package contains a program that allows you to encrypt arbitrary TCP connections inside SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) so you can easily communicate with clients over secure channels. stunnel can also be used to tunnel PPP over network sockets without changes to the server package source code.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.stunnel.org/stunnel/archive/5.x/stunnel-5.70.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4246f65d556b9ec51e94f80744ce0eda
Download size: 864 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libnsl-2.0.0, netcat (required for tests), tcpwrappers, and TOR
The stunnel
daemon will be run in a chroot jail by an
unprivileged user. Create the new user and group using the
following commands as the root user:
groupadd -g 51 stunnel &&
useradd -c "stunnel Daemon" -d /var/lib/stunnel \
-g stunnel -s /bin/false -u 51 stunnel
A signed SSL Certificate and a Private Key is necessary to
run the stunnel daemon. After the
package is installed, there are instructions to generate
them. However, if you own or have already created a signed
SSL Certificate you wish to use, copy it to /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem before starting
the build (ensure only root
has read and write access). The .pem file must be formatted as shown
below:
-----BEGIN PRIVATE KEY-----
<many encrypted lines of private key>
-----END PRIVATE KEY-----
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
<many encrypted lines of certificate>
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
<encrypted lines of dh parms>
-----END DH PARAMETERS-----Install stunnel by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var &&
make
If you have installed the optional netcat application, the regression tests can be run with make check.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/stunnel-5.70 install
Install the included systemd unit by running the following
command as the root user:
install -v -m644 tools/stunnel.service /usr/lib/systemd/system
If you do not already have a signed SSL Certificate and
Private Key, create the stunnel.pem file in the /etc/stunnel directory using the command
below. You will be prompted to enter the necessary
information. Ensure you reply to the
Common Name (FQDN of your server) [localhost]:prompt with the name or IP address you will be using to access the service(s).
To generate a certificate, as the root user, issue:
make cert
make docdir=... install: This command installs the package and changes the documentation installation directory to standard naming conventions.
As the root user, create
the directory used for the .pid file created when the stunnel daemon starts:
install -v -m750 -o stunnel -g stunnel -d /var/lib/stunnel/run && chown stunnel:stunnel /var/lib/stunnel
Next, create a basic /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf configuration
file using the following commands as the root user:
cat > /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf << "EOF"
; File: /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf
; Note: The pid and output locations are relative to the chroot location.
pid = /run/stunnel.pid
chroot = /var/lib/stunnel
client = no
setuid = stunnel
setgid = stunnel
cert = /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem
;debug = 7
;output = stunnel.log
;[https]
;accept = 443
;connect = 80
;; "TIMEOUTclose = 0" is a workaround for a design flaw in Microsoft SSL
;; Microsoft implementations do not use SSL close-notify alert and thus
;; they are vulnerable to truncation attacks
;TIMEOUTclose = 0
EOF
Finally, add the service(s) you wish to encrypt to the configuration file. The format is as follows:
[<service>]
accept = <hostname:portnumber>
connect = <hostname:portnumber>For a full explanation of the commands and syntax used in the configuration file, issue man stunnel.
The Sudo package allows a
system administrator to give certain users (or groups of
users) the ability to run some (or all) commands as
root or another user while
logging the commands and arguments.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.sudo.ws/dist/sudo-1.9.14p3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.sudo.ws/pub/sudo/sudo-1.9.14p3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4cc21cf7c9a89290b230954aed0d1e11
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 51 MB (add 17 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with parallelism=4; add 0.1 SBU for tests)
Linux-PAM-1.5.3, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, MTA (that provides a sendmail command), AFS, FWTK, and Opie
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sudo
Install Sudo by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--with-secure-path \
--with-all-insults \
--with-env-editor \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/sudo-1.9.14p3 \
--with-passprompt="[sudo] password for %p: " &&
make
To test the results, issue: env LC_ALL=C make check 2>&1 | tee make-check.log. Check the results with grep failed make-check.log.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ln -sfv libsudo_util.so.0.0.0 /usr/lib/sudo/libsudo_util.so.0
--libexecdir=/usr/lib: This
switch controls where private programs are installed.
Everything in that directory is a library, so they belong
under /usr/lib instead of
/usr/libexec.
--with-secure-path:
This switch transparently adds /sbin and /usr/sbin directories to the PATH environment variable.
--with-all-insults:
This switch includes all the sudo insult sets.
--with-env-editor:
This switch enables use of the environment variable EDITOR
for visudo.
--with-passprompt:
This switch sets the password prompt. The %p will be expanded to the name
of the user whose password is being requested.
--without-pam: This switch avoids
building Linux-PAM support
when Linux-PAM is installed
on the system.
There are many options to sudo's configure command. Check the configure --help output for a complete list.
ln -sfv libsudo_util...: Works around a bug in the installation process, which links to the previously installed version (if there is one) instead of the new one.
The sudoers file can be quite
complicated. It is composed of two types of entries:
aliases (basically variables) and user specifications
(which specify who may run what). The installation installs
a default configuration that has no privileges installed
for any user.
A couple of common configuration changes are to set the
path for the super user and to allow members of the wheel
group to execute all commands after providing their own
credentials. Use the following commands to create the
/etc/sudoers.d/00-sudo
configuration file as the root user:
cat > /etc/sudoers.d/00-sudo << "EOF"
Defaults secure_path="/usr/sbin:/usr/bin"
%wheel ALL=(ALL) ALL
EOF
In very simple installations where there is only one
user, it may be easier to just edit the /etc/sudoers file directly. In that
case, the secure_path entry
may not be needed and using sudo -E ... can import
the non-privileged user's full environment into the
privileged session.
The files in the /etc/sudoers.d directory are parsed in
sorted lexical order. Be careful that entries in an added
file do not overwrite previous entries.
For details, see man sudoers.
The Sudo developers
highly recommend using the visudo program to edit
the sudoers file. This will
provide basic sanity checking like syntax parsing and
file permission to avoid some possible mistakes that
could lead to a vulnerable configuration.
If PAM is installed on the
system, Sudo is built with
PAM support. In that case,
issue the following command as the root user to create the PAM configuration file:
cat > /etc/pam.d/sudo << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/sudo
# include the default auth settings
auth include system-auth
# include the default account settings
account include system-account
# Set default environment variables for the service user
session required pam_env.so
# include system session defaults
session include system-session
# End /etc/pam.d/sudo
EOF
chmod 644 /etc/pam.d/sudo
|
converts between sudoers file formats |
|
|
executes a command as another user as permitted by
the |
|
|
is a sudo event and I/O log server |
|
|
sends sudo I/O logs to the log server |
|
|
is a symlink to sudo that implies
the |
|
|
is used to play back or list the output logs created by sudo |
|
|
allows for safer editing of the |
The Tripwire package contains programs used to verify the integrity of the files on a given system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/Tripwire/tripwire-open-source/releases/download/2.4.3.7/tripwire-open-source-2.4.3.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a5cf1bc2f235f5d8ca458f00548db6ee
Download size: 980 KB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB
Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU (scripting install)
An MTA
Compile Tripwire by running the following commands:
sed -e '/^CLOBBER/s/false/true/' \
-e 's|TWDB="${prefix}|TWDB="/var|' \
-e '/TWMAN/ s|${prefix}|/usr/share|' \
-e '/TWDOCS/s|${prefix}/doc/tripwire|/usr/share/doc/tripwire-2.4.3.7|' \
-i installer/install.cfg &&
find . -name Makefile.am | xargs \
sed -i 's/^[[:alpha:]_]*_HEADERS.*=/noinst_HEADERS =/' &&
sed '/dist/d' -i man/man?/Makefile.am &&
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/tripwire &&
make CPPFLAGS=-std=c++11
The default configuration is to use a local MTA. If you
don't have an MTA installed and have no wish to install
one, modify install/install.cfg to use an SMTP server
instead. Otherwise the install will fail.
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && cp -v policy/*.txt /usr/share/doc/tripwire-2.4.3.7
During make install, several questions are asked, including passwords. If you want to make a script, you have to apply a sed before running make install:
sed -i -e 's@installer/install.sh@& -n -s<site-password>-l<local-password>@' Makefile
Of course, you should do this with dummy passwords and change them later.
Another issue when scripting is that the installer exits when the standard input is not a terminal. You may disable this behavior with the following sed:
sed '/-t 0/,+3d' -i installer/install.sh
sed ...
installer/install.cfg: This command tells the
package to install the program database and reports in
/var/lib/tripwire and sets the
proper location for man pages and documentation.
find ..., sed ..., and autoreconf -fi: The build system is unusable as is, and has to be modified for the build to succeed.
CPPFLAGS=-std=c++11: Setting the
C++ preprocessor flags to version 11 is necessary to prevent
a conflict with the default version which is c++17 in recent
version of gcc.
make install:
This command creates the Tripwire security keys as well as
installing the binaries. There are two keys: a site key and a
local key which are stored in /etc/tripwire/.
cp -v policy/*.txt /usr/doc/tripwire-2.4.3.7: This command installs the tripwire sample policy files with the other tripwire documentation.i
Tripwire uses a policy
file to determine which files are integrity checked. The
default policy file (/etc/tripwire/twpol.txt) is for a default
installation and will need to be updated for your system.
Policy files should be tailored to each individual
distribution and/or installation. Some example policy files
can be found in /usr/share/doc/tripwire/.
If desired, copy the policy file you'd like to try into
/etc/tripwire/ instead of
using the default policy file, twpol.txt. It is, however, recommended
that you edit your policy file. Get ideas from the examples
above and read /usr/share/doc/tripwire/policyguide.txt
for additional information. twpol.txt is a good policy file for
learning about Tripwire as
it will note any changes to the file system and can even be
used as an annoying way of keeping track of changes for
uninstallation of software.
After your policy file has been edited to your satisfaction
you may begin the configuration steps (perform as the
root) user:
twadmin --create-polfile --site-keyfile /etc/tripwire/site.key \
/etc/tripwire/twpol.txt &&
tripwire --init
Depending on your system and the contents of the policy file, the initialization phase above can take a relatively long time.
Tripwire will identify file changes in the critical system files specified in the policy file. Using Tripwire while making frequent changes to these directories will flag all these changes. It is most useful after a system has reached a configuration that the user considers stable.
To use Tripwire after creating a policy file to run a report, use the following command:
tripwire --check > /etc/tripwire/report.txt
View the output to check the integrity of your files. An automatic integrity report can be produced by using a cron facility to schedule the runs.
Reports are stored in binary and, if desired, encrypted.
View reports, as the root
user, with:
twprint --print-report -r /var/lib/tripwire/report/<report-name.twr>
After you run an integrity check, you should examine the
report (or email) and then modify the Tripwire database to reflect the
changed files on your system. This is so that Tripwire will not continually notify
you hat files you intentionally changed are a security
violation. To do this you must first ls -l
/var/lib/tripwire/report/ and note the name
of the newest file which starts with your system name as
presented by the command uname -n and ends in
.twr. These files were
created during report creation and the most current one is
needed to update the Tripwire database of your system. As
the root user, type in the
following command making the appropriate report name:
tripwire --update --twrfile /var/lib/tripwire/report/<report-name.twr>
You will be placed into Vim with a copy of the report in front of you. If all the changes were good, then just type :wq and after entering your local key, the database will be updated. If there are files which you still want to be warned about, remove the 'x' before the filename in the report and type :wq.
|
is a signature gathering utility that displays the hash function values for the specified files |
|
|
is the main file integrity checking program |
|
|
administrative and utility tool used to perform certain administrative functions related to Tripwire files and configuration options |
|
|
prints Tripwire database and report files in clear text format |
The volume_key package provides a library for manipulating storage volume encryption keys and storing them separately from volumes to handle forgotten passphrases.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/felixonmars/volume_key/archive/volume_key-0.3.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d1c76f24e08ddd8c1787687d0af5a814
Download size: 196 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
cryptsetup-2.4.3, GLib-2.76.4, GnuPG-2.4.3, GPGME-1.21.0, and nss-3.92
This package expands to the directory volume_key-volume_key-0.3.12.
Tell the building system how to locate GPGME and GnuPG correctly:
sed -e '/AM_PATH_GPGME/iAM_PATH_GPG_ERROR' \
-e 's/gpg2/gpg/' -i configure.ac
Install volume_key by running the following commands:
autoreconf -fiv &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--without-python &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--without-python:
This parameter prevents building the Python 2 bindings, if Python-2.7.18 is
installed.
--without-python3: Use this
option if you do not want to build the Python 3 bindings. In this case,
SWIG-4.1.1 is not needed.
Journaling file systems reduce the time needed to recover a file system that was not unmounted properly. While this can be extremely important in reducing downtime for servers, it has also become popular for desktop environments. This chapter contains other journaling file systems you can use instead of the default LFS extended file system (ext2/3/4). It also provides introductory material on managing disk arrays.
The only purpose of an initramfs is to mount the root filesystem. The initramfs is a complete set of directories that you would find on a normal root filesystem. It is bundled into a single cpio archive and compressed with one of several compression algorithms.
At boot time, the boot loader loads the kernel and the initramfs image into memory and starts the kernel. The kernel checks for the presence of the initramfs and, if found, mounts it as / and runs /init. The init program is typically a shell script. Note that the boot process takes longer, possibly significantly longer, if an initramfs is used.
For most distributions, kernel modules are the biggest reason to have an initramfs. In a general distribution, there are many unknowns such as file system types and disk layouts. In a way, this is the opposite of LFS where the system capabilities and layout are known and a custom kernel is normally built. In this situation, an initramfs is rarely needed.
There are only four primary reasons to have an initramfs in the LFS environment: loading the rootfs from a network, loading it from an LVM logical volume, having an encrypted rootfs where a password is required, or for the convenience of specifying the rootfs as a LABEL or UUID. Anything else usually means that the kernel was not configured properly.
If you do decide to build an initramfs, the following scripts will provide a basis to do it. The scripts will allow specifying a rootfs via partition UUID or partition LABEL or a rootfs on an LVM logical volume. They do not support an encrypted root file system or mounting the rootfs over a network card. For a more complete capability see the LFS Hints or dracut.
To install these scripts, run the following commands as the
root user:
cat > /usr/sbin/mkinitramfs << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
# This file based in part on the mkinitramfs script for the LFS LiveCD
# written by Alexander E. Patrakov and Jeremy Huntwork.
copy()
{
local file
if [ "$2" = "lib" ]; then
file=$(PATH=/usr/lib type -p $1)
else
file=$(type -p $1)
fi
if [ -n "$file" ] ; then
cp $file $WDIR/usr/$2
else
echo "Missing required file: $1 for directory $2"
rm -rf $WDIR
exit 1
fi
}
if [ -z $1 ] ; then
INITRAMFS_FILE=initrd.img-no-kmods
else
KERNEL_VERSION=$1
INITRAMFS_FILE=initrd.img-$KERNEL_VERSION
fi
if [ -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ] && [ ! -d "/usr/lib/modules/$1" ] ; then
echo "No modules directory named $1"
exit 1
fi
printf "Creating $INITRAMFS_FILE... "
binfiles="sh cat cp dd killall ls mkdir mknod mount "
binfiles="$binfiles umount sed sleep ln rm uname"
binfiles="$binfiles readlink basename"
# Systemd installs udevadm in /bin. Other udev implementations have it in /sbin
if [ -x /usr/bin/udevadm ] ; then binfiles="$binfiles udevadm"; fi
sbinfiles="modprobe blkid switch_root"
# Optional files and locations
for f in mdadm mdmon udevd udevadm; do
if [ -x /usr/sbin/$f ] ; then sbinfiles="$sbinfiles $f"; fi
done
# Add lvm if present (cannot be done with the others because it
# also needs dmsetup
if [ -x /usr/sbin/lvm ] ; then sbinfiles="$sbinfiles lvm dmsetup"; fi
unsorted=$(mktemp /tmp/unsorted.XXXXXXXXXX)
DATADIR=/usr/share/mkinitramfs
INITIN=init.in
# Create a temporary working directory
WDIR=$(mktemp -d /tmp/initrd-work.XXXXXXXXXX)
# Create base directory structure
mkdir -p $WDIR/{dev,run,sys,proc,usr/{bin,lib/{firmware,modules},sbin}}
mkdir -p $WDIR/etc/{modprobe.d,udev/rules.d}
touch $WDIR/etc/modprobe.d/modprobe.conf
ln -s usr/bin $WDIR/bin
ln -s usr/lib $WDIR/lib
ln -s usr/sbin $WDIR/sbin
ln -s lib $WDIR/lib64
# Create necessary device nodes
mknod -m 640 $WDIR/dev/console c 5 1
mknod -m 664 $WDIR/dev/null c 1 3
# Install the udev configuration files
if [ -f /etc/udev/udev.conf ]; then
cp /etc/udev/udev.conf $WDIR/etc/udev/udev.conf
fi
for file in $(find /etc/udev/rules.d/ -type f) ; do
cp $file $WDIR/etc/udev/rules.d
done
# Install any firmware present
cp -a /usr/lib/firmware $WDIR/usr/lib
# Copy the RAID configuration file if present
if [ -f /etc/mdadm.conf ] ; then
cp /etc/mdadm.conf $WDIR/etc
fi
# Install the init file
install -m0755 $DATADIR/$INITIN $WDIR/init
if [ -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ] ; then
if [ -x /usr/bin/kmod ] ; then
binfiles="$binfiles kmod"
else
binfiles="$binfiles lsmod"
sbinfiles="$sbinfiles insmod"
fi
fi
# Install basic binaries
for f in $binfiles ; do
ldd /usr/bin/$f | sed "s/\t//" | cut -d " " -f1 >> $unsorted
copy /usr/bin/$f bin
done
for f in $sbinfiles ; do
ldd /usr/sbin/$f | sed "s/\t//" | cut -d " " -f1 >> $unsorted
copy $f sbin
done
# Add udevd libraries if not in /usr/sbin
if [ -x /usr/lib/udev/udevd ] ; then
ldd /usr/lib/udev/udevd | sed "s/\t//" | cut -d " " -f1 >> $unsorted
elif [ -x /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-udevd ] ; then
ldd /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-udevd | sed "s/\t//" | cut -d " " -f1 >> $unsorted
fi
# Add module symlinks if appropriate
if [ -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ] && [ -x /usr/bin/kmod ] ; then
ln -s kmod $WDIR/usr/bin/lsmod
ln -s kmod $WDIR/usr/bin/insmod
fi
# Add lvm symlinks if appropriate
# Also copy the lvm.conf file
if [ -x /usr/sbin/lvm ] ; then
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/lvchange
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/lvrename
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/lvextend
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/lvcreate
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/lvdisplay
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/lvscan
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/pvchange
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/pvck
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/pvcreate
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/pvdisplay
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/pvscan
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/vgchange
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/vgcreate
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/vgscan
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/vgrename
ln -s lvm $WDIR/usr/sbin/vgck
# Conf file(s)
cp -a /etc/lvm $WDIR/etc
fi
# Install libraries
sort $unsorted | uniq | while read library ; do
# linux-vdso and linux-gate are pseudo libraries and do not correspond to a file
# libsystemd-shared is in /lib/systemd, so it is not found by copy, and
# it is copied below anyway
if [[ "$library" == linux-vdso.so.1 ]] ||
[[ "$library" == linux-gate.so.1 ]] ||
[[ "$library" == libsystemd-shared* ]]; then
continue
fi
copy $library lib
done
if [ -d /usr/lib/udev ]; then
cp -a /usr/lib/udev $WDIR/usr/lib
fi
if [ -d /usr/lib/systemd ]; then
cp -a /usr/lib/systemd $WDIR/usr/lib
fi
if [ -d /usr/lib/elogind ]; then
cp -a /usr/lib/elogind $WDIR/usr/lib
fi
# Install the kernel modules if requested
if [ -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ]; then
find \
/usr/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/{crypto,fs,lib} \
/usr/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/drivers/{block,ata,nvme,md,firewire} \
/usr/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/drivers/{scsi,message,pcmcia,virtio} \
/usr/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/drivers/usb/{host,storage} \
-type f 2> /dev/null | cpio --make-directories -p --quiet $WDIR
cp /usr/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/modules.{builtin,order} \
$WDIR/usr/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION
if [ -f /usr/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/modules.builtin.modinfo ]; then
cp /usr/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/modules.builtin.modinfo \
$WDIR/usr/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION
fi
depmod -b $WDIR $KERNEL_VERSION
fi
( cd $WDIR ; find . | cpio -o -H newc --quiet | gzip -9 ) > $INITRAMFS_FILE
# Prepare early loading of microcode if available
if ls /usr/lib/firmware/intel-ucode/* >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
ls /usr/lib/firmware/amd-ucode/* >/dev/null 2>&1; then
# first empty WDIR to reuse it
rm -r $WDIR/*
DSTDIR=$WDIR/kernel/x86/microcode
mkdir -p $DSTDIR
if [ -d /usr/lib/firmware/amd-ucode ]; then
cat /usr/lib/firmware/amd-ucode/microcode_amd*.bin > $DSTDIR/AuthenticAMD.bin
fi
if [ -d /usr/lib/firmware/intel-ucode ]; then
cat /usr/lib/firmware/intel-ucode/* > $DSTDIR/GenuineIntel.bin
fi
( cd $WDIR; find . | cpio -o -H newc --quiet ) > microcode.img
cat microcode.img $INITRAMFS_FILE > tmpfile
mv tmpfile $INITRAMFS_FILE
rm microcode.img
fi
# Remove the temporary directories and files
rm -rf $WDIR $unsorted
printf "done.\n"
EOF
chmod 0755 /usr/sbin/mkinitramfs
mkdir -p /usr/share/mkinitramfs &&
cat > /usr/share/mkinitramfs/init.in << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
PATH=/usr/bin:/usr/sbin
export PATH
problem()
{
printf "Encountered a problem!\n\nDropping you to a shell.\n\n"
sh
}
no_device()
{
printf "The device %s, which is supposed to contain the\n" $1
printf "root file system, does not exist.\n"
printf "Please fix this problem and exit this shell.\n\n"
}
no_mount()
{
printf "Could not mount device %s\n" $1
printf "Sleeping forever. Please reboot and fix the kernel command line.\n\n"
printf "Maybe the device is formatted with an unsupported file system?\n\n"
printf "Or maybe filesystem type autodetection went wrong, in which case\n"
printf "you should add the rootfstype=... parameter to the kernel command line.\n\n"
printf "Available partitions:\n"
}
do_mount_root()
{
mkdir /.root
[ -n "$rootflags" ] && rootflags="$rootflags,"
rootflags="$rootflags$ro"
case "$root" in
/dev/* ) device=$root ;;
UUID=* ) eval $root; device="/dev/disk/by-uuid/$UUID" ;;
PARTUUID=*) eval $root; device="/dev/disk/by-partuuid/$PARTUUID" ;;
LABEL=* ) eval $root; device="/dev/disk/by-label/$LABEL" ;;
"" ) echo "No root device specified." ; problem ;;
esac
while [ ! -b "$device" ] ; do
no_device $device
problem
done
if ! mount -n -t "$rootfstype" -o "$rootflags" "$device" /.root ; then
no_mount $device
cat /proc/partitions
while true ; do sleep 10000 ; done
else
echo "Successfully mounted device $root"
fi
}
do_try_resume()
{
case "$resume" in
UUID=* ) eval $resume; resume="/dev/disk/by-uuid/$UUID" ;;
LABEL=*) eval $resume; resume="/dev/disk/by-label/$LABEL" ;;
esac
if $noresume || ! [ -b "$resume" ]; then return; fi
ls -lH "$resume" | ( read x x x x maj min x
echo -n ${maj%,}:$min > /sys/power/resume )
}
init=/sbin/init
root=
rootdelay=
rootfstype=auto
ro="ro"
rootflags=
device=
resume=
noresume=false
mount -n -t devtmpfs devtmpfs /dev
mount -n -t proc proc /proc
mount -n -t sysfs sysfs /sys
mount -n -t tmpfs tmpfs /run
read -r cmdline < /proc/cmdline
for param in $cmdline ; do
case $param in
init=* ) init=${param#init=} ;;
root=* ) root=${param#root=} ;;
rootdelay=* ) rootdelay=${param#rootdelay=} ;;
rootfstype=*) rootfstype=${param#rootfstype=} ;;
rootflags=* ) rootflags=${param#rootflags=} ;;
resume=* ) resume=${param#resume=} ;;
noresume ) noresume=true ;;
ro ) ro="ro" ;;
rw ) ro="rw" ;;
esac
done
# udevd location depends on version
if [ -x /sbin/udevd ]; then
UDEVD=/sbin/udevd
elif [ -x /lib/udev/udevd ]; then
UDEVD=/lib/udev/udevd
elif [ -x /lib/systemd/systemd-udevd ]; then
UDEVD=/lib/systemd/systemd-udevd
else
echo "Cannot find udevd nor systemd-udevd"
problem
fi
${UDEVD} --daemon --resolve-names=never
udevadm trigger
udevadm settle
if [ -f /etc/mdadm.conf ] ; then mdadm -As ; fi
if [ -x /sbin/vgchange ] ; then /sbin/vgchange -a y > /dev/null ; fi
if [ -n "$rootdelay" ] ; then sleep "$rootdelay" ; fi
do_try_resume # This function will not return if resuming from disk
do_mount_root
killall -w ${UDEVD##*/}
exec switch_root /.root "$init" "$@"
EOF
LVM2-2.03.22 and/or mdadm-4.2 must be installed before generating the initramfs, if the system partition uses them.
To build an initramfs, run the following as the root user:
mkinitramfs [KERNEL VERSION]
The optional argument is the directory where the appropriate
kernel modules are located. This must be a subdirectory of
/lib/modules. If no modules are
specified, then the initramfs is named initrd.img-no-kmods. If a kernel
version is specified, the initrd is named initrd.img-$KERNEL_VERSION and is
only appropriate for the specific kernel specified. The
output file will be placed in the current directory.
If early loading of microcode is needed (see the
section called “Microcode updates for CPUs”),
you can install the appropriate blob or container in
/lib/firmware. It will be
automatically added to the initrd when running mkinitramfs.
After generating the initrd, copy it to the /boot directory.
Now edit /boot/grub/grub.cfg
and add a new menuentry. Below are several examples.
# Generic initramfs and root fs identified by UUID
menuentry "LFS Dev (LFS-7.0-Feb14) initrd, Linux 3.0.4"
{
linux /vmlinuz-3.0.4-lfs-20120214 root=UUID=54b934a9-302d-415e-ac11-4988408eb0a8 ro
initrd /initrd.img-no-kmods
}
# Generic initramfs and root fs on LVM partition
menuentry "LFS Dev (LFS-7.0-Feb18) initrd lvm, Linux 3.0.4"
{
linux /vmlinuz-3.0.4-lfs-20120218 root=/dev/mapper/myroot ro
initrd /initrd.img-no-kmods
}
# Specific initramfs and root fs identified by LABEL
menuentry "LFS Dev (LFS-7.1-Feb20) initrd label, Linux 3.2.6"
{
linux /vmlinuz-3.2.6-lfs71-120220 root=LABEL=lfs71 ro
initrd /initrd.img-3.2.6-lfs71-120220
}
Finally, reboot the system and select the desired system.
The btrfs-progs package contains administration and debugging tools for the B-tree file system (btrfs).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/kdave/btrfs-progs/btrfs-progs-v6.3.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1b5705b3e9503f09a9598dad1e7bfbc8
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 62 MB (transient files created during tests need up to 10 GB)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (add 3.8 SBU for tests, up to 80 SBU on slow disks if reiserfsprogs is installed)
LVM2-2.03.22 (dmsetup is used in tests), reiserfsprogs-3.6.27 (for tests), and sphinx-7.1.2 (required to build documentation)
Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
File systems ---> <*/M> Btrfs filesystem support [BTRFS_FS]
In addition to the above and to the options required for LVM2-2.03.22 and reiserfsprogs-3.6.27, the following options must be enabled for running tests:
File systems ---> <*/M> Reiserfs support (deprecated) [REISERFS_FS] [*] ReiserFS extended attributes [REISERFS_FS_XATTR] [*] ReiserFS POSIX Access Control Lists [REISERFS_FS_POSIX_ACL] <*/M> Btrfs filesystem support [BTRFS_FS] [*] Btrfs POSIX Access Control Lists [BTRFS_FS_POSIX_ACL]
Install btrfs-progs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--disable-documentation &&
make
Some tests require grep built with perl regular expressions. To obtain this, rebuild grep with the LFS Chapter 8 instructions after installing pcre2-10.42.
Before running tests, build a support program:
make fssum
To test the results, issue (as the root user):
pushd tests ./fsck-tests.sh ./mkfs-tests.sh ./cli-tests.sh sed 's/,orphan_file//' /etc/mke2fs.conf >./custom_mke2fs.conf && export MKE2FS_CONFIG=$PWD/custom_mke2fs.conf && ./convert-tests.sh unset MKE2FS_CONFIG && rm custom_mke2fs.conf ./misc-tests.sh ./fuzz-tests.sh popd
If the above mentioned kernel options are not enabled, some tests fail, and prevent all the remaining tests from running because the test disk image is not cleanly unmounted.
Install the package as the root user:
make install
If you have passed --disable-documentation to
configure and
you need the manual pages, install them by running, as the
root user:
for i in 5 8; do install Documentation/*.$i /usr/share/man/man$i done
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-documentation: This
switch disables rebuilding the manual pages, because it
requires sphinx-7.1.2.
sed 's/,orphan_file//" ...: In this version of btrfs-progs, the btrfs-convert program produces a btrfs filesystem containing errors if converting from an ext4 filesystem created with the “orphan_file” feature. This command creates a custom configuration file that prevents creating a filesystem with this feature.
This version of btrfs-progs
does not convert correctly ext4 filesystems to btrfs if the
ext4 orphan_file feature is
turned on. If you happen to convert such a filesystem, you
need to first run:
tune2fs -O ^orphan_file /dev/sdxx
where /dev/sdxx is the
partition of the filesystem you want to convert.
|
is the main interface into btrfs filesystem operations |
|
|
converts from an ext2/3/4 or reiserfs filesystem to btrfs (see the section called “Using the btrfs-convert Program” above) |
|
|
is a filter to find btrfs root |
|
|
maps btrfs logical extent to physical extent |
|
|
overwrites the primary superblock with a backup copy |
|
|
tunes various filesystem parameters |
|
|
does nothing, but is present for consistency with fstab |
|
|
creates a btrfs file system |
The dosfstools package contains various utilities for use with the FAT family of file systems.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/dosfstools/dosfstools/releases/download/v4.2/dosfstools-4.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 49c8e457327dc61efab5b115a27b087a
Download size: 314 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if you need to mount a FAT-family filesystem:
File systems ---> DOS/FAT/EXFAT/NT Filesystems ---> < /*/M> MSDOS fs support [MSDOS_FS] <*/M> VFAT (Windows-95) fs support [VFAT_FS]
Note that CONFIG_MSDOS_FS
deliberately unsupport long file names. CONFIG_VFAT_FS should be used instead unless
you really want to enforce the DOS-style “8.3”
file names.
You can mount a FAT-family filesystem once the kernel supports it. If you don't need to create, check, or relabel a FAT-family system, you may skip this package.
Install dosfstools by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-compat-symlinks \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/dosfstools-4.2 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-compat-symlinks: This
switch creates the dosfsck,
dosfslabel, fsck.msdos, fsck.vfat, mkdosfs, mkfs.msdos, and mkfs.vfat symlinks required by some
programs.
FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) is a simple interface for userspace programs to export a virtual filesystem to the Linux kernel. Fuse also aims to provide a secure method for non privileged users to create and mount their own filesystem implementations.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libfuse/libfuse/releases/download/fuse-3.16.1/fuse-3.16.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 578498e1035e1039525430c0694f60b7
Download size: 14 MB
Estimated disk space required: 230 MB (with tests and documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (add 0.3 SBU for tests)
Doxygen-1.9.7 (to rebuild the API documentation), pytest-7.4.0 (required for tests), and looseversion (for tests)
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
File systems ---> <*/M> FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) support [FUSE_FS]
Character devices in userspace should be enabled too for running the tests:
File systems ---> <*/M> FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) support [FUSE_FS] <*/M> Character device in Userspace support [CUSE]
Install Fuse by running the following commands:
sed -i '/^udev/,$ s/^/#/' util/meson.build && mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
The API documentation is included in the package, but if you have Doxygen-1.9.7 installed and wish to rebuild it, issue:
pushd .. && doxygen doc/Doxyfile && popd
To test the results, issue the following commands (as the
root user):
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install looseversion && python3 -m pytest && deactivate
The pytest-7.4.0 Python module is required for
the tests. One test named test_cuse will fail if the CONFIG_CUSE configuration item
was not enabled when the kernel was built. One test,
test/util.py, will output a
warning due to the usage of an unknown mark in pytest. One
test named test_notify_inval_entry[True-expire_entries]
may fail under certain circumstances.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install &&
chmod u+s /usr/bin/fusermount3 &&
cd .. &&
cp -Rv doc/html -T /usr/share/doc/fuse-3.16.1 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{README.NFS,kernel.txt} \
/usr/share/doc/fuse-3.16.1
sed ... util/meson.build: This command disables the installation of a boot script and udev rule that are not needed.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
Some options regarding mount policy can be set in the file
/etc/fuse.conf. To install
the file run the following command as the root user:
cat > /etc/fuse.conf << "EOF"
# Set the maximum number of FUSE mounts allowed to non-root users.
# The default is 1000.
#
#mount_max = 1000
# Allow non-root users to specify the 'allow_other' or 'allow_root'
# mount options.
#
#user_allow_other
EOF
Additional information about the meaning of the configuration options are found in the man page.
The jfsutils package contains administration and debugging tools for the jfs file system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://jfs.sourceforge.net/project/pub/jfsutils-1.1.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8809465cd48a202895bc2a12e1923b5d
Download size: 532 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Required patch to fix issues exposed by GCC 10 and later: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/jfsutils-1.1.15-gcc10_fix-1.patch
Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
File systems ---> <*/M> JFS filesystem support [JFS_FS]
First, fix some issues exposed by GCC 10 and later:
patch -Np1 -i ../jfsutils-1.1.15-gcc10_fix-1.patch
Install jfsutils by running the following commands:
sed -i "/unistd.h/a#include <sys/types.h>" fscklog/extract.c && sed -i "/ioctl.h/a#include <sys/sysmacros.h>" libfs/devices.c && ./configure && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ...: Fixes building with glibc 2.28.
|
is used to replay the JFS transaction log, check a JFS formatted device for errors, and fix any errors found |
|
|
is a hard link to fsck.jfs |
|
|
constructs an JFS file system |
|
|
is a hard link to mkfs.jfs |
|
|
is a program which can be used to perform various low-level actions on a JFS formatted device |
|
|
extracts a JFS fsck service log into a file and/or formats and displays the extracted file |
|
|
dumps the contents of the journal log from the specified JFS formatted device into output file ./jfslog.dmp |
|
|
adjusts tunable file system parameters on JFS file systems |
The LVM2 package is a set of tools that manage logical partitions. It allows spanning of file systems across multiple physical disks and disk partitions and provides for dynamic growing or shrinking of logical partitions, mirroring and low storage footprint snapshots.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sourceware.org/ftp/lvm2/LVM2.2.03.22.tgz
Download (FTP): ftp://sourceware.org/pub/lvm2/LVM2.2.03.22.tgz
Download MD5 sum: a97cf533222a5760225dbd26c3982ca6
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38 MB (add 20 MB for tests; transient files can grow up to around 300 MB in the /tmp directory during tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 9 to 48 SBU for tests, depending on disk speed and whether ram block device is enabled in the kernel)
mdadm-4.2, reiserfsprogs-3.6.27, Valgrind-3.21.0, Which-2.21, xfsprogs-6.4.0 (all five may be used, but are not required, for tests), thin-provisioning-tools, and vdo
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
There are several other Device Mapper options in the kernel beyond those listed below. In order to get reasonable results if running the regression tests, all must be enabled either internally or as a module. The tests will all time out if Magic SysRq key is not enabled.
Device Drivers ---> [*] Block devices ---> [BLK_DEV] <*/M> RAM block device support [BLK_DEV_RAM] [*] Multiple devices driver support (RAID and LVM) ---> [MD] <*/M> Device mapper support [BLK_DEV_DM] <*/M> Crypt target support [DM_CRYPT] <*/M> Snapshot target [DM_SNAPSHOT] <*/M> Thin provisioning target [DM_THIN_PROVISIONING] <*/M> Cache target (EXPERIMENTAL) [DM_CACHE] <*/M> Mirror target [DM_MIRROR] <*/M> Zero target [DM_ZERO] <*/M> I/O delaying target [DM_DELAY] Kernel hacking ---> Generic Kernel Debugging Instruments ---> [*] Magic SysRq key [MAGIC_SYSRQ]
Install LVM2 by running the following commands:
PATH+=:/usr/sbin \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-cmdlib \
--enable-pkgconfig \
--enable-udev_sync &&
make
The tests use udev for
logical volume synchronization, so the LVM udev rules and
some utilities need to be installed before running the tests.
If you are installing LVM2
for the first time, and do not want to install the full
package before running the tests, the minimal set of
utilities can be installed by running the following
instructions as the root
user:
make -C tools install_tools_dynamic && make -C udev install && make -C libdm install
To test the results, issue, as the root user:
LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 make check_local
Some tests may hang. In this case they can be skipped by adding S=<testname> to the make command. Other targets are available and can be listed with make -C test help. The test timings are very dependent on the speed of the disk(s), and on the number of enabled kernel options.
The tests do not implement the “expected fail” possibility, and a small number of test failures is expected by upstream. More failures may happen because some kernel options are missing. For example, the lack of the dm-delay device mapper target explains some failures. Some tests may fail if there is insufficient free space available in the partition with the /tmp directory. At least one test fails if 16 TB is not available. Some tests are flagged “warned” if thin-provisioning-tools are not installed. A workaround is to add the following flags to configure:
--with-thin-check= \
--with-thin-dump= \
--with-thin-repair= \
--with-thin-restore= \
--with-cache-check= \
--with-cache-dump= \
--with-cache-repair= \
--with-cache-restore= \
Some tests may hang. They can be removed if necessary, for example: rm test/shell/lvconvert-raid-reshape.sh. The tests generate a lot of kernel messages, which may clutter your terminal. You can disable them by issuing dmesg -D before running the tests (do not forget to issue dmesg -E when tests are done).
The checks create device nodes in the /tmp directory. The tests will fail if /tmp is mounted with the nodev option.
Now, as the root user:
make install make install_systemd_units
PATH+=:/usr/sbin: The path
must contain /usr/sbin for
proper system tool detection by the configure script. This
instruction ensures that PATH is properly set even if you
build as an unprivileged user.
--enable-cmdlib: This
switch enables building of the shared command library. It is
required when building the event daemon.
--enable-pkgconfig:
This switch enables installation of pkg-config support files.
--enable-udev_sync:
This switch enables synchronisation with Udev processing.
--enable-dmeventd: This switch
enables building of the Device
Mapper event daemon.
make install_systemd_units: This is needed to install a unit that activates logical volumes at boot. It is not installed by default.
|
is a utility to deactivate block devices |
|
|
(optional) is the Device Mapper event daemon |
|
|
is a low level logical volume management tool |
|
|
is a utility used to resize or check filesystem on a device |
|
|
provides the command-line tools for LVM2. Commands are implemented via symbolic links to this program to manage physical devices (pv*), volume groups (vg*) and logical volumes (lv*) |
|
|
is a tool used to dump various information concerning LVM2 |
|
|
is used to import a duplicated VG (e.g. hardware snapshot) |
|
|
contains the Device Mapper API functions |
LVM manages disk drives. It allows multiple drives and partitions to be combined into larger volume groups, assists in making backups through a snapshot, and allows for dynamic volume resizing. It can also provide mirroring similar to a RAID 1 array.
A complete discussion of LVM is beyond the scope of this introduction, but basic concepts are presented below.
To run any of the commands presented here, the LVM2-2.03.22 package must
be installed. All commands must be run as the root user.
Management of disks with lvm is accomplished using the following concepts:
These are physical disks or partitions such as /dev/sda3 or /dev/sdb.
These are named groups of physical volumes that can be manipulated by the administrator. The number of physical volumes that make up a volume group is arbitrary. Physical volumes can be dynamically added or removed from a volume group.
Volume groups may be subdivided into logical volumes. Each logical volume can then be individually formatted as if it were a regular Linux partition. Logical volumes may be dynamically resized by the administrator according to need.
To give a concrete example, suppose that you have two 2 TB
disks. Also suppose a really large amount of space is required
for a very large database, mounted on /srv/mysql. This is what the initial set of
partitions would look like:
Partition Use Size Partition Type
/dev/sda1 /boot 100MB 83 (Linux)
/dev/sda2 / 10GB 83 (Linux)
/dev/sda3 swap 2GB 82 (Swap)
/dev/sda4 LVM remainder 8e (LVM)
/dev/sdb1 swap 2GB 82 (Swap)
/dev/sdb2 LVM remainder 8e (LVM)First initialize the physical volumes:
pvcreate /dev/sda4 /dev/sdb2
A full disk can be used as part of a physical volume, but beware that the pvcreate command will destroy any partition information on that disk.
Next create a volume group named lfs-lvm:
vgcreate lfs-lvm /dev/sda4 /dev/sdb2
The status of the volume group can be checked by running the command vgscan. Now create the logical volumes. Since there is about 3900 GB available, leave about 900 GB free for expansion. Note that the logical volume named mysql is larger than any physical disk.
lvcreate --name mysql --size 2500G lfs-lvm lvcreate --name home --size 500G lfs-lvm
Finally the logical volumes can be formatted and mounted. In this example, the jfs file system (jfsutils-1.1.15) is used for demonstration purposes.
mkfs -t ext4 /dev/lfs-lvm/home mkfs -t jfs /dev/lfs-lvm/mysql mount /dev/lfs-lvm/home /home mkdir -p /srv/mysql mount /dev/lfs-lvm/mysql /srv/mysql
It may be needed to activate those logical volumes, for them to
appear in /dev. They can all be
activated at the same time by issuing, as the root user:
vgchange -a y
A LVM logical volume can host a root filesystem, but requires
the use of an initramfs (initial RAM file system). The
initramfs proposed in the section called “About
initramfs” allows to pass the lvm volume in the
root= switch of the
kernel command line.
If not using an initramfs, there is a race condition in
systemd preventing mounting
logical volumes through /etc/fstab. You must create a “mount”
unit (see systemd.mount(5)) as in the following example, which
mounts the /home directory
automatically at boot:
cat > /etc/systemd/system/home.mount << EOF
[Unit]
Description=Mount the lvm volume /dev/lfs-lvm/home to /home
[Mount]
What=/dev/lfs-lvm/home
Where=/home
Type=ext4
Options=default
[Install]
WantedBy=multi-user.target
EOF
The name of the unit must be the name of the mount point with the `/' character replaced by `-', omitting the leading one.
Next the unit must be enabled with:
systemctl enable home.mount
For more information about LVM, see the LVM HOWTO and the lvm man pages. A good in-depth guide is available from RedHat®, although it makes sometimes reference to proprietary tools.
The storage technology known as RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks) combines multiple physical disks into a logical unit. The drives can generally be combined to provide data redundancy or to extend the size of logical units beyond the capability of the physical disks or both. The technology also allows for providing hardware maintenance without powering down the system.
The types of RAID organization are described in the RAID Wiki.
Note that while RAID provides protection against disk failures, it is not a substitute for backups. A file deleted is still deleted on all the disks of a RAID array. Modern backups are generally done via rsync-3.2.7.
There are three major types of RAID implementation: Hardware RAID, BIOS-based RAID, and Software RAID.
Hardware based RAID provides capability through proprietary hardware and data layouts. The control and configuration is generally done via firmware in conjunction with executable programs made available by the device manufacturer. The capabilities are generally supplied via a PCI card, although there are some instances of RAID components integrated in to the motherboard. Hardware RAID may also be available in a stand-alone enclosure.
One advantage of hardware-based RAID is that the drives are offered to the operating system as a logical drive and no operating system dependent configuration is needed.
Disadvantages include difficulties in transferring drives from one system to another, updating firmware, or replacing failed RAID hardware.
Some computers offer a hardware-like RAID implementation in the system BIOS. Sometime this is referred to as 'fake' RAID as the capabilities are generally incorporated into firmware without any hardware acceleration.
The advantages and disadvantages of BIOS-based RAID are generally the same as hardware RAID with the additional disadvantage that there is no hardware acceleration.
In some cases, BIOS-based RAID firmware is enabled by default (e.g. some DELL systems). If software RAID is desired, this option must be explicitly disabled in the BIOS.
Software based RAID is the most flexible form of RAID. It is easy to install and update and provides full capability on all or part of any drives available to the system. In BLFS, the RAID software is found in mdadm-4.2.
Configuring a RAID device is straightforward using
mdadm. Generally devices are
created in the /dev directory
as /dev/mdx where x is an integer.
The first step in creating a RAID array is to use
partitioning software such as fdisk or parted-3.6 to define
the partitions needed for the array. Usually, there will be
one partition on each drive participating in the RAID array,
but that is not strictly necessary. For this example, there
will be four disk drives: /dev/sda, /dev/sdb, /dev/sdc, and /dev/sdd. They will be partitioned as
follows:
Partition Size Type Use
sda1: 100 MB fd Linux raid auto /boot (RAID 1) /dev/md0
sda2: 10 GB fd Linux raid auto / (RAID 1) /dev/md1
sda3: 2 GB 83 Linux swap swap
sda4 300 GB fd Linux raid auto /home (RAID 5) /dev/md2
sdb1: 100 MB fd Linux raid auto /boot (RAID 1) /dev/md0
sdb2: 10 GB fd Linux raid auto / (RAID 1) /dev/md1
sdb3: 2 GB 83 Linux swap swap
sdb4 300 GB fd Linux raid auto /home (RAID 5) /dev/md2
sdc1: 12 GB fd Linux raid auto /usr/src (RAID 0) /dev/md3
sdc2: 300 GB fd Linux raid auto /home (RAID 5) /dev/md2
sdd1: 12 GB fd Linux raid auto /usr/src (RAID 0) /dev/md3
sdd2: 300 GB fd Linux raid auto /home (RAID 5) /dev/md2
In this arrangement, a separate boot partition is created as
the first small RAID array and a root filesystem as the
secong RAID array, both mirrored. The third partition is a
large (about 1TB) array for the /home directory. This provides an ability
to stripe data across multiple devices, improving speed for
both reading and writing large files. Finally, a fourth array
is created that concatenates two partitions into a larger
device.
All mdadm commands must be
run as the root user.
To create these RAID arrays the commands are:
/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md0 --level=1 --raid-devices=2 /dev/sda1 /dev/sdb1
/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md1 --level=1 --raid-devices=2 /dev/sda2 /dev/sdb2
/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md3 --level=0 --raid-devices=2 /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdd1
/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md2 --level=5 --raid-devices=4 \
/dev/sda4 /dev/sdb4 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdd2
The devices created can be examined by device. For example,
to see the details of /dev/md1,
use /sbin/mdadm --detail
/dev/md1:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Tue Feb 7 17:08:45 2012
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 10484664 (10.00 GiB 10.74 GB)
Used Dev Size : 10484664 (10.00 GiB 10.74 GB)
Raid Devices : 2
Total Devices : 2
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Tue Feb 7 23:11:53 2012
State : clean
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 2
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 0
Name : core2-blfs:0 (local to host core2-blfs)
UUID : fcb944a4:9054aeb2:d987d8fe:a89121f8
Events : 17
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
0 8 1 0 active sync /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
From this point, the partitions can be formatted with the
filesystem of choice (e.g. ext3, ext4, xfsprogs-6.4.0,
reiserfsprogs-3.6.27, etc). The
formatted partitions can then be mounted. The /etc/fstab file can use the devices created
for mounting at boot time and the linux command line in
/boot/grub/grub.cfg can specify
root=/dev/md1.
The swap devices should be specified in the /etc/fstab file as normal. The kernel
normally stripes swap data across multiple swap files and
should not be made part of a RAID array.
For further options and management details of RAID devices,
refer to man
mdadm.
Additional details for monitoring RAID arrays and dealing with problems can be found at the Linux RAID Wiki.
The mdadm package contains administration tools for software RAID.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/raid/mdadm/mdadm-4.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a304eb0a978ca81045620d06547050a6
Download size: 444 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
A MTA
Kernel versions in series 4.1 through 4.4.1 have a broken RAID implementation. Use a kernel with version at or above 4.4.2.
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel, if necessary. Only the RAID types desired are required.
Device Drivers ---> [*] Multiple devices driver support (RAID and LVM) ---> [MD] <*/M> RAID support [BLK_DEV_MD] [*] Autodetect RAID arrays during kernel boot [MD_AUTODETECT] # Only the RAID types desired are required: < /*/M> RAID-0 (striping) mode [MD_RAID0] < /*/M> RAID-1 (mirroring) mode [MD_RAID1] < /*/M> RAID-10 (mirrored striping) mode [MD_RAID10] < /*/M> RAID-4/RAID-5/RAID-6 mode [MD_RAID456]
Build mdadm by running the following command:
make
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make BINDIR=/usr/sbin install
make everything: This optional target creates extra programs, particularly a statically-linked version of mdadm. This needs to be manually installed.
--keep-going: Run the
tests to the end, even if one or more tests fail.
--logdir=test-logs:
Defines the directory where test logs are saved.
--save-logs:
Instructs the test suite to save the logs.
--tests=:
Optional comma separated list of tests to be executed (all
tests, if this option is not passed).
<test1,test2,...>
A new read-write driver for NTFS, called NTFS3, has been added into the Linux kernel since the 5.15 release. The performance of NTFS3 is much better than ntfs-3g. To enable NTFS3, enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
File systems ---> DOS/FAT/EXFAT/NT Filesystems ---> <*/M> NTFS Read-Write file system support [NTFS3_FS]
To ensure the mount command uses NTFS3 for ntfs partitions, create a wrapper script:
cat > /usr/sbin/mount.ntfs << "EOF" &&
#!/bin/sh
exec mount -t ntfs3 "$@"
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/sbin/mount.ntfs
With the kernel support available, ntfs-3g is only needed if you need the utilities from it (for example, to create NTFS filesystems).
The Ntfs-3g package contains a stable, read-write open source driver for NTFS partitions. NTFS partitions are used by most Microsoft operating systems. Ntfs-3g allows you to mount NTFS partitions in read-write mode from your Linux system. It uses the FUSE kernel module to be able to implement NTFS support in userspace. The package also contains various utilities useful for manipulating NTFS partitions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://tuxera.com/opensource/ntfs-3g_ntfsprogs-2022.10.3.tgz
Download MD5 sum: a038af61be7584b79f8922ff11244090
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
fuse 2.x (this disables user mounts)
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
File systems ---> <*/M> FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) support [FUSE_FS]
Note that it is only needed for mounting NTFS partitions with ntfs-3g. If you will use the in-kernel NTFS3 driver for mounting NTFS partitions (as the BLFS editors recommend) instead, you can skip this configuration item.
Install Ntfs-3g by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-fuse=internal \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/ntfs-3g-2022.10.3 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
It's recommended to use the in-kernel NTFS3 driver for mounting NTFS filesystems, instead of ntfs-3g (see the note at the start of this page). However, if you want to use ntfs-3g to mount the NTFS filesystems anyway, create a symlink for the mount command:
ln -sv ../bin/ntfs-3g /usr/sbin/mount.ntfs && ln -sv ntfs-3g.8 /usr/share/man/man8/mount.ntfs.8
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-fuse=internal:
This switch dynamically forces ntfs-3g to use an internal copy of the
fuse-2.x library. This is
required if you wish to allow users to mount NTFS partitions.
--disable-ntfsprogs: Disables
installation of various utilities used to manipulate NTFS
partitions.
chmod -v 4755 /usr/bin/ntfs-3g: Making mount.ntfs setuid root allows non root users to mount NTFS partitions.
To mount a Windows partition at boot time, put a line like this in /etc/fstab:
/dev/sda1 /mnt/windows auto defaults 0 0
To allow users to mount a usb stick with an NTFS filesystem on it, put a line similar to this (change sdc1 to whatever a usb stick would be on your system) in /etc/fstab:
/dev/sdc1 /mnt/usb auto user,noauto,umask=0,utf8 0 0
In order for a user to be able to mount the usb stick, they
will need to be able to write to /mnt/usb, so as the root user:
chmod -v 777 /mnt/usb
|
is similar to ntfs-3g but uses the Fuse low-level interface |
|
|
is a symlink to mkntfs |
|
|
creates an NTFS file system |
|
|
is a symlink to lowntfs-3g |
|
|
mounts an NTFS filesystem |
|
|
is a symbolic link to ntfs-3g |
|
|
is an NTFS driver, which can create, remove, rename, move files, directories, hard links, and streams. It can also read and write files, including streams, sparse files and transparently compressed files. It can also handle special files like symbolic links, devices, and FIFOs; moreover it provides standard management of file ownership and permissions, including POSIX ACLs |
|
|
tests if an NTFS volume is mountable read only or read-write, and exits with a status value accordingly. The volume can be a block device or image file |
|
|
identifies files in a specified region of an NTFS volume |
|
|
copies a file to an NTFS volume |
|
|
fixes common errors and forces Windows to check an NTFS partition |
|
|
lists directory contents on an NTFS filesystem |
|
|
prints NTFS files and streams on the standard output |
|
|
clones an NTFS filesystem |
|
|
compares two NTFS filesystems and shows the differences |
|
|
dumps a file's attributes |
|
|
displays or changes the label on an ntfs file system |
|
|
resizes an NTFS filesystem without data loss |
|
|
recovers a deleted file from an NTFS volume |
|
|
contains the Ntfs-3g API functions |
The gptfdisk package is a set of programs for creation and maintenance of GUID Partition Table (GPT) disk drives. A GPT partitioned disk is required for drives greater than 2 TB and is a modern replacement for legacy PC-BIOS partitioned disk drives that use a Master Boot Record (MBR). The main program, gdisk, has an interface similar to the classic fdisk program.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gptfdisk/gptfdisk-1.0.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 01c11ecfa454096543562e3068530e01
Download size: 212 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 0.2 SBU for tests)
The gptfdisk package comes
with a rudimentary Makefile.
First we update it to provide a simple build and install
interface and fix the location of a header file as well
fixing an issue introduced by a recent version of
popt. Install gptfdisk by running the following
commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../gptfdisk-1.0.9-convenience-1.patch && sed -i 's|ncursesw/||' gptcurses.cc && sed -i 's|sbin|usr/sbin|' Makefile && sed -i '/UUID_H/s/^.*$/#if defined (_UUID_UUID_H) || defined (_UL_LIBUUID_UUID_H)/' guid.cc && sed -i "/device =/s/= \(.*\);/= strdup(\1);/" gptcl.cc && make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
patch -Np1 ...:
This patch modifies the Makefile file so that it provides an
“install” target.
The Parted package is a disk partitioning and partition resizing tool.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/parted/parted-3.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/parted/parted-3.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 93d2d8f22baebc5eb65b85da05a79e4e
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB (additional 3 MB for the tests and additional 2 MB for optional PDF and Postscript documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional 3.6 SBU for the tests)
LVM2-2.03.22 (device-mapper, required if building udisks)
dosfstools-4.2, Pth-2.0.7, texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx), and Digest::CRC (for tests)
About 20 % more tests are run if the following kernel module is built:
Device Drivers ---> SCSI device support ---> [*] SCSI low-level drivers ---> [SCSI_LOWLEVEL] <M> SCSI debugging host and device simulator [SCSI_DEBUG]
Install Parted by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make && make -C doc html && makeinfo --html -o doc/html doc/parted.texi && makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/parted.txt doc/parted.texi
If you have texlive-20230313 installed and wish to create PDF and Postscript documentation issue the following commands:
cp build-aux/texinfo.tex doc && texi2pdf -o doc/parted.pdf doc/parted.texi && texi2dvi -o doc/parted.dvi doc/parted.texi && dvips -o doc/parted.ps doc/parted.dvi
To test the results, issue, as the root user:
make check
Many tests are skipped if not run as the root user.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/parted-3.6/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/parted-3.6/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/{FAT,API,parted.{txt,html}} \
/usr/share/doc/parted-3.6
Install the optional PDF and Postscript documentation by
issuing the following command as the root user:
install -v -m644 doc/FAT doc/API doc/parted.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
/usr/share/doc/parted-3.6
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-device-mapper: This
option disables device mapper support. Add this parameter if
you have not installed LVM2.
The reiserfsprogs package contains various utilities for use with the Reiser file system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/jeffm/reiserfsprogs/v3.6.27/reiserfsprogs-3.6.27.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 90c139542725efc6da3a6b1709695395
Download size: 439 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
File systems ---> <*/M> Reiserfs support (deprecated) [REISERFS_FS]
Install reiserfsprogs by running the following commands:
sed -i '/parse_time.h/i #define _GNU_SOURCE' lib/parse_time.c && autoreconf -fiv && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ...: Ensure a variable is defined for use with recent include files.
|
can sometimes help to solve problems with ReiserFS file systems. If it is called without options, it prints the super block of any ReiserFS file system found on the device |
|
|
creates a ReiserFS file system |
|
|
is used to check or repair a ReiserFS file system |
|
|
is used for tuning the ReiserFS journal. WARNING: Don't use this utility without first reading the man page thoroughly |
|
|
is used to resize an unmounted ReiserFS file system |
The smartmontools package contains utility programs (smartctl, smartd) to control/monitor storage systems using the Self-Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology System (S.M.A.R.T.) built into most modern ATA and SCSI disks.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/smartmontools/smartmontools-7.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 178d31a6ff5256c093227ab45a3f52aa
Download size: 1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
cURL-8.2.1 or Lynx-2.8.9rel.1 or Wget-1.21.4 (download tools), and GnuPG-2.4.3 (encrypted hard disks)
Install smartmontools by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/smartmontools-7.4 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
See the embedded comments in /etc/smartd.conf for detailed
instructions on customizing the smartd daemon.
The Sshfs package contains a filesystem client based on the SSH File Transfer Protocol. This is useful for mounting a remote computer that you have ssh access to as a local filesystem. This allows you to drag and drop files or run shell commands on the remote files as if they were on your local computer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libfuse/sshfs/releases/download/sshfs-3.7.3/sshfs-3.7.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f704f0d1800bdb5214030a1603e8c6d6
Download size: 56 KB
Estimated disk space required: 0.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Fuse-3.16.1, GLib-2.76.4, and OpenSSH-9.4p1.
docutils-0.20.1 (required to build the man page)
Install Sshfs by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
To mount an ssh server you need to be able to log into the server. For example, to mount your remote home folder to the local ~/examplepath (the directory must exist and you must have permissions to write to it):
sshfs example.com:/home/userid ~/examplepath
When you've finished work and want to unmount it again:
fusermount3 -u ~/example
You can also mount an sshfs
filesystem at boot by adding an entry similar to the
following in the /etc/fstab
file:
[email protected]:/path /media/path fuse.sshfs _netdev,IdentityFile=/home/userid/.ssh/id_rsa 0 0See man 1 sshfs and man 8 mount.fuse3 for all available mount options.
The xfsprogs package contains administration and debugging tools for the XFS file system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/fs/xfs/xfsprogs/xfsprogs-6.4.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 81c09e5ea47412c3a109a316cf4dd39d
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 56 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
ICU-73.2 (for unicode name scanning in xfs_scrub)
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
File systems ---> <*/M> XFS filesystem support [XFS_FS]
Install xfsprogs by running the following commands:
make DEBUG=-DNDEBUG \
INSTALL_USER=root \
INSTALL_GROUP=root
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PKG_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/xfsprogs-6.4.0 install &&
make PKG_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/xfsprogs-6.4.0 install-dev &&
rm -rfv /usr/lib/libhandle.{a,la}
make DEBUG=-DNDEBUG: Turns off debugging symbols.
INSTALL_USER=root
INSTALL_GROUP=root: This sets the owner and group
of the installed files.
OPTIMIZER="...": Adding this
parameter to the end of the make command overrides the
default optimization settings.
|
simply exits with a zero status, since XFS partitions are checked at mount time |
|
|
constructs an XFS file system |
|
|
changes the parameters of an XFS file system |
|
|
prints block mapping for an XFS file |
|
|
copies the contents of an XFS file system to one or more targets in parallel |
|
|
for each directory argument, estimates the space that directory would take if it were copied to an XFS filesystem (does not cross mount points) |
|
|
is used to debug an XFS file system |
|
|
suspends access to an XFS file system |
|
|
applicable only to XFS filesystems, improves the organization of mounted filesystems, the reorganization algorithm operates on one file at a time, compacting or otherwise improving the layout of the file extents (contiguous blocks of file data) |
|
|
expands an XFS file system |
|
|
is equivalent to invoking xfs_growfs, but specifying that no change to the file system is to be made |
|
|
is a debugging tool like xfs_db, but is aimed at examining the regular file I/O path rather than the raw XFS volume itself |
|
|
prints the log of an XFS file system |
|
|
restores an XFS metadump image to a filesystem image |
|
|
copies XFS filesystem metadata to a file |
|
|
creates an XFS file, padded with zeroes by default |
|
|
generates pathnames from inode numbers for an XFS file system |
|
|
is a utility for reporting and editing various aspects of filesystem quotas |
|
|
repairs corrupt or damaged XFS file systems |
|
|
copies a file to the real-time partition on an XFS file system |
|
|
checks and repairs the contents of a mounted XFS file system |
|
|
scrubs all mounted XFS file systems |
|
|
reports and controls free space usage in an XFS file system |
|
|
contains XFS-specific functions that provide a way to perform certain filesystem operations without using a file descriptor to access filesystem objects |
The efivar package provides tools and libraries to manipulate EFI variables.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/rhboot/efivar/releases/download/38/efivar-38.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 243fdbc48440212695cb9c6e6fd0f44f
Download size: 316 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Optional patch (Required for 32-bit systems): https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/efivar-38-i686-1.patch
First, fix an issue in Makefile causing the package to be rebuilt during installation:
sed '/prep :/a\\ttouch prep' -i src/Makefile
This package cannot function properly on a 32-bit system with a 64-bit UEFI implementation. Don't install this package (or efibootmgr) on 32-bit system unless you are absolutely sure you have a 32-bit UEFI implementation, which is very rare in practice.
If building this package on a 32-bit system, apply a patch:
[ $(getconf LONG_BIT) = 64 ] || patch -Np1 -i ../efivar-38-i686-1.patch
Build efivar with the following commands:
make ERRORS=
The test suite of this package is dangerous. Running it may trigger firmware bugs and make your system unusable without using some special hardware to reprogram the firmware.
Now, as the root user:
make install LIBDIR=/usr/lib
ERRORS=: This option
overrides the -Werror passed to
GCC by default, so the package won't fail to build with the
-Wenum-int-mismatch warning
introduced in GCC 13.
LIBDIR=/usr/lib: This
option overrides the default library directory of the package
(/usr/lib64, which is not used
by LFS.)
The efibootmgr package provides tools and libraries to manipulate EFI variables.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/rhboot/efibootmgr/archive/18/efibootmgr-18.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e170147da25e1d5f72721ffc46fe4e06
Download size: 48 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build efibootmgr with the following commands:
make EFIDIR=LFS EFI_LOADER=grubx64.efi
This package does not have a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install EFIDIR=LFS
EFIDIR=LFS: This
option specifies the distro's subdirectory name under
/boot/efi/EFI. The building
system of this package needs it to be set explicitly.
EFI_LOADER=grubx64.efi: This
option specifies the name of the default EFI boot loader. It
is set to match the EFI boot loader provided by GRUB .
The GRUB package provides GRand Unified Bootloader. In this page it will be built with UEFI support, which is not enabled for GRUB built in LFS.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/grub/grub-2.06.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cf0fd928b1e5479c8108ee52cb114363
Download size: 6.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 183 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (on 64-bit LFS, using parallelism=4)
Unicode font data used to display GRUB menu
Download (HTTP): https://unifoundry.com/pub/unifont/unifont-15.0.06/font-builds/unifont-15.0.06.pcf.gz
Download MD5 sum: 94ff8cb4d5674cd2f38b00cede5e06d5
Download size: 1.4 MB
GCC (only needed if building on 32-bit LFS)
Refer to GCC-13.2.0 page for download info.
efibootmgr-18 (runtime) and FreeType-2.13.1
First, install font data as the root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/fonts/unifont && gunzip -c ../unifont-15.0.06.pcf.gz > /usr/share/fonts/unifont/unifont.pcf
Unset any environment variables which may affect the build:
unset {C,CPP,CXX,LD}FLAGS
Don't try “tuning” this package with custom compilation flags: this package is a bootloader, with low-level operations in the source code which is likely to be broken by some aggressive optimizations.
Fix an issue causing grub-install to fail when
the /boot partition (or the
root partition if /boot is not
a separate partition) is created by e2fsprogs-1.47.0 or
later:
patch -Np1 -i ../grub-2.06-upstream_fixes-1.patch
If you are running a 32-bit LFS, prepare a 64-bit compiler:
case $(uname -m) in i?86 )
tar xf ../gcc-13.2.0.tar.xz
mkdir gcc-13.2.0/build
pushd gcc-13.2.0/build
../configure --prefix=$PWD/../../x86_64-gcc \
--target=x86_64-linux-gnu \
--with-system-zlib \
--enable-languages=c,c++ \
--with-ld=/usr/bin/ld
make all-gcc
make install-gcc
popd
export TARGET_CC=$PWD/x86_64-gcc/bin/x86_64-linux-gnu-gcc
esac
Build GRUB with the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-efiemu \
--enable-grub-mkfont \
--with-platform=efi \
--target=x86_64 \
--disable-werror &&
unset TARGET_CC &&
make
This package does not have a test suite providing meaningful results.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv -v /etc/bash_completion.d/grub /usr/share/bash-completion/completions
--enable-grub-mkfont:
Build the tool named grub-mkfont to generate the
font file for the boot loader from the font data we've
installed.
If the recommended dependency FreeType-2.13.1 is not installed, it is possible to omit this option and build GRUB. However, if grub-mkfont is not built, or the unicode font data is not available at the time GRUB is built, GRUB won't install any font for the boot loader. The GRUB boot menu will be displayed using a coarse font or in a smaller region on the screen.
--with-platform=efi:
Ensures building GRUB with EFI enabled.
--target=x86_64:
Ensures building GRUB for x86_64 even if building on a 32-bit
LFS system. Most EFI firmware on x86_64 does not support
32-bit bootloaders.
--target=i386: A few 32-bit x86
platforms have EFI support. And, some x86_64 platforms have a
32-bit EFI implementation, but they are very old and rare.
Use this instead of --target=x86_64 if you are
absolutely sure
that LFS is running on such a system.
Using GRUB to make the LFS system bootable on UEFI platform will be discussed in Using GRUB to Set Up the Boot Process with UEFI.
See the page for GRUB in LFS book.
BLFS does not have the essential packages to support Secure Boot. To set up the boot process with GRUB and UEFI in BLFS, Secure Boot must be turned off from the configuration interface of the firmware. Read the documentation provided by the manufacturer of your system to find out how.
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Processor type and features ---> [*] EFI runtime service support [EFI] -*- Enable the block layer ---> [BLOCK] Partition Types ---> [ /*] Advanced partition selection [PARTITION_ADVANCED] [*] EFI GUID Partition support [EFI_PARTITION] Device Drivers ---> Firmware Drivers ---> [*] Mark VGA/VBE/EFI FB as generic system framebuffer [SYSFB_SIMPLEFB] Graphics support ---> <*> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 4.1.0 and higher DRI support) ---> ... [DRM] [*] Enable legacy fbdev support for your modesetting driver ... [DRM_FBDEV_EMULATION] <*> Simple framebuffer driver [DRM_SIMPLEDRM] Frame buffer Devices ---> <*> Support for frame buffer devices ---> [FB] Console display driver support ---> -*- Framebuffer Console support [FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE] File systems ---> DOS/FAT/EXFAT/NT Filesystems ---> <*/M> VFAT (Windows-95) fs support [VFAT_FS] Pseudo filesystems ---> <*/M> EFI Variable filesystem [EFIVAR_FS] -*- Native language support ---> [NLS] <*/M> Codepage 437 (United States, Canada) [NLS_CODEPAGE_437] <*/M> NLS ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1; Western European Languages) [NLS_ISO8859_1]
The meaning of the configuration options:
CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED
If it's not enabled, CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION will
be enabled automatically. But when it's enabled, you
must set CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION to
enabled as well.
CONFIG_SYSFB_SIMPLEFB,
CONFIG_DRM,
CONFIG_DRM_FBDEV_EMULATION,
CONFIG_DRM_SIMPLEDRM,
CONFIG_FB, and
CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE
The combination of these options provides the Linux console support on top of the UEFI framebuffer. To allow the kernel to print debug messages at an early boot stage, they shouldn't be built as kernel modules unless an initramfs will be used.
Ensure that an emergency boot disk is ready to “rescue” the system in case the
system becomes un-bootable. To make an emergency boot disk
with GRUB for an EFI based system, find a spare USB flash
drive and create a vfat file
system on it. Install dosfstools-4.2 first, then as the
root user:
The following command will erase all directories and files
in the partition. Make sure your USB flash drive contains
no data which will be needed, and change sdx1 to the device node
corresponding to the first partition of the USB flash
drive. Be careful not to overwrite your hard drive with a
typo!
mkfs.vfat /dev/sdx1
Still as the root user, use
the fdisk
utility to set the first partition of the USB flash drive to
be an “EFI
system” partition (change sdx to the device node
corresponding to your USB flash drive):
fdisk /dev/sdxWelcome to fdisk (util-linux 2.39.1). Changes will remain in memory only, until you decide to write them. Be careful before using the write command. Command (m for help):tPartition number (1-9, default 9):1Partition type or alias (type L to list all):uefiChanged type of partition 'Linux filesystem' to 'EFI System'. Command (m for help):wThe partition table has been altered. Syncing disks.
Still as the root user,
create a mount point for the EFI partition on the USB flash
drive and mount it:
mount --mkdir -v -t vfat /dev/sdx1 -o codepage=437,iocharset=iso8859-1 \
/mnt/rescue
Install GRUB for EFI on the partition:
grub-install --target=x86_64-efi --removable \
--efi-directory=/mnt/rescue --boot-directory=/mnt/rescue
Unmount the partition:
umount /mnt/rescue
Now the USB flash drive can be used as an emergency boot disk on any x86-64 UEFI platform. It will boot the system and show the GRUB shell. Then you can type commands to boot your operating system from the hard drive. To learn how to select the boot device, read the manual of your motherboard or laptop.
On EFI based systems, the bootloaders are installed in a
special FAT32 partition called an EFI System Partition (ESP). If
your system supports EFI, and a recent version of some Linux
distribution or Windows is pre-installed, it's likely that
the ESP has already been created. As the root user, list all the partitions on
your hard drive (replace sda with the device
corresponding to the appropriate hard drive):
fdisk -l /dev/sda
The “Type” column of the ESP should be
EFI System.
If the system or the hard drive is new, or it's the first
installation of a UEFI-booted OS on the system, the ESP may
not exist. In that case, install dosfstools-4.2
first. Then create a new partition, make a vfat file system on it, and set the
partition type to “EFI system”. See the instructions
for the emergency boot device above as a reference.
Some (old) UEFI implementations may require the ESP to be the first partition on the disk.
Now, as the root user, create
the mount point for the ESP, and mount it (replace
sda1 with the
device node corresponding to the ESP):
mount --mkdir -v -t vfat /dev/sda1 -o codepage=437,iocharset=iso8859-1 \
/boot/efi
If you want to mount the ESP automatically during system
boot, as the root user, add
an entry for the ESP into /etc/fstab:
cat >> /etc/fstab << EOF
/dev/sda1 /boot/efi vfat codepage=437,iocharset=iso8859-1 0 1
EOF
On UEFI based systems, GRUB works by installing an EFI
application (a special kind of executable) into the ESP. The
EFI firmware will search boot loaders in EFI applications
from boot entries recorded in EFI variables, and additionally
a hardcoded path EFI/BOOT/BOOTX64.EFI. Normally, a boot
loader should be installed into a custom path and the path
should be recorded in the EFI variables. The use of the
hardcoded path should be avoided if possible. However, in
some cases we have to use the hardcoded path:
The system is not booted with EFI yet, making EFI variables inaccessible.
The EFI firmware is 64-bit but the LFS system is 32-bit, making EFI variables inaccessible because the kernel cannot invoke EFI runtime services with a different virtual address length.
LFS is built for a Live USB, so we cannot rely on EFI variables, which are stored in NVRAM or EEPROM on the local machine.
You are unable or unwilling to install the efibootmgr for manipulating boot entries in EFI variables.
In these cases, follow these instructions to install the GRUB EFI application into the hardcoded path and make a minimal boot configuration. Otherwise it's better to skip ahead and set up the boot configuration normally.
To install GRUB with the EFI application in the hardcoded
path EFI/BOOT/BOOTX64.EFI,
first ensure the boot partition is mounted at /boot and the ESP is mounted at
/boot/efi. Then, as the
root user, run the command:
This command will overwrite /boot/efi/EFI/BOOT/BOOTX64.EFI. It may
break a bootloader already installed there. Back it up if
you are not sure.
grub-install --target=x86_64-efi --removable
This command will install the GRUB EFI application into the
hardcoded path /boot/efi/EFI/BOOT/BOOTX64.EFI, so the EFI
firmware can find and load it. The remaining GRUB files are
installed in the /boot/grub
directory and will be loaded by BOOTX64.EFI during system boot.
The EFI firmware usually prefers the EFI applications with a path stored in EFI variables to the EFI application at the hardcoded path. So you may need to invoke the boot selection menu or firmware setting interface to select the newly installed GRUB manually on the next boot. Read the manual of your motherboard or laptop to learn how.
If you've followed the instructions in this section and set up a minimal boot configuration, now skip ahead to “Creating the GRUB Configuration File”.
The installation of GRUB on a UEFI platform requires that the
EFI Variable file system, efivarfs, is mounted. As the root user, mount it if it's not already
mounted:
mountpoint /sys/firmware/efi/efivars || mount -v -t efivarfs efivarfs /sys/firmware/efi/efivars
If the system is booted with UEFI and systemd, efivarfs will be mounted automatically.
However, in the LFS chroot environment it still needs to be
mounted manually.
If the system is not booted with UEFI, the directory
/sys/firmware/efi will be
missing. In this case you should boot the system in UEFI
mode with the emergency boot disk or using a minimal boot
configuration created as above, then mount efivarfs and continue.
On UEFI based systems, GRUB works by installing an EFI
application (a special kind of executable) into /boot/efi/EFI/[id]/grubx64.efi, where
/boot/efi is the mount point of
the ESP, and [id] is replaced
with an identifier specified in the grub-install command line.
GRUB will create an entry in the EFI variables containing the
path EFI/[id]/grubx64.efi so the
EFI firmware can find grubx64.efi and load it.
grubx64.efi is very lightweight
(136 KB with GRUB-2.06) so it will not use much space in the
ESP. A typical ESP size is 100 MB (for Windows boot manager,
which uses about 50 MB in the ESP). Once grubx64.efi has been loaded by the
firmware, it will load GRUB modules from the boot partition.
The default location is /boot/grub.
As the root user, install the
GRUB files into /boot/efi/EFI/LFS/grubx64.efi and
/boot/grub. Then set up the
boot entry in the EFI variables:
grub-install --bootloader-id=LFS --recheck
If the installation is successful, the output should be:
Installing for x86_64-efi platform.
Installation finished. No error reported.Issue the efibootmgr | cut -f 1 command to recheck the EFI boot configuration. An example of the output is:
BootCurrent: 0000
Timeout: 1 seconds
BootOrder: 0005,0000,0002,0001,0003,0004
Boot0000* ARCH
Boot0001* UEFI:CD/DVD Drive
Boot0002* Windows Boot Manager
Boot0003* UEFI:Removable Device
Boot0004* UEFI:Network Device
Boot0005* LFS
Note that 0005 is the first in
the BootOrder, and Boot0005 is LFS. This means that on the next boot, the
version of GRUB installed by LFS will be used to boot the
system.
Generate /boot/grub/grub.cfg to
configure the boot menu of GRUB:
cat > /boot/grub/grub.cfg << EOF
# Begin /boot/grub/grub.cfg
set default=0
set timeout=5
insmod part_gpt
insmod ext2
set root=(hd0,2)
insmod all_video
if loadfont /boot/grub/fonts/unicode.pf2; then
terminal_output gfxterm
fi
menuentry "GNU/Linux, Linux 6.4.10-lfs-12.0" {
linux /boot/vmlinuz-6.4.10-lfs-12.0 root=/dev/sda2 ro
}
menuentry "Firmware Setup" {
fwsetup
}
EOF
Refer to the
LFS book for the basic knowledge about the grub.cfg file. (hd0,2), sda2,
and 6.4.10-lfs-12.0 must match
your configuration.
The insmod all_video directive loads various modules for video support. It's needed to initialize the EFI framebuffer for the kernel to print messages correctly before the kernel GPU driver initialization.
The terminal_output
gfxterm directive changes the display
resolution of the GRUB menu to match your display device. It
will break the rendering if the unicode.pf2 font data file is not loaded,
so it's guarded by a if directive.
From GRUB's perspective, the files are relative to the
partitions used. If you used a separate /boot partition,
remove /boot from the above paths (to kernel and to
unicode.pf2). You will also
need to change the "set root" line to point to the boot
partition.
The Firmware Setup entry can be
used to enter the configuration interface provided by the
firmware (sometimes called “BIOS
configuration”).
Add a menu entry for Windows into grub.cfg:
cat >> /boot/grub/grub.cfg << EOF
# Begin Windows addition
menuentry "Windows 11" {
insmod fat
insmod chain
set root=(hd0,1)
chainloader /EFI/Microsoft/Boot/bootmgfw.efi
}
EOF
(hd0,1) should be replaced with
the GRUB designated name for the ESP. The chainloader directive can be used to tell
GRUB to run another EFI executable, in this case the Windows
Boot Manager. You may put more usable tools in EFI executable
format (for example, an EFI shell) into the ESP and create
GRUB entries for them, as well.
This chapter is referenced in the LFS book for those wishing to use other editors on their LFS system. You're also shown how some LFS installed programs benefit from being recompiled after GUI libraries have been installed.
Bluefish is a GTK+ text editor targeted towards programmers and web designers, with many options to write websites, scripts and programming code. Bluefish supports many programming and markup languages, and it focuses on editing dynamic and interactive websites.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.bennewitz.com/bluefish/stable/source/bluefish-2.2.14.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c99b6b1ba3e3e70b032936182bb0b387
Download size: 4.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 53 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38 (If both are installed, configure defaults to using GTK+ 3)
desktop-file-utils-0.26 (for updating the desktop database)
enchant-2.5.0 (for spell checking), Gucharmap-15.0.4, PCRE-8.45 and Jing
Install Bluefish by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/bluefish-2.2.14 && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/icon-theme.cache
and /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have desktop-file-utils-0.26 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -t -f --include-image-data /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database
Ed is a line-oriented text editor. It is used to create, display, modify and otherwise manipulate text files, both interactively and via shell scripts. Ed isn't something which many people use. It's described here because it can be used by the patch program if you encounter an ed-based patch file. This happens rarely because diff-based patches are preferred these days.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ed/ed-1.19.tar.lz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ed/ed-1.19.tar.lz
Download MD5 sum: fa861f0c9ebb8c0e1b79fda770a73b1c
Download size: 65 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libarchive-3.7.1 (for bsdtar)
Install Ed by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Emacs package contains an extensible, customizable, self-documenting real-time display editor.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/emacs-29.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/emacs-29.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e0631d868a13b503a5feef042435b67c
Download size: 50 MB
Estimated disk space required: 732 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
HarfBuzz-8.1.1, giflib-5.2.1, GnuTLS-3.8.1, jansson-2.14, and libtiff-4.5.1
a graphical environment, alsa-lib-1.2.9, Cairo-1.17.6, dbus-1.14.8, GConf-3.2.6, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, GPM-1.20.7, GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38, ImageMagick-7.1.1-15, Little CMS-2.14, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, librsvg-2.56.3, libseccomp-2.5.4, libwebp-1.3.1, libxml2-2.10.4, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, SQLite-3.42.0, Valgrind-3.21.0, intlfonts, libungif, libotf, and m17n-lib - to correctly display such complex scripts as Indic and Khmer, and also for scripts that require Arabic shaping support (Arabic and Farsi), mailutils, and libXaw3d
Install Emacs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite. If make succeeds, you can test the result by running src/emacs -Q, which is the program that will be installed, with its auxiliary files. This should start and display the application opening screen.
Now, as the root user:
make install && chown -v -R root:root /usr/share/emacs/29.1
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
you can improve system performance and memory usage by
updating /usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme. To
perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38
installed and issue the following command as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qtf /usr/share/icons/hicolor
--with-imagemagick: Use this if
you have installed ImageMagick-7.1.1-15 and wish to
link against it.
--with-gif=no: Use this if you
have not installed giflib-5.2.1 or libungif.
--with-tiff=no: Use this if you
have not installed libtiff-4.5.1.
--with-gnutls=no: Use this if you
have not installed GnuTLS-3.8.1.
--without-harfbuzz: Use this if
you have not installed HarfBuzz-8.1.1.
--with-json=no: Use this if you
have not installed jansson-2.14.
The Gedit package contains a lightweight UTF-8 text editor for the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gedit/46/gedit-46.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gedit/46/gedit-46.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 74cc927f8c41e7ccd2352c90d1086974
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 50 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, itstool-2.0.7, libpeas-1.36.0, libgeditsourceview-299.0.4, and tepl-6.8.0
gspell-1.12.2, Gvfs-1.50.6 (runtime), ISO Codes-4.15.0, and PyGObject-3.44.1 (Python 3 module)
First change the meson.build
script so that it can accept a release build.
sed -i s/plain/release/ meson.build
Install Gedit by running the following commands:
mkdir gedit-build &&
cd gedit-build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
-Dgtk_doc=false: This
switch disables generating the API documentation. Omit this
switch if you have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
generate the API documentation.
JOE (Joe's own editor) is a small text editor capable of emulating WordStar, Pico, and Emacs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/joe-editor/joe-4.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9017484e6116830d846678b625ea5c43
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install JOE by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/joe-4.6 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -vm 755 joe/util/{stringify,termidx,uniproc} /usr/bin
|
is a symbolic link to joe used to launch Emacs emulation mode |
|
|
is a small text editor capable of emulating WordStar, Pico, and Emacs |
|
|
is a symbolic link to joe used to launch Pico emulation mode |
|
|
is a symbolic link to joe used to launch WordStar emulation mode |
|
|
is a symbolic link to joe that restricts JOE to editing only files which are specified on the command-line |
|
|
is a program used by joe to convert rc and .jsf files into a C file (see /usr/share/doc/joe-4.6/util/README) |
|
|
is a program used by joe to generate the termcap index file (see /usr/share/doc/joe-4.6/util/README) |
|
|
is a program used by joe to generate joe's unicode database file unicat.c from Blocks.txt CaseFolding.txt EastAsianWidth.txt and UnicodeData.txt (find them at /usr/share/doc/joe-4.6/util; see usr/share/doc/joe-4.6/util/README) |
The Kate package contains an advanced KF5 based graphical text editor.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/kate-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f96d29bdd182788cc8aeb788de8de07e
Download size: 7.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 211 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Install Kate by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Mousepad is a simple GTK+ 3 text editor for the Xfce desktop environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/mousepad/0.5/mousepad-0.5.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4c6cde9a05c6f8048133d8d4137edca9
Download size: 937.2 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
DConf-0.40.0 (runtime) and dbus-glib-0.112
Install Mousepad by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-keyfile-settings && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-keyfile-settings: Use
the GSettings keyfile backend rather than the default
DConf-0.40.0.
The Nano package contains a small, simple text editor which aims to replace Pico, the default editor in the Pine package.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.nano-editor.org/dist/v7/nano-7.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 13742c686c6ddb0b7b294634f0c13cec
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install Nano by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-utf8 \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/nano-7.2 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/{nano.html,sample.nanorc} /usr/share/doc/nano-7.2
--enable-utf8: This
switch enables unicode support in Nano.
Example configuration (create as a system-wide /etc/nanorc or a personal ~/.nanorc file)
set autoindent
set constantshow
set fill 72
set historylog
set multibuffer
set nohelp
set positionlog
set quickblank
set regexp
Check the sample.nanorc file
in the installed documentation directory. It includes color
configurations and has some documentation included in the
comments.
Syntax highlighting is provided for several file types, in
/usr/share/nano/ directory.
E.g., for shell scripts, you can insert include /usr/share/nano/sh.nanorc in the
personal or global configuration file. If you wish
highlighting for all supported files, use include /usr/share/nano/*.nanorc. This
include does not descend into the extra directory. Move required files one
level up.
The Vim package, which is an abbreviation for VI IMproved, contains a vi clone with extra features as compared to the original vi.
The default LFS instructions install vim as a part of the base system. If you would prefer to link vim against X, you should recompile vim to enable GUI mode. There is no need for special instructions since X support is automatically detected.
The version of vim changes daily. To get the latest version, go to https://github.com/vim/vim/releases.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/vim/vim-9.0.1677.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 65e6b09ef0628a2d8eba79f1d1d5a564
Download size: 16 MB
Estimated disk space required: 127 MB (add 67 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with parallelism=4; add 3.0 SBU for tests)
a graphical environment and GTK+-3.24.38
GPM-1.20.7, Lua-5.4.6, rsync-3.2.7, and Ruby-3.2.2
If you recompile Vim to
link against X and your
X libraries are not on the
root partition, you will no longer have an editor for use
in emergencies. You may choose to install an additional
editor, not link Vim
against X, or move the
current vim
executable to the /bin
directory under a different name such as vi.
Install Vim by running the following commands:
If you intend to run the tests and have not installed Xorg in /usr, append LDFLAGS='-L$XORG_PREFIX/lib' to the configure line below.
echo '#define SYS_VIMRC_FILE "/etc/vimrc"' >> src/feature.h &&
echo '#define SYS_GVIMRC_FILE "/etc/gvimrc"' >> src/feature.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-features=huge \
--enable-gui=gtk3 \
--with-tlib=ncursesw &&
make
If the global configuration file /etc/vimrc references the VIMRUNTIME environment variable, some tests
may complain about being unable to find the corresponding
directory and wait for user input. If this is the case,
this file should be saved and removed before running the
tests.
To test the results, issue: make -j1 test. Even if one
of the tests fails to produce the file test.out in src/testdir, the remaining tests will still
be executed. If all goes well, the log will report
ALL DONE. Some tests labelled as
“flaky” may fail occasionally and
can be ignored. The tests are known to fail if the output is
redirected to a file, and also if they are run in a 'screen'
session.
Some color tests expect to be executed under the xterm terminal emulator.
Now, as the root user:
make install
By default, Vim's documentation is installed in /usr/share/vim. The following symlink
allows the documentation to be accessed via /usr/share/doc/vim-9.0.1677, making it
consistent with the location of documentation for other
packages:
ln -snfv ../vim/vim90/doc /usr/share/doc/vim-9.0.1677
If you wish to update the runtime files, issue the following command (requires rsync-3.2.7):
rsync -avzcP --exclude="/dos/" --exclude="/spell/" \
ftp.nluug.nl::Vim/runtime/ ./runtime/
To install the runtime files and regenerate the tags file, as the root user issue:
make -C src installruntime && vim -c ":helptags /usr/share/doc/vim-9.0.1677" -c ":q"
--with-features=huge:
This switch enables all the additional features available in
Vim, including support for
multibyte characters.
--with-tlib=ncursesw:
This switch forces Vim to link against the libncursesw library.
--enable-gui=no: This will
prevent compilation of the GUI. Vim will still link against X, so that some features such as the
client-server model or the x11-selection (clipboard) are
still available.
--without-x: If you prefer not to
link Vim against
X, use this switch.
--enable-luainterp, --enable-perlinterp, --enable-python3interp=dynamic, --enable-tclinterp --with-tclsh=tclsh,
--enable-rubyinterp: These
options include the Lua, Perl, Python3, Tcl, or Ruby
interpreters that allow using other application code in
vim scripts. All the
--enable-... options can accept
=dynamic to dynamically load the
interpreter when needed. This is required for Python 3 to prevent segmentation faults.
For tcl, it is necessary to
indicate the name of the tclsh executable, since
configure only
searches versioned names with old versions.
Vim has an integrated spell checker which you can enable by issuing the following in a vim window:
:setlocal spell spelllang=ruThis setting will enable spell checking for the Russian language for the current session.
By default, Vim only
installs spell files for the English language. If a spell
file is not available for a language, then Vim will call the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/spellfile.vim plugin
and will try to obtain the *.spl and optionally *.sug from
the vim ftp server, by using the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
plugin.
Alternatively you can manually download the *.spl and *.sug
files from: ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/runtime/spell/
and save them to ~/.vim/spell
or in /usr/share/vim/vim90/spell/.
To find out what's new in Vim-9.0.1677 issue the following command:
:help version-9.0.1677For additional information on setting up Vim configuration files, see The vimrc Files and https://vim.fandom.com/wiki/Example_vimrc.
A list of the reinstalled files, along with their short descriptions can be found in the LFS Vim Installation Instructions.
We are all familiar with the Bourne Again SHell, but there are two other user interfaces that are considered useful modern shells – the Berkeley Unix C shell and the Korn shell. This chapter installs packages compatible with these additional shell types.
Dash is a POSIX compliant
shell. It can be installed as /bin/sh or as the default shell
for either root or a second
user with a userid of 0. It depends on fewer libraries than
the Bash shell and is
therefore less likely to be affected by an upgrade problem or
disk failure. Dash is also
useful for checking that a script is completely compatible
with POSIX syntax.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://gondor.apana.org.au/~herbert/dash/files/dash-0.5.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 57222b768b84003ea4b801e5d5e0e52b
Download size: 244 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libedit (command line editor library)
Install Dash by running the following commands:
./configure --bindir=/bin --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you would like to make dash the default
sh, recreate
the /bin/sh symlink as the
root user:
If you create the symbolic link from dash to sh, you will need to reset the link to bash to build LFS.
ln -svf dash /bin/sh
--bindir=/bin: This
parameter places the dash binary into the root
filesystem.
--with-libedit: To compile
Dash with libedit support.
The Tcsh package contains “an enhanced but completely compatible version of the Berkeley Unix C shell (csh)”. This is useful as an alternative shell for those who prefer C syntax to that of the bash shell, and also because some programs require the C shell in order to perform installation tasks.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://astron.com/pub/tcsh/tcsh-6.24.10.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.astron.com/pub/tcsh/tcsh-6.24.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8fe4421f3cac3f230b3fe88df6ccff5f
Download size: 936 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
Install Tcsh by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install install.man && ln -v -sf tcsh /bin/csh && ln -v -sf tcsh.1 /usr/share/man/man1/csh.1
ln -v -sf tcsh
/bin/csh: The FHS states that if there is a
C shell installed, there
should be a symlink from /bin/csh to it. This creates that symlink.
There are numerous configuration files for the C shell.
Examples of these are /etc/csh.cshrc, /etc/csh.login, /etc/csh.logout, ~/.tcshrc, ~/.cshrc, ~/.history, ~/.cshdirs, ~/.login, and ~/.logout. More information on these
files can be found in the tcsh(1) man page.
Update /etc/shells to include
the C shell program names (as the root user):
cat >> /etc/shells << "EOF"
/bin/tcsh
/bin/csh
EOF
The following ~/.cshrc
provides two alternative colour prompts and coloured
ls output. If
you prefer a global modification, issue the command as the
root user, replacing
~/.cshrc by /etc/csh.cshrc.
cat > ~/.cshrc << "EOF"
# Original at:
# https://www.cs.umd.edu/~srhuang/teaching/code_snippets/prompt_color.tcsh.html
# Modified by the BLFS Development Team.
# Add these lines to your ~/.cshrc (or to /etc/csh.cshrc).
# Colors!
set red="%{\033[1;31m%}"
set green="%{\033[0;32m%}"
set yellow="%{\033[1;33m%}"
set blue="%{\033[1;34m%}"
set magenta="%{\033[1;35m%}"
set cyan="%{\033[1;36m%}"
set white="%{\033[0;37m%}"
set end="%{\033[0m%}" # This is needed at the end...
# Setting the actual prompt. Two separate versions for you to try, pick
# whichever one you like better, and change the colors as you want.
# Just don't mess with the ${end} guy in either line... Comment out or
# delete the prompt you don't use.
set prompt="${green}%n${blue}@%m ${white}%~ ${green}%%${end} "
set prompt="[${green}%n${blue}@%m ${white}%~ ]${end} "
# This was not in the original URL above
# Provides coloured ls
alias ls ls --color=always
# Clean up after ourselves...
unset red green yellow blue magenta cyan yellow white end
EOF
The zsh package contains a command interpreter (shell) usable as an interactive login shell and as a shell script command processor. Of the standard shells, zsh most closely resembles ksh but includes many enhancements.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.zsh.org/pub/zsh-5.9.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 182e37ca3fe3fa6a44f69ad462c5c30e
Download size: 3.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 48 MB (includes documentation and tests)
Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU (Using parallelism=4; includes documentation and tests)
Optional Documentation: https://www.zsh.org/pub/zsh-5.9-doc.tar.xz
Documentation MD5 sum: 8db53446f613521fb4f9b0bd9f6adda1
Documentation download size: 3.0 MB
When there is a new zsh release, the old files shown above are moved to a new server directory: https://www.zsh.org/pub/old/.
If you downloaded the optional documentation, unpack it with the following command:
tar --strip-components=1 -xvf ../zsh-5.9-doc.tar.xz
Install zsh by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/zsh \
--enable-etcdir=/etc/zsh \
--enable-cap \
--enable-gdbm &&
make &&
makeinfo Doc/zsh.texi --plaintext -o Doc/zsh.txt &&
makeinfo Doc/zsh.texi --html -o Doc/html &&
makeinfo Doc/zsh.texi --html --no-split --no-headers -o Doc/zsh.html
If you have texlive-20230313 installed, you can build PDF format of the documentation by issuing the following command:
texi2pdf Doc/zsh.texi -o Doc/zsh.pdf
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
make infodir=/usr/share/info install.info &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.9/html &&
install -v -m644 Doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.9/html &&
install -v -m644 Doc/zsh.{html,txt} /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.9
If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it by
issuing the following commands as the root user:
make htmldir=/usr/share/doc/zsh-5.9/html install.html && install -v -m644 Doc/zsh.dvi /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.9
If you built the PDF format of the documentation, install it
by issuing the following command as the root user:
install -v -m644 Doc/zsh.pdf /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.9
--sysconfdir=/etc/zsh
and --enable-etcdir=/etc/zsh: These
parameters are used so that all the zsh configuration files are consolidated
into the /etc/zsh directory.
Omit these parameters if you wish to retain historical
compatibility by having all the files located in the
/etc directory.
--enable-cap: This
option enables POSIX capabilities.
--enable-gdbm: This
option enables the use of the GDBM library.
--enable-pcre: This option allows
zsh to use the PCRE regular
expression library in shell builtins.
There are a whole host of configuration files for
zsh including /etc/zsh/zshenv, /etc/zsh/zprofile, /etc/zsh/zshrc, /etc/zsh/zlogin and /etc/zsh/zlogout. You can find more
information on these in the zsh(1) and related manual pages.
The first time zsh is executed, you will be prompted by
messages asking several questions. The answers will be used
to create a ~/.zshrc file. If
you wish to run these questions again, run zsh
/usr/share/zsh/5.9/functions/zsh-newuser-install
-f.
There are several built-in advanced prompts. In the
zsh shell,
start advanced prompt support with autoload -U promptinit,
then promptinit. Available
prompt names are listed with prompt -l. Select a
particular one with prompt
<prompt-name>.
Display all available prompts with prompt -p. Except for the
list and display commands above, you can insert the other
ones in ~/.zshrc to be
automatically executed at shell start, with the prompt you
chose.
Virtualization allows running a complete operating system, or virtual machine (VM), within another operating environment as a task. There are several commercial and open source environments that either emulate another processor or utilize the hardware virtualization features of the host processor.
qemu is a full virtualization solution for Linux on x86 hardware containing virtualization extensions (Intel VT or AMD-V).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.qemu.org/qemu-8.1.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7dd9ff5a92cf81cfce6cda1f6e271f3a
Download size: 118 MB
Estimated disk space required: 2.1 GB (366 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (add 0.8 SBU for tests, both using parallelism=4)
alsa-lib-1.2.9, Libslirp-4.7.0, and SDL2-2.28.2
Depending on the sound system, various packages in ALSA-1.2.7, Python-3.11.4, PulseAudio-16.1, BlueZ-5.68, cURL-8.2.1, Cyrus SASL-2.1.28, GnuTLS-3.8.1, GTK+-2.24.33, GTK+-3.24.38, libusb-1.0.26, libgcrypt-1.10.2, libssh2-1.11.0, LZO-2.10, Nettle-3.9.1, Mesa-23.1.6, VTE-0.72.2 or Vte-0.28.2, and libcacard
This optional dependencies list is not comprehensive. See the output of ./configure --help for a more complete list.
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qemu
Before building qemu, check to see if your processor supports Virtualization Technology (VT):
grep -E '^flags.*(vmx|svm)' /proc/cpuinfo
If you get any output, you have VT technology (vmx for Intel processors and svm for AMD processors). You then need to go into your system BIOS and ensure it is enabled. After enabling, reboot back to your LFS instance.
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
[*] Virtualization ---> [VIRTUALIZATION] <*/M> Kernel-based Virtual Machine (KVM) support [KVM] # Enable the option for your CPU: < /*/M> KVM for Intel (and compatible) processors support [KVM_INTEL] < /*/M> KVM for AMD processors support [KVM_AMD]
The Intel or AMD settings are not both required, but the one matching your system processor is required.
To use the “bridge” network device, as explained below, check that bridge-utils-1.7.1 is installed and the following options in the kernel configuration are enabled:
[*] Networking support ---> [NET] Networking options ---> <*/M> 802.1d Ethernet Bridging [BRIDGE] Device Drivers ---> [*] Network device support ---> [NETDEVICES] [*] Network core driver support [NET_CORE] <*/M> Universal TUN/TAP device driver support [TUN]
The udev rule of LFS only allows the root user, the users owning a local login
session supported by the optional runtime dependency
Systemd-254, or the users in the
kvm group to use the KVM
device. As the root user, add
any non-root users that might
use the KVM device either without Systemd-254 installed or remotely
(via a SSH connection) to the kvm group:
usermod -a -G kvm <username>
Install qemu by running the following commands:
Qemu is capable of running many targets. The build process
is also capable of building multiple targets at one time in
a comma delimited list assigned to --target-list. Run ./configure --help to get
a complete list of available targets.
if [ $(uname -m) = i686 ]; then
QEMU_ARCH=i386-softmmu
else
QEMU_ARCH=x86_64-softmmu
fi
mkdir -vp build &&
cd build &&
../configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--target-list=$QEMU_ARCH \
--audio-drv-list=alsa \
--disable-pa \
--enable-slirp \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/qemu-8.1.0 &&
unset QEMU_ARCH &&
make
qemu uses ninja as a subprocess when building. To run the tests, issue: ninja test. One test, bios-tables-test, is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Change the permissions and ownership of a helper script,
which is needed when using the “bridge” network device (see
below). Again as the root
user, issue:
You need to add any users who might use the “bridge” network device into the
kvm group even if
Systemd-254 is installed.
chgrp kvm /usr/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper && chmod 4750 /usr/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper
For convenience you may want to create a symbolic link to
run the installed program. For instance (as the
root user):
ln -sv qemu-system-`uname -m` /usr/bin/qemu
--audio-drv-list=alsa
--disable-pa: This switch sets the audio driver
to ALSA. See below for enabling other audio drivers.
--enable-slirp: This
switch forces the building system to check for Libslirp-4.7.0. Remove it if you don't
need the -netdev user support.
--audio-drv-list=pa
--disable-alsa: This switch sets the audio driver to
pulseaudio. For other drivers see the --audio-drv-list
choices in the output of ./configure --help. The
default audio driver is OSS. To enable support for both alsa
and pulseaudio, use --audio-drv-list=alsa,pa.
Since using qemu means using a virtual computer, the steps to
set up the virtual machine are in close analogy with those to
set up a real computer. You'll need to decide about CPU,
memory, disk, USB devices, network card(s), screen size, etc.
Once the “hardware” is decided, you'll have
for example to choose how to connect the machine to internet,
and/or to install an OS. In the following, we show basic ways
of performing those steps. But qemu is much more than this,
and it is strongly advised to read the qemu documentation in
/usr/share/doc/qemu-8.1.0/qemu-doc.html.
It is standard practice to name the computer running qemu “host” and the emulated machine running under qemu the “guest”. We'll use those notations in the following.
The following instructions assume the optional symbolic
link, qemu, has been created.
Additionally, qemu should be run in a
graphical environment. But it is possible to use qemu
“headless” or through SSH. See
the documentation for the various possibilities.
A virtual disk may be set up in the following way:
VDISK_SIZE=50GVDISK_FILENAME=vdisk.imgqemu-img create -f qcow2 $VDISK_FILENAME $VDISK_SIZE
The virtual disk size and filename should be adjusted as desired. The actual size of the file will be less than specified, but will expand as needed, so it is safe to put a high value.
To install an operating system, download an iso image from
your preferred Linux distribution. For the purposes of this
example, we'll use Fedora-16-x86_64-Live-LXDE.iso in the
current directory. Run the following:
qemu -enable-kvm \
-drive file=$VDISK_FILENAME \
-cdrom Fedora-16-x86_64-Live-LXDE.iso \
-boot d \
-m 1G
Follow the normal installation procedures for the chosen
distribution. The -boot option specifies the boot
order of drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
letters are: a, b (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d
(first CD-ROM). The -m option is the amount of
memory to use for the virtual machine. The choice depends on
the load of the host. Modern distributions should be
comfortable with 1GB. The -enable-kvm option allows
hardware acceleration. Without this switch, the emulation is
much slower.
The virtual machine hardware is defined by the qemu command line. An example command is given below:
qemu -enable-kvm \
-smp 4 \
-cpu host \
-m 1G \
-drive file=$VDISK_FILENAME \
-cdrom grub-img.iso \
-boot order=c,once=d,menu=on \
-net nic,netdev=net0 \
-netdev user,id=net0 \
-device ac97 \
-vga std \
-serial mon:stdio \
-name "fedora-16"
-enable-kvm: enable
full KVM virtualization support. On some hardware, it may be
necessary to add the undocumented -machine smm=off option in order to enable
KVM.
-smp <N>:
enable symmetric multiprocessing with <N> CPUs.
-cpu <model>:
simulate CPU <model>. the list of supported models can
be obtained with -cpu help.
-drive
file=<filename>: defines a virtual disk
whose image is stored in <filename>.
-cdrom grub-img.iso:
defines an iso formatted file to use as a cdrom. Here we use
a grub rescue disk, which may turn handy when something goes
wrong at boot time.
-boot
order=c,once=d,menu=on: defines the boot order
for the virtual BIOS.
-net
nic,netdev=<netid>: defines a network card
connected to the network device with id <netid>.
-netdev
user,id=<netid>: defines the network
“user” device. This is a virtual
local network with addresses 10.0.2.0/24, where the host has
address 10.0.2.2 and acts as a gateway to internet, and with
a name server at address 10.0.2.3, and an smb server at
address 10.0.2.4. A builtin DHCP server can allocate
addresses between 10.0.2.15 and 10.0.2.31.
-soundhw
<model>: defines the soundcard model. The
list may be obtained with -soundhw
help.
-vga <type>:
defines the type of VGA card to emulate. For -vga std, if you are building a
Linux kernel for the guest, it's recommended to enable
CONFIG_DRM_BOCHS (as a part of
the kernel or a kernel module) to drive all the features of
the emulated VGA card, and CONFIG_FB to display the Linux console on it.
The other <type> values are
not tested by the editors and may require additional
dependencies.
-serial mon:stdio:
sends the serial port of the guest (/dev/ttyS0 on linux guests), multiplexed
with the qemu monitor, to the standard input and output of
the qemu process.
-name <name>:
sets the name of the guest. This name is displayed in the
guest window caption. It may be useful if you run several
guests at the same time.
-drive
if=pflash,format=raw,readonly=on,file=/usr/share/qemu/edk2-x86_64-code.fd:
Load a pre-built EDK2 UEFI firmware, instead of the default
PC BIOS. Use this option if you want to boot the guest OS
with UEFI.
-drive
file=<filename>,if=virtio: Provide Virtio
interface to the guest kernel for accessing the disk image,
instead of simulating a real disk hardware. This can improve
disk I/O performance, but it requires a Virtio driver in
guest kernel. Use it instead of a plain -drive if the guest kernel supports Virtio.
To build a Linux kernel with Virtio support for the guest,
use make defconfig &&
make kvm_guest.config to create an initial
kernel configuration with the Virtio drives enabled, then
make your customization. And, if the guest kernel is Linux,
the virtual disks using Virtio interface will be named
vdx in the devtmpfs, instead of
sdx.
-net
nic,netdev=net0,model=virtio-net-pci: Provide Virtio
interface to the guest kernel for accessing the network
interface, instead of simulating a real network interface
card. This can improve network I/O performance, but it
requires a Virtio driver in guest kernel. Use it instead of a
plain -net if the guest kernel
supports Virtio.
To set the resolution of the emulated display for a Xorg server running in the guest Linux system, read the section called “Fine Tuning Display Settings”.
The above solution for networking allows the guest to access
the local network through the host (and possibly to access
internet through the local routers), but the converse is not
true. Not even the host can access the guest, unless port
forwarding is enabled. And in the case several guests are
running, they cannot communicate with each other. Other
network devices can be used for this purpose. For example,
there is the “socket” device, which allows
several guests to share a common virtual network. In the
following, we describe in more details how to set up the
“bridge” device, which allows the
guests to appear as if connected to the local network. All
the commands below should be run as the root user.
Allow the host to forward IP packets:
sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=1
To make this permanent, add the command to /etc/sysctl.d/60-net-forward.conf:
cat >> /etc/sysctl.d/60-net-forward.conf << EOF
net.ipv4.ip_forward=1
EOF
Set up a required configuration file:
install -vdm 755 /etc/qemu && echo allow br0 > /etc/qemu/bridge.conf
In the qemu command line above, replace the switch -netdev user,... with
-netdev bridge,....
|
Converts files from elf to dmp format |
|
|
is a test tool for the qemu EDID generator |
|
|
implements support for QMP (QEMU Monitor Protocol) commands and events that terminate and originate respectively within the guest using an agent built as part of QEMU |
|
|
provides commands to manage QEMU disk images |
|
|
is a diagnostic and manipulation program for (virtual) memory media. It is still at an early stage of development |
|
|
generates qemu reverse keymaps from xkb keymaps, which can be used with the qemu "-k" command line switch |
|
|
exports Qemu disk images using the QEMU Disk Network Block Device (NBD) protocol |
|
|
Implements the persistent reservation helper for QEMU |
|
|
allows to modify disk images using the QEMU Monitor Protocol (QMP) without running a VM |
|
|
is the QEMU PC System emulator |
Libraries contain code which is often required by more than one program. This has the advantage that each program doesn't need to duplicate code (and risk introducing bugs), it just has to call functions from the libraries installed on the system. The most obvious example of a set of libraries is Glibc which is installed during the LFS book. This contains all of the C library functions which programs use.
There are two types of libraries: static and shared. Shared
libraries (usually libXXX.so) are
loaded into memory from the shared copy at runtime (hence the
name). Static libraries ( libXXX.a)
are actually linked into the program executable file itself, thus
making the program file larger. Quite often, you will find both
static and shared copies of the same library on your system.
Generally, you only need to install libraries when you are
installing software that needs the functionality they supply. In
the BLFS book, each package is presented with a list of (known)
dependencies. Thus, you can figure out which libraries you need
to have before installing that program. If you are installing
something without using BLFS instructions, usually the
README or INSTALL file will contain details of the
program's requirements.
There are certain libraries which nearly everyone will need at some point. In this chapter these and some others are listed and it is explained why you may want to install them.
The Apache Portable Runtime (APR) is a supporting library for the Apache web server. It provides a set of application programming interfaces (APIs) that map to the underlying Operating System (OS). Where the OS doesn't support a particular function, APR will provide an emulation. Thus programmers can use the APR to make a program portable across different platforms.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/apr/apr-1.7.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/ftp.apache.org/apr/apr-1.7.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f8a62f3984898ba0ea8b6f26b851cb99
Download size: 876 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB (additional 4 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (add 1.4 SBU for tests)
Install Apr by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-installbuilddir=/usr/share/apr-1/build &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The Apache Portable Runtime Utility Library provides a predictable and consistent interface to underlying client library interfaces. This application programming interface assures predictable if not identical behavior regardless of which libraries are available on a given platform.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/apr/apr-util-1.6.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/ftp.apache.org/apr/apr-util-1.6.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b6e8c9b31d938fe5797ceb0d1ff2eb69
Download size: 423 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.6 MB (add 1.4 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 0.3 SBU for tests)
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, FreeTDS, MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, PostgreSQL-15.4, SQLite-3.42.0 and unixODBC-2.3.12
Install Apr Util by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-apr=/usr \
--with-gdbm=/usr \
--with-openssl=/usr \
--with-crypto &&
make
To test the results, issue: make -j1 test. One test, testdbm, is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-gdbm=/usr:
This switch enables the apr_dbm_gdbm-1.so plugin.
--with-openssl=/usr
--with-crypto: These switches enable the
apr_crypto_openssl-1.so plugin.
--with-berkeley-db=/usr: If you
have installed Berkeley DB-5.3.28, use this switch
to compile the apr_dbm_db-1.so
plugin.
--with-ldap: If you have
installed OpenLDAP-2.6.6, use this switch to
compile the apr_ldap.so plugin.
The Aspell package contains an interactive spell checking program and the Aspell libraries. Aspell can either be used as a library or as an independent spell checker.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/aspell-0.60.8.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/aspell-0.60.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 012fa9209203ae4e5a61c2a668fd10e3
Download size: 3.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 51 MB (Additional 8 MB for EN dictionary)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
You'll need to download at least one dictionary. The English dictionary is given as an example below. Dictionaries in many other languages can be found at https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/dict.
Aspell English dictionary: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/dict/en/aspell6-en-2020.12.07-0.tar.bz2
Which-2.21 (for the dictionaries)
Install Aspell by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
ln -svfn aspell-0.60 /usr/lib/aspell &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.8/aspell{,-dev}.html &&
install -v -m644 manual/aspell.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.8/aspell.html &&
install -v -m644 manual/aspell-dev.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.8/aspell-dev.html
If you do not plan to install Ispell, then copy the wrapper script ispell:
install -v -m 755 scripts/ispell /usr/bin/
If you do not plan to install Spell, then copy the wrapper script spell:
install -v -m 755 scripts/spell /usr/bin/
ln -svfn aspell-0.60 /usr/lib/aspell: This command is useful for configuration of other applications, such as enchant-2.5.0.
After Aspell is installed, you must set up at least one dictionary. Install the English dictionary by running the following commands:
tar xf ../aspell6-en-2020.12.07-0.tar.bz2 && cd aspell6-en-2020.12.07-0 && ./configure && make
Now, as the root user:
make install
Other dictionaries can be installed with the same instructions.
|
is a utility that can function as an ispell -a replacement, as an independent spell checker, as a test utility to test out Aspell features, and as a utility for managing dictionaries |
|
|
is a wrapper around aspell to invoke it in ispell compatible mode |
|
|
is a wrapper around aspell to invoke it in spell compatible mode |
|
|
imports old personal dictionaries into Aspell |
|
|
decompresses a prezipped file to stdout |
|
|
decompresses a prezipped file |
|
|
is a prefix delta compressor, used to compress sorted word lists or other similar text files |
|
|
is called by the various wrapper scripts to perform the actual compressing and decompressing |
|
|
displays information about the |
|
|
is a script to help use Aspell as an ispell replacement |
|
|
compresses or decompresses sorted word lists for use with the Aspell spell checker |
|
|
contains spell checking API functions |
|
|
is an interface to the |
Boost provides a set of free peer-reviewed portable C++ source libraries. It includes libraries for linear algebra, pseudorandom number generation, multithreading, image processing, regular expressions and unit testing.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://boostorg.jfrog.io/artifactory/main/release/1.83.0/source/boost_1_83_0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 406f0b870182b4eb17a23a9d8fce967d
Download size: 117 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.1 GB (199 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 2.8 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 0.7 SBU for tests)
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/boost
A change in this version of boost breaks the few packages which use the phoenix module when compiled with current GCC. In BLFS, that affects LibreOffice-7.6.0.3. Fix this with the following command:
sed -i '/#include.*phoenix.*tuple.hpp.*/d' \ boost/phoenix/stl.hpp
This package can be built with several jobs running in
parallel. In the instructions below, <N> stands for the number
of jobs. Install Boost by
running the following commands:
./bootstrap.sh --prefix=/usr --with-python=python3 &&
./b2 stage -j<N> threading=multi link=shared
To run Boost.Build's regression tests, issue pushd tools/build/test; python3 test_all.py; popd.
To run every library's regression tests, issue pushd status; ../b2; popd.
A few tests may fail. They take a very long time (over 119
SBU at -j4) and use a very large amount of disk space (46
GB). You should use the -jN switch to speed them up.
Boost installs many versioned directories in
/usr/lib/cmake. If a new version of Boost is installed over a previous
version, the older cmake directories need to be explicitly
removed. To do this, run as the root user:
rm -rf /usr/lib/cmake/[Bb]oost*
before installing the new version.
Now, as the root user:
./b2 install threading=multi link=shared
sed -i '/#include
...: This removes the inclusion of boost/phoenix/stl/tuple.hpp from this
header-only library, allowing applications which use it to
link using recent C++. An alternative is to edit /usr/include/boost/phoenix/stl.hpp if this
version of boost has already been installed without this
sed.
threading=multi: This
parameter ensures that Boost
is built with multithreading support.
link=shared: This
parameter ensures that only shared libraries are created,
except for libboost_exception and libboost_test_exec_monitor
which are created as static. Most people will not need the
static libraries, and most programs using Boost only use the headers. Omit this
parameter if you do need static libraries.
--with-python=python3: This
switch ensures Python3 is used if Python2 is installed.
-jN: This switch may be added to
the b2 command
lines, to run up to N processes in parallel.
Brotli provides a general-purpose lossless compression algorithm that compresses data using a combination of a modern variant of the LZ77 algorithm, Huffman coding and 2nd order context modeling. Its libraries are particularly used for WOFF2 fonts on webpages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/google/brotli/archive/v1.0.9/brotli-1.0.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c2274f0c7af8470ad514637c35bcee7d
Download size: 476 KB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB (with python3 bindings)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with python3 bindings)
At first, fix an issue in pkg-config files:
sed -i '[email protected].@@' scripts/*.pc.in
Install brotli by running the following commands:
mkdir out &&
cd out &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install && cd ..
If desired, build and install the Python3 bindings as the root user:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD && pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user Brotli
CLucene is a C++ version of Lucene, a high performance text search engine.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/clucene/clucene-core-2.3.3.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 48d647fbd8ef8889e5a7f422c1bfda94
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 78 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU
Install CLucene by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../clucene-2.3.3.4-contribs_lib-1.patch &&
sed -i '/Misc.h/a #include <ctime>' src/core/CLucene/document/DateTools.cpp &&
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DBUILD_CONTRIBS_LIB=ON .. &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DBUILD_CONTRIBS_LIB=ON: This
cmake variable enables building the CLucene contribs library
necessary for running applications that use language specific
text analyzers like LibreOffice for example.
The D-Bus GLib package contains GLib interfaces to the D-Bus API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus-glib/dbus-glib-0.112.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 021e6c8a288df02c227e4aafbf7e7527
Download size: 700 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install D-Bus GLib by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that more comprehensive tests can be run by following the same method used in D-Bus instructions, which requires building the package twice.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The Double-conversion package contains a library that facilitates binary-to-decimal and decimal-to-binary routines for IEEE doubles.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/google/double-conversion/archive/v3.3.0/double-conversion-3.3.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b344abb64084a4a1d98a43e67752989b
Download size: 6.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 62 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install Double-conversion by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=ON \
-DBUILD_TESTING=ON \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=ON: This
switch forces cmake to build a shared version of the library
instead of the static version.
-DBUILD_TESTING=ON:
This switch builds the test programs.
duktape is an embeddable Javascript engine, with a focus on portability and compact footprint.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://duktape.org/duktape-2.7.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b3200b02ab80125b694bae887d7c1ca6
Download size: 1003 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Install duktape by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/-Os/-O2/' Makefile.sharedlibrary make -f Makefile.sharedlibrary INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr
Now, as the root user:
make -f Makefile.sharedlibrary INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr install
The enchant package provides a generic interface into various existing spell checking libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/AbiWord/enchant/releases/download/v2.5.0/enchant-2.5.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3cbf29a5d7f31107adb4e584e0bdfebb
Download size: 967 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.3 MB (add 64 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (add 0.7 SBU for tests)
dbus-glib-0.112, Doxygen-1.9.7, Hspell, Hunspell, Nuspell, Voikko, and unittest-cpp (required for tests)
Install enchant by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir /usr/share/doc/enchant-2.5.0 &&
make
To run tests, unittest-cpp must be installed and the
--enable-relocatable option
passed to configure above. If these conditions are present,
the tests may be run with make
check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
You can test your installation and configuration by creating a test file and running the following commands (you can replace the en_GB dictionary by any other downloaded when installing Aspell-0.60.8):
cat > /tmp/test-enchant.txt << "EOF"
Tel me more abot linux
Ther ar so many commads
EOF
enchant-2 -d en_GB -l /tmp/test-enchant.txt &&
enchant-2 -d en_GB -a /tmp/test-enchant.txt
You will see a list of the misspelled words followed by a list of alternatives for them.
See more details in the enchant manual page.
Exempi is an implementation of XMP (Adobe's Extensible Metadata Platform).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://libopenraw.freedesktop.org/download/exempi-2.6.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c2bd12b5773f35c3832dcd1169fac3dc
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 288 MB (add 236 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (add 0.6 SBU for tests; both using parallelism=4)
If you intend to run the regression tests, first remove a test that depends on an apparently proprietary Adobe SDK:
sed -i -r '/^\s?testadobesdk/d' exempi/Makefile.am && autoreconf -fiv
Install Exempi by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
FFTW is a C subroutine library for computing the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) in one or more dimensions, of arbitrary input size, and of both real and complex data (as well as of even/odd data, i.e. the discrete cosine/sine transforms or DCT/DST).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.fftw.org/fftw-3.3.10.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fftw.org/pub/fftw/fftw-3.3.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8ccbf6a5ea78a16dbc3e1306e234cc5c
Download size: 4.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 59 MB
Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU (add 3.4 SBU for tests, both using parallelism=4)
We build fftw three times for different libraries in different numerical precisions: the default double precision floating point, the older 32-bit (single precision) version named float which sacrifices precision for speed, and the long double which offers increased precision at the cost of slower execution.
The first build is for double precision arithmetic. Install fftw by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static \
--enable-threads \
--enable-sse2 \
--enable-avx \
--enable-avx2 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. On 32-bit systems, the tests can take substantially longer than they would on 64-bit machines.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Now build single precision:
make clean &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static \
--enable-threads \
--enable-sse2 \
--enable-avx \
--enable-avx2 \
--enable-float &&
make
As the root user:
make install
Finally, build long double precision:
make clean &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static \
--enable-threads \
--enable-long-double &&
make
As the root user:
make install
--enable-shared
--disable-static: Use shared libs instead of
static libs.
--enable-threads:
This enables libfftw3_threads.so to be compiled. It is
used by e.g. the gimp plugin
from G'MIC.
--enable-{sse2,avx,avx2}: These
enables building the optimized routines using SSE2, AVX, and
AVX2 instructions. FFTW will check if these routines can be
really used on the current CPU when the FFTW library is
loaded, so a FFTW build with these routines enabled can still
run on a CPU without SSE2, AVX, or AVX512. These options are
not compatible with --enable-long-double.
--enable-float: This
enables building the library that uses single precision
floating point arithmetic. It is faster but less precise than
the default double precision library. The library will be
called libfftw3f.so needed by
PulseAudio-16.1.
--enable-long-double:
This enables building the library that uses higher precision
long-double floating point arithmetic. The library will be
called libfftw3l.so.
--enable-avx512: This enables
building the optimized routines using AVX512F instructions.
FFTW will check if these routines can be really used on the
current CPU when the FFTW library is loaded, so a FFTW build
with these routines enabled can still run on a CPU without
AVX512F. Use this option if the FFTW build will be used on a
CPU with AVX512F. This option is not compatible with
--enable-long-double.
|
is a utility to generate FFTW wisdom files, which contain saved information about how to optimally compute (Fourier) transforms of various sizes |
|
|
is a utility to generate C configuration routines from FFTW wisdom files, where the latter contain saved information about how to optimally compute (Fourier) transforms of various sizes |
|
|
is the Fast Fourier Transform library |
|
|
is the threaded Fast Fourier Transform library |
|
|
is the single-precision Fast Fourier Transform library, described as “float” for historic reasons |
|
|
is the threaded single-precision Fast Fourier Transform library |
|
|
is the long double Fast Fourier Transform library |
|
|
is the threaded long double Fast Fourier Transform library |
The GLib package contains low-level libraries useful for providing data structure handling for C, portability wrappers and interfaces for such runtime functionality as an event loop, threads, dynamic loading and an object system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/glib/2.76/glib-2.76.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/glib/2.76/glib-2.76.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b0df5864ec08248e79c13f71a717aa03
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 150 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (add 0.4 SBU for tests; both using parallelism=4)
libxslt-1.1.38 and pcre2-10.42
dbus-1.14.8 (for some tests), Fuse-3.16.1 and bindfs (both needed for one test), GDB-13.2 (for bindings), docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2, GTK-Doc-1.33.2 (to build API documentation), glib-networking-2.76.1 (for some tests, but this is a circular dependency), and sysprof-3.48.0
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 (should be installed before gtk+, atk, etc.)
Quoted directly from the INSTALL file: “Some of the
mimetype-related functionality in GIO requires the
update-mime-database and
update-desktop-database
utilities”, which are part of shared-mime-info-2.2 and desktop-file-utils-0.26,
respectively. These two utilities are also needed for some
tests.
If desired, apply the optional patch. In many cases,
applications that use this library, either directly or
indirectly via other libraries such as GTK+-3.24.38, output
numerous warnings when run from the command line. This patch
enables the use of an environment variable, GLIB_LOG_LEVEL, that suppresses unwanted
messages. The value of the variable is a digit that
corresponds to:
| 1 Alert |
| 2 Critical |
| 3 Error |
| 4 Warning |
| 5 Notice |
For instance export
GLIB_LOG_LEVEL=4 will skip output of Warning
and Notice messages (and Info/Debug messages if they are
turned on). If GLIB_LOG_LEVEL is
not defined, normal message output will not be affected.
patch -Np1 -i ../glib-skip_warnings-1.patch
If a previous version of glib is installed, move the headers out of the way so that later packages do not encounter conflicts:
if [ -e /usr/include/glib-2.0 ]; then
rm -rf /usr/include/glib-2.0.old &&
mv -vf /usr/include/glib-2.0{,.old}
fi
Install GLib by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dman=true &&
ninja
If libxslt-1.1.38 is installed, the above command may indicate several (about 33) errors that start with "Error: no ID for constraint linkend:" when generating the man pages. These are harmless.
The GLib test suite requires desktop-file-utils for some tests. However, desktop-file-utils requires GLib in order to compile; therefore, you must first install GLib and then run the test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install &&
mkdir -p /usr/share/doc/glib-2.76.4 &&
cp -r ../docs/reference/{gio,glib,gobject} /usr/share/doc/glib-2.76.4
You should now install desktop-file-utils-0.26 and shared-mime-info-2.2 and proceed to run the test suite.
Do not run the test suite as root or some tests will fail
unexpectedly and leave some non-FHS-compliant directories
in the /usr hierarchy.
To test the results, after having installed the package,
issue: LC_ALL=C ninja
test as a non-root user. One test named glib:gio / file is known to fail.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dman=true: This
switch causes the build to create and install the package man
pages.
-Dgtk_doc=true: This switch
causes the build to create and install the API documentation.
|
can be used to start applications and to send messages to already-running instances of other applications |
|
|
is a simple tool used for working with D-Bus objects |
|
|
is used to generate code and/or documentation for one or more D-Bus interfaces |
|
|
is a utility that makes many GIO features available from the command line |
|
|
is used to create a |
|
|
is used to read the resource description from a file and the files that it references to create a binary resource bundle that is suitable for use with the GResource API |
|
|
is used to compile all the GSettings XML schema
files in a directory into a binary file with the
name |
|
|
is a C code marshaller generation utility for GLib closures |
|
|
is a variant of the gettext internationalization utility |
|
|
is a C language enum description generation utility |
|
|
is a small utility that draws a tree of types |
|
|
offers a simple command line interface to GResource |
|
|
offers a simple command line interface to GSettings |
|
|
is a test running utility |
|
|
is a test report formatting utility |
|
|
contain low-level core libraries for the GIMP Toolkit |
The GLibmm package is a set of C++ bindings for GLib.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/glibmm/2.66/glibmm-2.66.5.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/glibmm/2.66/glibmm-2.66.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b6c2c8ba36abf6c5e43cee459a74b8a1
Download size: 7.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 80 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
GLib-2.76.4 and libsigc++-2.12.0
Doxygen-1.9.7, glib-networking-2.76.1 (for tests), GnuTLS-3.8.1 (for tests), libxslt-1.1.38, and mm-common
Install GLibmm by running the following commands:
mkdir bld && cd bld && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The GMime package contains a set of utilities for parsing and creating messages using the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) as defined by the applicable RFCs. See the GMime web site for the RFCs resourced. This is useful as it provides an API which adheres to the MIME specification as closely as possible while also providing programmers with an extremely easy to use interface to the API functions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gmime/3.2/gmime-3.2.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gmime/3.2/gmime-3.2.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7ecd9aa75e0cd2e8668206b1d53df874
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
GLib-2.76.4 and libgpg-error-1.47
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and libidn2-2.3.4
DocBook-utils-0.6.14, GPGME-1.21.0, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, libnsl-2.0.0, Vala-0.56.11, and Gtk# (requires Mono)
Install GMime by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The GObject Introspection is used to describe the program APIs and collect them in a uniform, machine readable format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gobject-introspection/1.76/gobject-introspection-1.76.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gobject-introspection/1.76/gobject-introspection-1.76.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5cb554fdd139db79f9b1be13892fddac
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 49 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (With tests; both using parallelism=4)
Cairo-1.17.6 (required for the tests), Gjs-1.76.2 (to satisfy one test), GTK-Doc-1.33.2, Mako-1.2.4, and Markdown-3.4.1
Install GObject Introspection by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Build and install
the documentation.
-Dcairo=enabled: Use cairo for
tests.
-Ddoctool=enabled: Install
g-ir-doc-tool and run related tests. You must have Mako-1.2.4 and
Markdown-3.4.1 installed in order to
install this utility.
|
creates or extracts annotation data from GI typelibs |
|
|
converts one or more GIR files into one or more typelib |
|
|
generates Mallard files that can be viewed with yelp or rendered to HTML with yelp-build from yelp-tools |
|
|
is a utility that gives information about a GI typelib |
|
|
is a GIR generator that uses the repository API |
|
|
is a tool which generates GIR XML files by parsing headers and introspecting GObject based libraries |
|
|
provides an API to access the typelib metadata |
The GNU Scientific Library (GSL) is a numerical library for C and C++ programmers. It provides a wide range of mathematical routines such as random number generators, special functions and least-squares fitting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gsl/gsl-2.7.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gsl/gsl-2.7.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 36aee97e67f64dbdab7afae197e3483b
Download size: 7.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 213 MB (with tests, without docs)
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests, without docs)
Install Gsl by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you have sphinx_rtd_theme-1.2.2 installed, build the documentation with:
make html
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the documentation, install it (as root) with:
mkdir /usr/share/doc/gsl-2.7.1 && cp -R doc/_build/html/* /usr/share/doc/gsl-2.7.1
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
is a shell script to get the version number and compiler flags of the installed Gsl library |
|
|
is a demonstration program for the GNU Scientific Library that computes a histogram from data taken from stdin |
|
|
is a demonstration program for the GNU Scientific Library that generates random samples from various distributions |
|
|
contains functions that implement a C interface to Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms |
|
|
contains functions that provide a collection of numerical routines for scientific computing |
The gspell package provides a flexible API to add spell checking to a GTK+ application.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gspell/1.12/gspell-1.12.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f1e5f02695aee20ba543352889c28ff5
Download size: 436 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
enchant-2.5.0, ICU-73.2, and GTK+-3.24.38
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, Vala-0.56.11, and Valgrind-3.21.0
Install gspell by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check. The tests must be run in an X session. One test, test-checker, is known to fail if the external package Hunspell is not installed.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The International Components for Unicode (ICU) package is a mature, widely used set of C/C++ libraries providing Unicode and Globalization support for software applications. ICU is widely portable and gives applications the same results on all platforms.
Upgrading this package to a new major version (for example,
from 72.1 to 73.2) will require rebuilding of many other
packages. If some packages that use the libraries built by
icu4c-73 are rebuilt, they will use the new libraries while
current packages will use the previous libraries. If the
Linux application loader (/usr/lib/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2) determines
that both the old and new libraries are needed, and a
symbol (name of data or function) exists in both versions
of the library, all references to the symbol will be
resolved to the version appearing earlier in the
breadth-first sequence of the dependency graph. This may
result in the application failing if the definition of the
data or the behavior of the function referred by the symbol
differs in two versions. To avoid the issue, users will
need to rebuild every package linked to an ICU library as
soon as possible once ICU is updated to a new major
version.
To determine what external libraries are needed (directly or indirectly) by an application or a library, run:
ldd <application or library>
or to see only the directly needed libraries:
readelf -d <application or library> | grep NEEDED
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/unicode-org/icu/releases/download/release-73-2/icu4c-73_2-src.tgz
Download MD5 sum: b8a4b8cf77f2e2f6e1341eac0aab2fc4
Download size: 25 MB
Estimated disk space required: 389 MB (add 43 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 1.0 SBU for tests)
LLVM-16.0.5 (with Clang), and Doxygen-1.9.7 (for documentation)
This package expands to the directory icu.
If clang++ is available, it will be used in the mistaken belief that g++ might not support C++11, even though configure has tested for that. If using g++ there will be an unnecessary warning at the end of configure. Building with g++ also takes longer than the estimated SBU shown.
Install ICU by running the following commands:
cd source && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
disassembles a resource bundle |
|
|
converts “\u” escaped characters into unicode characters |
|
|
compiles ICU break iteration rules source files into binary data files |
|
|
generates C or platform specific assembly code from an ICU data file |
|
|
reads in Unicode confusable character definitions and writes out the binary data |
|
|
generates an ICU memory-mappable data file |
|
|
compiles the converter's aliases file |
|
|
compiles word lists into ICU string trie dictionaries |
|
|
builds binary data files with Unicode normalization data |
|
|
compiles a resource bundle |
|
|
compiles StringPrep data from filtered RFC 3454 files |
|
|
outputs ICU build options |
|
|
outputs configuration information about the current ICU |
|
|
extracts or modifies an ICU .dat archive |
|
|
compiles a converter table |
|
|
packages data for use by ICU |
|
|
converts data from one encoding to another |
|
|
is the data library |
|
|
is the internationalization (i18n) library |
|
|
is the ICU I/O (unicode stdio) library |
|
|
is the test library |
|
|
is the tool utility library |
|
|
is the common library |
This package is a simple .INI file parser written in C.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/benhoyt/inih/archive/r57/inih-r57.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 07aa33593487633519fb3a0e55546c09
Download size: 19 KB
Estimated disk space required: 808 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install inih by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The Intel-gmmlib package contains the Intel Graphics Memory Management Library, which provides device specific memory and buffer management functions for the Intel Media Driver for VAAPI and the Intel Graphics Computer Runtime for OpenCL (TM).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/intel/gmmlib/archive/refs/tags/intel-gmmlib-22.3.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9e6060de554e29ae53b86e56a75834ac
Download size: 828 KB
Estimated disk space required: 56 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU
The tarball intel-gmmlib-22.3.10.tar.gz will extract
to the directory gmmlib-intel-gmmlib-22.3.10.
Install Intel-gmmlib by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DBUILD_TYPE=Release \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
The test suite is normally run by make unless -DRUN_TEST_SUITE=NO is passed to cmake.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Jansson package contains a library used to encode, decode, and manipulate JSON data.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/akheron/jansson/releases/download/v2.14/jansson-2.14.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3f90473d7d54ebd1cb6a2757396641df
Download size: 424 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB (add 1.9 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU [with tests)
First fix one of the tests:
sed -e "/DT/s;| sort;| sed 's/@@libjansson.*//' &;" \
-i test/suites/api/check-exports
Install jansson by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
JS (also referred as SpiderMonkey) is Mozilla's JavaScript and WebAssembly Engine, written in C++ and Rust. In BLFS, the source code of JS is taken from Firefox.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/firefox/releases/102.13.0esr/source/firefox-102.13.0esr.source.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 42b9a73626ed8281b86222f6f0a96c73
Download size: 464 MB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 GB (38 MB installed after removing 34MB static lib)
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU (with parallelism=4)
ICU-73.2, rustc-1.71.1, and Which-2.21
LLVM-16.0.5 (with Clang, required for 32-bit systems without SSE2 capabilities)
If you are building this package on a 32-bit system, and
Clang is not installed or you're overriding the default
compiler choice with the environment variable CXX, please read the Command Explanations
section first.
Unlike most other packages in BLFS, the instructions below
require you to untar firefox-102.13.0esr.tar.xz and change
into the firefox-102.13.0
folder.
Extracting the tarball will reset the permissions of the
current directory to 0755 if you have permission to do
that. If you do this in a directory where the sticky bit is
set, such as /tmp it will end
with error messages:
tar: .: Cannot utime: Operation not permitted
tar: .: Cannot change mode to rwxr-xr-t: Operation not permitted
tar: Exiting with failure status due to previous errors
This does finish with non-zero status, but it does
NOT mean there is a
real problem. Do not untar as the root user in a directory where the
sticky bit is set - that will unset it.
Install JS by running the following commands:
If you are compiling this package in chroot you must do two
things. First, as the root
user, ensure that /dev/shm is
mounted. If you do not do this, the Python configuration will fail with a
traceback report referencing /usr/lib/pythonN.N/multiprocessing/synchronize.py.
Run:
mountpoint -q /dev/shm || mount -t tmpfs devshm /dev/shm
Second, either as the root
user export the $SHELL
environment variable using export SHELL=/bin/sh or
else prepend SHELL=/bin/sh when
running the configure command.
Compiling the C++ code respects $MAKEFLAGS and defaults to 'j1', the rust code will use all processors.
mkdir obj &&
cd obj &&
sh ../js/src/configure.in --prefix=/usr \
--with-intl-api \
--with-system-zlib \
--with-system-icu \
--disable-jemalloc \
--disable-debug-symbols \
--enable-readline &&
make
To run the JS test suite, issue: make -C js/src check-jstests JSTESTS_EXTRA_ARGS="--timeout 300 --wpt=disabled". It's recommended to redirect the output into a log. Because we are building with system ICU, more than one hundred tests (out of a total of more than 50,000) are known to fail.
To run the JIT test suite, issue: make -C js/src check-jit-test JITTEST_EXTRA_ARGS="--timeout 300".
An issue in the installation process causes any running program which links to JS102 shared library (for example, GNOME Shell) to crash if JS102 is upgraded or reinstalled. To work around this issue, remove the old version of the JS102 shared library before installation:
rm -fv /usr/lib/libmozjs-102.so
Now, as the root user:
make install && rm -v /usr/lib/libjs_static.ajs && sed -i '/@NSPR_CFLAGS@/d' /usr/bin/js102-config
sh
../js/src/configure.in: configure.in is actually a shell script,
but the executable bit is not set in its permission mode so
it's needed to explicitly run it with sh.
--with-intl-api: This
enables the internationalization functions required by
Gjs.
--with-system-*:
These parameters allow the build system to use system
versions of the above libraries. These are required for
stability.
--enable-readline:
This switch enables Readline support in the JS shell.
--disable-jemalloc:
This switch disables the internal memory allocator used in
JS102. jemalloc is only intended for the Firefox browser
environment. For other applications using JS102, the
application may crash as items allocated in the jemalloc
allocator are freed on the system (glibc) allocator.
--disable-debug-symbols: Don't
generate debug symbols since they are very large and most
users won't need it. Remove it if you want to debug JS102.
rm -v /usr/lib/libjs_static.ajs: Remove a large static library which is not used by any BLFS package.
sed -i '/@NSPR_CFLAGS@/d' /usr/bin/js102-config: Prevent js102-config from using buggy CFLAGS.
CC=gcc
CXX=g++
CXXFLAGS="-msse2
-mfpmath=sse"
The JSON-C implements a reference counting object model that allows you to easily construct JSON objects in C, output them as JSON formatted strings and parse JSON formatted strings back into the C representation of JSON objects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://s3.amazonaws.com/json-c_releases/releases/json-c-0.17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bad8f5e91b7b2563ee2d507054c70eb2
Download size: 384 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.9.7 and Graphviz-8.1.0 (for dot tool)
Install JSON-C by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_STATIC_LIBS=OFF \
.. &&
make
If you have installed Doxygen-1.9.7 and Graphviz-8.1.0, you can build the documentation by running the following command:
doxygen doc/Doxyfile
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the documentation, install it by running the
following commands as the root user:
install -d -vm755 /usr/share/doc/json-c-0.17 && install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/json-c-0.17
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply a higher level of compiler
optimizations.
The JSON GLib package is a library providing serialization and deserialization support for the JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) format described by RFC 4627.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/json-glib/1.6/json-glib-1.6.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/json-glib/1.6/json-glib-1.6.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9c40fcd8cdbf484dd1704480afefae14
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install JSON GLib by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=disabled: Add this
option if you have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and do not wish
to generate the API documentation.
Keyutils is a set of utilities for managing the key retention facility in the kernel, which can be used by filesystems, block devices and more to gain and retain the authorization and encryption keys required to perform secure operations.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/keyutils/keyutils-1.6.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 919af7f33576816b423d537f8a8692e8
Download size: 96 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.9 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 0.6 SBU for tests)
Install keyutils by running the following commands:
sed -i 's:$(LIBDIR)/$(PKGCONFIG_DIR):/usr/lib/pkgconfig:' Makefile && make
To test the results, issue, as the root user:
make -k test
Note that several tests will fail if certain uncommon kernel options were not used when the kernel was built. These include CONFIG_BIG_KEYS, CONFIG_KEY_DH_OPERATIONS, and CONFIG_CRYPTO_DH.
Now, as the root user:
make NO_ARLIB=1 LIBDIR=/usr/lib BINDIR=/usr/bin SBINDIR=/usr/sbin install
sed ... Makefile: This command ensures the pkgconfig file is placed in the correct directory.
NO_ARLIB=1: This make
flag disables installing the static library.
|
controls the key management facility with a variety of subcommands |
|
|
is invoked by request-key on behalf of the kernel when kernel services (such as NFS, CIFS and AFS) need to perform a hostname lookup and the kernel does not have the key cached. It is not ordinarily intended to be called directly |
|
|
is invoked by the kernel when the kernel is asked for a key that it doesn't have immediately available. The kernel creates a temporary key and then calls out to this program to instantiate it. It is not intended to be called directly |
|
|
contains the keyutils library API instantiation |
The libaio package is an asynchronous I/O facility ("async I/O", or "aio") that has a richer API and capability set than the simple POSIX async I/O facility. This library, libaio, provides the Linux-native API for async I/O. The POSIX async I/O facility requires this library in order to provide kernel-accelerated async I/O capabilities, as do applications which require the Linux-native async I/O API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://pagure.io/libaio/archive/libaio-0.3.113/libaio-0.3.113.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 605237f35de238dfacc83bcae406d95d
Download size: 48 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
First, disable the installation of the static library:
sed -i '/install.*libaio.a/s/^/#/' src/Makefile
Build libaio by running the following command:
make
To test the results, issue: make partcheck.
Now, install the package as the root user:
make install
The libarchive library provides a single interface for reading/writing various compression formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libarchive/libarchive/releases/download/v3.7.1/libarchive-3.7.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 11a217b523dcdd178490bdb1f83353f3
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 42 MB (add 33 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (add 0.7 SBU for tests)
libxml2-2.10.4, LZO-2.10, and Nettle-3.9.1
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libarchive
Install libarchive by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: LC_ALL=C make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--without-xml2: This switch sets
expat for xar archive format support instead of preferred
libxml2 if both packages are installed.
--without-nettle: This switch
sets OpenSSL for crypto support instead of preferred Nettle
if both packages are installed.
The libassuan package contains an inter process communication library used by some of the other GnuPG related packages. libassuan's primary use is to allow a client to interact with a non-persistent server. libassuan is not, however, limited to use with GnuPG servers and clients. It was designed to be flexible enough to meet the demands of many transaction based environments with non-persistent servers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/libassuan/libassuan-2.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libassuan/libassuan-2.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9c22e76168675ec996b9d620ffbb7b27
Download size: 564 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.9 MB (with tests, add 3.4 MB for documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests and documentation)
Install libassuan by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make && make -C doc html && makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/assuan_nochunks.html doc/assuan.texi && makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/assuan.txt doc/assuan.texi
The above commands build the documentation in html and plaintext formats. If you wish to build alternate formats of the documentation, you must have texlive-20230313 installed and issue the following commands:
make -C doc pdf ps
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libassuan-2.5.6/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/assuan.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libassuan-2.5.6/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/assuan_nochunks.html \
/usr/share/doc/libassuan-2.5.6 &&
install -v -m644 doc/assuan.{txt,texi} \
/usr/share/doc/libassuan-2.5.6
If you built alternate formats of the documentation, install
them by running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m644 doc/assuan.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
/usr/share/doc/libassuan-2.5.6
The libatasmart package is a disk reporting library. It only supports a subset of the ATA S.M.A.R.T. functionality.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://0pointer.de/public/libatasmart-0.19.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 53afe2b155c36f658e121fe6def33e77
Download size: 248 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libatasmart
Install libatasmart by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/libatasmart-0.19 install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
libatomic_ops provides implementations for atomic memory update operations on a number of architectures. This allows direct use of these in reasonably portable code. Unlike earlier similar packages, this one explicitly considers memory barrier semantics, and allows the construction of code that involves minimum overhead across a variety of architectures.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ivmai/libatomic_ops/releases/download/v7.8.0/libatomic_ops-7.8.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a7e51e8041c3e60c298c037b2789c3fa
Download size: 516 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.4 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install libatomic_ops by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libatomic_ops-7.8.0 &&
make
To check the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-shared: This
switch enables building of the libatomic_ops shared libraries.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
libblockdev is a C library supporting GObject Introspection for manipulation of block devices. It has a plugin-based architecture where each technology (like LVM, Btrfs, MD RAID, Swap,...) is implemented in a separate plugin, possibly with multiple implementations (e.g. using LVM CLI or the new LVM DBus API).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/storaged-project/libblockdev/releases/download/3.0.2-1/libblockdev-3.0.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b03d1b4def6962aa2e3eb93b50c22163
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
cryptsetup-2.4.3, gobject-introspection-1.76.1 (required for GNOME), keyutils-1.6.1, libbytesize-2.9, libnvme-1.5, and LVM2-2.03.22
btrfs-progs-6.3.3, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, mdadm-4.2, parted-3.6, volume_key-0.3.12, ndctl, and targetcli (for tests)
Install libblockdev by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-python3 \
--without-escrow \
--without-gtk-doc \
--without-lvm \
--without-lvm_dbus \
--without-nvdimm \
--without-tools &&
make
The test suite requires targetcli, which is not a part of BLFS.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--without-escrow:
This switch allows building libblockdev without volume_key-0.3.12 installed. Remove
it if you've installed volume_key-0.3.12.
--without-lvm --without-lvm_dbus
--without-tools: The combination of these
switches allows building libblockdev without parted-3.6 installed.
Remove it if you've installed parted-3.6 and wish to build the
lvm-cache-stats
or vfat-resize
utilities, or wish libblockdev to support logical volumes.
--without-btrfs --without-mdraid
--without-tools: The combination of these switches
allows building libblockdev
without libbytesize-2.9 installed. The
--without-mdraid option will
break UDisks-2.10.0, so don't use it unless you
really know what you are doing.
--without-crypto: This switch
allows building libblockdev
without cryptsetup-2.4.3 or keyutils-1.6.1
installed. This switch will break UDisks-2.10.0, so don't
use it unless you really know what you are doing.
--without-dm --without-lvm
--without-lvm_dbus --without-mpath: The combination of
these switches allows building libblockdev without LVM2-2.03.22 installed.
The --without-dm and --without-mpath options are not in the
instructions provided by the book because LVM2-2.03.22 is
required for cryptsetup-2.4.3 and cryptsetup-2.4.3 is a recommended
dependency of libblockdev
anyway.
--without-nvme: This switch
allows building libblockdev
without libnvme-1.5 installed. This switch will
break UDisks-2.10.0, so don't use it unless you
really know what you are doing.
The libbytesize package is a library which facilitates the common operations with sizes in bytes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/storaged-project/libbytesize/releases/download/2.9/libbytesize-2.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ba30fedcc832d9e0ae6cdc7a5602efbb
Download size: 448 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (including tests)
pcre2-10.42 and Pygments-2.16.1
GTK-Doc-1.33.2, pocketlint (python module for one test), and polib (python module for one test)
Install libbytesize by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
If you have the optional python modules installed, the regression tests can be run with: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libcloudproviders package contains a library which provides a DBus API that allows cloud storage sync clients to expose their services.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libcloudproviders/0.3/libcloudproviders-0.3.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libcloudproviders/0.3/libcloudproviders-0.3.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bc97871ac437774b1b0cbb192d907f89
Download size: 24 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11
Install libcloudproviders by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Denable-gtk-doc: Use this switch
if you have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
generate the API documentation.
The libdaemon package is a lightweight C library that eases the writing of UNIX daemons.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://0pointer.de/lennart/projects/libdaemon/libdaemon-0.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 509dc27107c21bcd9fbf2f95f5669563
Download size: 332 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install libdaemon by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you have Doxygen installed and wish to build the API documentation, issue the following command:
make -C doc doxygen
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/libdaemon-0.14 install
If you built the API documentation, install it using the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libdaemon-0.14/reference/html && install -v -m644 doc/reference/html/* /usr/share/doc/libdaemon-0.14/reference/html && install -v -m644 doc/reference/man/man3/* /usr/share/man/man3
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libgcrypt package contains a general purpose crypto library based on the code used in GnuPG. The library provides a high level interface to cryptographic building blocks using an extendable and flexible API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/libgcrypt/libgcrypt-1.10.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libgcrypt/libgcrypt-1.10.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 663abb395452750522d6797967e2f442
Download size: 3.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 130 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with documentation; add 0.5 SBU for tests)
Pth-2.0.7 and texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx)
Install libgcrypt by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make && make -C doc html && makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/gcrypt_nochunks.html doc/gcrypt.texi && makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/gcrypt.txt doc/gcrypt.texi
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.10.2 &&
install -v -m644 README doc/{README.apichanges,fips*,libgcrypt*} \
/usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.10.2 &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.10.2/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.10.2/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt_nochunks.html \
/usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.10.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt.{txt,texi} \
/usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.10.2
--with-capabilities: This option
enables libcap2 support. Note that this breaks cryptsetup-2.4.3
|
is a debug tool for S-expressions |
|
|
is a standalone HMAC-SHA-256 implementation used to compute an HMAC-SHA-256 authentication code |
|
|
determines the compile and linker flags that should
be used to compile and link programs that use
|
|
|
is a RPN (Reverse Polish Notation) calculator |
|
|
contains the cryptographic API functions |
The libgpg-error package contains a library that defines common error values for all GnuPG components.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/libgpg-error/libgpg-error-1.47.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libgpg-error/libgpg-error-1.47.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 58e054ca192a77226c4822bbee1b7fdb
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install libgpg-error by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 -D README /usr/share/doc/libgpg-error-1.47/README
The libgrss package contains a library designed to manipulate RSS and Atom feeds.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libgrss/0.7/libgrss-0.7.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libgrss/0.7/libgrss-0.7.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7c0ee46a82dc0e9610183fe9ef8c7c1d
Download size: 356 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install libgrss by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libgrss-0.7.0-bugfixes-2.patch && autoreconf -fv && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The libgsf package contains a library used for providing an extensible input/output abstraction layer for structured file formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libgsf/1.14/libgsf-1.14.50.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libgsf/1.14/libgsf-1.14.50.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1e9088c9c8869532945a10f12f1829c2
Download size: 688 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
GLib-2.76.4 and libxml2-2.10.4
gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10 (To build gsf-office-thumbnailer)
Install libgsf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check. Two tests, t1004-zip-zip64.pl and t1005-zip-nonseekable.pl are known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is a simple archive utility, somewhat similar to tar(1) |
|
|
is used internally by GNOME applications such as Nautilus to generate thumbnails of several types of office application files |
|
|
is used to extract Visual Basic for Applications macros from files |
|
|
contains the libgsf API functions |
The libgudev package contains GObject bindings for libudev.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libgudev/238/libgudev-238.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libgudev/238/libgudev-238.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 46da30a1c69101c3a13fa660d9ab7b73
Download size: 32 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 (for gir-data, needed for GNOME), GTK-Doc-1.33.2, and umockdev-0.17.18 (for testing)
Install libgudev by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this option
if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to build and install the
API documentation.
The libgusb package contains the GObject wrappers for libusb-1.0 that makes it easy to do asynchronous control, bulk and interrupt transfers with proper cancellation and integration into a mainloop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/hughsie/libgusb/releases/download/0.4.6/libgusb-0.4.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 309ebe36641fe53b883cdac8ad38cb94
Download size: 52 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.9 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
JSON-GLib-1.6.6 and libusb-1.0.26
gobject-introspection-1.76.1,
umockdev-0.17.18, usbutils-015 (for
usb.ids data file, which is
also required for the tests), and Vala-0.56.11
Install libgusb by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Ddocs=false &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "/output: 'libgusb'/s/'\$/-0.4.6'/" -i ../docs/meson.build && meson configure -Ddocs=true && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Ddocs=false: Allow
building this package without Gi-DocGen-2023.1
installed. If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and
you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation, a
meson configure
command will reset this option.
The libical package contains an implementation of the iCalendar protocols and data formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libical/libical/releases/download/v3.0.16/libical-3.0.16.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3799f9dde1db6f7eb0cb112b5e14ab60
Download size: 900 KB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB (with tests and API documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests and documentation)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11 (both required for GNOME)
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, Doxygen-1.9.7 (for the API documentation), Graphviz-8.1.0 (for the API documentation), GTK-Doc-1.33.2 (for the API documentation), ICU-73.2, and PyGObject-3.44.1 (for some tests)
Install libical by running the following commands:
This package may occasionally fail when building with multiple processors. See Using Multiple Processors for more information.
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DSHARED_ONLY=yes \
-DICAL_BUILD_DOCS=false \
-DGOBJECT_INTROSPECTION=true \
-DICAL_GLIB_VAPI=true \
.. &&
make -j1
If you have Doxygen-1.9.7, Graphviz-8.1.0, and
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
build the API documentation, you should remove the -DICAL_BUILD_DOCS=false switch
and issue:
make docs
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have built the API documentation, install by issuing,
as root user:
install -vdm755 /usr/share/doc/libical-3.0.16/html && cp -vr apidocs/html/* /usr/share/doc/libical-3.0.16/html
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of the compiler
optimizations.
-DSHARED_ONLY=yes:
This switch is used in order to only build the shared
libraries.
-DICAL_BUILD_DOCS=false: This
switch prevents building the GTK documentation. Remove if you want to
build the documentation.
-DGOBJECT_INTROSPECTION=true:
This switch is used to generate GObject metadata bindings.
-DICAL_GLIB_VAPI=true: This
switch is used in order to build bindings for Vala-0.56.11.
-DUSE_BUILTIN_TZDATA=yes: This
switch is used in order to build using your own timezone
data.
libidn is a package designed for internationalized string handling based on the Stringprep, Punycode and IDNA specifications defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Internationalized Domain Names (IDN) working group, used for internationalized domain names. This is useful for converting data from the system's native representation into UTF-8, transforming Unicode strings into ASCII strings, allowing applications to use certain ASCII name labels (beginning with a special prefix) to represent non-ASCII name labels, and converting entire domain names to and from the ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) form.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libidn/libidn-1.41.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libidn/libidn-1.41.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2cbff2f75f904328ac507af576b07197
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
Pth-2.0.7, Emacs-29.1, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, OpenJDK-20.0.2, Valgrind-3.21.0, and Mono
Install libidn by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, run:
pushd tests && make check && popd
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
find doc -name "Makefile*" -delete &&
rm -rf -v doc/{gdoc,idn.1,stamp-vti,man,texi} &&
mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/libidn-1.41 &&
cp -r -v doc/* /usr/share/doc/libidn-1.41
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
--enable-java: Use this switch to
enable building the Java implementation of libidn. Note that OpenJDK-20.0.2 must be
installed to use this option.
|
is a command line interface to the internationalized domain name library |
|
|
contains a generic Stringprep implementation that does Unicode 3.2 NFKC normalization, mapping and prohibition of characters, and bidirectional character handling. Profiles for Nameprep, iSCSI, SASL and XMPP are included as well as support for Punycode and ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) via IDNA. A mechanism to define Top-Level Domain (TLD) specific validation tables, and to compare strings against those tables, as well as default tables for some TLDs are included |
libidn2 is a package designed for internationalized string handling based on standards from the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)'s IDN working group, designed for internationalized domain names.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libidn/libidn2-2.3.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libidn/libidn2-2.3.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a12109804fc9c5d7fb31f068c66655b8
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB (add 2 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (add 0.6 SBU for tests)
Install libidn2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
libiodbc is an API to ODBC compatible databases.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/iodbc/libiodbc-3.52.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 89949a41e542bb1b880d7fcc4987dad2
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
GTK+-2.24.33 (to create the GUI admin tool)
Install libiodbc by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-iodbc-inidir=/etc/iodbc \
--includedir=/usr/include/iodbc \
--disable-libodbc \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-iodbc-inidir=/etc/iodbc:
libiodbc will install
configuration files in this directory.
--includedir=/usr/include/iodbc:
This installs the interface headers to a private directory to
avoid a conflict with headers installed by unixODBC.
--disable-libodbc:
This prevents the installation of the libodbc.so symbolic link to avoid a
conflict with unixODBC.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The Libksba package contains a library used to make X.509 certificates as well as making the CMS (Cryptographic Message Syntax) easily accessible by other applications. Both specifications are building blocks of S/MIME and TLS. The library does not rely on another cryptographic library but provides hooks for easy integration with Libgcrypt.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/libksba/libksba-1.6.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libksba/libksba-1.6.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 17a0b93de57cd91c7e3264b107723092
Download size: 656 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install Libksba by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This package provides a library for learning linear classifiers for large scale applications. It supports Support Vector Machines (SVM) with L2 and L1 loss, logistic regression, multi class classification and also Linear Programming Machines (L1-regularized SVMs). Its computational complexity scales linearly with the number of training examples making it one of the fastest SVM solvers around.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
After updating this package from liblinear-1.96 or earlier, you need to reinstall Nmap-7.94, in order to link to the new library.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/cjlin1/liblinear/archive/v247/liblinear-247.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0c81dd2b2cabc4fba85f61b9dc51c4a3
Download size: 560 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install liblinear by running the following commands:
make lib
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -vm644 linear.h /usr/include && install -vm755 liblinear.so.5 /usr/lib && ln -sfv liblinear.so.5 /usr/lib/liblinear.so
The libmbim package contains a GLib-based library for talking to WWAN modems and devices which speak the Mobile Interface Broadband Model (MBIM) protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/libmbim/libmbim-1.26.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 58dea20cad346f31d2873b68385a9973
Download size: 553 KB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
Install libmbim by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The libnvme package is a library which provides type definitions for NVMe specification structures, enumerations, and bit fields, helper functions to construct, dispatch, and decode commands and payloads, and utilities to connect, scan, and manage NVMe devices on a Linux system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/linux-nvme/libnvme/archive/refs/tags/v1.5/libnvme-1.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8289e988a3244a35cc326aa564a7a727
Download size: 556 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (including tests)
Install libnvme by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release -Dlibdbus=auto .. && ninja
To run the tests, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
This package is intended to provide a simple way for applications to take actions based on a system or user-specified paper size.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/rrthomas/libpaper/releases/download/v2.1.1/libpaper-2.1.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3ee7420ed7afae14a3387a4a0e68c60f
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install libpaper by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--enable-relocatable \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libpaper-2.1.1 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-relocatable: This option
is needed to run the tests.
The paper size is automatically determined from the system
locale; see LC_PAPER in
locale(7). If you want to
override it, create a papersize file in the user configuration
directory. For example:
mkdir -pv ~/.config && echo "a4" > ~/.config/papersize
If you want to override the paper size globally (for all
users), set up the PAPERSIZE
environment variable. For example:
echo "PAPERSIZE=a4" > /etc/profile.d/libpaper.sh
You may use a different paper size, such as “letter”.
The libportal package provides a library that contains GIO-style async APIs for most Flatpak portals.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/flatpak/libportal/releases/download/0.6/libportal-0.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e16c8ca2621aff64774a1d2ad6a2a346
Download size: 64 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.24.38, GTK-4.12.0, and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
If a previous version of libportal is installed, move the
headers out of the way so that later packages do not
encounter conflicts (as the root user):
if [ -e /usr/include/libportal ]; then
rm -rf /usr/include/libportal.old &&
mv -vf /usr/include/libportal{,.old}
fi
Install libportal by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release -Ddocs=false .. && ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "/output/s/-1/-0.6/" -i ../doc/meson.build && meson configure -Ddocs=true && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Ddocs=false: Allow
building this package without Gi-DocGen-2023.1
installed. If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and
you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation, a
meson configure
command will reset this option.
-Dbackends=gtk3,gtk4,qt5: This
switch allows you to set the available backends. You can use
it to disable the dependency on gtk-3, gtk-4, or qt-5. Most
applications that use libportal will use either gtk-4 or
gtk-3. The default is to build all three backends.
The libptytty package provides a library that allows for OS independent and secure pty/tty and utmp/wtmp/lastlog handling.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://dist.schmorp.de/libptytty/libptytty-2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2a7f3f3c0d3ef71902da745dc7959529
Download size: 48 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libptytty by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DPT_UTMP_FILE:STRING=/run/utmp \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libqalculate package contains a library that provides functions for a multi-purpose calculator.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/Qalculate/libqalculate/releases/download/v4.7.0/libqalculate-4.7.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7fcad72cb9779afc14fecdf0a0dcc9f1
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 140 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (With tests; both using parallelism=4)
cURL-8.2.1, ICU-73.2, and libxml2-2.10.4
Install libqalculate by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libqalculate-4.7.0 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libqmi package contains a GLib-based library for talking to WWAN modems and devices which speak the Qualcomm MSM Interface (QMI) protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/libqmi/libqmi-1.30.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5ec8838914f80e1dfa4d2fa8cc2f186d
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 151 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and libmbim-1.26.4
Install libqmi by running the following commands:
PYTHON=python3 ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
--disable-mbim-qmux: This switch
disables support for using a MBIM control device for QMI
messages. Use this switch if you did not install libmbim.
|
is an utility used to control QMI devices |
|
|
is an utility used to perform firmware updates on QMI devices |
|
|
is an utility used for simple network management of QMI devices |
|
|
contains API functions for talking to WWAN modems and devices which speak the Qualcomm MSM Interface (QMI) protocol |
The libseccomp package provides an easy to use and platform independent interface to the Linux kernel's syscall filtering mechanism.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/seccomp/libseccomp/releases/download/v2.5.4/libseccomp-2.5.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 74008bb33234e0c2a0d998e7bee5c625
Download size: 624 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.3 MB (additional 3.8 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (additional 2.1 SBU for tests)
Which-2.21 (needed for tests), Valgrind-3.21.0, and LCOV
Install libseccomp by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libsigc++ package implements a typesafe callback system for standard C++.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libsigc++/2.12/libsigc++-2.12.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libsigc++/2.12/libsigc++-2.12.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 943b7aef5d74fbc4f4a3bb67bcfaae02
Download size: 4.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
Boost-1.83.0 and libxslt-1.1.38
DocBook-utils-0.6.14, docbook-xml-5.0, Doxygen-1.9.7, and mm-common
Install libsigc++ by running the following commands:
mkdir bld && cd bld && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dbuild-documentation=true: Use
this switch if Doxygen-1.9.7 is installed and you wish
to build and install the API documentation.
libsigsegv is a library for handling page faults in user mode. A page fault occurs when a program tries to access to a region of memory that is currently not available. Catching and handling a page fault is a useful technique for implementing pageable virtual memory, memory-mapped access to persistent databases, generational garbage collectors, stack overflow handlers, and distributed shared memory.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libsigsegv/libsigsegv-2.14.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libsigsegv/libsigsegv-2.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 63a2b35f11b2fbccc3d82f9e6c6afd58
Download size: 456 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install libsigsegv by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-shared: This
switch ensures that shared libraries are compiled.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Libssh2 package is a client-side C library implementing the SSH2 protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.libssh2.org/download/libssh2-1.11.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a01d543fd891ca48fe47726540d50b17
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
CMake-3.27.2 (can be used instead of the configure script), libgcrypt-1.10.2 (can be used instead of OpenSSL), OpenSSH-9.4p1 (for some tests), and Docker (for some tests)
If you want to test the package, exclude the tests requiring a static library:
sed -E '/^DOCKER_TEST/,/^SSHD_TEST/s/test_(auth_keyboard_info.* |hostkey |simple)/$(NOTHING)/' \
-i tests/Makefile.inc &&
autoreconf -fi
Install libssh2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-docker-tests \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-docker-tests: Disable
the tests requiring Docker, which is beyond the scope of
BLFS. Remove this switch if you've installed Docker and you
wish to run the test suite.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
This is a library that provides cross platform access to statistics about the system on which it's run. It's written in C and presents a selection of useful interfaces which can be used to access key system statistics. The current list of statistics includes CPU usage, memory utilisation, disk usage, process counts, network traffic, disk I/O, and more.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.mirrorservice.org/sites/ftp.i-scream.org/pub/i-scream/libstatgrab/libstatgrab-0.92.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://www.mirrorservice.org/sites/ftp.i-scream.org/pub/i-scream/libstatgrab/libstatgrab-0.92.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: af685494e985229e0ac46365bc0cd50e
Download size: 800 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (add 1.5 SBU for tests)
Install libstatgrab by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libstatgrab-0.92.1 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
libtasn1 is a highly portable C library that encodes and decodes DER/BER data following an ASN.1 schema.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libtasn1/libtasn1-4.19.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libtasn1/libtasn1-4.19.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f701ab57eb8e7d9c105b2cd5d809b29a
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (with tests)
Install libtasn1 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you did not pass the --enable-gtk-doc parameter to the
configure
script, you can install the API documentation using the
following command as the root
user:
make -C doc/reference install-data-local
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: This parameter
is normally used if GTK-Doc
is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation. It is broken for this package due to the use
of a long deprecated gtk-doc program that is no longer
available.
The libunique package contains a library for writing single instance applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libunique/1.1/libunique-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libunique/1.1/libunique-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7955769ef31f1bc4f83446dbb3625e6d
Download size: 328 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
GTK+-2.24.33, also GTK-Doc-1.33.2 (for autoreconf)
Install libunique by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libunique-1.1.6-upstream_fixes-1.patch &&
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-dbus \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-dbus: This
switch disables D-Bus
backend in favor of the GDBus backend.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
libunistring is a library that provides functions for manipulating Unicode strings and for manipulating C strings according to the Unicode standard.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libunistring/libunistring-1.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libunistring/libunistring-1.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0dfba19989ae06b8e7a49a7cd18472a1
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 51 MB (add 56 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 1.0 SBU for tests)
texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx) (to rebuild the documentation)
Install libunistring by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libunistring-1.1 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libunwind package contains a portable and efficient C programming interface (API) to determine the call-chain of a program. The API additionally provides the means to manipulate the preserved (callee-saved) state of each call-frame and to resume execution at any point in the call-chain (non-local goto). The API supports both local (same-process) and remote (across-process) operation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.savannah.nongnu.org/releases/libunwind/libunwind-1.6.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f625b6a98ac1976116c71708a73dc44a
Download size: 884 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
texlive-20230313 (for latex2man)
Install libunwind by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check. Two tests, run-coredump-unwind and run-coredump-unwind-mdi are known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The userspace-rcu package provides a set of userspace RCU (read-copy-update) libraries. These data synchronization libraries provide read-side access which scales linearly with the number of cores. It does so by allowing multiples copies of a given data structure to live at the same time, and by monitoring the data structure accesses to detect grace periods after which memory reclamation is possible.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://lttng.org/files/urcu/userspace-rcu-0.14.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0cd5647788b048a5d6bbdb3b08d46299
Download size: 648 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
Install liburcu by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/liburcu-0.14.0 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libusb package contains a library used by some applications for USB device access.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libusb/libusb/releases/download/v1.0.26/libusb-1.0.26.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9c75660dfe1d659387c37b28c91e3160
Download size: 608 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
To access raw USB devices (those not treated as a disk by the mass-storage driver), appropriate support must be available in the kernel. Check your kernel configuration:
Device Drivers ---> [*] USB support ---> [USB_SUPPORT] <*/M> Support for Host-side USB [USB] # These are most common USB controller drivers for PC-like systems. # For modern systems often [USB_XHCI_HCD] is the only one needed # even if the system has USB 2.0 ports: < /*/M> xHCI HCD (USB 3.0) support [USB_XHCI_HCD] < /*/M> EHCI HCD (USB 2.0) support [USB_EHCI_HCD] < /*/M> OHCI HCD (USB 1.1) support [USB_OHCI_HCD]
For more details on setting up USB devices, see the section called “USB Device Issues”.
Install libusb by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If Doxygen is installed and you wish to build the API documentation, issue the following commands:
pushd doc && doxygen -u doxygen.cfg && make docs && popd
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the API documentation, install it using the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/libusb-1.0.26/apidocs &&
install -v -m644 doc/api-1.0/* \
/usr/share/doc/libusb-1.0.26/apidocs
The libuv package is a multi-platform support library with a focus on asynchronous I/O.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dist.libuv.org/dist/v1.46.0/libuv-v1.46.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fa56dafe664d21f9568adebc428d2d64
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB (add 14 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 0.5 SBU for tests)
Install libuv by running the following commands:
The sh autogen.sh command below fails if the ACLOCAL environment variable is set as specified in Xorg-7. If it is used, ACLOCAL needs to be unset for this package and then reset for other packages.
sh autogen.sh && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you want to run the tests, run: make check as a non-root user.
Now, as the root user:
make install
libxkbcommon is a keymap compiler and support library which processes a reduced subset of keymaps as defined by the XKB specification.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xkbcommon.org/download/libxkbcommon-1.5.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 40f0486b4eb491928ec6616c2ff85120
Download size: 464 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
xkeyboard-config-2.39 (runtime)
libxcb-1.16, Wayland-1.22.0, and wayland-protocols-1.32
Install libxkbcommon by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Denable-docs=false &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Denable-docs=false:
This switch disables documentation generation. Remove it if
Doxygen-1.9.7 is installed.
mv -v /usr/share/doc/libxkbcommon{,-1.5.0}: If you removed -Denable-docs=false, use this command to install the documentation in a versioned directory.
The libxml2 package contains libraries and utilities used for parsing XML files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libxml2/2.10/libxml2-2.10.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 76808c467a58c31e2dbd511e71d5fd13
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 106 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
Optional Test Suite: https://www.w3.org/XML/Test/xmlts20130923.tar.gz - This enables make check to do complete testing.
ICU-73.2 (see below) and Valgrind-3.21.0 (may be used in the tests)
The old Python2 module can
be built after libxml2.so has
been installed, see libxml2-2.10.4
python2 module.
Install libxml2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--with-history \
PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3 \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libxml2-2.10.4 &&
make
If you downloaded the test suite, issue the following command:
tar xf ../xmlts20130923.tar.gz
To test the results, issue: make check > check.log. A summary of the results can be obtained with grep -E '^Total|expected' check.log. If Valgrind-3.21.0 is installed and you want to check for memory leaks, replace check with check-valgrind.
The tests use http://localhost/ to test parsing
of external entities. If the machine where you run the
tests serves as a web site, the tests may hang, depending
on the content of the file served. It is therefore
recommended to shut down the server during the tests, as
the root user:
systemctl stop httpd.service
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-history: This
switch enables Readline
support when running xmlcatalog or xmllint in shell mode.
PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3: Allows
building the libxml2 module with Python3 instead of Python2.
--with-icu: Add this switch if
you have built ICU-73.2, for better unicode support.
If the --with-icu switch is
used, the BLFS editors recommend removing unneeded
references to the ICU libraries. This will prevent many
packages that use libxml2 from unnecessarily linking to the
ICU libraries. This, in turn, will prevent the need for
rebuilding many packages when upgrading ICU to a new major
version. After installing libxml2, as the root user, issue:
rm -vf /usr/lib/libxml2.la && sed '/libs=/s/xml2.*/xml2"/' -i /usr/bin/xml2-config
|
determines the compile and linker flags that should
be used to compile and link programs that use
|
|
|
is used to monitor and manipulate XML and SGML catalogs |
|
|
parses XML files and outputs reports (based upon options) to detect errors in XML coding |
|
|
provides functions for programs to parse files that use the XML format |
The libxslt package contains
XSLT libraries used for extending libxml2 libraries to support XSLT files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libxslt/1.1/libxslt-1.1.38.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7d6e43db810177ddf9818ef394027019
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 34 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2
Although it is not a direct dependency, many applications using libxslt will expect docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2 to be present.
Install libxslt by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libxslt-1.1.38 \
PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
is used to find out the pre-processor, linking and compiling flags necessary to use the libxslt libraries in 3rd-party programs |
|
|
is used to apply XSLT stylesheets to XML documents |
|
|
is used to provide extensions to XSLT functions |
|
|
provides extensions to the |
The libwacom package contains a library used to identify wacom tablets and their model-specific features.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/linuxwacom/libwacom/releases/download/libwacom-2.7.0/libwacom-2.7.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8009dfda6afe6a5d3d8a3021ef6bdfb8
Download size: 112 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.9.7, git-2.41.0, librsvg-2.56.3, Valgrind-3.21.0 (optional for some tests), and pytest-7.4.0 with python-libevdev and pyudev
Install libwacom by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dtests=disabled &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. To run additional tests, install pytest-7.4.0, python-libevdev, and pyudev, then remove the "-Dtests=disabled" option from the meson line above.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dtests=disabled:
This parameter disables some of the more advanced tests
because they require pytest-7.4.0 and other two Python modules
beyond the scope of BLFS to work properly.
The libwpe package contains a general purpose library for WPE WebKit and the WPE Renderer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://wpewebkit.org/releases/libwpe-1.14.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d834d70a6b3afb24a05ec188df248e52
Download size: 64 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libxkbcommon-1.5.0 and Mesa-23.1.6
Install libwpe by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The yaml package contains a C library for parsing and emitting YAML (YAML Ain't Markup Language) code.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/yaml/libyaml/releases/download/0.2.5/yaml-0.2.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bb15429d8fb787e7d3f1c83ae129a999
Download size: 596 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.4 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install libyaml by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
log4cplus is a simple to use C++20 logging API providing thread--safe, flexible, and arbitrarily granular control over log management and configuration. It is modeled after the Java log4j API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/log4cplus/log4cplus/releases/download/REL_2_1_0/log4cplus-2.1.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 62928d480ebec1476fe74b900f2a1672
Download size: 919 KB
Estimated disk space required: 72.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
User Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/log4cplus
Build log4cplus by running the following command:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, install the package as the root user:
make install
--with-qt5: This
option enables compilation of a separate shared library
(liblog4cplusqt5debugappender) that implements
Qt5DebugAppender. It requires Qt5 and pkg-config to be
available.
LZO is a data compression library which is suitable for data decompression and compression in real-time. This means it favors speed over compression ratio.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.oberhumer.com/opensource/lzo/download/lzo-2.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 39d3f3f9c55c87b1e5d6888e1420f4b5
Download size: 588 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
Install LZO by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/lzo-2.10 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. All the checks should pass. Now issue make test to run the full suite of tests.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The mtdev package contains Multitouch Protocol Translation Library which is used to transform all variants of kernel MT (Multitouch) events to the slotted type B protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://bitmath.org/code/mtdev/mtdev-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bf8ef2482e84a00b5db8fbd3ce00e249
Download size: 292 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install mtdev by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Node.js is a JavaScript runtime built on Chrome's V8 JavaScript engine.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://nodejs.org/dist/v18.17.1/node-v18.17.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cfadecca2649bb74daba89d60fbd02e5
Download size: 39 MB
Estimated disk space required: 992 MB (add 25 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 13 SBU (add 3.3 SBU for tests: both using parallelism=8 and 8 CPUs online, parts of the tests will use all online CPUs)
c-ares-1.19.1, ICU-73.2, libuv-1.46.0, and nghttp2-1.55.1
http-parser and npm (an internal copy of npm will be installed if not present)
Build Node.js by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--shared-cares \
--shared-libuv \
--shared-openssl \
--shared-nghttp2 \
--shared-zlib \
--with-intl=system-icu &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test-only. Several tests are known to fail due to behavior differences between OpenSSL-3.0 and OpenSSL-3.1.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ln -sf node /usr/share/doc/node-18.17.1
--with-intl=system-icu: use the
system version of icu. Other
values are full-icu (to build a
local, full icu library) and
small-icu (to build a local,
minimal icu library).
--shared-{cares,libuv,nghttp2,openssl,zlib}:
use the system installed libraries instead of local copies.
--without-npm: do not build
npm (use if you'd like to
build a separate npm later).
--shared-http-parser: use the
system installed library instead of a local copy.
The NPth package contains a very portable POSIX/ANSI-C based library for Unix platforms which provides non-preemptive priority-based scheduling for multiple threads of execution (multithreading) inside event-driven applications. All threads run in the same address space of the server application, but each thread has its own individual program-counter, run-time stack, signal mask and errno variable.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/npth/npth-1.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/npth/npth-1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 375d1a15ad969f32d25f1a7630929854
Download size: 296 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB (with checks)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with checks)
Install NPth by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the npth library. It can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile and link the application against the npth library |
|
|
contains the API functions used by the New Portable Threads Library |
Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) provides a platform-neutral API for system level and libc like functions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/nspr/releases/v4.35/src/nspr-4.35.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5e0acf9fbdde85181bddd510f4624841
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install NSPR by running the following commands:
cd nspr &&
sed -ri '/^RELEASE/s/^/#/' pr/src/misc/Makefile.in &&
sed -i 's#$(LIBRARY) ##' config/rules.mk &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-mozilla \
--with-pthreads \
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo --enable-64bit) &&
make
The test suite is designed for testing changes to nss or nspr and is not particularly useful for checking a released version (e.g. it needs to be run on a non-optimized build with both nss and nspr directories existing alongside each other). For further details, see the Editor Notes for nss at https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nss
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -ri '/^RELEASE/s/^/#/' pr/src/misc/Makefile.in: This sed disables installing two unneeded scripts.
sed -i 's#$(LIBRARY) ##' config/rules.mk: This sed disables installing the static libraries.
--with-mozilla: This
parameter adds Mozilla support to the libraries (required if
you want to build any other Mozilla products and link them to
these libraries).
--with-pthreads: This
parameter forces use of the system pthread library.
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ]
&& echo --enable-64bit): The
--enable-64bit parameter is required on an x86_64 system to
prevent configure failing with a
claim that this is a system without pthread support. The [
$(uname -m) = x86_64 ] test ensures it has no effect on a 32
bit system.
|
provides compiler and linker options to other packages that use NSPR |
|
|
contains functions that provide platform independence for non-GUI operating system facilities such as threads, thread synchronization, normal file and network I/O, interval timing and calendar time, basic memory management and shared library linking |
|
|
contains functions that implement many of the features offered by libnspr4 |
|
|
contains functions that provide data structures |
The PCRE package contains Perl Compatible Regular Expression libraries. These are useful for implementing regular expression pattern matching using the same syntax and semantics as Perl 5.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sourceforge.net/projects/pcre/files/pcre/8.45/pcre-8.45.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4452288e6a0eefb2ab11d36010a1eebb
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
Install PCRE by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/pcre-8.45 \
--enable-unicode-properties \
--enable-pcre16 \
--enable-pcre32 \
--enable-pcregrep-libz \
--enable-pcregrep-libbz2 \
--enable-pcretest-libreadline \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-unicode-properties:
This switch enables Unicode properties support and includes
the code for handling UTF-8/16/32 character strings in the
library. You need this switch if you are going to build
GLib-2.76.4.
--enable-pcre16: This
switch enables 16 bit character support.
--enable-pcre32: This
switch enables 32 bit character support.
--enable-pcregrep-libz: This
switch adds support to pcregrep to read
.gz compressed files.
--enable-pcregrep-libbz2: This
switch adds support to pcregrep to read
.bz2 compressed files.
--enable-pcretest-libreadline:
This switch adds line editing and history features to
pcretest
program.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-jit: this option enables
Just-in-time compiling, which can greatly speed up pattern
matching.
The PCRE2 package contains a new generation of the Perl Compatible Regular Expression libraries. These are useful for implementing regular expression pattern matching using the same syntax and semantics as Perl.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/PCRE2Project/pcre2/releases/download/pcre2-10.42/pcre2-10.42.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a8e9ab2935d428a4807461f183034abe
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with tests)
Install PCRE2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/pcre2-10.42 \
--enable-unicode \
--enable-jit \
--enable-pcre2-16 \
--enable-pcre2-32 \
--enable-pcre2grep-libz \
--enable-pcre2grep-libbz2 \
--enable-pcre2test-libreadline \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-unicode:
This switch enables Unicode support and includes the
functions for handling UTF-8/16/32 character strings in the
library.
--enable-pcre2-16:
This switch enables 16 bit character support.
--enable-pcre2-32:
This switch enables 32 bit character support.
--enable-pcre2grep-libz: This
switch adds support for reading .gz compressed files to
pcre2grep.
--enable-pcre2grep-libbz2: This
switch adds support for reading .bz2 compressed files to
pcre2grep.
--enable-pcre2test-libreadline:
This switch adds line editing and history features to the
pcre2test program.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-jit: this
option enables Just-in-time compiling, which can greatly
speed up pattern matching.
The popt package contains the popt libraries which are used by some programs to parse command-line options.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.rpm.org/popt/releases/popt-1.x/popt-1.19.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/popt/releases/popt-1.x/popt-1.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: eaa2135fddb6eb03f2c87ee1823e5a78
Download size: 584 kB
Estimated disk space required: 6.9 MB (includes installing documentation and tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.9.7 (for generating documentation)
Install popt by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you have Doxygen-1.9.7 installed and wish to build the API documentation, issue:
sed -i 's@\./@src/@' Doxyfile && doxygen
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the API documentation, install it using the
following commands issued by the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/popt-1.19 && install -v -m644 doxygen/html/* /usr/share/doc/popt-1.19
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The Pth package contains a very portable POSIX/ANSI-C based library for Unix platforms which provides non-preemptive priority-based scheduling for multiple threads of execution (multithreading) inside event-driven applications. All threads run in the same address space of the server application, but each thread has its own individual program-counter, run-time stack, signal mask and errno variable.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/pth/pth-2.0.7.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/pth/pth-2.0.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9cb4a25331a4c4db866a31cbe507c793
Download size: 652 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
GCC-13.2.0 (for gfortran) and libnsl-2.0.0
Don't add the --enable-pthread
parameter to the configure command below
else you will overwrite the pthread library and interface
header installed by the Glibc package in LFS.
Install Pth by running the following commands:
sed -i 's#$(LOBJS): Makefile#$(LOBJS): pth_p.h Makefile#' Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/pth-2.0.7 &&
install -v -m644 README PORTING SUPPORT TESTS \
/usr/share/doc/pth-2.0.7
sed -i 's#$(LOBJS)
...: This sed fixes a race condition
in the Makefile. It allows
running make
with multiple jobs (e.g., make
-j4).
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--mandir=/usr/share/man: This
switch puts the man pages in /usr/share/man instead of /usr/man.
|
is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the pth(3) library. It can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile and link the application against the pth(3) library |
|
|
contains the API functions used by the GNU Portable Threads Library |
Qca aims to provide a straightforward and cross-platform crypto API, using Qt datatypes and conventions. Qca separates the API from the implementation, using plugins known as Providers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/qca/2.3.7/qca-2.3.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0e50817de610e145c83ca012f79f18f5
Download size: 732 KB
Estimated disk space required: 43 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.1 SBU for tests)
make-ca-1.12, CMake-3.27.2, Qt-5.15.10, and Which-2.21
Cyrus SASL-2.1.28, GnuPG-2.4.3, libgcrypt-1.10.2, libgpg-error-1.47, nss-3.92, NSPR-4.35, p11-kit-0.25.0, Doxygen-1.9.7, Which-2.21, and Botan
Fix the location of the CA certificates:
sed -i '[email protected]@certs/ca-bundle.crt@' CMakeLists.txt
Install Qca by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$QT5DIR \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DQCA_MAN_INSTALL_DIR:PATH=/usr/share/man \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply a higher level of compiler
optimizations.
-DQCA_MAN_INSTALL_DIR:PATH=/usr/share/man:
Install the qca man page in the normal location.
Talloc provides a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system with destructors. It is the core memory allocator used in Samba.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.samba.org/ftp/talloc/talloc-2.4.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b0f40831552f8dca770048f7040fefe1
Download size: 664 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2 and libxslt-1.1.38 (To generate man pages), GDB-13.2, git-2.41.0, libnsl-2.0.0, libtirpc-1.3.3, Valgrind-3.21.0, and xfsprogs-6.4.0
Install Talloc by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To check the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Telepathy GLib contains a library used by GLib based Telepathy components. Telepathy is a D-Bus framework for unifying real time communication, including instant messaging, voice calls and video calls. It abstracts differences between protocols to provide a unified interface for applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://telepathy.freedesktop.org/releases/telepathy-glib/telepathy-glib-0.24.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a3a75657e9389381b44fee1680f770a7
Download size: 3.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 256 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU
dbus-glib-0.112 and libxslt-1.1.38
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, and Vala-0.56.11
If you intend to run the tests, one of them defaults to
invoking /usr/bin/python and
fails if it is absent, causing the second batch of tests to
not run - unlike the other tests which can be overridden from
the environment. Fix it with the following command:
sed -i 's%/usr/bin/python%&3%' tests/all-errors-documented.py
Install Telepathy GLib by running the following commands:
PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3 ./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-vala-bindings \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-vala-bindings: This
switch enables building of the Vala bindings. Remove if you
don't have Vala-0.56.11 installed.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The Uchardet package contains an encoding detectory library which takes a sequence of bytes in an unknown character encoding and attempts to determine the encoding of the text.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/uchardet/releases/uchardet-0.0.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9e267be7aee81417e5875086dd9d44fd
Download size: 217 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB (with test)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with test)
Install Uchardet by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DBUILD_STATIC=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DBUILD_STATIC=OFF:
This switch disables building the static version of the
library.
The Umockdev package contains a framework that allows a developer to mock devices for use in unit testing.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/martinpitt/umockdev/releases/download/0.17.18/umockdev-0.17.18.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a9ff284518c034aa334b58237074e313
Download size: 484 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
libgudev-238, libpcap-1.10.4, and Vala-0.56.11
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 and libgphoto2 (optional for tests)
Install Umockdev by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. One test needs to be run in an X session.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this switch
if you have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
rebuild and install the API documentation.
Wayland is a project to define a protocol for a compositor to talk to its clients as well as a library implementation of the protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/wayland/wayland/-/releases/1.22.0/downloads/wayland-1.22.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7410ab549e3928fce9381455b17b0803
Download size: 228 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.4 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.9.7, Graphviz-8.1.0 and xmlto-0.0.28 (to build the API documentation) and docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2 and libxslt-1.1.38 (to build the manual pages)
Install Wayland by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Ddocumentation=false &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: env -u XDG_RUNTIME_DIR ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Ddocumentation=false: This
switch is used to disable building of the API documentation.
Remove it if you have installed optional dependencies.
|
is a tool to generate proxy methods in wayland-client-protocol.h and wayland-server-protocol.h |
|
|
contains API functions for writing Wayland applications |
|
|
contains API functions for managing cursors in Wayland applications |
|
|
contains API functions for handling OpenGL calls in Wayland applications |
|
|
contains API functions for writing Wayland compositors |
The Wayland-Protocols package contains additional Wayland protocols that add functionality outside of protocols already in the Wayland core.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/wayland/wayland-protocols/-/releases/1.32/downloads/wayland-protocols-1.32.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 00c2cedb0d2df714a0965a00c19385c6
Download size: 92 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.4 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install Wayland-protocols by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The wpebackend-fdo package contains the Freedesktop.org backend for WPE WebKit and the WPE renderer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://wpewebkit.org/releases/wpebackend-fdo-1.14.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: dafd899646b2e31ef2d97938a638c48d
Download size: 44 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install wpebackend-fdo by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. ninja
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The wv package contains tools for reading information from an MS Word document.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.abisource.com/downloads/wv/1.2.9/wv-1.2.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dbccf2e9f747e50c913b7e3d126b73f7
Download size: 608 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
libgsf-1.14.50 and libpng-1.6.40
Install wv by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not have a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Xapian is an open source search engine library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://oligarchy.co.uk/xapian/1.4.23/xapian-core-1.4.23.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 241273b1fcde4c3fd12f0d0586e6bb6c
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 144 MB (add 163 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 11 SBU for tests)
Valgrind-3.21.0 (for tests)
Install Xapian by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/xapian-core-1.4.23 &&
make
To run the test suite, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
performs a document-by-document copy of one or more Xapian databases |
|
|
is a command line tool to search through a database |
|
|
is a simple example program demonstrating query expansion |
|
|
indexes each paragraph of a text file as a Xapian document |
|
|
is a simple command line search utility |
|
|
checks the consistency of a database or table |
|
|
compacts a database, or merges and compacts several databases |
|
|
reports information about the installed xapian |
|
|
inspects the contents of a Xapian database |
|
|
reads and writes user metadata |
|
|
inspects the contents of a flint table for development or debugging |
|
|
is a remote server for use with ProgClient |
|
|
replicates a database from a master server to a local copy |
|
|
services database replication requests from clients |
|
|
is the TCP daemon for use with Xapian's remote backend |
Depending on what your system will be used for, you may or may not require the graphics and font libraries. Most desktop machines will want them for use with graphical applications. Most servers on the other hand, will not require them.
AAlib is a library to render any graphic into ASCII Art.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/aa-project/aalib-1.4rc5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9801095c42bba12edebd1902bcf0a990
Download size: 388 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Xorg Libraries, Xorg Legacy Fonts (runtime), slang-2.3.3, and GPM-1.20.7
Fix a minor problem with the included m4 file:
sed -i -e '/AM_PATH_AALIB,/s/AM_PATH_AALIB/[&]/' aalib.m4
Install AAlib by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--infodir=/usr/share/info \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--with-ncurses=/usr \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is a demo of AAlib, rendering an animated fire in ASCII Art |
|
|
provides information for your current settings related to AAlib |
|
|
provides configuration info for AAlib |
|
|
saves a font to a file |
|
|
shows the abilities of AAlib in a little test |
|
|
is a collection of routines to render any graphical input in portable format to ASCII Art. It can be used through many programs and has a very well documented API, so you can easily put it into your own programs |
The Babl package is a dynamic, any to any, pixel format translation library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gimp.org/pub/babl/0.1/babl-0.1.106.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f0932832cdc4cf9b09c0f97ff48fea07
Download size: 308 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and librsvg-2.56.3
Little CMS-2.14 and w3m
Install Babl by running the following commands:
mkdir bld && cd bld && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl/graphics &&
install -v -m644 docs/*.{css,html} /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl &&
install -v -m644 docs/graphics/*.{html,svg} /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl/graphics
install -v -m755 -d
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl/graphics: This
and the subsequent commands install the library html
documentation under /usr/share/gtk-doc/html where other gtk
packages put the programmer-oriented documentation.
Exiv2 is a C++ library and a command line utility for managing image and video metadata.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/Exiv2/exiv2/releases/download/v0.28.0/exiv2-0.28.0-Source.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7b53f59708efc7f9840e34503eacb41f
Download size: 42 MB
Estimated disk space required: 119 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Brotli-1.0.9, cURL-8.2.1, and inih-57
Install Exiv2 by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DEXIV2_ENABLE_VIDEO=yes \
-DEXIV2_ENABLE_WEBREADY=yes \
-DEXIV2_ENABLE_CURL=yes \
-DEXIV2_BUILD_SAMPLES=no \
-G "Unix Makefiles" .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DEXIV2_ENABLE_VIDEO=yes: This
switch enables managing video metadata.
-DEXIV2_ENABLE_WEBREADY=yes:
This switch enables managing web image metadata.
-DEXIV2_BUILD_SAMPLES=no: This
switch is necessary to suppress building and installing
sample programs. If the sample programs are built, 34
additional programs are installed in /usr/bin.
-DEXIV2_ENABLE_CURL=yes: This
switch is necessary to enable network/http capabilities.
-DEXIV2_ENABLE_INIH=no: Use this
switch if you have not installed inih-57.
-DEXIV2_ENABLE_BROTLI=no: Use
this switch if you have not installed Brotli-1.0.9.
The FreeType2 package contains a library which allows applications to properly render TrueType fonts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetype/freetype-2.13.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e4c3f0d8453a2a7993ae784912d6f19a
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 49 MB (with additional documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with additional documentation)
Additional Documentation
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetype/freetype-doc-2.13.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9eaaf193b0493297d92cd435cd850598
Download size: 2.1 MB
HarfBuzz-8.1.1 (first, install without it, after it is installed, reinstall FreeType-2.13.1), libpng-1.6.40, and Which-2.21
Brotli-1.0.9 and librsvg-2.56.3
If you downloaded the additional documentation, unpack it into the source tree using the following command:
tar -xf ../freetype-doc-2.13.1.tar.xz --strip-components=2 -C docs
Install FreeType2 by running the following commands:
sed -ri "s:.*(AUX_MODULES.*valid):\1:" modules.cfg &&
sed -r "s:.*(#.*SUBPIXEL_RENDERING) .*:\1:" \
-i include/freetype/config/ftoption.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-freetype-config --disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it as
the root user:
cp -v -R docs -T /usr/share/doc/freetype-2.13.1 && rm -v /usr/share/doc/freetype-2.13.1/freetype-config.1
sed -ri ...:
First command enables GX/AAT and OpenType table validation
and second command enables Subpixel Rendering. Note that
Subpixel Rendering may have patent issues. Be sure to read
the 'Other patent issues' part
of https://freetype.org/patents.html
before enabling this option.
--enable-freetype-config: This
switch ensure that the man page for freetype-config is
installed.
--without-harfbuzz: If
harfbuzz is installed prior
to freetype without
freetype support, use this
switch to avoid a build failure.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The Fontconfig package contains a library and support programs used for configuring and customizing font access.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig/release/fontconfig-2.14.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 95261910ea727b5dd116b06fbfd84b1f
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
bubblewrap-0.8.0 (used by some tests), cURL-8.2.1 and UnZip-6.0 (both used by some tests for downloading and extracting test files), JSON-C-0.17, DocBook-utils-0.6.14 and libxml2-2.10.4, texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx)
An Internet connection is needed for some tests of this package.
If you have DocBook Utils
installed and you remove the --disable-docs parameter from
the configure
command below, you must have SGMLSpm-1.1 and
texlive-20230313 installed
also, or the Fontconfig
build will fail.
Install Fontconfig by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-docs \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.14.2 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. One test is known to fail if the kernel does not support user namespaces. Some tests will download some font files via Internet.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you did not remove the --disable-docs parameter from
the configure
command, you can install the pre-generated documentation by
using the following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 \
/usr/share/{man/man{1,3,5},doc/fontconfig-2.14.2/fontconfig-devel} &&
install -v -m644 fc-*/*.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.3 /usr/share/man/man3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/fonts-conf.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m644 doc/fontconfig-devel/* \
/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.14.2/fontconfig-devel &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{pdf,sgml,txt,html} \
/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.14.2
--disable-docs: This
switch avoids building the documentation (the release tarball
includes pre-generated documentation).
The main configuration file for Fontconfig is /etc/fonts/fonts.conf. Generally you do
not want to edit this file. It will also read /etc/fonts/local.conf and any files in
/etc/fonts/conf.d. To put a
new font directory in the configuration, create (or update)
the /etc/fonts/local.conf
file with your local information or add a new file in
/etc/fonts/conf.d. The
default location of fonts in Fontconfig is:
/usr/share/fonts
~/.local/share/fonts
~/.fonts (this is now deprecated, but for the moment it still works)
Fontconfig also ships many
example configuration files in the /usr/share/fontconfig/conf.avail
directory. Symlinking specific files to /etc/fonts/conf.d will enable them. The
default setup is generally good enough for most users. See
/etc/fonts/conf.d/README for
a description of the configuration files.
More information about configuring Fontconfig can be found in the user's manual in file:///usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.14.2/fontconfig-user.html.
|
is used to create font information caches |
|
|
is used to read font information caches |
|
|
shows the ruleset files' information on the system |
|
|
is used to create font lists |
|
|
is used to match available fonts, or find fonts that match a given pattern |
|
|
is used to parse pattern (empty pattern by default) and show the parsed result |
|
|
is used to query fonts files and print resulting patterns |
|
|
is used to scan font files and directories, and print resulting patterns |
|
|
is used to validate font files |
|
|
contains functions used by the Fontconfig programs and also by other programs to configure or customize font access |
The FriBidi package is an implementation of the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm (BIDI). This is useful for supporting Arabic and Hebrew alphabets in other packages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/fribidi/fribidi/releases/download/v1.0.13/fribidi-1.0.13.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 49b17442e0d8fa2e97b5c898078f6f51
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install FriBidi by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
|
is a command-line interface to the |
|
|
contains functions used to implement the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm |
This package provides the GEneric Graphics Library, which is a graph based image processing format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gimp.org/pub/gegl/0.4/gegl-0.4.46.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 241bde22f9204515121e5fb03a2b9fbd
Download size: 5.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 103 MB (Add 4 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 0.4 SBU for tests)
babl-0.1.106, JSON-GLib-1.6.6, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, and libpng-1.6.40
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, Graphviz-8.1.0, Pygments-2.16.1, and PyGObject-3.44.1
asciidoc-10.2.0, Cairo-1.17.6, FFmpeg-6.0, gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10, gexiv2-0.14.2, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, JasPer-4.0.0, Little CMS-2.14, libraw-0.21.1, librsvg-2.56.3, libtiff-4.5.1, libwebp-1.3.1, Pango-1.50.14, Poppler-23.08.0, Ruby-3.2.2, SDL2-2.28.2, v4l-utils-1.24.1, Vala-0.56.11, libspiro-20220722, LuaJIT, lensfun, LuaJIT, libnsgif, libumfpack, maxflow, MRG, OpenCL, OpenEXR, poly2tri-c, source-highlight, and w3m
If installing over a previous version of gegl, one module needs to be removed. As
the root user, run:
rm -f /usr/lib/gegl-0.4/vector-fill.so
Install gegl by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To run the tests, issue: ninja
test. 7 tests in the gegl:ff-load-save portion of the test suite
are known to fail due to incompatibilities with ffmpeg-6.0.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Ddocs=true: Build and install
documentation (requires GTK-Doc-1.33.2,).
|
is a commandline tool for working with the XML data model |
|
|
is a simple image difference detection tool for use in regression testing |
|
|
provides infrastructure to do demand based cached non destructive image editing on larger than RAM buffers |
|
|
is the GEGL N-point image deformation library |
The giflib package contains libraries for reading and writing GIFs as well as programs for converting and working with GIF files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sourceforge.net/projects/giflib/files/giflib-5.2.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6f03aee4ebe54ac2cc1ab3e4b0a049e5
Download size: 436 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB (with documentation)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with documentation)
Install giflib by running the following commands:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr install &&
rm -fv /usr/lib/libgif.a &&
find doc \( -name Makefile\* -o -name \*.1 \
-o -name \*.xml \) -exec rm -v {} \; &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/giflib-5.2.1 &&
cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/giflib-5.2.1
rm -fv /usr/lib/libgif.a: This command removes a static library which is not used by any BLFS package.
find doc ... -exec rm -v {}
\;: This command removes Makefiles, man and xml files from the
documentation directory that would otherwise be installed by
the commands that follow.
|
converts images saved as GIF to 24-bit RGB images |
|
|
dumps GIF data in a textual format, or undumps it to a GIF |
|
|
modifies GIF image colormaps |
|
|
clumsily attempts to fix truncated GIF images |
|
|
prints (text only) general information about a GIF file |
|
|
is a GIF transformation tool |
|
|
contains API functions required by the giflib programs and any other programs needing library functionality to read, write and manipulate GIF images |
OpenGL Mathematics (GLM) is a header-only C++ mathematics library for graphics software based on the OpenGL Shading Language (GLSL) specifications. An extension system provides extended capabilities such as matrix transformations and quaternions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/g-truc/glm/archive/0.9.9.8/glm-0.9.9.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0e83d4a33c7d4044a2c35c8d6aba4671
Download size: 4.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
This package is unusual as it includes its functionality in header files. We just copy them into position.
As the root user:
cp -r glm /usr/include/ && cp -r doc /usr/share/doc/glm-0.9.9.8
Graphite2 is a rendering engine for graphite fonts. These are TrueType fonts with additional tables containing smart rendering information and were originally developed to support complex non-Roman writing systems. They may contain rules for e.g. ligatures, glyph substitution, kerning, justification - this can make them useful even on text written in Roman writing systems such as English. Note that firefox by default provides an internal copy of the graphite engine and cannot use a system version (although it can now be patched to use it), but it too should benefit from the availability of graphite fonts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/silnrsi/graphite/releases/download/1.3.14/graphite2-1.3.14.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 1bccb985a7da01092bfb53bb5041e836
Download size: 6.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
FreeType-2.13.1, silgraphite to build the comparerender test and benchmarking tool, and if that is present, and HarfBuzz-8.1.1 to add more functionality to it (this is a circular dependency, you would need to first build graphite2 without harfbuzz).
To build the documentation: asciidoc-10.2.0, Doxygen-1.9.7, texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx), and dblatex (for PDF docs)
To execute the test suite you will need FontTools (Python 3 module), otherwise, the "cmp" tests fail.
You will need at least one suitable graphite font for the package to be useful.
Some tests fail if FontTools (Python 3 module) is not installed. These tests can be removed with:
sed -i '/cmptest/d' tests/CMakeLists.txt
Install Graphite2 by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr .. && make
If you wish to build the documentation, issue:
make docs
To test the results, issue: make test. One test named
nametabletest is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the documentation, install, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/graphite2-1.3.14 &&
cp -v -f doc/{GTF,manual}.html \
/usr/share/doc/graphite2-1.3.14 &&
cp -v -f doc/{GTF,manual}.pdf \
/usr/share/doc/graphite2-1.3.14
-DCMAKE_VERBOSE_MAKEFILE=ON: This
switch turns on build verbose mode.
The HarfBuzz package contains an OpenType text shaping engine.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/harfbuzz/harfbuzz/releases/download/8.1.1/harfbuzz-8.1.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f0040d0fc02cf94cac9f46a94c44c6de
Download size: 18 MB
Estimated disk space required: 145 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 (required if building GNOME), GLib-2.76.4 (required for Pango), Graphite2-1.3.14 (required for building texlive-20230313 or LibreOffice-7.6.0.3 with system harfbuzz), ICU-73.2, and FreeType-2.13.1 (after HarfBuzz-8.1.1 is installed, reinstall FreeType-2.13.1)
Cairo-1.17.6 (circular: build cairo and all its recommended dependencies, including harfbuzz, first, then rebuild harfbuzz if the cairo backend is needed), git-2.41.0, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, FontTools (Python 3 module, for the test suite), ragel, and wasm-micro-runtime
Recommended dependencies are not strictly required to build the package. However, you might not get expected results at runtime if you don't install them. Please do not report bugs with this package if you have not installed the recommended dependencies.
Install HarfBuzz by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgraphite2=enabled &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgraphite2=enabled:
This switch enables Graphite2 support, which is required for
building texlive-20230313 or LibreOffice-7.6.0.3 with system
harfbuzz.
-Ddocs=disabled: If GTK-Doc-1.33.2 is installed, the
documentation is built and installed. This switch prevents
that.
|
is used for gathering information about fonts installed on the system |
|
|
gives the set of characters contained in a string, represented as single characters and/or single character names. Example: hb-ot-shape-closure /usr/share/fonts/dejavu/DejaVuSans.ttf "Hello World." |
|
|
is used for the conversion of text strings into positioned glyphs |
|
|
is used to create subsets of fonts, and display text using them |
|
|
displays a graphical view of a string shape using a particular font as a set of glyphs. The output format is automatically defined by the file extension, the supported ones being ansi/png/svg/pdf/ps/eps. For example: hb-view --output-file=hello.png /usr/share/fonts/dejavu/DejaVuSans.ttf "Hello World." |
|
|
is the HarfBuzz text shaping library |
|
|
provides Cairo integration for the Harfbuzz text shaping library |
|
|
provides GObject integration for the HarfBuzz text shaping library |
|
|
provides ICU integration for the HarfBuzz text shaping library |
|
|
provides API functions for performing subsetting operations on font files |
The JasPer Project is an open-source initiative to provide a free software-based reference implementation of the JPEG-2000 codec.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/jasper-software/jasper/archive/version-4.0.0/jasper-4.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1578be3c1e329fdaae35d98dd804ed95
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.5 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
Freeglut-3.4.0 (required for jiv), Doxygen-1.9.7 (needed for generating html documentation), and texlive-20230313 (needed to regenerate the pdf documentation)
The tarball jasper-4.0.0.tar.gz will extract to jasper-version-4.0.0.
Install JasPer by running the following commands:
mkdir BUILD &&
cd BUILD &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_SKIP_INSTALL_RPATH=YES \
-DJAS_ENABLE_DOC=NO \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/jasper-4.0.0 \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_SKIP_INSTALL_RPATH=YES:
This option removes embedded library search paths.
-DJAS_ENABLE_DOC=NO:
This option disables rebuilding the pdf documentation if
texlive-20230313 is installed.
The Little CMS library is used by other programs to provide color management facilities.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lcms/lcms-1.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8af94611baf20d9646c7c2c285859818
Download size: 927 KB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
libtiff-4.5.1, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, and Python-2.7.18 (with SWIG-4.1.1 also)
Install Little CMS by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../lcms-1.19-cve_2013_4276-1.patch && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/lcms-1.19 &&
install -v -m644 README.1ST doc/* \
/usr/share/doc/lcms-1.19
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-python: Use this parameter
if Python and SWIG are installed.
|
generates PostScript CRD or CSA from ICC profiles |
|
|
links two or more profiles into a single device link profile |
|
|
is a color space conversion calculator |
|
|
is an ICC profile applier for JPEG files |
|
|
is an ICC profile applier for TIFF files |
|
|
is a TIFF compare utility |
|
|
shows media white of profiles, identifying black body locus |
|
|
is used by the lcms programs as well as other programs to provide color management facilities |
The Little Color Management System is a small-footprint color management engine, with special focus on accuracy and performance. It uses the International Color Consortium standard (ICC), which is the modern standard for color management.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/mm2/Little-CMS/releases/download/lcms2.14/lcms2-2.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7f7baa3e605c961b9301135105ee9a34
Download size: 7.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB (with the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with the tests)
Apply the upstream fix for an issue breaking colord:
sed '/BufferSize < TagSize/,+1 s/goto Error/TagSize = BufferSize/' \
-i src/cmsio0.c
Install Little CMS2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libavif package contains a library used for encoding and decoding AVIF files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/AOMediaCodec/libavif/archive/v0.11.1/libavif-0.11.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dde524dfc0e0e37a468277b128662990
Download size: 5.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libavif by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DAVIF_CODEC_AOM=ON \
-DAVIF_BUILD_GDK_PIXBUF=ON \
-G Ninja .. &&
ninja
This package does come with a test suite, but it requires gtest, which is not part of BLFS.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The AV1 format needs to be added to the loaders cache. As the
root user:
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders --update-cache
-DAVIF_CODEC_AOM=ON:
This switch enables using the AOM codec. This package is
useless without at least one codec built in.
-DAVIF_BUILD_GDK_PIXBUF=ON:
This switch builds the AVIF loader for applications which use
gdk-pixbuf. Remove it if you have not installed gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10.
-DAVIF_CODEC_DAV1D=ON: Use this
switch if you have installed libdav1d and
wish to use it as a codec.
-DAVIF_CODEC_RAV1E=ON: Use this
switch if you have installed rav1e and wish to use it
as a codec.
-DAVIF_CODEC_SVT=ON: Use this
switch if you have installed svt-av1 and
wish to use it as a codec.
The libexif package contains a library for parsing, editing, and saving EXIF data. Most digital cameras produce EXIF files, which are JPEG files with extra tags that contain information about the image. All EXIF tags described in EXIF standard 2.1 are supported.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libexif/libexif/releases/download/v0.6.24/libexif-0.6.24.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 00ea6e7ff62d3fd41ea9b2139746703c
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install libexif by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-doc-dir=/usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.24 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Documentation was built and installed if you have the
dependencies shown above installed. If you don't have the
dependencies installed, there is a compressed tarball in the
source tree doc directory that
can be unpacked into /usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.24.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libgxps package provides an interface to manipulate XPS documents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libgxps/0.3/libgxps-0.3.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libgxps/0.3/libgxps-0.3.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0527ac7c8c405445e96a5baa6019a0c3
Download size: 80 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.24.38, Little CMS-2.14, libarchive-3.7.1, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libtiff-4.5.1, and libxslt-1.1.38
Install Libgxps by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
libjpeg-turbo is a fork of the original IJG libjpeg which uses SIMD to accelerate baseline JPEG compression and decompression. libjpeg is a library that implements JPEG image encoding, decoding and transcoding.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libjpeg-turbo/libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: aa1f0a1c72cb6772e34d9d5136267f56
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 55 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with tests; both using parallelism=4)
NASM-2.16.01 or yasm-1.3.0 (for building the package with optimized assembly routine)
Install libjpeg-turbo by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=RELEASE \
-DENABLE_STATIC=FALSE \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0 \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_DEFAULT_LIBDIR=lib \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DWITH_JPEG8=ON: This switch
enables compatibility with libjpeg version 8.
|
compresses image files to produce a JPEG/JFIF file on the standard output. Currently supported input file formats are: PPM (PBMPLUS color format), PGM (PBMPLUS gray-scale format), BMP, and Targa |
|
|
decompresses image files from JPEG/JFIF format to either PPM (PBMPLUS color format), PGM (PBMPLUS gray-scale format), BMP, or Targa format |
|
|
is used for lossless transformation of JPEG files |
|
|
displays text comments from within a JPEG file |
|
|
is used to benchmark the performance of libjpeg-turbo |
|
|
inserts text comments into a JPEG file |
|
|
contains functions used for reading and writing JPEG images |
The libmng libraries are used by programs wanting to read and write Multiple-image Network Graphics (MNG) files which are the animation equivalents to PNG files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libmng/libmng-2.0.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e9e899adb1b681b17f14d91e261878c5
Download size: 932 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install libmng by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libmng-2.0.3 && install -v -m644 doc/*.txt /usr/share/doc/libmng-2.0.3
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libmypaint package, a.k.a. "brushlib", is a library for making brushstrokes which is used by MyPaint and other projects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/mypaint/libmypaint/releases/download/v1.6.1/libmypaint-1.6.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7f1dab2d30ce8a3f494354c7c77a2977
Download size: 508 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB (add 1 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (add 0.3 SBU for tests)
GLib-2.76.4 and gobject-introspection-1.76.1
Doxygen-1.9.7 (to create XML docs), gegl (0.3 versions only) and gperftools
Install libmypaint by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libpng package contains libraries used by other programs for reading and writing PNG files. The PNG format was designed as a replacement for GIF and, to a lesser extent, TIFF, with many improvements and extensions and lack of patent problems.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libpng/libpng-1.6.40.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6c7fe9dbb80c89c3579bedad9722e559
Download size: 1000 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (add 0.5 SBU for tests)
Recommended patch to include animated png functionality in libpng (required to use the system libpng in Firefox, Seamonkey, and Thunderbird): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/libpng-apng/libpng-1.6.39-apng.patch.gz
Patch md5sum: cd63b667723d6cc75e95eca3224f33f7
If you want to patch libpng to support apng files, apply it here:
gzip -cd ../libpng-1.6.39-apng.patch.gz | patch -p1
Install libpng by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.6.40 && cp -v README libpng-manual.txt /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.6.40
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
tests, optimizes and optionally fixes the zlib header in PNG files. Optionally, when fixing, strips ancillary chunks from the file |
|
|
fixes PNG files that have an incorrect length field in the iTXt chunks |
|
|
is a shell script that provides configuration information for applications wanting to use libpng |
|
|
contain routines used to create and manipulate PNG format graphics files |
Libraw is a library for reading RAW files obtained from digital photo cameras (CRW/CR2, NEF, RAF, DNG, and others).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.libraw.org/data/LibRaw-0.21.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2942732de752f46baccd9c6d57823b7b
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Install libraw by running the following commands:
autoreconf -fiv &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-jpeg \
--enable-jasper \
--enable-lcms \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libraw-0.21.1 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-jpeg: This
switch enables support for jpeg. Remove if you don't have
libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0 installed.
--enable-jasper: This
switch enables support for jasper. Remove if you don't have
JasPer-4.0.0 installed.
--enable-lcms: This
switch enables support for Little CMS2. Remove if you don't
have Little CMS-2.14 installed.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
All the installed programs are examples of using libraw.
|
generates four TIFF files from RAW data, one file per channel |
|
|
emulates "dcraw -h" (see DCRAW manpage) |
|
|
emulates "dcraw [-4] [-6] [-e]" (see DCRAW manpage) |
|
|
creates eight different renderings from one source file. The first and fourth one should be identical |
|
|
emulates call to "dcraw [-D] [-T] [-v] [-e] [-4]" (see DCRAW manpage) |
|
|
is an almost complete dcraw emulator (see DCRAW manpage) |
|
|
emulates call to "dcraw -h [-w] [-a] [-v]" (see DCRAW manpage) |
|
|
creates eight different renderings from one source file. The first and fourth one should be identical |
|
|
emulates call to "dcraw -i [-v]" (see DCRAW manpage) |
|
|
generates unprocessed raw image: with masked pixels and without black subtraction |
The librsvg package contains a library and tools used to manipulate, convert and view Scalable Vector Graphic (SVG) images.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/librsvg/2.56/librsvg-2.56.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/librsvg/2.56/librsvg-2.56.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8055142a6c9d0d21d42e40bc08dff814
Download size: 5.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 747 MB (16 MB installed), add 378 MB for tests
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (Add 0.8 SBU for tests; both using parallelism=4)
Cairo-1.17.6, gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10, Pango-1.50.14, and rustc-1.71.1
An Internet connection is needed for building this package.
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11
docutils-0.20.1 (for man pages), Gi-DocGen-2023.1 (for documentation), and Xorg Fonts (for tests)
Install librsvg by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-vala \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/librsvg-2.56.3 &&
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Now, as the root user:
make DOC_INSTALL_DIR='$(docdir)' install
If you installed the package on to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, an important
file was not installed and should be copied and/or
generated. Generate it using the following command as the
root user:
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders --update-cache
--enable-vala: This
switch enables building of the Vala bindings. Remove this
switch if you don't have Vala-0.56.11 installed.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
DOC_INSTALL_DIR='$(docdir)':
This override ensures installing the API documentation into
the expected location if Gi-DocGen-2023.1 is installed.
--disable-introspection: Use this
switch if you have not installed Gobject Introspection.
--disable-gtk-doc: This switch
prevents building the API documentation, even if Gi-DocGen-2023.1 (despite the name of
the option) is available.
Libspiro will take an array of spiro control points and convert them into a series of bezier splines which can then be used in the myriad of ways the world has come to use beziers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/fontforge/libspiro/releases/download/20220722/libspiro-dist-20220722.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c21f86e6c1ad65ed4cb1f754f6d7563c
Download size: 428 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.1 MB (add 1.3 MB if running the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install libspiro by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libtiff package contains the TIFF libraries and associated utilities. The libraries are used by many programs for reading and writing TIFF files and the utilities are used for general work with TIFF files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.osgeo.org/libtiff/tiff-4.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d08c5f9eee6350fffc239e5993d92779
Download size: 3.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 63 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
Freeglut-3.4.0 (required for tiffgt), libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, sphinx-7.1.2, libwebp-1.3.1, JBIG-KIT, and LERC
Install libtiff by running the following commands:
mkdir -p libtiff-build &&
cd libtiff-build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/libtiff-4.5.1 \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr -G Ninja .. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
|
converts a TIFF facsimile to compressed PostScript file |
|
|
creates a TIFF Class F fax file from raw fax data |
|
|
converts a palette color TIFF image to a full color image |
|
|
creates a TIFF file from a PPM image file |
|
|
converts a raw byte sequence into TIFF |
|
|
converts a color TIFF image to grayscale |
|
|
converts a TIFF image to a PDF document |
|
|
converts a TIFF image to a PostScript file |
|
|
converts a wide variety of TIFF images into an RGBA TIFF image |
|
|
compares two TIFF files |
|
|
copies (and possibly converts) a TIFF file |
|
|
selects, copies, crops, converts, extracts and/or processes one or more TIFF files |
|
|
converts a grayscale image to bilevel using dithering |
|
|
prints verbatim information about TIFF files |
|
|
displays an image stored in a TIFF file |
|
|
prints information about TIFF files |
|
|
applies the median cut algorithm to data in a TIFF file |
|
|
sets the value of a TIFF header to a specified value |
|
|
splits a multi-image TIFF into single-image TIFF files |
|
|
contains the API functions used by the libtiff programs as well as other programs to read and write TIFF files |
|
|
contains the C++ API functions used by programs to read and write TIFF files |
The libwebp package contains a library and support programs to encode and decode images in WebP format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://downloads.webmproject.org/releases/webp/libwebp-1.3.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0ff59e5598753f47519e3e61c12f8cfd
Download size: 4.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, libtiff-4.5.1, and sdl12-compat-1.2.64 (for improved 3D Acceleration)
Install libwebp by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-libwebpmux \
--enable-libwebpdemux \
--enable-libwebpdecoder \
--enable-libwebpextras \
--enable-swap-16bit-csp \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-swap-16bit-csp: This
switch enables byte swap for 16 bit colorspaces.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
compresses an image using the WebP format |
|
|
decompresses WebP files into PNG, PAM, PPM or PGM images |
|
|
converts a GIF image to a WebP image |
|
|
creates an animated WebP file from a sequence of input images |
|
|
decompresses a WebP file and displays it in a window |
|
|
prints out the cunk level structure of WebP files along with performing basic integrity checks |
|
|
creates animated WebP files from non-animated WebP images, extracts frames from animated WebP images, and manages XMP/EXIF metadata and the ICC profile |
|
|
contains the API functions for WebP encoding and decoding |
The mypaint-brushes package contains brushes used by packages which use libmypaint.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/mypaint/mypaint-brushes/releases/download/v1.3.1/mypaint-brushes-1.3.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7241032d814cb91d2baae7d009a2a2e0
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 3.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install mypaint-brushes by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Newt is a programming library for color text mode, widget based user interfaces. It can be used to add stacked windows, entry widgets, checkboxes, radio buttons, labels, plain text fields, scrollbars, etc., to text mode user interfaces. Newt is based on the S-Lang library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://releases.pagure.org/newt/newt-0.52.23.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 70aefeff0f3e9444a69dbdae9a931442
Download size: 173 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
popt-1.19 and slang-2.3.3
GPM-1.20.7 (runtime)
Install newt by running the following command:
sed -e '/install -m 644 $(LIBNEWT)/ s/^/#/' \
-e '/$(LIBNEWT):/,/rv/ s/^/#/' \
-e 's/$(LIBNEWT)/$(LIBNEWTSH)/g' \
-i Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-gpm-support \
--with-python=python3.11 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -e ... -i Makefile.in: Disables installation of a static library.
--with-gpm-support:
This switch enables mouse support for newt applications
through GPM.
--with-python=python3.11: By
giving explicitly the name of the directory where python
modules reside, this switch prevents building the python2
module.
The opencv package contains graphics libraries mainly aimed at real-time computer vision.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/opencv/opencv/archive/4.8.0/opencv-4.8.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c2225e737ce7f671b839a687f2dc7ab9
Download size: 88 MB
Estimated disk space required: 783 MB
Estimated build time: 4.1 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Optional additional modules: https://github.com/opencv/opencv_contrib/archive/4.8.0/opencv_contrib-4.8.0.tar.gz
One additional file that starts with "ippicv" (integrated performance primitives) will be automatically downloaded during the cmake portion of the build procedure. This download is specific to the system architecture.
FFmpeg-6.0, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, GTK+-3.24.38, JasPer-4.0.0, libexif-0.6.24, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, libtiff-4.5.1, libwebp-1.3.1, v4l-utils-1.24.1, and xine-lib-1.2.13
apache-ant-1.10.14, Doxygen-1.9.7, Java-20.0.2, NumPy-1.25.2, Python-2.7.18, blas, Cuda, Eigen, OpenEXR, GDAL, lapack, libdc1394, Threading Building Blocks (TBB), and VTK - The Visualization Toolkit,
If you downloaded the optional modules, unpack them now:
tar -xf ../opencv_contrib-4.8.0.tar.gz
Install opencv by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DENABLE_CXX11=ON \
-DBUILD_PERF_TESTS=OFF \
-DWITH_XINE=ON \
-DBUILD_TESTS=OFF \
-DENABLE_PRECOMPILED_HEADERS=OFF \
-DCMAKE_SKIP_RPATH=ON \
-DBUILD_WITH_DEBUG_INFO=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
The package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DWITH_XINE=ON: This
option instructs the make procedure to use xine-lib-1.2.13.
-DENABLE_PRECOMPILED_HEADERS=OFF:
This option is needed for compatibility with gcc-6.1 and
later.
-DOPENCV_EXTRA_MODULES_PATH=../opencv_contrib-4.8.0/modules:
instructs the build system to build additional modules.
OpenJPEG is an open-source implementation of the JPEG-2000 standard. OpenJPEG fully respects the JPEG-2000 specifications and can compress/decompress lossless 16-bit images.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/uclouvain/openjpeg/archive/v2.5.0/openjpeg-2.5.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5cbb822a1203dd75b85639da4f4ecaab
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Little CMS-2.14, libpng-1.6.40, libtiff-4.5.1, and Doxygen-1.9.7 (to build the API documentation)
Install OpenJPEG by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DBUILD_STATIC_LIBS=OFF .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
pushd ../doc &&
for man in man/man?/* ; do
install -v -D -m 644 $man /usr/share/$man
done
popd
The Pixman package contains a library that provides low-level pixel manipulation features such as image compositing and trapezoid rasterization.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cairographics.org/releases/pixman-0.42.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a0f6ab8a1d8e0e2cd80e935525e2a864
Download size: 940 KB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-2.24.33 and libpng-1.6.40 (for tests and demos)
Install Pixman by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The Poppler package contains a PDF rendering library and command line tools used to manipulate PDF files. This is useful for providing PDF rendering functionality as a shared library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://poppler.freedesktop.org/poppler-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b369afc9511198de5a604ca3baea1ddd
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 91 MB (with Qt5 library and tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (with parallelism=4, Qt5 library, and tests)
Poppler Encoding Data
Download (HTTP): https://poppler.freedesktop.org/poppler-data-0.4.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 67ee4a40aa830b1f6e2560ce5f6471ba
Download size: 4.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
The additional package consists of encoding files for use with Poppler. The encoding files are optional and Poppler will automatically read them if they are present. When installed, they enable Poppler to render CJK and Cyrillic properly.
CMake-3.27.2, Fontconfig-2.14.2, and gobject-introspection-1.76.1
Boost-1.83.0, Cairo-1.17.6, Little CMS-2.14, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, nss-3.92, and OpenJPEG-2.5.0
cURL-8.2.1, gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10, git-2.41.0 (for downloading test files), GPGME-1.21.0, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, GTK+-3.24.38, libtiff-4.5.1, (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10) (required for PDF support in Okular-23.08.0), and Qt-6.1 or later.
Install Poppler by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DTESTDATADIR=$PWD/testfiles \
-DENABLE_UNSTABLE_API_ABI_HEADERS=ON \
.. &&
make
In order to run the test suite, some testcases are needed and can be obtained only from a git repository. The command to download them is: git clone --depth 1 https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/poppler/test.git testfiles. Then issue: LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To install the documentation, run the following commands as
root:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/poppler-23.08.0 && cp -vr ../glib/reference/html /usr/share/doc/poppler-23.08.0
If you downloaded the additional encoding data package, install it by issuing the following commands:
tar -xf ../../poppler-data-0.4.12.tar.gz && cd poppler-data-0.4.12
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply a higher level of compiler
optimizations.
-DTESTDATADIR=$PWD/testfiles:
Tells the test programs where the auxiliary files are
located.
-DENABLE_UNSTABLE_API_ABI_HEADERS=ON:
Installs some old Xpdf
headers required by certain programs.
-DENABLE_GTK_DOC=ON: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and
install the API documentation.
-DENABLE_BOOST=OFF: Use this
parameter if you have not installed boost (the Splash backend for Qt5
recommends boost).
LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 make test: Runs the test suite. The environment variable LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 is only needed if the default locale does not include UTF-8.
|
adds a new embedded file to an existing PDF file |
|
|
lists or extracts embedded files from PDF files |
|
|
lists the fonts used in a PDF file along with various information for each font |
|
|
saves images from a PDF file as PPM, PBM, or JPEG files |
|
|
prints the contents of the 'Info' dictionary (plus some other useful information) from a PDF file |
|
|
extracts single pages from a PDF file |
|
|
verifies the digital signatures in a PDF document |
|
|
converts a PDF file to one of several formats (PNG, JPEG, PDF, PS, EPS, SVG) using the cairo output device of the poppler library |
|
|
converts a PDF file to HTML |
|
|
converts PDF files to PBM, PGM and PPM formats |
|
|
converts PDF files to Postscript format |
|
|
converts PDF files to plain text |
|
|
merges several PDF files, in the order of their occurrence on the command line, to one PDF output file |
|
|
contains the API functions to render PDF files |
|
|
is a C++ backend for rendering PDF files |
|
|
is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with GTK+ |
|
|
is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with Qt5 |
Potrace™ is a tool for transforming a bitmap (PBM, PGM, PPM, or BMP format) into one of several vector file formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/potrace/potrace-1.16.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5f0bd87ddd9a620b0c4e65652ef93d69
Download size: 644 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB (including tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (including tests)
LLVM-16.0.5 (including clang)
Install Potrace by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/potrace-1.16 \
--enable-a4 \
--enable-metric \
--with-libpotrace &&
make
To run the test suite, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-a4: Use A4
as the default paper size.
--enable-metric: Use
metric units (centimeters) as default
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-libpotrace:
Install the library and headers.
The Qpdf package contains command-line programs and a library that does structural, content-preserving transformations on PDF files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/qpdf/qpdf/releases/download/v11.5.0/qpdf-11.5.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d916ac26b7f30a5cf3827c708c455ec9
Download size: 18 MB
Estimated disk space required: 253 MB (add 1 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.5 SBU for tests)
ghostscript-10.01.2, GnuTLS-3.8.1, libtiff-4.5.1, sphinx-7.1.2 with sphinx_rtd_theme-1.2.2, and texlive-20230313 or install-tl-unx
Install Qpdf by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_STATIC_LIBS=OFF \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/qpdf-11.5.0 \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: ctest.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Qrencode is a fast and compact library for encoding data in a QR Code symbol, a 2D symbology that can be scanned by handheld terminals such as a mobile phone with a CCD sensor.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://fukuchi.org/works/qrencode/qrencode-4.1.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: de7185bcab635a34730e1b73d4efa705
Download size: 451 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB (with documentation, add 5 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU, add 0.1 SBU for tests
Doxygen-1.9.7 for generating documentation, and SDL2-2.28.2 for tests
Install libqrencode by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
If you have installed Doxygen-1.9.7, you can build the documentation by issuing:
doxygen
The tests must be run after installing the package.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have built the optional documentation, install it as
the root user:
install -vdm 755 /usr/share/doc/qrencode-4.1.1 && mv html/* /usr/share/doc/qrencode-4.1.1
To test the results, if you have passed the --with-tests option to configure, issue:
make check.
--with-tests: This option allows
building the test programs. It requires SDL2-2.28.2.
--without-tools: This option
prevents building the qrencode executable,
removing the need for libpng-1.6.40.
SassC is a wrapper around libsass, a CSS pre-processor language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/sass/sassc/archive/3.6.2/sassc-3.6.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4c3b06ce2979f2a9f0a35093e501d8bb
Download size: 28 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/sass/libsass/archive/3.6.5/libsass-3.6.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c49765b9b3824dcd4a7423225ca28bad
Download size: 336 KB
Estimated disk space required: 139 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
First, build the library:
tar -xf ../libsass-3.6.5.tar.gz && pushd libsass-3.6.5 && autoreconf -fi && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Build the command line wrapper:
popd && autoreconf -fi && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The webp-pixbuf-loader package contains a library that allows gdk-pixbuf to load and process webp images.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/aruiz/webp-pixbuf-loader/archive/0.2.4/webp-pixbuf-loader-0.2.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2218f764598044497691c02bf641173d
Download size: 8.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install webp-pixbuf-loader by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The webp format needs to be added to the loaders cache:
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders --update-cache
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders --update-cache: This command updates the gdk-pixbuf loader cache so that it knows the webp loader has been installed.
WOFF2 is a library for converting fonts from the TTF format to the WOFF 2.0 format. It also allows decompression from WOFF 2.0 to TTF. The WOFF 2.0 format uses the Brotli compression algorithm to compress fonts suitable for downloading in CSS @font-face rules.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/google/woff2/archive/v1.0.2/woff2-1.0.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 793c8844845351cb80730a74937e411b
Download size: 39 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install WOFF2 by running the following commands:
mkdir out &&
cd out &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This chapter contains various utilities that do not fit conveniently into other chapters. Programs include some documentation generators, several utilities for manipulating text and graphics, programs for listing files, a program for entering PIN numbers and pass-phrases, and a connection manager.
Asciidoctor is a fast, open source text processor and publishing toolchain for converting AsciiDoc content to HTML5, DocBook, PDF, and other formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/asciidoctor/asciidoctor/archive/v2.0.20/asciidoctor-2.0.20.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 11f40bda9a2c07f6b632a0fc91b43a13
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 5.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
When building this package, the following message may appear:
fatal: not a git repository (or any of the parent directories): .git
. This is normal, and the package will continue building past this point.
Build the Ruby gem:
gem build asciidoctor.gemspec
The test suite needs many Ruby gems beyond the scope of BLFS.
Now, as the root user:
gem install asciidoctor-2.0.20.gem && install -vm644 man/asciidoctor.1 /usr/share/man/man1
The Bogofilter application is a mail filter that classifies mail as spam or ham (non-spam) by a statistical analysis of the message's header and content (body).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/bogofilter/bogofilter-1.2.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8763f87adfff7b802ced177d8c654539
Download size: 784 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
lmdb-0.9.31, SQLite-3.42.0, xmlto-0.0.28, QDBM and TokyoCabinet
If you do not install the recommended Gsl-2.7.1 package then a statically linked shipped version will be used instead.
If you plan to change the version of your database library on an existing installation, or to change to a different database, read the warning at the top of the RELEASE.NOTES file.
Install Bogofilter by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/bogofilter && make
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-database=: This switch
allows you to change the default database from db to either
qdbm, sqlite3 or tokyocabinet.
|
creates a more compact bogofilter working directory with a dump/load cycle |
|
|
copies a bogofilter working directory to another directory |
|
|
bundles a bogofilter working directory in tar format and copies it to standard output |
|
|
is a fast Bayesian spam filter |
|
|
is used to separate messages into tokens and to test new versions of the lexer.l code |
|
|
attempts to find optimum parameter settings for bogofilter |
|
|
upgrades the bogofilter database to the current version |
|
|
dumps, loads, and maintains bogofilter database files |
Compface provides utilities and a library to convert from/to X-Face format, a 48x48 bitmap format used to carry thumbnails of email authors in a mail header.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/compface/compface-1.5.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/compface/compface-1.5.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 62f4f79c0861ad292ba3cf77b4c48319
Download size: 47 KB
Estimated disk space required: 520 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install Compface by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -m755 -v xbm2xface.pl /usr/bin
|
is a filter for generating highly compressed representations of 48x48x1 face image files |
|
|
is an inverse filter which performs an inverse transformation with no loss of data |
|
|
is a script to generate xfaces |
|
|
allows the compression and decompression algorithms to be used in other programs such as MTAs |
The Desktop File Utils package contains command line utilities for working with Desktop entries. These utilities are used by Desktop Environments and other applications to manipulate the MIME-types application databases and help adhere to the Desktop Entry Specification.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/desktop-file-utils/releases/desktop-file-utils-0.26.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 29739e005f5887cf41639b8450f3c23f
Download size: 84 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
If you are upgrading from a previous version of desktop-file-utils that used the Autotools method of installing and configuring the package, you must remove the desktop-file-edit symlink by using the following commands.
rm -fv /usr/bin/desktop-file-edit
Next, update the version of the desktop file standard to accept the SingleMainWindow key:
patch -Np1 -i ../desktop-file-utils-0.26-update_standard-1.patch
Install Desktop File Utils by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The XDG Base Directory specification defines the standard locations for applications to place data and configuration files. These files can be used, for instance, to define the menu structure and menu items in a desktop environment.
The default location for configuration files to be
installed is /etc/xdg, and
the default locations for data files are /usr/local/share and /usr/share. These locations can be
extended with the environment variables XDG_CONFIG_DIRS and XDG_DATA_DIRS, respectively. The
GNOME, KDE and XFCE environments respect these
settings.
When a package installs a .desktop file to a location in one of the
base data directories, the database that maps MIME-types to
available applications can be updated. For instance, the
cache file at /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache
can be rebuilt by executing the following command as the
root user:
install -vdm755 /usr/share/applications && update-desktop-database /usr/share/applications
The dos2unix package contains an any to any text format converter.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/dos2unix/dos2unix-7.5.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 001af2b16ae216241ac08bef29f36c28
Download size: 936 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.4 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Build dos2unix by running the following commands:
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Graphviz package contains graph visualization software. Graph visualization is a way of representing structural information as diagrams of abstract graphs and networks. Graphviz has several main graph layout programs. It also has web and interactive graphical interfaces, auxiliary tools, libraries, and language bindings.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.com/graphviz/graphviz/-/archive/8.1.0/graphviz-8.1.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e6a45773e84d3f83fed87cb6290563e6
Download size: 26 MB
Estimated disk space required: 262 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Graphviz basic usage does not need any libraries out of what is found in the LFS book. Its “core” rendering engine allows to generate several graphic formats, such as Postscript, SVG, VML, .fig, and Tk. Those formats can be converted to almost any other format using for example tools from ImageMagick-7.1.1-15. The dependencies below add the ability to generate graph images in bitmap format, to display the graph image on screen, to edit a graph by viewing the resulting image directly, or to view large graphs. Since Graphviz is a dependency of several other packages in this book, it is suggested to first build it without any dependencies, then to rebuild it when you have built enough packages to suit your needs.
Pango-1.50.14, with Cairo-1.17.6, Xorg Libraries, Fontconfig-2.14.2, and libpng-1.6.40, to generate images in bitmap SVG, postscript, PNG, and PDF formats, or displaying the image on screen. The PNG output is required for building gegl-0.4.46
Adding GTK+-2.24.33 with libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0 adds support for JPEG, BMP, TIF, and ICO formats, and allows displaying the image in a GTK+ window
GD Library may be used instead of Pango. It adds the ability to generate images in GIF, VRML, and GD formats, but Pango provides better outputs for the other formats, and is needed for displaying images
Other formats may be added with libwebp-1.3.1 (WebP support is considered experimental), DevIL, libLASi, and glitz
libgs.so from ghostscript-10.01.2, librsvg-2.56.3, and Poppler-23.08.0
Freeglut-3.4.0 (with libglade-2.6.4, GtkGLExt, and libGTS, for building the smyrna large graph viewer, which is considered experimental), and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10) (for building the gvedit graph editor.)
SWIG-4.1.1 (SWIG must be installed or no bindings will be built), GCC-13.2.0 (for the go compiler), Guile-3.0.9, OpenJDK-20.0.2, Lua-5.4.6, PHP-8.2.9, Ruby-3.2.2, Tk-8.6.13, Io, Mono, OCaml, and R
Criterion (framework for tests) and Electric Fence
ghostscript-10.01.2 (for the ps2pdf command)
Install Graphviz by running the following commands:
sed -i '/LIBPOSTFIX="64"/s/64//' configure.ac &&
./autogen.sh &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/graphviz-8.1.0
A warning is generated by autogen.sh because the build tree is not a git repository. As a result, the build date is set to 0. To get a meaningful date in the version string, you can run:
sed -i "s/0/$(date +%Y%m%d)/" builddate.h
Whether or not you fix the date, proceed to compile the package:
make
This package does not come with a test suite that provides meaningful results.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ... configure.ac: This command is needed to avoid installing files in /usr/lib64.
--with-javaincludedir="$JAVA_HOME/include
-I$JAVA_HOME/include/linux": If you have built
OpenJDK-20.0.2 in /opt, and you want to
build the JAVA bindings, it is necessary to specify the
location of the JAVA header files to configure. The configure
switch is designed for only one directory, but two
directories need to be included. This is possible
nevertheless by using the -I switch inside the variable.
--with-webp: Even if libwebp-1.3.1 is installed, it is not
included in the build without this option.
--with-smyrna: Even if the needed
dependencies are installed, the interactive graph viewer
smyrna is not
built without this option.
There are no specific configuration requirements for
Graphviz. You may consider
installing the additional plugins and tools available from
the download page at https://graphviz.org/download/source/
for additional capabilities. If additional plugins are
installed, you can run dot
-c (as the root user) to update the config file in /usr/lib/graphviz.
|
is a filter that takes a directed graph as input and outputs a copy of the graph with sufficient edges reversed to make the graph acyclic |
|
|
decomposes graphs into their biconnected components, printing the components to standard output |
|
|
decomposes graphs into their connected components, printing the components to standard output |
|
|
draws graphs using a circular layout |
|
|
takes a graph in DOT format as input, finds node clusters and then augments the graph with this information |
|
|
(needs GD Library) generates an image where each pixel is the difference between the corresponding pixel in each of the two source images |
|
|
reads a stream of graphs and for each computes the distance of every node from sourcenode |
|
|
draws directed graphs. It works well on DAGs and other graphs that can be drawn as hierarchies. It reads attributed graph files and writes drawings. By default, the output format dot is the input file with layout coordinates appended |
|
|
converts between graphs represented in GXL and in
the DOT language. Unless a conversion type is
specified using a flag, gxl2dot will
deduce the type of conversion from the suffix of
the input file, a |
|
|
performs edge coloring to disambiguate crossing edges |
|
|
draws undirected graphs using a “spring” model. It relies on a force-directed approach in the spirit of Fruchterman and Reingold |
|
|
is a graph analogue to wc in that it prints to standard output the number of nodes, edges, connected components or clusters contained in the input files. It also prints a total count for all graphs if more than one graph is given |
|
|
converts a graph specified in the GML format to a graph in the GV (formerly DOT) format |
|
|
converts a graph specified in the GRAPHML format to a graph in the GV (formerly DOT) format |
|
|
converts a graph specified in the GV format to a graph in the GML format |
|
|
converts a graph specified in the GV format to a graph in the GXL format |
|
|
is a filter that sets node colors from initial seed values. Colors flow along edges from tail to head, and are averaged (as HSB vectors) at nodes |
|
|
provides a simple graph editor and viewer. It allows many graphs to be viewed at the same time. The text of each graph is displayed in its own text window |
|
|
generates a variety of simple, regularly-structured abstract graphs |
|
|
takes as input a graph in DOT format, finds node clusters and produces a rendering of the graph as a geographic-style map, with clusters highlighted, in xdot format |
|
|
is a pipeline for running gvmap |
|
|
reads in a stream of graphs, combines the graphs into a single layout, and produces a single graph serving as the union of the input graphs |
|
|
is a graph stream editor inspired by awk. It copies input graphs to its output, possibly transforming their structure and attributes, creating new graphs, or printing arbitrary information |
|
|
converts between graphs represented in GXL and in
the DOT language. Unless a conversion type is
specified using a flag, gxl2dot will
deduce the type of conversion from the suffix of
the input file, a |
|
|
converts between graphs represented in GXL and in the GV language |
|
|
converts a sparse matrix of the Matrix Market format to a graph in the GV (formerly DOT) format |
|
|
draws undirected graphs using “spring” models. Input files must be formatted in the dot attributed graph language. By default, the output of neato is the input graph with layout coordinates appended |
|
|
reads a stream of graphs and prints each in pretty-printed (canonical) format on stdout. If no files are given, it reads from stdin |
|
|
draws clustered graphs. It takes any graph in DOT format as input |
|
|
draws clustered graphs using a squarified treemap layout. It takes any graph in DOT format as input |
|
|
reads directed graphs in the same format used by dot and removes subgraphs rooted at nodes specified on the command line via options |
|
|
decomposes digraphs into strongly connected components and an auxiliary map of the relationship between components. In this map, each component is collapsed into a node. The resulting graphs are printed to stdout |
|
|
draws undirected graphs using the “spring” model, but it uses a multi-scale approach to produce layouts of large graphs in a reasonably short time |
|
|
computes the transitive reduction of directed graphs, and prints the resulting graphs to standard output. This removes edges implied by transitivity. Nodes and subgraphs are not otherwise affected |
|
|
draws graphs using a radial layout. Basically, one node is chosen as the center and put at the origin. The remaining nodes are placed on a sequence of concentric circles centered about the origin, each a fixed radial distance from the previous circle |
|
|
is a preprocessor to dot that is used to improve the aspect ratio of graphs having many leaves or disconnected nodes. The usual layout for such a graph is generally very wide or tall |
|
|
is a simple script which launches the gvim or vim editor along with a GUI window showing the dot output of the edited file |
|
|
manages run-time dictionaries using standard container data types: unordered set/multiset, ordered set/multiset, list, stack, and queue |
|
|
supports graph programming by maintaining graphs in memory and reading and writing graph files. Graphs are composed of nodes, edges, and nested subgraphs |
|
|
provides a context for applications wishing to manipulate and render graphs. It provides command line parsing interfaces, common rendering code, and a plugin mechanism for renderers |
|
|
contains functions to find the shortest path between two points in a simple polygon |
|
|
provides support for parsing and deparsing graphical operations specified by the xdot language |
The GTK-Doc package contains a code documenter. This is useful for extracting specially formatted comments from the code to create API documentation. This package is optional; if it is not installed, packages will not build the documentation. This does not mean that you will not have any documentation. If GTK-Doc is not available, the install process will copy any pre-built documentation to your system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtk-doc/1.33/gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-doc/1.33/gtk-doc-1.33.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ea6563421abe964d02135ca0d5b8dd8e
Download size: 496 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2, itstool-2.0.7, and libxslt-1.1.38
Pygments-2.16.1 at run time
For tests: dblatex or fop-2.9 (XML PDF support), GLib-2.76.4, Which-2.21, and Python modules lxml-4.9.3, parameterized, and yelp-tools
The optional python modules above can be easily installed with the pip3 command.
Install GTK-Doc by running the following commands:
autoreconf -fiv && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
The test suite will hang if the package (or a previous version) is not already installed.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To test the results, issue: make check. Some tests will fail depending on optionally installed packages.
Highlight is an utility that converts source code to formatted text with syntax highlighting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.andre-simon.de/zip/highlight-4.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: cc5f3a857aa6c6d9f23ea3e36522f959
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB (with gui)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using paralllelism=4; with gui)
(Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10) (to build the GUI front-end)
For consistency, do not compress man pages.
sed -i '/GZIP/s/^/#/' makefile
To build Highlight run the following command:
make
To build the Qt5 GUI front-end, run the following command:
make doc_dir=/usr/share/doc/highlight-4.7/ gui
This package does not come with a test suite.
To install Highlight, run
the following command as the root user:
make doc_dir=/usr/share/doc/highlight-4.7/ install
To install the GUI program, run the following command as the
root user:
make install-gui
doc_dir=/usr/share/doc/highlight-4.7/:
installs the highlight documentation into a versioned
directory. This parameter is also needed for make gui, because its value
would be hardcoded into the gui executable. Note that the
trailing “/” is necessary.
ibus is an Intelligent Input Bus. It is a new input framework for the Linux OS. It provides a fully featured and user friendly input method user interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ibus/ibus/releases/download/1.5.28/ibus-1.5.28.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e788203d60e2b9cf56d95f1ee73a6898
Download size: 3.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 66 MB (add 5 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 0.6 SBU for tests)
Unicode Character Database: https://www.unicode.org/Public/zipped/15.0.0/UCD.zip
DConf-0.40.0, ISO Codes-4.15.0, and Vala-0.56.11
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, GTK+-2.24.33, and libnotify-0.8.2
GTK+-3.24.38 (to build IM module for it), GTK-4.12.0 (to build IM module for it), D-Bus Python-1.3.2 and PyGObject-3.44.1 (both to build the Python support library), GTK-Doc-1.33.2, and libxkbcommon-1.5.0, Wayland-1.22.0 (both to build the Wayland support programs), and EmojiOne
If the optional Unicode Character Database was downloaded,
install it now as the root
user:
mkdir -p /usr/share/unicode/ucd && unzip -uo ../UCD.zip -d /usr/share/unicode/ucd
Be sure to also remove the --disable-unicode-dict in the configure step below.
Fix an issue with deprecated schema entries:
sed -i 's@/desktop/ibus@/org/freedesktop/ibus@g' \
data/dconf/org.freedesktop.ibus.gschema.xml
Install ibus by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-python2 \
--disable-emoji-dict \
--disable-unicode-dict &&
rm -f tools/main.c &&
make
To test the results, issue: make -k check. The test named ibus-compose fails because it uses some locales not installed in LFS. The test named ibus-keypress is known to fail in a Wayland-based graphical environment. The test named xkb-latin-layouts is known to fail with a recent xkeyboard-config release.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
gzip -dfv /usr/share/man/man{{1,5}/ibus*.gz,5/00-upstream-settings.5.gz}
--disable-emoji-dict:
This switch disables the use of emoticon dictionaries. Omit
if you installed the optional package.
--disable-unicode-dict: This
switch disables the use of unicode dictionaries. Omit if you
installed the optional Unicode Character Database.
rm -f tools/main.c: This command removes a generated file that was not removed when packaging.
--disable-gtk2: This switch
disables building the GTK+ 2
immodule. Use it if you have not installed GTK+ 2.
--enable-gtk4: This switch
enables building the GTK 4
immodule. Use it if you have installed GTK 4.
--enable-python-library: This
switch enables building the Python support library. Use it if you
have installed the optional dependencies.
--enable-wayland: This switch
enables building the Wayland
support programs. Use it if you have installed the optional
dependencies.
--with-python=python3: This
switch makes the configure script look for
Python 3. Use it if you want
to build the Python 3
support library alongside the Python 2 one.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
gzip -dfv ...: Decompress installed man pages in accordance with other man pages.
If GTK+-3 or GTK+-2 are installed and --disable-gtk{3,2} are not used, the ibus IM
module for GTK+-3 or GTK+-2 will be installed. As the
root user, update a cache
file of GTK+-3 or GTK+-2 so the GTK-based applications can
find the newly installed IM module and use ibus as an input
method:
gtk-query-immodules-3.0 --update-cache
The command above updates the cache file for GTK+-3. For GTK+-2, use gtk-query-immodules-2.0 instead of gtk-query-immodules-3.0. GTK-4 does not require a cache file for IM modules.
ImageMagick is a collection of tools and libraries to read, write, and manipulate an image in various image formats. Image processing operations are available from the command line. Bindings for Perl and C++ are also available.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.imagemagick.org/archive/releases/ImageMagick-7.1.1-15.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 14dc2057465df350005311b4ae3649b5
Download size: 9.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 164 MB (with typical dependencies; add 31 MB for checks)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (with typical dependencies; add 0.8 SBU for checks, both using parallelism=4)
The ImageMagick source releases are updated frequently and the version shown above may no longer be available from the download locations. You can download a more recent version and use the existing BLFS instructions to install it. Chances are that it will work just fine, but this has not been tested by the BLFS team. If the package version shown above is not available from the locations shown above, you can download it from the BLFS package server at Oregon State University: ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/blfs/conglomeration/ImageMagick/.
The optional dependencies listed below should be installed if
you need support for the specific format or the conversion
tool the dependency provides. Additional information about
the dependencies can be found in the Install-unix.txt file located in the source
tree as well as issuing the ./configure --help command.
A summary of this information, as well as some additional
notes can be viewed on-line at https://imagemagick.org/script/install-source.php.
Clang from LLVM-16.0.5, Cups-2.4.6, cURL-8.2.1, FFmpeg-6.0, fftw-3.3.10, p7zip-17.04 (LZMA), SANE-1.0.32, Wget-1.21.4, xdg-utils-1.1.3, xterm-384, Dmalloc, Electric Fence and PGP or GnuPG-2.4.3 (you'll have to do some hacking to use GnuPG), Profiles
JasPer-4.0.0, Little CMS-1.19 or Little CMS-2.14, libgxps-0.3.2, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, libraw-0.21.1 (for dng files, needs the thread-safe libraw_r), librsvg-2.56.3, libtiff-4.5.1, libwebp-1.3.1, OpenJPEG-2.5.0, Pango-1.50.14, DjVuLibre, FlashPIX (libfpx), FLIF, JBIG-KIT, libheif with libde265 (both needed if converting macOS heic images), libjxl, libraqm, Liquid Rescale, OpenEXR, and RALCGM (or ralcgm)
Dejavu fonts, ghostscript-10.01.2, Gimp-2.10.34, Graphviz-8.1.0, Inkscape-1.3, Blender, corefonts, GhostPCL, Gnuplot, POV-Ray, and Radiance
Enscript-1.6.6, Potrace-1.16, texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx) AutoTrace, GeoExpress Command Line Utilities, AKA MrSID Utilities (binary package), hp2xx, libwmf, UniConvertor, and Utah Raster Toolkit (or URT-3.1b)
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/imagemagick
Install ImageMagick by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-hdri \
--with-modules \
--with-perl \
--disable-static &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make DOCUMENTATION_PATH=/usr/share/doc/imagemagick-7.1.1 install
To test the installation, issue: make check. Note that the EPS, PS, and PDF tests require a working Ghostscript. One test in 'make check' needs “Helvetica” from “Ghostscript Standard Fonts”, which are optionally installed in ghostscript-10.01.2 - that test, and one other, might fail, but all the validation can still pass.
--enable-hdri:
Enables building of a high dynamic range version of
ImageMagick.
--with-modules:
Enables support for dynamically loadable modules.
--with-perl: Enables
building and installing of PerlMagick.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-gslib: Enables support to
use the Ghostscript shared
library.
--with-rsvg: Enables support to
use the librsvg library.
--with-autotrace: Enables support
to use the Autotrace
library.
--with-wmf: Enables support to
use the libwmf library.
--with-gvc: Enables support to
use GraphViz.
--with-windows-font-dir= :
This option specifies the directory where the Windows
CoreFonts are installed.
<Some/Directory>
--with-dejavu-font-dir= :
This option specifies the directory where the DejaVu fonts
are installed.
<Some/Directory>
The options and parameters listed above are the only ones you should have to pass to the configure script to activate all the delegate dependencies. All other dependencies will be automatically detected and utilized in the build if they are installed.
|
animates a sequence of images |
|
|
compares an image to a reconstructed image |
|
|
composites various images into the given base image |
|
|
processes a MSL script to create an image |
|
|
converts image(s) from one format to another |
|
|
displays an image |
|
|
describes the format and characteristics of an image file |
|
|
captures an X window |
|
|
convert between image formats as well as resize an image, blur, crop, despeckle, dither, draw on, flip, join, re-sample and much more |
|
|
show information about the installed versions of the ImageMagick libraries |
|
|
transforms an image |
|
|
composites various images into a new image |
|
|
streams one or more pixel components of an image or portion of the image to your choice of storage formats |
|
|
allows the reading, manipulation and writing of a
large number of image file formats using the
ImageMagick
library. Run make in the
|
|
|
provides the C API for ImageMagick |
|
|
is the recommended C API for ImageMagick. Unlike the MagickCore API it uses only a few opaque types |
|
|
provides the C++ API for ImageMagick |
The ISO Codes package contains a list of country, language and currency names and it is used as a central database for accessing this data.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/i/iso-codes/iso-codes_4.15.0.orig.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e7f0063a5e3f6426ac55c4726e7dd3a1
Download size: 3.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 94 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
The directory is called iso-codes-4.15.0.
Install ISO Codes by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
If you install ISO codes over a previous installed version, the install step will fail when creating some symlinks. In order to properly update them, run:
sed -i '/^LN_S/s/s/sfvn/' */Makefile
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lsof package is useful to LiSt Open Files for a given running application or process.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lsof-org/lsof/releases/download/4.95.0/lsof_4.95.0.linux.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 670010707104b1b1fc4cabae974465a6
Download size: 512 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB (add 700 KB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 0.5 SBU for tests)
Nmap-7.94
(with a symbolic link nc pointing to ncat in /usr/bin; used in tests)
To run the tests, the following option should be enabled in the kernel configuration:
General setup ---> [*] POSIX Message Queues [POSIX_MQUEUE]
Install lsof by running the following commands:
./Configure -n linux && make
The tests should be run as the root user. They require that the POSIX
message queues are enabled in the kernel, and that Nmap-7.94 be
installed with a symbolic link /usr/bin/nc pointing to ncat.
make check
One test, case-20-ux-socket-endpoint, is known to fail. Other test may fail if the tests are run in a script.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -m4755 -o root -g root lsof /usr/bin && install -v lsof.8 /usr/share/man/man8
./Configure -n linux: Avoid AFS, customization, and inventory checks, and use the linux dialect.
install -m4755
...: lsof should be suid root to
allow users to list all files. This may be a security threat
on some systems. In that case change to -m755 and use sudo to run the program.
mandoc is an utility to format manual pages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://mandoc.bsd.lv/snapshots/mandoc-1.14.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f0adf24e8fdef5f3e332191f653e422a
Download size: 684 KB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Many utilities provided by mandoc conflicts with Man-DB in LFS. Only build the mandoc command:
./configure && make mandoc
To test the package, issue: make regress.
Now, as the root user:
install -vm755 mandoc /usr/bin && install -vm644 mandoc.1 /usr/share/man/man1
The PIN-Entry package contains a collection of simple PIN or pass-phrase entry dialogs which utilize the Assuan protocol as described by the Ägypten project. PIN-Entry programs are usually invoked by the gpg-agent daemon, but can be run from the command line as well. There are programs for various text-based and GUI environments, including interfaces designed for Ncurses (text-based), and for the common GTK and Qt toolkits.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/pinentry/pinentry-1.2.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/pinentry/pinentry-1.2.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: be9b0d4bb493a139d2ec20e9b6872d37
Download size: 536 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libassuan-2.5.6 and libgpg-error-1.47
Emacs-29.1, FLTK-1.3.8, Gcr-3.41.1, GTK+-2.24.33, KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 (or kwayland-5.109.0 for lxqt), libsecret-0.21.0, (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10), and efl
Install PIN-Entry by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-pinentry-tty && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-inside-emacs=yes/no:
Default is no.
--enable-pinentry-qt=yes/no:
Default is yes.
--enable-pinentry-gtk2=yes/no:
Default is yes. Even if other pinentry-* is installed,
pinentry will
be a symlink to pinentry-gtk-2.
--enable-pinentry-gnome3=yes/no:
Default is yes. Actually, it uses Gcr for the pinentry dialog.
--enable-pinentry-tty: Default
is 'maybe'.
|
is a symbolic link to the default PIN-Entry program |
|
|
is an Ncurses text-based PIN-Entry helper program |
|
|
is an Emacs version of the PIN-Entry helper program |
|
|
is a FLTK PIN-Entry helper program |
|
|
is a GNOME-3 PIN-Entry helper program |
|
|
is a GTK+2 PIN-Entry program program |
|
|
is a Qt4 or 5 PIN-Entry helper program |
|
|
is a tty PIN-Entry helper program |
The rep-gtk package contains a Lisp and GTK binding. This is useful for extending GTK-2 and GDK libraries with Lisp. Starting at rep-gtk-0.15, the package contains the bindings to GTK and uses the same instructions. Both can be installed, if needed.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.tuxfamily.org/librep/rep-gtk/rep-gtk_0.90.8.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b20f72cf00d316d35fa7f84a6e7532af
Download size: 120 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install rep-gtk by running the following commands:
./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Screen is a terminal multiplexor that runs several separate processes, typically interactive shells, on a single physical character-based terminal. Each virtual terminal emulates a DEC VT100 plus several ANSI X3.64 and ISO 2022 functions and also provides configurable input and output translation, serial port support, configurable logging, multi-user support, and many character encodings, including UTF-8. Screen sessions can be detached and resumed later on a different terminal.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/screen/screen-4.9.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/screen/screen-4.9.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9a9bdc956bd93e4f0cb9e48678889e26
Download size: 1020 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install Screen by running the following commands:
sh autogen.sh &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--infodir=/usr/share/info \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--with-socket-dir=/run/screen \
--with-pty-group=5 \
--with-sys-screenrc=/etc/screenrc &&
sed -i -e "s%/usr/local/etc/screenrc%/etc/screenrc%" {etc,doc}/* &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -m 644 etc/etcscreenrc /etc/screenrc
--with-socket-dir=/run/screen:
This option places the per-user sockets in a standard
location.
--with-sys-screenrc=/etc/screenrc:
This option places the global screenrc file in /etc.
--with-pty-group=5:
This option sets the gid to the value used by LFS.
sed -i -e "s%/usr/local/etc/screenrc%/etc/screenrc%" {etc,doc}/*: This command corrects the configuration and documentation files to the location that is used here for the global screenrc file.
The Shared Mime Info package contains a MIME database. This allows central updates of MIME information for all supporting applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xdg/shared-mime-info/-/archive/2.2/shared-mime-info-2.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 06cb9e92e4211dc53fd52b7bfd586c78
Download size: 6.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Optional download, required to run the test suite: https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/xdgmime/xdgmime.tar.xz
xdgmime md5sum: 7dfb4446705d345d3acd672024049e86
GLib-2.76.4 and libxml2-2.10.4
Install Shared Mime Info by running the following commands:
If you wish to run the test suite, you must first extract the
xdgmime tarball into the
current directory, and compile it so that meson can find it:
tar -xf ../xdgmime.tar.xz && make -C xdgmime
Now build the package:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release -Dupdate-mimedb=true .. && ninja
If you have followed the instructions above to build xdgmime, to test the result issue ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dupdate-mimedb=true:
This parameter tells the build system to run update-mime-database during
installation. Otherwise, this must be done manually in order
to be able to use the MIME database.
The Sharutils package contains utilities that can create 'shell' archives.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/sharutils/sharutils-4.15.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/sharutils/sharutils-4.15.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5975ce21da36491d7aa6dc2b0d9788e0
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (with the test suite)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with the test suite)
Fix a heap buffer overflow, and an issue exposed by GCC-10:
sed -i 's/BUFSIZ/rw_base_size/' src/unshar.c && sed -i '/program_name/s/^/extern /' src/*opts.h
Install Sharutils by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/IO_ftrylockfile/IO_EOF_SEEN/' lib/*.c && echo "#define _IO_IN_BACKUP 0x100" >> lib/stdio-impl.h && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
creates "shell archives" (or shar files) which are in text format and can be mailed |
|
|
unpacks a shar file |
|
|
reads a file (or by default the standard input) and writes an encoded version to the standard output. The encoding uses only printing ASCII characters |
|
|
reads a file (or by default the standard input) and decodes the uuencoded version to the standard output |
Telepathy Mission Control is an account manager and channel dispatcher for the Telepathy framework, allowing user interfaces and other clients to share connections to real-time communication services without conflicting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://telepathy.freedesktop.org/releases/telepathy-mission-control/telepathy-mission-control-5.16.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 911e990c7755eb98a8022223f649405d
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
D-Bus Python-1.3.2 (for the “twisted” tests), GTK-Doc-1.33.2, UPower-1.90.2, and Twisted (for the “twisted” tests)
Install Telepathy Mission Control by running the following commands:
PYTHON=python3 \ ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
PYTHON=python3: prevents using Python2 if it is installed.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is a command line tool used to manipulate Mission Control accounts |
|
|
waits for a D-Bus bus name that will be provided automatically by the desktop session |
|
|
is a D-Bus service which runs on the session bus to implement AccountManager and ChannelDispatcher services described in the Telepathy D-Bus specification |
|
|
contains Telepathy Mission Control plugin API functions |
The Tidy HTML5 package contains a command line tool and libraries used to read HTML, XHTML and XML files and write cleaned up markup. It detects and corrects many common coding errors and strives to produce visually equivalent markup that is both W3C compliant and compatible with most browsers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/htacg/tidy-html5/archive/5.8.0/tidy-html5-5.8.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0f6c55ef651e258adbe5750f555af50f
Download size: 992 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install Tidy HTML5 by running the following commands:
cd build/cmake &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TAB2SPACE=ON \
../.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && rm -fv /usr/lib/libtidy.a && install -v -m755 tab2space /usr/bin
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to build the release library without any
debug `assert` in the code.
-DBUILD_TAB2SPACE=ON:
This switch is used to enable building the tab2space utility.
The time utility is a program that measures many of the CPU resources, such as time and memory, that other programs use. The GNU version can format the output in arbitrary ways by using a printf-style format string to include various resource measurements.
Although the shell has a builtin command providing similar functionalities, this utility is required by the LSB.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/time/time-1.9.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/time/time-1.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d2356e0fe1c0b85285d83c6b2ad51b5f
Download size: 584 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install Time by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The tree application is useful to display a dictionary tree's contents, including files, directories, and links.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://mama.indstate.edu/users/ice/tree/src/tree-2.1.1.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 1376096bad6b1875d680b18873c249f1
Download size: 60 KB
Estimated disk space required: 728 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install tree by running the following commands:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr MANDIR=/usr/share/man install && chmod -v 644 /usr/share/man/man1/tree.1
The unixODBC package is an Open Source ODBC (Open DataBase Connectivity) sub-system and an ODBC SDK for Linux, Mac OSX, and UNIX. ODBC is an open specification for providing application developers with a predictable API with which to access data sources. Data sources include optional SQL Servers and any data source with an ODBC Driver. unixODBC contains the following components used to assist with the manipulation of ODBC data sources: a driver manager, an installer library and command line tool, command line tools to help install a driver and work with SQL, drivers and driver setup libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lurcher/unixODBC/releases/download/2.3.12/unixODBC-2.3.12.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.unixodbc.org/pub/unixODBC/unixODBC-2.3.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d62167d85bcb459c200c0e4b5a63ee48
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Install unixODBC by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/unixODBC &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
find doc -name "Makefile*" -delete &&
chmod 644 doc/{lst,ProgrammerManual/Tutorial}/* &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.3.12 &&
cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.3.12
--enable-drivers: This parameter
enables building the drivers that were installed by default
in previous versions.
--enable-drivers-conf: This
parameter enables building the driver configuration libraries
that were installed by default in previous versions.
The files in /etc/unixODBC
are meant to be configured by the system administrator (or
the ODBC site administrator if appropriate privileges are
granted to /etc/unixODBC).
These files are not meant to be directly edited. The ODBC
installer library is responsible for reading and writing
the unixODBC config files.
Unfortunately, there are not many man, or any info pages for the
various programs available in the unixODBC package. Along with the
information in the “Short Descriptions” below and
the documentation installed in /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.3.12, there are
many README files throughout
the source tree where the use and functionality of the
programs can be found. Additionally, you can use the
parameter -? for syntax and
usage information. Lastly, the unixODBC web site at http://www.unixodbc.org/ has
very good information.
|
is a utility used to check a shared library to see if it can be loaded and if a given symbol exists in it |
|
|
is a utility which can be used to submit SQL to a data source and to format/output results. It can be used in batch or interactive mode |
|
|
provides the same functionality as the isql program |
|
|
is used to find out details about the installation of the unixODBC package |
|
|
is a utility created for install script/RPM
writers. It is a command line interface to key
functionality in the |
|
|
is a utility which attempts to check whether an ODBC driver was built with 32-bit or 64-bit SQLLEN types |
The xdg-dbus-proxy package contains a filtering proxy for D-Bus connections. This is useful for forwarding data in and out of a sandbox.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/flatpak/xdg-dbus-proxy/releases/download/0.1.5/xdg-dbus-proxy-0.1.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b496f34b0fa4747a66eb5adb63b7d626
Download size: 124 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install xdg-dbus-proxy by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
Xdg-user-dirs is a tool to help manage “well known” user directories like the desktop folder and the music folder. It also handles localization (i.e. translation) of the filenames.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://user-dirs.freedesktop.org/releases/xdg-user-dirs-0.18.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dc7decea7ffb58cd067eff1fe1798cae
Download size: 267 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2, and libxslt-1.1.38 (all three for building the man pages)
Install xdg-user-dirs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-documentation &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-documentation:
Disable the installation of the man pages. Remove this switch
if you've installed the optional dependencies and you wish to
install the man pages of this package.
This chapter contains mainly hardware utilities. It also contains some applications used by other applications in the book for installation or configuration purposes.
The AccountsService package provides a set of D-Bus interfaces for querying and manipulating user account information and an implementation of those interfaces based on the usermod(8), useradd(8) and userdel(8) commands.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/accountsservice/accountsservice-23.13.9.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 03dccfe1b306b7ca19743e86d118e64d
Download size: 621 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.8 MB (add 0.5 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, Systemd-254 (runtime), and Vala-0.56.11
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 and xmlto-0.0.28
First, rename a directory whose presence prevents the build system from running if dbusmock-0.29.1 is not installed:
mv tests/dbusmock{,-tests}
Then fix the tests so that the new directory is found:
sed -e '/accounts_service\.py/s/dbusmock/dbusmock-tests/' \
-i tests/test-libaccountsservice.py
Fix one test that fails if the en_IE.UTF-8 locale is not installed:
sed -i '/^SIMULATED_SYSTEM_LOCALE/s/en_IE.UTF-8/en_HK.iso88591/' tests/test-daemon.py
Install AccountsService by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dadmin_group=adm &&
ninja
To test the package, issue ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dadmin_group=adm:
This switch sets the group for administrator accounts.
-Ddocbook=true: This switch
enables building the D-Bus interface API documentation (needs
xmlto-0.0.28).
-Dgtk_doc=true: This switch
enables building the libaccountsservice API documentation
(needs GTK-Doc-1.33.2).
-Dvapi=false: This switch
disables building the vala bindings. Use it if you have not
installed Vala-0.56.11.
To allow users in the adm group to be listed as
Administrators, execute the following commands as the
root user:
cat > /etc/polkit-1/rules.d/40-adm.rules << "EOF"
polkit.addAdminRule(function(action, subject) {
return ["unix-group:adm"];
});
EOF
/usr/libexec)
The acpid (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface event daemon) is a completely flexible, totally extensible daemon for delivering ACPI events. It listens on netlink interface and when an event occurs, executes programs to handle the event. The programs it executes are configured through a set of configuration files, which can be dropped into place by packages or by the user.
Some other packages may handle some ACPI events as well and
they may conflict with this package. For example,
Systemd-254 (read the
documentation for Handle*= in
logind.conf(5) for details)
and UPower-1.90.2 (used by many desktop
environments such as GNOME, KDE, and XFCE for handling ACPI
events). If you've installed such a package and it's enough
for your use case, this package is probably not needed. If
you really need this package, you must be careful
configuring it and the other packages handling ACPI events
to avoid conflicts. Notably, Systemd-254 handles some ACPI
events by default, so the handling of these events by
Systemd-254 should be disabled
first if handling these events with acpid (again, read
logind.conf(5) for details).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/acpid2/acpid-2.0.34.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 988c2e3fd5ba0ea4492d3ba7273af295
Download size: 160 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install acpid by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/acpid-2.0.34 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /etc/acpi/events && cp -r samples /usr/share/doc/acpid-2.0.34
acpid is configured by user
defined events. Place event files under /etc/acpi/events directory. If an event
occurs, acpid
recurses through the event files in order to see if the regex
defined after "event" matches. If they do, action is
executed.
The following brief example will suspend the system when the laptop lid is closed. The example also disables the default handling of the lid close event by Systemd-254 when the system is on battery and not connected to any external monitor, in order to avoid a conflict:
cat > /etc/acpi/events/lid << "EOF"event=button/lid action=/etc/acpi/lid.shEOF cat > /etc/acpi/lid.sh << "EOF"#!/bin/sh /bin/grep -q open /proc/acpi/button/lid/LID/state && exit 0 /usr/bin/systemctl suspendEOF chmod +x /etc/acpi/lid.sh mkdir -pv /etc/systemd/logind.conf.d echoHandleLidSwitch=ignore> /etc/systemd/logind.conf.d/acpi.conf
Unfortunately, not every computer labels ACPI events in the
same way (for example, the lid may be recognized as
LID0 instead of LID). To determine how your buttons are
recognized, use the acpi_listen tool. Also,
look in the samples directory
under /usr/share/doc/acpid-2.0.34 for more
examples.
To start the acpid daemon at boot,
install the systemd unit from the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package by running the following command as the
root user:
make install-acpid
This package uses socket based activation and will be started when something needs it. No standalone unit file is provided for this package.
|
is a program that listens for ACPI events and executes the rules that match the received event |
|
|
is a simple tool which connects to acpid and listens for events |
|
|
is a monitor program that connects to three sources of ACPI events (events file, netlink and input layer) and then reports on what it sees while it is connected |
The at package provide delayed job execution and batch processing. It is required for Linux Standards Base (LSB) conformance.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/at/at_3.2.5.orig.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ca3657a1c90d7c3d252e0bc17feddc6e
Download size: 130 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.9 MB (including tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
An MTA
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/at
Before building at, as the
root user you should create
the group and user atd which
will run the atd daemon:
groupadd -g 17 atd && useradd -d /dev/null -c "atd daemon" -g atd -s /bin/false -u 17 atd
Install at with the following commands:
./configure --with-daemon_username=atd \
--with-daemon_groupname=atd \
SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail \
--with-jobdir=/var/spool/atjobs \
--with-atspool=/var/spool/atspool \
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=/lib/systemd/system &&
make -j1
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install docdir=/usr/share/doc/at-3.2.5 \
atdocdir=/usr/share/doc/at-3.2.5
If At has been built with Linux PAM support, you need to create a PAM configuration file, to get it working correctly with BLFS.
Issue the following commands as the root user to create the configuration
file for Linux PAM:
cat > /etc/pam.d/atd << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/atd
auth required pam_unix.so
account required pam_unix.so
password required pam_unix.so
session required pam_unix.so
# End /etc/pam.d/atd
EOF
|
queues, examines or deletes jobs for later execution |
|
|
is the daemon that runs jobs queued for later execution |
|
|
lists the user's pending jobs, or all jobs, if superuser |
|
|
deletes jobs, identified by their job number |
|
|
runs jobs queued for later execution |
|
|
is a script that executes commands when system load levels permit |
Autofs controls the operation of the automount daemons. The automount daemons automatically mount filesystems when they are accessed and unmount them after a period of inactivity. This is done based on a set of pre-configured maps.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/v5/autofs-5.1.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 72d81645d39a857c3d16bd3a32e9cb44
Download size: 320 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libtirpc-1.3.3 and rpcsvc-proto-1.4.4
nfs-utils-2.6.3, libnsl-2.0.0, libxml2-2.10.4, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, OpenLDAP-2.6.6 (client only), and Cyrus SASL-2.1.28
Verify that automounter kernel support has been enabled:
File systems ---> <*/M> Kernel automounter support (supports v3, v4 and v5) [AUTOFS_FS]
Optionally, enable the following options in the kernel configuration:
File systems ---> [*] Network File Systems ---> [NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS] <*/M> NFS client support [NFS_FS] <*/M> SMB3 and CIFS support (advanced network filesystem) [CIFS]
Recompile and install the new kernel, if necessary.
First fix an issue introduced by glibc-2.36:
grep -rl linux/fs modules | xargs sed -i "/linux\/fs/d"
Install Autofs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-mapdir=/etc/autofs \
--with-libtirpc \
--with-systemd \
--without-openldap \
--mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If autofs is already installed on your system, be sure to backup your configuration files. They'll be overwritten by the following command.
Install the default configuration files, still as the
root user:
make install_samples
--with-libtirpc: This
switch forces the package to use libtirpc for RPC
functionality instead of relying on implementation from
Glibc, which was removed in LFS 8.1.
--with-systemd: This
switch enables installation of the bundled systemd units.
--without-openldap:
This switch disables openldap if found. If openldap is
desired, omit this switch. Note that openldap support in
autofs requires MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2.
/etc/sysconfig/autofs.conf,
/etc/autofs/auto.master,
/etc/autofs/auto.misc, and
/etc/autofs/auto.net
The installation process creates auto.master, auto.misc, auto.smb, and auto.net. Replace the auto.master file with the following
commands as the root user:
mv /etc/autofs/auto.master /etc/autofs/auto.master.bak &&
cat > /etc/autofs/auto.master << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/autofs/auto.master
/media/auto /etc/autofs/auto.misc --ghost
#/home /etc/autofs/auto.home
# End /etc/autofs/auto.master
EOF
This file creates a new media directory, /media/auto that will overlay any
existing directory of the same name. In this example, the
file, /etc/autofs/auto.misc,
has a line:
cd -fstype=iso9660,ro,nosuid,nodev :/dev/cdrom
that will mount a cdrom as /media/auto/cd if that directory is
accessed. The --ghost option
tells the automounter to create “ghost” versions (i.e. empty
directories) of all the mount points listed in the
configuration file regardless whether any of the file
systems are actually mounted or not. This is very
convenient and highly recommended, because it will show you
the available auto-mountable file systems as existing
directories, even when their file systems aren't currently
mounted. Without the --ghost
option, you'll have to remember the names of the
directories. As soon as you try to access one of them, the
directory will be created and the file system will be
mounted. When the file system gets unmounted again, the
directory is destroyed too, unless the --ghost option was given.
An alternative method would be to specify another
automount location such as /var/lib/auto/cdrom and create a
symbolic link from /media/cdrom to the automount location.
The auto.misc file must be
configured to your working hardware. The loaded
configuration file should load your cdrom if /dev/cdrom is active or it can be edited
to match your device setup. Examples for floppies are
available in the file and easily activated. Documentation
for this file is available using the man 5 autofs command.
In the second line, if enabled, a user's home directory
would be mounted via NFS upon login. The /etc/home.auto would need to exist and
have an entry similar to:
joe example.org:/export/home/joe
where the directory /export/home/joe is exported via NFS from
the system example.org. NFS shares are covered on the next
page.
This package could also be used to mount SMB shares, however that feature is not configured in these instructions. For additional configuration information, see the man pages for auto.master(5). There are also web resources such as this AUTOFS HOWTO available.
To start Autofs at boot,
enable the previously installed systemd unit by running the
following command as the root user:
systemctl enable autofs
You can also specify OPTIONS
variable in the /etc/sysconfig/autofs file with any
additional parameters that you might want to pass to the
automount daemon.
The BlueZ package contains the Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/bluetooth/bluez-5.68.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 00a72fed12e706b2d8bb40786154d3aa
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 158 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
dbus-1.14.8, GLib-2.76.4, and libical-3.0.16
docutils-0.20.1 (to generate man pages)
If you are building this package to use bluetooth devices (rather than as a build dependency), enable the following options in the kernel configuration, also the options in the “Cryptographic API” section if you intend to run the tests, and recompile the kernel if necessary:
General setup ---> # If it is disabled, [TIMERFD] and [EVENTFD] will be hidden and # enabled implicitly. We DO NOT recommend to enable [EXPERT] # unless you are really an expert user: [ /*] Configure standard kernel features (expert users) ---> [EXPERT] [*] Enable timerfd() system call [TIMERFD] [*] Enable eventfd() system call [EVENTFD] [*] Networking support ---> [NET] <*/M> Bluetooth subsystem support ---> [BT] [*] Bluetooth Classic (BR/EDR) features [BT_BREDR] <*/M> RFCOMM protocol support [BT_RFCOMM] [*] RFCOMM TTY support [BT_RFCOMM_TTY] <*/M> BNEP protocol support [BT_BNEP] [*] Multicast filter support [BT_BNEP_MC_FILTER] [*] Protocol filter support [BT_BNEP_PROTO_FILTER] <*/M> HIDP protocol support [BT_HIDP] Bluetooth device drivers ---> # Select the appropriate drivers for your bluetooth hardware. # There are more vendor-specific drivers not listed here: < /*/M> HCI USB driver [BT_HCIBTUSB] < /*/M> HCI SDIO driver [BT_HCIBTSDIO] < /*/M> HCI UART driver [BT_HCIUART] <*/M> RF switch subsystem support ---> [RFKILL] -*- Cryptographic API ---> [CRYPTO] Crypto core or helper ---> <*/M> Userspace cryptographic algorithm configuration [CRYPTO_USER] Block ciphers ---> <*/M> AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) [CRYPTO_AES] AEAD (authenticated encryption with associated data) ciphers ---> <*/M> CCM (Counter with Cipher Block Chaining-MAC) [CRYPTO_CCM] Hashes, digests, and MACs ---> <*/M> CMAC (Cipher-based MAC) [CRYPTO_CMAC] Userspace interface ---> <*/M> Hash algorithms [CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH] <*/M> Symmetric key cipher algorithms [CRYPTO_USER_API_SKCIPHER] <*/M> AEAD cipher algorithms [CRYPTO_USER_API_AEAD]
Install BlueZ by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-manpages \
--enable-library &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ln -svf ../libexec/bluetooth/bluetoothd /usr/sbin
Install the main configuration file as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /etc/bluetooth && install -v -m644 src/main.conf /etc/bluetooth/main.conf
If desired, install the API documentation as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/bluez-5.68 && install -v -m644 doc/*.txt /usr/share/doc/bluez-5.68
--disable-manpages:
This switch disables generating the manual pages because of
the reliance on 'rst2man' in docutils. Remove this switch if
you have docutils-0.20.1 installed and wish to
generate the manual pages.
--enable-library:
This switch enables building the BlueZ 4 compatibility library which is
required by some applications.
ln -svf ../libexec/bluetooth/bluetoothd /usr/sbin: This command makes access to the bluetooth daemon more convenient.
/etc/bluetooth/main.conf is
installed automatically during the installation.
Additionally, there are two supplementary configuration
files. You can optionally install the following files as
the root user:
cat > /etc/bluetooth/rfcomm.conf << "EOF"
# Start rfcomm.conf
# Set up the RFCOMM configuration of the Bluetooth subsystem in the Linux kernel.
# Use one line per command
# See the rfcomm man page for options
# End of rfcomm.conf
EOF
cat > /etc/bluetooth/uart.conf << "EOF"
# Start uart.conf
# Attach serial devices via UART HCI to BlueZ stack
# Use one line per device
# See the hciattach man page for options
# End of uart.conf
EOF
To start the bluetoothd daemon at
boot, enable the previously installed systemd unit by
running the following command as the root user:
systemctl enable bluetooth
To start the obexd daemon for a user
session (to support some Bluetooth programs using it),
enable the previously installed systemd unit for all users
by running the following command as the root user:
systemctl enable --global obex
Systemd will start the Bluetooth daemon only when a bluetooth device is detected on the system.
|
is a Bluemoon configuration utility |
|
|
is the interactive Bluetooth control program |
|
|
is the Bluetooth daemon |
|
|
provides access to the Bluetooth subsystem monitor infrastructure for reading HCI traces |
|
|
is used to convert a file needed by Broadcom devices to hcd (Broadcom bluetooth firmware) format |
|
|
is used to send a L2CAP echo request to the Bluetooth MAC address given in dotted hex notation |
|
|
is a L2CAP testing program |
|
|
is used to test RFCOMM communications on the Bluetooth stack |
|
|
contains the BlueZ 4 API functions |
Bubblewrap is a setuid implementation of user namespaces, or sandboxing, that provides access to a subset of kernel user namespace features. Bubblewrap allows user owned processes to run in an isolated environment with limited access to the underlying filesystem.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/containers/bubblewrap/releases/download/v0.8.0/bubblewrap-0.8.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fc0e14bc26df76225e8f8cc2df9fb657
Download size: 148 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.4 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
libxslt-1.1.38 (to generate manual pages) and libseccomp-2.5.4 (built with python bindings, for tests)
Install Bubblewrap by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
Next, if you desire to run the test suite, fix an issue caused by the merged-/usr configuration in LFS:
sed 's@symlink usr/lib64@ro-bind-try /lib64@' -i ../tests/libtest.sh
To test the results, issue (as a user other than the
root user): ninja test
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
When this package began, upstream expected it could be installed suid-root. That was a long time ago, suid-root is generally considered a bad idea. As well as the default namespaces, this package requires the optional User namespace to be enabled. If that has not yet been enabled, select the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
General setup ---> -*- Namespaces support ---> [NAMESPACES] [*] User namespace [USER_NS]
Colord is a system service that makes it easy to manage, install, and generate color profiles. It is used mainly by GNOME Color Manager for system integration and use when no users are logged in.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/colord/releases/colord-1.4.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7dbdc807495890c13e8242385f4c641f
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
dbus-1.14.8, GLib-2.76.4, Little CMS-2.14, Polkit-123, and SQLite-3.42.0
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, libgudev-238, libgusb-0.4.6, Systemd-254 (runtime), and Vala-0.56.11
gnome-desktop-44.0 and colord-gtk-0.3.0 (to build the example tools), DocBook-utils-0.6.14, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, libxslt-1.1.38, SANE-1.0.32, ArgyllCMS, and Bash Completion
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the colord daemon after it has started. Issue the following
commands as the root user:
groupadd -g 71 colord &&
useradd -c "Color Daemon Owner" -d /var/lib/colord -u 71 \
-g colord -s /bin/false colord
Fix a double free causing a build failure on 32-bit x86 and runtime crashes with some monitors:
sed '/cmsUnregisterPluginsTHR/d' -i lib/colord/cd-context-lcms.c
Install Colord by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Ddaemon_user=colord \
-Dvapi=true \
-Dsystemd=true \
-Dlibcolordcompat=true \
-Dargyllcms_sensor=false \
-Dbash_completion=false \
-Ddocs=false \
-Dman=false &&
ninja
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
To test the results, issue: ninja test. One test,
colord-self-test-daemon, will
fail if the package is already installed. The test suite must
be run with the system-wide D-Bus Daemon running.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Ddaemon_user=colord:
This switch is used so the colord daemon will run as an
unprivileged user instead of the root user.
-Dvapi=true: This
switch enables building the Vala bindings. Remove if you don't have
Vala-0.56.11 installed.
-Dsystemd=true: This
switch enables installation of the systemd service.
-Dlibcolordcompat=true: This
switch enables building a compatibility library for older
packages that use Colord.
-Dargyllcms_sensor=false: This
switch disables the ArgLLCMS sensor driver. Omit if you have
ArgyllCMS installed and wish
to use it.
-Dbash_completion=false: This
switch disables Bash Completion support for Colord
applications.
-Ddocs=false: This
switch disables building of documentation. Omit if you have
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 available.
-Dman=false: This
switch disables building of man pages. Omit if you have
DocBook-utils-0.6.14 available.
Namespaced versions of the docbook-xsl stylesheets are also
required.
|
is the Color Manager Profile Creation Tool |
|
|
is a tool used to fix metadata in ICC profiles |
|
|
dumps the contents of an ICC profile as human readable text |
|
|
is the Color Manager Testing Tool |
|
|
is a text-mode program that allows you to interact with colord on the command line |
|
|
contains the Colord API functions |
|
|
contains legacy API functions for compatibility with older applications |
|
|
contains internal API functions for the programs included with Colord |
|
|
contains a simple display hardware colorimiter |
The cpio package contains tools for archiving.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/cpio/cpio-2.14.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/cpio/cpio-2.14.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b153e1843561841d37190e48b891188d
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB (with tests and docs)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests and docs)
Install cpio by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-mt \
--with-rmt=/usr/libexec/rmt &&
make &&
makeinfo --html -o doc/html doc/cpio.texi &&
makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/cpio.html doc/cpio.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/cpio.txt doc/cpio.texi
If you have texlive-20230313 installed and wish to create PDF or Postscript documentation, issue one or both of the following commands:
make -C doc pdf && make -C doc ps
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cpio-2.14/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/cpio-2.14/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/cpio.{html,txt} \
/usr/share/doc/cpio-2.14
If you built PDF or Postscript documentation, install it by
issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m644 doc/cpio.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
/usr/share/doc/cpio-2.14
--enable-mt: This
parameter forces the building and installation of the
mt program.
--with-rmt=/usr/libexec/rmt:
This parameter inhibits building the rmt program as it is
already installed by the Tar
package in LFS.
The cups-pk-helper package contains a PolicyKit helper used to configure Cups with fine-grained privileges.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/cups-pk-helper/releases/cups-pk-helper-0.2.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0cdadec9ea8f88b7fc7af8ca206da2bd
Download size: 56 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Cups-2.4.6 and Polkit-123
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cups-pk-helper
Install cups-pk-helper by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
Even though D-Bus was built in LFS, there are some features provided by the package that other BLFS packages need, but their dependencies didn't fit into LFS.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus/dbus-1.14.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: da42f55aeec51b355587bc3062fc2d41
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB (add 20 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (add 1.6 SBU for tests)
Xorg Libraries (for dbus-launch program)
Systemd-254 (for registering services launched by D-Bus session daemon as systemd user services); For the tests: D-Bus Python-1.3.2, PyGObject-3.44.1, and Valgrind-3.21.0; for documentation: Doxygen-1.9.7, xmlto-0.0.28, Ducktype, and Yelp Tools
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dbus
Install D-Bus by running the following commands (you may wish to review the output from ./configure --help first and add any desired parameters to the configure command shown below):
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--runstatedir=/run \
--enable-user-session \
--disable-doxygen-docs \
--disable-xml-docs \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/dbus-1.14.8 \
--with-system-socket=/run/dbus/system_bus_socket &&
make
See below for test instructions.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you are using a DESTDIR install, dbus-daemon-launch-helper
needs to be fixed afterwards. Issue, as root user:
chown -v root:messagebus /usr/libexec/dbus-daemon-launch-helper && chmod -v 4750 /usr/libexec/dbus-daemon-launch-helper
Many tests are disabled unless both D-Bus Python-1.3.2 and PyGObject-3.44.1 have been installed. They must be run as an unprivileged user from a local session with bus address. To run the standard tests issue make check.
If you want to run the unit regression tests, configure requires additional parameters which expose additional functionality in the binaries that are not intended to be used in a production build of D-Bus. If you would like to run the tests, issue the following commands (for the tests, you don't need to build the docs):
make distclean &&
PYTHON=python3 ./configure --enable-tests \
--enable-asserts \
--disable-doxygen-docs \
--disable-xml-docs &&
make &&
make check
There have been reports that the tests may fail if running inside a Midnight Commander shell. You may get out-of-memory error messages when running the tests. These are normal and can be safely ignored.
--disable-doxygen-docs: This
switch disables doxygen documentation build and install, if
you have doxygen installed.
If doxygen is installed, and
you wish to build them, remove this parameter.
--disable-xml-docs:
This switch disables html documentation build and install, if
you have xmlto installed. If
xmlto is installed, and you
wish to build them, remove this parameter.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-user-session: This
parameter enables per-user DBus sessions with systemd.
--with-system-pid-file=/run/dbus/pid:
This parameter specifies the location of the PID file.
--with-system-socket=/run/dbus/system_bus_socket:
This parameter specifies the location of the system bus
socket.
--enable-tests:
Builds extra parts of the code to support all tests. Do not
use on a production build.
--enable-embedded-tests: Builds
extra parts of the code to support only unit tests. Do not
use on a production build.
--enable-asserts:
Enables debugging code to run assertions for statements
normally assumed to be true. This prevents a warning that
'--enable-tests' on
its own is only useful for profiling and might not give true
results for all tests, but adds its own NOTE that this should
not be used in a production build.
The configuration files listed above should probably not be
modified. If changes are required, you should create
/etc/dbus-1/session-local.conf and/or
/etc/dbus-1/system-local.conf
and make any desired changes to these files.
If any packages install a D-Bus .service file outside of the standard
/usr/share/dbus-1/services
directory, that directory should be added to the local
session configuration. For instance, /usr/local/share/dbus-1/services can be
added by performing the following commands as the
root user:
cat > /etc/dbus-1/session-local.conf << "EOF"
<!DOCTYPE busconfig PUBLIC
"-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Bus Configuration 1.0//EN"
"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/dbus/1.0/busconfig.dtd">
<busconfig>
<!-- Search for .service files in /usr/local -->
<servicedir>/usr/local/share/dbus-1/services</servicedir>
</busconfig>
EOF
There are many methods you can use to start a session daemon using the dbus-launch command. Review the dbus-launch man page for details about the available parameters and options. Here are some suggestions and examples:
Add dbus-launch to the
line in the ~/.xinitrc
file that starts your graphical desktop environment.
If you use gdm or some other
display manager that calls the ~/.xsession file, you can add
dbus-launch to the
line in your ~/.xsession file that starts your
graphical desktop environment. The syntax would be
similar to the example in the ~/.xinitrc file.
The examples shown previously use dbus-launch to
specify a program to be run. This has the benefit
(when also using the --exit-with-x11
parameter) of stopping the session daemon when the
specified program is stopped. You can also start the
session daemon in your system or personal startup
scripts by adding the following lines:
# Start the D-Bus session daemon
eval `dbus-launch`
export DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS
This method will not stop the session daemon when you
exit your shell, therefore you should add the
following line to your ~/.bash_logout file:
# Kill the D-Bus session daemon
kill $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_PIDA list of the installed files, along with their short descriptions can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/12.0-systemd/chapter08/dbus.html#contents-dbus.
The Fcron package contains a periodical command scheduler which aims at replacing Vixie Cron.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://fcron.free.fr/archives/fcron-3.2.1.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bd4996e941a40327d11efc5e3fd1f839
Download size: 587 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
An MTA, text editor (default is vi from the Vim-9.0.1677 package), Linux-PAM-1.5.3, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14
For security reasons, an unprivileged user and group for
Fcron should be created
(perform as the root user):
groupadd -g 22 fcron && useradd -d /dev/null -c "Fcron User" -g fcron -s /bin/false -u 22 fcron
Now fix some locations hard coded in the documentation:
find doc -type f -exec sed -i 's:/usr/local::g' {} \;
Install Fcron by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--without-sendmail \
--with-piddir=/run \
--with-boot-install=no &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
DESTDIR install must be done as root user. Furthermore, if PAM
configuration files should be installed in /etc/pam.d, you have to create this
directory in the DESTDIR before doing the install.
--without-sendmail:
By default, Fcron will
attempt to use the sendmail command from an
MTA package
to email you the results of the fcron script. This switch
is used to disable default email notification. Omit the
switch to enable the default. Alternatively, you can use the
--with-sendmail= to use a different mailer
command.
</path/to/MTA
command>
--with-boot-install=no: This
prevents installation of the bootscript included with the
package.
--with-piddir=/run:
This fixes the systemd unit to use the proper directory for
PID files so that systemctl does not hang and the unit starts
correctly.
--with-editor=:
This switch allows you to set the default text editor.
</path/to/editor>
--with-dsssl-dir=:
May be used if you have DocBook-utils-0.6.14
installed. Currently, the dsssl stylesheets are located at
</path/to/dsssl-stylesheets>/usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79.
There are no required changes in any of the config files.
Configuration information can be found in the man page for
fcron.conf.
fcron scripts are written using fcrontab. Refer to the fcrontab man page for proper parameters to address your situation.
If Linux-PAM is installed, two PAM
configuration files are installed in etc/pam.d. Alternatively if etc/pam.d is not used, the installation
will append two configuration sections to the existing
/etc/pam.conf file. You
should ensure the files match your preferences. Modify them
as required to suit your needs.
If you would like to set up a periodic hierarchy for the
root user, first issue the following commands (as the
root user) to create the
/usr/bin/run-parts script:
cat > /usr/bin/run-parts << "EOF" &&
#!/bin/sh
# run-parts: Runs all the scripts found in a directory.
# from Slackware, by Patrick J. Volkerding with ideas borrowed
# from the Red Hat and Debian versions of this utility.
# keep going when something fails
set +e
if [ $# -lt 1 ]; then
echo "Usage: run-parts <directory>"
exit 1
fi
if [ ! -d $1 ]; then
echo "Not a directory: $1"
echo "Usage: run-parts <directory>"
exit 1
fi
# There are several types of files that we would like to
# ignore automatically, as they are likely to be backups
# of other scripts:
IGNORE_SUFFIXES="~ ^ , .bak .new .rpmsave .rpmorig .rpmnew .swp"
# Main loop:
for SCRIPT in $1/* ; do
# If this is not a regular file, skip it:
if [ ! -f $SCRIPT ]; then
continue
fi
# Determine if this file should be skipped by suffix:
SKIP=false
for SUFFIX in $IGNORE_SUFFIXES ; do
if [ ! "$(basename $SCRIPT $SUFFIX)" = "$(basename $SCRIPT)" ]; then
SKIP=true
break
fi
done
if [ "$SKIP" = "true" ]; then
continue
fi
# If we've made it this far, then run the script if it's executable:
if [ -x $SCRIPT ]; then
$SCRIPT || echo "$SCRIPT failed."
fi
done
exit 0
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/bin/run-parts
Next, create the directory layout for the periodic jobs
(again as the root user):
install -vdm754 /etc/cron.{hourly,daily,weekly,monthly}
Finally, add the run-parts to the system
fcrontab (while still the root user):
cat > /var/spool/fcron/systab.orig << "EOF"
&bootrun 01 * * * * root run-parts /etc/cron.hourly
&bootrun 02 4 * * * root run-parts /etc/cron.daily
&bootrun 22 4 * * 0 root run-parts /etc/cron.weekly
&bootrun 42 4 1 * * root run-parts /etc/cron.monthly
EOF
The GPM (General Purpose Mouse daemon) package contains a mouse server for the console and xterm. It not only provides cut and paste support generally, but its library component is used by various software such as Links to provide mouse support to the application. It is useful on desktops, especially if following (Beyond) Linux From Scratch instructions; it's often much easier (and less error prone) to cut and paste between two console windows than to type everything by hand!
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/gpm/gpm-1.20.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/gpm/gpm-1.20.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bf84143905a6a903dbd4d4b911a2a2b8
Download size: 820 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/GPM
Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers ---> Input device support ---> -*- Generic input layer (needed for keyboard, mouse, ...) [INPUT] <*/M> Mouse interface [INPUT_MOUSEDEV]
Install GPM by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../gpm-1.20.7-consolidated-1.patch && ./autogen.sh && ./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install-info --dir-file=/usr/share/info/dir \
/usr/share/info/gpm.info &&
rm -fv /usr/lib/libgpm.a &&
ln -sfv libgpm.so.2.1.0 /usr/lib/libgpm.so &&
install -v -m644 conf/gpm-root.conf /etc &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gpm-1.20.7/support &&
install -v -m644 doc/support/* \
/usr/share/doc/gpm-1.20.7/support &&
install -v -m644 doc/{FAQ,HACK_GPM,README*} \
/usr/share/doc/gpm-1.20.7
./autogen.sh: This command creates the missing configure script.
install-info
...: This package installs a .info file, but does not update the system
dir file. This command makes
the update.
ln -v -sfn libgpm.so.2.1.0
/usr/lib/libgpm.so: This command is used to
create (or update) the .so
symlink to the library.
To start the gpm daemon at boot,
install the systemd unit from the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package by running the following command as the
root user:
make install-gpm
/etc/gpm-root.conf and
~/.gpm-root: The default and
individual user gpm-root configuration
files.
GPM is by default started
with the following parameters: -m /dev/input/mice -t imps2.
If the mentioned parameters don't suit your needs, you can
override them by running the following commands as the
root user:
install -v -dm755 /etc/systemd/system/gpm.service.d &&
cat > /etc/systemd/system/gpm.service.d/99-user.conf << EOF
[Service]
ExecStart=/usr/sbin/gpm <list of parameters>
EOF
|
is a security mechanism used to disable the paste buffer |
|
|
is a simple program that reports the mouse buttons being pressed and released |
|
|
is a simple program that reports the mouse coordinates |
|
|
is used to report the GPM library and server versions |
|
|
is a cut and paste utility and mouse server for virtual consoles |
|
|
is a default handler for gpm. It is used to draw menus on the root window |
|
|
is a simple sample application using the high-level library, meant to be read by programmers trying to use the high-level library |
|
|
is a program to report mouse events |
|
|
is a tool for determining the mouse type and device it's attached to |
|
|
contains the API functions to access the GPM daemon |
The Hdparm package contains a utility that is useful for obtaining information about, and controlling ATA/IDE controllers and hard drives. It allows to increase performance and sometimes to increase stability.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
As well as being useful, incorrect usage of Hdparm can destroy your information and in rare cases, drives. Use with caution and make sure you know what you are doing. If in doubt, it is recommended that you leave the default kernel parameters alone.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/hdparm/hdparm-9.65.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6d6d039d61ec995b1ec72ddce0b1853b
Download size: 140 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build Hdparm by running the following command:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make binprefix=/usr install
The LSB-Tools package includes tools for Linux Standards Base (LSB) conformance.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lfs-book/LSB-Tools/releases/download/v0.10/LSB-Tools-0.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 846c7ee94989c7d48d386c875dbd1d9f
Download size: 19 KB
Estimated disk space required: 428 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install LSB-Tools by running the following commands:
python3 setup.py build
Now, as the root user:
python3 setup.py install --optimize=1
The configuration for this package was done in
LFS and
Systemd. The file /etc/lsb-release should already exist. Be
sure that the DISTRIB_CODENAME entry has been set properly.
The lm_sensors package provides userspace support for the hardware monitoring drivers in the Linux kernel. This is useful for monitoring the temperature of the CPU and adjusting the performance of some hardware (such as cooling fans).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lm-sensors/lm-sensors/archive/V3-6-0/lm-sensors-3-6-0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f60e47b5eb50bbeed48a9f43bb08dd5e
Download size: 268 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
RRDtool (required to build the sensord program) and dmidecode (runtime)
The following configuration options attempt to cover the most
common hardware monitoring devices in a typical desktop or
laptop system. View the help of each (by pressing the
H button with
the option focused in the make
menuconfig) to know if you need it. There are
many platform-specific hardware monitoring devices so it's
impossible to list the configuration for all of them here.
You may investigate the content of /sys/class/hwmon within a “mainstream” distro running on the
system to know which drivers you need.
Power management and ACPI options ---> [*] ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) Support ---> [ACPI] < /*/M> Battery [ACPI_BATTERY] < /*/M> Thermal Zone [ACPI_THERMAL] Device Drivers ---> NVME Support ---> < /*> NVM Express block device [BLK_DEV_NVME] # Set [HWMON] to <*> (not <M>!) or it will not show up: [ /*] NVMe hardware monitoring [NVME_HWMON] <*/M> Hardware Monitoring support ---> [HWMON] < /*/M> AMD Athlon64/FX or Opteron temperature sensor [SENSORS_K8TEMP] < /*/M> AMD Family 10h+ temperature sensor [SENSORS_K10TEMP] < /*/M> AMD Family 15h processor power [SENSORS_FAM15H_POWER] < /*/M> Intel Core/Core2/Atom temperature sensor [SENSORS_CORETEMP]
Recompile your kernel and reboot into the new kernel.
Install Lm_sensors by running the following commands:
make PREFIX=/usr \
BUILD_STATIC_LIB=0 \
MANDIR=/usr/share/man
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr \
BUILD_STATIC_LIB=0 \
MANDIR=/usr/share/man install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/lm_sensors-3-6-0 &&
cp -rv README INSTALL doc/* \
/usr/share/doc/lm_sensors-3-6-0
BUILD_STATIC_LIB=0:
This parameter disables compiling and installing the static
version of libsensors.
PROG_EXTRA=sensord: This
parameter enables compiling sensord, a daemon that can
monitor your system at regular intervals. Compiling
sensord
requires RRDtool. Be sure to
install RRDtool in /usr by
running make
prefix=/usr when building it. Otherwise,
Lm_sensors will not find it easily.
|
is a shell script for use with lm_sensors. It reads its configuration from a file, then calculates fan speeds from temperatures and sets the corresponding PWM outputs to the computed values |
|
|
is a small helper program to examine registers visible through the ISA bus. It is intended to probe any chip that lives on the ISA bus working with an address register and a data register (I2C-like access) or a flat range (of up to 256 bytes) |
|
|
is a small helper program to set registers visible through the ISA bus |
|
|
tests the pulse width modulation (PWM) outputs of sensors and configures fancontrol |
|
|
prints the current readings of all sensor chips |
|
|
is a Perl script to convert lm-sensors version 2 configuration files to work with version 3 |
|
|
is a Perl script
that will walk you through the process of scanning
your system for various hardware monitoring chips
(sensors) supported by |
|
|
(optional) is a daemon that can be used to periodically log sensor readings |
|
|
contains the lm_sensors API functions |
The logrotate package allows automatic rotation, compression, removal, and mailing of log files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/logrotate/logrotate/releases/download/3.21.0/logrotate-3.21.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6c15f45efc3475a576c4f7e6cc481b2c
Download size: 164.5 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB (add 38 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 0.2 SBU for tests)
An MTA (runtime)
Install logrotate by running the following command:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make test. One test fails because the very old compress is not present and two tests fail if an MTA is not installed.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Logrotate needs a
configuration file, which must be passed as an argument to
the command when executed. Create the file as the
root user:
cat > /etc/logrotate.conf << EOF
# Begin /etc/logrotate.conf
# Rotate log files weekly
weekly
# Don't mail logs to anybody
nomail
# If the log file is empty, it will not be rotated
notifempty
# Number of backups that will be kept
# This will keep the 2 newest backups only
rotate 2
# Create new empty files after rotating old ones
# This will create empty log files, with owner
# set to root, group set to sys, and permissions 664
create 0664 root sys
# Compress the backups with gzip
compress
# No packages own lastlog or wtmp -- rotate them here
/var/log/wtmp {
monthly
create 0664 root utmp
rotate 1
}
/var/log/lastlog {
monthly
rotate 1
}
# Some packages drop log rotation info in this directory
# so we include any file in it.
include /etc/logrotate.d
# End /etc/logrotate.conf
EOF
chmod -v 0644 /etc/logrotate.conf
Now create the /etc/logrotate.d
directory as the root user:
mkdir -p /etc/logrotate.d
At this point additional log rotation commands can be
entered, typically in the /etc/logrotate.d directory. For example:
cat > /etc/logrotate.d/sys.log << EOF
/var/log/sys.log {
# If the log file is larger than 100kb, rotate it
size 100k
rotate 5
weekly
postrotate
/bin/killall -HUP syslogd
endscript
}
EOF
chmod -v 0644 /etc/logrotate.d/sys.log
You can designate multiple files in one entry:
cat > /etc/logrotate.d/example.log << EOF
file1
file2
file3 {
...
postrotate
...
endscript
}
EOF
chmod -v 0644 /etc/logrotate.d/example.log
You can use in the same line the list of files: file1 file2 file3. See the logrotate man page or https://www.techrepublic.com/article/manage-linux-log-files-with-logrotate/ for more examples.
The command logrotate
/etc/logrotate.conf can be run manually,
however, the command should be run daily. Other useful
commands are logrotate -d
/etc/logrotate.conf for debugging purposes
and logrotate -f
/etc/logrotate.conf forcing the logrotate
commands to be run immediately. Combining the previous
options -df, you can debug the
effect of the force command. When debugging, the commands are
only simulated and are not actually run. As a result, errors
about files not existing will eventually appear because the
files are not actually created.
To run the logrotate command daily,
execute the following commands,
as the root user, to create a
systemd timer to run daily at 3:00 A.M.
(local time):
cat > /usr/lib/systemd/system/logrotate.service << "EOF" &&[Unit] Description=Runs the logrotate command Documentation=man:logrotate(8) DefaultDependencies=no After=local-fs.target Before=shutdown.target [Service] Type=oneshot RemainAfterExit=yes ExecStart=/usr/sbin/logrotate /etc/logrotate.confEOF cat > /usr/lib/systemd/system/logrotate.timer << "EOF" &&[Unit] Description=Runs the logrotate command daily at 3:00 AM [Timer] OnCalendar=*-*-* 3:00:00 Persistent=true [Install] WantedBy=timers.targetEOF systemctl enable logrotate.timer
MC (Midnight Commander) is a text-mode full-screen file manager and visual shell. It provides a clear, user-friendly, and somewhat protected interface to a Unix system while making many frequent file operations more efficient and preserving the full power of the command prompt.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.midnight-commander.org/mc-4.8.30.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/midnightcommander/mc-4.8.30.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 96fcd04710b7848fedea8597da4bd7da
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 75 MB (add 86 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.2 SBU for tests)
Doxygen-1.9.7, GPM-1.20.7, Graphviz-8.1.0, libssh2-1.11.0, PCRE-8.45, pcre2-10.42, Ruby-3.2.2, UnZip-6.0, a graphical environment, and Zip-3.0
Install MC by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-charset &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--sysconfdir=/etc:
This switch places the global configuration directory in
/etc.
--enable-charset:
This switch adds support to mcedit for editing files in
encodings different from the one implied by the current
locale.
--with-search-engine=pcre2: Use
this switch if you would prefer to use pcre2-10.42 instead of GLib
for the built-in search engine. Alternatively, you can pass
'pcre' instead of 'pcre2' if you prefer to use PCRE-8.45.
ModemManager provides a unified high level API for communicating with mobile broadband modems, regardless of the protocol used to communicate with the actual device.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/ModemManager/ModemManager-1.18.12.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9f014dfc59f1bd8bc230bb2c2974d104
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 155 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, libmbim-1.26.4, libqmi-1.30.8, Polkit-123, and Vala-0.56.11
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ModemManager
Install ModemManager by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-static \
--disable-maintainer-mode \
--with-systemd-journal \
--with-systemd-suspend-resume &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-systemd-suspend-resume:
This switch forces ModemManager to use the systemd
power management facilities.
--with-systemd-journal :
This switch forces ModemManager to use the systemd journal
for logging.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The Notification Daemon package contains a daemon that displays passive pop-up notifications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/notification-daemon/3.20/notification-daemon-3.20.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/notification-daemon/3.20/notification-daemon-3.20.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2de7f4075352831f1d98d8851b642124
Download size: 336 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.24.38 and libcanberra-0.30 (Built with GTK+-3.24.38 support).
Install Notification Daemon by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
You can test the notification daemon with the command notify-send:
pgrep -l notification-da &&
notify-send -i info Information "Hi ${USER}, This is a Test"
The command pgrep -l notification-da is added to assure that it is the daemon of this package that is running, not another one, e.g. the daemon from xfce4-notifyd-0.8.2.
p7zip is the Unix command-line port of 7-Zip, a file archiver that archives with high compression ratios. It handles 7z, ZIP, GZIP, Brotli, BZIP2, XZ, TAR, APM, ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, Lizard, LZ5, LZFSE, LZH, LZMA, LZMA2, MBR, MSI, MSLZ, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR, Z, and Zstd formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/p7zip-project/p7zip/archive/v17.04/p7zip-17.04.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 00acfd6be87848231722d2d53f89e4a5
Download size: 6.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 55 MB
Estimated build time: 2.3 SBU (with tests)
First, prevent p7zip from installing compressed manual pages:
sed '/^gzip/d' -i install.sh
Next, fix a security vulnerability:
sed -i '160a if(_buffer == nullptr || _size == _pos) return E_FAIL;' CPP/7zip/Common/StreamObjects.cpp
Install p7zip by running the following commands:
make all3
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make DEST_HOME=/usr \
DEST_MAN=/usr/share/man \
DEST_SHARE_DOC=/usr/share/doc/p7zip-17.04 install
If using DESTDIR techniques, use DEST_DIR instead.
pax is an archiving utility created by POSIX and defined by the POSIX.1-2001 standard. Rather than sort out the incompatible options that have crept up between tar and cpio, along with their implementations across various versions of UNIX, the IEEE designed a new archive utility. The name “pax” is an acronym for portable archive exchange. Furthermore, “pax” means “peace” in Latin, so its name implies that it shall create peace between the tar and cpio format supporters. The command invocation and command structure is somewhat a unification of both tar and cpio.
pax has been required to be present in LSB conformant systems since LSB version 3.0.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.mirbsd.org/MirOS/dist/mir/cpio/paxmirabilis-20201030.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 87a0a3870ec437c41eb1b406334fe2c5
Download size: 172 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install pax by running the following commands:.
This package expands to the directory pax.
bash Build.sh
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
This package also creates hard links from pax to the programs cpio and tar in the build directory. The LFS editors do not recommend that they be installed as they will overwrite the GNU versions of these programs.
install -v pax /usr/bin && install -v -m644 pax.1 /usr/share/man/man1
The PCI Utils package contains a set of programs for listing PCI devices, inspecting their status and setting their configuration registers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://mj.ucw.cz/download/linux/pci/pciutils-3.10.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ca53b87d2a94cdbbba6e09aca90924bd
Download size: 912 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
cURL-8.2.1, Wget-1.21.4, or Lynx-2.8.9rel.1 (for the update-pciids script to function correctly).
Install PCI Utils by running the following commands:
make PREFIX=/usr \
SHAREDIR=/usr/share/hwdata \
SHARED=yes
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr \
SHAREDIR=/usr/share/hwdata \
SHARED=yes \
install install-lib &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpci.so
SHARED=yes: This
parameter enables building of the shared library instead of
the static one.
ZLIB=no: This option prevents
compression of the pci.ids
file.
The pci.ids data file is
constantly being updated. To get a current version of this
file, run update-pciids as the
root user. This program
requires the Which-2.21 script or
program to find cURL-8.2.1, Lynx-2.8.9rel.1, or Wget-1.21.4 which
are used to download the most current file, and then replace
the existing file in /usr/share/hwdata.
You should update the /usr/share/hwdata/pci.ids file
periodically. Execute the
following commands, as the root user, to create a systemd timer to update it weekly on Sundays at 2:30
A.M. (local time):
cat > /usr/lib/systemd/system/update-pciids.service << "EOF" &&[Unit] Description=Update pci.ids file Documentation=man:update-pciids(8) DefaultDependencies=no After=local-fs.target network-online.target Before=shutdown.target [Service] Type=oneshot RemainAfterExit=yes ExecStart=/usr/sbin/update-pciidsEOF cat > /usr/lib/systemd/system/update-pciids.timer << "EOF" &&[Unit] Description=Update pci.ids file weekly [Timer] OnCalendar=Sun 02:30:00 Persistent=true [Install] WantedBy=timers.targetEOF systemctl enable update-pciids.timer
The Power Management Utilities provide simple shell command line tools to suspend and hibernate the computer. They can be used to run user supplied scripts on suspend and resume.
On a system using systemd
as the init system, systemd already provides this
functionality. As a result, this package is probably not
needed, and it may conflict with systemd. Read the documentation for
suspend.target and
hibernate.target in the man
page systemd.special(7) for
more details.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://pm-utils.freedesktop.org/releases/pm-utils-1.4.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1742a556089c36c3a89eb1b957da5a60
Download size: 204 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
xmlto-0.0.28 (to generate man pages)
If needed, enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
Power management and ACPI options ---> [*] Suspend to RAM and standby [SUSPEND] [*] Hibernation (aka 'suspend to disk') [HIBERNATION]
Suspend to RAM allows the system to enter sleep states in which main memory is powered and thus its contents are preserved. The method cuts power to most parts of the machine aside from the RAM. Because of the large power savings, it is advisable for laptops to automatically enter this mode when the computer is running on batteries and the lid is closed (or the user is inactive for some time).
Suspend to disk (Hibernation) saves the machine's state into swap space and completely powers off the machine. When the machine is powered on, the state is restored. Until then, there is zero power consumption. Suspend to RAM and hibernation are normally appropriate for portable devices such as laptops, but can be used on workstations. The capability is not really appropriate for servers.
To use hibernation, the kernel parameter resume=/dev/<swap_partition> has to be used on the kernel command line (in grub.cfg). The swap partition should be at least the size of the physical RAM on the system.
First, fix several bugs and a couple of incompatibilities with newer kernels:
patch -Np1 -i ../pm-utils-1.4.1-bugfixes-1.patch
Install Power Management Utilities by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/pm-utils-1.4.1 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you don't have xmlto-0.0.28 installed, copy pregenerated
man pages, as the root user:
install -v -m644 man/*.1 /usr/share/man/man1 && install -v -m644 man/*.8 /usr/share/man/man8 && ln -sv pm-action.8 /usr/share/man/man8/pm-suspend.8 && ln -sv pm-action.8 /usr/share/man/man8/pm-hibernate.8 && ln -sv pm-action.8 /usr/share/man/man8/pm-suspend-hybrid.8
Suspend or resume functionality can be easily modified by
installing files into the /etc/pm/sleep.d directory. These files,
known as hooks, are run when the system is put into a sleep
state or resumed. Default hooks are located in /usr/lib/pm-utils/sleep.d, and user hooks
should be put in /etc/pm/sleep.d. See the pm-action(8) man
page for more information.
In order to use hibernation with GRUB and a swap partition, you need to
add kernel parameter resume= (e.g.
swap_partitionresume=/dev/sda1) to the kernel
line in the /boot/grub/grub.cfg
configuration file.
|
is a script that determines whether the system is running on AC power (rather than a battery) |
|
|
is a symlink to pm-action script that puts the computer into hibernate mode (the system is fully powered off and system state is saved to disk) |
|
|
is a script that checks whether power management features such as suspend and hibernate are supported |
|
|
is a script that puts the computer into powersaving (low power) mode |
|
|
is a symlink to pm-action script that puts the computer into suspend mode (most devices are shut down and system state is saved in RAM) |
|
|
is a symlink to pm-action script that puts the computer into hybrid-suspend mode (the system does everything it needs to hibernate, but suspends instead of shutting down) |
Raptor is a C library that provides a set of parsers and serializers that generate Resource Description Framework (RDF) triples.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.librdf.org/source/raptor2-2.0.16.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0a71f13b6eaa0a04bf411083d89d7bc2
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB (additional 2 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (additional 0.3 SBU for the tests)
Install Raptor by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check. Several of the XML tests may fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-icu-config=/usr/bin/icu-config: Use
this switch if you have installed ICU-73.2 and wish to build Raptor with its support.
Rasqal is a C library that handles Resource Description Framework (RDF) query language syntaxes, query construction, and execution of queries returning results as bindings, boolean, RDF graphs/triples or syntaxes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.librdf.org/source/rasqal-0.9.33.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1f5def51ca0026cd192958ef07228b52
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (additional 4 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional 0.7 SBU for the tests)
Install Rasqal by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Redland is a set of free software C libraries that provide support for the Resource Description Framework (RDF).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.librdf.org/source/redland-1.0.17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e5be03eda13ef68aabab6e42aa67715e
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, libiodbc-3.52.15, SQLite-3.42.0, MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, PostgreSQL-15.4, virtuoso, and 3store
Install Redland by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The sg3_utils package contains low level utilities for devices that use a SCSI command set. Apart from SCSI parallel interface (SPI) devices, the SCSI command set is used by ATAPI devices (CD/DVDs and tapes), USB mass storage devices, Fibre Channel disks, IEEE 1394 storage devices (that use the "SBP" protocol), SAS, iSCSI and FCoE devices (amongst others).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sg.danny.cz/sg/p/sg3_utils-1.48.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0024393d2d2942cc081ce613d98db68a
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install sg3_utils by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
adds or removes SCSI devices without having to reboot |
|
|
accesses Linux SCSI logging level information |
|
|
checks SCSI device support for mandatory commands |
|
|
does the SCSI READ CAPACITY command on disks |
|
|
does the SCSI TEST UNIT READY on devices |
|
|
checks for SCSI to ATA Translation (SAT) device support |
|
|
starts one or more SCSI disks |
|
|
stops one or more SCSI disks |
|
|
fetches the temperature of a SCSI device |
|
|
performs a SCSI BACKGROUND CONTROL command on a device to perform "advanced background operations" |
|
|
sends the SCSI COMPARE AND WRITE command to device |
|
|
sends the SCSI RECEIVE COPY RESULTS command (XCOPY related) |
|
|
copies data to and from files and devices. Specialised for devices that understand the SCSI command set |
|
|
takes SCSI sense data in binary or as a sequence of ASCII hexadecimal bytes and decodes it |
|
|
changes ownership of a LUN from another Service-Processor to this one |
|
|
formats or resizes a SCSI disk (perhaps changes its block size) |
|
|
sends a SCSI GET CONFIGURATION command (MMC-4 +) |
|
|
sends a SCSI GET PHYSICAL ELEMENT STATUS command to a device |
|
|
sends the SCSI GET LBA STATUS command |
|
|
sends a SCSI REPORT or SET IDENTIFYING INFORMATION command |
|
|
access mode page information for a SCSI (or ATAPI) device |
|
|
sends a SCSI INQUIRY or ATA IDENTIFY (PACKET) DEVICE command and outputs the response |
|
|
access log pages with SCSI LOG SENSE command |
|
|
sends the SCSI REPORT LUNS command |
|
|
displays mapping between linux sg and other SCSI devices |
|
|
maps a special file to a SCSI generic (sg) device (or vice versa) |
|
|
copies data to and from files and devices. Specialized for devices that understand the SCSI command set and does memory mapped transfers from sg devices |
|
|
reads mode pages with the SCSI MODE SENSE command |
|
|
reports information on supported SCSI commands or task management functions |
|
|
copies data to and from files and devices. Specialized for devices that understand the SCSI command set |
|
|
sends a SCSI PERSISTENT RESERVE (IN or OUT) command to manipulate registrations and reservations |
|
|
sends a SCSI PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command |
|
|
sends an arbitrary SCSI command to a device |
|
|
reads data using the SCSI READ BUFFER command |
|
|
displays or modifies the RDAC Redundant Controller Page |
|
|
reads blocks of data continually from the same offset |
|
|
performs a SCSI READ ATTRIBUTE command on a device |
|
|
sends a SCSI READ BLOCK LIMITS command |
|
|
sends a SCSI READ BUFFER command |
|
|
sends a SCSI READ CAPACITY command |
|
|
sends a SCSI READ LONG command |
|
|
sends a SCSI REASSIGN BLOCKS command |
|
|
sends a SCSI REPORT REFERRALS command |
|
|
sends a SCSI REPORT PROVISIONING INITIALIZATION PATTERN command |
|
|
sends a SCSI REPORT ZONES command |
|
|
sends one or more SCSI REQUEST SENSE commands |
|
|
sends a SCSI device, target, bus or host reset; or checks reset state |
|
|
sends a SCSI RESET WRITE POINTER command |
|
|
sends a SCSI READ MEDIA SERIAL NUMBER command |
|
|
sends a SCSI REPORT TARGET PORT GROUPS command |
|
|
fetches status information from a SCSI Accessed Fault-Tolerant Enclosure (SAF-TE) device |
|
|
sends a SCSI SANITIZE command |
|
|
sends an ATA IDENTIFY (PACKET) DEVICE command via a SCSI to ATA Translation (SAT) layer |
|
|
sends an ATA READ LOG EXT command via a SAT pass through to fetch log page 11h which contains SATA phy event counters |
|
|
sends an ATA READ LOG EXT command via a SCSI to ATA Translation (SAT) layer |
|
|
sends an ATA SET FEATURES command via a SCSI to ATA Translation (SAT) layer |
|
|
does a scan of sg devices (or given SCSI/ATAPI/ATA devices) and prints the results |
|
|
performs a SCSI SEEK or PRE-FETCH command on a device and it's cache |
|
|
performs a SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command |
|
|
sends controls and fetches the current status from a SCSI Enclosure Services (SES) device |
|
|
sends microcode to a SCSI enclosure |
|
|
sends a SCSI START STOP UNIT command to start, stop, load or eject medium |
|
|
sends a SCSI SET TARGET PORT GROUPS command |
|
|
performs a SCSI STREAM CONTROL or GET STREAM STATUS command on a device to open or close an I/O stream |
|
|
sends a SCSI command to synchronize the cache |
|
|
tests the SCSI host adapter by issuing write and read operations on a device's buffer and calculating checksums |
|
|
reports or sets the timestamp on a SCSI device |
|
|
sends one or more SCSI TEST UNIT READY commands |
|
|
sends a SCSI UNMAP command |
|
|
invokes SCSI VERIFY command(s) on a block device |
|
|
fetches Vital Product Data (VPD) pages using a SCSI INQUIRY command |
|
|
sends a SCSI WRITE BUFFER command |
|
|
sends a SCSI WRITE LONG command |
|
|
sends a SCSI WRITE SAME command |
|
|
sends a SCSI WRITE AND VERIFY command |
|
|
performs SCSI WRITE commands on a device |
|
|
writes mode pages |
|
|
copies data to and from files and devices using SCSI EXTENDED COPY (XCOPY) |
|
|
performs SCSI ZONE commands on a device, such as OPEN, CLOSE, FINISH or SEQUENTIALIZE |
|
|
contains the sg3_utils API functions |
The Sysstat package contains utilities to monitor system performance and usage activity. Sysstat contains the sar utility, common to many commercial Unixes, and tools you can schedule via cron to collect and historize performance and activity data.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://sebastien.godard.pagesperso-orange.fr/sysstat-12.7.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cb625681a70b58e306d2564d4296a5ae
Download size: 876 KB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
There are no build-time requirements for this package; however, it is designed to be controlled by a cron daemon such as Fcron-3.2.1.
Install Sysstat by running the following commands:
sa_lib_dir=/usr/lib/sa \
sa_dir=/var/log/sa \
conf_dir=/etc/sysconfig \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-file-attr &&
make
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Install the systemd unit by running the following commands as
the root user:
install -v -m644 sysstat.service /usr/lib/systemd/system/sysstat.service && install -v -m644 cron/sysstat-collect.service /usr/lib/systemd/system/sysstat-collect.service && install -v -m644 cron/sysstat-collect.timer /usr/lib/systemd/system/sysstat-collect.timer && install -v -m644 cron/sysstat-summary.service /usr/lib/systemd/system/sysstat-summary.service && install -v -m644 cron/sysstat-summary.timer /usr/lib/systemd/system/sysstat-summary.timer
Fix the systemd unit by running the following command as the
root user:
sed -i "/^Also=/d" /usr/lib/systemd/system/sysstat.service
sa_lib_dir: This environment
variable specifies the location of the package-specific
library directory.
sa_dir: This environment variable
specifies the location of the directory containing the data
files.
conf_dir: This environment
variable specifies the location of the system configuration
directory.
--disable-file-attr:
Do not set attributes on files being installed. This
parameter causes the installation to ignore the man group
variable resulting in the man files having root: root ownership.
Run ./configure
--help to see other influential environment
variables you can pass to configure. You may want
to use the history and
compressafter variables to
customize the amount of data files kept on the system.
To begin gathering Sysstat
history information, you must add to, or create a
privileged user's crontab. The history data location is
/var/log/sa. The user running
Sysstat utilities via cron
must have write access to this location.
Below is an example of what to install in the crontab. Adjust the parameters to suit your needs. Use man sa1 and man sa2 for information about the commands.
# 8am-7pm activity reports every 10 minutes during weekdays
0 8-18 * * 1-5 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 600 6 &
# 7pm-8am activity reports every hour during weekdays
0 19-7 * * 1-5 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 &
# Activity reports every hour on Saturday and Sunday
0 * * * 0,6 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 &
# Daily summary prepared at 19:05
5 19 * * * /usr/lib/sa/sa2 -A &Ensure you submit the revised crontab to the cron daemon.
|
displays statistics about read and write operations on CIFS filesystems |
|
|
reports CPU statistics and input/output statistics for devices and partitions |
|
|
writes activities for each available processor |
|
|
is used for monitoring individual tasks currently being managed by the Linux kernel |
|
|
is used for displaying the contents of data files created by the sar command. But unlike sar, sadf can write its data in many different formats |
|
|
is used for displaying the contents of elected cumulative activity counters in the operating system |
|
|
is used for monitoring the activity of tape drives connected to a system |
While systemd was installed when building LFS, there are many features provided by the package that were not included in the initial installation because Linux-PAM was not yet installed. The systemd package needs to be rebuilt to provide a working systemd-logind service, which provides many additional features for dependent packages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/systemd/systemd/archive/v254/systemd-254.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0d266e5361dc72097b6c18cfde1c0001
Download size: 14 MB
Estimated disk space required: 198 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 3.7 SBU (with tests using 4 cores)
Linux-PAM-1.5.3 is not strictly
required to build systemd,
but the main reason to rebuild systemd in BLFS (it's already built in
LFS anyway) is for the systemd-logind daemon and
the pam_systemd.so PAM
module. Linux-PAM-1.5.3 is required for them.
All packages in BLFS book with a dependency on systemd expects it has been rebuilt
with Linux-PAM-1.5.3.
Linux-PAM-1.5.3 and Polkit-123 (runtime)
btrfs-progs-6.3.3, cURL-8.2.1, cryptsetup-2.4.3, git-2.41.0, GnuTLS-3.8.1, iptables-1.8.9, libgcrypt-1.10.2, libidn2-2.3.4, libpwquality-1.4.5, libseccomp-2.5.4, libxkbcommon-1.5.0, make-ca-1.12, p11-kit-0.25.0, pcre2-10.42, qemu-8.1.0, qrencode-4.1.1, rsync-3.2.7, sphinx-7.1.2, Valgrind-3.21.0, zsh-5.9 (for the zsh completions), AppArmor, audit-userspace, bash-completion, jekyll, kexec-tools, libbpf, libdw, libfido2, libmicrohttpd, lz4, pyelftools, quota-tools, rpm, SELinux, systemtap, tpm2-tss and Xen
docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2, libxslt-1.1.38, and lxml-4.9.3 (to build the index of systemd manual pages)
Remove two unneeded groups, render and sgx, from the default udev rules:
sed -i -e 's/GROUP="render"/GROUP="video"/' \
-e 's/GROUP="sgx", //' rules.d/50-udev-default.rules.in
Rebuild systemd by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Ddefault-dnssec=no \
-Dfirstboot=false \
-Dinstall-tests=false \
-Dldconfig=false \
-Dman=auto \
-Dsysusers=false \
-Drpmmacrosdir=no \
-Dhomed=false \
-Duserdb=false \
-Dmode=release \
-Dpam=true \
-Dpamconfdir=/etc/pam.d \
-Ddev-kvm-mode=0660 \
-Ddocdir=/usr/share/doc/systemd-254 &&
ninja
For the best test results, make sure you run the test suite from a system that is booted by the same systemd version you are rebuilding.
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The test named
test-stat-util and test-netlink are known to fail if some
kernel features are not enabled. If the test suite is ran as
the root user, some other
tests may fail because they depend on various kernel
configuration options.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dpamconfdir=/etc/pam.d: Forces
the PAM files to be installed in /etc/pam.d rather than
/usr/lib/pam.d.
-Duserdb=false:
Removes a daemon that does not offer any use under a BLFS
configuration. If you wish to enable the userdbd daemon, replace "false" with
"true" in the above meson command.
-Dhomed=false:
Removes a daemon that does not offer any use under a
traditional BLFS configuration, especially using accounts
created with useradd. To enable systemd-homed, first ensure
that you have cryptsetup-2.4.3 and libpwquality-1.4.5 installed, and
then change "false" to "true" in the above meson command.
The /etc/pam.d/system-session
file needs to be modified and a new file needs to be created
in order for systemd-logind to work
correctly. Run the following commands as the root user:
grep 'pam_systemd' /etc/pam.d/system-session || cat >> /etc/pam.d/system-session << "EOF"# Begin Systemd addition session required pam_loginuid.so session optional pam_systemd.so # End Systemd additionEOF cat > /etc/pam.d/systemd-user << "EOF"# Begin /etc/pam.d/systemd-user account required pam_access.so account include system-account session required pam_env.so session required pam_limits.so session required pam_unix.so session required pam_loginuid.so session optional pam_keyinit.so force revoke session optional pam_systemd.so auth required pam_deny.so password required pam_deny.so # End /etc/pam.d/systemd-userEOF
If upgrading from a previous version of systemd and an initrd is used for system boot, you should generate a new initrd before rebooting the system.
A list of the installed files, along with their short descriptions can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/12.0-systemd/chapter08/systemd.html#contents-systemd.
Listed below are the newly installed programs along with short descriptions.
|
is a tool to create, remove, change, or inspect a home directory managed by systemd-homed; note that it's useless for the classic UNIX users and home directories which we are using in LFS/BLFS book |
|
|
Is used to enroll or remove a system from full disk encryption, as well as set and query private keys and recovery keys |
|
|
inspects users, groups, and group memberships |
|
|
is a PAM module used to register user sessions with the systemd login manager, systemd-logind |
The UDisks package provides a daemon, tools and libraries to access and manipulate disks and storage devices.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/storaged-project/udisks/releases/download/udisks-2.10.0/udisks-2.10.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5b5da772a4537951bf487ee11a510ccc
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 41 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
libatasmart-0.19, libblockdev-3.0.2, libgudev-238, libxslt-1.1.38, and Polkit-123
Systemd-254 (runtime)
D-Bus Python-1.3.2 (for the integration tests), GTK-Doc-1.33.2, LVM2-2.03.22, PyGObject-3.44.1 (for the integration tests), exFAT, and libiscsi
btrfs-progs-6.3.3, dosfstools-4.2, gptfdisk-1.0.9, mdadm-4.2, and xfsprogs-6.4.0
Install UDisks by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-static \
--enable-available-modules &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. A more thorough
test can be run with make
ci. You must first create the directories
/var/run/udisks2 and
/var/lib/udisks2, and the
optional python modules should be present.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
--enable-available-modules:
This switch enables additional UDisks2 functionalities if libblockdev-3.0.2 has been built with
optional dependencies.
The UnRar package contains a
RAR extraction utility used for
extracting files from RAR
archives. RAR archives are
usually created with WinRAR,
primarily in a Windows environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.rarlab.com/rar/unrarsrc-6.2.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0ab6486347a084e3c5759f4bbf02042f
Download size: 244 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
This package extracts the tarball to the unversioned
directory unrar and not the
expected directory unrar-6.2.10.
Install UnRar by running the following commands:
make -f makefile
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -m755 unrar /usr/bin
The UnZip package contains
ZIP extraction utilities. These
are useful for extracting files from ZIP archives. ZIP archives are created with PKZIP or Info-ZIP utilities, primarily in a DOS
environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
The previous version of the UnZip package had some locale related issues. Currently there are no BLFS editors capable of testing these locale issues. Therefore, the locale related information is left on this page, but has not been tested. A more general discussion of these problems can be found in the Program Assumes Encoding section of the Locale Related Issues page.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/infozip/unzip60.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 62b490407489521db863b523a7f86375
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Use of UnZip in the JDK, Mozilla, DocBook or any other BLFS package installation is not a problem, as BLFS instructions never use UnZip to extract a file with non-ASCII characters in the file's name.
These issues are thought to be fixed in the patch. But since none of the editors have data to test this, the following workarounds are retained in case they might still be needed.
The UnZip package assumes
that filenames stored in the ZIP archives created on non-Unix
systems are encoded in CP850, and that they should be
converted to ISO-8859-1 when writing files onto the
filesystem. Such assumptions are not always valid. In fact,
inside the ZIP archive, filenames are encoded in the DOS
codepage that is in use in the relevant country, and the
filenames on disk should be in the locale encoding. In MS
Windows, the OemToChar() C function (from User32.DLL) does the correct conversion
(which is indeed the conversion from CP850 to a superset of
ISO-8859-1 if MS Windows is set up to use the US English
language), but there is no equivalent in Linux.
When using unzip to unpack a ZIP archive containing non-ASCII filenames, the filenames are damaged because unzip uses improper conversion when any of its encoding assumptions are incorrect. For example, in the ru_RU.KOI8-R locale, conversion of filenames from CP866 to KOI8-R is required, but conversion from CP850 to ISO-8859-1 is done, which produces filenames consisting of undecipherable characters instead of words (the closest equivalent understandable example for English-only users is rot13). There are several ways around this limitation:
1) For unpacking ZIP archives with filenames containing non-ASCII characters, use WinZip while running the Wine Windows emulator.
2) Use bsdtar -xf from libarchive-3.7.1 to unpack the ZIP archive. Then fix the damage made to the filenames using the convmv tool (https://j3e.de/linux/convmv/). The following is an example for the zh_CN.UTF-8 locale:
convmv -f cp936 -t utf-8 -r --nosmart --notest \
</path/to/unzipped/files>
First apply the patch:
patch -Np1 -i ../unzip-6.0-consolidated_fixes-1.patch
Now compile the package:
make -f unix/Makefile generic
The test suite does not work for target “generic”.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr MANDIR=/usr/share/man/man1 \ -f unix/Makefile install
make -f unix/Makefile generic: This target begins by running a configure script (unlike the older targets such as linux and linux_noasm) which creates a flags file that is then used in the build. This ensures that the 32-bit x86 build receives the right flags to unzip files which are larger than 2GB when extracted.
|
allows the output of unzip commands to be redirected |
|
|
lists, tests or extracts files from a |
|
|
is a self-extracting stub that can be prepended to
a |
|
|
searches files in a |
|
|
produces technical information about the files in a
|
The UPower package provides an interface for enumerating power devices, listening to device events and querying history and statistics. Any application or service on the system can access the org.freedesktop.UPower service via the system message bus.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/upower/upower/-/archive/v1.90.2/upower-v1.90.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bfd6e3275e61d7e097b53eb2b216fffa
Download size: 136 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB (add 1.1 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (using parallelism=4, add 0.6 SBU for tests)
libgudev-238 and libusb-1.0.26
GTK-Doc-1.33.2, libxslt-1.1.38, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2, PyGObject-3.44.1, dbusmock-0.29.1, umockdev-0.17.18 (for part of the test suite), and libimobiledevice
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
General setup ---> -*- Namespaces support ---> [NAMESPACES] [*] User namespace [USER_NS]
First, remove an unneeded dependency from a test:
sed '/parse_version/d' -i src/linux/integration-test.py
Install UPower by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk-doc=false \
-Dman=false &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: LC_ALL=C ninja test. Some checks may not pass due to missing files. Test suite should be run from a local GUI session started with dbus-launch. 2 tests relating to the headphone hotplug feature are known to fail, these can be safely ignored as the headphone functionality does still work.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dgtk-doc=false:
Prevents building the documentation. Remove this if you have
GTK-Doc installed and wish
to build the documentation.
-Dman=false: Prevents
building the manual pages. Remove this if you have libxslt-1.1.38 and docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2
installed and wish to build the manual pages.
The USB Utils package contains utilities used to display information about USB buses in the system and the devices connected to them.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/gregkh/usbutils/archive/v015/usbutils-015.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 112eafa991e55229b9f48b90c290a0e2
Download size: 120 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install USB Utils by running the following commands:
autoreconf -fiv && ./configure --prefix=/usr --datadir=/usr/share/hwdata && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To install the usb.ids data
file, using Wget-1.21.4, run, as the root user:
install -dm755 /usr/share/hwdata/ && wget http://www.linux-usb.org/usb.ids -O /usr/share/hwdata/usb.ids
The script lsusb.py displays information in a more easily readable form than lsusb. To find the options, use lsusb.py -h. One form of use recommended by the developer is lsusb.py -ciu.
You should update the /usr/share/hwdata/usb.ids file
periodically. Execute the
following commands, as the root user, to create a systemd timer to update it weekly on Sundays at 2:30
A.M. (local time):
cat > /usr/lib/systemd/system/update-usbids.service << "EOF" &&[Unit] Description=Update usb.ids file Documentation=man:lsusb(8) DefaultDependencies=no After=local-fs.target network-online.target Before=shutdown.target [Service] Type=oneshot RemainAfterExit=yes ExecStart=/usr/bin/wget http://www.linux-usb.org/usb.ids -O /usr/share/hwdata/usb.idsEOF cat > /usr/lib/systemd/system/update-usbids.timer << "EOF" &&[Unit] Description=Update usb.ids file weekly [Timer] OnCalendar=Sun 03:00:00 Persistent=true [Install] WantedBy=timers.targetEOF systemctl enable update-usbids.timer
|
is a utility for displaying information about all USB buses in the system and all devices connected to them, but not in human friendly form |
|
|
displays information about all USB buses in the system and all devices connected to them in reasonable human friendly form |
|
|
is a shell script that displays details of USB buses and devices connected to them. It is designed to be used if /proc/bus/usb/devices is not available on your system |
|
|
is used to dump report descriptors and streams from HID (human interface device) interfaces of USB devices |
The presence or absence of the which program in the main LFS book is probably one of the most contentious issues on the mailing lists. It has resulted in at least one flame war in the past. To hopefully put an end to this once and for all, presented here are two options for equipping your system with which. The question of which “which” is for you to decide.
The first option is to install the actual GNU which package.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/which/which-2.21.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/which/which-2.21.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 097ff1a324ae02e0a3b0369f07a7544a
Download size: 148 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install which by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The second option (for those who don't want to install the
package) is to create a simple script (execute as the
root user):
cat > /usr/bin/which << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
type -pa "$@" | head -n 1 ; exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/bin/which
chown -v root:root /usr/bin/which
This should work OK and is probably the easiest solution for most cases, but is not the most comprehensive implementation.
The Zip package contains
Zip utilities. These are
useful for compressing files into ZIP archives.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/infozip/zip30.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/src/zip30.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 7b74551e63f8ee6aab6fbc86676c0d37
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install Zip by running the following commands:
make -f unix/Makefile generic_gcc
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr MANDIR=/usr/share/man/man1 -f unix/Makefile install
make prefix=/usr -f
unix/Makefile install: This command overrides
the prefix variable that is set
to /usr/local in the
unix/Makefile. Alternatives to
generic_gcc can be seen with a
make -f unix/Makefile
list command.
A base LFS system can be used as a development platform, however the base system only includes language support for C, C++, Perl, and Python. This chapter provides instructions to build many popular programming environments to greatly expand your system's development capabilities.
Autoconf2.13 is an old version of Autoconf . This old version accepts switches which are not valid in more recent versions and Mozilla applications still need these switches now, so they require this old version for regenerating the configure scripts. Unlike other Mozilla applications, SeaMonkey release tarballs do not contain the pre-generated configure scripts, so this old version is required even if configure files have not been changed.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.13.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.13.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9de56d4a161a723228220b0f425dc711
Download size: 434 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (additional 0.1 SBU for the tests)
Install Autoconf by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../autoconf-2.13-consolidated_fixes-1.patch && mv -v autoconf.texi autoconf213.texi && rm -v autoconf.info && ./configure --prefix=/usr --program-suffix=2.13 && make
To test the installation issue make check (all 253 tests should pass).
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 autoconf213.info /usr/share/info && install-info --info-dir=/usr/share/info autoconf213.info
mv -v autoconf.texi autoconf213.texi: ensure that the info file added by this package will not overwrite the more recent version.
rm -v autoconf.info: ensure that the info file will be created by the current version of texinfo.
--program-suffix=2.13: ensure that the installed programs have the version added to their names, so that only a script which specifically looks for these old versions will find them.
install -v -m644
...: the patch removes install-info from the
Makefile because that would install (and if necessary
recreate) standards.info which is an old version, so now
autoconf213.info has to be
manually installed.
|
Produces shell scripts that automatically configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of Unix-like systems |
|
|
is a tool for creating template files of C #define statements for configure to use |
|
|
This automatically runs autoconf2.13, autoheader2.13, aclocal, automake, gettextize and libtoolize in the right order when changes have been made to autoconf or automake template files |
|
|
Can be used as a preliminary step in creating a
|
|
|
Modifies a |
|
|
Prints the identifiers that the package uses in C preprocessor conditionals [If a package has already been set up to have some portability, this program can help determine what configure needs to check for. It can also fill in gaps in a configure.in file generated by autoscan] |
Cbindgen can be used to generate C bindings for Rust code.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/eqrion/cbindgen/archive/v0.24.3/cbindgen-0.24.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6aa2991ca8411f9ebf9961e8b873e884
Download size: 204 KB
Estimated disk space required: 121 MB (add 596 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (add 0.4 SBU for tests), both on a 4-core machine
An Internet connection is needed for building this package.
Install cbindgen by running the following commands:
cargo build --release
To test the results, issue: cargo test. Three tests in the final suite are known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
install -Dm755 target/release/cbindgen /usr/bin/
GNU Clisp is a Common Lisp implementation which includes an interpreter, compiler, debugger, and many extensions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/clisp/latest/clisp-2.49.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/clisp/latest/clisp-2.49.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1962b99d5e530390ec3829236d168649
Download size: 7.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 163 MB (add 8 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (1.2 SBU with tests)
Optional patch: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/clisp-2.49-readline7_fixes-1.patch (required if building against libffcall)
This package does not support parallel build.
If you are building on a 32-bit system, work around a bug in GCC caused by the latest version of binutils:
case $(uname -m) in
i?86) export CFLAGS="${CFLAGS:--O2 -g} -falign-functions=4" ;;
esac
Remove two tests, which fail for unknown reasons:
sed -i -e '/socket/d' -e '/"streams"/d' tests/tests.lisp
Install Clisp by running the following commands:
If you are building clisp against libffcall, apply the patch to fix a build failure with current readline:
patch -Np1 -i ../clisp-2.49-readline7_fixes-1.patch
Install Clisp by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
../configure --srcdir=../ \
--prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/clisp-2.49 \
--with-libsigsegv-prefix=/usr &&
ulimit -s 16384 &&
make -j1
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
ulimit -s 16384: this increases the maximum stack size, as recommended by the configure.
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/clisp-2.49:
this ensures the html documentation will go into a versioned
directory instead of straight into /usr/share/html/.
--with-libsigsegv-prefix=/usr: use this to tell configure that you have installed libsigsegv in /usr, otherwise it will not be found.
--with-libffcall-prefix=/usr: use
this to tell configure that you have
installed the optional libffcall
in /usr, otherwise like libsigsegv it will not be found.
/usr/lib/clisp-2.49/base/
The CMake package contains a modern toolset used for generating Makefiles. It is a successor of the auto-generated configure script and aims to be platform- and compiler-independent. A significant user of CMake is KDE since version 4.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cmake.org/files/v3.27/cmake-3.27.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 07786cd23c3d0aa9c2fef69efb13662b
Download size: 10 MB
Estimated disk space required: 424 MB (add 1.2 GB for tests)
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU (add 3.2 SBU for tests, both using parallelism=4)
cURL-8.2.1, libarchive-3.7.1, libuv-1.46.0, and nghttp2-1.55.1
GCC-13.2.0 (for gfortran), git-2.41.0 (for use during tests), Mercurial-6.5.1 (for use during tests), (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10) (for the Qt-based GUI), sphinx-7.1.2 (for building documents), Subversion-1.14.2 (for testing), cppdap, jsoncpp, and rhash
Install CMake by running the following commands:
sed -i '/"lib64"/s/64//' Modules/GNUInstallDirs.cmake &&
./bootstrap --prefix=/usr \
--system-libs \
--mandir=/share/man \
--no-system-jsoncpp \
--no-system-cppdap \
--no-system-librhash \
--docdir=/share/doc/cmake-3.27.2 &&
make
To test the results, issue: LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 bin/ctest -j<N> -O
cmake-3.27.2-test.log, where <N> is an integer
between 1 and the number of system cores. Setting
LC_ALL is needed to prevent some
test failures when some of the locale variables are set to
non English locales.
If you want to investigate a problem with a given
"problem1-test", use bin/ctest
-R "problem1-test" and, to omit it, use
bin/ctest -E
"problem1-test". These options can be used
together: bin/ctest -R
"problem1-test" -E "problem2-test". Option
-N can be used to display all
available tests, and you can run bin/ctest for a sub-set of
tests by using separated by spaces names or numbers as
options. Option --help can be
used to show all options.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ... Modules/GNUInstallDirs.cmake: This command disables applications using cmake from attempting to install files in /usr/lib64/.
--system-libs: This
switch forces the build system to link against Zlib, Bzip2, cURL, nghttp2, Expat and libarchive installed on the system.
--no-system-jsoncpp
and --no-system-cppdap: These
switches remove the JSON-C++
library from the list of system libraries. A bundled version
of that library is used instead.
--no-system-librhash:
This switch removes the librhash library from the list of system
libraries used. A bundled version of that library is used
instead.
--no-system-{curl,libarchive,libuv,nghttp2}:
Use the corresponding option in the list for the bootstrap if one of the
recommended dependencies is not installed. A bundled version
of the dependency will be used instead.
--qt-gui: This switch enables
building the Qt-based GUI
for CMake.
--parallel=: This switch enables
performing the CMake
bootstrap with multiple jobs at one time.
The Doxygen package contains a documentation system for C++, C, Java, Objective-C, Corba IDL and to some extent PHP, C# and D. It is useful for generating HTML documentation and/or an off-line reference manual from a set of documented source files. There is also support for generating output in RTF, PostScript, hyperlinked PDF, compressed HTML, and Unix man pages. The documentation is extracted directly from the sources, which makes it much easier to keep the documentation consistent with the source code.
You can also configure Doxygen to extract the code structure from undocumented source files. This is very useful to quickly find your way in large source distributions. Used along with Graphviz, you can also visualize the relations between the various elements by means of include dependency graphs, inheritance diagrams, and collaboration diagrams, which are all generated automatically.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://doxygen.nl/files/doxygen-1.9.7.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 95008edf2d84aeefb7c65a6a4857dc2c
Download size: 5.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 240 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
Graphviz-8.1.0, ghostscript-10.01.2, libxml2-2.10.4 (required for the tests), LLVM-16.0.5 (with clang), (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10) (for doxywizard), texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx), xapian-1.4.23 (for doxyindexer), and javacc
When untarring this package, you may see messages such as “Ignoring unknown extended header keyword 'LIBARCHIVE.xattr.com.apple.TextEncoding'”. These messages are harmless, and can be safely ignored.
First, fix up some python scripts:
grep -rl '^#!.*python$' | xargs sed -i '1s/python/&3/'
Install Doxygen by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -G "Unix Makefiles" \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make tests. One test, 061_UÌnicod€_file, is known to fail.
If you wish to generate the package documentation, you must have Python, TeX Live (for HTML docs) and Ghostscript (for PDF docs) installed, then issue the following command:
cmake -DDOC_INSTALL_DIR=share/doc/doxygen-1.9.7 -Dbuild_doc=ON .. && make docs
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -vm644 ../doc/*.1 /usr/share/man/man1
If you have generated the package documentation, then the man pages are automatically installed, and you do not need to run the last install ... command.
-Dbuild_wizard=ON: Use this
switch if Qt5 is installed
and you wish to build the GUI front-end.
-Dbuild_search=ON: Use this
switch if xapian is
installed and you wish to build external search tools
(doxysearch.cgi
and doxyindexer).
-Duse_libclang=ON: Use this
switch if llvm with
clang are installed, to add
support for libclang parsing.
There is no real configuration necessary for the Doxygen package although three additional packages are required if you wish to use extended capabilities. If you need to use the language translation features, you must have Python-2.7.18 installed. If you require formulas to create PDF documentation, then you must have texlive-20230313 installed. If you require formulas to convert PostScript files to bitmaps, then you must have ghostscript-10.01.2 installed.
|
is a command-line based utility used to generate template configuration files and then generate documentation from these templates. Use doxygen --help for an explanation of the command-line parameters |
|
|
is a GUI front-end for configuring and running doxygen |
|
|
generates a search index called |
|
|
is a CGI program to search the data indexed by doxyindexer |
The GCC package contains the GNU Compiler Collection. This page describes the installation of compilers for the following languages: C, C++, Fortran, Objective C, Objective C++, Go, and Modula2. Since C and C++ are installed in LFS, this page is either for upgrading C and C++, or for installing additional compilers.
Additional languages, among which D and Ada, are available
in the collection. D and Ada have a binary bootstrap
requirement for the first installation, so their
installation is not described here. To install them, you
can proceed along the same lines as below after installing
the corresponding compiler from a binary package, adding
ada or d to the --enable-languages line.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
If you are upgrading GCC from any other version prior to 13.2.0, then you must be careful compiling 3rd party kernel modules. You should ensure that the kernel and all its native modules are also compiled using the same version of GCC that you use to build the 3rd party module. This issue does not affect native kernel (and kernel modules) updates, as the instructions below are a complete reinstallation of GCC. If you have existing 3rd party modules installed, ensure they are recompiled using the updated version of GCC. As always, never update the kernel headers from the ones used when Glibc was compiled during LFS.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-13.2.0/gcc-13.2.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-13.2.0/gcc-13.2.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e0e48554cc6e4f261d55ddee9ab69075
Download size: 84 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 GB (2.9 GB installed with all listed languages; add 1.5 GB for tests)
Estimated build time: 13 SBU (add 29 SBU for tests; both with parallelism=8)
GDB-13.2, Valgrind-3.21.0 (for tests), and ISL (to enable graphite optimization)
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gcc
Even if you specify only languages other than C and C++ to the ./configure command below, the installation process will overwrite your existing GCC C and C++ compilers and libraries. Running the full suite of tests is recommended.
Do not continue with the make install command until you are confident the build was successful. You can compare your test results with those found at https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-testresults/. You may also want to refer to the information found in the GCC section of Chapter 8 in the LFS book (../../../../lfs/view/12.0-systemd/chapter08/gcc.html).
The instructions below are intentionally performing a
“bootstrap” process. Bootstrapping
is needed for robustness and is highly recommended when
upgrading the compilers version. To disable bootstrap anyway,
add --disable-bootstrap to the
./configure
options below.
Install GCC by running the following commands:
case $(uname -m) in
x86_64)
sed -i.orig '/m64=/s/lib64/lib/' gcc/config/i386/t-linux64
;;
esac
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
../configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--disable-multilib \
--with-system-zlib \
--enable-default-pie \
--enable-default-ssp \
--disable-fixincludes \
--enable-languages=c,c++,fortran,go,objc,obj-c++,m2 &&
make
If you have installed additional packages such as valgrind and gdb, the gcc part of the test suite will run more tests than in LFS. Some of those will report FAIL and others XPASS (pass when expected to FAIL). As of gcc-13.2.0, about 65 FAIL occur in the “guality” suite, as well as miscellaneous failures throughout the rest of the test suite. If all the compilers above are built, there will be a little over 80 unexpected failures out of over 546,000 tests. To run the tests, issue:
ulimit -s 32768 && make -k check
The tests are very long, and the results may be hard to find in the logs, specially if you use parallel jobs with make. You can get a summary of the tests with:
../contrib/test_summary
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/*gdb.py /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib &&
chown -v -R root:root \
/usr/lib/gcc/*linux-gnu/13.2.0/include{,-fixed}
mkdir build; cd build: The GCC documentation recommends building the package in a dedicated build directory.
--disable-multilib:
This parameter ensures that files are created for the
specific architecture of your computer.
--with-system-zlib:
Uses the system zlib instead
of the bundled one. zlib is
used for compressing and decompressing GCC's intermediate language in LTO (Link
Time Optimization) object files.
--enable-default-pie:
Makes the -fpie option the
default when compiling programs. Together with the ASLR feature enabled in the kernel,
this defeats some kind of attacks based on known memory
layouts.
--enable-default-ssp:
Makes the -fstack-protector-strong option the default
when compiling programs. SSP is a
technique preventing alteration of the program flow by
corrupting the parameter stack.
--enable-languages=c,c++,fortran,go,objc,obj-c++,m2:
This command identifies which languages to build. You may
modify this command to remove undesired languages. GCC also
supports Ada and D, but building GCC with Ada (or D) support
needs an existing Ada (or D) compiler. So they are not
enabled here.
ulimit -s 32768: This command prevents several tests from running out of stack space.
make -k check: This command runs the test suite without stopping if any errors are encountered.
../contrib/test_summary: This command will produce a summary of the test suite results. You can append | grep -A7 Summ to the command to produce an even more condensed version of the summary. You may also wish to redirect the output to a file for review and comparison later on.
mv -v /usr/lib/*gdb.py
...: The installation stage puts some files
used by gdb under the
/usr/lib directory. This
generates spurious error messages when performing
ldconfig. This
command moves the files to another location.
chown -v -R root:root
/usr/lib/gcc/*linux-gnu/...: If the package
is built by a user other than root, the ownership of the
installed include directory
(and its content) will be incorrect. This command changes the
ownership to the root user
and group.
--enable-host-shared
--enable-languages=jit: Build libgccjit, a library for embedding GCC
inside programs and libraries for generating machine code.
Despite “JIT” (just-in-time) in the name,
the library can be used for AOT (ahead-of-time) compilation
as well. --enable-host-shared is
needed for building libgccjit, but it significantly slows
down GCC. So libgccjit should
be built and installed separately, not as a part of the
“main” GCC installation. If you
need this library, configure GCC with these two options and
install the library by running make -C gcc jit.install-common
jit.install-info as the root user. This library is not used by
any BLFS package, nor tested by the BLFS developers.
Some program and library names and descriptions are not listed here, but can be found at LFS section for GCC as they were initially installed during the building of LFS.
The GC package contains the Boehm-Demers-Weiser conservative garbage collector, which can be used as a garbage collecting replacement for the C malloc function or C++ new operator. It allows you to allocate memory basically as you normally would, without explicitly deallocating memory that is no longer useful. The collector automatically recycles memory when it determines that it can no longer be otherwise accessed. The collector is also used by a number of programming language implementations that either use C as intermediate code, want to facilitate easier interoperation with C libraries, or just prefer the simple collector interface. Alternatively, the garbage collector may be used as a leak detector for C or C++ programs, though that is not its primary goal.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ivmai/bdwgc/releases/download/v8.2.4/gc-8.2.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8901a6ed29ac35842420054772ea3441
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.9 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
Install GC by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-cplusplus \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gc-8.2.4 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 doc/gc.man /usr/share/man/man3/gc_malloc.3
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gc-8.2.4:
This option is used so the package will install the
documentation in a versioned directory.
--enable-cplusplus:
This parameter enables the building and installing of the C++
library along with the standard C library.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
GDB, the GNU Project debugger, allows you to see what is going on “inside” another program while it executes -- or what another program was doing at the moment it crashed. Note that GDB is most effective when tracing programs and libraries that were built with debugging symbols and not stripped.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdb/gdb-13.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdb/gdb-13.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fbd3cdae16c581e8a742cb766ba35076
Download size: 23 MB
Estimated disk space required: 914 MB (add 805 MB for docs; add 575 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU (add 0.4 SBU for docs; add 18 SBU for tests; all using parallelism=4)
six-1.16.0 (Python 3 module, required at run-time to use GDB scripts from various LFS/BLFS packages with Python 3 installed in LFS)
Doxygen-1.9.7, GCC-13.2.0 (ada, gfortran, and go are used for tests), Guile-3.0.9, rustc-1.71.1 (used for some tests), Valgrind-3.21.0, and SystemTap (run-time, used for tests)
Install GDB by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
../configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-system-readline \
--with-python=/usr/bin/python3 &&
make
Optionally, to build the API documentation using Doxygen-1.9.7, run:
make -C gdb/doc doxy
To test the results, issue:
pushd gdb/testsuite && make site.exp && echo "set gdb_test_timeout 120" >> site.exp && runtest popd
See gdb/testsuite/README and TestingGDB. There are many problems with the test suite:
Clean directories are needed if re-running the tests. For that reason, make a copy of the compiled source code directory before the tests in case you need to run the tests again.
Results depend on installed compilers.
A test run of the test suite had 183 unexpected failures out of over 105000 tests.
On some systems, the gdb.tui test suite will fail if running over SSH.
On some AMD-based systems, over 200 additional tests may fail due to a difference in the threading implementation on those CPUs.
Now, as the root user:
make -C gdb install && make -C gdbserver install
If you have built the API documentation, it is now in
gdb/doc/doxy. You can install it (as the root user):
install -d /usr/share/doc/gdb-13.2 && rm -rf gdb/doc/doxy/xml && cp -Rv gdb/doc/doxy /usr/share/doc/gdb-13.2
--with-system-readline: This
switch forces GDB to use the
copy of Readline installed
in LFS.
--with-python=/usr/bin/python3:
This switch forces GDB to
use Python 3.
|
generates a core dump of a running program |
|
|
is the GNU Debugger |
|
|
is a remote server for the GNU debugger (it allows programs to be debugged from a different machine) |
|
|
Allows adding index files to ELF binaries. This speeds up gdb start on large programs. |
|
|
contains functions for the in-process tracing agent. The agent allows for installing fast tracepoints, listing static tracepoint markers, probing static tracepoints markers, and starting trace monitoring. |
Git is a free and open source, distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency. Every Git clone is a full-fledged repository with complete history and full revision tracking capabilities, not dependent on network access or a central server. Branching and merging are fast and easy to do. Git is used for version control of files, much like tools such as Mercurial-6.5.1, Bazaar, Subversion-1.14.2, CVS, Perforce, and Team Foundation Server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/git-2.41.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c1f58a12b891ad73927b8e4a3aa29c7b
Download size: 11 MB
Estimated disk space required: 252 MB (with downloaded documentation
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with parallelism=4; add up to 1.6 SBU (disk speed dependent) for tests, both with parallelism=4)
https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/git-manpages-2.41.0.tar.xz (not needed if you've installed asciidoc-10.2.0, xmlto-0.0.28, and prefer to rebuild them)
https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/git-htmldocs-2.41.0.tar.xz and other docs (not needed if you've installed asciidoc-10.2.0 and want to rebuild the documentation).
cURL-8.2.1 (needed to use Git over http, https, ftp or ftps)
Apache-2.4.57 (for some tests), GnuPG-2.4.3
(runtime, may be used to sign Git commits or tags, or verify the
signatures of them), OpenSSH-9.4p1 (runtime, needed to use
Git over ssh), pcre2-10.42
(or the deprecated
PCRE-8.45), in either case configured with
--enable-jit, Subversion-1.14.2 with Perl bindings
(runtime, for git
svn), Tk-8.6.13 (gitk, a simple Git repository viewer, uses Tk at runtime), Valgrind-3.21.0,
Authen::SASL and
MIME::Base64
(both runtime, for git
send-email), and IO-Socket-SSL-2.083 (runtime, for
git send-email
to connect to a SMTP server with SSL encryption)
xmlto-0.0.28 and asciidoc-10.2.0 , and also dblatex (for the PDF version of the user manual), and docbook2x to create info pages
Install Git by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-gitconfig=/etc/gitconfig \
--with-python=python3 &&
make
You can build the man pages and/or html docs, or use downloaded ones. If you choose to build them, use the next two instructions.
If you have installed asciidoc-10.2.0 you can create the html version of the man pages and other docs:
make html
If you have installed asciidoc-10.2.0 and xmlto-0.0.28 you can create the man pages:
make man
The test suite can be run in parallel mode. To run the test
suite, issue: make -k
test. If Apache-2.4.57 is installed, three
tests in t5559-http-fetch-smart-http2.sh are known
to fail due to cURL-8.1.x.
Now, as the root user:
make perllibdir=/usr/lib/perl5/5.38/site_perl install
Install the man pages as the root user:
make install-man
Install the html docs as the root user:
make htmldir=/usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0 install-html
If you downloaded the man pages untar them as the
root user:
tar -xf ../git-manpages-2.41.0.tar.xz \
-C /usr/share/man --no-same-owner --no-overwrite-dir
If you downloaded the html docs untar them as the
root user:
mkdir -vp /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0 &&
tar -xf ../git-htmldocs-2.41.0.tar.xz \
-C /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0 --no-same-owner --no-overwrite-dir &&
find /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0 -type d -exec chmod 755 {} \; &&
find /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0 -type f -exec chmod 644 {} \;
For both methods, the html-docs include a lot of plain text
files. Reorganize the files as the root user:
mkdir -vp /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0/man-pages/{html,text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0/{git*.txt,man-pages/text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0/{git*.,index.,man-pages/}html &&
mkdir -vp /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0/technical/{html,text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0/technical/{*.txt,text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0/technical/{*.,}html &&
mkdir -vp /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0/howto/{html,text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0/howto/{*.txt,text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0/howto/{*.,}html &&
sed -i '/^<a href=/s|howto/|&html/|' /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0/howto-index.html &&
sed -i '/^\* link:/s|howto/|&html/|' /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0/howto-index.txt
--with-gitconfig=/etc/gitconfig:
This sets /etc/gitconfig as the
file that stores the default, system wide, Git settings.
--with-python=python3: Use this
switch to use Python 3,
instead of the EOL'ed Python
2. Python is used for the git p4 interface to
Perforce repositories, and also used in some tests.
--with-libpcre2: Use this switch
if PCRE2 is installed and
has been built with the non-default JIT enabled.
--with-libpcre1: As an
alternative to PCRE2, use this switch if the deprecated
PCRE is installed and has
been built with the non-default JIT enabled.
tar -xf
../git-manpages-2.41.0.tar.gz -C /usr/share/man
--no-same-owner: This untars git-manpages-2.41.0.tar.gz. The
-C option makes tar change
directory to /usr/share/man
before it starts to decompress the docs. The --no-same-owner option stops tar from
preserving the user and group details of the files. This is
useful as that user or group may not exist on your system;
this could (potentially) be a security risk.
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.41.0 ...: These commands move some of the files into subfolders to make it easier to sort through the docs and find what you're looking for.
find ... chmod ...: These commands correct the permissions in the shipped documentation tar file.
|
is the stupid content tracker |
|
|
is a CVS server emulator for Git |
|
|
is a graphical Git repository browser (needs Tk-8.6.13) |
|
|
is invoked by git send-pack and updates the repository with the information fed from the remote end |
|
|
is a login shell for SSH accounts to provide restricted Git access |
|
|
is invoked by git archive --remote and sends a generated archive to the other end over the git protocol |
|
|
is invoked by git fetch-pack, it discovers what objects the other side is missing, and sends them after packing |
|
|
is a repository management tool that optimizes Git for use in large repositories |
This section will describe how to set up, administer and secure a git server. Git has many options available. For more detailed documentation see https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2.
The following instructions will install a git server. It will be set up to use OpenSSH as the secure remote access method.
Configuration of the server consists of the following steps:
You will need to be user root for the initial portion of
configuration. Create the git user and group and set and unusable
password hash with the following commands:
groupadd -g 58 git && useradd -c "git Owner" -d /home/git -m -g git -s /usr/bin/git-shell -u 58 git && sed -i '/^git:/s/^git:[^:]:/git:NP:/' /etc/shadow
Putting in an unusable password hash (replacing the
! by NP) unlocks the account but it cannot be
used to login via password authentication. That is required
by sshd to work properly.
Next, create some files and directories in the home
directory of the git user allowing access to the git
repository using ssh keys.
install -o git -g git -dm0700 /home/git/.ssh && install -o git -g git -m0600 /dev/null /home/git/.ssh/authorized_keys
For any developer who should have access to the repository
add his/her public ssh key to /home/git/.ssh/authorized_keys. First,
prepend some options to prevent users from using the
connection to git for port forwarding to other machines the
git server might reach.
echo -n "no-port-forwarding,no-X11-forwarding,no-agent-forwarding,no-pty " >> /home/git/.ssh/authorized_keys && cat <user-ssh-key> >> /home/git/.ssh/authorized_keys
It is also useful to set the default name of the initial
branch of new repositories by modifying the git
configuration. As the root
user, run:
git config --system init.defaultBranch trunk
Finally add the /usr/bin/git-shell entry to the
/etc/shells configuration
file. This shell has been set in the git user profile and is to make sure
that only git related actions can be executed:
echo "/usr/bin/git-shell" >> /etc/shells
The repository can be anywhere on the filesystem. It is
important that the git user has read/write access to that
location. We use /srv/git as
base directory. Create a new git repository with the following
commands (as the root
user):
In all the instructions below, we use project1 as an example repository name. You should name your repository as a short descriptive name for your specific project.
install -o git -g git -m755 -d /srv/git/project1.git && cd /srv/git/project1.git && git init --bare && chown -R git:git .
All the instructions in this section and the next should be done on a user system, not the server system.
Now that the repository is created, it can be used by the
developers to put some files into it. Once the ssh key of
the user is imported to git's authorized_keys file, the user can
interact with the repository.
A minimal configuration should be available on the developer's system specifying its user name and the email address. Create this minimal config file on client side:
cat > ~/.gitconfig <<EOF
[user]
name = <users-name>
email = <users-email-address>
EOF
On the developer's machine, set up some files to be pushed to the repository as the initial content:
The gitserver term used below should be the host name (or ip address) of the git server.
mkdir myproject cd myproject git init --initial-branch=trunk git remote add origin git@gitserver:/srv/git/project1.git cat >README <<EOF This is the README file EOF git add README git commit -m 'Initial creation of README' git push --set-upstream origin trunk
The initial content is now pushed to the server and is
available for other users. On the current machine, the
argument --set-upstream origin
trunk is now no longer required as the local
repository is now connected to the remote repository.
Subsequent pushes can be performed as
git push
Other developers can now clone the repository and do modifications to the content (as long as their ssh keys has been installed):
git clone git@gitserver:/srv/git/project1.git cd project1 vi README git commit -am 'Fix for README file' git push
This is a very basic server setup based on OpenSSH access. All developers are
using the git user to
perform actions on the repository and the changes users
are committing can be distinguished as the local user
name (see ~/.gitconfig) is
recorded in the changesets.
Access is restricted by the public keys added to git's
authorized_keys file and
there is no option for the public to export/clone the
repository. To enable this, continue with step 4 to set up
the git server for public read-only access.
In the URL used to clone the project, the absolute path
(here /srv/git/project1.git)
has to be specified as the repository is not in git's home
directory but in /srv/git. To
get rid of the need to expose the structure of the server
installation, a symlink can be added in git's home
directory for each project like this:
ln -svf /srv/git/project1.git /home/git/
Now, the repository can be cloned using
git clone git@gitserver:project1.git
The setup described above makes a repository available for authenticated users (via providing the ssh public key file). There is also a simple way to publish the repository to unauthenticated users — of course without write access.
The combination of access via ssh (for authenticated users) and the export of repositories to unauthenticated users via the daemon is in most cases enough for a development site.
The daemon will be reachable at port 9418 by default. Make sure that your
firewall setup allows access to that port.
To start the server at boot time, install the git-daemon.service unit from the
blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-git-daemon
In order to allow git to
export a repository, a file named git-daemon-export-ok is required in each
repository directory on the server. The file needs no
content, just its existence enables, its absence disables
the export of that repository.
touch /srv/git/project1.git/git-daemon-export-ok
Along with the git-daemon.service unit, a configuration
file named /etc/default/git-daemon has been
installed. Review this configuration file to match your
needs.
There are only three options to set in the configuration file:
GIT_BASE_DIR=<dirname>
Specify the location of the git repositories. Relative paths used when accessing the daemon will translated relative to this directory.
DFT_REPO_DIR=<dirname>
This directory is added to the white list of allowed
directories. This variable can hold multiple
directory names but is usually set equal to
GIT_BASE_DIR.
GIT_DAEMON_OPTS=<options>
In case special options to the git daemon command
are needed, they have to be specified in this
setting. One example might be to adjust the port
number where daemon is listening. In this case, add
--port=<port
number> to this variable. For more
information about which options can be set, take a
look at the output of git daemon --help.
After starting the daemon, unauthenticated users can clone exported repositories by using
git clone git://gitserver/project1.git
As the base directory is /srv/git by default (or set to a custom
value in the configuration), git interprets the incoming path
(/project1.git) relative to that base directory so that the
repository in /srv/git/project1.git is served.
The Guile package contains the GNU Project's extension language library. Guile also contains a stand alone Scheme interpreter.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/guile/guile-3.0.9.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/guile/guile-3.0.9.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 258983e0156c2bc66539dcbcb96f2bd2
Download size: 5.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 221 MB (add 4 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 5.9 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 0.3 SBU for tests)
Emacs-29.1 and GDB-13.2 (run-time only dependencies).
Install Guile by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/guile-3.0.9 &&
make &&
make html &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/r5rs/r5rs.txt doc/r5rs/r5rs.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/ref/guile.txt doc/ref/guile.texi
To test the results, issue: ./check-guile. On an i686
system, as many as 10 tests will fail in the numbers.test test suite due to minor
floating-point rounding errors.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
make install-html &&
mkdir -p /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib &&
mv /usr/lib/libguile-*-gdb.scm /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib &&
mv /usr/share/doc/guile-3.0.9/{guile.html,ref} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/guile-3.0.9/r5rs{.html,} &&
find examples -name "Makefile*" -delete &&
cp -vR examples /usr/share/doc/guile-3.0.9 &&
for DIRNAME in r5rs ref; do
install -v -m644 doc/${DIRNAME}/*.txt \
/usr/share/doc/guile-3.0.9/${DIRNAME}
done &&
unset DIRNAME
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
is a stand-alone Scheme interpreter for Guile |
|
|
is a Guile script which provides the information necessary to link your programs against the Guile library, in much the same way PkgConfig does |
|
|
is a script to parse declarations in your C code for Scheme visible C functions |
|
|
is a wrapper program installed along with guile, which knows where a particular module is installed and calls it, passing its arguments to the program |
|
|
is a symlink to guild |
The librep package contains a Lisp system. This is useful for scripting or for applications that may use the Lisp interpreter as an extension language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.tuxfamily.org/librep/librep_0.92.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 036195b371006848e29ed6f50ddc8475
Download size: 840 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Install librep by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
sed -i '5043,5044 d' libtool && make install
The LLVM package contains a collection of modular and reusable compiler and toolchain technologies. The Low Level Virtual Machine (LLVM) Core libraries provide a modern source and target-independent optimizer, along with code generation support for many popular CPUs (as well as some less common ones!). These libraries are built around a well specified code representation known as the LLVM intermediate representation ("LLVM IR").
Clang provides new C, C++, Objective C and Objective C++ front-ends for LLVM and is required by some desktop packages such as firefox and for rust if that is built using the system LLVM.
The Compiler RT package provides runtime sanitizer and profiling libraries for developers who use Clang and LLVM.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project/releases/download/llvmorg-16.0.5/llvm-16.0.5.src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d9185fc007c32aea27a6de3c7c1eb90d
Download size: 54 MB
Estimated disk space required: 3.1 GB (938 MB installed; add 20 GB for tests and 308 MB for documentation)
Estimated build time: 13 SBU (Add 8 SBU for tests; both using parallelism=8)
Cmake modules for LLVM
Download: https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/llvm/llvm-cmake.src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 356a1aff675d281d7c76165269d33bd5
Download size: 9 KB
Third-party dependencies for LLVM build system
Download: https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/llvm/llvm-third-party.src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8b506e49e5fa4c41186ba8ba7da5af82
Download size: 376 KB
Clang
Download: https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project/releases/download/llvmorg-16.0.5/clang-16.0.5.src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cb3e79db62c4c3b78cfcdebe66b00268
Download size: 20 MB
Patch enabling SSP by default in clang: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/clang-16.0.5-enable_default_ssp-1.patch
Compiler RT
Download: https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project/releases/download/llvmorg-16.0.5/compiler-rt-16.0.5.src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3061b4cb0b2428a32b4fb5db540fe66c
Download size: 2.3 MB
Doxygen-1.9.7, git-2.41.0, Graphviz-8.1.0, libxml2-2.10.4, Pygments-2.16.1, rsync-3.2.7 (for tests), recommonmark-0.7.1 (for building documentation), texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx), Valgrind-3.21.0, PyYAML-6.0.1, Zip-3.0, OCaml, psutil (for tests), and Z3
Two additional tarballs llvm-cmake.src.tar.xz and llvm-third-party.src.tar.xz are needed by
LLVM building system. The upstream expects them extracted at
the same level as the llvm-16.0.5.src.tar.xz tarball, and the
extracted directories renamed to cmake and third-party. Extract them and modify the
build system to avoid creating ambiguously-named directories
outside the llvm-16.0.5.src
hierarchy:
tar -xf ../llvm-cmake.src.tar.xz && tar -xf ../llvm-third-party.src.tar.xz && sed '/LLVM_COMMON_CMAKE_UTILS/s@../[email protected]@' \ -i CMakeLists.txt && sed '/LLVM_THIRD_PARTY_DIR/s@../[email protected]@' \ -i cmake/modules/HandleLLVMOptions.cmake
Install clang into the source tree by running the following commands:
tar -xf ../clang-16.0.5.src.tar.xz -C tools && mv tools/clang-16.0.5.src tools/clang
If you have downloaded compiler-rt, install it into the source tree by running the following commands:
tar -xf ../compiler-rt-16.0.5.src.tar.xz -C projects && mv projects/compiler-rt-16.0.5.src projects/compiler-rt
There are many Python scripts in this package which use /usr/bin/env python to access the system Python which on LFS is Python-3.11.4. Use the following command to fix these scripts:
grep -rl '#!.*python' | xargs sed -i '1s/python$/python3/'
If you have downloaded clang, apply the following patch to enable SSP by default in compiled programs.
patch -Np2 -d tools/clang <../clang-16.0.5-enable_default_ssp-1.patch
If you have downloaded compiler-rt, fix a test case broken by default SSP in clang:
sed 's/clang_dfsan/& -fno-stack-protector/' \
-i projects/compiler-rt/test/dfsan/origin_unaligned_memtrans.c
Install LLVM by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
CC=gcc CXX=g++ \
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DLLVM_ENABLE_FFI=ON \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DLLVM_BUILD_LLVM_DYLIB=ON \
-DLLVM_LINK_LLVM_DYLIB=ON \
-DLLVM_ENABLE_RTTI=ON \
-DLLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD="host;AMDGPU;BPF" \
-DLLVM_BINUTILS_INCDIR=/usr/include \
-DLLVM_INCLUDE_BENCHMARKS=OFF \
-DCLANG_DEFAULT_PIE_ON_LINUX=ON \
-Wno-dev -G Ninja .. &&
ninja
If you have installed recommonmark-0.7.1 and its dependencies, you can generate the html documentation and manual pages with the following commands:
cmake -DLLVM_BUILD_DOCS=ON \
-DLLVM_ENABLE_SPHINX=ON \
-DSPHINX_WARNINGS_AS_ERRORS=OFF \
-Wno-dev -G Ninja .. &&
ninja docs-llvm-html docs-llvm-man
The clang documentation can be built too:
ninja docs-clang-html docs-clang-man
LLVM test suite can produce many core dump files. They will
occupy a large amount of disk space, and the core dump
process can significantly slow down the testing. To test the
results with core dump disabled, ensure
Systemd-254 is rebuilt with Linux-PAM-1.5.3
support and the current login session is started after
updating the /etc/pam.d/system-session file to include
pam_systemd.so, then
issue:
systemctl --user start dbus && systemd-run --user --pty -d -G -p LimitCORE=0 ninja check-all
Tests are built with all available cores, but run using the
number of online
processors. (The difference is that available cores can be
limited using taskset, but taking them
offline requires echoing 0 to /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu<N>/online
by the root user and makes
them temporarily unusable by all jobs on the machine.) One
test named Linux/clone_setns.cpp will fail if
CONFIG_USER_NS is not enabled in
kernel configuration. The tests named AtoiAndFriendsOOBTest, StrtolOOBTest, StrtollOOBTest, interception_malloc_test.cpp, and
scanf-allocate.cpp are known to
fail with Glibc-2.38.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install && cp bin/FileCheck /usr/bin
If you have built the llvm documentation, it has been
installed by the above command, but it needs to be moved. As
the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/llvm-16.0.5 && mv -v /usr/share/doc/LLVM/llvm /usr/share/doc/llvm-16.0.5 && rmdir -v --ignore-fail-on-non-empty /usr/share/doc/LLVM
If you have built the clang documentation, it has been
installed, but needs to be moved too. Again as the
root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/llvm-16.0.5 && mv -v /usr/share/doc/LLVM/clang /usr/share/doc/llvm-16.0.5 && rmdir -v --ignore-fail-on-non-empty /usr/share/doc/LLVM
-DLLVM_ENABLE_FFI=ON:
This switch allows LLVM to
use libffi.
-DLLVM_BUILD_LLVM_DYLIB=ON:
This switch builds the libraries as static and links all of
them into an unique shared one. This is the recommended way
of building a shared library.
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch enables compiler optimizations in order to speed
up the code and reduce its size. It also disables some
compile checks which are not necessary on a production
system.
-DLLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD="host;AMDGPU;BPF":
This switch enables building for the same target as the host,
and also for the r600 AMD GPU used by the Mesa r600 and
radeonsi drivers. The BPF target is required to build
v4l-utils-1.24.1. The Default is all
of the targets. You can use a semicolon separated list. Valid
targets are: host, X86, Sparc, PowerPC, ARM, AArch64, Mips,
Hexagon, Xcore, M68K, MSP430, NVPTX, SystemZ, AMDGPU, BPF,
CppBackend, or all.
-DLLVM_LINK_LLVM_DYLIB=ON: Used
in conjunction with -DLLVM_BUILD_LLVM_DYLIB=ON,
this switch enables linking the tools against the shared
library instead of the static ones. It slightly reduces their
size and also ensures that llvm-config will correctly use
libLLVM-16.so.
-DLLVM_ENABLE_RTTI=ON: This
switch is used to build LLVM with run-time type information.
This is required for building Mesa-23.1.6.
-DLLVM_BINUTILS_INCDIR=/usr/include:
This switch is used to tell the build system the location of
binutils headers, which were installed in LFS. This allows
the building of LLVMgold.so,
which is needed for building programs with clang and Link Time
Optimization (LTO).
-DLLVM_INCLUDE_BENCHMARKS=OFF:
is used to disable generation build targets for the LLVM
benchmarks. This option requires additional code that is not
currently available.
-DCLANG_DEFAULT_PIE_ON_LINUX=ON:
makes -fpie option the default
when compiling programs. Together with the ASLR feature enabled in the kernel,
this defeats some kind of attacks based on known memory
layouts.
-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=ON: if used
instead of -DLLVM_BUILD_LLVM_DYLIB=ON and
-DLLVM_LINK_LLVM_DYLIB=ON,
builds all the LLVM
libraries (about 60) as shared libraries instead of static.
-DLLVM_ENABLE_DOXYGEN: Enables
the generation of browsable HTML documentation if you have
installed Doxygen-1.9.7. You should run
make
doxygen-html afterwards, and install the
generated documentation manually.
|
lists AMD GPUs installed; at runtime it needs
|
|
|
is a static analysis tool |
|
|
is the automatic test case reduction tool |
|
|
is used to test the libclang API and demonstrate its usage |
|
|
is the Clang C, C++, and Objective-C compiler |
|
|
is a tool to perform static code analysis and display Abstract Syntax Trees (AST) |
|
|
is a tool to collect the USR name and location of external definitions in a source file |
|
|
is a tool to format C/C++/Java/JavaScript/Objective-C/Protobuf code |
|
|
is a wrapper utility over the host linker |
|
|
is a tool to bundle/unbundle OpenMP offloaded files associated with a common source file |
|
|
is a tool to bundle several object files into a single binary, which can then be used to create a fatbinary containing offloading code |
|
|
is a Clang-based refactoring tool for C, C++ and Objective-C |
|
|
is a tool to rename symbols in C/C++ programs |
|
|
is a tool to scan for dependencies in a source file |
|
|
is a combination of tools for dealing with diagnostics in clang |
|
|
is a tool that reads two files (one from standard input, and one specified on the command line) and uses one to verify the other. |
|
|
is a tool used to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files, compatible with the Darwin command dsymutil |
|
|
runs clang-format on git generated patches (requires git-2.41.0) |
|
|
is a Python tool to dump and construct header maps |
|
|
generates a database of build commands for a project |
|
|
is the LLVM static compiler |
|
|
is used to directly execute programs from LLVM bitcode |
|
|
is a tool used to convert addresses into file names and line numbers |
|
|
is the LLVM archiver |
|
|
is the LLVM assembler |
|
|
is the LLVM bitcode analyzer |
|
|
strips LLVM bitcode from an object |
|
|
is a tool to concatenate llvm modules |
|
|
identifies whether Control Flow Integrity protects all indirect control flow instructions in the provided object file, DSO, or binary |
|
|
Prints LLVM compilation options |
|
|
is used to emit coverage information |
|
|
is a bytecode disassembler |
|
|
is a tool to convert Microsoft resource files to COFF |
|
|
is used as a C++ ABI Data Dumper |
|
|
is used to demangle C++ symbols in llvm code |
|
|
is used to remap C++ mangled symbols |
|
|
prints a logical representation of low-level debug information |
|
|
is a service providing debug information over an HTTP API for analyzing stripped binaries |
|
|
is an interface to the llvm-debuginfod daemon for finding debuginfod artifacts |
|
|
is the LLVM structural 'diff' |
|
|
is the LLVM disassembler |
|
|
prints the content of DWARF sections in object files |
|
|
is a tool to copy and manipulate debug info |
|
|
merges split DWARF files |
|
|
is used to read information about an ELF binary's ABI |
|
|
is a benchmarking tool that uses information available in LLVM to measure host machine instruction characteristics like latency or port decomposition |
|
|
is used to extract a function from an LLVM module |
|
|
is used to process GSYM Symbolication Format files which convert memory addresses to function name and source file line. These files are smaller than DWARF or Breakpad files |
|
|
is used to merge interface stubs with object files |
|
|
is used to rewrite load commands into MachO binary format |
|
|
is used to parse relocatable object files to make their contents executable in a target process |
|
|
provides basic libtool functionality on Darwin-based systems. This is mostly useful if you are generating binaries for macOS systems |
|
|
is the LLVM linker |
|
|
is used to create universal binaries from MachO files |
|
|
is the LLVM LTO (link time optimization) linker |
|
|
is a test harness for the resolution based LTO interface |
|
|
is a standalone machine code assembler/disassembler |
|
|
is a performance analysis tool to statically measure the performance of machine code |
|
|
is a playground for machine code provided by LLVM |
|
|
is a tool to extract one module from multimodule bitcode files |
|
|
is a tool to generate signed files and catalogs from a side-by-side assembly manifest (used for Microsoft SDK) |
|
|
is used to list LLVM bitcode and object file's symbol table |
|
|
is LLVM's version of an objcopy tool |
|
|
is an LLVM object file dumper |
|
|
is a tool to generate an optimization report from YAML optimization record files |
|
|
is a PDB (Program Database) dumper. PDB is a Microsoft format |
|
|
is a small tool to manipulate and print profile data files |
|
|
generates LLVM SPGO profiling information |
|
|
is used to generate an index for a LLVM archive |
|
|
is a platform-independent tool to compile resource scripts into binary resource files |
|
|
displays low-level format-specific information about object files |
|
|
is used to automatically reduce testcases when running a test suite |
|
|
reports the difference in instruction count and stack size remarks between two remark files |
|
|
converts remark files between bitstream and YAML; or prints function instruction count information in remark files |
|
|
is the LLVM MC-JIT tool |
|
|
is the LLVM object size dumper |
|
|
is the LLVM module splitter |
|
|
is used to generate random |
|
|
print strings found in a binary (object file, executable, or archive library) |
|
|
converts addresses into source code locations |
|
|
is the LLVM Target Description To C++ Code Generator |
|
|
is the LLVM TargetLibraryInfo versus SDK checker |
|
|
is a tool to demangle names |
|
|
is an implementation of Google's XRay function call tracing system |
|
|
lists NVIDIA GPUs installed; at runtime it needs
|
|
|
is the LLVM optimizer |
|
|
is the sanitizer coverage processing tool |
|
|
is the sanitizer statistics processing tool |
|
|
is a Perl script that invokes the Clang static analyzer |
|
|
is a Python script that invokes the Clang static analyzer |
|
|
is a viewer for Clang static analyzer results |
|
|
splits an input file into multiple parts separated by regex |
|
|
is the LLVM tool to verify use-list order |
Lua is a powerful light-weight programming language designed for extending applications. It is also frequently used as a general-purpose, stand-alone language. Lua is implemented as a small library of C functions, written in ANSI C, and compiles unmodified in all known platforms. The implementation goals are simplicity, efficiency, portability, and low embedding cost. The result is a fast language engine with small footprint, making it ideal in embedded systems too.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.lua.org/ftp/lua-5.4.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 25a429319dff20dfbfb9956c2b5be911
Download size: 356 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.8 MB (with Basic tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with Basic tests)
Required patch: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/lua-5.4.6-shared_library-1.patch
Optional Test Suite Download (HTTP): https://www.lua.org/tests/lua-5.4.6-tests.tar.gz
Optional Test Suite Download MD5 sum: e10a3da28b05d0e8d25ad08b7820c213
Optional Test Suite Download size: 134 KB
Some packages check for the pkg-config file for Lua, which is created with:
cat > lua.pc << "EOF"
V=5.4
R=5.4.6
prefix=/usr
INSTALL_BIN=${prefix}/bin
INSTALL_INC=${prefix}/include
INSTALL_LIB=${prefix}/lib
INSTALL_MAN=${prefix}/share/man/man1
INSTALL_LMOD=${prefix}/share/lua/${V}
INSTALL_CMOD=${prefix}/lib/lua/${V}
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include
Name: Lua
Description: An Extensible Extension Language
Version: ${R}
Requires:
Libs: -L${libdir} -llua -lm -ldl
Cflags: -I${includedir}
EOF
Install Lua by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../lua-5.4.6-shared_library-1.patch && make linux
To test the results, issue: make test. “This will run the interpreter and print its version”. More comprehensive tests can be performed if you downloaded the "Test suite" tarball. Those tests need to be executed after the package is installed, thus we defer to the description below.
Now, as the root user:
make INSTALL_TOP=/usr \
INSTALL_DATA="cp -d" \
INSTALL_MAN=/usr/share/man/man1 \
TO_LIB="liblua.so liblua.so.5.4 liblua.so.5.4.6" \
install &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/doc/lua-5.4.6 &&
cp -v doc/*.{html,css,gif,png} /usr/share/doc/lua-5.4.6 &&
install -v -m644 -D lua.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/lua.pc
Here we describe only the "Basic tests". Untar the tarball
and change to the lua-5.4.6-tests directory, then issue
lua -e "_U=true"
all.lua. If the tests finish without error,
you will see a message containing the string "final OK".
Lua is a powerful light-weight programming language designed for extending applications. It is also frequently used as a general-purpose, stand-alone language. Lua is implemented as a small library of C functions, written in ANSI C, and compiles unmodified in all known platforms. The implementation goals are simplicity, efficiency, portability, and low embedding cost. The result is a fast language engine with small footprint, making it ideal in embedded systems too.
This is an older version of Lua needed only for compatibility with other programs such as Wireshark-4.0.7 and VLC-3.0.18.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.lua.org/ftp/lua-5.2.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 913fdb32207046b273fdb17aad70be13
Download size: 248 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Some packages check for the pkg-config file for Lua, which is created with:
cat > lua.pc << "EOF"
V=5.2
R=5.2.4
prefix=/usr
INSTALL_BIN=${prefix}/bin
INSTALL_INC=${prefix}/include/lua5.2
INSTALL_LIB=${prefix}/lib
INSTALL_MAN=${prefix}/share/man/man1
INSTALL_LMOD=${prefix}/share/lua/${V}
INSTALL_CMOD=${prefix}/lib/lua/${V}
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include/lua5.2
Name: Lua
Description: An Extensible Extension Language
Version: ${R}
Requires:
Libs: -L${libdir} -llua5.2 -lm -ldl
Cflags: -I${includedir}
EOF
Install Lua by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../lua-5.2.4-shared_library-1.patch &&
sed -i '/#define LUA_ROOT/s:/usr/local/:/usr/:' src/luaconf.h &&
sed -r -e '/^LUA_(SO|A|T)=/ s/lua/lua5.2/' \
-e '/^LUAC_T=/ s/luac/luac5.2/' \
-i src/Makefile &&
make MYCFLAGS="-fPIC" linux
The installation of this package is complex, so we will use the DESTDIR method of installation:
make TO_BIN='lua5.2 luac5.2' \
TO_LIB="liblua5.2.so liblua5.2.so.5.2 liblua5.2.so.5.2.4" \
INSTALL_DATA="cp -d" \
INSTALL_TOP=$PWD/install/usr \
INSTALL_INC=$PWD/install/usr/include/lua5.2 \
INSTALL_MAN=$PWD/install/usr/share/man/man1 \
install &&
install -Dm644 lua.pc install/usr/lib/pkgconfig/lua52.pc &&
mkdir -pv install/usr/share/doc/lua-5.2.4 &&
cp -v doc/*.{html,css,gif,png} install/usr/share/doc/lua-5.2.4 &&
ln -s liblua5.2.so install/usr/lib/liblua.so.5.2 &&
ln -s liblua5.2.so install/usr/lib/liblua.so.5.2.4 &&
mv install/usr/share/man/man1/{lua.1,lua5.2.1} &&
mv install/usr/share/man/man1/{luac.1,luac5.2.1}
Now, as the root user:
chown -R root:root install && cp -a install/* /
sed -i ... src/luaconf.h: This command changes the Lua search path to match the install path.
sed -i ... src/Makefile: This command deconflicts this installation with the latest version of lua.
Mercurial is a distributed source control management tool similar to Git and Bazaar. Mercurial is written in Python and is used by projects such as Mozilla for Firefox and Thunderbird.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.mercurial-scm.org/release/mercurial-6.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fccff6981f362466b8e9e0fa0de0ddb6
Download size: 7.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 115 MB (with docs, add 1.5 GB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with docs; add 30 SBU for tests; both using parallelism=4)
docutils-0.20.1 (required to build the
documentation), git-2.41.0, GPGME-1.21.0 (with Python bindings),
OpenSSH-9.4p1 (runtime, to access
ssh://... repositories), Pygments-2.16.1, rustc-1.71.1 (see
rust/README.rst and
rust/rhg/README.md), Subversion-1.14.2 (with Python
bindings), Bazaar, CVS, pyflakes,
pyOpenSSL, and
re2
Build Mercurial by issuing the following command:
make build
To build the documentation (requires docutils-0.20.1), issue:
make doc
If you wish to run the tests, the rust tests must be removed as they are currently broken due to syntax errors. To do this, issue:
sed -i '138,142d' Makefile
To run the test suite, issue:
TESTFLAGS="-j<N> --tmpdir tmp" make check
where <N> is
an integer between one and the number of ( processor X
threads ), inclusive. Several tests fail because some error
messages have changed in Python or some deprecation warnings
are printed that were not present when the test was designed.
In order to investigate any apparently failing tests, you may
use the run-tests.py script. To see
the almost forty switches, some of them very useful, issue
tests/run-tests.py
--help. Running the following commands, you
will execute only the tests that failed before:
pushd tests && rm -rf tmp && ./run-tests.py --tmpdir tmp test-gpg.t popd
Normally, the previous failures will be reproducible.
However, if you add the switch --debug before --tmpdir, and run the tests again, some
failures may disappear, which is a problem with the test
suite. If this happens, there will be no more of these
failures even if you do not pass the --debug switch again.
An interesting switch is --time,
which will generate a table of all the executed tests and
their respective start, end, user, system and real times once
the tests are complete. Note that these switches may be used
with make check
by including them in the TESTFLAGS
environment variable.
Install Mercurial by running
the following command (as root):
make PREFIX=/usr install-bin
If you built the documentation, install it by running the
following command (as root):
make PREFIX=/usr install-doc
After installation, two very quick and simple tests should run correctly. The first one needs some configuration:
cat >> ~/.hgrc << "EOF"
[ui]
username = <user_name> <user@mail>
EOF
where you must replace <user_name> and <your@mail> (mail is optional and can be omitted). With the user identity defined, run hg debuginstall and several lines will be displayed, the last one reading "no problems detected". Another quick and simple test is just hg, which should output basic commands that can be used with hg.
/etc/mercurial/hgrc and
~/.hgrc
The great majority of extensions are disabled by default. Run hg help extensions if you need to enable any, e.g. when investigating test failures. This will output a list of enabled and disabled extensions, as well as more information such as how to enable or disable extensions using configuration files.
If you have installed make-ca-1.12 and want Mercurial to use the certificates, as
the root user, issue:
install -v -d -m755 /etc/mercurial &&
cat > /etc/mercurial/hgrc << "EOF"
[web]
cacerts = /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt
EOF
NASM (Netwide Assembler) is an 80x86 assembler designed for portability and modularity. It includes a disassembler as well.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.nasm.us/pub/nasm/releasebuilds/2.16.01/nasm-2.16.01.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d755ba0d16f94616c2907f8cab7c748b
Download size: 993.8 KB
Estimated disk space required: 41 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Optional documentation: https://www.nasm.us/pub/nasm/releasebuilds/2.16.01/nasm-2.16.01-xdoc.tar.xz
asciidoc-10.2.0 and xmlto-0.0.28
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nasm
If you downloaded the optional documentation, put it into the source tree:
tar -xf ../nasm-2.16.01-xdoc.tar.xz --strip-components=1
Install NASM by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it with
the following instructions as the root user:
install -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nasm-2.16.01/html &&
cp -v doc/html/*.html /usr/share/doc/nasm-2.16.01/html &&
cp -v doc/*.{txt,ps,pdf} /usr/share/doc/nasm-2.16.01
The patchelf package contains a small utility to modify the dynamic linker and RPATH of ELF executables.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/NixOS/patchelf/releases/download/0.17.2/patchelf-0.17.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 63e6f761af0bfda2bfe08a568d1e2e76
Download size: 240 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install patchelf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/patchelf-0.17.2 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Perl module packages (also referred to as Distributions, because each can contain multiple modules) add useful objects to the Perl language. The packages listed on this page are required or recommended for other packages in the book. If they have dependent modules, those are either on this page or else on the next page (Perl Module Dependencies).
In many cases, only the required or recommended dependencies
are listed - there might be other modules which allow more
tests to be run, but omitting them will still allow the tests
to PASS.
For a few modules, the BLFS editors have determined that other modules still listed as prerequisites are not required, and omitted them.
Where an alphabetically-earlier dependency of the same module pulls in a dependency, it is not mentioned for the later dependencies of the same module. You should build the listed dependencies in order.
It is generally worth running the tests for perl modules, they often can show problems such as missing dependencies which are required to use the module. Here, the editors have attempted to separate those dependencies which are only required for running test suites, but they will not be mentioned for a module where one of its dependencies uses that module for its own test suite. That is to say, if you intend to run the test suites, please run them for each dependency of the module.
It is possible to automatically install the current versions of a module and all missing or too-old dependencies recommended by upstream using CPAN. See CPAN automated install of perl modules at the end of this page.
Most of these modules only install files below /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.xx.y and those
will not be documented. One or two install programs (mostly,
perl scripts), or a library, into /usr/bin/ or /usr/lib/ and these are documented.
The Archive::Zip module allows a Perl program to create, manipulate, read, and write Zip archive files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/P/PH/PHRED/Archive-Zip-1.68.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a33993309322164867c99e04a4000ee3
UnZip-6.0 (with its patch)
This module uses the standard build and installation instructions:
perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
This module allows you disable autovivification (the automatic creation and population of new arrays and hashes whenever undefined variables are dereferenced), and optionally throw a warning or an error when it would have occurred.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/V/VP/VPIT/autovivification-0.18.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8dec994e1e7d368e055f21a5777385a0
The Business::ISBN module provides functions for working with International Standard Book Numbers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Business-ISBN-3.008.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6a602922a1902dd9915cac3e0c479dfc
The Business::ISMN module is for work with International Standard Music Numbers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Business-ISMN-1.203.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 45edcba290b1a058ece76cbd090479b4
The Business::ISSN module is for work with International Standard Serial Numbers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Business-ISSN-1.005.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f46bf5585d6c3aa9fb32127edb13151a
Class::Accessor generates accessors/mutators for your class.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/K/KA/KASEI/Class-Accessor-0.51.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1f1e5990f87cad7659b292fed7dc0407
The Data::Compare module compares two perl data structures.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DC/DCANTRELL/Data-Compare-1.29.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ce9cb42ba6af634f5ab51f13f37e2ddb
Data::Dump provides pretty printing of data structures.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GARU/Data-Dump-1.25.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9bd7131ef0441e1e0e001bf85e9fae31
Data::Uniqid provides three simple routines for generating unique IDs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/M/MW/MWX/Data-Uniqid-0.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6bab3b5da09fedfdf60ce2629a7367db
DateTime::Calendar::Julian implements the Julian Calendar.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/W/WY/WYANT/DateTime-Calendar-Julian-0.107.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: abd775d1d82f0f45d4fd6214cf7bbed8
DateTime::Format::Builder created DateTime parser classes and objects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/DateTime-Format-Builder-0.83.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: aa41917ca9ad69b3898728ce9c2fb477
Encode::EUCJPASCII provides an eucJP-open (Extended Unix Code, Japanese) mapping.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/N/NE/NEZUMI/Encode-EUCJPASCII-0.03.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5daa65f55b7c2050bb0713d9e95f239d
The Encode::HanExtra module provides extra sets of Chinese Encodings which are not included in the core Encode module because of size issues.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/A/AU/AUDREYT/Encode-HanExtra-0.23.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e1d3bc32c1c8ee304235a06fbcd5d5a4
This module uses the 'unsafe' build and installation
instructions (In perl-5.26.0 the use of the current
directory in @INC was removed
for security reasons and this module has not been updated)
:
PERL_USE_UNSAFE_INC=1 perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Encode::JIS2K module provides JIS X 0212 (aka JIS 2000) Encodings.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DANKOGAI/Encode-JIS2K-0.03.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 60539471aa408a2b793cd45a6ce651db
File::Slurper is a simple, sane and efficient module to slurp a file.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/File-Slurper-0.014.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d43bc5f069035eff3b6b7c418b4cedc4
File::Which provides a portable implementation of the 'which' utility.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/P/PL/PLICEASE/File-Which-1.27.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d5c9154262b93398f0750ec364207639
The HTML::Parser distribution is a collection of modules that parse and extract information from HTML documents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/HTML-Parser-3.81.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b9f5dd3b14632f7a60541a2b61389c06
HTTP-Message-6.44 (its module HTTP::Headers is a run-time requirement for HTML::HeadParser from this distribution).
Instances of the HTTP::Daemon class are HTTP/1.1 servers that listen on a socket for incoming requests. The HTTP::Daemon is a subclass of IO::Socket::INET, so you can perform socket operations directly on it too.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/HTTP-Daemon-6.16.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 51425462790165aeafc2819a7359706f
Makefile.PL and running the tests will complain that
Module::Build::Tiny is missing, but that is only needed
for Build.PL which is used
if the system lacks a C compiler.
IO::Socket::SSL makes using SSL/TLS much easier by wrapping the necessary functionality into the familiar IO::Socket interface and providing secure defaults whenever possible.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/S/SU/SULLR/IO-Socket-SSL-2.083.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 673eaf709a034d4f65dce259bde02500
make-ca-1.12 and Net-SSLeay-1.92
URI-5.17 (to access international domain names)
This module uses a variant of the standard build and installation instructions:
yes | perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
IO::String - Emulate file interface for in-core strings.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/IO-String-1.08.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 250e5424f290299fc3d6b5d1e9da3835
IPC::Run3 is used to run a subprocess with input/output redirection.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/R/RJ/RJBS/IPC-Run3-0.048.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5a8cec571c51a118b265cf6e24e55761
JSON provides a simple wrapper for JSON::XS-compatible modules with some additional features.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/I/IS/ISHIGAKI/JSON-4.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a709b32e194d0eb38f788cb49f422c4e
Lingua::Translit and its translit program transliterate text between writing systems.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/A/AL/ALINKE/Lingua-Translit-0.29.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 605a82f06b05fef4fc18bf069b1be511
This module uses the standard build and installation instructions:
perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libwww-perl collection is a set of Perl modules which provides a simple and consistent application programming interface (API) to the World-Wide Web. The main focus of the library is to provide classes and functions that allow you to write WWW clients. The library also contains modules that are of more general use and even classes that help you implement simple HTTP servers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/libwww-perl-6.72.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ea683625d1c875c583ae8859602bac66
File-Listing-6.15, HTTP-CookieJar-0.014, HTTP-Cookies-6.10, HTTP-Daemon-6.16, HTTP-Negotiate-6.01, HTML-Parser-3.81, Net-HTTP-6.23, Try-Tiny-0.31 and WWW-RobotRules-6.02
Test-Fatal-0.017, Test-Needs-0.002010 and Test-RequiresInternet-0.05
This module uses the standard build and installation instructions:
perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
After installing this package, if you want HTTPS protocol support install LWP-Protocol-https-6.11.
The List::Allutils module combines List::Util and List::MoreUtils in one bite-sized package.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/List-AllUtils-0.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 86469b1f6819ba181a8471eb932965f2
List::MoreUtils provides the stuff missing in List::Util.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/R/RE/REHSACK/List-MoreUtils-0.430.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: daccd6310021231b827dcc943ff1c6b7
Log::Log4perl provides a Log4j implementation for perl.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETJ/Log-Log4perl-1.57.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: acbe29cbaf03f4478a13579a275b0011
This module uses the standard build and installation instructions:
perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
LWP::Protocol::https provides https support for LWP::UserAgent (i.e. libwww-perl-6.72). Once the module is installed LWP is able to access sites using HTTP over SSL/TLS.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/LWP-Protocol-https-6.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6615a250c8963a2333ea6d0fbbec306b
IO-Socket-SSL-2.083, libwww-perl-6.72 and make-ca-1.12 with /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt.
Module::Build allows perl modules to be built without a make command being present.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/Module-Build-0.4232.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 144885f1cbaf9420017bbed696ec6b83
This module uses the standard build and installation instructions:
perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
Note that this module can also be built using Build.PL
Net::DNS is a DNS resolver implemented in Perl. It can be used to perform nearly any type of DNS query from a Perl script.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/N/NL/NLNETLABS/Net-DNS-1.39.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4a20cb266f1f75d97b2d535655d211db
Parse::RecDescent incrementally generates top-down recursive-descent text parsers from simple yacc-like grammar specifications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/J/JT/JTBRAUN/Parse-RecDescent-1.967015.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7a36d45d62a9b68603edcdbd276006cc
Parse::Yapp is a Perl extension for generating and using LALR parsers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/W/WB/WBRASWELL/Parse-Yapp-1.21.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 69584d5b0f0304bb2a23cffcd982c5de
This module uses the standard build and installation instructions:
perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
PerlIO::utf8_strict provides a fast and correct UTF-8 PerlIO layer. Unlike Perl's default :utf8 layer it checks the input for correctness.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/PerlIO-utf8_strict-0.010.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d90ca967f66e05ad9221c79060868346
Regexp::Common provides commonly requested regular expressions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/A/AB/ABIGAIL/Regexp-Common-2017060201.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b1bb40759b84154990f36a160160fb94
The SGMLSpm module is a Perl library used for parsing the output from James Clark's SGMLS and NSGMLS parsers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/R/RA/RAAB/SGMLSpm-1.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 746c74ae969992cedb1a2879b4168090
Before beginning the build, issue the following command to prevent an error:
chmod -v 644 MYMETA.yml
This module uses the standard build and installation instructions:
perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
After the package has been installed, run the following
command as the root user:
ln -sv sgmlspl.pl /usr/bin/sgmlspl
|
is an SGML processor |
|
|
is a symbolic link used during the install of DocBook-utils-0.6.14 |
Sort::Key provides a set of functions to sort lists of values by some calculated key value.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/S/SA/SALVA/Sort-Key-1.33.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a37ab0da0cfdc26e57b4c79e39f6d98f
Test::Command tests the exit status, STDOUT, or STDERR, of an external command.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DANBOO/Test-Command-0.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9ab83c4695961dbe92cd86efe08f0634
Test::Differences tests strings and data structures and shows the differences if they do not match.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DC/DCANTRELL/Test-Differences-0.70.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1afd5ddab3d70575bdff206edacc4425
Text::BibTeX provides an interface to read and parse BibTeX files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/A/AM/AMBS/Text-BibTeX-0.89.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 67fa6d9c03c659627d9fd58bb380c1fe
This module is built using Build.PL:
perl Build.PL && ./Build && ./Build test
Now, as the root user:
./Build install
|
performs lexical analysis on a BibTeX file |
|
|
parses a series of BibTeX files with command line options to control the string post-processing behavior |
|
|
parses a BibTeX file, splitting 'author' and 'editor' fields into lists of names, and then dumps everything to stdout |
|
|
is a library for parsing and processing BibTeX data files |
Text::CSV is a comma-separated values manipulator, using XS (eXternal Subroutine - for subroutines written in C or C++) or pure perl.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/I/IS/ISHIGAKI/Text-CSV-2.03.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4ee40e2404a1cf1099f5e7d94badfbea
Text-CSV_XS-1.51 (required by biber-2.19)
Text::Roman allows conversion between Roman and Arabic algorisms (number systems, e.g. MCMXLV and 1945).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/S/SY/SYP/Text-Roman-3.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1f6b09c0cc1f4425b565ff787a39fd83
Unicode::Collate provides a Unicode collation algorithm.
This is a core module. If you are using perl-5.28.0 or later, its version is good enough for biber-2.19 and you do not need to reinstall this module.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/S/SA/SADAHIRO/Unicode-Collate-1.31.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ee4d960d057c5e5b02ebb49d0286db8f
Unicode::LineBreak provides a UAX #14 Unicode Line Breaking Algorithm.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/N/NE/NEZUMI/Unicode-LineBreak-2019.001.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 003d6da7a13700e069afed9238c864b9
MIME-Charset-1.013.1, also Wget-1.21.4 (to download two files from unicode.org in the test suite)
libthai (to break Thai words into segments)
This module implements the URI class. Objects of this class represent "Uniform Resource Identifier references" as specified in RFC 2396 (and updated by RFC 2732). A Uniform Resource Identifier is a compact string of characters that identifies an abstract or physical resource. A Uniform Resource Identifier can be further classified as either a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) or a Uniform Resource Name (URN). The distinction between URL and URN does not matter to the URI class interface. A "URI-reference" is a URI that may have additional information attached in the form of a fragment identifier.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/URI-5.17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 63675c429cfb1df73d7d21a9302e1000
Test-Fatal-0.017, Test-Needs-0.002010, and Test-Warnings-0.031
The XML::LibXML::Simple module is a rewrite of XML::Simple to use the XML::LibXML parser for XML structures, instead of the plain Perl or SAX parsers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/M/MA/MARKOV/XML-LibXML-Simple-1.01.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: faad5ed26cd83998f6514be199c56c38
XML-LibXSLT provides an interface to libxslt-1.1.38
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/S/SH/SHLOMIF/XML-LibXSLT-2.002001.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b47ac3a69b58fa43386c4f39be5d7bd5
XML::Simple provides an easy API to read and write XML (especially config files). It is deprecated and its use is discouraged.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/G/GR/GRANTM/XML-Simple-2.25.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bb841dce889a26c89a1c2739970e9fbc
XML-SAX-1.02 (for an alternative parser which will be used if available, otherwise XML::Parser which was installed in LFS will be used),
XML::Writer provides a Perl extension for writing XML documents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/J/JO/JOSEPHW/XML-Writer-0.900.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2457214360cefda445742a608dd6195e
There is an alternate way of installing the modules using the cpan shell install command. The command automatically downloads the latest source from the CPAN archive for the module and any missing prerequisite modules listed by upstream. Then for each module it extracts it, runs the compilation, the tests and installs it.
You still need to install any non-perl dependencies before
running the automated installation method. You may wish to
clean out the build/
directory after installing, to free up the space. If any
post-install actions such as creating a symlink are
mentioned, you should also do those.
The first time you run cpan, you'll be prompted
to enter some information regarding download locations and
methods. This information is retained in files located in
~/.cpan.
In particular, you may wish to configure it so that Sudo-1.9.14p3 is used for the installs, allowing you to build and test as a regular user. The following examples have not used that approach.
Start the cpan shell by issuing
'cpan' as the
root user. Any module may
now be installed from the cpan> prompt with the
command:
install <Module::Name>
For additional commands and help, issue 'help' from the
cpan> prompt.
Alternatively, for scripted or non-interactive
installations, use the following syntax as the root user to install one or more
modules:
cpan -i <Module1::Name> <Module2::Name>
Review the cpan.1 man page
for additional parameters you can pass to cpan on the command line.
The modules on the previous page are referenced from other pages in BLFS, but these modules are only in the book as dependencies of those modules. If you use the CPAN install method, you do not need to read this page.
The BLFS editors pay much less attention to these modules,
and the versions will not be regularly reviewed. In all
cases, only the required or recommended dependencies are
listed - there might be other modules which allow more tests
to be run, but omitting them will still allow the tests to
PASS.
The links on this page (to metacpan.org) should go to "known good" versions, for which their dependencies are correct. If you wish to use a later version, please check the Changes file at https://metacpan.org - sometimes added dependencies are listed, other times not. Some of these modules have very frequent updates, often bringing different dependencies. The linked metacpan.org versions below were known to work with the the module versions in BLFS when last reviewed.
However, if you notice that the Changes file for a newer version than is in the current development book reports a fix for a security issue, please report this to either the blfs-dev or the blfs-support list.
Similarly, if you discover that an updated module on the previous page needs an extra dependency, please report this.
Algorithm::Diff computes 'intelligent' differences between two files or lists.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RJ/RJBS//Algorithm-Diff-1.201.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2eaae910f5220261ee2bbdfc4a8df2c2
Alien::Build provides tools for building external (non-CPAN) dependencies for CPAN.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PL/PLICEASE/Alien-Build-2.77.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 65dab78e4dbde17fef13667d3be60ae0
Capture-Tiny-0.48, File-Which-1.27, FFI-CheckLib-0.31 and File-chdir-0.1011
Alien::Build::Plugin::Download::GitLab allows Alien::Build to download from GitLab (in practice, this does not download if the required library is already installed on the system).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PL/PLICEASE/Alien-Build-Plugin-Download-GitLab-0.01.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ad1d815262ad7dd98b0a9b35ba2f05ef
Alien::Libxml2 is designed to allow modules to install the C libxml2 library on your system. In BLFS, it uses pkg-config to find how to link to the installed libxml2-2.10.4.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PL/PLICEASE/Alien-Libxml2-0.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 54ef82ddf7641279a72f216e405f9a5e
Alien-Build-Plugin-Download-GitLab-0.01, libxml2-2.10.4, Path-Tiny-0.144
B::COW provides additional helpers for the B core module to check Copy On Write.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/A/AT/ATOOMIC/B-COW-0.007.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7afc46f19e6f906e2ba5769b21fca5ff
B::Hooks::EndOfScope allows you to execute code when perl finished compiling the surrounding scope.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/B-Hooks-EndOfScope-0.26.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6e1a5334ccc7809aa7cc82dbfa1affc7
Module-Implementation-0.09, Sub-Exporter-Progressive-0.001013 and Variable-Magic-0.63
Business-ISBN-Data is a data pack for Business::ISBN.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Business-ISBN-Data-20230426.001.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7588290f2a0631bd220683860cf601d7
The Capture::Tiny module captures STDOUT and STDERR from Perl, XS (eXternal Subroutine, i.e. written in C or C++) or external programs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DAGOLDEN/Capture-Tiny-0.48.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f5d24083ad270f8326dd659dd83eeb54
Class::Data::Inheritable is for creating accessor/mutators to class data. That is, if you want to store something about your class as a whole (instead of about a single object).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RS/RSHERER/Class-Data-Inheritable-0.09.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bd25ecd6e5d528fbc3783edf1b8facef
Class::Inspector allows you to get information about a loaded class.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PL/PLICEASE/Class-Inspector-1.36.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 084c3aeec023639d21ecbaf7d4460b21
A Singleton describes an object class that can have only one instance in any system, such as a print spooler. This module implements a Singleton class from which other classes can be derived.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/S/SH/SHAY/Class-Singleton-1.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d9c84a7b8d1c490c38e88ed1f9faae47
Class:Tiny offers a minimalist class construction kit.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DAGOLDEN/Class-Tiny-1.008.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e3ccfae5f64d443e7e1110be964d7202
Clone recursively copies perl datatypes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GARU/Clone-0.46.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: cafa8984a2c2e005e54b27dd1e3f0afe
The Config::AutoConf module implements some of the AutoConf macros (detecting a command, detecting a library, etc.) in pure perl.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/A/AM/AMBS/Config-AutoConf-0.320.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 71664b2864232e265179ac29298e0916
CPAN::Meta::Check verifies if requirements described in a CPAN::Meta object are present.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/CPAN-Meta-Check-0.017.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e0117bc582058abed184f6d9b23c445e
DateTime is a date and time object for perl.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/DateTime-1.59.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d6d73ba9ff03e00c83610a995fadc481
DateTime-Locale-1.37, DateTime-TimeZone-2.57
CPAN-Meta-Check-0.017, Test-Fatal-0.017, Test-Warnings-0.031 and Test-Without-Module-0.21
DateTime::Format::Strptime implements most of strptime(3), i.e. it takes a string and a pattern and returns a DateTime object.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/DateTime-Format-Strptime-1.79.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 441cfec62b0b8a1b4c05cbe5ef73fbf4
DateTime::Locale provides localization support for DateTime-1.59.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/DateTime-Locale-1.37.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3b0ce0ebf768960fd5d08300557176e7
Dist-CheckConflicts-0.11, File-ShareDir-1.118, namespace-autoclean-0.29 and Params-ValidationCompiler-0.31
CPAN-Meta-Check-0.017, IPC-System-Simple-1.30 and Test-File-ShareDir-1.001002
This class is the base class for all time zone objects. A time zone is represented internally as a set of observances, each of which describes the offset from GMT for a given time period.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/DateTime-TimeZone-2.57.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1da2beb4ae09e225dd0057dc438a276d
Class-Singleton-1.6, Module-Runtime-0.016, and Params-ValidationCompiler-0.31, also
Both Test-Fatal-0.017 and Test-Requires-0.11, but only if a copy of DateTime-1.59 (for which this is a dependency) has already been installed
Devel::StackTrace provides an object representing a stacvk trace.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Devel-StackTrace-2.04.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a5b09f7be7f2b10b525a9740676906d8
Dist::CheckConflicts declares version conflicts for a distribution, to support post-install updates of dependent distributions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DO/DOY/Dist-CheckConflicts-0.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c8725a92b9169708b0f63036812070f2
Encode::Locale determines the locale encoding.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/Encode-Locale-1.05.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fcfdb8e4ee34bcf62aed429b4a23db27
Eval::Closure safely and cleanly creates closures via string eval.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DO/DOY/Eval-Closure-0.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ceeb1fc579ac9af981fa6b600538c285
Exception::Class allows you to declare real exception classes in Perl.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Exception-Class-1.45.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1e564d20b374a99fdf660ba3f36b0098
Exporter::Tiny is an exporter with the features of Sub::Exporter but only core dependencies.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/T/TO/TOBYINK/Exporter-Tiny-1.006000.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2d555e289eac6450052e8683c292cbf7
ExtUtils::LibBuilder is a tool to build C libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/A/AM/AMBS/ExtUtils-LibBuilder-0.08.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8ffe9e9a3c2f916f40dc4f6aed237d33
FFI::CheckLib checks whether a particular dynamic library is available for FFI (Foreign Function Interface) to use.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PL/PLICEASE/FFI-CheckLib-0.31.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ffc8e61bb686dd631bed3ddf102af41c
Capture-Tiny-0.48, File-Which-1.27, Path-Tiny-0.144, Test2-Suite-0.000145
File::chdir provides a more sensible way to change directories.
Perl's chdir() has the unfortunate problem of being very, very, very global. If any part of your program calls chdir() or if any library you use calls chdir(), it changes the current working directory for the *whole* program. File::chdir gives you an alternative, $CWD and @CWD.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DAGOLDEN/File-chdir-0.1011.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 932090f6c5f602301ae66c259de23ebb
This module copies and moves directories recursively (or single files), to an optional depth and attempts to preserve each file or directory's mode.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DM/DMUEY/File-Copy-Recursive-0.45.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e5eee1a3f8ae3aebbac063ea54870e54
Path-Tiny-0.144, Test-Deep-1.204, Test-Fatal-0.017, Test-File-1.993 and Test-Warnings-0.031
File::Find::Rule is a friendlier interface to File::Find. It allows you to build rules which specify the desired files and directories.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RC/RCLAMP/File-Find-Rule-0.34.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a7aa9ad4d8ee87b2a77b8e3722768712
This module uses the standard build and installation instructions:
perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
File::Listing parses a directory listing.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PL/PLICEASE/File-Listing-6.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8ba34641a6c5a2ec1b0bf7064f68c535
File::ShareDir allows you to access data files which have been installed by File::ShareDir::Install.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RE/REHSACK/File-ShareDir-1.118.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0084f730f4e3d4d89703d92b3ea82f54
File::ShareDir::Install allows you to install read-only data files from a distribution.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/File-ShareDir-Install-0.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bac4d924f3d863b00648ab56ec0dcbdc
HTML::Tagset provides several data tables useful in parsing HTML.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PE/PETDANCE/HTML-Tagset-3.20.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d2bfa18fe1904df7f683e96611e87437
HTTP::CookieJar provides a minimalist HTTP user agent cookie jar.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DAGOLDEN/HTTP-CookieJar-0.014.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a1d891ce0046f1a2c19e2c617d624d0d
HTTP::Cookies provides a class for objects that represent a "cookie jar" -- that is, a database of all the HTTP cookies that a given LWP::UserAgent (from libwww-perl-6.72) object knows about.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/HTTP-Cookies-6.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b4d7804231b1dfd10999d42283e0cf06
HTTP::Date provides functions to deal with the date formats used by the HTTP protocol and also with some other date formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/HTTP-Date-6.05.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2ecbb3aedf6aef062605191813ca3027
TimeDate-2.33 (to allow it to recognize zones other than GMT and numeric)
HTTP::Message provides a base class for HTTP style message objects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/HTTP-Message-6.44.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 926a077669a7828c5ca39b5cf7735625
Clone-0.46, Encode-Locale-1.05, HTTP-Date-6.05, IO-HTML-1.004, LWP-MediaTypes-6.04, and URI-5.17
HTTP::Negotiate provides a complete implementation of the HTTP content negotiation algorithm.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/HTTP-Negotiate-6.01.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1236195250e264d7436e7bb02031671b
Importer provides an alternative but compatible interface to modules that export symbols.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/EX/EXODIST/Importer-0.026.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3f09930b82cadfe26d0ce2fb1338aa1b
IO::HTML opens an HTML file with automatic character set detection.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/C/CJ/CJM/IO-HTML-1.004.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 04bbe363686fd19bfb4cc0ed775e3d03
IPC::System::Simple takes the hard work out of calling external commands and producing detailed diagnostics.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/J/JK/JKEENAN/IPC-System-Simple-1.30.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e68341fd958fd013b3521d909904f675
List::MoreUtils::XS is a compiled backend for List::MoreUtils
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RE/REHSACK/List-MoreUtils-XS-0.430.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e77113e55b046906aecfb4ddb4f0c662
List::SomeUtils provides the stuff missing in List::Util.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/List-SomeUtils-0.59.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 333b4adb2907deff2be8da5899881453
List::SomeUtils::XS is a (faster) XS (eXternal Subroutine) implementation for List::SomeUtils.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/List-SomeUtils-XS-0.58.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 396eabe83a75fcb8d7542d95812469d1
List::UtilsBy provides a number of higher-order list utility functions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PE/PEVANS/List-UtilsBy-0.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 54a8c7092bc02f29ea6c5ae215eea385
LWP::MediaTypes guesses the media type (i.e. the MIME Type) for a file or URL.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/LWP-MediaTypes-6.04.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 84b799a90c0d2ce52897a7cb4c0478d0
MIME::Charset provides information about character sets used for MIME messages o nthe internet, such as their encodings.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/N/NE/NEZUMI/MIME-Charset-1.013.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b1932cfc806c8deb1b4a20d6afbfa8ac
Encode-EUCJPASCII-0.03, Encode-HanExtra-0.23 and Encode-JIS2K-0.03 (because all are required by biber-2.19)
This module uses a variant of the standard build and installation instructions:
yes '' | perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
Module::Implementation loads one of several alternate underlying implementations of a module (e.g. eXternal Subroutine or pure Perl, or an implementation for a given OS).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Module-Implementation-0.09.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 52e3fe0ca6b1eff0488d59b7aacc0667
Module-Runtime-0.016, Try-Tiny-0.31
Module::Pluggable provides a way of having 'plugins' for your module.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/S/SI/SIMONW/Module-Pluggable-5.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 87ce2971662efd0b69a81bb4dc9ea76c
Module::Runtime provides functions to deal with runtime handling of Perl modules.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/Z/ZE/ZEFRAM/Module-Runtime-0.016.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d3d47222fa2e3dfcb4526f6cc8437b20
The "mro" namespace provides several utilities for dealing with method resolution order and method caching in general in Perl 5.9.5 and higher. This module provides those interfaces for earlier versions of Perl.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/H/HA/HAARG/MRO-Compat-0.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f644dafe901214cedfa7ed8b43b56df1
This module is very similar to namespace::clean, except it will clean all imported functions, no matter if you imported them before or after you used the pragma. It will also not touch anything that looks like a method.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/namespace-autoclean-0.29.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 39b38c776cd1f0ee03cc70781a2f2798
namespace-clean-0.27, Sub-Identify-0.14
This package allows you to keep imports and functions out of your namespace.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RI/RIBASUSHI/namespace-clean-0.27.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: cba97f39ef7e594bd8489b4fdcddb662
The Net::HTTP class is a low level HTTP client. An instance of the class represents a connection to an HTTP server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/Net-HTTP-6.23.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1682735ddd1c059864ca5c1bbf15ab95
Net::SSLeay is a Perl extension for using OpenSSL.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/C/CH/CHRISN/Net-SSLeay-1.92.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9e928bc6f430a874a1a2185f84a0ae88
If enabling the external tests, one test in t/external/15_altnames.t may fail.
This module uses a variant of the standard build and installation instructions:
yes '' | perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
Number::Compare compiles a simple comparison to an anonymous subroutine, which you can call with a value to be tested against. It understands IEC standard magnitudes (k, ki, m, mi, g, gi).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RC/RCLAMP/Number-Compare-0.03.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ded4085a8fc96328742785574ca65208
Manipulating stashes (Perl's symbol tables) is occasionally necessary, but incredibly messy, and easy to get wrong. This module hides all of that behind a simple API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/Package-Stash-0.40.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7a2922941cc2aad6a52642e4fb13d07b
Dist-CheckConflicts-0.11, Module-Implementation-0.09
CPAN-Meta-Check-0.017, Test-Fatal-0.017, Test-Needs-0.002010
Params::Validate allows you to validate method or function call parameters to an arbitrary level of specificity.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Params-Validate-1.31.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ef5f57387c2c9032b59fb23023cf5b25
Module-Build-0.4232, Module-Implementation-0.09
Params::ValidationCompiler builds an optimized subroutine parameter validator.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Params-ValidationCompiler-0.31.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 15528055f3f53c8cfebbee1f928dec07
Exception-Class-1.45, Specio-0.48
Path::Tiny provides a small fast utility for working with file paths.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DAGOLDEN/Path-Tiny-0.144.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7b2fc4f5edfd29b88d2cc3b96830e7d1
Role::Tiny is a minimalist role composition tool.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/H/HA/HAARG/Role-Tiny-2.002004.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9ee45591befa3d0b1094ac75d282b6ba
Scope::Guard provides a convenient way to perform cleanup or other forms of resource management at the end of a scope.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/C/CH/CHOCOLATE/Scope-Guard-0.21.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: be57b915d23ddac7677ef2ad9e52b92a
Specio provides classes for representing type constraints and coercion, along with syntax sugar for declaring them.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Specio-0.48.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 96cf1ae4e2e205986e03672071116b16
Devel-StackTrace-2.04, Eval-Closure-0.14, Module-Runtime-0.016, Role-Tiny-2.002004, Sub-Quote-2.006008 and Try-Tiny-0.31
MRO-Compat-0.15, Test-Fatal-0.017 and Test-Needs-0.002010
namespace-autoclean-0.29 (for the test suite)
Sub::Exporter::Progressive is a wrapper for Sub::Exporter.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/F/FR/FREW/Sub-Exporter-Progressive-0.001013.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 72cf6acdd2a0a8b105821a4db98e4ebe
Sub::Identify allows you to retrieve the real name of code references. It is encouraged to migrate to Sub::Util (a core module) when possible.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RG/RGARCIA/Sub-Identify-0.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 014f19e72698b6a2cbcb54adc9691825
Sub::Info is a tool for inspecting subroutines.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/EX/EXODIST/Sub-Info-0.002.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 335345b534fc0539c894050f7814cbda
Sub::Quote provides ways to generate subroutines from strings.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/H/HA/HAARG/Sub-Quote-2.006008.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f19c60039ba87f69f7f9357fc0a03e07
Sub::Uplevel allows you to fool a caller that it is running in a higher stack frame.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DAGOLDEN/Sub-Uplevel-0.2800.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6c6a174861fd160e8d5871a86df00baf
Term::Table formats a header and rows into a table. This is used by some failing tests to provide diagnostics about what has gone wrong.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/EX/EXODIST/Term-Table-0.016.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ef0c76824c57eaa7796558060067bb49
Test::Deep gives you very flexible ways to check that the result you got is the result you were expecting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RJ/RJBS/Test-Deep-1.204.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fcff296434cd92538ae9de9d1744705f
Test::Exception provides convenience methods for testing exception based code.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/EX/EXODIST/Test-Exception-0.43.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 572d355026fb0b87fc2b8c64b83cada0
The Test::Fatal module provides simple helpers for testing code which throws exceptions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RJ/RJBS/Test-Fatal-0.017.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2f160c31e1848536e3b82112d573bb76
Test::File provides a collection of test utilities for file attributes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Test-File-1.993.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dccb988191187261ce3a2a10af939625
Test::File::ShareDir is some low level plumbing to enable a distribution to perform tests while consuming its own share directories in a manner similar to how they will be once installed. This allows File-ShareDir-1.118 to see the latest version of content instead of whatever is installed on the target system where you are testing.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/K/KE/KENTNL/Test-File-ShareDir-1.001002.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ec31466aa44c1cd56c6cb51d7ec3a5de
Class-Tiny-1.008, File-Copy-Recursive-0.45, File-ShareDir-1.118, Path-Tiny-0.144 and Scope-Guard-0.21
Test::LeakTrace traces memory leaks.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEEJO/Test-LeakTrace-0.17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: afdb2cc6be0807cb635fb601a004d522
Test::Needs skips tests if a requested module is not present.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/H/HA/HAARG/Test-Needs-0.002010.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2b3d10946001561297624e7668f09c26
The Test::Requires module checks if another (optional) module can be loaded, and if not it skips all the current tests.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/T/TO/TOKUHIROM/Test-Requires-0.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 999d6c4e46ea7baae7a5113292e02ed8
Test::RequiresInternet is intended to easily test network connectivity before functional tests begin to non-local Internet resources.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/M/MA/MALLEN/Test-RequiresInternet-0.05.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0ba9f1cff4cf90ed2618c2eddfd525d8
Test::utf8 is a collection of tests useful for dealing with utf8 strings in Perl.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/M/MA/MARKF/Test-utf8-1.02.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 71d187539c76ac1ed9a0242ff208796d
Test::Warnings tests for warnings and the lack of them.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/Test-Warnings-0.031.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f608f7011b0bb8f27d3a27e646a52f60
This module allows you to deliberately hide modules from a program even though they are installed. This is mostly useful for testing modules that have a fallback when a certain dependency module is not installed.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/C/CO/CORION/Test-Without-Module-0.21.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d6fdc73b60d197a8098fd41a81c92630
Test2::Plugin::NoWarnings causes tests to fail if there are any warnings while they run.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Test2-Plugin-NoWarnings-0.09.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: efcddec6cda66260ae14206e28f7feeb
Test2::Suite is a distribution with a rich set of tools built upon the Test2 framework.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/EX/EXODIST/Test2-Suite-0.000145.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5fcc87c264a1e93fe7cb0879a0abae15
Module-Pluggable-5.2, Scope-Guard-0.21, Sub-Info-0.002 and Term-Table-0.016
Text::CSV_XS provides facilities for the composition and decomposition of comma-separated values.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/H/HM/HMBRAND/Text-CSV_XS-1.51.tgz
Download MD5 sum: da151be3259b7d95e1a3573cab26dae2
Text::Diff performs diffs on files and record sets.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/N/NE/NEILB/Text-Diff-1.45.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: edf57b6189f7651a6be454062a4e6d9c
Text::Glob implements glob(3) style matching that can be used to match against text, rather than fetching names from a filesystem.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RC/RCLAMP/Text-Glob-0.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d001559c504a2625dd117bd1558f07f7
You use Tie::Cycle to go through a list over and over again. Once you get to the end of the list, you go back to the beginning. You don't have to worry about any of this since the magic of tie does that for you.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Tie-Cycle-1.227.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3d5004bd8e6f41345091a697673879b7
TimeDate provides miscellaneous timezone manipulation routines.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/A/AT/ATOOMIC/TimeDate-2.33.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5e5afe22c8d417417283d1f7f4572a57
Try::Tiny provides try and catch to expect and handle exceptional conditions, avoiding quirks in Perl and common mistakes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/Try-Tiny-0.31.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 993a29ee8a03c9bd9c2f7c53d1082a03
Magic is Perl's way of enhancing variables. With this module, you can add your own magic to any variable.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/V/VP/VPIT/Variable-Magic-0.63.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ceb039e74253232bc5bdfb391ed5d6f5
WWW::RobotRules parses robots.txt files, creating a
WWW::RobotRules object with methods to check if access to a
given URL is prohibited.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/WWW-RobotRules-6.02.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b7186e8b8b3701e70c22abf430742403
libwww-perl-6.72 (install this module first and install that later)
XML::LibXML is a perl binding for libxml2-2.10.4.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/S/SH/SHLOMIF/XML-LibXML-2.0208.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4cda143b948e1550c7fba4a1133cc6ad
XML::NamespaceSupport offers a simple way to process namespaced XML names from within any application that may need them.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PE/PERIGRIN/XML-NamespaceSupport-1.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a8916c6d095bcf073e1108af02e78c97
XML::SAX is a SAX parser access API for Perl. It includes classes and APIs required for implementing SAX drivers, along with a factory class for returning any SAX parser installed on the user's system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GR/GRANTM/XML-SAX-1.02.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b62e3754523695c7f5bbcafa3676a38d
libxml2-2.10.4, XML-NamespaceSupport-1.12 and XML-SAX-Base-1.09
This module uses a variant of the standard build and installation instructions:
yes | perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
Now, as the root user:
make install
This module has a very simple task - to be a base class for PerlSAX drivers and filters.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GR/GRANTM/XML-SAX-Base-1.09.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ec347a14065dd7aec7d9fb181b2d7946
PHP is the PHP Hypertext Preprocessor. Primarily used in dynamic web sites, it allows for programming code to be directly embedded into the HTML markup. It is also useful as a general purpose scripting language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.php.net/distributions/php-8.2.9.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 897c9c416663d03e516a68cb86b598f3
Download size: 11 MB
Estimated disk space required: 505 MB (with documentation)
Estimated build time: 1.5 SBU (with parallelism=4; add 1.6 SBU for tests)
Optional pre-built documentation (single file html): https://www.php.net/distributions/manual/php_manual_en.html.gz
Optional pre-built documentation (chunked html): https://www.php.net/distributions/manual/php_manual_en.tar.gz. Note that the documentation can be found in languages other than English at https://www.php.net/download-docs.php
Apache-2.4.57 and libxml2-2.10.4
Aspell-0.60.8, enchant-2.5.0, libxslt-1.1.38, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), pcre2-10.42, Pth-2.0.7, AppArmor, Dmalloc, Net-SNMP, oniguruma, OSSP mm, re2c, and XMLRPC-EPI
FreeType-2.13.1, libexif-0.6.24, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, libtiff-4.5.1, libwebp-1.3.1, a graphical environment, FDF Toolkit, GD, and t1lib
cURL-8.2.1, tidy-html5-5.8.0, Caudium, Hyperwave, Roxen WebServer, and WDDX
Berkeley DB-5.3.28 (Note that PHP does not officially support versions above 5.3), libiodbc-3.52.15, lmdb-0.9.31, MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, PostgreSQL-15.4, SQLite-3.42.0, unixODBC-2.3.12, Adabas, Birdstep, cdb, DBMaker, Empress, FrontBase, IBM DB2, Mini SQL, Monetra, and QDBM
PHP also provides support for many commercial database tools such as Oracle, SAP and ODBC Router.
Cyrus SASL-2.1.28, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, libmcrypt, and mhash
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/php
You can use PHP for server-side scripting, command-line scripting or client-side GUI applications. This book provides instructions for setting up PHP for server-side scripting as it is the most common form.
PHP has many more configure options that will enable support for various things. You can use ./configure --help to see a full list of the available options. Also, use of the PHP web site is highly recommended, as their online docs are very good. An example of a configure command that utilizes many of the most common dependencies can be found at https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/files/php_configure.txt.
If, for whatever reason, you don't have libxml2-2.10.4
installed, you need to add --disable-libxml to the configure command in the
instructions below. Note that this will prevent the
pear command
from being built.
Install PHP by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--datadir=/usr/share/php \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--enable-fpm \
--without-pear \
--with-fpm-user=apache \
--with-fpm-group=apache \
--with-fpm-systemd \
--with-config-file-path=/etc \
--with-zlib \
--enable-bcmath \
--with-bz2 \
--enable-calendar \
--enable-dba=shared \
--with-gdbm \
--with-gmp \
--enable-ftp \
--with-gettext \
--enable-mbstring \
--disable-mbregex \
--with-readline &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test. Several tests (out of over 16000) may fail, in which case you are asked whether you want to send the report to the PHP developers. If you want to automate the test, you may prefix the command with yes "n" | .
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 php.ini-production /etc/php.ini &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/php-8.2.9 &&
install -v -m644 CODING_STANDARDS* EXTENSIONS NEWS README* UPGRADING* \
/usr/share/doc/php-8.2.9
The default configuration files for the fastCGI process
manager are installed only if they do not already exist on
the system. If this is the first installation, they should be
renamed, as the root user:
if [ -f /etc/php-fpm.conf.default ]; then
mv -v /etc/php-fpm.conf{.default,} &&
mv -v /etc/php-fpm.d/www.conf{.default,}
fi
The pre-built HTML documentation is packaged in two forms: a
tarball containing many individual files, useful for quick
loading into your browser, and one large individual file,
which is useful for using the search utility of your browser.
If you downloaded either, or both, of the documentation
files, issue the following commands as the root user to install them (note these
instructions assume English docs, modify the tarball names
below if necessary).
For the “Single HTML” file:
install -v -m644 ../php_manual_en.html.gz \
/usr/share/doc/php-8.2.9 &&
gunzip -v /usr/share/doc/php-8.2.9/php_manual_en.html.gz
For the “Many HTML files” tarball:
tar -xvf ../php_manual_en.tar.gz \
-C /usr/share/doc/php-8.2.9 --no-same-owner
The bundled pear is not installed because of a bug which might pollute the filesystem with several hidden files and directories. If pear is needed, execute the following commands to install it:
wget https://pear.php.net/go-pear.phar php ./go-pear.phar
--datadir=/usr/share/php: This
works around a bug in the build machinery, which installs
some data to a wrong location.
--enable-fpm: This
parameter allows building the fastCGI Process Manager.
--with-fpm-systemd:
This parameter allows the FastCGI Process Manager to
integrate with systemd.
--without-pear: This
switch disables installation of bundled pear software.
--with-config-file-path=/etc:
This parameter makes PHP
look for the php.ini
configuration file in /etc.
--with-zlib: This
parameter adds support for Zlib compression.
--enable-bcmath:
Enables bc
style precision math functions.
--with-bz2: Adds
support for Bzip2
compression functions.
--enable-calendar:
This parameter provides support for calendar conversion.
--enable-dba=shared:
This parameter enables support for database (dbm-style)
abstraction layer functions.
--enable-ftp: This
parameter enables FTP functions.
--with-gettext:
Enables functions that use Gettext text translation.
--enable-mbstring:
This parameter enables multibyte string support.
--with-readline: This
parameter enables command line Readline support.
--disable-libxml: This option
allows building PHP without libxml2 installed.
--with-apxs2: Instead of building
the fastCGI process manager, it is possible to build an
apache module. This has some
performance penalty for heavy loaded servers, but may be
easier to set up. This switch is incompatible with the
--enable-fpm and
--with-fpm-...
switches.
--with-mysqli=shared: This option
includes MySQLi support.
--with-mysql-sock=/run/mysqld/mysqld.sock:
Location of the MySQL unix socket pointer.
--with-pdo-mysql=shared: This
option includes PDO: MySQL support.
--with-tidy=shared: This option
includes tidy library support.
The file used as the default /etc/php.ini configuration file is
recommended by the PHP
development team. This file modifies the default behavior
of PHP. If no /etc/php.ini is used, all configuration
settings fall to the defaults. You should review the
comments in this file and ensure the changes are acceptable
in your particular environment.
The fastCGI process manager uses the configuration file
/etc/php-fpm.conf. The
default file shipped with PHP includes all the /etc/php-fpm.d/*.conf in turn. There is a
shipped /etc/php-fpm.d/www.conf file, that
contains the parameters related to the interaction with the
Apache Web server.
You may have noticed the following from the output of the make install command:
You may want to add: /usr/lib/php to your php.ini include_path
If desired, add the entry using the following command as
the root user:
sed -i 's@php/includes"@&\ninclude_path = ".:/usr/lib/php"@' \
/etc/php.ini
To enable fastCGI support in the Apache web server, two LoadModule
directives must be added to the httpd.conf file. They are commented out,
so just issue the following command as root user:
sed -i -e '/proxy_module/s/^#//' \
-e '/proxy_fcgi_module/s/^#//' \
/etc/httpd/httpd.conf
Those modules accept various ProxyPass directives. One
possibility is (as the root
user):
echo \ 'ProxyPassMatch ^/(.*\.php)$ fcgi://127.0.0.1:9000/srv/www/$1' >> \ /etc/httpd/httpd.conf
Additionally, it may be useful to add an entry for
index.php to the
DirectoryIndex directive of the httpd.conf file. Lastly, adding a line to
set up the .phps extension to
show highlighted PHP
source may be desirable:
AddType application/x-httpd-php-source .phps
You'll need to restart the Apache web server after making any
modifications to the httpd.conf file.
To start the php-fpm daemon at boot,
install the systemd unit from the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package by running the following command as the
root user:
make install-php-fpm
The Python 2 package contains the Python development environment. It is useful for object-oriented programming, writing scripts, prototyping large programs or developing entire applications. This version is for backward compatibility with other dependent packages.
Python2 has been deprecated by the upstream developers. Support for Python2 was discontinued on January 1st, 2020.
BLFS is attempting to use Python3 as much as possible, but some packages have not been updated to support Python3.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.python.org/ftp/python/2.7.18/Python-2.7.18.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fd6cc8ec0a78c44036f825e739f36e5a
Download size: 12.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 228 MB (add 17 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 5.9 SBU for tests)
Required patch: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/Python-2.7.18-security_fixes-1.patch
Optional HTML Documentation: https://www.python.org/ftp/python/doc/2.7.18/python-2.7.18-docs-html.tar.bz2
SQLite-3.42.0 (For an additional module)
BlueZ-5.68 and Valgrind-3.21.0
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Python
First, disable the installation of a script that overwrites a more recent script:
sed -i '/2to3/d' ./setup.py
Install Python 2 by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../Python-2.7.18-security_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--with-system-expat \
--with-system-ffi \
--enable-unicode=ucs4 &&
make
If you invoke the tests, they will run through twice. To test
the results, issue: make -k
test. Several tests are known to fail,
including test_ftplib,
test_ssl, test_urllib2_localnet, test_xml_etree, test_xml_etree_c, and test_minidom. These failures are due to
OpenSSL-3 and Expat-2.4.6.
Now, as the root user:
make altinstall && ln -s python2.7 /usr/bin/python2 && ln -s python2.7-config /usr/bin/python2-config && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpython2.7.so.1.0
Since Python 2 is in
maintenance mode, and Python
3 is recommended by upstream for development, you
probably do not need to install the documentation. However,
if you still want to install documentation for both
Python versions, be sure to
define the PYTHONDOCS variable for
the version you want to use, each time you need to consult
the documentation. If you have downloaded the preformatted
documentation from https://docs.python.org/download.html,
install it as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.18 &&
tar --strip-components=1 \
--no-same-owner \
--directory /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.18 \
-xvf ../python-2.7.18-docs-html.tar.bz2 &&
find /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.18 -type d -exec chmod 0755 {} \; &&
find /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.18 -type f -exec chmod 0644 {} \;
--with-system-expat:
This switch enables linking against system version of
Expat.
--with-system-ffi:
This switch enables linking against system version of
libffi.
--enable-unicode=ucs4: This
switch enables 32-bit Unicode support in Python.
--with-ensurepip=yes : This
switch enables building pip and setuptools packaging
programs. setuptools is needed for
building some Python modules. This switch is not recommended
because this version of Python is no longer maintained.
--with-dbmliborder=bdb:gdbm:ndbm:
Use this switch if you want to build Python DBM Module against Berkeley DB instead of GDBM.
make altinstall: This make target omits some default symbolic links that may interfere with Python 3.
chmod ...: Fix permissions for libraries to be consistent with other libraries.
In order for python to find the installed documentation, you must add the following environment variable to individual user's or the system's profile:
export PYTHONDOCS=/usr/share/doc/python-2.7.18
|
is a wrapper script that opens a Python aware GUI editor. For this script to run, you must have installed Tk before Python so that the Tkinter Python module is built |
|
|
is the Python documentation tool |
|
|
is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming language |
|
|
is a version-specific name for the python program |
|
|
is an SMTP proxy implemented in Python |
The Python 3 package contains the Python development environment. This is useful for object-oriented programming, writing scripts, prototyping large programs or developing entire applications.
Python 3 was installed in LFS. The only reason to rebuild it here is if optional modules are needed, or to upgrade this package.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
If upgrading to a new Python-3 minor version (for example, from Python-3.10.x to Python-3.11.0), you will need to reinstall any Python3 modules you have installed. You should also reinstall packages that generate Python3 modules including gobject-introspection-1.76.1, opencv-4.8.0, Graphviz-8.1.0 (if swig is installed).
Before you upgrade, you can get a list of modules installed
with pip3
list. The list may be incomplete as some
Python modules are not installed with pip3, for example the
cracklib module installed by
CrackLib-2.9.11. Use ls /usr/lib/python3.minor/site-packages
for a comprehensive list.
The Python modules from LFS will also have to be reinstalled: flit-core, wheel, meson, MarkupSafe, and Jinja2.
Download (HTTP): https://www.python.org/ftp/python/3.11.4/Python-3.11.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fb7f7eae520285788449d569e45b6718
Download size: 19 MB
Estimated disk space required: 282 MB (add 63 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 1.9 SBU (add 2.8 SBU for tests; both using parallelism=4)
Download (HTTP): https://www.python.org/ftp/python/doc/3.11.4/python-3.11.4-docs-html.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: cdce7b1189bcf52947f3b434ab04d7e2
SQLite-3.42.0 (required if building firefox or thunderbird)
BlueZ-5.68, GDB-13.2 (required for some tests), Valgrind-3.21.0, and libmpdec
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, libnsl-2.0.0, and Tk-8.6.13
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Python3
Install Python 3 by running the following commands:
CXX="/usr/bin/g++" \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--with-system-expat \
--with-system-ffi \
--enable-optimizations &&
make
To test the result, issue make test. Some tests may need an Internet connection. Two tests, test_distutils and test_embed are known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If upgrading and the documentation has been downloaded,
optionally install it as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/python-3.11.4/html
tar --strip-components=1 \
--no-same-owner \
--no-same-permissions \
-C /usr/share/doc/python-3.11.4/html \
-xvf ../python-3.11.4-docs-html.tar.bz2
CXX="/usr/bin/g++" ./configure ...: Avoid an annoying message during configuration.
--with-system-expat:
This switch enables linking against the system version of
Expat.
--with-system-ffi:
This switch enables linking against the system version of
libffi.
--with-dbmliborder=bdb:gdbm:ndbm:
Use this switch if you want to build the Python DBM Module against Berkeley DB instead of GDBM.
--enable-optimizations: This
switch enables stable, but expensive, optimizations.
--with-lto: This optional switch
enables thick Link Time Optimization. Unusually, it creates a
much larger /usr/lib/python3.11/config-3.11-<arch>-linux-gnu/libpython3.11.a
with a small increase in the time to compile Python. Run-time results do not appear
to show any benefit from doing this.
In order for python3 to find the installed documentation, create the following version independent symlink:
ln -svfn python-3.11.4 /usr/share/doc/python-3
and add the following environment variable to the individual user's or system's profile:
export PYTHONDOCS=/usr/share/doc/python-3/html
|
is a wrapper script that opens a Python aware GUI editor. For this script to run, you must have installed Tk before Python so that the Tkinter Python module is built |
|
|
is the Python documentation tool |
|
|
is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming language |
|
|
is a version-specific name for the python program |
The Python module packages add useful objects to the Python language. Modules utilized by packages throughout BLFS are listed here, along with their dependencies.
If you want to run tests, several of the following modules
depend on the sqlite3 core
python module that has not been built in LFS. It is
therefore recommended to rebuild Python after installing
the recommended dependency listed in Python-3.11.4.
In BLFS, we normally build and install Python 3 modules
with pip3.
Please take care that the pip3 install commands in
the book should be run as root unless it's for a Python virtual
environment. Running pip3
install as a non-root user may seem to work fine, but it
will cause the installed module to be inaccessible by other
users.
pip3 install
will not reinstall an already installed module by default.
For using the pip3
install command to upgrade a module (for
example, from meson-0.61.3 to meson-0.62.0), insert
--upgrade into the
command line. If it's really necessary to downgrade a
module or reinstall the same version for some reason,
insert --force-reinstall into the
command line.
The Asciidoc package is a text document format for writing notes, documentation, articles, books, ebooks, slideshows, web pages, man pages and blogs. AsciiDoc files can be translated to many formats including HTML, PDF, EPUB, and man page.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/a/asciidoc/asciidoc-10.2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ecac3af818f7a65596efc6e243b520a0
Download size: 212 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2, fop-2.9, libxslt-1.1.38, Lynx-2.8.9rel.1, dblatex, and W3m
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user asciidoc
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
CSSSelect provides CSS selectors for Python.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/c/cssselect/cssselect-1.2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 27fbafacce5447cb867acb240d35002a
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 512 KB (add 488 KB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user cssselect
To test the installation issue pytest.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
CacheControl is a port of the caching algorithms in httplib2 for use with requests session object. It was written because httplib2's better support for caching is often mitigated by its lack of thread safety. The same is true of requests in terms of caching.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/psf/cachecontrol/archive/refs/tags/v0.13.1/cachecontrol-0.13.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b35f762b298ea369a04a093161d4d2ec
Download size: 44 KB
Estimated disk space required: 344 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user cachecontrol
This module does not have a working test suite.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Cython package provides a compiler for writing C extensions for the Python language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/cython/cython/releases/download/0.29.36/Cython-0.29.36.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a4d0f9fbc9c137f1a88937cd40e8c5ee
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 67 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user Cython
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
dbusmock is a Python library useful for writing tests for software which talks to D-Bus services.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/python-dbusmock/python-dbusmock-0.29.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d3ab24018c7a7479d9af8e237be786b5
Download size: 92 KB
Estimated disk space required: 968 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the package with:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
To install the package run the following as the
root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user python-dbusmock
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
D-Bus Python provides Python bindings to the D-Bus API interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus-python/dbus-python-1.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 33be8a4a766e1c7c9a377b8f934ce21a
Download size: 592 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
dbus-1.14.8, GLib-2.76.4, meson_python-0.12.0, and patchelf-0.17.2
Build the D-Bus Python module by running the following command:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now install the module as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user dbus-python
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
docutils is a set of Python modules and programs for processing plaintext docs into formats such as HTML, XML, or LaTeX.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/d/docutils/docutils-0.20.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 93bcfe0065cf1d0b6a0bcabeca7a2335
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/docutils
To build the Python 3 applications, run the following command:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
To install the Python
applications run the following as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user docutils && for f in /usr/bin/rst*.py; do ln -svf $(basename $f) /usr/bin/$(basename $f .py) done
To reduce the time needed for loading Python scripts,
pip3 install
will compile the scripts with extension .py into byte code and save the result
into .pyc files in the
directory __pycache__. But
this package installs .py
scripts into /usr/bin. So the
byte code files for them will be installed into
/usr/bin/__pycache__, which
is not allowed by FHS. Still as the root user, remove this directory:
rm -rfv /usr/bin/__pycache__
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
|
converts documents into various formats |
|
|
generates (X)HTML documents from standalone reStructuredText sources |
|
|
generates (X)HTML documents from standalone reStructuredText sources |
|
|
generates HTML5 documents from standalone reStructuredText sources |
|
|
generates LaTeX documents from standalone reStructuredText sources |
|
|
generates plain unix manual documents from standalone reStructuredText sources |
|
|
generates OpenDocument/OpenOffice/ODF documents from standalone reStructuredText sources |
|
|
Fix a word-processor-generated styles.odt for odtwriter use |
|
|
generates pseudo-XML from standalone reStructuredText sources (for testing purposes) |
|
|
generates S5 (X)HTML slideshow from standalone reStructuredText sources |
|
|
generates LaTeX documents from standalone reStructuredText sources for compilation with the Unicode-aware TeX variants XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX |
|
|
generates Docutils-native XML from standalone reStructuredText sources |
|
|
generates (X)HTML from reStructuredText-format PEP files |
The Doxypypy package is a doxygen filter for python.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/d/doxypypy/doxypypy-0.8.8.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5773d0a7882df900cbda8ee5107e1ced
Download size: 45 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
chardet-5.1.0 and Doxygen-1.9.7 (at run time)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user doxypypy
This package does not come with a working test suite.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Doxyqml package allows using Doxygen to document QML classes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/d/doxyqml/doxyqml-0.5.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f7b957fea48654c76837b0c5e9e3c2af
Download size: 28 KB
Estimated disk space required: 600 KB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user doxyqml
To test the installation, run:
pytest
The test_qmlclass.py test is known to fail.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Gi-DocGen is a document generator for GObject-based libraries. GObject is the base type system of the GNOME project. GI-Docgen reuses the introspection data generated by GObject-based libraries to generate the API reference of these libraries, as well as other ancillary documentation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/g/gi-docgen/gi-docgen-2023.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6d6690dad5daa5b155341ab2f49eaa6b
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Markdown-3.4.1, Pygments-2.16.1, and typogrify-2.0.7
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user gi-docgen
To test the installation, issue pytest.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
These instructions provide the Python2 bindings for libxml2: the Python3 bindings are built as part of libxml2-2.10.4 and most packages in the book do not use these bindings for the older Python2.
By building these bindings after libxml2-2.10.4 has been installed, there is no need to rebuild the time-consuming (if all dependencies are used) main part of that package.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libxml2/2.10/libxml2-2.10.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 76808c467a58c31e2dbd511e71d5fd13
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 49 MB (2.3 MB installed)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
To build the Python 2 module, run:
./configure PYTHON=python2 && cd python && python2 setup.py build
To install the Python 2
module, as the root user
run:
python2 setup.py install --optimize=1
lxml provides Python bindings for libxslt-1.1.38 and libxml2-2.10.4.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/l/lxml/lxml-4.9.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7298fdca14b10e7b71547ed02b894b25
Download size: 3.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 109 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU
To build the Python 3 module, run:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
To install the module, issue the following command as the
root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user lxml
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Mako is a Python module that implements hyperfast and lightweight templating for the Python platform.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/M/Mako/Mako-1.2.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 651f365616611fcd4f2702a9002e2195
Download size: 485 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.9 MB (add 1.2 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Install the module as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user Mako
To test the installation, issue pytest.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
NumPy is the fundamental package for scientific computing with Python.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/n/numpy/numpy-1.25.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: cee1996a80032d47bdf1d9d17249c34e
Download size: 10 MB
Estimated disk space required: 269 MB (add 146 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU (3.1 SBU for tests)
fortran from GCC-13.2.0, lapack and cblas, and openblas
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user numpy
The installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install hypothesis && python3 runtests.py deactivate
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Packaging library provides utilities that implement the interoperability specifications which have clearly one correct behaviour or benefit greatly from having a single shared implementation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/packaging/packaging-23.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f7d5c39c6f92cc2dfa1293ba8f6c097c
Download size: 123 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB (add 28 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (0.2 SBU for tests)
pytest-7.4.0 and pretend
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user packaging
Assuming pytest-7.4.0 is installed, but the other optional dependency is not, the installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install pretend && python3 /usr/bin/pytest deactivate
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Py3c helps you port C extensions to Python 3. It provides a detailed guide, and a set of macros to make porting easy and reduce boilerplate.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/encukou/py3c/archive/v1.4/py3c-1.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 53029afde7e0cf8672a2d69d378a0cfc
Download size: 47 KB
Estimated disk space required: 608 KB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
The Py3c package is a headers-only package and because of that, no configuration and compilation is required.
To test the package, issue:
make test-python3 && make test-python3-cpp
To install the Python 3
module, run the following command as the root user:
make prefix=/usr install
The PyAtSpi2 package contains Python bindings for the core components of the GNOME Accessibility.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/pyatspi/2.46/pyatspi-2.46.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/pyatspi/2.46/pyatspi-2.46.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2b1ca71ad75a900ed0eb6d6d012f8bfc
Download size: 320 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
To build PyAtSpi2 as a Python 3 module, run the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-python=/usr/bin/python3
This package does not come with a test suite.
To install the Python 3
module, run the following command as the root user:
make install
This version of PyCairo provides Python2 bindings to Cairo.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/pygobject/pycairo/releases/download/v1.18.2/pycairo-1.18.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: be2ba51f234270dec340f28f1695a95e
Download size: 196 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Cairo-1.17.6 and Python-2.7.18
Hypothesis (for tests)
This version of PyCairo is only retained for packages such as Gimp-2.10.34 which is stuck on Python2 until Gimp-3 is released.
Install PyCairo for Python2 by running the following commands:
python2 setup.py build
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
python2 setup.py install --optimize=1 && python2 setup.py install_pycairo_header && python2 setup.py install_pkgconfig
PyCairo provides Python bindings to Cairo.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/pygobject/pycairo/releases/download/v1.24.0/pycairo-1.24.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9855a7b7a813d73b54a29f8b43529dea
Download size: 340 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Hypothesis and pytest-7.4.0 (for tests)
The current version of pycairo no longer builds the Python2 module. If you need that module for packages such as Gimp-2.10.34, use PyCairo-1.18.2
Install PyCairo for Python3 by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To run the tests, this package requires the optional pytest module. If it is installed, run the tests by running ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
PyCryptodome is a collection of both secure hash functions (such as SHA256 and RIPEMD160), and various encryption algorithms (AES, DES, RSA, ElGamal, etc.), and is a drop-in replacement for PyCrypto.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/Legrandin/pycryptodome/archive/v3.18.0/pycryptodome-3.18.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 37301ba099375e05db0dfb4d1800d6fe
Download size: 16 MB
Estimated disk space required: 54 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
To build PyCryptodome as a Python 3 module, run the following command:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
To install the module, run the following command as the
root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user pycryptodome
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Pygments is a general syntax highlighter written in Python, for more than 300 languages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/P/Pygments/Pygments-2.16.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 20cb967029c23389253326cf515dec8a
Download size: 4.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 56 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the Python 3 module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
To install the package run the following as the
root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user Pygments
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
PyGObject-2.28.7 provides Python 2 bindings to the GObject class from GLib.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/pygobject/2.28/pygobject-2.28.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/2.28/pygobject-2.28.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ae48b60c690c4aa894e69e0c97802745
Download size: 728 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GLib-2.76.4, PyCairo-1.18.2 and Python-2.7.18
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and libxslt-1.1.38 (to Build Documentation)
Install PyGObject by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-introspection && make
This package does not have a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-introspection: Omit
this switch if you have installed gobject-introspection-1.76.1.
Note that it conflicts with PyGObject-3.44.1.
--disable-docs: This option
disables the rebuilding of the html documentation if
libxslt-1.1.38 is installed.
PyGObject3 provides Python bindings to the GObject class from GLib.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/pygobject/3.44/pygobject-3.44.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/3.44/pygobject-3.44.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: def9418983594c6a3330717bb640ca4d
Download size: 548 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB (add 2.5 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and PyCairo-1.24.0 (Python 3 module)
GTK-4.12.0, pep8, pyflakes, and pytest-7.4.0
First, remove a faulty test:
mv -v tests/test_gdbus.py{,.nouse}
Install pygobject3 by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. An already active graphical session with a bus address is necessary to run the tests. Another round of tests may report ERROR if GTK-4.12.0 is not installed.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release: Specify
a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the package, as
the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
PyGTK lets you to easily create programs with a graphical user interface using the Python programming language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/pygtk/2.24/pygtk-2.24.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/pygtk/2.24/pygtk-2.24.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a1051d5794fd7696d3c1af6422d17a49
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 83 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU
PyGObject-2.28.7 and Python-2.7.18
PyCairo-1.18.2 and Pango-1.50.14
PyCairo-1.18.2 and GTK+-2.24.33.
PyCairo-1.18.2 and libglade-2.6.4.
First, adapt PyGTK to changes in Pango by removing undefined APIs:
sed -i '1394,1402 d' pango.defs
Install PyGTK by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
The tests must be run from an active X display. If this is so, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-docs: This
option enables rebuilding the html documentation if
libxslt-1.1.38 is installed.
The pyparsing module is an alternative approach to creating and executing simple grammars, vs. the traditional lex/yacc approach, or the use of regular expressions. It provides a library of classes that client code uses to construct the grammar directly in Python code.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/pyparsing/pyparsing-3.1.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bb8c8c6b8015ca5887ae2c37917ee82e
Download size: 868 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB (add 27 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (0.3 SBU for tests)
railroad-diagrams (also needed for tests)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user pyparsing
Assuming pytest-7.4.0 is installed, but the other optional dependency is not, the installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install railroad-diagrams && python3 /usr/bin/pytest deactivate
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The pySerial module encapsulates access to the serial port.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/pyserial/pyserial-3.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1cf25a76da59b530dbfc2cf99392dc83
Download size: 156 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.1 MB (add 0.2 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user pyserial
To test the installation issue pytest.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Pytest framework makes it easy to write small, readable tests, and can scale to support complex functional testing for applications and libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/pytest/pytest-7.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5d3fca31237efe6c2b81bc703b79659f
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.2 MB (add 44 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (1.0 SBU for tests)
iniconfig-2.0.0, packaging-23.1, pluggy-1.0.0, and py-1.11.0
Pygments-2.16.1, requests-2.31.0, argcomplete, elementpath, hypothesis, mock, nose, sortedcontainers, and xmlschema
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user pytest
The installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install pytest[testing] && python3 /usr/bin/pytest deactivate
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
PyXDG is a Python library to access freedesktop.org standards.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/b0/25/7998cd2dec731acbd438fbf91bc619603fc5188de0a9a17699a781840452/pyxdg-0.28.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d9a1d04fe60c956f5e3b9de3b4ef4722
Download size: 76 KB
Estimated disk space required: 808 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Install the module as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user pyxdg
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
PyYAML is a Python module that implements the next generation YAML parser and emitter.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/P/PyYAML/PyYAML-6.0.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c9246277af2d9a13b7018af267a0831a
Download size: 124 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build PyYAML with the following command:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, install the module as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user PyYAML
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Recommonmark is a docutils-compatibility bridge to CommonMark. It allows writing CommonMark inside of Docutils and Sphinx projects. Recommonmark is now deprecated in favor of MyST-Parser. Unfortunately, LLVM-16.0.5 still depends on this module.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/r/recommonmark/recommonmark-0.7.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3c550a76eb62006bf007843a9f1805bb
Download size: 34 KB
Estimated disk space required: 680 KB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
commonmark-0.9.1 and sphinx-7.1.2
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user recommonmark
Recommonmark is now deprecated in favor of MyST-Parser. For this reason, a lot of tests have to be disabled because they do not pass with recent versions of Sphinx. The installation can be partially tested with the following command:
pytest -k 'not (test_integration or test_code or test_headings or test_image or test_links or test_lists)'
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
|
generates a html document from markdown sources |
|
|
generates a latex document from markdown sources |
|
|
generates a manpage from markdown sources |
|
|
generates a pseudo-XML document from markdown sources |
|
|
generates a xetex document from markdown sources |
|
|
generates an XML document from markdown sources |
The Requests package is an elegant and simple HTTP library for Python, built for human beings. It allows sending HTTP/1.1 requests extremely easily.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/r/requests/requests-2.31.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 941e175c276cd7d39d098092c56679a4
Download size: 108 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.4 MB (add 127 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (0.7 SBU for tests)
charset-normalizer-3.0.1, idna-3.4, and urllib3-2.0.2
make-ca-1.12, with p11-kit-0.25.0 (both needed to use system https: certificates, removing an unnecessary dependency on the Certifi module).
PySocks (also needed for testing)
pytest-7.4.0, Flask<2, httpbin, MarkupSafe<2.1, pytest-mock, pytest-httpbin, sphinx<5, trustme, and Werkzeug<2
First apply a patch so that the same environment variable already used to point to system certificates in Python3 following the installation of make-ca can also be used by this module:
patch -Np1 -i ../requests-2.31.0-use_system_certs-1.patch
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user requests
Assuming pytest-7.4.0 is installed, but the other optional dependencies are not, the installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv &&
source testenv/bin/activate &&
pip3 install --force-reinstall sphinx\<5 &&
pip3 install pytest-mock \
werkzeug\<2 \
flask\<2 \
pytest-httpbin \
pysocks \
trustme &&
pip3 install --force-reinstall Markupsafe\<2.1 &&
python3 /usr/bin/pytest tests
deactivate
See make-ca-1.12 for how to set the environment variable, and for how local copies of the Certifi and Requests modules installed in a virtual environment will override the system certificates.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Scour is an SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics) optimizer/cleaner that reduces their size by optimizing structure and removing unnecessary data.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/scour-project/scour/archive/v0.38.2/scour-0.38.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ae30f52602802f8c7df3a32e1f72b325
Download size: 100 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
To install the module, run the following command as the
root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user scour
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Six is a Python 2 to 3 compatibility library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/s/six/six-1.16.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a7c927740e4964dd29b72cebfc1429bb
Download size: 36 KB
Estimated disk space required: 376 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user six
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Sphinx package is a set of tools for translating some structured text formats into pretty documentation in various formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/sphinx-doc/sphinx/archive/v7.1.2/sphinx-7.1.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ae8427a2035ebd4359c3df8f5436c4b9
Download size: 6.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (add 40 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (1.0 SBU for tests)
alabaster-0.7.13, Babel-2.11.0, docutils-0.20.1, imagesize-1.4.1, packaging-23.1, Pygments-2.16.1, requests-2.31.0, snowballstemmer-2.2.0, sphinxcontrib-applehelp-1.0.4, sphinxcontrib-devhelp-1.0.2, sphinxcontrib-htmlhelp-2.0.1, sphinxcontrib-jsmath-1.0.1, sphinxcontrib-qthelp-1.0.3, and sphinxcontrib-serializinghtml-1.1.5
cython-0.29.36, pytest-7.4.0, texlive-20230313, filelock, and html5lib
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user sphinx
Assuming cython-0.29.36 and pytest-7.4.0 are installed, but the other optional dependency is not, the installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install html5lib filelock && python3 /usr/bin/pytest deactivate
Four subtests in tests/test_ext_math.py are known to fail.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The sphinx_rtd_theme module is a Sphinx theme designed to provide a great reader experience for documentation users on both desktop and mobile devices. This theme is used primarily on Read the Docs but can work with any Sphinx project.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/s/sphinx_rtd_theme/sphinx_rtd_theme-1.2.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ea90571ea4ffb546d419c05faf86a838
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 35 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
sphinx-7.1.2 and sphinxcontrib-jquery-4.1
Fix wrong versions for dependencies:
sed -e s/0.19/0.21/ \
-e '/sphinx.*7/s/7/8/' \
-i setup.cfg
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user sphinx_rtd_theme
Assuming pytest-7.4.0 is installed, but the other optional dependency is not, the installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install readthedocs-sphinx-ext && python3 /usr/bin/pytest deactivate
Several tests return a warning because they use a deprecated sphinx API.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Python modules listed in Python Modules have dependencies that are not referenced by other packages in BLFS. These dependencies are listed here. They will not get updated on regular basis, unless a more recent version is needed.
In BLFS, we normally build and install Python 3 modules
with pip3.
Please take care that the pip3 install commands in
the book should be run as root unless it's for a Python virtual
environment. Running pip3
install as a non-root user may seem to work fine, but it
will cause the installed module to be inaccessible by other
users.
pip3 install
will not reinstall an already installed module by default.
For using the pip3
install command to upgrade a module (for
example, from meson-0.61.3 to meson-0.62.0), insert
--upgrade into the
command line. If it's really necessary to downgrade a
module or reinstall the same version for some reason,
insert --force-reinstall into the
command line.
The Alabaster package is a theme for the sphinx documentation system. Although developed separately, it is the default theme for sphinx.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/a/alabaster/alabaster-0.7.13.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2e05a5f4fe5a8b95e5e576cbf4a5d503
Download size: 11 KB
Estimated disk space required: 360 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user alabaster
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Attrs package is a theme for the sphinx documentation system. Although developed separately, it is the default theme for sphinx.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/a/attrs/attrs-22.2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: eff16b3bbd0d9b72e118cca83a19d380
Download size: 211 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2 MB (add 53 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (0.2 SBU for tests)
pytest-7.4.0, coverage[toml], hypothesis, Pympler, mypy, pytest-mypy-plugins, zope.interface, and cloudpickle
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user attrs
To test the installation, run:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install attrs[tests] && python3 /usr/bin/pytest && deactivate
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Babel package is an integrated collection of utilities that assist in internationalizing and localizing Python applications, with an emphasis on web-based applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/B/Babel/Babel-2.11.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9ee7784fd452d456206ecd3a12694010
Download size: 8.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 103 MB (add 30 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (0.1 SBU for tests)
pytest-7.4.0, Python-3.11.4 (with the sqlite module), freezegun==0.3.12, and pytest-cov
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user Babel
Assuming pytest-7.4.0 is installed, but the other optional dependencies are not, the installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install pytest-cov freezegun==0.3.12 && python3 /usr/bin/pytest deactivate
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Chardet is a universal character encoding detector.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/c/chardet/chardet-5.1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 394bd03d7a258d2771040bfbd5a7bf66
Download size: 2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB (add 1.1 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (0.3 SBU for tests)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user chardet
To test the installation issue pytest.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The charset-normalizer library helps reading text from an unknown character encoding.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/c/charset-normalizer/charset-normalizer-3.0.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 12ee1c8bedbfba84e99db46d5d94f411
Download size: 91 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.1 MB (add 27 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user charset-normalizer
Assuming pytest-7.4.0 is installed, but the other optional dependencies are not, the installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install pytest-cov && python3 /usr/bin/pytest deactivate
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Commonmark Python parser for the CommonMark Markdown specification.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/c/commonmark/commonmark-0.9.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: cd1dc70c4714d9ed4117a40490c25e00
Download size: 94 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.3 MB (add 30 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (0.1 SBU for tests)
pytest-7.4.0, flake8, and hypothesis
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user commonmark
Assuming pytest-7.4.0 is installed and the other optional dependency is not, the installation can be tested with:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install hypothesis && python3 /usr/bin/pytest commonmark/tests/unit_tests.py python3 commonmark/tests/run_spec_tests.py deactivate
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Editables is python library for creating “editable wheels”.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/e/editables/editables-0.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e91709fbb0ef586cb7b785042068ab67
Download size: 4.6 KB
Estimated disk space required: 180 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user editables
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Hatchling is an extensible, standards compliant build backend for python modules.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/h/hatchling/hatchling-1.12.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5a6e2fd0c877feea7e71b9d72bbdbed9
Download size: 60 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
editables-0.3, packaging-23.1, pathspec-0.10.3, and pluggy-1.0.0
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user hatchling
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Hatch_vcs is a Hatch plugin for versioning with several VCS .
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/h/hatch-vcs/hatch_vcs-0.3.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c2f2cbe6851b7b2969cb4aa24c4b9b2f
Download size: 9.9 KB
Estimated disk space required: 436 KB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
hatchling-1.12.2 and setuptools_scm-7.1.0
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user hatch_vcs
To test the installation, issue pytest. One test, tests/test_build.py::test_write, is known to fail.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Idna module provides support for the Internationalized Domain Names in Applications (IDNA) protocol as specified in RFC 5891.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/i/idna/idna-3.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 13ea24e076212b6baae1135a116d1e0e
Download size: 179 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.1 MB (with test)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user idna
To test the installation, run pytest.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The imagesize package analyzes image file headers and returns the image size and DPI. It works with JPEG/JPEG 2000/PNG/GIF/TIFF/SVG/Netpbm/WebP formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/i/imagesize/imagesize-1.4.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5a40586a25c07e1a8f16f6267252c321
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.8 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user imagesize
The tests for this package are known to be broken. To test the installation anyway, run pytest.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Iniconfig is a small and simple INI-file parser module.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/i/iniconfig/iniconfig-2.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3c030b3f51dcc3aca585de05635600e4
Download size: 4.5 KB
Estimated disk space required: 168 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user iniconfig
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Markdown is a Python parser for John Gruber's Markdown specification.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/M/Markdown/Markdown-3.4.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 597656cf4feadf1998b0511201620202
Download size: 315 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.1 MB (add 27 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
pytest-7.4.0, PyYAML-6.0.1, and coverage
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user Markdown
Assuming pytest-7.4.0 and PyYAML-6.0.1 are installed and the other optional dependency is not, the installation can be tested with:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install coverage && python3 /usr/bin/pytest --ignore=tests/test_syntax/extensions/test_md_in_html.py deactivate
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Meson_python module contains a Python build backend (PEP 517) for Meson projects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/m/meson_python/meson_python-0.12.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1c9a037d78a8f35d8704b98d37b638c4
Download size: 44 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1080 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user meson_python
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
MessagePack is an efficient binary serialization format. It lets you exchange data among multiple languages like JSON. But it's faster and smaller. This package provides CPython bindings for reading and writing MessagePack data.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/m/msgpack/msgpack-1.0.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1822cdb939e7531f7ad0f7f09b434f22
Download size: 126 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.9 MB (add 0.3 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
cython-0.29.36 and setuptools_scm-7.1.0
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user msgpack
To test the installation issue pytest.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Pathspec is a utility library for pattern matching of file paths.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/pathspec/pathspec-0.10.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d89408b52aff020ac768a14c0ef1c7de
Download size: 45 KB
Estimated disk space required: 912 KB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user pathspec
To test the installation, issue pytest.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Pluggy package gives users the ability to extend or modify the behaviour of a host program by installing a plugin for that program. The plugin code will run as part of normal program execution, changing or enhancing certain aspects of it. In essence, pluggy enables function hooking so a user can build “pluggable” systems.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/pluggy/pluggy-1.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: daa6fddfb6cd364f3c82e52098911e4b
Download size: 50 KB
Estimated disk space required: 636 KB (add 26 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user pluggy
Assuming pytest-7.4.0 is installed, but the other optional dependencies are not, the installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install pytest-benchmark && python3 /usr/bin/pytest deactivate
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Py library is a Python development support library used in Pytest. It is deprecated and should be removed at some point in time, but part of it is still used in Pytest.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/py/py-1.11.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bde7dcc1cb452a1e10206ef2f811ba88
Download size: 203 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user py
Due to the deprecation of this package, the test suite is not maintained and cannot be run.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Pyproject-Metadata module contains a data class for PEP 621 metadata with support for “core metadata” (PEP 643) generation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/pyproject-metadata/pyproject-metadata-0.7.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7e02d67678d5b722c06436393d3a905a
Download size: 8 KB
Estimated disk space required: 212 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user pyproject-metadata
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Pytz library brings the IANA tz database into Python. It allows accurate and cross-platform timezone calculations.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/pytz/pytz-2022.7.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5acd981a81dcdc6aadddf4d7e5116b98
Download size: 306 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.1 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user pytz
To test the installation, run pytest. A few warnings are issued.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Setuptools_scm package is used to extract Python package versions from git or hg metadata instead of declaring them.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/s/setuptools_scm/setuptools_scm-7.1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 158dc741637fb4fa4b955c62bd2c08be
Download size: 70 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 0.4 SBU for tests)
packaging-23.1 and typing_extensions-4.4.0
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user setuptools_scm
The installation can be tested with pytest. A few tests may fail if your git configuration is not the one expected by the test suite.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Smartypants translates plain ASCII punctuation characters into “smart” typographic punctuation HTML entities.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/leohemsted/smartypants.py/archive/v2.0.1/smartypants-2.0.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 27957540f4718e892039b2ed208c78f3
Download size: 24 KB
Estimated disk space required: 344 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
The tarball extracts into the smartypants.py-2.0.1 directory.
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user smartypants
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Snowballstemmer package is a small string processing language for creating stemming algorithms for use in Information Retrieval, plus a collection of stemming algorithms implemented using it. Stemming maps different forms of the same word to a common “stem” — for example, the English stemmer maps connection, connections, connective, connected, and connecting to connect. Running a search for connected would also find documents which only have the other forms.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/s/snowballstemmer/snowballstemmer-2.2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4332ddc7bbee0f344a03915b2ad59a54
Download size: 85 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user snowballstemmer
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Sphinxcontrib-applehelp package is a Sphinx extension which outputs Apple help books.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/s/sphinxcontrib-applehelp/sphinxcontrib-applehelp-1.0.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8d52173d3d5c7bd9c0e3da26cd217916
Download size: 28 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.0 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
pytest-7.4.0 and sphinx-7.1.2 (circular dependency)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user sphinxcontrib-applehelp
To test the installation, run pytest. Several warnings may be issued, due to the use of deprecated functions.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Sphinxcontrib-devhelp package is a Sphinx extension which outputs Devhelp documents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/s/sphinxcontrib-devhelp/sphinxcontrib-devhelp-1.0.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 94069c5cdb5079c445f5477fa6107016
Download size: 17 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.7 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
pytest-7.4.0 and sphinx-7.1.2 (circular dependency)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user sphinxcontrib-devhelp
To test the installation, run pytest.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Sphinxcontrib-htmlhelp package is a Sphinx extension which renders HTML help files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/s/sphinxcontrib-htmlhelp/sphinxcontrib-htmlhelp-2.0.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e85e6970dc25fbf5fd0f4fa66b897fab
Download size: 28 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB (add 26 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
pytest-7.4.0, sphinx-7.1.2 (circular dependency), and html5lib
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user sphinxcontrib-htmlhelp
Assuming pytest-7.4.0 is installed, but the other optional dependency is not, the installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv && source testenv/bin/activate && pip3 install html5lib && python3 /usr/bin/pytest deactivate
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Sphinxcontrib-jquery package is a Sphinx extension which includes jQuery on newer Sphinx releases.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/s/sphinxcontrib-jquery/sphinxcontrib-jquery-4.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 46ea52845b17343ed6c61e6963fb265d
Download size: 120 KB
Estimated disk space required: 552 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user sphinxcontrib-jquery
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Sphinxcontrib-jsmath package is a Sphinx extension which renders display math in HTML via JavaScript.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/s/sphinxcontrib-jsmath/sphinxcontrib-jsmath-1.0.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e45179f0a3608b6766862e0f34c23b62
Download size: 5.7 KB
Estimated disk space required: 324 KB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
pytest-7.4.0 and sphinx-7.1.2 (circular dependency)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user sphinxcontrib-jsmath
The installation can be tested with the following commands:
sed -i 's/text()/read_&/' tests/test_jsmath.py && pytest
the sed ... command is needed because of a change in Sphinx API for versions greater than 5.0.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Sphinxcontrib-qthelp package is a Sphinx extension which outputs QtHelp documents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/s/sphinxcontrib-qthelp/sphinxcontrib-qthelp-1.0.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 93216721f3e154cce12d1e9c3307b415
Download size: 21 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
pytest-7.4.0 and sphinx-7.1.2 (circular dependency)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user sphinxcontrib-qthelp
The installation can be tested with the following commands:
sed -i 's/text()/read_&/' tests/test_qthelp.py && pytest
The sed ... command is needed because of a change in Sphinx API for versions greater than 5.0.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Sphinxcontrib-serializinghtml package is a Sphinx extension which outputs “serialized” HTML files (json and pickle).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/s/sphinxcontrib-serializinghtml/sphinxcontrib-serializinghtml-1.1.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d99d2edc7b26988dc5fa92163857bfbf
Download size: 21 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
pytest-7.4.0 and sphinx-7.1.2 (circular dependency)
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user sphinxcontrib-serializinghtml
To test the installation, run pytest.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Typing_extensions module allows using new type system features not yet defined on the Python version in use on the system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/t/typing_extensions/typing_extensions-4.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5cfcb56ea6fc4972c3600c0030f4d136
Download size: 47 KB
Estimated disk space required: 528 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user typing_extensions
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
Typogrify provides filters to enhance web typography, including support for Django and Jinja templates.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/t/typogrify/typogrify-2.0.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 63f38f80531996f187d2894cc497ba08
Download size: 13 KB
Estimated disk space required: 404 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user typogrify
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Urllib3 module is a powerful, user-friendly HTTP client for Python. It brings many critical features that are missing from the Python standard libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/u/urllib3/urllib3-2.0.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 92d23af401c19da3daec9934f60c8575
Download size: 272 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB (add 49 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (1.6 SBU for tests)
pytest-7.4.0, mock, PySocks, pytest-timeout, python-dateutil, tornado, and trustme
If you want to run the tests, remove some that may hang:
rm -v test/test_retry.py \
test/contrib/test_pyopenssl.py \
test/contrib/test_securetransport.py \
test/with_dummyserver/test_socketlevel.py
Build the module:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Now, as the root user:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user urllib3
Running the tests may result in the procedure below hanging and are not recommended.
Assuming pytest-7.4.0 is installed, but the other optional dependencies are not, the installation can be tested with the following commands:
python3 -m venv --system-site-packages testenv &&
source testenv/bin/activate &&
pip3 install trustme \
tornado \
python-dateutil \
mock \
pysocks \
pytest-timeout &&
python3 /usr/bin/pytest
deactivate
A few errors are known to occur.
-w dist: builds the
appropriate "wheel" for this module in the directory
dist.
--no-build-isolation: tells
pip3 to run the build in the system environment instead of
creating a temporary build environment.
--no-deps: prevents
pip3 from building wheels for the project's dependencies.
--no-index: ignores
the package index (only looking at --find-links URLs
instead).
--find-links dist:
looks for links to archives such as wheel (.whl) files in
the directory dist.
--no-cache-dir:
disables the cache to prevent a warning when installing as
the root user.
--no-user: Prevent
mistakenly running the install command as a non-root user.
--upgrade: Upgrade the package
to the newest available version. This option is used with
the install command if a version of the package is already
installed.
--force-reinstall: Reinstall
the package even if it is up-to-date. This option is used
with the install command if reinstalling the package or
reverting to an earlier version of the package.
--no-deps: Do not install
package dependencies. This option may be needed with the
--upgrade or --force-reinstall options.
The Ruby package contains the Ruby development environment. This is useful for object-oriented scripting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cache.ruby-lang.org/pub/ruby/3.2/ruby-3.2.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 377853f31d10bfe37c58b8537fc3e05d
Download size: 14 MB
Estimated disk space required: 694 MB (add 1.0 GB for C API docs)
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 4.6 SBU for tests; add 0.6 SBU for C API docs)
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, Doxygen-1.9.7, Graphviz-8.1.0, rustc-1.71.1, Tk-8.6.13, Valgrind-3.21.0, and DTrace
Install Ruby by running the following command:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--without-valgrind \
--without-baseruby \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/ruby-3.2.2 &&
make
Optionally, build the CAPI documents by running the following commands:
make capi
The tests require that the new version of Ruby is already installed to run correctly. If you want to run the tests, execute them after installing the package.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To test the results, issue: make -k check. There are over 25,000 tests. Some tests related to ipv6 may indicate errors. If the tests are run in a directory that has a world writable component (e.g. /tmp) then several additional tests may fail. A few tests may fail due to system configuration expectations.
If you have Ruby-On-Rails applications installed and did an
upgrade of Ruby by
installing this package, you might need to run an update
there, too (as the root
user):
cd /path/to/web/app bundle update rake
and restart the webserver which serves the application.
--enable-shared: This
switch enables building the libruby shared library.
--without-baseruby:
This switch prevents using the system ruby if it is already
installed. The build system will use the newly built version
instead.
--disable-install-doc: This
switch disables building and installing rdoc indexes and C
API documents.
--disable-install-rdoc: This
switch disables building and installing rdoc indexes.
--disable-install-capi: This
switch disables building and installing C API documents.
|
creates bundles of Ruby Gems |
|
|
manages an application's dependencies throughout it's lifecycle |
|
|
is a command line front-end for eRuby, which provides a templating system for Ruby |
|
|
is the command for RubyGems, which is a sophisticated package manager for Ruby. This is similar to Python's 'pip' command |
|
|
is the interactive interface for Ruby |
|
|
is a make-like build utility for Ruby |
|
|
is an interactive debugger for Ruby |
|
|
generates Ruby documentation |
|
|
displays documentation from a database on Ruby classes, modules, and methods |
|
|
is an interpreted scripting language for quick and easy object-oriented programming |
|
|
contains the API functions required by Ruby |
The Rust programming language is designed to be a safe, concurrent, practical language.
This package is updated on a six-weekly release cycle. Because it is such a large and slow package to build, is at the moment only required by a few packages in this book, and particularly because newer versions tend to break older mozilla packages, the BLFS editors take the view that it should only be updated when that is necessary (either to fix problems, or to allow a new version of a package to build).
As with many other programming languages, rustc (the rust compiler) needs a binary from which to bootstrap. It will download a stage0 binary at the start of the build, so you cannot compile it without an Internet connection.
Although BLFS usually installs in /usr, when you later upgrade to a newer
version of rust the old
libraries in /usr/lib/rustlib
will remain, with various hashes in their names, but will
not be usable and will waste space. The editors recommend
placing the files in the /opt
directory. In particular, if you have reason to rebuild
with a modified configuration (e.g. using the shipped LLVM
after building with shared LLVM, perhaps to compile crates
for architectures which the BLFS LLVM build does not
support) it is possible for the install to leave a broken
cargo
program. In such a situation, either remove the existing
installation first, or use a different prefix such as
/opt/rustc-1.71.1-build2.
If you prefer, you can of course change the prefix to
/usr.
The current rustbuild
build-system will use all processors, although it does not
scale well and often falls back to just using one core while
waiting for a library to compile. However it can be mostly
limited to a specified number of processors by a combination
of adding the switch --jobs
<N> (e.g. '--jobs 4' to limit to 4 processors)
on each invocation of python3
./x.py and using an environment variable
CARGO_BUILD_JOBS=<N>. At the
moment this is not effective when some of the rustc tests are
run.
The current version of rust's num_cpus crate now recognizes
that cgroups can be used to restrict which processors it is
allowed to use. So if your machine lacks DRAM (typically,
less than 2GB DRAM per core) that might be an alternative to
taking CPUs offline. That can be
achieved by using systemd-run command with
-p User=$(whoami) and
-p AllowedCPUs=0- (with
xx replaced with the
number of CPU cores you want to use minus one)
options.
At the moment Rust does not provide any guarantees of a stable ABI.
Rustc defaults to building for ALL supported architectures, using a shipped copy of LLVM. In BLFS the build is only for the X86 architecture. If you intend to develop rust crates, this build may not be good enough for your purposes.
The build times of this version when repeated on the same machine are often reasonably consistent, but as with all compilations using rustc there can be some very slow outliers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://static.rust-lang.org/dist/rustc-1.71.1-src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b6f9973de878e37a589f0989e4138480
Download size: 145 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.9 GB (292 MB installed); add 6.4 GB if running the tests
Estimated build time: 6.7 SBU (including download time; add 6.2 SBU for tests, both using parallelism=8)
An Internet connection is needed for building this package.
libssh2-1.11.0 and LLVM-16.0.5 (built with -DLLVM_LINK_LLVM_DYLIB=ON so that rust can link to system LLVM instead of building its shipped version)
If a recommended dependency is not installed, a shipped copy in the Rustc source tarball will be built and used.
GDB-13.2 (used by the test suite if it is present), git-2.41.0 (required by the test suite), and libgit2
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rust
Currently the rust compiler produces SSE2 instructions for 32-bit x86, causing the generated code to be broken on 32-bit systems without a SSE2-capable processor. All x86 processor models released after 2004 should be SSE2-capable. Run lscpu | grep sse2 as a test. If it outputs anything, your CPU is SSE2-capable and OK. Otherwise you may try to build this package on a SSE2-capable system with the following fix applied:
sed 's@pentium4@pentiumpro@' -i \
compiler/rustc_target/src/spec/i686_unknown_linux_gnu.rs
And copy the resulting /opt/rustc-1.71.1 to the system without
SSE2 capability. But this change is still under upstream
review and not tested by BLFS editors.
To install into the /opt
directory, remove any existing /opt/rustc symlink and create a new
directory (i.e. with a different name if trying a modified
build of the same version). As the root user:
mkdir -pv /opt/rustc-1.71.1 && ln -svfn rustc-1.71.1 /opt/rustc
If multiple versions of Rust are installed in /opt, changing to another version only
requires changing the /opt/rustc symbolic link and then running
ldconfig.
Create a suitable config.toml
file which will configure the build.
cat << EOF > config.toml
# see config.toml.example for more possible options
# See the 8.4 book for an old example using shipped LLVM
# e.g. if not installing clang, or using a version before 13.0
# tell x.py to not keep printing an annoying warning
changelog-seen = 2
[llvm]
# by default, rust will build for a myriad of architectures
targets = "X86"
# When using system llvm prefer shared libraries
link-shared = true
[build]
# omit docs to save time and space (default is to build them)
docs = false
# install extended tools: cargo, clippy, etc
extended = true
# Do not query new versions of dependencies online.
locked-deps = true
# Specify which extended tools (those from the default install).
tools = ["cargo", "clippy", "rustdoc", "rustfmt"]
# Use the source code shipped in the tarball for the dependencies.
# The combination of this and the "locked-deps" entry avoids downloading
# many crates from Internet, and makes the Rustc build more stable.
vendor = true
[install]
prefix = "/opt/rustc-1.71.1"
docdir = "share/doc/rustc-1.71.1"
[rust]
channel = "stable"
description = "for BLFS 12.0"
# BLFS used to not install the FileCheck executable from llvm,
# so disabled codegen tests. The assembly tests rely on FileCheck
# and cannot easily be disabled, so those will anyway fail if
# FileCheck has not been installed.
#codegen-tests = false
[target.x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu]
# NB the output of llvm-config (i.e. help options) may be
# dumped to the screen when config.toml is parsed.
llvm-config = "/usr/bin/llvm-config"
[target.i686-unknown-linux-gnu]
# NB the output of llvm-config (i.e. help options) may be
# dumped to the screen when config.toml is parsed.
llvm-config = "/usr/bin/llvm-config"
EOF
Compile Rust by running the following commands:
{ [ ! -e /usr/include/libssh2.h ] ||
export LIBSSH2_SYS_USE_PKG_CONFIG=1; } &&
python3 ./x.py build
The test suite will generate some messages in the systemd journal for traps on invalid opcodes, and for segmentation faults. In themselves these are nothing to worry about, just a way for the test to be terminated.
To run the tests (again using all available CPUs) issue:
SSL_CERT_DIR=/etc/ssl/certs \ python3 ./x.py test --verbose --no-fail-fast | tee rustc-testlog
Some ui tests may fail (the
number of failures depends on the length of the absolute path
to the rustc-1.71.1-src
directory). These failures can be identified by viewing the
rustc-testlog file and search
for the note: the full type name
has been written to... messages and they can be safely
ignored.
If FileCheck from LLVM has not been installed, all 47 tests from the “assembly” suite will fail.
On some systems, scripting the tests may result in the tests
hanging on test:
combine_install_with_separate_uninstall. If this
happens, the problem can be worked around by pressing the
Enter key. The test can also be removed with:
sed -e '/runtest combine_install_with/s/^/#/g' -i src/tools/rust-installer/test.sh
As with all large test suites, other tests might fail on some machines - if the number of additional failures is low, check the log for 'failures:' and review lines above that, particularly the 'stderr:' lines. Any mention of SIGSEGV or signal 11 in a failing test is a cause for concern.
If you get any other failing test which reports an issue number then you should search for that issue. For example, when rustc >= 1.41.1 was built with a version of sysllvm before 10.0 the test for issue 69225 failed https://github.com/rust-lang/rust/issues/69225 and that should be regarded as a critical failure (they released 1.41.1 because of it). Most other failures will not be critical.
Therefore, you should determine the number of failures.
The number of tests which passed and failed can be found by running:
grep '^test result:' rustc-testlog |
awk '{sum1 += $4; sum2 += $6} END { print sum1 " passed; " sum2 " failed" }'
The other available fields are $8 for those which were ignored (i.e. skipped), $10 for 'measured' and $12 for 'filtered out' but both those last two are probably zero.
Now, as the root user,
install the package:
If sudo or
su is invoked
for switching to the root
user, ensure LIBSSH2_SYS_USE_PKG_CONFIG is correctly
passed or the following command may completely rebuild this
package. For sudo, use the
--preserve-env=LIBSSH2_SYS_USE_PKG_CONFIG
option. For su, do not use the - or --login.
python3 ./x.py install
The building system attempts to install some files twice, and
during the second attempt it renames the old one (installed
in the first attempt) with the .old suffix. As the root user, remove these files:
find /opt/rustc-1.71.1 -name "*.old" -delete
Still as the root user,
symlink a Zsh completion
file into the correct location:
install -vdm755 /usr/share/zsh/site-functions &&
ln -sfv /opt/rustc/share/zsh/site-functions/_cargo \
/usr/share/zsh/site-functions
ln -svfn rustc-1.71.1
/opt/rustc: if this is not the first use of
the /opt/rustc symlink,
overwrite it by forcing, and use the '-n' flag to avoid
getting confusing results from e.g. ls -l.
targets = "X86": this avoids
building all the available linux cross-compilers (AArch64,
MIPS, PowerPC, SystemZ, etc). Unfortunately, rust insists on
installing source files for these below /opt/rustc/lib/src.
extended = true: this installs
several tools (specified by the tools entry) alongside rustc.
tools = ["cargo", "clippy", "rustdoc",
"rustfmt"]: only build the tools from the 'default'
profile in binary command rustup which are
recommended for most users. The other tools are unlikely to
be useful unless using (old) code analyzers or editing the
standard library.
channel = "stable": this ensures
only stable features can be used, the default in config.toml is to use development features,
which is not appropriate for a released version.
[target.x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu]: the
syntax of config.toml requires
an llvm-config entry for each
target for which system-llvm is to be used. Change the target
to [target.i686-unknown-linux-gnu] if you are
building on 32-bit x86. This whole section may be omitted if
you wish to build against the shipped llvm, or do not have
clang, but the resulting build will be larger and take
longer.
export LIBSSH2_SYS_USE_PKG_CONFIG=1: Allow cargo to link to system libssh2.
SSL_CERT_DIR=/etc/ssl/certs: Work
around an issue causing test failures with the CA certificate
store layout used by make-ca-1.12.
--verbose: this
switch can sometimes provide more information about a test
which fails.
--no-fail-fast: this
switch ensures that the test suite will not stop at the first
error.
If you installed rustc in
/opt, you need to update the
following configuration files so that rustc is correctly found by other
packages and system processes.
As the root user, create
the /etc/profile.d/rustc.sh
file:
cat > /etc/profile.d/rustc.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/rustc.sh
pathprepend /opt/rustc/bin PATH
# Include /opt/rustc/man in the MANPATH variable to access manual pages
pathappend /opt/rustc/share/man MANPATH
# End /etc/profile.d/rustc.sh
EOF
Immediately after installation, update the current PATH for your current shell as a normal user:
source /etc/profile.d/rustc.sh
|
provides lint checks for a cargo package |
|
|
formats all bin and lib files of the current crate using rustfmt |
|
|
is the Package Manager for Rust |
|
|
provides lint checks for Rust |
|
|
is a wrapper script for gdb, pulling in Python
pretty-printing modules installed in |
|
|
is a wrapper script for a graphical front end to gdb that runs in a browser |
|
|
is a wrapper script for LLDB (the LLVM debugger) pulling in the Python pretty-printing modules |
|
|
is the rust compiler |
|
|
generates documentation from rust source code |
|
|
formats rust code |
|
|
is the Rust Standard Library, the foundation of portable Rust software |
SCons is a tool for building software (and other files) implemented in Python.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/scons/SCons-4.5.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4b868f068d568b42b975d7cb357c65d6
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 52 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install SCons by running the
following commands as the root user:
sed -i 's/env python/&3/' SCons/Utilities/*.py &&
python3 setup.py install --prefix=/usr \
--optimize=1 &&
mv -v /usr/lib/python3.11/site-packages/SCons-4.5.2-py3.11.egg/*.1 \
/usr/share/man/man1
S-Lang (slang) is an interpreted language that may be embedded into an application to make the application extensible. It provides facilities required by interactive applications such as display/screen management, keyboard input and keymaps.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.jedsoft.org/releases/slang/slang-2.3.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 69015c8300088373eb65ffcc6ed4db8c
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (add 15 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (add 0.5 SBU for tests)
libpng-1.6.40, PCRE-8.45, and Oniguruma
This package does not support parallel build.
Install slang by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-readline=gnu &&
make -j1
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install_doc_dir=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.3.3 \
SLSH_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.3.3/slsh \
install
--with-readline=gnu:
This parameter sets GNU Readline to be used by the parser
interface instead of the slang internal version.
make install_doc_dir=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.3.3 SLSH_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.3.3/slsh install: This command installs this package with a versioned documentation installation directory.
Subversion is a version control system that is designed to be a compelling replacement for CVS in the open source community. It extends and enhances CVS' feature set, while maintaining a similar interface for those already familiar with CVS. These instructions install the client and server software used to manipulate a Subversion repository. Creation of a repository is covered at Running a Subversion Server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/subversion/subversion-1.14.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9927b167d1c67d663ca63125907f6f69
Download size: 8.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 208 MB (add 228 MB for bindings, 52 MB for docs, 1.3 GB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 1.9 SBU for bindings, 35 SBU for tests)
Apr-Util-1.6.3 and SQLite-3.42.0
Serf-1.3.10 (for handling http:// and https:// URLs)
Apache-2.4.57, Boost-1.83.0, Cyrus SASL-2.1.28, dbus-1.14.8, Doxygen-1.9.7 (for generating HTML documentation), gnome-keyring-42.1, libsecret-0.21.0, Py3c-1.4 (for the python bindings, and tests) Python-2.7.18 (with sqlite support for the tests), Ruby-3.2.2, SWIG-4.1.1 (for building Perl, Python and Ruby bindings), LZ4, and UTF8proc
One of OpenJDK-20.0.2, Dante or Jikes, JUnit 4 (to test the Java bindings) and apache-ant-1.10.14.
First, adapt some Python scripts to use python3:
grep -rl '^#!.*python$' | xargs sed -i '1s/python/&3/'
Next, adapt the Ruby bindings to Ruby-3.2:
sed -e 's/File.exists?/File.exist?/' \
-i subversion/bindings/swig/ruby/svn/util.rb \
subversion/bindings/swig/ruby/test/test_wc.rb
Install Subversion by running the following commands:
PYTHON=python3 ./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-apache-libexecdir \
--with-lz4=internal \
--with-utf8proc=internal &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.9.7 installed and you wish to build the API documentation, issue:
doxygen doc/doxygen.conf
If you wish to build the Java bindings pass the --enable-javahl parameter to the configure command. In
addition, if you want to run the Java test suite, you have to
specify the location of the JUnit file by adding --with-junit=<path to junit jar> (for
instance --with-junit=/usr/local/java/lib/junit-4.13.jar)
to configure.
The JUnit jar file is no longer included in apache-ant-1.10.14 and must be
downloaded separately. To build the Java bindings, issue the
following command:
make -j1 javahl
If you want to compile Perl, Python, or Ruby bindings, issue any of the following command:
make swig-pl # for Perl make swig-py \ swig_pydir=/usr/lib/python3.11/site-packages/libsvn \ swig_pydir_extra=/usr/lib/python3.11/site-packages/svn # for Python make swig-rb # for Ruby
To test the results, issue: make check. Four tests in
the commit_tests.py,
prop_tests.py, and update_tests.py suites are known to fail.
To test the results of any of the SWIG bindings, you can use any of the following commands: make check-swig-pl, make check-swig-py, or make check-swig-rb.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.14.2 && cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.14.2
If you built the Java bindings, issue the following command
as the root user to install
them:
make install-javahl
If you built the Perl,
Python, or Ruby bindings, issue any of the
following commands as the root user to install them:
make install-swig-pl make install-swig-py \ swig_pydir=/usr/lib/python3.11/site-packages/libsvn \ swig_pydir_extra=/usr/lib/python3.11/site-packages/svn make install-swig-rb
The java bindings need to be installed in order for the tests to run, since the tests attempt to look for them in CLASSPATH. To test the results of the Java bindings build, issue LANG=C make check-javahl.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-apache-libexecdir: If
Apache-2.4.57 is installed, the shared
Apache modules are built.
This switch allows to have those modules installed to
Apache's configured module
dir instead of /usr/libexec. It
has no effect if Apache is
not installed.
--with-lz4=internal,
--with-utf8proc=internal: Remove these switches
if you have installed the optional dependencies.
--enable-javahl: enables
compilation of Java high level bindings. Running make javahl is necessary to
do the compilation.
--with-junit=<location of the junit
jar file>: gives the location of the junit jar,
otherwise the javahl tests cannot be run.
--disable-gmock: Do not use the
Googlemock testing framework.
/etc/subversion/config is the
Subversion system-wide
configuration file. This file is used to specify defaults
for different svn commands.
~/.subversion/config is the
user's personal configuration file. It is used to override
the system-wide defaults set in /etc/subversion/config.
|
is a command-line client program used to access Subversion repositories |
|
|
is a tool for creating, tweaking or repairing a Subversion repository |
|
|
is a benchmarking tool |
|
|
is a program for filtering Subversion repository dumpfile format streams |
|
|
is the FSFS (FileSystem atop of the FileSystem - Subversion filesystem implementation) repository manipulation tool |
|
|
is a tool for inspecting a Subversion repository |
|
|
is a Multiple URL Command Client for Subversion |
|
|
is a tool for dumping or loading a remote Subversion repository |
|
|
is a custom standalone server program, able to run as a daemon process or invoked by SSH |
|
|
is a Subversion repository synchronisation tool |
|
|
is used to report the version number and state of a working Subversion repository copy |
|
|
are the support libraries used by the Subversion programs |
|
|
is a plug-in module for the Apache HTTP server, used to authenticate users to a Subversion repository over the Internet or an intranet |
|
|
is a plug-in module for the Apache HTTP server, used to make a Subversion repository available to others over the Internet or an intranet |
This section will describe how to set up, administer and secure a Subversion server.
The following instructions will install a Subversion server, which will be set up to use OpenSSH as the secure remote access method, with svnserve available for anonymous access.
Configuration of the Subversion server consists of the following steps:
You'll need to be user root
for the initial portion of configuration. Create the
svn user and group with the
following commands:
groupadd -g 56 svn && useradd -c "SVN Owner" -d /home/svn -m -g svn -s /bin/false -u 56 svn
If you plan to have multiple repositories, you should have
a group dedicated to each repository for ease of
administration. Create the svntest group for the test repository
and add the svn user to
that group with the following commands:
groupadd -g 57 svntest && usermod -G svntest -a svn
Additionally you should set umask 002 while working with a repository so that all new files will be writable by owner and group. This is made mandatory by creating a wrapper script for svn and svnserve:
mv /usr/bin/svn /usr/bin/svn.orig && mv /usr/bin/svnserve /usr/bin/svnserve.orig && cat >> /usr/bin/svn << "EOF"#!/bin/sh umask 002 /usr/bin/svn.orig "$@"EOF cat >> /usr/bin/svnserve << "EOF"#!/bin/sh umask 002 /usr/bin/svnserve.orig "$@"EOF chmod 0755 /usr/bin/svn{,serve}
If you use Apache for working with the repository over HTTP, even for anonymous access, you should wrap /usr/sbin/httpd in a similar script.
There are several ways to set up a subversion repository. It is recommended to have a look at the SVN Book corresponding chapter. A basic repository can be set up with the instructions below.
Create a new Subversion
repository with the following commands (as the root user):
install -v -m 0755 -d /srv/svn && install -v -m 0755 -o svn -g svn -d /srv/svn/repositories && svnadmin create /srv/svn/repositories/svntest
Now that the repository is created, it should be populated
with something useful. You'll need to have a predefined
directory layout set up exactly as you want your repository
to look. For example, here is a sample BLFS layout setup
with a root of svntest/.
You'll need to set up a directory tree similar to the
following:
svntest/ # The name of the repository
trunk/ # Contains the existing source tree
BOOK/
bootscripts/
edguide/
patches/
scripts/
branches/ # Needed for additional branches
tags/ # Needed for tagging release pointsOnce you've created your directory layout as shown above, you are ready to do the initial import:
svn import -m "Initial import." \
</path/to/source/tree> \
file:///srv/svn/repositories/svntest
Now change owner and group information on the repository,
and add an unprivileged user to the svn and svntest groups:
chown -R svn:svntest /srv/svn/repositories/svntest &&
chmod -R g+w /srv/svn/repositories/svntest &&
chmod g+s /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/db &&
usermod -G svn,svntest -a <username>
svntest is the group
assigned to the svntest repository. As mentioned earlier,
this eases administration of multiple repositories when
using OpenSSH for
authentication. Going forward, you'll need to add your
unprivileged user, and any additional users that you wish
to have write access to the repository, to the svn and svntest groups.
In addition, you'll notice that the new repository's
db directory is set-groupID.
If the reasoning is not immediately obvious, when using any
external authentication method (such as ssh), the sticky bit is
set so that all new files will be owned by the user, but
group of svntest. Anyone in
the svntest group can
create files, but still give the entire group write access
to those files. This avoids locking out other users from
the repository.
Now, return to an unprivileged user account, and take a look at the new repository using svnlook:
svnlook tree /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/
You may need to log out and back in again to refresh your
group memberships. su
<username>
should work as well.
As mentioned previously, these instructions will configure the server to use only ssh for write access to the repository and to provide anonymous access using svnserve. There are several other ways to provide access to the repository. These additional configurations are best explained at https://svnbook.red-bean.com/.
Access configuration needs to be done for each repository.
Create the svnserve.conf file
for the svntest repository using the following commands:
cp /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf \
/srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf.default &&
cat > /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf << "EOF"
[general]
anon-access = read
auth-access = write
EOF
There is not a lot to the configuration file at all. You'll
notice that only the general section is required. Take a
look at the svnserve.conf.default file for
information on using svnserve's built-in
authentication method.
To start the server at boot time, install the svnserve.service unit from the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-svnserve
Additionally, the instructions above require that svn server uses umask 002 so that all new files will be writable by owner and group. This can be achieved by creating a systemd unit override file by running the following command:
mkdir -p /etc/systemd/system/svnserve.service.d echo "UMask=0002" > /etc/systemd/system/svnserve.service.d/99-user.conf
Options which are passed to svnserve daemon can be
changed in /etc/default/svnserve.
SWIG (Simplified Wrapper and Interface Generator) is a compiler that integrates C and C++ with languages including Perl, Python, Tcl, Ruby, PHP, Java, C#, D, Go, Lua, Octave, R, Scheme, and Ocaml. SWIG can also export its parse tree into Lisp s-expressions and XML.
SWIG reads annotated C/C++ header files and creates wrapper code (glue code) in order to make the corresponding C/C++ libraries available to the listed languages, or to extend C/C++ programs with a scripting language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/swig/swig-4.1.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c7d55a1bca26752f3846c85b43c1a69c
Download size: 8.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 82 MB (2.1 GB with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (add 7.8 SBU for tests; both using parallelism=4)
Boost-1.83.0 for tests, and any of the languages mentioned in the introduction, as run-time dependencies
Install SWIG by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--without-javascript \
--without-maximum-compile-warnings &&
make
To test the results, issue: PY3=1 make -k check
TCL_INCLUDE=. The unsetting of the variable
TCL_INCLUDE is necessary since it
is not correctly set by configure. The tests are only
executed for the languages installed on your machine, so the
disk space and SBU values given for the tests may vary, and
should be considered as mere orders of magnitude. According
to SWIG's documentation, the
failure of some tests should not be considered harmful. The
go tests are buggy and may generate a lot of meaningless
output.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/swig-4.1.1 && cp -v -R Doc/* /usr/share/doc/swig-4.1.1
--without-maximum-compile-warnings:
disables compiler ansi conformance enforcement, which
triggers errors in the Lua
headers (starting with Lua 5.3).
--without-<language>:
allows disabling the building of tests and examples for
<language>, but all the languages capabilities of
SWIG are always built.
The sysprof package contains a statistical and system-wide profiler for Linux.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/sysprof/3.48/sysprof-3.48.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/sysprof/3.48/sysprof-3.48.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ee1556063c7b8d9abd414f451b04c33a
Download size: 524 KB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (using parallelism=4)
desktop-file-utils-0.26, GTK-4.12.0, itstool-2.0.7, JSON-GLib-1.6.6, libadwaita-1.3.4, libdazzle-3.44.0, libunwind-1.6.2, and Polkit-123
Install Sysprof by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
|
is a graphical interface to sysprof |
|
|
is used to profile applications in containers |
|
|
is a command line interface to sysprof |
|
|
provides API functions for profiling processes running on a system |
|
|
provides a hook used to capture statistics from a process |
|
|
provides API functions for capturing memory statistics |
|
|
provides API functions for tracking the speed of a running process |
|
|
provides API functions for the sysprof GUI |
The Tk package contains a TCL GUI Toolkit.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk8.6.13-src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 95adc33d55a133ee29bc9f81efdf31b2
Download size: 4.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (add 2.0 SBU for tests)
Install Tk by running the following commands:
cd unix &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo --enable-64bit) &&
make &&
sed -e "s@^\(TK_SRC_DIR='\).*@\1/usr/include'@" \
-e "/TK_B/s@='\(-L\)\?.*unix@='\1/usr/lib@" \
-i tkConfig.sh
Running the tests is not recommended. Failures will be reported during the tests, depending on the screen resolution/capabilities, fonts installed and other X related parameters, but the end report can show 0 failures. Some tests will steal focus and some might crash your X Server. To test the results anyway, issue: make test. Ensure you run it from an X Window display device with the GLX extensions loaded, but even so, tests might hang.
Now, as the root user:
make install && make install-private-headers && ln -v -sf wish8.6 /usr/bin/wish && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libtk8.6.so
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ]
&& echo --enable-64bit): This switch is
used to enable 64 bit support in Tk on 64 bit operating systems.
make install-private-headers: This command is used to install the Tk library interface headers used by other packages if they link to the Tk library.
ln -v -sf wish8.6 /usr/bin/wish: This command is used to create a compatibility symbolic link to the wish8.6 file as many packages expect a file named wish.
sed -e ... tkConfig.sh: The Tk package expects that its source tree is preserved so that packages depending on it for their compilation can utilize it. This sed removes the references to the build directory and replaces them with saner system-wide locations.
The unifdef package contains a utility that is useful for removing preprocessor conditionals from code.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dotat.at/prog/unifdef/unifdef-2.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b225312c110cd2600ca7166bd0419751
Download size: 88 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install unifdef by running the following commands:
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr install
Vala is a new programming language that aims to bring modern programming language features to GNOME developers without imposing any additional runtime requirements and without using a different ABI compared to applications and libraries written in C.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/vala/0.56/vala-0.56.11.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/vala/0.56/vala-0.56.11.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7b4481fb52bbf73fcfedacbdab616eeb
Download size: 3.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 143 MB (add 19 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (add 0.7 SBU for tests; both using parallelism=4)
Graphviz-8.1.0 (Required for valadoc)
dbus-1.14.8 (Required for the tests), libxslt-1.1.38 (Required for generating the documentation), help2man, jing, and weasyprint
Install Vala by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-valadoc: This option is
required if Graphviz-8.1.0 is not installed.
|
is a compiler that translates Vala source code into C source and header files |
|
|
is a documentation generator for generating API documentation from Vala source code based on libvala |
|
|
generates a GI file for GObject and GLib based packages |
|
|
is an utility which generates Vala API (VAPI) files from GI files |
|
|
contains the Vala API functions |
Valgrind is an instrumentation framework for building dynamic analysis tools. There are Valgrind tools that can automatically detect many memory management and threading bugs, and profile programs in detail. Valgrind can also be used to build new tools.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sourceware.org/pub/valgrind/valgrind-3.21.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://sourceware.org/pub/valgrind/valgrind-3.21.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b8b89b327732c12191306c3d31cfd4b1
Download size: 17 MB
Estimated disk space required: 388 MB (add 66 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 8.4 SBU for tests)
GDB-13.2 (for tests), LLVM-16.0.5 (with Clang), and Which-2.21 (for tests)
Install Valgrind by running the following commands:
sed -i 's|/doc/valgrind||' docs/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--datadir=/usr/share/doc/valgrind-3.21.0 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make regtest. The tests may
hang forever if GDB-13.2 is not installed. Some tests are
known to hang also, depending on the version of glibc. A few
tests can fail in various suites. Problematic tests can be
disabled by changing the prereq: line in the
corresponding .vgtest file to
prereq:
false. For example:
sed -e 's@prereq:.*@prereq: false@' \
-i {helgrind,drd}/tests/pth_cond_destroy_busy.vgtest
The OpenMP tests are
skipped if libgomp has been compiled with --enable-linux-futex (the default). If
needed, just recompile the libgomp library from the gcc
build tree, passing --disable-linux-futex to configure, storing
the library to some place and changing the link from
/usr/lib/libgomp.so.1 to
point to the new library.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i ... docs/Makefile.in : This sed provides for installing the documentation in a versioned directory.
--enable-lto=yes: This option
allows building Valgrind with LTO (link time optimization).
This produces a smaller/faster Valgrind (up to 10%), but
build time increases to about 5.5 SBU.
|
is a program for debugging and profiling Linux executables |
|
|
takes an output file produced by the Valgrind tool Callgrind and prints the information in an easy-to-read form |
|
|
controls programs being run by the Valgrind tool Callgrind |
|
|
is a post-processing tool for the Valgrind tool Cachegrind |
|
|
compares two Cachegrind output files |
|
|
merges multiple Cachegrind output files into one |
|
|
takes an output file produced by the Valgrind tool Massif and prints the information in an easy-to-read form |
|
|
is a server that reads debuginfo from objects stored on a different machine |
|
|
listens on a socket for Valgrind commentary |
|
|
is an intermediary between Valgrind and GDB or a shell |
Yasm is a complete rewrite of the NASM-2.16.01 assembler. It supports the x86 and AMD64 instruction sets, accepts NASM and GAS assembler syntaxes and outputs binary, ELF32 and ELF64 object formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.tortall.net/projects/yasm/releases/yasm-1.3.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fc9e586751ff789b34b1f21d572d96af
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (additional 12 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (additional 0.1 SBU for the tests)
Install yasm by running the following commands:
sed -i 's#) ytasm.*#)#' Makefile.in && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make -j1 check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i 's#) ytasm.*#)#' Makefile.in: This sed prevents it compiling 2 programs (vsyasm and ytasm) that are only of use on Microsoft Windows.
|
is a portable, retargetable assembler that supports the x86 and AMD64 instruction sets, accepts NASM and GAS assembler syntaxes and outputs binaries in ELF32 and ELF64 object formats |
|
|
provides all of the core functionality of yasm, for manipulating machine instructions and object file constructs |
Java is different from most of the packages in LFS and BLFS. It is a programming language that works with files of bytecode to obtain instructions and executes them in a Java Virtual Machine (JVM). An introductory java program looks like:
public class HelloWorld
{
public static void main(String[] args)
{
System.out.println("Hello, World");
}
}
This program is saved as HelloWorld.java. The file name,
HelloWorld, must match
the class name. It is then converted into byte code with
javac
HelloWorld.java. The output file is
HelloWorld.class. The program
is executed with java
HelloWorld. This creates a JVM and runs the
code. The 'class' extension must not be specified.
Several class files can be combined into one file with the jar command. This is similar to the standard tar command. For instance, the command jar cf myjar.jar *.class will combine all class files in a directory into one jar file. These act as library files.
The JVM can search for and use classes in jar files
automatically. It uses the CLASSPATH environment variable to search for
jar files. This is a standard list of colon-separated
directory names similar to the PATH environment variable.
Creating a JVM from source requires a set of circular dependencies. The first thing that's needed is a set of programs called a Java Development Kit (JDK). This set of programs includes java, javac, jar, and several others. It also includes several base jar files.
To start, we set up a binary installation of the JDK created
by the BLFS editors. It is installed in the /opt directory to allow for multiple
installations, including a source based version.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Binary download (x86): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/OpenJDK/OpenJDK-20.0.2/OpenJDK-20.0.2+9-i686-bin.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 53d3b9789a3d14a66d7f272d7ccb509a
Download size (binary): 158 MB
Estimated disk space required: 307 MB
Binary download (x86_64): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/OpenJDK/OpenJDK-20.0.2/OpenJDK-20.0.2+9-x86_64-bin.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 13d1157ccb01def49e8d84fa4aa77454
Download size (binary): 164 MB
Estimated disk space required: 334 MB
alsa-lib-1.2.9, Cups-2.4.6, giflib-5.2.1, and Xorg Libraries
Begin by extracting the appropriate binary tarball for your
architecture and changing to the extracted directory. Install
the binary OpenJDK with the
following commands as the root user:
install -vdm755 /opt/OpenJDK-20.0.2-bin && mv -v * /opt/OpenJDK-20.0.2-bin && chown -R root:root /opt/OpenJDK-20.0.2-bin
The binary version is now installed. You may create a symlink
to that version by issuing, as the root user:
ln -sfn OpenJDK-20.0.2-bin /opt/jdk
You may now proceed to Configuring the JAVA environment, where the instructions assume that the above link exists.
OpenJDK is an open-source implementation of Oracle's Java Standard Edition platform. OpenJDK is useful for developing Java programs, and provides a complete runtime environment to run Java programs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
OpenJDK is GPL'd code, with a special exception made for non-free projects to use these classes in their proprietary products. In similar fashion to the LGPL, which allows non-free programs to link to libraries provided by free software, the GNU General Public License, version 2, with the Classpath Exception allows third party programs to use classes provided by free software without the requirement that the third party software also be free. As with the LGPL, any modifications made to the free software portions of a third party application, must also be made freely available.
The OpenJDK source includes a very thorough, open source test suite using the JTreg test harness. The testing instructions below allow testing the just built JDK for reasonable compatibility with the proprietary Oracle JDK. However, in order for an independent implementation to claim compatibility, it must pass a proprietary JCK/TCK test suite. No claims of compatibility, or even partial compatibility, may be made without passing an approved test suite.
Oracle does provide free community access, on a case by case basis, to a closed toolkit to ensure 100% compatibility with its proprietary JDK. Neither the binary version provided on the Java-20.0.2 page nor the JVM built with the instructions below have been tested against the TCK. Any version that is built using the instructions given, cannot claim to be compatible with the proprietary JDK, without the user applying for, and completing the compatibility tests themselves.
With that in mind, the binaries produced using this build method are regularly tested against the TCK by the members listed on the site above. In addition to the community license above, an educational, non-commercial license for the TCK can be obtained here.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/openjdk/jdk20u/archive/jdk-20.0.2-ga.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0a6c990bd0a4eee6eee06e89b74cde19
Download Size: 105 MB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 GB (add 800 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 4.8 SBU with 4 jobs (add 36 SBU for tests with 4 jobs)
Optional test harness
https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/OpenJDK/OpenJDK-20.0.2/jtreg-7.2+1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 530eb67155e0a399d1a68b2f8584613a
Download Size: 8.9 MB
An existing binary (Java-20.0.2 or an earlier built version of this package. The instructions below assume that you are using Configuring the JAVA environment), alsa-lib-1.2.9, cpio-2.14, Cups-2.4.6, UnZip-6.0, Which-2.21, Xorg Libraries, and Zip-3.0
make-ca-1.12, giflib-5.2.1, HarfBuzz-8.1.1, Little CMS-2.14, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, and Wget-1.21.4
git-2.41.0, Graphviz-8.1.0, Mercurial-6.5.1, ccache, pandoc, and pigz
If you have downloaded the optional test harness, unpack it now:
tar -xf ../jtreg-7.2+1.tar.gz
Before proceeding, you should ensure that your environment
PATH variable contains the
location of the Java compiler used for bootstrapping
OpenJDK. This is the only
requirement for the environment. Modern Java installations
do not need JAVA_HOME and
CLASSPATH is not used here.
Furthermore, OpenJDK developers recommend unsetting
JAVA_HOME.
The build system does not allow the -j switch in MAKEFLAGS. See the command explanation for
--with-jobs= for more
information on customizing parallelization.
Configure and build the package with the following commands:
unset JAVA_HOME &&
bash configure --enable-unlimited-crypto \
--disable-warnings-as-errors \
--with-stdc++lib=dynamic \
--with-giflib=system \
--with-harfbuzz=system \
--with-jtreg=$PWD/jtreg \
--with-lcms=system \
--with-libjpeg=system \
--with-libpng=system \
--with-zlib=system \
--with-version-build="9" \
--with-version-pre="" \
--with-version-opt="" \
--with-cacerts-file=/etc/pki/tls/java/cacerts &&
make images
To test the results, you will need to execute the jtreg
program. You can set the number of concurrent tests by adding
the -conc: value
in the below command (tests will run sequentially otherwise):
<X>
export JT_JAVA=$(echo $PWD/build/*/jdk) &&
jtreg/bin/jtreg -jdk:$JT_JAVA -automatic -ignore:quiet -v1 \
test/jdk:tier1 test/langtools:tier1 &&
unset JT_JAVA
For more control over the test suite, review the
documentation available in jtreg/doc/jtreg/usage.txt. To review the
results, see the files JTreport/test_{jdk,langtools}/text/stats.txt
and JTreport/test_{jdk,langtools}/text/summary.txt.
You should expect to see around 60 failures and 10 errors.
Install the package with the following commands as the
root user:
install -vdm755 /opt/jdk-20.0.2+9 &&
cp -Rv build/*/images/jdk/* /opt/jdk-20.0.2+9 &&
chown -R root:root /opt/jdk-20.0.2+9 &&
for s in 16 24 32 48; do
install -vDm644 src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/java-icon${s}.png \
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/${s}x${s}/apps/java.png
done
If you only wish to install the Java Runtime Environment,
you can substitute build/*/images/jre in the above
cp command.
There are now two OpenJDK
SDKs installed in /opt. You
should decide on which one you would like to use as the
default. Normally, you would opt for the just installed
OpenJDK. If so, do the
following as the root user:
ln -v -nsf jdk-20.0.2+9 /opt/jdk
If desired, you can create .desktop files to add entries in
the menu for java and jconsole. The needed icons
have already been installed. As the root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/applications && cat > /usr/share/applications/openjdk-java.desktop << "EOF" &&[Desktop Entry] Name=OpenJDK Java 20.0.2 Runtime Comment=OpenJDK Java 20.0.2 Runtime Exec=/opt/jdk/bin/java -jar Terminal=false Type=Application Icon=java MimeType=application/x-java-archive;application/java-archive;application/x-jar; NoDisplay=trueEOF cat > /usr/share/applications/openjdk-jconsole.desktop << "EOF"[Desktop Entry] Name=OpenJDK Java 20.0.2 Console Comment=OpenJDK Java 20.0.2 Console Keywords=java;console;monitoring Exec=/opt/jdk/bin/jconsole Terminal=false Type=Application Icon=java Categories=Application;System;EOF
bash
configure...: the top level configure is a wrapper around the autotools
one. It is not executable and must be run through
bash.
--enable-unlimited-crypto:
Because of limitations on the usage of cryptography in some
countries, there is the possibility to limit the size of
encryption keys and the use of some algorithms in a policy
file. This switch allows to ship a policy file with no
restriction. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure
proper adherence to the law.
--disable-warnings-as-errors:
This switch disables use of -Werror in the build.
--with-stdc++lib=dynamic: This
switch forces the build system to link to libstdc++.so (dynamic) instead of
libstdc++.a (static).
--with-jobs=: The
<X>-j passed to make
does not work with make as invoked here. By default, the
build system will use the number of CPUs - 1.
--with-jtreg=$PWD/jtreg: This
switch tells configure where to find jtreg. Omit if you have
not downloaded the optional test suite.
--with-{giflib,harfbuzz,lcms,libjpeg,libpng,zlib}=system:
These switches force the build system to use the system
libraries instead of the bundled versions.
--with-version-build:
Currently, the build system does not include the build number
in the version string. It has to be specified here.
--with-version-pre:
This switch allows you to prefix the version string with a
custom string.
--with-version-opt:
This switch allows you to add an optional build description
to the version string.
--with-cacerts-file=/etc/pki/tls/java/cacerts:
Specifies where to find a cacerts file, /etc/pki/tls/java/ on a BLFS system.
Otherwise, an empty one is created. You can use the
/usr/sbin/make-ca
--force command to generate it, once you have
installed the Java binaries.
--with-boot-jdk: This switch
provides the location of the temporary JDK. It is normally not needed if
java is found
in the PATH.
Normally, the JAVA environment has been configured after installing the binary version, and can be used with the just built package as well. Review Configuring the JAVA environment in case you want to modify something.
To test if the man pages are correctly installed, issue source /etc/profile and man java to display the respective man page.
If you have run the instructions on the make-ca-1.12 page,
you only need to create a symlink in the default location
for the cacerts file. As user
root:
ln -sfv /etc/pki/tls/java/cacerts /opt/jdk/lib/security/cacerts
To check the installation, issue:
cd /opt/jdk bin/keytool -list -cacerts
At the prompt Enter keystore
password:, enter changeit (the default) or
just press the “Enter” key. If the cacerts file was installed correctly, you
will see a list of the certificates with related
information for each one. If not, you need to reinstall
them.
|
combines multiple files into a single jar archive |
|
|
signs jar files and verifies the signatures and integrity of a signed jar file |
|
|
launches a Java application by starting a Java runtime environment, loading a specified class and invoking its main method |
|
|
reads class and interface definitions, written in the Java programming language, and compiles them into bytecode class files |
|
|
parses the declarations and documentation comments in a set of Java source files and produces a corresponding set of HTML pages describing the classes, interfaces, constructors, methods, and fields |
|
|
disassembles a Java class file |
|
|
is a utility to send diagnostic command requests to a running Java Virtual Machine |
|
|
is a graphical console tool to monitor and manage both local and remote Java applications and virtual machines |
|
|
is a simple command-line debugger for Java classes |
|
|
scans class or jar files for uses of deprecated API elements |
|
|
shows the package-level or class-level dependencies of Java class files |
|
|
is a tool for working with “Flight Recorder” files |
|
|
is a tool to analyze the content of a core dump from a crashed Java Virtual Machine (JVM) |
|
|
is used to list, extract, verify, or get information about modules in jimage format |
|
|
prints Java configuration information for a given Java process, core file, or a remote debug server |
|
|
is used to assemble and optimize a set of modules and their dependencies into a custom runtime image |
|
|
prints shared object memory maps or heap memory details of a given process, core file, or a remote debug server |
|
|
creates JMOD files and lists the content of existing JMOD files |
|
|
generates java application packages and images |
|
|
lists the instrumented JVMs on the target system |
|
|
is a command line script shell |
|
|
is an interactive tool for learning the Java programming language and prototyping Java code |
|
|
prints Java stack traces of Java threads for a given Java process, core file, or a remote debug server |
|
|
displays performance statistics for an instrumented JVM |
|
|
is an RMI server application that monitors for the creation and termination of instrumented JVMs |
|
|
provides a minimal HTTP server, designed to be used for prototyping, testing, and debugging |
|
|
is a key and certificate management utility |
|
|
creates and starts a remote object registry on the specified port on the current host |
|
|
returns the serialVersionUID for one or more classes in a form suitable for copying into an evolving class |
After the package installation is complete, the next step is
to make sure that the system can properly find the files. If
you set up your login scripts as recommended in The Bash Shell Startup
Files, update the environment by creating the
openjdk.sh script, as the
root user:
cat > /etc/profile.d/openjdk.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/openjdk.sh
# Set JAVA_HOME directory
JAVA_HOME=/opt/jdk
# Adjust PATH
pathappend $JAVA_HOME/bin
# Add to MANPATH
pathappend $JAVA_HOME/man MANPATH
# Auto Java CLASSPATH: Copy jar files to, or create symlinks in, the
# /usr/share/java directory.
AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR=/usr/share/java
pathprepend . CLASSPATH
for dir in `find ${AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR} -type d 2>/dev/null`; do
pathappend $dir CLASSPATH
done
for jar in `find ${AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR} -name "*.jar" 2>/dev/null`; do
pathappend $jar CLASSPATH
done
export JAVA_HOME
# By default, Java creates several files in a directory named
# /tmp/hsperfdata_[username]. This directory contains files that are used for
# performance monitoring and profiling, but aren't normally needed on a BLFS
# system. This environment variable disables that feature.
_JAVA_OPTIONS="-XX:-UsePerfData"
export _JAVA_OPTIONS
unset AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR dir jar _JAVA_OPTIONS
# End /etc/profile.d/openjdk.sh
EOF
If Sudo-1.9.14p3 is installed, the super
user should have access to the above variables. Execute the
following commands as the root user:
cat > /etc/sudoers.d/java << "EOF"
Defaults env_keep += JAVA_HOME
Defaults env_keep += CLASSPATH
Defaults env_keep += _JAVA_OPTIONS
EOF
To use mandb to
include the OpenJDK man pages in its database, issue, as the
root user:
cat >> /etc/man_db.conf << "EOF" &&
# Begin Java addition
MANDATORY_MANPATH /opt/jdk/man
MANPATH_MAP /opt/jdk/bin /opt/jdk/man
MANDB_MAP /opt/jdk/man /var/cache/man/jdk
# End Java addition
EOF
mkdir -p /var/cache/man &&
mandb -c /opt/jdk/man
OpenJDK uses its own format
for the CA certificates. The Java security modules use
$JAVA_HOME/lib/security/cacerts by default. In order
to keep all the certificates in one place, we use
/etc/ssl/java/cacerts. The
instructions on the make-ca-1.12 page previously created the
file located in /etc/ssl/java.
Set up a symlink in the default location as the root user:
ln -sfv /etc/pki/tls/java/cacerts /opt/jdk/lib/security/cacerts
Use the following command to check if the cacerts file has been successfully
installed:
/opt/jdk/bin/keytool -list -cacerts
At the prompt Enter keystore
password:, enter changeit (the default) or
just press the “Enter” key. If the cacerts file was installed correctly, you
will see a list of the certificates with related information
for each one. If not, you need to reinstall them.
If you later install a new JVM, you just have to create the symlink in the default location to be able to use the cacerts.
The Apache Ant package is a Java-based build tool. In theory, it is like the make command, but without make's wrinkles. Ant is different. Instead of a model that is extended with shell-based commands, Ant is extended using Java classes. Instead of writing shell commands, the configuration files are XML-based, calling out a target tree that executes various tasks. Each task is run by an object that implements a particular task interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/ant/source/apache-ant-1.10.14-src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 055843219f487edb3a6db554ad1355ef
Download size: 3.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 195 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (excluding download time)
A JDK (Java Binary or OpenJDK-20.0.2) and GLib-2.76.4
An Internet connection is needed for building this package.
Build a limited bootstrap version of Apache Ant using the following command:
./bootstrap.sh
Download the runtime dependencies using the fetch.xml ant build script:
bootstrap/bin/ant -f fetch.xml -Ddest=optional
Build Apache Ant by running the following command:
./build.sh -Ddist.dir=$PWD/ant-1.10.14 dist
Install, as the root user:
cp -rv ant-1.10.14 /opt/ && chown -R root:root /opt/ant-1.10.14 && ln -sfv ant-1.10.14 /opt/ant
bootstrap/bin/ant -f fetch.xml
-Ddest=optional: Downloads the missing
dependencies to the user's home directory, and copies them
into the source tree (in the lib/optional directory, where ant picks them up at build
time).
./build.sh -Ddist.dir=$PWD/ant-1.10.14 dist: This command builds, tests, then installs the package into a temporary directory.
Some packages will require ant to be in the search
path and the ANT_HOME
environment variable defined. Satisfy these requirements by
issuing, as the root user:
cat > /etc/profile.d/ant.sh << EOF
# Begin /etc/profile.d/ant.sh
pathappend /opt/ant/bin
export ANT_HOME=/opt/ant
# End /etc/profile.d/ant.sh
EOF
The above instructions assume you have configured your system as described in The Bash Shell Startup Files.
ant*.jar and dependent libraries in
$ANT_HOME/lib
|
is a Java based build tool used by many packages instead of the conventional make program |
|
|
is a support script used to start ant build scripts in a given directory |
|
|
is a Perl script that provides similar functionality offered by the antRun script |
|
|
is a Perl script that allows Bash to complete an ant command-line |
|
|
is a Perl wrapper script used to invoke ant |
|
|
is a Python wrapper script used to invoke ant |
|
|
files are the Apache Ant Java class libraries |
The LFS book covers setting up networking by connecting to a LAN with a static IP address. There are other methods used to obtain an IP address and connect to a LAN and other networks (such as the Internet). The most popular methods (DHCP and PPP) are covered in this chapter.
DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. It is a protocol used by many sites to automatically provide information such as IP addresses, subnet masks and routing information to computers. If your network uses DHCP, you will need a DHCP client in order to connect to it.
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Networking support: Y
Networking options:
802.1d Ethernet Bridging: M or Y
In this section we are going to discuss how to set up a
network bridge using systemd-networkd. In the
examples below, eth0 represents the
external interface that is being bridged, while br0 represents the bridge
interface.
To create a bridge interface, create the following
configuration file by running the following command as the
root user:
cat > /etc/systemd/network/50-br0.netdev << EOF
[NetDev]
Name=br0
Kind=bridge
EOF
To assign a network interface to a bridge, create the
following configuration file by running the following
command as the root user:
cat > /etc/systemd/network/51-eth0.network << EOF
[Match]
Name=eth0
[Network]
Bridge=br0
EOF
Repeat the process for any other interfaces that need to be bridged. Note that it is important that nothing assigns any addresses to the bridged interfaces. If you are using NetworkManager-1.44.0, make sure you configure them to ignore the bridged interfaces, as well as the bridge interface itself.
If you are on a network which uses DHCP for assigning ip
addresses, create the following configuration file by
running the following command as the root user:
cat > /etc/systemd/network/60-br0.network << EOF
[Match]
Name=br0
[Network]
DHCP=yes
EOF
Alternatively, if using a static ip setup, create the
following configuration file by running the following
command as the root user:
cat > /etc/systemd/network/60-br0.network << EOF
[Match]
Name=br0
[Network]
Address=192.168.0.2/24
Gateway=192.168.0.1
DNS=192.168.0.1
EOF
To bring up the bridge interface, simply restart the
systemd-networkd daemon
by running the following command as the root user:
systemctl restart systemd-networkd
dhcpcd is an implementation of the DHCP client specified in RFC2131. A DHCP client is useful for connecting your computer to a network which uses DHCP to assign network addresses. dhcpcd strives to be a fully featured, yet very lightweight DHCP client.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/NetworkConfiguration/dhcpcd/releases/download/v10.0.2/dhcpcd-10.0.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1f266e2c32567bc778ea22c599fb06d9
Download size: 260 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.1 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
LLVM-16.0.5 (with Clang), ntp-4.2.8p17, chronyd, and ypbind
Recent releases of dhcpcd optionally support privilege separation. As the practical security benefits of this are unclear for a program like dhcpcd and the setup is more complicated, the book currently defaults to disable it.
If you however would like to use privilege separation,
additional installation steps are necessary to set up the
proper environment. Issue the following commands as the
root user:
install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/dhcpcd &&
groupadd -g 52 dhcpcd &&
useradd -c 'dhcpcd PrivSep' \
-d /var/lib/dhcpcd \
-g dhcpcd \
-s /bin/false \
-u 52 dhcpcd &&
chown -v dhcpcd:dhcpcd /var/lib/dhcpcd
Build dhcpcd without privilege separation by running the following command:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/dhcpcd \
--dbdir=/var/lib/dhcpcd \
--runstatedir=/run \
--disable-privsep &&
make
Alternatively, build dhcpcd with privilege separation by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/dhcpcd \
--dbdir=/var/lib/dhcpcd \
--runstatedir=/run \
--privsepuser=dhcpcd &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/dhcpcd:
This switch sets a better location for the dhcpcd internal
libraries.
--dbdir=/var/lib/dhcpcd: This
switch adjusts the database directory because the default
directory, /var/db, is not
FHS-compliant.
--runstatedir=/run:
This switch sets the runtime state directory because the
default /var/run is a symbolic
link to /run, and using
/var/run is deprecated.
--disable-privsep:
This switch disables privilege separation, which is the
default in dhcpcd. This switch is not used in the build
configuration where privilege separation is used.
--privsepuser=dhcpcd:
This switch sets the privilege separation user in the build
configuration where privilege escalation is used.
--with-hook=...: You can
optionally install more hooks, for example to install some
configuration files such as ntp.conf. A set of hooks can be found in
the dhcpcd-hooks directory in
the build tree.
If you want to configure network interfaces at boot using
dhcpcd, you
need to install the systemd unit included in blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package by running the following command as the
root user:
make install-dhcpcd
The default behavior of
dhcpcd is
to set the hostname and the mtu. It also overwrites
/etc/resolv.conf and
/etc/ntp.conf. These
modifications to system configuration files are done by
hooks which are stored in /usr/lib/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-hooks. You can
change this behavior by removing or adding hooks from/to
that directory. The execution of hooks can be disabled by
using the --nohook
(-C) command line option or
by the nohook option in the
/etc/dhcpcd.conf file.
Make sure that you disable the systemd-networkd service or configure it not to manage the interfaces you want to manage with dhcpcd.
At this point you can test if dhcpcd is behaving as
expected by running the following command as the
root user:
systemctl start dhcpcd@eth0
To start dhcpcd on a specific
interface at boot, enable the previously installed systemd
unit by running the following command as the root user:
systemctl enable dhcpcd@eth0
Replace eth0 with
the actual interface name.
These applications are generally client applications used to access the appropriate server across the building or across the world. Tcpwrappers and portmap are support programs for daemons that you may have running on your machine.
The bridge-utils package contains a utility needed to create and manage bridge devices. This is useful in setting up networks for a hosted virtual machine (VM).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/bridge-utils/bridge-utils-1.7.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3e1fee4dc22cac5457c2f6ffb990a518
Download size: 29 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
[*] Networking support ---> [NET] Networking options ---> <*/M> 802.1d Ethernet Bridging [BRIDGE]
Install bridge-utils by running the following commands:
autoconf && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
Testing the results requires running the six shell scripts in
the tools/ directory. Two of
the tests require two ethernet ports. Some tests will not
preserve the current network configuration. See tests/README for details.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The cifs-utils package provides a means for mounting SMB/CIFS shares on a Linux system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.samba.org/ftp/linux-cifs/cifs-utils/cifs-utils-7.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 518431bf43f23e6aacd97e80e2060df7
Download size: 412 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Talloc-2.4.1 (required if krb is installed), MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2
docutils-0.20.1 (to create the man pages), keyutils-1.6.1 (required to build PAM module), Linux-PAM-1.5.3, Samba-4.18.6, and libcap-2.69 with PAM or libcap-ng
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
File systems ---> [*] Network File Systems ---> [NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS] <*/M> SMB3 and CIFS support (advanced network filesystem) [CIFS]
Depending on your server configuration, additional kernel options may be required.
Install cifs-utils by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-pam &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-pam: Do not
build PAM support. Remove it and use --with-pamdir (see below), if Linux-PAM-1.5.3
is installed and you wish PAM support.
--with-pamdir=/usr/lib/security:
Install the PAM module in /usr/lib/security.
|
is a userspace helper program for the linux CIFS client filesystem. There are a number of activities that the kernel cannot easily do itself. This program is a callout program that does these things for the kernel and then returns the result. It is not intended to be run from the command-line |
|
|
is a userspace helper program for the linux CIFS client filesystem. It is intended to be run when the kernel calls request-key for a particular key type. It is not intended to be run from the command-line |
|
|
is a tool for managing credentials (username and password) for the purpose of establishing sessions in multiuser mounts |
|
|
is a userspace helper to display an ACL in a security descriptor for Common Internet File System (CIFS) |
|
|
mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It is usually invoked indirectly by the mount(8) command when using the "-t cifs" option |
|
|
mounts a SMB3-based filesystem. It is usually invoked indirectly by the mount(8) command when using the "-t smb3" option |
|
|
is intended to alter an ACL of a security descriptor for a file system object |
|
|
displays quota information for a SMB filesystem |
|
|
displays SMB-specific file information, such as security descriptors and quotas |
The NcFTP package contains a powerful and flexible interface to the Internet standard File Transfer Protocol. It is intended to replace or supplement the stock ftp program.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ncftp.com/ncftp/ncftp-3.2.6-src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 42d0f896d69a4d603ec097546444245f
Download size: 412 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
LLVM-16.0.5 (with Clang, used by default if installed)
There are two ways to build NcFTP. The first (and optimal) way
builds most of the functionality as a shared library and then
builds and installs the program linked against this library.
The second method simply links all of the functionality into
the binary statically. This doesn't make the dynamic library
available for linking by other applications. You need to
choose which method best suits you. Note that the second
method does not create
an entirely statically linked binary; only the libncftp parts are statically linked in, in
this case. Be aware that building and using the shared
library is covered by the Clarified Artistic License;
however, developing applications that utilize the shared
library is subject to a different license.
First, fix an issue caused by a change in behavior in GCC-10:
sed -i 's/^Bookmark/extern Bookmark/' sh_util/gpshare.c
Next, update the configure script to use modern C standards:
patch -Np1 -i ../ncftp-3.2.6-configure_fixes-1.patch && autoreconf -fiv -I autoconf_local
To install NcFTP using the first (and optimal) method, run the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make -C libncftp shared && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make -C libncftp soinstall && make install
To install NcFTP using the
second method (with the libncftp functionality linked in
statically) run the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
make -C ... && make -C
...: These commands make and install the
dynamic library libncftp which
is then used to link against when compiling the main program.
Most NcFTP configuration
is done while in the program, and the configuration files
are dealt with automatically. One exception to this is
~/.ncftp/prefs_v3. There are
various options to alter in there, including:
yes-i-know-about-NcFTPd=yesThis disables the splash screen advertising the NcFTPd server.
There are other options in the prefs_v3 file. Most of these are
self-explanatory. Global defaults can be set in
/etc/ncftp.prefs_v3.
|
is a browser program for File Transfer Protocol |
|
|
is an individual batch FTP job processor |
|
|
is the NcFTP Bookmark Editor (NCurses-based) |
|
|
is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to retrieve files |
|
|
is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to list files |
|
|
is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to transfer files |
|
|
is a global batch FTP job processor daemon |
The Net-tools package is a collection of programs for controlling the network subsystem of the Linux kernel.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/project/net-tools/net-tools-2.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 78aae762c95e2d731faf88d482e4cde5
Download size: 228 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
The instructions below automate the configuration process by piping yes to the make command. If you wish to run the interactive configuration process (by changing the instruction to just make), but you are not sure how to answer all the questions, then just accept the defaults. This will be just fine in the majority of cases. What you're asked here is a bunch of questions about which network protocols you've enabled in your kernel. The default answers will enable the tools from this package to work with the most common protocols: TCP, PPP, and several others. You still need to actually enable these protocols in the kernel—what you do here is merely tell the package to include support for those protocols in its programs, but it's up to the kernel to make the protocols available.
This package has several unneeded protocols and hardware device specific functions that are obsolete. To only build the minimum needed for your system, skip the yes command and answer each question interactively. The minimum needed options are 'UNIX protocol family' and 'INET (TCP/IP) protocol family'.
For this package, we use the DESTDIR method of installation in order to easily remove files from the build that overwrite those that we want to keep or are not appropriate for our system.
Install Net-tools by running the following commands:
export BINDIR='/usr/bin' SBINDIR='/usr/bin' &&
yes "" | make -j1 &&
make DESTDIR=$PWD/install -j1 install &&
rm install/usr/bin/{nis,yp}domainname &&
rm install/usr/bin/{hostname,dnsdomainname,domainname,ifconfig} &&
rm -r install/usr/share/man/man1 &&
rm install/usr/share/man/man8/ifconfig.8 &&
unset BINDIR SBINDIR
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
chown -R root:root install && cp -a install/* /
export BINDIR='/usr/bin' SBINDIR='/usr/bin': Ensure the executables are installed in the correct location.
yes "" | make : Piping yes to make config skips the interactive configuration and accepts the defaults.
rm ...: Remove unneeded programs and man pages.
|
is used to manipulate the kernel's ARP cache, usually to add or delete an entry, or to dump the entire cache |
|
|
adds, deletes and shows an interface's multicast addresses |
|
|
adds, changes, deletes and shows an interface's tunnels |
|
|
checks or sets the status of a network interface's Media Independent Interface (MII) unit |
|
|
names network interfaces based on MAC addresses |
|
|
is used to report network connections, routing tables, and interface statistics |
|
|
is used to fine tune the PLIP device parameters, to improve its performance |
|
|
is used to manipulate the kernel's RARP table |
|
|
is used to manipulate the IP routing table |
|
|
attaches a network interface to a serial line. This allows you to use normal terminal lines for point-to-point links to others computers |
The NFS Utilities package contains the userspace server and client tools necessary to use the kernel's NFS abilities. NFS is a protocol that allows sharing file systems over the network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/nfs-utils/2.6.3/nfs-utils-2.6.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d47ff4ca79b71d64d37c0f0e81aae134
Download size: 712 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
libtirpc-1.3.3, libevent-2.1.12, rpcsvc-proto-1.4.4, and SQLite-3.42.0
Cyrus SASL-2.1.28 (for SASL authentication), LVM2-2.03.22 (libdevmapper for NFSv4 support), libnsl-2.0.0 (for NIS client support), OpenLDAP-2.6.6 (for LDAP authentication), MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2 or libgssapi , and librpcsecgss (for GSS and RPC security support), and libcap-2.69 with PAM
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nfs-utils
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration (choose client and/or server support as appropriate) and recompile the kernel if necessary:
File systems ---> [*] Network File Systems ---> [NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS] <*/M> NFS client support [NFS_FS] <*/M> NFS server support [NFSD]
Select the appropriate sub-options that appear when the above options are selected.
In BLFS we assume that nfs v3 will be used. If the
server offers nfs v4
(for linux, CONFIG_NFSD_V4) then auto-negotiation for v3
will fail and you will need to add nfsver=3 to the mount options. This also
applies if that option is enabled in the client's kernel, for example in
a distro trying to mount from a BLFS v3 server.
Even if neither end of the connection supports nfs v4,
adding nfsver=3 is still
beneficial because it prevents an error message "NFS: bad
mount option value specified: minorversion=1" being logged
on every mount.
Install NFS Utilities by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--sbindir=/usr/sbin \
--disable-nfsv4 \
--disable-gss \
LIBS="-lsqlite3 -levent_core" &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install && chmod u+w,go+r /usr/sbin/mount.nfs && chown nobody:nogroup /var/lib/nfs
The tests for this package require that the package be
installed. In addition, the rpc.statd daemon must not be
running and the tests need to be run as the root user.
To test the results, issue, as root:
make check
--disable-gss:
Disables support for RPCSEC GSS (RPC Security).
LIBS="-lsqlite3
-levent_core": is required for the fsidd program.
chown nobody:nogroup /var/lib/nfs: The rpc.statd program uses the ownership of this directory to set it's UID and GID. This command sets those to unprivileged entries.
/etc/exports contains the
exported directories on NFS servers. Refer to the
exports.5 manual page for the
syntax of this file. Also refer to the "NFS HowTo"
available at https://nfs.sourceforge.net/nfs-howto/
for information on how to configure the servers and clients
in a secure manner. For example, for sharing the
/home directory over the
local network, the following line may be added:
cat >> /etc/exports << EOF
/home 192.168.0.0/24(rw,subtree_check,anonuid=99,anongid=99)
EOF
Be sure to replace the directory, network address. and prefix above to match your network. The only space in the line above should be between the directory and the network address.
Install the NFSv4 server units included in the blfs-systemd-units-20230816 package to start the server at boot.
make install-nfsv4-server
If you have disabled NFSv4 support, run the following
command as the root user
to omit the NFSv4 specific systemd units:
make install-nfs-server
You can edit the /etc/default/nfs-utils file to change
the startup options for NFS daemons. Defaults should be
fine for most use cases.
/etc/fstab contains the
directories that are to be mounted on the client.
Alternately the partitions can be mounted by using the
mount command
with the proper options. To mount the /home and /usr partitions, add the following to the
/etc/fstab:
<server-name>:/home /home nfs rw,_netdev 0 0<server-name>:/usr /usr nfs ro,_netdev 0 0
The options which can be used are specified in man 5 nfs . If both the
client and server are running recent versions of linux,
most of the options will be negotiated (but see the Note
above on nfsver=3). You can specify either rw or ro,
_netdev if the filesystem is
to be automatically mounted at boot, or noauto (and perhaps user) for other filesystems.
If the fileserver is not running a recent version of linux, you may need to specify other options.
You may need to enable autofs v4 in your kernel, and add
the option comment=systemd.automount. Some machines
may need this because systemd tries to mount the external
filesystems before the network is up. An alternative is to
run mount -a
as the root user after the
system has started.
The following systemd units are not required if the nfs-server units are installed.
Install the units included in the blfs-systemd-units-20230816 package to start the client services at boot.
make install-nfs-client
|
maintains a list of NFS exported file systems |
|
|
offers a local UNIX domain socket interface for all NFS userspace to query the reexport database |
|
|
displays NFS client per-mount statistics |
|
|
is used to mount a network share using NFS |
|
|
is used to mount a network share using NFSv4 |
|
|
can be used to test for and retrieve configuration settings from a range of nfs-utils configuration files |
|
|
prints information about NFS clients |
|
|
reports input/output statistics for network filesystems |
|
|
displays statistics kept about NFS client and server activity |
|
|
implements the NFS mount protocol on an NFS server |
|
|
implements the user level part of the NFS service on the server |
|
|
is used by the NFS file locking service. Run on both sides, client as well as server, when you want file locking enabled |
|
|
sets or clears the kernel's NFS client and server debug flags |
|
|
displays mount information for an NFS server |
|
|
is used to send Network Status Monitor reboot messages |
|
|
is a script called by nfsmount when mounting a filesystem with locking enabled, if statd does not appear to be running. It can be customised with whatever flags are appropriate for the site |
|
|
is used to unmount a network share using NFS |
|
|
is used to unmount a network share using NFSv4 |
The ntp package contains a client and server to keep the time synchronized between various computers over a network. This package is the official reference implementation of the NTP protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.eecis.udel.edu/~ntp/ntp_spool/ntp4/ntp-4.2/ntp-4.2.8p17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a15558df580bd1b955a105a8b91c078f
Download size: 6.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 99 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (With tests; both using parallelism=4)
libcap-2.69 with PAM, libevent-2.1.12, libedit, and libopts from AutoGen
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ntp
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the ntpd daemon
after it is started. Issue the following commands as the
root user:
groupadd -g 87 ntp &&
useradd -c "Network Time Protocol" -d /var/lib/ntp -u 87 \
-g ntp -s /bin/false ntp
The update-leap command needs to be fixed in order to run properly:
sed -e 's/"(\\S+)"/"?([^\\s"]+)"?/' \
-i scripts/update-leap/update-leap.in
Now fix an issue introduced with glibc-2.34:
sed -e 's/#ifndef __sun/#if !defined(__sun) \&\& !defined(__GLIBC__)/' \
-i libntp/work_thread.c
Install ntp by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/usr/sbin \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-linuxcaps \
--with-lineeditlibs=readline \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/ntp-4.2.8p17 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -o ntp -g ntp -d /var/lib/ntp
CFLAGS="-O2 -g -fPIC": This
environment variable is necessary to generate Position
Independent Code needed for use in the package libraries.
--bindir=/usr/sbin:
This parameter places the administrative programs in
/usr/sbin.
--enable-linuxcaps:
ntpd is run as user ntp, so use Linux capabilities for
non-root clock control.
--with-lineeditlibs=readline:
This switch enables Readline
support for ntpdc and ntpq programs. If omitted,
libedit will be used if
installed, otherwise no readline capabilities will be
compiled.
The following configuration file first defines various ntp
servers with open access from different continents. Second,
it creates a drift file where ntpd stores the frequency
offset and a pid file to store the ntpd process ID. Third,
it defines the location for the leap-second definition file
/etc/ntp.leapseconds, that
the update-leap script checks
and updates, when necessary. This script can be run as a
cron job and the ntp
developers recommend a frequency of about three weeks for
the updates. Since the documentation included with the
package is sparse, visit the ntp website at https://www.ntp.org/ and
https://www.ntppool.org/ for
more information.
cat > /etc/ntp.conf << "EOF"
# Asia
server 0.asia.pool.ntp.org
# Australia
server 0.oceania.pool.ntp.org
# Europe
server 0.europe.pool.ntp.org
# North America
server 0.north-america.pool.ntp.org
# South America
server 2.south-america.pool.ntp.org
driftfile /var/lib/ntp/ntp.drift
pidfile /run/ntpd.pid
leapfile /var/lib/ntp/ntp.leapseconds
EOF
You may wish to add a “Security session”. For explanations, see https://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/html/accopt.html#restrict.
cat >> /etc/ntp.conf << "EOF"
# Security session
restrict default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery
restrict -6 default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery
restrict 127.0.0.1
restrict ::1
EOF
There are two options. Option one is to run ntpd continuously and allow it to synchronize the time in a gradual manner. The other option is to run ntpd periodically (using cron) and update the time each time ntpd is scheduled.
If you choose Option one, then install the ntpd.service
unit included in the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package.
make install-ntpd
If you prefer to run ntpd periodically, add
the following command to root's crontab:
ntpd -q|
calculates optimal value for tick given ntp drift file |
|
|
generates cryptographic data files used by the NTPv4 authentication and identification schemes |
|
|
is useful at boot time, to delay the boot sequence until ntpd has set the time |
|
|
is a ntp daemon that runs in the background and keeps the date and time synchronized based on response from configured ntp servers. It also functions as a ntp server |
|
|
is a client program that sets the date and time based on the response from an ntp server. This command is deprecated |
|
|
is used to query the ntp daemon about its current state and to request changes in that state |
|
|
is a utility program used to monitor ntpd operations and determine performance |
|
|
reads and displays time-related kernel variables |
|
|
traces a chain of ntp servers back to the primary source |
|
|
is a Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client |
|
|
reads, and optionally modifies, several timekeeping-related variables in older kernels that do not have support for precision timekeeping |
|
|
is a script to verify and, if necessary, update the leap-second definition file |
The rpcbind program is a replacement for portmap. It is required for import or export of Network File System (NFS) shared directories.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/rpcbind/rpcbind-1.2.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2d84ebbb7d6fb1fc3566d2d4b37f214b
Download size: 124 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the rpcbind
daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as
the root user:
groupadd -g 28 rpc &&
useradd -c "RPC Bind Daemon Owner" -d /dev/null -g rpc \
-s /bin/false -u 28 rpc
In order to get rpcbind to work properly, first fix the package to use correct service name:
sed -i "/servname/s:rpcbind:sunrpc:" src/rpcbind.c
Install rpcbind by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../rpcbind-1.2.6-vulnerability_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/usr/sbin \
--enable-warmstarts \
--with-rpcuser=rpc &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-rpcuser=rpc:
This switch is used so the rpcbind daemon will run as
an unprivileged user instead of the root user.
The rsync package contains the rsync utility. This is useful for synchronizing large file archives over a network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.samba.org/ftp/rsync/src/rsync-3.2.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f216f350ef56b9ba61bc313cb6ec2ed6
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.6 MB (with tests; add 24 MB for HTML API documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.9.7, lz4, and xxhash
For security reasons, running the rsync server as an unprivileged user and
group is encouraged. If you intend to run rsync as a daemon, create
the rsyncd user and group
with the following commands issued by the root user:
groupadd -g 48 rsyncd &&
useradd -c "rsyncd Daemon" -m -d /home/rsync -g rsyncd \
-s /bin/false -u 48 rsyncd
Install rsync by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-lz4 \
--disable-xxhash \
--without-included-zlib &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.9.7 installed and wish to build HTML API documentation, issue:
doxygen
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the documentation, install it using the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.2.7/api && install -v -m644 dox/html/* /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.2.7/api
--disable-lz4: This
switch disables LZ4 compression support. Note that it uses
the superior 'zstd' algorithm when this switch is in use, and
zstd is provided in LFS.
--disable-xxhash:
This switch disables advanced xxhash checksum support. Remove
this switch if you have installed xxhash.
--without-included-zlib: This
switch enables compilation with the system-installed zlib
library.
For client access to remote files, you may need to install the OpenSSH-9.4p1 package to connect to the remote server.
This is a simple download-only configuration to set up running rsync as a server. See the rsyncd.conf(5) man-page for additional options (i.e., user authentication).
cat > /etc/rsyncd.conf << "EOF"
# This is a basic rsync configuration file
# It exports a single module without user authentication.
motd file = /home/rsync/welcome.msg
use chroot = yes
[localhost]
path = /home/rsync
comment = Default rsync module
read only = yes
list = yes
uid = rsyncd
gid = rsyncd
EOF
You can find additional configuration information and general documentation about rsync at https://rsync.samba.org/documentation.html.
Note that you only need to start the rsync server if you want to provide an rsync archive on your local machine. You don't need this unit to run the rsync client.
Install the rsyncd.service unit included in
the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package.
make install-rsyncd
This package comes with two types of units: A service file and a socket file. The service file will start rsync daemon once at boot and it will keep running until the system shuts down. The socket file will make systemd listen on rsync port (Default 873, needs to be edited for anything else) and will start rsync daemon when something tries to connect to that port and stop the daemon when the connection is terminated. This is called socket activation and is analogous to using {,x}inetd on a SysVinit based system.
By default, the first method is used - rsync daemon is
started at boot and stopped at shutdown. If the socket
method is desired, you need to run as the root user:
systemctl stop rsyncd && systemctl disable rsyncd && systemctl enable rsyncd.socket && systemctl start rsyncd.socket
Note that socket method is only useful for remote backups. For local backups you'll need the service method.
|
is a replacement for rcp (and scp) that has many more features. It uses the “rsync algorithm” which provides a very fast method of syncing remote files. It does this by sending just the differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both sets of files are present at one end of the link beforehand |
|
|
is a helper script used when connecting to an rsync daemon that has SSL support built in |
The Samba package provides file and print services to SMB/CIFS clients and Windows networking to Linux clients. Samba can also be configured as a Windows Domain Controller replacement, a file/print server acting as a member of a Windows Active Directory domain and a NetBIOS (RFC1001/1002) nameserver (which among other things provides LAN browsing support).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.samba.org/pub/samba/stable/samba-4.18.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d7e75ab3de1f48ea696c030c869c96f2
Download size: 39 MB
Estimated disk space required: 600 MB (add 100 MB for quicktest)
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.3 SBU for quicktest)
GnuTLS-3.8.1, jansson-2.14, JSON-4.10, libtirpc-1.3.3, Parse-Yapp-1.21, and rpcsvc-proto-1.4.4
Fuse-3.16.1, GPGME-1.21.0, ICU-73.2, libtasn1-4.19.0, libxslt-1.1.38 (for documentation), Linux-PAM-1.5.3, and OpenLDAP-2.6.6
Avahi-0.8, BIND-9.18.18, Cups-2.4.6, Cyrus SASL-2.1.28, GDB-13.2, git-2.41.0, GnuPG-2.4.3 (required for ADS and test suite), libaio-0.3.113, libarchive-3.7.1 (for tar in smbclient), libcap-2.69 with PAM, libgcrypt-1.10.2, libnsl-2.0.0, libunwind-1.6.2, lmdb-0.9.31, Markdown-3.4.1, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, nss-3.92, popt-1.19, Talloc-2.4.1 (included), Vala-0.56.11, Valgrind-3.21.0 (optionally used by the test suite), xfsprogs-6.4.0, cmocka, cryptography, ctdb (included), cwrap, dnspython, FAM, Gamin, GlusterFS, Heimdal (included), iso8601, ldb (included), M2Crypto (required for ADS), OpenAFS, pyasn1, PyGPGME (recommended for ADS), tevent (included), tdb (included), and tracker-2
Install in listed order: six-1.16.0, pytest-7.4.0, argparse, extras, hypothesis, coverage, pytest-cov, doctools, unittest2, testtools, fixtures, python-mimeparse, contextlib2, traceback2, linecache2, testscenarios, testresources, virtualenv, pbr, and python-subunit
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/samba4
To support the test suite, set up a Python virtual environment for some Python modules out of the scope of BLFS:
python3 -m venv pyvenv && ./pyvenv/bin/pip3 install cryptography pyasn1 iso8601
Install Samba by running the following commands:
PYTHON=$PWD/pyvenv/bin/python3 \
./configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--with-piddir=/run/samba \
--with-pammodulesdir=/usr/lib/security \
--enable-fhs \
--without-ad-dc \
--enable-selftest &&
make
To test the results, issue: PATH=$PWD/pyvenv/bin:$PATH make
quicktest. The test suite will produce lines
that look like failures, but these are innocuous. The last
few lines of output should report "ALL OK" for a good test run. A
summary of any failures can be found in ./st/summary.
Additionally, developer test suites are available. If you've installed the optional python modules above in the Python virtual environment for building this package, you can run these tests with make test. It is not recommended for the average builder at around 290 SBU and over a gigabyte of disk space, and you should expect ~73 errors and ~30 failures from the 3000+ tests.
Fix a hard coded path to Python 3 interpreter:
sed '1s@^.*$@#!/usr/bin/python3@' \
-i ./bin/default/source4/scripting/bin/samba-gpupdate.inst
If upgrading from an old version of samba, as the
root user, remove the old
Python support files to prevent some issues:
rm -rf /usr/lib/python3.11/site-packages/samba
Still as the root user,
install the package:
make install &&
install -v -m644 examples/smb.conf.default /etc/samba &&
sed -e "s;log file =.*;log file = /var/log/samba/%m.log;" \
-e "s;path = /usr/spool/samba;path = /var/spool/samba;" \
-i /etc/samba/smb.conf.default &&
mkdir -pv /etc/openldap/schema &&
install -v -m644 examples/LDAP/README \
/etc/openldap/schema/README.samba &&
install -v -m644 examples/LDAP/samba* \
/etc/openldap/schema &&
install -v -m755 examples/LDAP/{get*,ol*} \
/etc/openldap/schema
--enable-fhs: Assigns
all other file paths in a manner compliant with the
Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS).
--without-ad-dc:
Disables Active Directory Domain Controller functionality.
See
Set up a Samba Active Directory Domain Controller for
detailed information. Remove this switch if you've installed
the Python modules needed for ADS support. Note that BLFS
does not provide a samba bootscript or systemd unit for an
Active Directory domain controller.
--with-selftest-prefix=SELFTEST_PREFIX: This
option specifies the test suite work directory
(default=./st).
install -v -m644
examples/LDAP/* /etc/openldap/schema: These
commands are used to copy sample Samba schemas to the
OpenLDAP schema directory.
install -v -m644
../examples/smb.conf.default /etc/samba: This
copies a default smb.conf file
into /etc/samba. This sample
configuration will not work until you copy it to /etc/samba/smb.conf and make the
appropriate changes for your installation. See the
configuration section for minimum values which must be set.
If you use CUPS for print
services, and you wish to print to a printer attached to an
SMB client, you need to create an SMB backend device. To
create the device, issue the following command as the
root user:
install -dvm 755 /usr/lib/cups/backend && ln -v -sf /usr/bin/smbspool /usr/lib/cups/backend/smb
Due to the complexity and the many various uses for
Samba, complete
configuration for all the package's capabilities is well
beyond the scope of the BLFS book. This section provides
instructions to configure the /etc/samba/smb.conf file for two common
scenarios. The complete contents of /etc/samba/smb.conf will depend on the
purpose of Samba
installation.
You may find it easier to copy the configuration
parameters shown below into an empty /etc/samba/smb.conf file instead of
copying and editing the default file as mentioned in the
“Command
Explanations” section. How you
create/edit the /etc/samba/smb.conf file will be left
up to you. Do ensure the file is only writable by the
root user (mode 644).
Choose this variant if you only want to transfer files using smbclient, mount Windows shares and print to Windows printers, and don't want to share your files and printers to Windows machines.
A /etc/samba/smb.conf file
with the following three parameters is sufficient:
[global]
workgroup = WORKGROUP
dos charset = cp850
unix charset = ISO-8859-1
The values in this example specify that the computer
belongs to a Windows workgroup named “WORKGROUP”,
uses the “cp850”
character set on the wire when talking to MS-DOS and MS
Windows 9x, and that the filenames are stored in the
“ISO-8859-1”
encoding on the disk. Adjust these values appropriately
for your installation. The “unix
charset” value must be the same as
the output of locale
charmap when executed with the
LANG variable set to your
preferred locale, otherwise the ls command may not
display correct filenames of downloaded files.
There is no need to run any Samba servers in this scenario, thus you don't need to install the provided systemd units.
Choose this variant if you want to share your files and printers to Windows machines in your workgroup in addition to the capabilities described in Scenario 1.
In this case, the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default file may be
a good template to start from. Also, you should add the
“dos
charset” and “unix
charset” parameters to the
“[global]” section as
described in Scenario 1 in order to prevent filename
corruption. For security reasons, you may wish to define
path =
/home/alice/shared-files, assuming your user
name is alice
and you only want to share the files in that directory,
instead of your entire home. Then, replace homes by shared-files and change
also the “comment” if used the
configuration file below or the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default to create
yours.
The following configuration file creates a separate share for each user's home directory and also makes all printers available to Windows machines:
[global]
workgroup = WORKGROUP
dos charset = cp850
unix charset = ISO-8859-1
[homes]
comment = Home Directories
browseable = no
writable = yes
[printers]
comment = All Printers
path = /var/spool/samba
browseable = no
guest ok = no
printable = yesOther parameters you may wish to customize in the “[global]” section include:
server string =
security =
hosts allow =
load printers =
log file =
max log size =
socket options =
local master =
Reference the comments in the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default file for
information regarding these parameters.
Since the smbd and nmbd daemons are needed
in this case, install the samba systemd
unit. Be sure to run smbpasswd (with the
-a option to add users) to
enable and set passwords for all accounts that need
Samba access. Using the
default Samba passdb
backend, any user you attempt to add will also be
required to exist in the /etc/passwd file.
More complex scenarios involving domain control or membership are possible. Such setups are advanced topics and cannot be adequately covered in BLFS. Many complete books have been written on these topics alone. Note that in some domain membership scenarios, the winbindd daemon and the corresponding systemd unit are needed.
The default Samba
installation uses the nobody user for guest access to the
server. This can be overridden by setting the
guest account = parameter in
the /etc/samba/smb.conf
file. If you utilize the guest
account = parameter, ensure this user exists in
the /etc/passwd file.
To start the Samba
daemons at boot, install the systemd units from the
blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package by running the following command as the
root user:
make install-samba
To start the winbindd daemon at
boot, install the systemd unit from the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package by running the following command as the
root user:
make install-winbindd
This package comes with two types of units: A service file and a socket file. The service file will start the smbd daemon once at boot and it will keep running until the system shuts down. The socket file will make systemd listen on the smbd port (Default 445, needs to be edited for anything else) and will start the smbd daemon when something tries to connect to that port and stop the daemon when the connection is terminated. This is called socket activation and is analogous to using {,x}inetd on a SysVinit based system.
By default, the first method is used - the smbd daemon
is started at boot and stopped at shutdown. If the
socket method is desired, you need to run the following
commands as the root
user:
systemctl stop smbd && systemctl disable smbd && systemctl enable smbd.socket && systemctl start smbd.socket
Note that only the smbd daemon can be socket activated.
|
is the dd command for SMB |
|
|
is used to read and manipulate TDB/CTDB databases using the dbwrap interface |
|
|
dumps the content of MS catalog files |
|
|
is used to write records to eventlogs from STDIN,
add the specified source and DLL eventlog registry
entries and display the active eventlog names (from
|
|
|
is used to run random generic SMB operations against two SMB servers and show the differences in behavior |
|
|
is a command-line utility for adding records to an LDB database |
|
|
is a command-line utility for deleting LDB database records |
|
|
allows you to edit LDB databases using your preferred editor |
|
|
allows you to modify records in an LDB database |
|
|
allows you to rename LDB databases |
|
|
searches an LDB database for records matching a specified expression |
|
|
is used to find differences in locking between two SMB servers |
|
|
is used to find differences in wildcard matching between Samba's implementation and that of a remote server |
|
|
runs Spotlight searches against a SMB server |
|
|
is used to recursively rename extended attributes |
|
|
is a DCE/RPC Packet Parser and Dumper |
|
|
is a tool for administration of Samba and remote CIFS servers, similar to the net utility for DOS/Windows |
|
|
is the Samba NetBIOS name server |
|
|
is used to query NetBIOS names and map them to IP addresses |
|
|
is a tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function |
|
|
converts LDAP schema's to LDB-compatible LDIF |
|
|
is a tool used to manage the SAM database |
|
|
is a utility that reports and changes SIDs in Windows registry files |
|
|
is a Diff program for Windows registry files |
|
|
applies registry patches to registry files |
|
|
is a Windows registry file browser using readline |
|
|
is a text-mode registry viewer |
|
|
is used to execute MS-RPC client side functions |
|
|
allows you to edit Microsoft Group Policy Objects (GPOs) |
|
|
is a ncurses based tool to manage the Samba registry |
|
|
is the main Samba administration tool |
|
|
manipulates share ACL permissions on SMB file shares |
|
|
is used to manipulate Windows NT access control lists |
|
|
is a SMB/CIFS access utility, similar to FTP |
|
|
is used to control running smbd, nmbd and winbindd daemons |
|
|
is used to manipulate Windows NT quotas on SMB file shares |
|
|
is the main Samba daemon which provides SMB/CIFS services to clients |
|
|
is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line |
|
|
changes a user's Samba password |
|
|
sends a print job to a SMB printer |
|
|
reports current Samba connections |
|
|
is a shell script used for backing up SMB/CIFS shares directly to Linux tape drives or to a file |
|
|
is a test suite that runs several tests against a SMB server |
|
|
is a text-based SMB network browser |
|
|
is a tool for backing up or validating the
integrity of Samba
|
|
|
is a tool used to print the contents of a
Samba |
|
|
is a tool for creating a Samba |
|
|
is a tool which allows simple database manipulation from the command line |
|
|
checks a |
|
|
queries a running winbindd daemon |
|
|
resolves names from Windows NT servers |
|
|
provides Name Service Switch API functions for resolving names from NT servers |
|
|
provides API functions for Samba's implementation of the Windows Internet Naming Service |
|
|
provides API functions for the administration tools used for Samba and remote CIFS servers |
|
|
provides API functions for the Samba SMB client tools |
|
|
provides API functions for Windows domain client services |
The Wget package contains a utility useful for non-interactive downloading of files from the Web.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.21.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.21.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e7f7ca2f215b711f76584756ebd3c853
Download size: 4.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 36 MB (add 27 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (add 0.3 SBU for tests)
make-ca-1.12 (runtime)
GnuTLS-3.8.1, HTTP-Daemon-6.16 (for the test suite), IO-Socket-SSL-2.083 (for the test suite), libidn2-2.3.4, libpsl-0.21.2, PCRE-8.45 or pcre2-10.42, and Valgrind-3.21.0 (for the test suite)
Install Wget by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-ssl=openssl &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Some tests may fail when Valgrind tests are enabled.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--sysconfdir=/etc:
This relocates the configuration file from /usr/etc to /etc.
--with-ssl=openssl:
This allows the program to use openssl instead of GnuTLS-3.8.1.
--enable-valgrind-tests: This
allows the tests to be run under valgrind.
Before using any userspace tools for connecting to a wireless AP, the Linux kernel must be configured to drive the wireless NIC properly. Enable the following options in the kernel configuration as well as specific device drivers for your hardware and recompile the kernel if necessary:
[*] Networking support ---> [NET] [*] Wireless ---> [WIRELESS] <*/M> cfg80211 - wireless configuration API [CFG80211] < /*/M> Generic IEEE 802.11 Networking Stack (mac80211) [MAC80211] Device Drivers ---> [*] Network device support ---> [NETDEVICES] [*] Wireless LAN ---> [WLAN]
Open the “Wireless LAN” submenu and select
the options that support your hardware. lspci from pciutils-3.10.0 or
lsusb from
usbutils-015 can be used to view your
hardware configuration. Note that many (though not all) options
for the wireless NICs depend on CONFIG_MAC80211. After the
correct drivers are loaded, the interface will appear in
/sys/class/net, or in the output
of the ip link
command.
Many wireless NIC drivers require firmware. If you've enabled
the correct driver in the kernel configuration but it fails to
load (with messages like “Direct firmware load for ”, it means that you need to
install the firmware or the wireless NIC won't work. Read
About Firmware for more details.
<filename> failed with
error -2
iw is a new nl80211 based CLI configuration utility for wireless devices. It supports all new drivers that have been added to the kernel recently. The old tool iwconfig, which uses Wireless Extensions interface, is deprecated and it's strongly recommended to switch to iw and nl80211.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/network/iw/iw-5.19.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fd17ca2dd5f160a5d9e5fd3f8a69f416
Download size: 152 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
To use iw, the kernel must have the appropriate drivers and other support available. Read Configuring the Linux Kernel for Wireless for details.
To install iw, use the following commands:
sed -i "/INSTALL.*gz/s/.gz//" Makefile && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ...: Install uncompressed manual pages in accordance with other man pages.
The Wireless Extension (WE) is a generic API in the Linux kernel allowing a driver to expose configuration and statistics specific to common Wireless LANs to userspace. A single set of tools can support all the variations of Wireless LANs, regardless of their type, as long as the driver supports Wireless Extensions. WE parameters may also be changed on the fly without restarting the driver (or Linux).
The Wireless Tools (WT) package is a set of tools allowing manipulation of the Wireless Extensions. They use a textual interface to support the full Wireless Extension.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://hewlettpackard.github.io/wireless-tools/wireless_tools.29.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e06c222e186f7cc013fd272d023710cb
Download size: 288 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Configuring the Linux Kernel for Wireless
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/WirelessTools
To use Wireless Tools, the kernel must have the appropriate drivers and other support available. Besides the configurations mentioned by Configuring the Linux Kernel for Wireless, it's also needed to enable the following options in the kernel configuration:
[*] Networking support ---> [NET] [*] Wireless ---> [WIRELESS] <*/M> cfg80211 - wireless configuration API [CFG80211] [*] cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility [CFG80211_WEXT]
First, apply a patch that fixes a problem when numerous networks are available:
patch -Np1 -i ../wireless_tools-29-fix_iwlist_scanning-1.patch
To install Wireless Tools, use the following commands:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr INSTALL_MAN=/usr/share/man install
INSTALL_MAN=/usr/share/man:
Install manual pages in /usr/share/man instead of /usr/man.
|
renames network interfaces based on various static criteria |
|
|
configures a wireless network interface |
|
|
displays wireless events generated by drivers and setting changes |
|
|
reports ESSID, NWID or AP/Cell Address of wireless networks |
|
|
gets detailed wireless information from a wireless interface |
|
|
configures optional (private) parameters of a wireless network interface |
|
|
gets wireless statistics from specific node |
|
|
contains functions required by the wireless programs and provides an API for other programs |
WPA Supplicant is a Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) client and IEEE 802.1X supplicant. It implements WPA key negotiation with a WPA Authenticator and Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) authentication with an Authentication Server. In addition, it controls the roaming and IEEE 802.11 authentication/association of the wireless LAN driver. This is useful for connecting to a password protected wireless access point.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://w1.fi/releases/wpa_supplicant-2.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d26797fcb002898d4ee989179346e1cc
Download size: 3.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 37 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with optional gui)
Configuring the Linux Kernel for Wireless
desktop-file-utils-0.26 (for running update-desktop-database) and libnl-3.7.0
libxml2-2.10.4, and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
To use wpa_supplicant, the kernel must have the appropriate drivers and other support available. Read Configuring the Linux Kernel for Wireless for details.
First you will need to create an initial configuration file
for the build process. You can read wpa_supplicant/README and wpa_supplicant/defconfig for the
explanation of the following options as well as other options
that can be used. Create a build configuration file that
should work for standard WiFi setups by running the following
command:
cat > wpa_supplicant/.config << "EOF"
CONFIG_BACKEND=file
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_FILE=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG_FACILITY=LOG_DAEMON
CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211=y
CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT=y
CONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED=y
CONFIG_EAP_GTC=y
CONFIG_EAP_LEAP=y
CONFIG_EAP_MD5=y
CONFIG_EAP_MSCHAPV2=y
CONFIG_EAP_OTP=y
CONFIG_EAP_PEAP=y
CONFIG_EAP_TLS=y
CONFIG_EAP_TTLS=y
CONFIG_IEEE8021X_EAPOL=y
CONFIG_IPV6=y
CONFIG_LIBNL32=y
CONFIG_PEERKEY=y
CONFIG_PKCS12=y
CONFIG_READLINE=y
CONFIG_SMARTCARD=y
CONFIG_WPS=y
CFLAGS += -I/usr/include/libnl3
EOF
If you wish to use WPA Supplicant with NetworkManager-1.44.0, make sure that you have installed dbus-1.14.8 and libxml2-2.10.4, then add the following options to the WPA Supplicant build configuration file by running the following command:
cat >> wpa_supplicant/.config << "EOF"
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS=y
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS_NEW=y
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS_INTRO=y
EOF
Install WPA Supplicant by running the following commands:
cd wpa_supplicant && make BINDIR=/usr/sbin LIBDIR=/usr/lib
If you have installed (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10) and wish to build the WPA Supplicant GUI program, run the following commands:
The following directory name is labelled qt4, but is compatible with (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10).
pushd wpa_gui-qt4 && qmake wpa_gui.pro && make && popd
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -m755 wpa_{cli,passphrase,supplicant} /usr/sbin/ &&
install -v -m644 doc/docbook/wpa_supplicant.conf.5 /usr/share/man/man5/ &&
install -v -m644 doc/docbook/wpa_{cli,passphrase,supplicant}.8 /usr/share/man/man8/
Install the systemd support
files by running the following command as the root user:
install -v -m644 systemd/*.service /usr/lib/systemd/system/
If you have built WPA
Supplicant with D-Bus
support, you will need to install D-Bus configuration files. Install them
by running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m644 dbus/fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.service \
/usr/share/dbus-1/system-services/ &&
install -v -d -m755 /etc/dbus-1/system.d &&
install -v -m644 dbus/dbus-wpa_supplicant.conf \
/etc/dbus-1/system.d/wpa_supplicant.conf
Additionally, enable the wpa_supplicant.service so that systemd can properly activate the
D-Bus service. Note that the
per-connection service and the D-Bus service cannot be
enabled at the same time. Run the following command as the
root user:
systemctl enable wpa_supplicant
If you have built the WPA
Supplicant GUI program, install it by running the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 wpa_gui-qt4/wpa_gui /usr/bin/ && install -v -m644 doc/docbook/wpa_gui.8 /usr/share/man/man8/ && install -v -m644 wpa_gui-qt4/wpa_gui.desktop /usr/share/applications/ && install -v -m644 wpa_gui-qt4/icons/wpa_gui.svg /usr/share/pixmaps/
You will need to restart the system D-Bus daemon before you can use the WPA Supplicant D-Bus interface.
This package installs desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy and you
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have desktop-file-utils-0.26
installed and issue the following command as the
root user:
update-desktop-database -q
To connect to an access point that uses a password, you
need to put the pre-shared key in /etc/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant-.
SSID is the string that the access point/router transmits
to identify itself. Run the following command as the
wifi0.confroot user:
install -v -dm755 /etc/wpa_supplicant && wpa_passphraseSSIDSECRET_PASSWORD> /etc/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant-wifi0.conf
/etc/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant-
can hold the details of several access points. When
wpa_supplicant is
started, it will scan for the SSIDs it can see and choose
the appropriate password to connect.
wifi0.conf
If you want to connect to an access point that isn't
password protected, put an entry like this in /etc/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant-.
Replace "Some-SSID" with the SSID of the access
point/router.
wifi0.conf
network={
ssid="Some-SSID"
key_mgmt=NONE
}
Connecting to a new access point that is not in the configuration file can be accomplished manually via the command line or GUI, but it must be done via a privileged user. To do that, add the following to the configuration file:
ctrl_interface=DIR=/run/wpa_supplicant GROUP=<privileged group>
update_config=1
Replace the <privileged group> above with a system group where members have the ability to connect to a wireless access point.
There are many options that you could use to tweak how you
connect to each access point. They are described in some
detail in the wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf file
in the source tree.
There are 3 types of systemd units that were installed:
The only difference between 3 of them is what driver is used for connecting (-D option). The first one uses the default driver, the second one uses the nl80211 driver and the third one uses the wired driver.
You can connect to the wireless access point by running the
following command as the root user:
systemctl start wpa_supplicant@wlan0
To connect to the wireless access point at boot, simply
enable the appropriate wpa_supplicant service by
running the following command as the root user:
systemctl enable wpa_supplicant@wlan0
Depending on your setup, you can replace the [email protected] with any other
listed above.
To assign a network address to your wireless interface, consult the General Network Configuration page in LFS.
|
is a graphical frontend program for interacting with wpa_supplicant |
|
|
is a daemon that can connect to a password protected wireless access point |
|
|
takes an SSID and a password and generates a simple configuration that wpa_supplicant can understand |
|
|
is a command line interface used to control a running wpa_supplicant daemon |
This chapter contains some tools that come in handy when the network needs investigating.
The Avahi package is a system which facilitates service discovery on a local network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lathiat/avahi/releases/download/v0.8/avahi-0.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 229c6aa30674fc43c202b22c5f8c2be7
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, GTK+-2.24.33, GTK+-3.24.38, libdaemon-0.14, libglade-2.6.4, and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
D-Bus Python-1.3.2, libevent-2.1.12, PyGTK-2.24.0, Doxygen-1.9.7 and xmltoman (for generating documentation)
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the avahi-daemon daemon after
it is started. Issue the following commands as the
root user:
groupadd -fg 84 avahi &&
useradd -c "Avahi Daemon Owner" -d /run/avahi-daemon -u 84 \
-g avahi -s /bin/false avahi
There should also be a dedicated privileged access group for
Avahi clients. Issue the
following command as the root
user:
groupadd -fg 86 netdev
Fix a regression that results in a race condition when IPv6 is in use and multiple network adapters are present on the system:
patch -Np1 -i ../avahi-0.8-ipv6_race_condition_fix-1.patch
Fix a security vulnerability in avahi-daemon:
sed -i '426a if (events & AVAHI_WATCH_HUP) { \
client_free(c); \
return; \
}' avahi-daemon/simple-protocol.c
Install Avahi by running the following commands:
./configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-static \
--disable-libevent \
--disable-mono \
--disable-monodoc \
--disable-python \
--disable-qt3 \
--disable-qt4 \
--enable-core-docs \
--with-distro=none \
--with-dbus-system-address='unix:path=/run/dbus/system_bus_socket' &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-libevent:
This parameter disables the use of libevent-2.1.12.
Remove if you have it installed.
--disable-mono: This
parameter disables the Mono
bindings.
--disable-monodoc:
This parameter disables documentation for the Mono bindings.
--disable-python:
This parameter disables the scripts that depend on
Python. It also allows a
regular install to complete successfully.
--disable-qt3: This
parameter disables the attempt to build the obsolete
Qt3 portions of the package.
--disable-qt4: This
parameter disables the attempt to build the obsolete
Qt4Core portions of the
package.
--enable-core-docs:
This parameter enables the building of documentation.
--with-distro=none:
There is an obsolete boot script in the distribution for LFS.
This option disables it.
--with-dbus-system-address=...:
This option prevents the package from referring to the
deprecated /var/run directory.
--disable-dbus: This parameter
disables the use of D-Bus.
--disable-gtk: This parameter
disables the use of GTK+2.
--disable-gtk3: This parameter
disables the use of GTK+3.
--disable-qt5: This parameter
disables the use of Qt5, and
allows building without it.
--disable-libdaemon: This
parameter disables the use of libdaemon. If you use this option,
avahi-daemon
won't be built.
--enable-tests: This option
enables the building of tests and examples.
--enable-compat-howl: This option
enables the compatibility layer for HOWL.
--enable-compat-libdns_sd: This
option enables the compatibility layer for libdns_sd.
To start the avahi-daemon daemon at
boot, enable the previously installed systemd unit by
running the following command as the root user:
systemctl enable avahi-daemon
To start the avahi-dnsconfd daemon at
boot, enable the previously installed systemd unit by
running the following command as the root user:
systemctl enable avahi-dnsconfd
|
is a IPv4LL network address configuration daemon |
|
|
browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon |
|
|
browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon |
|
|
is the Avahi mDNS/DNS-SD daemon |
|
|
browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon |
|
|
is a Unicast DNS server from mDNS/DNS-SD configuration daemon |
|
|
registers a mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping using the Avahi daemon |
|
|
registers a mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping using the Avahi daemon |
|
|
registers a mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping using the Avahi daemon |
|
|
resolves one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es) (and vice versa) using the Avahi daemon |
|
|
resolves one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es) (and vice versa) using the Avahi daemon |
|
|
resolves one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es) (and vice versa) using the Avahi daemon |
|
|
changes the mDNS host name |
|
|
browses for SSH servers on the local network |
|
|
browses for VNC servers on the local network |
BIND Utilities is not a separate package, it is a collection of the client side programs that are included with BIND-9.18.18. The BIND package includes the client side programs nslookup, dig and host. If you install BIND server, these programs will be installed automatically. This section is for those users who don't need the complete BIND server, but need these client side applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.18.18/bind-9.18.18.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.18.18/bind-9.18.18.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d8f443ea8fbd294345b3b7d1a7a81417
Download size: 5.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 97 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
JSON-C-0.17 and nghttp2-1.55.1
Install BIND Utilities by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make -C lib/isc && make -C lib/dns && make -C lib/ns && make -C lib/isccfg && make -C lib/bind9 && make -C lib/irs && make -C bin/dig && make -C doc
This portion of the package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make -C lib/isc install &&
make -C lib/dns install &&
make -C lib/ns install &&
make -C lib/isccfg install &&
make -C lib/bind9 install &&
make -C lib/irs install &&
make -C bin/dig install &&
cp -v doc/man/{dig.1,host.1,nslookup.1} /usr/share/man/man1
--disable-doh: Use this option if
you have not installed nghttp2-1.55.1 and you don't need DNS
over HTTPS support.
make -C lib/...: These commands build the libraries that are needed for the client programs.
make -C bin/dig: This command builds the client programs.
make -C doc: This command builds the manual pages if the optional Python module sphinx-7.1.2 is installed.
Use cp -v doc/man/{dig.1,host.1,nslookup.1} /usr/share/man/man1 to install the the manual pages if they have been built.
See the program descriptions in the BIND-9.18.18 section.
NetworkManager is a set of co-operative tools that make networking simple and straightforward. Whether you use WiFi, wired, 3G, or Bluetooth, NetworkManager allows you to quickly move from one network to another: Once a network has been configured and joined once, it can be detected and re-joined automatically the next time it's available.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Make sure that you disable the systemd-networkd service or configure it not to manage the interfaces you want to manage with NetworkManager.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/NetworkManager/1.44/NetworkManager-1.44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/NetworkManager/1.44/NetworkManager-1.44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2a39852cda0f04bd72c9782839b1dc7d
Download size: 6.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 917 MB (with tests and documentation)
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (with tests, using parallelism=4)
cURL-8.2.1, dhcpcd-10.0.2, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, iptables-1.8.9, newt-0.52.23 (for nmtui), nss-3.92, Polkit-123 (runtime), PyGObject-3.44.1, Systemd-254, Vala-0.56.11, and wpa_supplicant-2.10 (runtime, built with D-Bus support)
BlueZ-5.68, D-Bus Python-1.3.2 (for the test suite), GnuTLS-3.8.1 (can be used instead of nss-3.92), GTK-Doc-1.33.2, libpsl-0.21.2, (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-components-5.15.10 with qtdoc) (for examples), ModemManager-1.18.12, UPower-1.90.2, Valgrind-3.21.0, dnsmasq, firewalld, libaudit, libteam, mobile-broadband-provider-info, PPP, and RP-PPPoE
If you wish to run the tests, check that at least the following options are enabled in the kernel configuration. Those options have been determined to be necessary, but may not be sufficient. Recompile the kernel if necessary:
[*] Networking support ---> [NET] Networking options ---> [*] TCP/IP networking [INET] <*/M> IP: tunneling [NET_IPIP] <*/M> IP: GRE demultiplexer [NET_IPGRE_DEMUX] <*/M> IP: GRE tunnels over IP [NET_IPGRE] <*> The IPv6 protocol ---> [IPV6] <*/M> IPv6: IPv6-in-IPv4 tunnel (SIT driver) [IPV6_SIT] <*/M> IPv6: GRE tunnel [IPV6_GRE] [*] IPv6: Multiple Routing Tables [IPV6_MULTIPLE_TABLES] [*] MPTCP: Multipath TCP [MPTCP] [*] MPTCP: IPv6 support for Multipath TCP [MPTCP_IPV6] <*/M> 802.1Q/802.1ad VLAN Support [VLAN_8021Q] [*] QoS and/or fair queueing ---> [NET_SCHED] <*> Stochastic Fairness Queueing (SFQ) [NET_SCH_SFQ] <*> Token Bucket Filter (TBF) [NET_SCH_TBF] <*> Fair Queue Controlled Delay AQM (FQ_CODEL) [NET_SCH_FQ_CODEL] <*> Ingress/classifier-action Qdisc [NET_SCH_INGRESS] Device Drivers ---> [*] Network device support ---> [NETDEVICES] [*] Network core driver support [NET_CORE] <*/M> Bonding driver support [BONDING] <*/M> Dummy net driver support [DUMMY] <*/M> Ethernet team driver support ---> [NET_TEAM] <*/M> MAC-VLAN support [MACVLAN] <*/M> MAC-VLAN based tap driver [MACVTAP] <*/M> IP-VLAN support [IPVLAN] <*/M> Virtual eXtensible Local Area Network (VXLAN) [VXLAN] <*/M> Virtual ethernet pair device [VETH] <*/M> Virtual Routing and Forwarding (Lite) [NET_VRF]
If Qt-5.15.10 is installed and the Qt based examples are desired, fix two meson.build files:
sed -e 's/-qt4/-qt5/' \
-e 's/moc_location/host_bins/' \
-i examples/C/qt/meson.build &&
sed -e 's/Qt/&5/' \
-i meson.build
Fix the python scripts so that they use Python 3:
grep -rl '^#!.*python$' | xargs sed -i '1s/python/&3/'
Install NetworkManager by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
CXXFLAGS+="-O2 -fPIC" \
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dlibaudit=no \
-Dlibpsl=false \
-Dnmtui=true \
-Dovs=false \
-Dppp=false \
-Dselinux=false \
-Dqt=false \
-Dsession_tracking=systemd \
-Dmodem_manager=false &&
ninja
An already active graphical session with a bus address is necessary to run the tests. To test the results, issue ninja test.
A few tests may fail, depending on enabled kernel options.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install &&
mv -v /usr/share/doc/NetworkManager{,-1.44.0}
If you have not passed the -Ddocs=true option to meson, you can install the
pregenerated manual pages with (as the root user):
for file in $(echo ../man/*.[1578]); do
section=${file##*.} &&
install -vdm 755 /usr/share/man/man$section
install -vm 644 $file /usr/share/man/man$section/
done
If you have not used -Ddocs=true,
the pregenerated HTML documentation can also be installed
with (as the root user):
cp -Rv ../docs/{api,libnm} /usr/share/doc/NetworkManager-1.44.0
CXXFLAGS="-O2 -fPIC": These
compiler options are necessary to build the Qt5 based
examples.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Ddocs=true: Use this switch to
enable building man pages and documentation if GTK-Doc-1.33.2 is installed.
-Dnmtui=true: This
switch enables building nmtui.
-Dlibpsl=false and
-Dovs=false: These
switches disable building with the respective libraries.
Remove these if you have the needed libraries installed on
your system.
-Dmodem_manager=false: This
switch is required if ModemManager is not installed. Omit this
switch if you have built ModemManager and mobile-broadband-provider-info.
-Dsession_tracking=systemd:
This switch is used to set systemd-logind as the
default program for session tracking.
-Dsystemdsystemunitdir=/lib/systemd/system:
This switch is used to set the correct installation directory
for systemd units.
-Dppp=false: This
switch disables PPP support
in NetworkManager since the
programs necessary for it are not installed. Remove this
switch if you need PPP support and have PPP installed.
-Dlibaudit=no and
-Dselinux=false: This
switch disables support for libaudit and SELinux since they
are not used in BLFS.
-Dqt=false: This
switch disables the Qt
examples. Omit if you have Qt available and wish to install the
examples.
-Dcrypto=gnutls: Use this switch
if you have GnuTLS installed and want to use it for
certificate and key operations in NetworkManager, instead of
using NSS (the default).
-Dcrypto=null: Use this switch if
neither NSS nor GnuTLS is installed but you want to build
NetworkManager anyway. This switch will make NetworkManager
lack some features (for example 802.1X).
-Dsuspend_resume=upower: Use this
switch if you have UPower-1.90.2 installed and want to use
it (instead of Systemd-254) for
suspend and resume support.
For NetworkManager to
work, at least a minimal configuration file must be
present. Such a file is not installed with make install. Issue the
following command as the root user to create a minimal
NetworkManager.conf file:
cat >> /etc/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.conf << "EOF"
[main]
plugins=keyfile
EOF
This file should not be modified directly by users of the
system. Instead, system specific changes should be made
using configuration files in the /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d directory.
To allow polkit to manage authorizations, add the following configuration file:
cat > /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/polkit.conf << "EOF"
[main]
auth-polkit=true
EOF
To use something other than the built-in dhcp client (recommended if using only nmcli), use the following configuration (valid values include either dhcpcd or internal):
cat > /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/dhcp.conf << "EOF"[main] dhcp=dhcpcdEOF
To prevent NetworkManager
from updating the /etc/resolv.conf file, add the following
configuration file:
cat > /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/no-dns-update.conf << "EOF"
[main]
dns=none
EOF
For additional configuration options, see man 5 NetworkManager.conf.
To allow regular users to configure network connections,
you should add them to the netdev group, and create a polkit rule that grants access. Run
the following commands as the root user:
groupadd -fg 86 netdev && /usr/sbin/usermod -a -G netdev<username>cat > /usr/share/polkit-1/rules.d/org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.rules << "EOF"polkit.addRule(function(action, subject) { if (action.id.indexOf("org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.") == 0 && subject.isInGroup("netdev")) { return polkit.Result.YES; } });EOF
To start the NetworkManager daemon at
boot, enable the previously installed systemd unit by
running the following command as the root user:
If using Network Manager to manage an interface, any previous configuration for that interface should be removed, and the interface brought down prior to starting Network Manager.
systemctl enable NetworkManager
Starting in version 1.11.2 of NetworkManager, a systemd unit named
NetworkManager-wait-online.service is
enabled, which is used to prevent services that require
network connectivity from starting until NetworkManager establishes a
connection. To disable this behavior, run the following
command as the root user:
systemctl disable NetworkManager-wait-online
|
is a command-line tool for controlling NetworkManager and getting its status |
|
|
is an utility to determine whether you are online |
|
|
is an interactive ncurses-based user interface for nmcli |
|
|
is an interactive ncurses-based user interface to activate/deactivate connections |
|
|
is an interactive ncurses-based user interface to edit connections |
|
|
is an interactive ncurses-based user interface to edit the hostname |
|
|
is the network management daemon |
|
|
contains functions used by NetworkManager |
The NetworkManager Applet provides a tool and a panel applet used to configure wired and wireless network connections through GUI. It's designed for use with any desktop environment that uses GTK+, such as Xfce and LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/network-manager-applet/1.32/network-manager-applet-1.32.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/network-manager-applet/1.32/network-manager-applet-1.32.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ba0de3589b2975a181a21a74bcb62447
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-3.24.38, libnma-1.10.6, and libsecret-0.21.0
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and ModemManager-1.18.12
Since this package uses Polkit-123 for authorization, one Polkit Authentication Agent should be running when the functionality of this package is used.
Install NetworkManager Applet by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dappindicator=no \
-Dselinux=false &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dappindicator=no:
This switch disables AppIndicator support in
network-manager-applet because it requires libindicator,
which is not in BLFS. The build will fail without this
option.
-Dselinux=false: This
switch forcibly disables SELinux support since it is not
currently in BLFS and the build will fail without it.
-Dwwan=false: This switch
disables WWAN support. Use this if you do not have ModemManager-1.18.12 installed.
Nmap is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and TCP/IP fingerprinting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://nmap.org/dist/nmap-7.94.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4f65e08148d1eaac6b1a1482e7185e1d
Download size: 11 MB
Estimated disk space required: 138 MB (add 17 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 0.1 SBU for tests)
These packages are recommended because if they're not installed, the build process will compile and link against its own (often older) version.
liblinear-247, libpcap-1.10.4, libssh2-1.11.0, Lua-5.4.6, PCRE-8.45, and PyGObject-3.44.1
Install Nmap by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check as the
root user. Tests need a
graphical session.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is a utility for reading and writing data across networks from the command line |
|
|
is a tool to aid in the comparison of Nmap scans |
|
|
is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and TCP/IP fingerprinting |
|
|
is an open-source tool for network packet generation, response analysis and response time measurement |
|
|
is a Python script to uninstall ndiff |
|
|
is a Python script to uninstall zenmap |
|
|
is a Python based graphical nmap frontend viewer |
The Traceroute package contains a program which is used to display the network route that packets take to reach a specified host. This is a standard network troubleshooting tool. If you find yourself unable to connect to another system, traceroute can help pinpoint the problem.
This package overwrites the version of traceroute that was installed in the inetutils package in LFS. This version is more powerful and allows many more options than the standard version.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/traceroute/traceroute-2.1.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 56fdeed70d922f2545f4f9121234c313
Download size: 71.4 KB
Estimated disk space required: 580 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install Traceroute by running the following commands:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr install && ln -sv -f traceroute /usr/bin/traceroute6 && ln -sv -f traceroute.8 /usr/share/man/man8/traceroute6.8 && rm -fv /usr/share/man/man1/traceroute.1
The traceroute.1 file that was installed in LFS by inetutils is no longer relevant. This package overwrites that version of traceroute and installs the man page in man chapter 8.
Whois is a client-side application which queries the whois directory service for information pertaining to a particular domain name. This package will install two programs by default: whois and mkpasswd. The mkpasswd command is also installed by the expect package in LFS.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/rfc1036/whois/archive/v5.4.3/whois-5.4.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 381dce8db7c6e38ef013b5d6527f494c
Download size: 100 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Build the application with:
make
You can install the whois program, the
mkpasswd
program, and the locale files independently. Control your
choice of what is installed with the following commands
issued as the root user:
Installing this version of mkpasswd will overwrite the same command installed in LFS.
make prefix=/usr install-whois make prefix=/usr install-mkpasswd make prefix=/usr install-pos
The Wireshark package contains a network protocol analyzer, also known as a “sniffer”. This is useful for analyzing data captured “off the wire” from a live network connection, or data read from a capture file.
Wireshark provides both a graphical and a TTY-mode front-end for examining captured network packets from over 500 protocols, as well as the capability to read capture files from many other popular network analyzers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.wireshark.org/download/src/all-versions/wireshark-4.0.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8c23f20130bb1a346ca3da1ff43a16b4
Download size: 41 MB
Estimated disk space required: 692 MB (with all optional dependencies available in the BLFS book)
Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU (with parallelism=4 and all optional dependencies available in the BLFS book)
Additional Documentation: https://www.wireshark.org/download/docs/ (contains links to several different docs in a variety of formats)
CMake-3.27.2, GLib-2.76.4, libgcrypt-1.10.2, and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-components-5.15.10 with qtmultimedia)
libpcap-1.10.4 (required to capture data)
asciidoctor-2.0.20, Brotli-1.0.9, c-ares-1.19.1, Doxygen-1.9.7, git-2.41.0, GnuTLS-3.8.1, libnl-3.7.0, libxslt-1.1.38, libxml2-2.10.4, Lua-5.2.4, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, nghttp2-1.55.1, SBC-2.0, Speex-1.2.1, BCG729, libilbc, libsmi, lz4, libssh, MaxMindDB, Minizip, Snappy, and Spandsp
The kernel must have the Packet protocol enabled for Wireshark to capture live packets from the network:
[*] Networking support ---> [NET] Networking options ---> <*/M> Packet socket [PACKET]
If built as a module, the name is af_packet.ko.
Wireshark is a very large
and complex application. These instructions provide
additional security measures to ensure that only trusted
users are allowed to view network traffic. First, set up a
system group for wireshark. As the root user:
groupadd -g 62 wireshark
Continue to install Wireshark by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/wireshark-4.0.7 \
-G Ninja \
.. &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/wireshark-4.0.7 &&
install -v -m644 ../README.linux ../doc/README.* ../doc/randpkt.txt \
/usr/share/doc/wireshark-4.0.7 &&
pushd /usr/share/doc/wireshark-4.0.7 &&
for FILENAME in ../../wireshark/*.html; do
ln -s -v -f $FILENAME .
done &&
popd
unset FILENAME
If you downloaded any of the documentation files from the
page listed in the 'Additional Downloads', install them by
issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m644 <Downloaded_Files> \
/usr/share/doc/wireshark-4.0.7
Now, set ownership and permissions of sensitive applications
to only allow authorized users. As the root user:
chown -v root:wireshark /usr/bin/{tshark,dumpcap} &&
chmod -v 6550 /usr/bin/{tshark,dumpcap}
Finally, add any users to the wireshark group (as
root user):
usermod -a -G wireshark <username>
If you are installing wireshark for the first time, it will be necessary to logout of your session and login again. This will put wireshark in your groups, because otherwise Wireshark will not function properly.
/etc/wireshark.conf and
~/.config/wireshark/* (unless
there is already ~/.wireshark/* in the system)
Though the default configuration parameters are very sane, reference the configuration section of the Wireshark User's Guide for configuration information. Most of Wireshark 's configuration can be accomplished using the menu options of the wireshark graphical interfaces.
If you want to look at packets, make sure you don't filter them out with iptables-1.8.9. If you want to exclude certain classes of packets, it is more efficient to do it with iptables than it is with Wireshark.
|
reads a saved capture file and returns any or all of several statistics about that file. It is able to detect and read any capture supported by the Wireshark package |
|
|
prints the file types of capture files |
|
|
is a network traffic dump tool. It lets you capture packet data from a live network and write the packets to a file |
|
|
edits and/or translates the format of capture files. It knows how to read libpcap capture files, including those of tcpdump, Wireshark and other tools that write captures in that format |
|
|
is a program that takes a user specified CORBA IDL
file and generates “C” source code for a
Wireshark
“plugin”. It relies on
two Python programs wireshark_be.py
and wireshark_gen.py,
which are not installed by default. They have to be
copied manually from the |
|
|
combines multiple saved capture files into a single output file |
|
|
creates random-packet capture files |
|
|
dumps and analyzes raw libpcap data |
|
|
reorders timestamps of input file frames into an output file |
|
|
is a daemon that listens on UNIX sockets |
|
|
reads in an ASCII hex dump and writes the data described into a libpcap-style capture file |
|
|
is a TTY-mode network protocol analyzer. It lets you capture packet data from a live network or read packets from a previously saved capture file |
|
|
is the Qt GUI network protocol analyzer. It lets you interactively browse packet data from a live network or from a previously saved capture file |
|
|
contains functions used by the Wireshark programs to perform filtering and packet capturing |
|
|
is a library being developed as a future
replacement for |
These applications are support libraries for other applications in the book. It is unlikely that you would just install these libraries, you will generally find that you will be referred to this chapter to satisfy a dependency of other applications.
c-ares is a C library for asynchronous DNS requests.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://c-ares.haxx.se/download/c-ares-1.19.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dafc5825a92dc907e144570e4e75a908
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install c-ares by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr .. && make
This package does not include a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The cURL package contains an utility and a library used for transferring files with URL syntax to any of the following protocols: DICT, FILE, FTP, FTPS, GOPHER, GOPHERS, HTTP, HTTPS, IMAP, IMAPS, LDAP, LDAPS, MQTT, POP3, POP3S, RTSP, SMB, SMBS, SMTP, SMPTS, TELNET, and TFTP. Its ability to both download and upload files can be incorporated into other programs to support functions like streaming media.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://curl.se/download/curl-8.2.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 556576a795bdd2c7d10de6886480065f
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 42 MB (add 23 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with parallelism=4; add 15 SBU for tests (without valgrind, add 36 SBU with valgrind)
make-ca-1.12 (runtime)
Brotli-1.0.9, c-ares-1.19.1, GnuTLS-3.8.1, libidn2-2.3.4, libpsl-0.21.2, libssh2-1.11.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, nghttp2-1.55.1, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, Samba-4.18.6 (runtime, for NTLM authentication), gsasl, impacket, libmetalink, librtmp, ngtcp2, quiche, and SPNEGO
Apache-2.4.57 and stunnel-5.70 (for the HTTPS and FTPS tests), and Valgrind-3.21.0 (this will slow the tests down and may cause failures.)
Install cURL by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-openssl \
--enable-threaded-resolver \
--with-ca-path=/etc/ssl/certs &&
make
To run the test suite, issue: make test. The tests related to the SMB protocol will output a message duplicated many times complaining the Python module impacket (not a part of BLFS) is missing and will be skipped.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
rm -rf docs/examples/.deps &&
find docs \( -name Makefile\* -o \
-name \*.1 -o \
-name \*.3 -o \
-name CMakeLists.txt \) -delete &&
cp -v -R docs -T /usr/share/doc/curl-8.2.1
To run some simple verification tests on the newly installed
curl, issue the
following commands: curl
--trace-ascii debugdump.txt
https://www.example.com/ and curl --trace-ascii d.txt --trace-time
https://example.com/. Inspect the locally
created trace files debugdump.txt and d.txt, which contains version information,
downloaded files information, etc. One file has the time for
each action logged.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-threaded-resolver:
This switch enables cURL's
builtin threaded DNS resolver.
--with-ca-path=/etc/ssl/certs:
This switch sets the location of the BLFS Certificate
Authority store.
--with-openssl: This
parameter chooses OpenSSL as
SSL/TLS implementation. This seems mandatory now.
--with-gssapi: This parameter
adds Kerberos 5 support to
libcurl.
--without-ssl --with-gnutls: Use
to build with GnuTLS support
instead of OpenSSL for
SSL/TLS.
--with-ca-bundle=/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt:
Use this switch instead of --with-ca-path if building with
GnuTLS support instead of
OpenSSL for SSL/TLS.
--with-libssh2: This parameter
adds SSH support to cURL.
This is disabled by default.
--enable-ares: This parameter
adds support for DNS resolution through the c-ares library.
It overrides --enable-threaded-resolver and
is not widely tested by the editors.
find docs ... -exec rm {}
\;: This command removes Makefiles and man files from the
documentation directory that would otherwise be installed by
the commands that follow.
GeoClue is a modular geoinformation service built on top of the D-Bus messaging system. The goal of the GeoClue project is to make creating location-aware applications as simple as possible.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/geoclue/geoclue/-/archive/2.7.0/geoclue-2.7.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8226cc9d4b2750b6ebdfd59e7815bf2a
Download size: 104 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
JSON-GLib-1.6.6 and libsoup-3.4.2
ModemManager-1.18.12, Vala-0.56.11, and Avahi-0.8
Install GeoClue by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk-doc=false \
.. &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-D3g-source=false: This switch
disables the 3G backend. Use it if you have not installed the
ModemManager package.
-Dmodem-gps-source=false: This
switch disables the modem GPS backend. Use it if you have not
installed the ModemManager
package.
-Dcdma-source=false: This switch
disables the CDMA source backend. Use it if you have not
installed the ModemManager
package.
-Dnmea-source=false: This switch
disables the NMEA source. Use it if you have not installed
the Avahi package.
-Ddemo-agent=false: This switch
disables the demo. Use it if you have not installed the
libnotify package.
The GLib Networking package contains Network related gio modules for GLib.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/glib-networking/2.76/glib-networking-2.76.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 05b519bb1f009789e6b82af88ed1b59a
Download size: 276 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0 (for the applications using this package to use proxy server settings in GNOME) and make-ca-1.12
Install GLib Networking by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup \ --prefix=/usr \ --buildtype=release \ -Dlibproxy=disabled \ .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
/usr/lib/gio/modules)
The kdsoap is Qt-based client-side and server-side SOAP component. It can be used to create client applications for web services and also provides the means to create web services without the need for any further component such as a dedicated web server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/KDAB/KDSoap/releases/download/kdsoap-2.1.1/kdsoap-2.1.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7dff6d770e1942997d986207e3107585
Download size: 928 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Install kdsoap by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/kdsoap-2.1.1 \
.. &&
make
The package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
ldns is a fast DNS library with the goal to simplify DNS programming and to allow developers to easily create software conforming to current RFCs and Internet drafts. This packages also includes the drill tool.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.nlnetlabs.nl/downloads/ldns/ldns-1.8.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 429b93dacb2d6ecc5ed63788b14c38e6
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB (with docs)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with docs)
make-ca-1.12 and libpcap-1.10.4 (for example programs), Python-2.7.18 and SWIG-4.1.1 (for Python bindings), and Doxygen-1.9.7 (for html documentation)
Install ldns by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--with-drill &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.9.7 installed and want to build html documentation, run the following command:
make doc
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built html documentation, install it by running the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ldns-1.8.3 && install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/ldns-1.8.3
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-drill: This
option enables building of the drill tool (used for
obtaining debug information from DNS(SEC))
--disable-dane-ta-usage: This
option disables DANE-TA (DNS-Based Authentication of Named
Entities) support. It is only needed if OpenSSL-1.1.0 or
later is not installed.
--with-examples: This option
enables building of the example programs.
--with-pyldns: This option
enables building of the Python bindings.
|
is a tool like dig from BIND Utilities-9.18.18 designed to get all sorts of information out of the DNS |
|
|
shows compiler and linker flags for ldns usage |
|
|
provides the ldns API functions to programs |
libevent is an asynchronous event notification software library. The libevent API provides a mechanism to execute a callback function when a specific event occurs on a file descriptor or after a timeout has been reached. Furthermore, libevent also supports callbacks due to signals or regular timeouts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libevent/libevent/releases/download/release-2.1.12-stable/libevent-2.1.12-stable.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b5333f021f880fe76490d8a799cd79f4
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB (add 4 MB for tests and 4 MB for API docs)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (add 11 SBU for tests)
Doxygen-1.9.7 (for API documentation)
First, fix an issue that prevents event_rpcgen.py from working:
sed -i 's/python/&3/' event_rpcgen.py
Install libevent by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you have Doxygen-1.9.7 installed and wish to build API documentation, issue :
doxygen Doxyfile
To test the results, issue: make verify. Six tests in
every suite related to regress_ssl.c and regress_http.c are known to fail due to
incompatibilities with OpenSSL-3. Some tests that are related
to regress_dns.c are also known
to fail intermittently due to insufficient test timeouts.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the API documentation, install it by issuing the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libevent-2.1.12/api &&
cp -v -R doxygen/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libevent-2.1.12/api
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libmnl library provides a minimalistic userspace library oriented to Netlink developers. There are a lot of common tasks in the parsing, validating, and constructing of both the Netlink header and TLVs that are repetitive and easy to get wrong. This library aims to provide simple helpers that allow you to re-use code and to avoid re-inventing the wheel.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://netfilter.org/projects/libmnl/files/libmnl-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0bbb70573119ec5d49435114583e7a49
Download size: 308 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libmnl by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libnl suite is a collection of libraries providing APIs to netlink protocol based Linux kernel interfaces.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/thom311/libnl/releases/download/libnl3_7_0/libnl-3.7.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b381405afd14e466e35d29a112480333
Download size: 980 KB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB (with API documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with API documentation)
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/thom311/libnl/releases/download/libnl3_7_0/libnl-doc-3.7.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 15f55a421a16ff4084c4a1af085c19b8
Download size: 13 MB
Install libnl by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you wish to install the API documentation, as the
root user:
mkdir -vp /usr/share/doc/libnl-3.7.0 &&
tar -xf ../libnl-doc-3.7.0.tar.gz --strip-components=1 --no-same-owner \
-C /usr/share/doc/libnl-3.7.0
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-cli: Use this parameter
if you don't want to install cli tools provided by the
package.
|
queries the Generic Netlink controller in the kernel and prints a list of all registered Generic Netlink families including the version of the interface that has been registered |
|
|
adds, updates, or replaces Traffic Classes |
|
|
deletes Traffic Classes |
|
|
is used to resolve qdisc/class names to classid values and vice versa |
|
|
lists Traffic Classes |
|
|
adds a classifier |
|
|
deletes a classifier |
|
|
lists classifiers |
|
|
dumps link attributes |
|
|
allows the lookup of packet location definitions |
|
|
adds queueing disciplines (qdiscs) in the kernel |
|
|
deletes queueing disciplines (qdiscs) in the kernel |
|
|
lists queueing disciplines (qdiscs) in the kernel |
|
|
These libraries contain API functions used to access Netlink interfaces in Linux kernel |
The libnma package contains an implementation of the NetworkManager GUI functions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libnma/1.10/libnma-1.10.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libnma/1.10/libnma-1.10.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 71c7ce674fea1fae8f1368a7fcb6ff43
Download size: 688 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallism=4; with test)
Gcr-3.41.1, GTK+-3.24.38, ISO Codes-4.15.0, and NetworkManager-1.44.0
Install libnma by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
-Dlibnma_gtk4=true \
-Dmobile_broadband_provider_info=false &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=false: This
parameter disables generating API documentation using
gtk-doc. If you have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
generate the API documentation, omit this switch.
-Dlibnma_gtk4=true:
This parameter is only needed by the latest gnome-control-center-44.3.
-Dmobile_broadband_provider_info=false:
This switch disables WWAN support because
mobile-broadband-provider-info is not in BLFS. Omit this
switch if you have it installed and wish to enable WWAN
support.
The libnsl package contains the public client interface for NIS(YP). It replaces the NIS library that used to be in glibc.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/thkukuk/libnsl/releases/download/v2.0.0/libnsl-2.0.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1e8c0615071ea13202452304de1eaab9
Download size: 280 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libnsl by running the following commands:
./configure --sysconfdir=/etc --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
libpcap provides functions for user-level packet capture, used in low-level network monitoring.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.tcpdump.org/release/libpcap-1.10.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0322e28dd76cda8066bb6d00fee5969b
Download size: 932 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
BlueZ-5.68, libnl-3.7.0, libusb-1.0.26, Software distribution for the DAG, and Septel range of passive network monitoring cards.
Install libpcap by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
If you want to disable installing the static library, use this sed:
sed -i '/INSTALL_DATA.*libpcap.a\|RANLIB.*libpcap.a/ s/^/#/' Makefile
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libpsl package provides a library for accessing and resolving information from the Public Suffix List (PSL). The PSL is a set of domain names beyond the standard suffixes, such as .com.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/rockdaboot/libpsl/releases/download/0.21.2/libpsl-0.21.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2864d3eb744b378d68f5c4da25603459
Download size: 7.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 51 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (including tests)
libidn2-2.3.4 and libunistring-1.1
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 (for documentation) and Valgrind-3.21.0 (for tests)
Install libpsl by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The libndp package provides a wrapper for IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Protocol. It also provides a tool named ndptool for sending and receiving NDP messages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://libndp.org/files/libndp-1.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c7e775fd5a9d676e8cba9c3732c4df93
Download size: 360 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libndp by running the following command:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Libslirp is a user-mode networking library used by virtual machines, containers or various tools.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/slirp/libslirp/-/archive/v4.7.0/libslirp-v4.7.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b815c4de99265559caf5ef635a213609
Download size: 107 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libslirp by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The libsoup is a HTTP client/server library for GNOME. It uses GObject and the GLib main loop to integrate with GNOME applications and it also has an asynchronous API for use in threaded applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libsoup/2.74/libsoup-2.74.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libsoup/2.74/libsoup-2.74.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8f657fd301a213629204b3320c35d75a
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
glib-networking-2.76.1, libpsl-0.21.2, libxml2-2.10.4, and SQLite-3.42.0
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11
Apache-2.4.57 (required to run the test suite), Brotli-1.0.9, cURL-8.2.1 (required to run the test suite), sysprof-3.48.0 (for profiling), MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2 (required to run the test suite), GTK-Doc-1.33.2, PHP-8.2.9 compiled with XMLRPC-EPI support (only used for the XMLRPC regression tests), and Samba-4.18.6 (ntlm_auth is required to run the test suite)
Install libsoup by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dvapi=enabled \
-Dgssapi=disabled \
-Dsysprof=disabled \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. One test named
ssl-test is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dvapi=disabled: Use this if you
have not installed Vala,
e.g. because you are not building GNOME.
-Ddoc=enabled: Use this option if
you want to build the documentation. Note that you must have
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed.
-Dgssapi=disabled:
libsoup defaults to building with GSSAPI support, which
requires Kerberos (as does the test suite). If you are
building GNOME or have kerberos installed, remove this
option.
-Dsysprof=disabled:
libsoup will automatically download a git version of
sysprof-3.48.0 if git is available or
use the installed version if available. If you need
profiling, remove this option.
The libsoup3 is a HTTP client/server library for GNOME. It uses GObject and the GLib main loop to integrate with GNOME applications and it also has an asynchronous API for use in threaded applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libsoup/3.4/libsoup-3.4.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libsoup/3.4/libsoup-3.4.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cd8b0fc5d53331b9c0b5b22aabac4294
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
glib-networking-2.76.1, libpsl-0.21.2, libxml2-2.10.4, nghttp2-1.55.1, and SQLite-3.42.0
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11
Apache-2.4.57 (required to run the test suite), Brotli-1.0.9, cURL-8.2.1 (required to run the test suite), Gi-DocGen-2023.1, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2 (required to run the test suite), PHP-8.2.9 compiled with XMLRPC-EPI support (only used for the XMLRPC regression tests), Samba-4.18.6 (ntlm_auth is required to run the test suite), sysprof-3.48.0 (for profiling), and wstest
Fix the installation path of API documentation:
sed 's/apiversion/soup_version/' -i docs/reference/meson.build
Install libsoup3 by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dvapi=enabled \
-Dgssapi=disabled \
-Dsysprof=disabled \
--wrap-mode=nofallback \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
--wrap-mode=nofallback: This
switch prevents meson from using subproject
fallbacks for any dependency declarations in the build files,
stopping it downloading any optional dependency which is not
installed on the system.
-Dvapi=disabled: Use this if you
have not installed Vala,
e.g. because you are not building GNOME.
-Ddocs=enabled: If Gi-DocGen-2023.1 is installed, the API
documentation will be built and installed no matter if this
option is used or not. This option causes the meson command to fail if
Gi-DocGen-2023.1 is not installed.
-Dgssapi=disabled:
libsoup3 defaults to building with GSSAPI support, which
requires Kerberos (as does the test suite).
-Dsysprof=disabled:
libsoup3 will automatically download a git version of
sysprof-3.48.0 if git is available or
use the installed version if available. If you need
profiling, remove this option.
The libtirpc package contains libraries that support programs that use the Remote Procedure Call (RPC) API. It replaces the RPC, but not the NIS library entries that used to be in glibc.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libtirpc/libtirpc-1.3.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bacdad5c27dcf6e2830b3e26a1c8ed3f
Download size: 552 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2 for the GSSAPI
If updating this package, you will also need to update any existing version of rpcbind-1.2.6
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--disable-gssapi &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-gssapi:
This switch is needed if no GSSAPI is installed. Remove this
switch if you have one installed (for example MIT Kerberos
V5-1.21.2) and you wish to use it.
neon is an HTTP and WebDAV client library, with a C interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://notroj.github.io/neon/neon-0.32.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7976b1cd67b7228cddb7eb4f39640ac5
Download size: 876 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.6 MB (additional 18 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (add 0.4 SBU for tests)
GnuTLS-3.8.1, libxml2-2.10.4, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, nss-3.92 (for some tests), xmlto-0.0.28 (to regenerate the documentation), libproxy, and PaKChoiS
Install neon by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-ssl \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
If you wish to regenerate the documentation, issue:
make docs
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-ssl: This
switch enables SSL support using OpenSSL. GnuTLS can be used instead, by passing
--with-ssl=gnutls and
--with-ca-bundle=/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt
to the configure script.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
nghttp2 is an implementation of HTTP/2 and its header compression algorithm, HPACK.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/nghttp2/nghttp2/releases/download/v1.55.1/nghttp2-1.55.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5af6a7ee55dc96661aa8649636b68763
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
The following are only used if building the full package instead of only the main libraries: Boost-1.83.0, c-ares-1.19.1, cython-0.29.36, jansson-2.14, libevent-2.1.12, sphinx-7.1.2, jemalloc, libev, mruby, and Spdylay.
CUnit is required if you wish to run the test suite.
Install nghttp2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--enable-lib-only \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/nghttp2-1.55.1 &&
make
The test suite needs CUnit, which is beyond the scope of BLFS.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-lib-only:
only build libnghttp2. Omit this switch if you'd like to
build the example applications, Python bindings, or the C++
asio library.
The rpcsvc-proto package contains the rcpsvc protocol files and headers, formerly included with glibc, that are not included in replacement libtirpc-1.3.3, along with the rpcgen program.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/thkukuk/rpcsvc-proto/releases/download/v1.4.4/rpcsvc-proto-1.4.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bf908de360308d909e9cc469402ff2ef
Download size: 168 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install rpcsvc-proto by running the following commands:
./configure --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Serf package contains a C-based HTTP client library built upon the Apache Portable Runtime (APR) library. It multiplexes connections, running the read/write communication asynchronously. Memory copies and transformations are kept to a minimum to provide high performance operation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/serf/serf-1.3.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5320087299084c297eff8e1dacfab1af
Download size: 148 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Apr-Util-1.6.3 and SCons-4.5.2
MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, for the GSSAPI
Install Serf by running the following commands:
sed -i "/Append/s:RPATH=libdir,::" SConstruct && sed -i "/Default/s:lib_static,::" SConstruct && sed -i "/Alias/s:install_static,::" SConstruct && scons PREFIX=/usr
This package does not come with a functional test suite.
Now, as the root user:
scons PREFIX=/usr install
sed -i "...": The first command removes the runtime path from a shared library and the next two commands disable building and installing of the static library.
GSSAPI=/usr: Use this switch if
you have installed a GSSAPI library and you want serf to use it.
The uhttpmock package contains a library for mocking web service APIs which use HTTP or HTTPS.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://tecnocode.co.uk/downloads/uhttpmock/uhttpmock-0.5.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: dcbd66e80e1635e41b0e434b9852bd39
Download size: 311 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11
Install uhttpmock by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
People who are new to Unix-based systems tend to ask the question "Why on earth would I want a text-mode browser? I'm going to compile X and use Firefox/Falkon/Whatever!". Those who have been around systems for a while know that when (not if) you manage to mess up your graphical browser install and you need to look up some information on the web, a console based browser will save you. Also, there are quite a few people who prefer to use one of these browsers as their primary method of browsing; either to avoid the clutter and bandwidth which accompanies images or because they may use a text-to-speech synthesizer which can read the page to them (of use for instance to partially sighted or blind users). In this chapter you will find installation instructions for two console web browsers:
Links is a text and graphics mode WWW browser. It includes support for rendering tables and frames, features background downloads, can display colors and has many other features.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://links.twibright.com/download/links-2.29.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f60b87ffee090c5d6820951eba710572
Download size: 6.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 35 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Graphics mode requires at least one of GPM-1.20.7 (mouse support to be used with a framebuffer-based console), SVGAlib, DirectFB , and a graphical environment
For decoding various image formats Links can utilize libavif-0.11.1, libpng-1.6.40, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, librsvg-2.56.3, and libtiff-4.5.1
For decompressing web pages that are compressed with Brotli, Links can utilize Brotli-1.0.9
Install Links by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/links-2.29 &&
install -v -m644 doc/links_cal/* KEYS BRAILLE_HOWTO \
/usr/share/doc/links-2.29
--enable-graphics: This switch
enables support for graphics mode.
Lynx is a text based web browser.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://invisible-mirror.net/archives/lynx/tarballs/lynx2.8.9rel.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 44316f1b8a857b59099927edc26bef79
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
GnuTLS-3.8.1 (experimental, to replace openssl), Zip-3.0, UnZip-6.0, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), and Sharutils-4.15.2 (for the uudecode program)
First, apply a patch to fix a security vulnerability:
patch -p1 -i ../lynx-2.8.9rel.1-security_fix-1.patch
Install Lynx by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/lynx \
--datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.9rel.1 \
--with-zlib \
--with-bzlib \
--with-ssl \
--with-screen=ncursesw \
--enable-locale-charset &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install-full && chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.9rel.1/lynx_doc
--sysconfdir=/etc/lynx: This
parameter is used so that the configuration files are located
in /etc/lynx instead of
/usr/etc.
--datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.9rel.1:
This parameter is used so that the documentation files are
installed into /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.9rel.1 instead of
/usr/share/lynx_{doc,help}.
--with-zlib: This
enables support for linking libz into Lynx.
--with-bzlib: This
enables support for linking libbz2 into Lynx.
--with-ssl: This
enables support for linking SSL into Lynx.
--with-screen=ncursesw: This
switch enables the use of advanced wide-character support
present in the system NCurses library. This is needed for
proper display of characters and line wrapping in multibyte
locales.
--enable-locale-charset: This
switch allows Lynx to deduce
the proper character encoding for terminal output from the
current locale. A configuration step is still needed (see
below), but unlike the situation without this switch, the
configuration step becomes the same for all users (without
the switch one must specify the display character set
explicitly). This is important for environments such as a
LiveCD, where the amount of system-specific configuration
steps has to be reduced to the minimum.
--enable-ipv6: This switch allows
Lynx to use IPv6, along with
IPv4. Use it if your ISP provides an IPv6 configuration.
--enable-nls: This switch allows
Lynx to print translated
messages (such as questions about cookies and SSL
certificates).
--with-gnutls: This enables
experimental support for linking GnuTLS into Lynx. Remove the --with-ssl switch if you want
to use gnutls.
make install-full: In addition to the standard installation, this target installs the documentation and help files.
chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.9rel.1/lynx_doc : This command corrects the improper group ownership of installed documentation files.
The proper way to get the display character set is to
examine the current locale. However, Lynx does not do this by default. As
the root user, change this
setting:
sed -e '/#LOCALE/ a LOCALE_CHARSET:TRUE' \
-i /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
The built-in editor in Lynx
Breaks Multibyte Characters. This issue manifests
itself in multibyte locales, e.g., as the Backspace key not
erasing non-ASCII characters properly, and as incorrect
data being sent to the network when one edits the contents
of text areas. The only solution to this problem is to
configure Lynx to use an
external editor (bound to the “Ctrl+X
e” key combination by default). Still
as the root user:
sed -e '/#DEFAULT_ED/ a DEFAULT_EDITOR:vi' \
-i /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
Lynx handles the following values of the DEFAULT_EDITOR option specially by adding cursor-positioning arguments: “emacs”, “jed”, “jmacs”, “joe”, “jove”, “jpico”, “jstar”, “nano”, “pico”, “rjoe”, “vi” (but not “vim”: in order to position the cursor in Vim-9.0.1677, set this option to “vi”).
By default, Lynx doesn't
save cookies between sessions. Again as the root user, change this setting:
sed -e '/#PERSIST/ a PERSISTENT_COOKIES:TRUE' \
-i /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
Many other system-wide settings such as proxies can also be
set in the /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
file.
Mail Clients help you retrieve (Fetchmail), sort (Procmail), read and compose responses (Heirloom mailx, Mutt, Pine, Kmail, Balsa, Evolution, SeaMonkey) to email.
News clients also help you retrieve, sort, read and compose responses, but these messages travel through USENET (a worldwide bulletin board system) using the Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP).
The Fetchmail package contains a mail retrieval program. It retrieves mail from remote mail servers and forwards it to the local (client) machine's delivery system, so it can then be read by normal mail user agents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/fetchmail/fetchmail-6.4.37.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 61db4f95af4f1a5f95e7ea632928d48d
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB including tests
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU including tests
a local MDA (Procmail-3.22)
MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2 and libgssapi
Python-3.11.4, built after Tk-8.6.13, with the py-future package
Create a dedicated user for the fetchmail program. Issue the
following commands as the root user:
useradd -c "Fetchmail User" -d /dev/null -g nogroup \
-s /bin/false -u 38 fetchmail
Install Fetchmail by running the following commands:
PYTHON=python3 \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-fallback=procmail &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && chown -v fetchmail:nogroup /usr/bin/fetchmail
PYTHON=python3: a
version of Python is required, but only used to install
a module to allow fetchmailconf to be run. That module is
unmaintained and should not be used.
--enable-fallback=procmail:
This tells Fetchmail to hand
incoming mail to Procmail
for delivery, if the port 25 mail server is not present or
not responding.
If you are connecting to a mailserver that supports SSL/TLS-wrapped or "implicit" mode on a dedicated port (default 993) you should use fetchmail --ssl or add the option 'ssl' in an rcfile.
cat > ~/.fetchmailrc << "EOF"
# The logfile needs to exist when fetchmail is invoked, otherwise it will
# dump the details to the screen. As with all logs, you will need to rotate
# or clear it from time to time.
set logfile fetchmail.log
set no bouncemail
# You probably want to set your local username as the postmaster
set postmaster <username>
poll SERVERNAME :
user <isp_username> pass <password>;
mda "/usr/bin/procmail -f %F -d %T";
EOF
touch ~/fetchmail.log &&
chmod -v 0600 ~/.fetchmailrc
This is an example configuration that should suffice for most people. You can add as many users and servers as you need using the same syntax.
man fetchmail: Look for the section near the bottom named CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES. It gives some quick examples. There are countless other configuration options once you get used to it.
If you expect to receive very little mail you can invoke
fetchmail when you wish to receive any incoming mail. More
commonly, it is either invoked in daemon mode with the
-d option either on the
command line, or in .fetchmailrc (see 'DAEMON MODE' in man
fetchmailconf), or alternatively it is invoked from a cron
job.
|
when executed as a user, this will source
|
|
|
is intended to assist you in setting up and editing
a |
The Heirloom mailx package (formerly known as the Nail package) contains mailx, a command-line Mail User Agent derived from Berkeley Mail. It is intended to provide the functionality of the POSIX mailx command with additional support for MIME messages, IMAP (including caching), POP3, SMTP, S/MIME, message threading/sorting, scoring, and filtering. Heirloom mailx is especially useful for writing scripts and batch processing.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/mailx/heirloom-mailx_12.5.orig.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 29a6033ef1412824d02eb9d9213cb1f2
Download size: 317 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
nss-3.92, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2 (for IMAP GSSAPI authentication), and an MTA
This package does not support parallel build.
Install Heirloom mailx by running the following commands.
patch -Np1 -i ../heirloom-mailx-12.5-fixes-1.patch &&
sed 's@<openssl@<openssl-1.0/openssl@' \
-i openssl.c fio.c makeconfig &&
make -j1 LDFLAGS+="-L /usr/lib/openssl/" \
SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install && ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/mail && ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/nail && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/heirloom-mailx-12.5 && install -v -m644 README /usr/share/doc/heirloom-mailx-12.5
make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail: This changes the default MTA path of /usr/lib/sendmail.
make PREFIX=/usr
UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install: This
changes the default installation path of /usr/local and the default install command path of
/usr/ucb.
For displaying mails, mailx uses a pager program. Since the
default of pg
is not available on a LFS system, its required to specify
which pager is to use. By default, there is more and the more
comfortable less installed. If the
variable PAGER is not set in /etc/profile or ~/.bash_profile, or if it should be
another pager just for reading mails, it can be set system
wide in /etc/nail.rc:
echo "set PAGER=<more|less>" >> /etc/nail.rc
or individually for the actual user in ~/.mailrc:
echo "set PAGER=<more|less>" >> ~/.mailrc
Other interesting options to set in the config files might be EDITOR and MAILDIR.
If not set in the environment for other packages, the default editor can be set by:
echo "set EDITOR=<vim|nano|...>" >> /etc/nail.rc
Depending on which kind of MTA is installed, it might be required to set the MAILDIR variable so mailx is able to find the mails:
echo "set MAILDIR=Maildir" >> /etc/nail.rc
The Mutt package contains a Mail User Agent. This is useful for reading, writing, replying to, saving, and deleting your email.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://bitbucket.org/mutt/mutt/downloads/mutt-2.2.11.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mutt.org/pub/mutt/mutt-2.2.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0c3691cff3fd0471bfcad2bd8ad84949
Download size: 5.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 48 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Lynx-2.8.9rel.1, or Links-2.29 (or W3m, or ELinks) - please read the Note.
Aspell-0.60.8, Cyrus SASL-2.1.28, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, GDB-13.2, GnuPG-2.4.3, GnuTLS-3.8.1, GPGME-1.21.0, libidn-1.41, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), slang-2.3.3, SQLite-3.42.0, libgssapi, Mixmaster, QDBM or Tokyo Cabinet
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mutt
Mutt ships with an HTML version of its manual, but the text version is no longer provided because differences in the formatting from different text browsers compared to the shipped version caused complaints. To get a text file, the following are used in order of preference: lynx with overstriking (backspaces) for emphasis, w3m or elinks: the latter two apparently provide plain text. Plain text is generally preferred unless reading the HTML manual, so the instructions below use lynx if available, or else links to produce plain text.
Mutt requires a group named
mail. You can add this group,
if it does not exist, with this command:
groupadd -g 34 mail
If you did not install an MTA,
you need to modify the ownership of /var/mail with this command:
chgrp -v mail /var/mail
Install Mutt by running the following commands:
To ensure that a plain text manual is created when using lynx or to otherwise use links to produce it (instead of elinks), run the following command:
sed -e 's/ -with_backspaces//' \
-e 's/elinks/links/' \
-e 's/-no-numbering -no-references//' \
-i doc/Makefile.in
Now configure and build the application:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/mutt-2.2.11 \
--with-ssl \
--enable-external-dotlock \
--enable-pop \
--enable-imap \
--enable-hcache \
--enable-sidebar &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you used a DESTDIR method to only install to a temporary
location as a regular user (as part of a package management
process), you will need to run the following as the
root user after completing
the real install:
chown root:mail /usr/bin/mutt_dotlock && chmod -v 2755 /usr/bin/mutt_dotlock
An info file is now installed, so you will also need to
recreate the /usr/share/info/dir as described when
Texinfo was installed in
LFS.
sed ... -e 's/
-with_backspaces//' ...: This turns off the
backspaces used for overstriking when lynx is used, resulting in readable
plain text when using view.
sed ... -e 's/elinks/links/'
...: This allows links to be run instead of
elinks which is
not in the book.
sed ... -e 's/-no-numbering
-no-references//' ...: This removes switches
which are not understood by links.
--enable-external-dotlock: In
some circumstances the mutt-dotlock program is not created.
This switch ensures it is always created.
--enable-pop: This
switch enables POP3 support.
--enable-imap: This
switch enables IMAP support.
--enable-hcache: This
switch enables header caching.
--enable-sidebar:
This switch enables support for the sidebar (a list of
mailboxes). It is off by default, but can be turned on by
:set
sidebar_visible in mutt (and off again with
':unset'), or it can be enabled in ~/.muttrc.
--with-ssl: This
parameter adds SSL/TLS support from openssl in
POP3/IMAP/SMTP.
--enable-autocrypt
--with-sqlite3: These two switches add support for
passive protection against data collection, using gnupg and
gpgme (gpgme is enabled by autocrypt). See The
Manual.
--enable-gpgme: This switch
enables GPG support through the GPGME package. Use this
switch if you want GPG support in Mutt.
--enable-smtp: This switch
enables SMTP relay support.
--with-idn2: Use this parameter
if both libidn and libidn2 have been installed, and you wish
to use libidn2 here.
--with-sasl: This parameter adds
authentication support from Cyrus SASL-2.1.28
in POP3/IMAP/SMTP if they are enabled. Depending on the
server configuration, this may not be needed for POP3 or
IMAP. However, it is needed for SMTP authentication.
|
is a script showing where to report bugs |
|
|
is a Mail User Agent (MUA) which enables you to read, write and delete your email |
|
|
implements the mail spool file lock |
|
|
is a script identical to flea |
|
|
prepares a command line for the GnuPG-2.4.3 utilities |
|
|
is a key ring dumper for PGP. It is not needed for GnuPG-2.4.3 |
|
|
manages a keystore for S/MIME certificates |
The Procmail package contains an autonomous mail processor. This is useful for filtering and sorting incoming mail.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/blfs/conglomeration/procmail/procmail-3.22.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1678ea99b973eb77eda4ecf6acae53f1
Download size: 226 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
A MTA that installs sendmail
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/procmail
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install Procmail by running
the following commands as the root user:
sed -i 's/getline/get_line/' src/*.[ch] && patch -Np1 -i ../procmail-3.22-consolidated_fixes-1.patch && make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp MANDIR=/usr/share/man install && make install-suid
sed -i 's/getline/get_line/' src/*.[ch]: This renames procmail's getline function to avoid conflict with the getline function from glibc.
make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install: This prevents make from asking you where to test file-locking patterns.
make install-suid: Modifies permissions of the installed files.
Recipes have to be written and placed in ~/.procmailrc for execution. The
procmailex man page is the starting place to learn how to
write recipes. For additional information, see also
https://pm-doc.sourceforge.net/.
|
is a filter that can be used to format mail into mailbox format |
|
|
is a utility that can lock a file for single use interactively or in a script |
|
|
prints a summary report of mail that has been filtered by procmail since the last time mailstat was ran |
|
|
is an autonomous mail processor. It performs all the functions of an MDA (Mail Delivery Agent) |
Balsa-2.6.4 is a GTK2 based mail client.
SeaMonkey-2.53.17 includes both a mail client and newsreader in its installation.
Thunderbird-115.2.0 is a mail/news client based on the Mozilla code base.
Evolution-3.48.4 is a mail client and organizer from the GNOME desktop.
Major servers are the programs that provide content or services to users or other programs.
The Apache HTTPD package contains an open-source HTTP server. It is useful for creating local intranet web sites or running huge web serving operations.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/httpd/httpd-2.4.57.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 34575e92f91fb625f3842d6ca382caa5
Download size: 7.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 87 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Apr-Util-1.6.3 and pcre2-10.42
Brotli-1.0.9, Berkeley DB-5.3.28, Doxygen-1.9.7, jansson-2.14, libxml2-2.10.4, Lua-5.4.6, Lynx-2.8.9rel.1 or Links-2.29 or ELinks, nghttp2-1.55.1, OpenLDAP-2.6.6 (Apr-Util-1.6.3 needs to be installed with ldap support), rsync-3.2.7, and Distcache
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/apache
For security reasons, running the server as an unprivileged
user and group is strongly encouraged. Create the following
group and user using the following commands as root:
groupadd -g 25 apache &&
useradd -c "Apache Server" -d /srv/www -g apache \
-s /bin/false -u 25 apache
Build and install Apache HTTPD by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../httpd-2.4.57-blfs_layout-1.patch &&
sed '/dir.*CFG_PREFIX/s@^@#@' -i support/apxs.in &&
sed -e '/HTTPD_ROOT/s:${ap_prefix}:/etc/httpd:' \
-e '/SERVER_CONFIG_FILE/s:${rel_sysconfdir}/::' \
-e '/AP_TYPES_CONFIG_FILE/s:${rel_sysconfdir}/::' \
-i configure &&
./configure --enable-authnz-fcgi \
--enable-layout=BLFS \
--enable-mods-shared="all cgi" \
--enable-mpms-shared=all \
--enable-suexec=shared \
--with-apr=/usr/bin/apr-1-config \
--with-apr-util=/usr/bin/apu-1-config \
--with-suexec-bin=/usr/lib/httpd/suexec \
--with-suexec-caller=apache \
--with-suexec-docroot=/srv/www \
--with-suexec-logfile=/var/log/httpd/suexec.log \
--with-suexec-uidmin=100 \
--with-suexec-userdir=public_html &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv -v /usr/sbin/suexec /usr/lib/httpd/suexec && chgrp apache /usr/lib/httpd/suexec && chmod 4754 /usr/lib/httpd/suexec && chown -v -R apache:apache /srv/www
sed '/dir.*CFG_PREFIX/s@^@#@'...: Forces the apxs utility to use absolute pathnames for modules, when instructed to do so.
--enable-authnz-fcgi:
Build FastCGI authorizer-based authentication and
authorization (mod_authnz_fcgi.so fast CGI module).
--enable-mods-shared="all
cgi": The modules should be compiled and used as
Dynamic Shared Objects (DSOs) so they can be included and
excluded from the server using the run-time configuration
directives.
--enable-mpms-shared=all: This
switch ensures that all MPM (Multi Processing Modules) are
built as Dynamic Shared Objects (DSOs), so the user can
choose which one to use at runtime.
--enable-suexec: This
switch enables building of the Apache suEXEC module which can be used
to allow users to run CGI and SSI scripts under user IDs
different from the user ID of the calling web server.
--with-suexec-*:
These switches control suEXEC module behavior, such as
default document root, minimal UID that can be used to run
the script under the suEXEC. Please note that with minimal
UID 100, you can't run CGI or SSI scripts under suEXEC as the
apache user.
...
/usr/lib/httpd/suexec: These commands put
suexec wrapper
into proper location, since it is not meant to be run
directly. They also adjust proper permissions of the binary,
making it setgid apache.
chown -R apache:apache
/srv/www: By default, the installation
process installs files (documentation, error messages,
default icons, etc.) with the ownership of the user that
extracted the files from the tar file. If you want to change
the ownership to another user, you should do so at this
point. The only requirement is that the document directories
need to be accessible by the httpd process with (r-x)
permissions and files need to be readable (r--) by the
apache user.
See file:///usr/share/httpd/manual/configuring.html for detailed instructions on customising your Apache HTTP server configuration file.
If you want the Apache
server to start automatically when the system is booted,
install the httpd.service unit included in the
blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-httpd
|
is a tool for benchmarking your Apache HTTP server |
|
|
is a front end to the Apache HTTP server which is designed to help the administrator control the functioning of the Apache httpd daemon |
|
|
is a tool for building and installing extension modules for the Apache HTTP server |
|
|
is a program that checks whether it can setgid to the group specified. This is to see if it is a valid group for Apache2 to use at runtime. If the user (should be run as superuser) is in that group, or can setgid to it, it will return 0 |
|
|
is used to create and update the DBM format files used to store usernames and passwords for basic authentication of HTTP users |
|
|
is a tool to start a FastCGI program |
|
|
is used to clean up the disk cache |
|
|
is used to manipulate the DBM password databases |
|
|
is used to create and update the flat-files used to store usernames, realms and passwords for digest authentication of HTTP users |
|
|
is used to create and update the flat-files used to store usernames and passwords for basic authentication of HTTP users |
|
|
is the Apache HTTP server program |
|
|
is used to generate DBM files from text, for use in RewriteMap |
|
|
is a post-processing program to resolve IP-addresses in Apache's access log files |
|
|
is a simple program for use in conjunction with Apache's piped log file feature |
|
|
allows users to run CGI and SSI applications as a different user |
The BIND package provides a DNS server and client utilities. If you are only interested in the utilities, refer to the BIND Utilities-9.18.18.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.18.18/bind-9.18.18.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.18.18/bind-9.18.18.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d8f443ea8fbd294345b3b7d1a7a81417
Download size: 5.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 122 MB (21 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with parallelism=4; about 40 minutes somewhat processor independent, to run the complete test suite)
JSON-C-0.17, libcap-2.69 with PAM, and nghttp2-1.55.1
cURL-8.2.1, libidn2-2.3.4, libxml2-2.10.4, lmdb-0.9.31, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, pytest-7.4.0, sphinx-7.1.2 (required to build documentation), cmocka, geoip, jemalloc, w3m
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, PostgreSQL-15.4, and unixODBC-2.3.12
Install BIND by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--disable-static &&
make
Issue the following commands to run the complete suite of
tests. First, as the root
user, set up some test interfaces:
If IPv6 is not enabled in the kernel, there will be several error messages: "RTNETLINK answers: Operation not permitted". These messages do not affect the tests.
bin/tests/system/ifconfig.sh up
The test suite may indicate some skipped tests depending on
what configuration options are used. Some tests are marked
“UNTESTED” or do even fail if
Net-DNS-1.39 is not installed. Two tests,
resolver and dispatch, are known to fail. To run the
tests, as an unprivileged user, execute:
make -k check
Again as root, clean up the
test interfaces:
bin/tests/system/ifconfig.sh down
Finally, install the package as the root user:
make install
--sysconfdir=/etc:
This parameter forces BIND
to look for configuration files in /etc instead of /usr/etc.
--with-libidn2: This parameter
enables the IDNA2008 (Internationalized Domain Names in
Applications) support.
--enable-fetchlimit: Use this
option if you want to be able to limit the rate of recursive
client queries. This may be useful on servers which receive a
large number of queries.
--disable-linux-caps: BIND can
also be built without capability support by using this
option, at the cost of some loss of security.
--with-dlz-{mysql,bdb,filesystem,ldap,odbc,stub}:
Use one (or more) of those options to add Dynamically
Loadable Zones support. For more information refer to
bind-dlz.sourceforge.net.
--disable-doh: Use this option if
you do not have nghttp2-1.55.1 installed and do not need
support for DNS over HTTPS.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
BIND will be configured to
run in a chroot jail as an
unprivileged user (named).
This configuration is more secure in that a DNS compromise
can only affect a few files in the named user's HOME directory.
Create the unprivileged user and group named:
groupadd -g 20 named && useradd -c "BIND Owner" -g named -s /bin/false -u 20 named && install -d -m770 -o named -g named /srv/named
Set up some files, directories and devices needed by BIND:
mkdir -p /srv/named &&
cd /srv/named &&
mkdir -p dev etc/named/{slave,pz} usr/lib/engines var/run/named &&
mknod /srv/named/dev/null c 1 3 &&
mknod /srv/named/dev/urandom c 1 9 &&
chmod 666 /srv/named/dev/{null,urandom} &&
cp /etc/localtime etc
The rndc.conf file contains
information for controlling named operations with the
rndc utility.
Generate a key for use in the named.conf and rndc.conf with the rndc-confgen command:
rndc-confgen -a -b 512 -t /srv/named
Create the named.conf file
from which named will read the
location of zone files, root name servers and secure DNS
keys:
cat >> /srv/named/etc/named.conf << "EOF"
options {
directory "/etc/named";
pid-file "/var/run/named.pid";
statistics-file "/var/run/named.stats";
};
zone "." {
type hint;
file "root.hints";
};
zone "0.0.127.in-addr.arpa" {
type master;
file "pz/127.0.0";
};
// Bind 9 now logs by default through syslog (except debug).
// These are the default logging rules.
logging {
category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };
category unmatched { null; };
channel default_syslog {
syslog daemon; // send to syslog's daemon
// facility
severity info; // only send priority info
// and higher
};
channel default_debug {
file "named.run"; // write to named.run in
// the working directory
// Note: stderr is used instead
// of "named.run"
// if the server is started
// with the '-f' option.
severity dynamic; // log at the server's
// current debug level
};
channel default_stderr {
stderr; // writes to stderr
severity info; // only send priority info
// and higher
};
channel null {
null; // toss anything sent to
// this channel
};
};
EOF
Create a zone file with the following contents:
cat > /srv/named/etc/named/pz/127.0.0 << "EOF"
$TTL 3D
@ IN SOA ns.local.domain. hostmaster.local.domain. (
1 ; Serial
8H ; Refresh
2H ; Retry
4W ; Expire
1D) ; Minimum TTL
NS ns.local.domain.
1 PTR localhost.
EOF
Create the root.hints file
with the following commands:
Caution must be used to ensure there are no leading spaces in this file.
cat > /srv/named/etc/named/root.hints << "EOF"
. 6D IN NS A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 198.41.0.4
A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:503:ba3e::2:30
B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 199.9.14.201
B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:200::b
C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.33.4.12
C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:2::c
D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 199.7.91.13
D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:2d::d
E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.203.230.10
E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:a8::e
F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.5.5.241
F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:2f::f
G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.112.36.4
G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:12::d0d
H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 198.97.190.53
H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:1::53
I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.36.148.17
I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:7fe::53
J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.58.128.30
J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:503:c27::2:30
K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 193.0.14.129
K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:7fd::1
L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 199.7.83.42
L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:9f::42
M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 202.12.27.33
M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:dc3::35
EOF
The root.hints file is a list
of root name servers. This file must be updated
periodically with the dig utility. A current
copy of root.hints can be obtained from https://www.internic.net/domain/named.root.
For details, consult the "BIND 9 Administrator Reference
Manual".
Create or modify resolv.conf
to use the new name server with the following commands:
Replace <yourdomain.com>
with your own valid domain name.
cp /etc/resolv.conf /etc/resolv.conf.bak &&
cat > /etc/resolv.conf << "EOF"
search <yourdomain.com>
nameserver 127.0.0.1
EOF
Set permissions on the chroot jail with the following command:
chown -R named:named /srv/named
To start the DNS server at boot, install the named.service
unit included in the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-named
Now start BIND with the following command:
systemctl start named
Test out the new BIND 9 installation. First query the local host address with dig:
dig -x 127.0.0.1
Now try an external name lookup, taking note of the speed difference in repeated lookups due to the caching. Run the dig command twice on the same address:
dig www.linuxfromscratch.org && dig www.linuxfromscratch.org
You can see almost instantaneous results with the named caching lookups. Consult the BIND Administrator Reference Manual (see below) for further configuration options.
The ARM documentation (do not confuse with the processor architecture) is included in the source package. The documentation is in .rst format which means that it can be converted in human readable formats if sphinx-7.1.2 is installed.
When BIND is set up, especially if it is going to be operating in a real live scenario, it is highly recommended to consult the ARM documentation. ISC provides an updated set of excellent documentation along with every release so it can be easily viewed and/or downloaded – so there is no excuse to not read the docs. The formats ISC provides are PDF, epub and html at https://downloads.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.18.18/doc/arm/.
|
translates IP addresses to the corresponding ARPA names |
|
|
generates a key for use by nsupdate and named |
|
|
is a new debugging tool that is a successor to dig |
|
|
interrogates DNS servers |
|
|
changes DS records for a child zone based on CDS/CDNSKEY |
|
|
outputs the Delegation Signer (DS) resource record (RR) |
|
|
reads a public DNSKEY record and generates a pair of .key/.private files |
|
|
gets keys with the given label from a cryptography hardware device and builds key files for DNSSEC |
|
|
ensures correct DNSKEY coverage based on a defined policy |
|
|
sets the REVOKED bit on a DNSSEC key |
|
|
sets the key timing metadata for a DNSSEC key |
|
|
generates signed versions of zone files |
|
|
verifies that a zone is fully signed for each algorithm found in the DNSKEY RRset for the zone, and that the NSEC / NSEC3 chains are complete |
|
|
is a utility for DNS lookups |
|
|
is a version of dig that allows multiple queries at once |
|
|
is the name server daemon |
|
|
checks the syntax of |
|
|
checks zone file validity |
|
|
is similar to named-checkzone, but it always dumps the zone contents to a specified file in a specified format |
|
|
prints the zone journal in human-readable form |
|
|
reads an individual DNS resource record from standard input and checks if it is syntactically correct |
|
|
converts an NZD database to NZF text format |
|
|
generates an NSEC3 hash based on a set of NSEC3 parameters |
|
|
is a program used to query Internet domain nameservers |
|
|
is used to submit DNS update requests |
|
|
controls the operation of BIND |
|
|
generates |
|
|
is a symlink to ddns-confgen |
The ISC Kea package contains the server programs for DHCP. It is the successor of the old ISC DHCP server which is end-of-life since December 2022.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.isc.org/isc/kea/2.4.0/kea-2.4.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/kea/2.4.0/kea-2.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e01bdc8d68cfaca1cae17b20b26e09b6
Download size: 9.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.1 GB
Estimated build time: 14 SBU
Boost-1.83.0 and log4cplus-2.1.0
MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, for documentation Doxygen-1.9.7, Graphviz-8.1.0, and sphinx_rtd_theme-1.2.2
MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, and PostgreSQL-15.4
You must have Packet Socket support. IPv6 support is optional.
[*] Networking support ---> [NET] Networking options ---> <*/M> Packet socket [PACKET] [*] TCP/IP networking [INET] <*> The IPv6 protocol ---> [IPV6]
Install ISC Kea DHCP Server by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/kea-2.4.0 \
--localstatedir=/var \
--enable-shell \
--with-openssl \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
To install the ISC Kea DHCP
Server suite, issue the following commands as the
root user:
make -j1 install
--with-pgsql or
--with-mysql:
ISC Kea can store the leases
on a database. This might be useful in large environments
running a cluster of DHCP servers. Using the memfile backend (which is a CSV
file stored locally) is possible anyhow.
--enable-generate-docs: If
documentation is to be rebuilt, add that option. Several
dependencies must be installed for generating the
documentation.
make -j1 install: ISC
does not recommend any form of parallel or job server options
when doing the install.
The support of IPv4, IPv6 and DDNS has been split into separate servers which runs independently from each other. Each of them has its own configuration file. Additional configuration files come from the keactrl agent which is uses to control the servers in an easy way.
Consult the Kea Administrator Reference Manual for detailed information about the configuration of ISC Kea as it is a quite capable system. The configuration shown a bare minimum to get a DHCP server running but it already includes configuration for DDNS (Dynamic DNS). That setup might be working for small networks with a few clients and low traffic. For greater installations with thousands of clients, ISC Kea can be configured to use databases (mariadb or postgresql) to store the leases and build a cluster with multiple nodes. It can be integrated to ISC Stork which is a management dashboard to ISC Kea.
If you want to start the DHCP Server at boot, install the
kea-dhcpd.service unit included in
the blfs-systemd-units-20230816 package:
make install-kea-dhcpd
/etc/kea/keactrl.conf,
/etc/kea/kea-ctrl-agent.conf,
/etc/kea/kea-dhcp4.conf,
/etc/kea/kea-dhcp6.conf and
/etc/kea/kea-dhcp-ddns.conf
keactrl is
used to control the independent servers (IPv4, IPv6, DDNS).
Its configuration file /etc/kea/keactrl.conf is installed by
default and includes many path settings which are defined
due to the configure at build time.
It also includes settings to specify which of the servers
should be started.
Control Agent
The Control Agent is a daemon which allows the
(re)configuration of the Kea DHCP service via REST
API. Set ctrl_agent=yes
to start the control agent (service providing a REST
API), set ctrl_agent=no
in case the control agent is not needed.
IPv4 DHCP server
This daemon handles requests for IPv4 addresses. Set
dhcp4=yes to start it,
set dhcp4=no in case
DHCP service for IPv4 is not wanted.
IPv6 DHCP server
This daemon handles requests for IPv6 addresses. Set
dhcp6=yes to start it,
set dhcp6=no in case
DHCP service for IPv6 is not wanted.
Dynamic DNS
This daemon is used to update a DNS server
dynamically when Kea assigns an IP address to a
device. Set dhcp_ddns=yes to enable it, set
dhcp_ddns=no in case
dynamic DNS updates are not wanted.
The Netconf service is not installed because required dependencies are not covered by the current BLFS book.
With the following command, Kea will be configured to start
the dhcp service for IPv4 and the dynamic DNS update, while
the control agent and the dhcp service for IPv6 remains
down. Tweak the command to match your needs on started
services and execute as the root user:
sed -e "s/^dhcp4=.*/dhcp4=yes/" \
-e "s/^dhcp6=.*/dhcp6=no/" \
-e "s/^dhcp_ddns=.*/dhcp_ddns=yes/" \
-e "s/^ctrl_agent=.*/ctrl_agent=no/" \
-i /etc/kea/keactrl.conf
The provided configuration could be used without changes
but in BLFS objects like sockets are stored in /run rather than in /tmp.
cat > /etc/kea/kea-ctrl-agent.conf << "EOF"
// Begin /etc/kea/kea-ctrl-agent.conf
{
// This is a basic configuration for the Kea Control Agent.
// RESTful interface to be available at http://127.0.0.1:8000/
"Control-agent": {
"http-host": "127.0.0.1",
"http-port": 8000,
"control-sockets": {
"dhcp4": {
"socket-type": "unix",
"socket-name": "/run/kea4-ctrl-socket"
},
"dhcp6": {
"socket-type": "unix",
"socket-name": "/run/kea6-ctrl-socket"
},
"d2": {
"socket-type": "unix",
"socket-name": "/run/kea-ddns-ctrl-socket"
}
},
"loggers": [
{
"name": "kea-ctrl-agent",
"output_options": [
{
"output": "/var/log/kea-ctrl-agent.log"
"pattern": "%D{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S.%q} %-5p %m\n"
}
],
"severity": "INFO",
"debuglevel": 0
}
]
}
}
// End /etc/kea/kea-ctrl-agent.conf
EOF
A sample configuration file is created in /etc/kea/kea-dhcp4.conf. Adjust the file
to suit your needs or overwrite it by using the following
sample as the root user:
cat > /etc/kea/kea-dhcp4.conf << "EOF"
// Begin /etc/kea/kea-dhcp4.conf
{
"Dhcp4": {
// Add names of your network interfaces to listen on.
"interfaces-config": {
"interfaces": [ "eth0", "eth2" ]
},
"control-socket": {
"socket-type": "unix",
"socket-name": "/run/kea4-ctrl-socket"
},
"lease-database": {
"type": "memfile",
"lfc-interval": 3600
},
"expired-leases-processing": {
"reclaim-timer-wait-time": 10,
"flush-reclaimed-timer-wait-time": 25,
"hold-reclaimed-time": 3600,
"max-reclaim-leases": 100,
"max-reclaim-time": 250,
"unwarned-reclaim-cycles": 5
},
"renew-timer": 900,
"rebind-timer": 1800,
"valid-lifetime": 3600,
// Enable DDNS - Kea will dynamically update the DNS
"ddns-send-updates" : true,
"ddns-qualifying-suffix": "your.domain.tld",
"dhcp-ddns" : {
"enable-updates": true
},
"subnet4": [
{
"subnet": "192.168.56.0/24",
"pools": [ { "pool": "192.168.56.16 - 192.168.56.254" } ],
"option-data": [
{
"name": "domain-name",
"data": "your.domain.tld"
},
{
"name": "domain-name-servers",
"data": "192.168.56.2, 192.168.3.7"
},
{
"name": "domain-search",
"data": "your.domain.tld"
},
{
"name": "routers",
"data": "192.168.56.2"
}
]
}
],
"loggers": [
{
"name": "kea-dhcp4",
"output_options": [
{
"output": "/var/log/kea-dhcp4.log",
"pattern": "%D{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S.%q} %-5p %m\n"
}
],
"severity": "INFO",
"debuglevel": 0
}
]
}
}
// End /etc/kea/kea-dhcp4.conf
EOF
The configuration for IPv6 is similar to the configuration
of IPv4. The configuration file is /etc/kea/kea-dhcp6.conf.
If there is a BIND-9.18.18 server running,
ISC Kea can update the DNS
when it gives an IP address to a client. A sample
configuration file is created in /etc/kea/kea-dhcp-ddns.conf. Adjust the
file to suit your needs or overwrite it by using the
following sample as the root user:
cat > /etc/kea/kea-dhcp-ddns.conf << "EOF"
// Begin /etc/kea/kea-dhcp-ddns.conf
{
"DhcpDdns": {
"ip-address": "127.0.0.1",
"port": 53001,
"control-socket": {
"socket-type": "unix",
"socket-name": "/run/kea-ddns-ctrl-socket"
},
"tsig-keys": [
{
"name" : "rndc-key",
"algorithm" : "hmac-sha256",
"secret" : "1FU5hD7faYaajQCjSdA54JkTPQxbbPrRnzOKqHcD9cM="
}
],
"forward-ddns" : {
"ddns-domains" : [
{
"name" : "your.domain.tld.",
"key-name": "rndc-key",
"dns-servers" : [
{
"ip-address" : "127.0.0.1",
"port" : 53
}
]
}
]
},
"reverse-ddns" : {
"ddns-domains" : [
{
"name" : "56.168.192.in-addr.arpa.",
"key-name": "rndc-key",
"dns-servers" : [
{
"ip-address" : "127.0.0.1",
"port" : 53
}
]
}
]
},
"loggers": [
{
"name": "kea-dhcp-ddns",
"output_options": [
{
"output": "/var/log/kea-ddns.log",
"pattern": "%D{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S.%q} %-5p %m\n"
}
],
"severity": "INFO",
"debuglevel": 0
}
]
}
}
// End /etc/kea/kea-dhcp-ddns.conf
EOF
The value of secret is just
an example. Generate the key for your installation by
using the rndc-confgen
-a command or the tsig-keygen command
which both are provided by BIND-9.18.18.
In this sample config it is assumed that the DNS server
runs on the same machine as Kea does (accessable via
127.0.0.1) and that this
machine has the IP 192.168.56.2.
|
Tool to control (start/stop) the server processes. |
|
|
kea-admin is a shell script which offers database maintenance. |
|
|
Daemon which exposes a RESTful control interface for managing Kea servers. |
|
|
The server daemon providing IPv4 addresses. |
|
|
The server daemon providing IPv6 addresses. |
|
|
The server daemon performing the dynamic DNS updates. |
|
|
The kea-lfc service process removes redundant information from the files used to provide persistent storage for the memfile database backend. It is run by the Kea DHCP server. |
|
|
RESTful client to the ISC Kea services. |
The ProFTPD package contains a secure and highly configurable FTP daemon. This is useful for serving large file archives over a network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/proftpd/proftpd/archive/v1.3.8/proftpd-1.3.8.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.proftpd.org/distrib/source/proftpd-1.3.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: eafdca17287bec7b6e8d88aaeba0f6aa
Download size: 18.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 66 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
libcap-2.69 with PAM, libssh2-1.11.0, Linux-PAM-1.5.3, MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, PCRE-8.45, PostgreSQL-15.4, and Net::SSH2
For security reasons, you should install ProFTPD using an unprivileged user and
group. As the root user:
groupadd -g 46 proftpd &&
useradd -c proftpd -d /srv/ftp -g proftpd \
-s /usr/bin/proftpdshell -u 46 proftpd &&
install -v -d -m775 -o proftpd -g proftpd /srv/ftp &&
ln -v -s /usr/bin/false /usr/bin/proftpdshell &&
echo /usr/bin/proftpdshell >> /etc/shells
Install ProFTPD as an unprivileged user by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc --localstatedir=/run && make
This packages does not come with a usable test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/proftpd-1.3.8 && cp -Rv doc/* /usr/share/doc/proftpd-1.3.8
install -v -d -m775 -o proftpd -g proftpd /srv/ftp: Create the home directory for ProFTPD.
ln -v -s /usr/bin/false /usr/bin/proftpdshell: Set the default shell as a link to an invalid shell.
echo /usr/bin/proftpdshell >> /etc/shells: Fake a valid shell for compatibility purposes.
The above two commands can be omitted if the following directive is placed in the configuration file:
RequireValidShell offBy default, proftpd will require that users logging in have valid shells. The RequireValidShell directive turns off this requirement. This is only recommended if you are setting up your FTP server exclusively for anonymous downloads.
Support for most of the dependency packages requires using options passed to the configure script. View the output from ./configure --help for complete information about enabling dependency packages.
This is a simple, download-only sample configuration. See
the ProFTPD documentation
in /usr/share/doc/proftpd and
consult the website at http://www.proftpd.org/ for
example configurations.
cat > /etc/proftpd.conf << "EOF"
# This is a basic ProFTPD configuration file
# It establishes a single server and a single anonymous login.
ServerName "ProFTPD Default Installation"
ServerType standalone
DefaultServer on
# Port 21 is the standard FTP port.
Port 21
# Umask 022 is a good standard umask to prevent new dirs and files
# from being group and world writable.
Umask 022
# To prevent DoS attacks, set the maximum number of child processes
# to 30. If you need to allow more than 30 concurrent connections
# at once, simply increase this value. Note that this ONLY works
# in standalone mode, in inetd mode you should use an inetd server
# that allows you to limit maximum number of processes per service
MaxInstances 30
# Set the user and group that the server normally runs at.
User proftpd
Group proftpd
# To cause every FTP user to be "jailed" (chrooted) into their home
# directory, uncomment this line.
#DefaultRoot ~
# Normally, files should be overwritable.
<Directory /*>
AllowOverwrite on
</Directory>
# A basic anonymous configuration, no upload directories.
<Anonymous ~proftpd>
User proftpd
Group proftpd
# Clients should be able to login with "anonymous" as well as "proftpd"
UserAlias anonymous proftpd
# Limit the maximum number of anonymous logins
MaxClients 10
# 'welcome.msg' should be displayed at login, and '.message' displayed
# in each newly chdired directory.
DisplayLogin welcome.msg
DisplayChdir .message
# Limit WRITE everywhere in the anonymous chroot
<Limit WRITE>
DenyAll
</Limit>
</Anonymous>
EOF
Install the proftpd.service unit included in
the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-proftpd
|
is the FTP daemon |
|
|
shows the current number of connections |
|
|
is used to control the proftpd daemon while it is running |
|
|
is a Perl script designed to create and manage AuthUserFiles and AuthGroupFiles of the correct format for proftpd |
|
|
is a Perl script for sending email based on the proftpd TransferLog |
|
|
is a Perl script designed to create and manage limits and tally files for the mod_quotatab + mod_quotatab_file module combination for proftpd |
|
|
provides a way to scrub the scoreboard file on demand |
|
|
shuts down all proftpd servers at a given time |
|
|
displays running status on connections |
|
|
shows current process information for each session |
|
|
is a Perl script designed to compile and install third-party modules, from source code, as DSO modules for the installed proftpd |
The vsftpd package contains a very secure and very small FTP daemon. This is useful for serving files over a network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://security.appspot.com/downloads/vsftpd-3.0.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: efbf362a65bec771bc15ad311f5a982e
Download size: 210 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
For security reasons, running vsftpd as an unprivileged user and group
is encouraged. Also, a user should be created to map
anonymous users. As the root
user, create the needed directories, users, and groups with
the following commands:
install -v -d -m 0755 /usr/share/vsftpd/empty && install -v -d -m 0755 /home/ftp && groupadd -g 47 vsftpd && groupadd -g 45 ftp && useradd -c "vsftpd User" -d /dev/null -g vsftpd -s /bin/false -u 47 vsftpd && useradd -c anonymous_user -d /home/ftp -g ftp -s /bin/false -u 45 ftp
Gcc-10 and later flags an error for an implicit type cast. Make it explicit:
sed -e "s/kVSFSysStrOpenUnknown;/(enum EVSFSysUtilOpenMode)&/" -i sysstr.c
Build vsftpd as an unprivileged user using the following command:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Once again, become the root
user and install vsftpd with
the following commands:
install -v -m 755 vsftpd /usr/sbin/vsftpd && install -v -m 644 vsftpd.8 /usr/share/man/man8 && install -v -m 644 vsftpd.conf.5 /usr/share/man/man5 && install -v -m 644 vsftpd.conf /etc
install -v -d
...: This creates the directory that
anonymous users will use (/home/ftp) and the directory the daemon
will chroot into (/usr/share/vsftpd/empty).
/home/ftp should not be owned
by the user vsftpd, or the
user ftp.
echo "#define VSF_BUILD_TCPWRAPPERS" >>builddefs.h: Use this prior to make to add support for tcpwrappers.
echo "#define VSF_BUILD_SSL" >>builddefs.h: Use this prior to make to add support for SSL.
install -v -m
...: The Makefile uses non-standard installation
paths. These commands install the files in /usr and /etc.
vsftpd comes with a basic
anonymous-only configuration file that was copied to
/etc above. While still as
root, this file should be
modified because it is now recommended to run vsftpd in standalone
mode. Also, you should specify the privilege separation
user created above. Finally, you should specify the
chroot
directory. man
vsftpd.conf will give you all the details.
cat >> /etc/vsftpd.conf << "EOF"
background=YES
nopriv_user=vsftpd
secure_chroot_dir=/usr/share/vsftpd/empty
EOF
To enable local logins, append the following to the
/etc/vsftpd.conf file (as the
root user):
cat >> /etc/vsftpd.conf << "EOF"
local_enable=YES
EOF
In addition, if using Linux-PAM and vsftpd with local user logins, you
will need a Linux-PAM
configuration file. As the root user, create the /etc/pam.d/vsftpd file, and add the
needed configuration changes for Linux-PAM session support using the
following commands:
cat > /etc/pam.d/vsftpd << "EOF" &&# Begin /etc/pam.d/vsftpd auth required /lib/security/pam_listfile.so item=user sense=deny \ file=/etc/ftpusers \ onerr=succeed auth required pam_shells.so auth include system-auth account include system-account session include system-sessionEOF cat >> /etc/vsftpd.conf << "EOF"session_support=YES pam_service_name=vsftpdEOF
Install the vsftpd.service unit included in
the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-vsftpd
MTAs are the programs which transport mail from one machine to the other. The traditional MTA is Sendmail, however there are several other choices.
As well as SMTP servers there is a POP server (qpopper) and an IMAP server (Courier-IMAP).
Dovecot is an Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) and Post Office Protocol (POP) server, written primarily with security in mind. Dovecot aims to be lightweight, fast and easy to set up as well as highly configurable and easily extensible with plugins.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.dovecot.org/releases/2.3/dovecot-2.3.20.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b8add62d0311dcc95ac25b379e8ba043
Download size: 7.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 235 MB
Estimated build time: 4.8 SBU
CLucene-2.3.3.4, ICU-73.2, libcap-2.69 with PAM, Linux-PAM-1.5.3, Lua-5.4.6, MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, PostgreSQL-15.4, SQLite-3.42.0, Valgrind-3.21.0, xfsprogs-6.4.0, Cassandra, lz4, stemmer and libsodium
There should be dedicated users and groups for unprivileged
Dovecot processes and for processing users' logins. Issue the
following commands as the root user:
groupadd -g 42 dovecot &&
useradd -c "Dovecot unprivileged user" -d /dev/null -u 42 \
-g dovecot -s /bin/false dovecot &&
groupadd -g 43 dovenull &&
useradd -c "Dovecot login user" -d /dev/null -u 43 \
-g dovenull -s /bin/false dovenull
First, apply a patch to fix problems with OpenSSL-3:
patch -Np1 -i ../dovecot-2.3.20-openssl3_fixes-1.patch
Next, apply a patch to fix a security vulnerability:
patch -Np1 -i ../dovecot-2.3.20-security_fix-1.patch
Install Dovecot by running the following commands:
CPPFLAGS="-I/usr/include/tirpc" \
LDFLAGS+=" -ltirpc" \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/dovecot-2.3.20 \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue make -k check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
CPPFLAGS=... LDFLAGS+=...: build with libtirpc instead of the recently removed RPC code provided by GlibC.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-ldap: This switch enables
OpenLDAP authentication
support.
--with-pgsql: This switch enables
PostgreSQL database support.
--with-mysql: This switch enables
MySQL database support.
--with-sqlite: This switch
enables SQLite database
support.
--with-lucene: This switch
enables CLucene full text
search support.
--with-lua: This switch enables
Lua plugin support. This
includes a mail and push notification plugin.
Copy an example configuration, which you can use as a starting point:
cp -rv /usr/share/doc/dovecot-2.3.20/example-config/* /etc/dovecot
The following configuration is a simple proof of concept
with IMAP service using local users for authentication and
mailbox location. Reading files from the conf.d directory is commented out since
the included example configuration requires OpenSSL and Linux PAM.
sed -i '/^\!include / s/^/#/' /etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf &&
chmod -v 1777 /var/mail &&
cat > /etc/dovecot/local.conf << "EOF"
protocols = imap
ssl = no
# The next line is only needed if you have no IPv6 network interfaces
listen = *
mail_location = mbox:~/Mail:INBOX=/var/mail/%u
userdb {
driver = passwd
}
passdb {
driver = shadow
}
EOF
You will definitely want to read the official documentation at https://wiki2.dovecot.org/ if you plan to use Dovecot in a production environment.
/usr/lib/dovecot
The Exim package contains a Mail Transport Agent written by the University of Cambridge, released under the GNU Public License.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.exim.org/pub/exim/exim4/exim-4.96.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.exim.org/pub/exim/exim4/exim-4.96.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0d10d5b10f2af77ec8c2c2fe5be6c1ad
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Additional formats of the documentation (text-based docs are shipped with the sources) can be downloaded by following the links shown at https://exim.org/docs.html.
TDB (alternative to GDBM, built in LFS), Cyrus SASL-2.1.28, libidn-1.41, Linux-PAM-1.5.3, MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, GnuTLS-3.8.1, PostgreSQL-15.4, SQLite-3.42.0, a graphical environment, Heimdal GSSAPI, and OpenDMARC
Before building Exim, as the
root user you should create
the group and user exim which
will run the exim daemon:
groupadd -g 31 exim && useradd -d /dev/null -c "Exim Daemon" -g exim -s /bin/false -u 31 exim
Configure Exim with the following commands:
sed -e 's,^BIN_DIR.*$,BIN_DIRECTORY=/usr/sbin,' \
-e 's,^CONF.*$,CONFIGURE_FILE=/etc/exim.conf,' \
-e 's,^EXIM_USER.*$,EXIM_USER=exim,' \
-e '/# SUPPORT_TLS=yes/s,^#,,' \
-e '/# USE_OPENSSL/s,^#,,' \
-e 's,^EXIM_MONITOR,#EXIM_MONITOR,' src/EDITME > Local/Makefile &&
printf "USE_GDBM = yes\nDBMLIB = -lgdbm\n" >> Local/Makefile
If you want to add Linux PAM support, also run the following commands:
sed -i '/# SUPPORT_PAM=yes/s,^#,,' Local/Makefile echo "EXTRALIBS=-lpam" >> Local/Makefile
Build Exim with the following command:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 doc/exim.8 /usr/share/man/man8 && install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/exim-4.96 && install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/exim-4.96 && ln -sfv exim /usr/sbin/sendmail && install -v -d -m750 -o exim -g exim /var/spool/exim
sed -e ... >
Local/Makefile: Most of Exim's configuration options are defined
in Local/Makefile, which is
created from the src/EDITME
file. This command specifies the minimum set of options.
Descriptions for the options are listed below.
printf ... > Local/Makefile: Setting those variables allows to use GDBM instead of the default Berkeley DB. Remove this command if you have installed Berkeley DB-5.3.28.
BIN_DIRECTORY=/usr/sbin: This
installs all of Exim's
binaries and scripts in /usr/sbin.
CONFIGURE_FILE=/etc/exim.conf:
This installs Exim's main
configuration file in /etc.
EXIM_USER=exim: This
tells Exim that after the
daemon no longer needs root
privileges, the process needs to hand off the daemon to the
exim user.
SUPPORT_TLS=yes: This
allows to support STARTTLS connections. If you use this
option, you need to select whether OpenSSL or GnuTLS is used (see src/EDITME).
USE_OPENSSL_PC=openssl: This
tells the build system to use OpenSSL, and to find the needed
libraries with pkg-config.
#EXIM_MONITOR: This
defers building the Exim
monitor program, as it requires X
Window System support, by commenting out the
EXIM_MONITOR line in
the Makefile. If you wish to
build the monitor program, omit this sed command and issue the
following command before building the package (modify
Local/eximon.conf, if
necessary): cp
exim_monitor/EDITME Local/eximon.conf.
ln -sfv exim /usr/sbin/sendmail: Creates a link to sendmail for applications which need it. Exim will accept most Sendmail command-line options.
install -v -m750 -o exim -g
exim /var/spool/exim: Since /var/spool is
owned by root and this version of exim drops root privileges early, to run as user
exim, it cannot create the
/var/spool/exim directory. As a
work around, it is created manually.
To utilize some or all of the dependency packages, you'll
need to modify Local/Makefile
to include the appropriate directives and parameters to link
additional libraries before you build Exim. Local/Makefile is heavily commented with
instructions on how to do this. Listed below is additional
information to help you link these dependency packages or add
additional functionality.
If you wish to build and install the .info documentation, refer to
https://exim.org/exim-html-4.96/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTinsinfdoc.
If you wish to build in Exim's interfaces for calling virus
and spam scanning software directly from access control
lists, uncomment the WITH_CONTENT_SCAN=yes parameter and review
the information found at
https://exim.org/exim-html-4.96/doc/html/spec_html/ch45.html.
To use a backend database other than GDBM , see the instructions at https://exim.org/exim-html-4.96/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTdb.
For SSL functionality, see the instructions at https://exim.org/exim-html-4.96/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTinctlsssl and https://exim.org/exim-html-4.96/doc/html/spec_html/ch42.html.
For tcpwrappers functionality, see the instructions at https://exim.org/exim-html-4.96/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECID27.
For information about adding authentication mechanisms to the build, see chapters 33—41 of https://exim.org/exim-html-4.96/doc/html/spec_html/index.html.
For information about linking Linux-PAM, refer to the instructions https://exim.org/exim-html-4.96/doc/html/spec_html/ch11.html#SECTexpcond.
For information about linking database engine libraries used for Exim name lookups, see the instructions at https://exim.org/exim-html-4.96/doc/html/spec_html/ch09.html.
If you wish to add Readline
support to Exim when invoked
in “test
expansion” (-be) mode, see the information in the
-be section of
https://exim.org/exim-html-4.96/doc/html/spec_html/ch05.html#id2525974.
You may wish to modify the default configuration and send log
files to syslog instead of the default /var/spool/exim/log directory. See the
information at
https://exim.org/exim-html-4.96/doc/html/spec_html/ch-log_files.html.
A wealth of information can be also found at the Exim Wiki.
Review the file /etc/exim.conf, and modify any settings
to suit your needs. Note that the default configuration
assumes that the /var/mail
directory is world writable, but has the sticky bit set. If
you want to use the default configuration, issue as the
root user:
chmod -v a+wt /var/mail
A default (nothing but comments) /etc/aliases file is installed during the
package installation if this file did not exist on your
system. Create the necessary aliases and start the
Exim daemon using the
following commands:
cat >> /etc/aliases << "EOF"
postmaster: root
MAILER-DAEMON: root
EOF
/usr/sbin/exim -bd -q15m
To protect an existing /etc/aliases file, the command above
appends these aliases to it. This file should be checked
and duplicate aliases removed, if present.
The /usr/sbin/exim -bd -q15m command starts the Exim daemon with a 15 minute interval in processing the mail queue. Adjust this parameter to suit your desires.
If you have built Exim with Linux PAM support, you need to create a PAM configuration file to get it working correctly with BLFS.
Issue the following command as the root user to create the configuration
file for Linux PAM:
cat > /etc/pam.d/exim << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/exim
auth include system-auth
account include system-account
session include system-session
# End /etc/pam.d/exim
EOF
To automatically start exim at boot, install the
exim.service unit included in the
blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-exim
|
cycles Exim log files |
|
|
searches Exim log files |
|
|
is a symlink to the exim-4.96-2 MTA daemon |
|
|
is the Exim mail transport agent daemon |
|
|
states whether a given recipient address from a given host is acceptable or not |
|
|
creates and rebuilds Exim databases |
|
|
writes the contents of Exim databases to the standard output |
|
|
modifies data in Exim databases |
|
|
locks a mailbox file |
|
|
removes old records from Exim databases |
|
|
generates mail statistics from Exim log files |
|
|
queries remote host retry times |
|
|
selects messages based on various criteria |
|
|
is a utility for selective queue listing |
|
|
produces a summary of the messages in the mail queue |
|
|
queries running Exim processes |
|
|
is a start-up shell script for eximon.bin used to set the required environment variables before running the program |
|
|
is a monitor program which displays current information in an X window, and also contains a menu interface to Exim's command line administration options |
The Postfix package contains a Mail Transport Agent (MTA). This is useful for sending email to other users of your host machine. It can also be configured to be a central mail server for your domain, a mail relay agent or simply a mail delivery agent to your local Internet Service Provider.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ghostarchive.org/postfix/postfix-release/official/postfix-3.8.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.porcupine.org/mirrors/postfix-release/official/postfix-3.8.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 956d0baca1259189c80a9311ef4daaa1
Download size: 4.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 152 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, Cyrus SASL-2.1.28, and libnsl-2.0.0
ICU-73.2 for Email Address Internationalization (SMTPUTF8) support, MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, PCRE-8.45, PostgreSQL-15.4, SQLite-3.42.0, and CDB or TinyCDB
Note that SQLite, MySQL, PostgreSQL and CDB are only useful if there is a known need for them.
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/postfix
Before you compile the program, you need to create users
and groups that will be expected to be in place during the
installation. Add the users and groups with the following
commands issued by the root
user:
groupadd -g 32 postfix &&
groupadd -g 33 postdrop &&
useradd -c "Postfix Daemon User" -d /var/spool/postfix -g postfix \
-s /bin/false -u 32 postfix &&
chown -v postfix:postfix /var/mail
The README files are formatted to be read with a pager like less or more. If you want to use a text editor, make them legible with the following sed:
sed -i 's/.\x08//g' README_FILES/*
The Postfix source tree
does not contain a configure
script, rather the makefile in the top-level directory
contains a makefiles target
that regenerates all the other makefiles in the build tree.
If you wish to use additional software such as a database
back-end for virtual users, or TLS/SSL authentication, you
will need to regenerate the makefiles using one or more of
the appropriate CCARGS and
AUXLIBS settings listed below.
For all variants of the CCARGS you should ensure that -DNO_NIS is specified so that the build does not attempt to access an rpcsvc header which does not exist in BLFS.
For more details read the readme files.
To use Cyrus-SASL with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DNO_NIS -DUSE_SASL_AUTH -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL -I/usr/include/sasl'
AUXLIBS='-lsasl2'To use OpenLDAP with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DNO_NIS -DHAS_LDAP'
AUXLIBS='-lldap -llber'To use Sqlite with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DNO_NIS -DHAS_SQLITE'
AUXLIBS='-lsqlite3 -lpthread'To use MySQL with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DNO_NIS -DHAS_MYSQL -I/usr/include/mysql'
AUXLIBS='-lmysqlclient -lz -lm'To use PostgreSQL with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DNO_NIS -DHAS_PGSQL -I/usr/include/postgresql'
AUXLIBS='-lpq -lz -lm'To use CDB or TinyCDB with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DNO_NIS -DHAS_CDB'
AUXLIBS='</path/to/CDB>/libcdb.a'Adjust the following according to your needs. For example, if you have Cyrus SASL, install Postfix by running the following commands:
make CCARGS="-DNO_NIS -DUSE_TLS -I/usr/include/openssl/ \
-DUSE_SASL_AUTH -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL -I/usr/include/sasl" \
AUXLIBS="-lssl -lcrypto -lsasl2" \
makefiles &&
make
This package does not come with a useful test suite.
Now, as the root user:
sh postfix-install -non-interactive \ daemon_directory=/usr/lib/postfix \ manpage_directory=/usr/share/man \ html_directory=/usr/share/doc/postfix-3.8.1/html \ readme_directory=/usr/share/doc/postfix-3.8.1/readme
make makefiles:
This command rebuilds the makefiles throughout the source
tree to use the options contained in the CCARGS and AUXLIBS
variables.
sh postfix-install
-non-interactive: This keeps the install
script from asking any questions, thereby accepting default
destination directories in all but the few cases. If the
html_directory and readme_directory options are not set then the
documentation will not be installed.
CCARGS="-DNO_EAI ...": this will
turn off SMTPUTF8 support, for example if the rest of your
email address infrastructure cannot handle UTF-8 email
addresses and message header values.
Create (or append to an existing) /etc/aliases with the following command.
Change <LOGIN> to your
non-root login identity so mail addressed to root can be forwarded to you. As the
root user:
cat >> /etc/aliases << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/aliases
MAILER-DAEMON: postmaster
postmaster: root
root: <LOGIN>
# End /etc/aliases
EOF
To protect an existing /etc/aliases file, the above command
appends these aliases to it if it exists. This file should
be checked and duplicate aliases removed, if present.
The /etc/postfix/main.cf
and /etc/postfix/master.cf
files must be personalized for your system. The
main.cf file needs your
fully qualified hostname. You will find that main.cf is self documenting, so load it
into your editor to make the changes you need for your
situation.
Postfix can also be set
up to run in a chroot jail. See the file in the source
examples/chroot-setup/LINUX2 for
details.
If you have an existing configuration, you can run the
postfix
utility to add any necessary definitions to your existing
files. As the root user:
/usr/sbin/postfix upgrade-configuration
Before starting Postfix,
you should check that your configuration and file
permissions will work properly. Run the following commands
as the root user to check
and start your Postfix
server:
/usr/sbin/postfix check && /usr/sbin/postfix start
To automate the running of Postfix at startup, install the
postfix.service unit included in
the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-postfix
|
A symlink to |
|
|
A symlink to |
|
|
is a utility for Postfix alias database maintenance |
|
|
Prints the contents of files from the Postfix queue in human readable format |
|
|
Displays or changes the value of Postfix configuration parameters |
|
|
Creates a file in the maildrop directory and copies its standard input to the file |
|
|
is the Postfix control program |
|
|
Sends requests to the specified service over a local transport channel |
|
|
Locks a mail folder for exclusive use, and executes commands passed to it |
|
|
A Postfix-compatible logging interface for use in, for example, shell scripts |
|
|
Creates or queries one or more Postfix lookup tables, or updates an existing one |
|
|
is the Postfix multi-instance manager. It allows a system administrator to manage multiple Postfix instances on a single host |
|
|
The Postfix user interface for queue management |
|
|
The Postfix user interface for superuser queue management |
|
|
is the Postfix to Sendmail compatibility interface |
The sendmail package contains a Mail Transport Agent (MTA).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.sendmail.org/sendmail.8.17.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.sendmail.org/pub/sendmail/sendmail.8.17.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: eb21e7c8a1d2a69a4597e9ce6b1cb3d5
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
OpenLDAP-2.6.6 (client)
ghostscript-10.01.2 (for creating PDF documentation), Procmail-3.22 (the configuration proposed below requires that procmail be present at run-time), and nph
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sendmail
Before building sendmail,
create the required user, group and directory with the
following commands issued as the root user:
groupadd -g 26 smmsp &&
useradd -c "Sendmail Daemon" -g smmsp -d /dev/null \
-s /bin/false -u 26 smmsp &&
chmod -v 1777 /var/mail &&
install -v -m700 -d /var/spool/mqueue
See the source tree sendmail/README file for information on
linking optional packages into the build. Use the example
below, which adds support for SASL, StartTLS (OpenSSL) and OpenLDAP, as a starting point. Of
course, modify it to suit your particular needs.
cat >> devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF"
APPENDDEF(`confENVDEF',`-DSTARTTLS -DSASL -DLDAPMAP -DHASFLOCK')
APPENDDEF(`confLIBS', `-lssl -lcrypto -lsasl2 -lldap -llber -ldb')
APPENDDEF(`confINCDIRS', `-I/usr/include/sasl')
EOF
Install sendmail with the following commands:
cat >> devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF"
define(`confMANGRP',`root')
define(`confMANOWN',`root')
define(`confSBINGRP',`root')
define(`confUBINGRP',`root')
define(`confUBINOWN',`root')
EOF
sed -i 's|/usr/man/man|/usr/share/man/man|' \
devtools/OS/Linux &&
cd sendmail &&
sh Build &&
cd ../cf/cf &&
cp generic-linux.mc sendmail.mc &&
sh Build sendmail.cf
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /etc/mail &&
sh Build install-cf &&
cd ../.. &&
sh Build install &&
install -v -m644 cf/cf/{submit,sendmail}.mc /etc/mail &&
cp -v -R cf/* /etc/mail &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.17.2/{cf,sendmail} &&
install -v -m644 CACerts FAQ KNOWNBUGS LICENSE PGPKEYS README RELEASE_NOTES \
/usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.17.2 &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/{README,SECURITY,TRACEFLAGS,TUNING} \
/usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.17.2/sendmail &&
install -v -m644 cf/README /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.17.2/cf &&
for manpage in sendmail editmap mailstats makemap praliases smrsh
do
install -v -m644 $manpage/$manpage.8 /usr/share/man/man8
done &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/aliases.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/mailq.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/newaliases.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 vacation/vacation.1 /usr/share/man/man1
Install the sendmail Installation and Operations Guide with the following commands:
Remove op.pdf from the
make and
install
commands below if you don't have Ghostscript installed.
cd doc/op && sed -i 's/groff/GROFF_NO_SGR=1 groff/' Makefile && make op.txt op.pdf
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.17.2 && install -v -m644 op.ps op.txt op.pdf /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.17.2 && cd ../..
cat > devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF": This creates a configuration file changing some of the default settings.
sed ... devtools/OS/Linux: The site.config.m4 does not honor a change to the man directory, so fix it in the OS definitions.
sh Build; sh Build sendmail.cf;
sh Build install-cf; sh Build install:
sendmail uses an
m4 based build script to
create the various Makefiles.
These commands build and install the package.
for manpage in...;do...;done; install ...: The man pages are installed already formatted and man displays them somewhat garbled. These commands replace the formatted pages with pages man can display properly.
Ensure you have a fully qualified domain name defined in
/etc/hosts for your system
before proceeding.
Create the /etc/mail/local-host-names and
/etc/mail/aliases files using
the following commands as the root user:
echo $(hostname) > /etc/mail/local-host-names
cat > /etc/mail/aliases << "EOF"
postmaster: root
MAILER-DAEMON: root
EOF
newaliases
sendmail's primary
configuration file, /etc/mail/sendmail.cf, is complex and not
meant to be directly edited. The recommended method for
changing it is to modify /etc/mail/sendmail.mc and various
m4 files, then run the
m4 macro
processor from within /etc/mail as follows:
cd /etc/mail && m4 m4/cf.m4 sendmail.mc > sendmail.cf
A full explanation of the files to modify, and the
available parameters can be found in /etc/mail/README.
To automate the running of sendmail at startup, install the
sendmail.service unit included in
the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-sendmail
The -qNm option to sendmail, where N is number of minutes, controls how often sendmail will process the mail queue. A default of 5 minutes is used in the systemd unit. Individual workstation users may want to set this as low as 1 minute, large installations handling more mail may want to set it higher.
|
queries and edits sendmail map files |
|
|
prints sendmail's persistent host status |
|
|
displays sendmail statistics |
|
|
prints a summary of outbound mail messages waiting for delivery |
|
|
creates sendmail map files |
|
|
rebuilds |
|
|
displays current sendmail aliases |
|
|
causes sendmail to clear (purge) all its host-status information |
|
|
is the sendmail mail transport agent |
|
|
is a restricted shell for sendmail |
|
|
is an email auto responder |
This chapter includes databases that range from single-user read/write to industrial database servers with transaction support. Generally, you will be sent here to satisfy dependencies to other applications although building a SQL server on a base LFS system is entirely possible.
This section is about reinstalling database software when an existing database is in use. It is not applicable for initial installations or if there is no existing database for the package being updated, but users should read through it to become aware of issues that can arise in the future.
Let's start this chapter with a dramatic screenshot of an error that really happened. This error will not occur if you are installing database software for the first time:
$ sudo systemctl status postgresql
-- postgresql.service - PostgreSQL database server
Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/postgresql.service; enabled; vendor preset: enabled)
Active: failed (Result: exit-code) since Tue 2021-10-26 17:11:53 CDT; 2min 49s ago
Process: 17336 ExecStart=/usr/bin/pg_ctl -s -D ${PGROOT}/data start -w -t 120 (code=exited, status=1/FAILURE)
CPU: 7ms
Oct 26 17:11:53 SVRNAME systemd[1]: Starting PostgreSQL database server...
Oct 26 17:11:53 SRVNAME postgres[17338]: 2021-10-26 17:11:53.420 CDT [17338] FATAL:
database files are incompatible with server
Oct 26 17:11:53 SRVNAME postgres[17338]: 2021-10-26 17:11:53.420 CDT [17338] DETAIL:
The data directory was initialized by PostgreSQL version 13,
which is not compatible with this version 14.0.
Oct 26 17:11:53 SRVNAME postgres[17336]: pg_ctl: could not start server
Oct 26 17:11:53 SRVNAME postgres[17336]: Examine the log output.
Oct 26 17:11:53 SRVNAME systemd[1]: postgresql.service: Control process exited, code=exited, status=1/FAILURE
Oct 26 17:11:53 SRVNAME systemd[1]: postgresql.service: Failed with result 'exit-code'.
Oct 26 17:11:53 SRVNAME systemd[1]: Failed to start PostgreSQL database server.
To avoid situations like this (i.e., your database server software refuses to start), read the following discussion of the best way to upgrade a DBMS (Database Management System).
The root cause of the error shown above was an upgrade of the server software to a newer major version which left the data files untouched. In this case, the administrator was able to recover the DBMS without any loss of data.
Even if you are doing an initial DBMS install, read through this section. It provides information about implementing backup and restore procedures (or at least a strategy for creating them) which will satisfy your needs and guarantee the safety of your data.
Database systems work on files which hold the database metadata and the data itself. The internal structure of these files is optimized for use by the server software. When such server software is upgraded, the new software may utilize a different file format than had previously been used. Sometimes the new software can work with the old format as well as the new one—but without the performance improvements the new format provides. Other times, the new server software will reformat the data files automatically after the upgrade.
Unfortunately, the most likely case is that the new server software complains about out of date file formats and exits. When this happens, and you have overwritten the old server software, you may end up with a broken system and lost data.
Changes in data file formats usually happen at major version changes, but they can also occur at other times. Before upgrading any DBMS software, check the documentation to see if this upgrade makes changes which require reformatting the database.
Of course, if you have databases with content that is not easily rebuilt, it is always a good idea to create backups of the database from time to time. Before upgrading the server software, you should run another backup.
A backup is useless if there is no verified process to restore the data from this backup. When running a database server, you should not only create backups; you should also verify that the restore process really works. The time to test the restore procedure is before you urgently need to recover lost data.
Most database server software provides some basic tools to create backups of your data. Usually the backups created with those tools can be read by newer versions of the software (via a restore tool). Using older restore tools with newer backup data is a bad idea; you should never blindly assume that it will work. It might, but usually it doesn't.
The easiest way to upgrade your database files is to
Create a full database backup using the old tools.
This step creates an offline copy of the database files—for long term archiving, for disaster recovery, or as preparation for an upgrade. This offline backup consists of either (1) a full one-to-one copy of the current database files, or (2) a full backup of the database files from a certain point in time, plus all the journal data (that is Oracle® terminology, it is called "Continuous Archiving" or "write ahead log (WAL)" in Postgresql) describing the changes made after that point in time. This second form takes less time to create (if the DB software provides this type of journaling) because you only have to save the data that have changed since the last full backup was created.
When upgrading database server software, a full backup (which can be used for subsequent incremental backups) should be created; but if there is a lot of data, an incremental backup will suffice. The best strategy for you depends on the amount of data stored in your database (is it a few hundred table rows, or is it hundreds of terabytes?). A full backup in the latter case can't be done quickly. To fully protect your data, create a backup of the old programs (and/or their sources) and save it, along with the data files, to be certain there is a fallback solution if the new software cannot read the old data.
Upgrade the server software
In this step, instructions to build the database server software are executed just as they are shown in subsequent sections talking about the DBMs like MariaDB or Postgresql. That is, build the software as usual using BLFS instructions.
Restore the database by using the new tools.
To restore the data, the tools of the newly installed server software should be used. During the restoration process, the new tools will create and/or upgrade the data files in the format the new software requires. It is assumed that newer software is capable of reading old data.
Since you already have a backup procedure in place (and you have tested your restore procedure, right?), this might be the easiest way to upgrade as you can use your well known processes to upgrade just as you always do—at least in terms of the backup and restore.
Some database systems (for instance Postgresql) provide a tool which can reformat (upgrade) the existing database files to the new format. If you need to restore from a backup (for example, running the upgrade tool failed) you will have to reinstall the old software to recover your data.
Even though the reformatting tools might work as advertised, you should create a full backup before running them. A failure could cause serious damage to the database.
Upstream documentation for Backup/Restore: https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/backup.html
Upstream documentation for Backup/Restore: https://mariadb.com/kb/en/backup-and-restore-overview/
Do not underestimate Sqlite. It is a feature-rich DBMS. The main difference from the two big players above is that Sqlite does not provide access via a network API. Sqlite databases are always stored on the machine running the program which uses the database. The manipulation of data content is done via API calls to library functions directly within the program.
In the upstream documentation you may find the following useful:
Documentation of the sqlite3 command line tool: https://www.sqlite.org/cli.html
Documentation of backup API calls: https://www.sqlite.org/backup.html
Unfortunately, there is no dedicated chapter in the upstream documentation talking about backup/restore, but there are several articles about it on the Internet. Here is an example.
Documentation for Backup/Restore: https://database.guide/backup-sqlite-database/
The Berkeley DB package contains programs and utilities used by many other applications for database related functions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/bdb/db-5.3.28.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b99454564d5b4479750567031d66fe24
Download size: 34 MB
Estimated disk space required: 265 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU
libnsl-2.0.0 and Sharutils-4.15.2 (for the uudecode command)
First apply a fix so that this will compile with current versions of g++:
sed -i 's/\(__atomic_compare_exchange\)/\1_db/' src/dbinc/atomic.h
Install Berkeley DB by running the following commands:
cd build_unix &&
../dist/configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-compat185 \
--enable-dbm \
--disable-static \
--enable-cxx &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/db-5.3.28 install &&
chown -v -R root:root \
/usr/bin/db_* \
/usr/include/db{,_185,_cxx}.h \
/usr/lib/libdb*.{so,la} \
/usr/share/doc/db-5.3.28
cd build_unix && ../dist/configure --prefix=/usr...: This replaces the normal ./configure command, as Berkeley DB comes with various build directories for different platforms.
--enable-compat185:
This switch enables building the DB-1.85 compatibility API.
--enable-cxx: This
switch enables building C++ API libraries.
--enable-dbm: Enables
legacy interface support needed by some older packages.
make
docdir=/usr/share/doc/db-5.3.28 install: This
installs the documentation in the standard location instead
of /usr/docs.
chown -v -R root:root ...:This command changes the ownership of various installed files from the uid:gid of the builder to root:root.
--enable-tcl --with-tcl=/usr/lib:
Enables Tcl support in DB
and creates the libdb_tcl
libraries.
--enable-java: Enables
Java support in DB and
creates the libdb_java
libraries. Java support is currently broken with Java-9.x and
higher.
|
prints the pathnames of log files that are no longer in use |
|
|
is a daemon process used to monitor and checkpoint database logs |
|
|
is used to abort lock requests when deadlocks are detected |
|
|
converts database files to a flat file format readable by db_load |
|
|
creates "hot backup" or "hot failover" snapshots of Berkeley DB databases |
|
|
is used to create database files from flat files created with db_dump |
|
|
verifies the log files of a database |
|
|
converts database log files to human readable text |
|
|
is used to restore a database to a consistent state after a failure |
|
|
is a daemon process that provides replication/HA services on a transactional environment |
|
|
displays database environment statistics |
|
|
analyzes the data in a btree database, and suggests a page size that is likely to deliver optimal operation |
|
|
is used to upgrade database files to a newer version of Berkeley DB |
|
|
is used to run consistency checks on database files |
The lmdb package is a fast, compact, key-value embedded data store. It uses memory-mapped files, so it has the read performance of a pure in-memory database while still offering the persistence of standard disk-based databases, and is only limited to the size of the virtual address space
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/LMDB/lmdb/archive/LMDB_0.9.31.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9d7f059b1624d0a4d4b2f1781d08d600
Download size: 144 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
This package extracts to lmdb-LMDB_0.9.31.
Install lmdb by running the following commands:
cd libraries/liblmdb && make && sed -i 's| liblmdb.a||' Makefile
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr install
sed ... liblmdb.a ... Makefile: The package executables use a static library so it must be created. This command suppresses installation of the static library.
MariaDB is a community-developed fork and a drop-in replacement for the MySQL relational database management system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.mariadb.org/interstitial/mariadb-10.11.4/source/mariadb-10.11.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b6f3b3af44f72bcf32cba31071e7642d
Download size: 92 MB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 GB (723 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 8.4 SBU (with parallelism=4, add 0.3 SBU for tests)
The installed size of MariaDB is 658 MB, but this can be
reduced by about 252 MB, if desired, by removing the
/usr/share/mysql/test
directory after installation.
Boost-1.83.0, libaio-0.3.113, libxml2-2.10.4, Linux-PAM-1.5.3, LZO-2.10, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, pcre2-10.42, Ruby-3.2.2, sphinx-7.1.2, unixODBC-2.3.12, Valgrind-3.21.0, Groonga, KyTea, Judy, lz4, MeCab, MessagePack, mruby, MyRocks, Snappy, and ZeroMQ
MariaDB and MySQL cannot be installed on the same system without extensive changes to the build configuration of one of the two applications.
For security reasons, running the server as an unprivileged
user and group is strongly encouraged. Issue the following
(as root) to create the user
and group:
groupadd -g 40 mysql && useradd -c "MySQL Server" -d /srv/mysql -g mysql -s /bin/false -u 40 mysql
Install MariaDB by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DGRN_LOG_PATH=/var/log/groonga.log \
-DINSTALL_DOCDIR=share/doc/mariadb-10.11.4 \
-DINSTALL_DOCREADMEDIR=share/doc/mariadb-10.11.4 \
-DINSTALL_MANDIR=share/man \
-DINSTALL_MYSQLSHAREDIR=share/mysql \
-DINSTALL_MYSQLTESTDIR=share/mysql/test \
-DINSTALL_PAMDIR=lib/security \
-DINSTALL_PAMDATADIR=/etc/security \
-DINSTALL_PLUGINDIR=lib/mysql/plugin \
-DINSTALL_SBINDIR=sbin \
-DINSTALL_SCRIPTDIR=bin \
-DINSTALL_SQLBENCHDIR=share/mysql/bench \
-DINSTALL_SUPPORTFILESDIR=share/mysql \
-DMYSQL_DATADIR=/srv/mysql \
-DMYSQL_UNIX_ADDR=/run/mysqld/mysqld.sock \
-DWITH_EXTRA_CHARSETS=complex \
-DWITH_EMBEDDED_SERVER=ON \
-DSKIP_TESTS=ON \
-DTOKUDB_OK=0 \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test. One test, test-connect, is known to fail.
A more extensive set of tests can be run with the following:
pushd mysql-test
./mtr --parallel <N> --mem --force
popd
Where N is the number of tests to run in parallel. Over 5400 tests are run in about 24 SBU with N=4. A few tests may fail, mainly due to character set issues.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have Linux-PAM-1.5.3 installed, move the PAM
module and configuration file installed by this package as
the root user:
mv -v /usr/share/pam_use_map.so /lib/security && mv -v /usr/share/user_map.conf /etc/security
-DWITH_EMBEDDED_SERVER=ON: This
switch enables compiling the embedded server library needed
by certain applications, such as Amarok.
-DWITH_EXTRA_CHARSETS=complex:
This switch enables support for the complex character sets.
-DSKIP_TESTS=ON: This
switch disables tests for MariaDB Connector/C which are not
supported without additional setup.
-DWITHOUT_SERVER=ON: Use this
switch if you don't want the server and would like to build
the client only.
There are numerous options available to cmake. Check the output of the cmake . -LH for additional customization options.
Create basic /etc/mysql/my.cnf using the following
command as the root user:
install -v -dm 755 /etc/mysql &&
cat > /etc/mysql/my.cnf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/mysql/my.cnf
# The following options will be passed to all MySQL clients
[client]
#password = your_password
port = 3306
socket = /run/mysqld/mysqld.sock
# The MySQL server
[mysqld]
port = 3306
socket = /run/mysqld/mysqld.sock
datadir = /srv/mysql
skip-external-locking
key_buffer_size = 16M
max_allowed_packet = 1M
sort_buffer_size = 512K
net_buffer_length = 16K
myisam_sort_buffer_size = 8M
# Don't listen on a TCP/IP port at all.
skip-networking
# required unique id between 1 and 2^32 - 1
server-id = 1
# Uncomment the following if you are using BDB tables
#bdb_cache_size = 4M
#bdb_max_lock = 10000
# InnoDB tables are now used by default
innodb_data_home_dir = /srv/mysql
innodb_log_group_home_dir = /srv/mysql
# All the innodb_xxx values below are the default ones:
innodb_data_file_path = ibdata1:12M:autoextend
# You can set .._buffer_pool_size up to 50 - 80 %
# of RAM but beware of setting memory usage too high
innodb_buffer_pool_size = 128M
innodb_log_file_size = 48M
innodb_log_buffer_size = 16M
innodb_flush_log_at_trx_commit = 1
innodb_lock_wait_timeout = 50
[mysqldump]
quick
max_allowed_packet = 16M
[mysql]
no-auto-rehash
# Remove the next comment character if you are not familiar with SQL
#safe-updates
[isamchk]
key_buffer = 20M
sort_buffer_size = 20M
read_buffer = 2M
write_buffer = 2M
[myisamchk]
key_buffer_size = 20M
sort_buffer_size = 20M
read_buffer = 2M
write_buffer = 2M
[mysqlhotcopy]
interactive-timeout
# End /etc/mysql/my.cnf
EOF
You can now install a database and change the ownership to
the unprivileged user and group (perform as the
root user):
mysql_install_db --basedir=/usr --datadir=/srv/mysql --user=mysql && chown -R mysql:mysql /srv/mysql
Further configuration requires that the MariaDB server is running. Start the
server using the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -o mysql -g mysql -d /run/mysqld && mysqld_safe --user=mysql 2>&1 >/dev/null &
A default installation does not set up a password for the
administrator, so use the following command as the
root user to set one.
mysqladmin -u root password
Configuration of the server is now finished. Shut the
server down using the following command as the root user:
mysqladmin -p shutdown
Install the mysqld.service unit included in
the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package as the root user to
start the MariaDB server
during system boot-up.
make install-mysqld
If you have an existing database already and this installation of binaries was just an upgrade to a newer version, check the upstream documentation for upgrading. It is recommended to run:
mariadb-upgrade
There are several symlinks from mysql* to their mariadb counterparts. These are maintained for compatibility.
The Perl DBI modules must be installed for some of the MariaDB support programs to function properly.
|
is used to check, repair, optimize, sort and get information about Aria tables |
|
|
is a tool to dump the contents of Aria log pages |
|
|
displays full-text index information |
|
|
is a tool to generate compressed, read-only Aria tables |
|
|
displays Aria log file contents |
|
|
copies an aria table to and from AWS S3 |
|
|
bootstraps a new Galera cluster |
|
|
recovers data from a Galera cluster |
|
|
prints checksums for InnoDB files |
|
|
is an open source backup tool for InnoDB and XtraDB |
|
|
is a simple SQL shell with input line editing capabilities |
|
|
is the MySQL server daemon |
|
|
checks the access privileges for a host name, user name, and database combination |
|
|
is a client for performing administrative operations |
|
|
reads binary log files |
|
|
performs table maintenance: It checks, repairs, optimizes, or analyzes tables |
|
|
is used for testing aspects of the MySQL client API that cannot be tested using mysqltest and its test language |
|
|
is a tool to test the client API for the embedded server |
|
|
converts character sets for use with MariaDB |
|
|
converts the tables in a database to use a particular storage engine |
|
|
is designed to manage several mysqld processes that listen for connections on different Unix socket files and TCP/IP ports |
|
|
is the recommended way to start a mysqld server on Unix and NetWare |
|
|
is a backup program |
|
|
parses MySQL slow query log files and prints a summary of their contents |
|
|
is a MySQL client statically linked to libmariadbd |
|
|
reads files containing SQL statements and extracts statements that match a given regular expression or that contain USE db_name or SET statements |
|
|
converts the extensions for MyISAM (or ISAM) table files to their canonical forms |
|
|
locks the table, flushes the table and then performs a copy of the database |
|
|
reads a range of data formats, and inserts the data into a database |
|
|
initializes the MySQL data directory and creates the system tables that it contains, if they do not exist |
|
|
is the RocksDB tool |
|
|
is a utility that enables MySQL administrators to manage which plugins a MySQL server loads |
|
|
is a tool to improve MySQL installation security |
|
|
generates a systemd unit based on the current mariadb settings |
|
|
sets permissions in the MySQL grant tables |
|
|
shows the structure of a MariaDB database |
|
|
is a diagnostic program designed to emulate client load for a MySQL server and to report the timing of each stage |
|
|
runs a test case against a MySQL server and optionally compares the output with a result file |
|
|
is similar to the mysqltest command but is built with support for the libmysqld embedded server |
|
|
loads the time zone tables in the mysql database |
|
|
examines all tables in all databases for incompatibilities with the current version of MySQL Server |
|
|
signals a process to terminate and waits for the process to exit |
|
|
gets compiler flags for using the MariaDB Connector/C |
|
|
is an utility for sending InnoDB and XTraDB backups over a stream |
|
|
is a tool to convert mSQL programs for use with MySQL |
|
|
displays the options from option groups of option files |
|
|
displays information about FULLTEXT indexes in MyISAM tables |
|
|
gets information about your database tables or checks, repairs, or optimizes them |
|
|
displays MyISAM log file contents |
|
|
is a tool for compressing MyISAM tables |
|
|
provides you with useful information for compiling your MySQL client and connecting it to MySQL |
|
|
is a console-based tool for monitoring the threads and overall performance of a MySQL server |
|
|
is a utility that displays descriptions for system or storage engine error codes |
|
|
is a MariaDB/MySQL extension to the SQL standard |
|
|
resolves a numeric stack dump to symbols |
|
|
is a utility for resolving IP addresses to host names and vice versa |
|
|
dumps the content of sst files (the format used by RocksDB) |
PostgreSQL is an advanced object-relational database management system (ORDBMS), derived from the Berkeley Postgres database management system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.postgresql.org/pub/source/v15.4/postgresql-15.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f2f861fb99d742cb9c2f8aa46a8a947d
Download size: 22 MB
Estimated disk space required: 229 MB (add 42 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (with parallelism=4, add 0.2 SBU for tests)
ICU-73.2, libxml2-2.10.4, libxslt-1.1.38, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, Linux-PAM-1.5.3, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2 and Bonjour
fop-2.9, docbook-4.5-dtd, docbook-dsssl-1.79, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, OpenJade-1.3.2, and SGMLSpm-1.1
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/postgresql
For enhanced security, it is better to have a dedicated group
and user for running the PostgreSQL server. First, issue as
the root user:
groupadd -g 41 postgres &&
useradd -c "PostgreSQL Server" -g postgres -d /srv/pgsql/data \
-u 41 postgres
There are several configuration items that add additional functionality with optional packages to PostgreSQL. Use ./configure --help to see a list.
Install PostgreSQL with the following commands:
sed -i '/DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR/s@/tmp@/run/postgresql@' src/include/pg_config_manual.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-thread-safety \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/postgresql-15.4 &&
make
There are a number of programs in the contrib/ directory. If you are going to run
this installation as a server and wish to build some of them,
enter make -C
contrib or make
-C contrib/<SUBDIR-NAME>
for each subdirectory.
Tests must be run as an unprivileged user because they need to start a temporary server and this is prevented as the root user. For the same reason, you need to stop all PostgreSQL servers if any are running. If a previous version of PostgreSQL is installed, it may be necessary to use --disable-rpath with configure to avoid failures, but installing the binaries created using this switch is not recommended. To test the results, issue: make check.
If you are installing PostgreSQL to upgrade an existing installation, there are important steps that you need to follow. If the major version of the new build is greater than the previous version, there is a chance that the data file format has changed. new software cannot act on the existing data files. In this case, the server will not start because the old programs have been overwritten, so the data is unavailable until it's file format has been converted.
Before upgrading an existing installation of PostgreSQL, check the documentation for any considerations that you must keep in mind during the upgrade. Note that new major versions might use a different binary format in the data objects, causing potential incompatibilities. For more information, check out upstream's documentation about upgrading PostgreSQL here. https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/upgrading.html.
At this point, you may have both the old and the new binaries installed on your filesystem. These binaries can be used to perform an upgrade of your existing database files. For the following instructions it is assumed that
The actual data files are stored in /srv/pgsql/data
The upgraded data files will be stored in
/srv/pgsql/newdata
There is enough disk space to hold the actual data files twice. The upgrade is not an inline upgrade but it will copy the data to new database files.
First, do a temporary install which makes access to the new binaries much easier:
make DESTDIR=$(pwd)/DESTDIR install
Next, create a directory which is writable by the
postgres user, as the
root user:
install -d -o postgres $(pwd)/DESTDIR/tmp
Now, stop the existing instance of PostgreSQL and start the upgrade
process as the root user:
pushd $(pwd)/DESTDIR/tmp
systemctl stop postgresql
su postgres -c "../usr/bin/initdb -D /srv/pgsql/newdata"
su postgres -c "../usr/bin/pg_upgrade \
-d /srv/pgsql/data -b /usr/bin \
-D /srv/pgsql/newdata -B ../usr/bin"
popd
At this point, your database files are available in two
locations on disk. The old data is located in /srv/pgsql/data, and the new data is in
/srv/pgsql/newdata. Backing
up the old database files is suggested before continuing.
Next, remove the old database files, and rename the new
data directory as the root
user:
rm -rf /srv/pgsql/data mv /srv/pgsql/newdata /srv/pgsql/data
Now, as the root user:
make install && make install-docs
If you made any of the contrib/
programs, as the root user:
make -C contrib/<SUBDIR-NAME> install
If you only intend to use PostgreSQL as a client to connect to a server on another machine, your installation is complete and you should not run the remaining commands.
If you have upgraded an existing database, skip the rest of the commands because your database is ready to use. If this is the first time you install PostgreSQL, continue with the initialization.
Initialize a database cluster with the following commands
issued by the root user:
install -v -dm700 /srv/pgsql/data && install -v -dm755 /run/postgresql && chown -Rv postgres:postgres /srv/pgsql /run/postgresql
Now, initialize the database as the root user:
su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/initdb -D /srv/pgsql/data'
sed -i ...:
This sed changes the server socket location from /tmp to /run/postgresql.
--enable-thread-safety: This
switch makes the client libraries thread-safe by allowing
concurrent threads in libpq and
ECPG programs to safely control their private connection
handles.
--with-openssl: builds the
package with support for OpenSSL encrypted connections.
--with-perl: builds the PL/Perl
server-side language.
--with-python: builds the
PL/Python server-side language. Python3 is used by default,
Python2 is no longer supported.
--with-tcl: builds the PL/Tcl
server-side language.
$PGDATA/pg_ident.con,
$PGDATA/pg_hba.conf, and
$PGDATA/postgresql.conf
The PGDATA environment variable
is used to distinguish database clusters from one another
by setting it to the value of the directory which contains
the cluster desired. The three configuration files exist in
every PGDATA/ directory.
Details on the format of the files and the options that can
be set in each can be found in /usr/share/doc/postgresql-15.4/html/index.html.
Install the postgresql.service unit included
in the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-postgresql
The database server can be manually started with the
following command (as the root user):
su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/postgres -D /srv/pgsql/data > \
/srv/pgsql/data/logfile 2>&1 &'
If you are scripting this part, you should wait for the server to start before going on, by adding for example sleep 2 after the above command.
The instructions below show how to create a database, add a
table to it, insert some rows into the table and select
them, to verify that the installation is working properly.
Still as user root, issue:
su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/createdb test' &&
echo "create table t1 ( name varchar(20), state_province varchar(20) );" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Billy', 'NewYork');" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Evanidus', 'Quebec');" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Jesse', 'Ontario');" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "select * from t1;" | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test')
When you are done with testing, you can shut down the
server, by issuing as root:
su - postgres -c "/usr/bin/pg_ctl stop -D /srv/pgsql/data"
|
is a utility for reclustering tables in a PostgreSQL database |
|
|
creates a new PostgreSQL database |
|
|
defines a new PostgreSQL user account |
|
|
removes a PostgreSQL database |
|
|
removes a PostgreSQL user account |
|
|
is the embedded SQL preprocessor |
|
|
creates a new database cluster |
|
|
resolves OIDs (Object IDs) and file nodes in a PostgreSQL data directory |
|
|
checks for corruption in one or more PostgreSQL databases |
|
|
cleans up PostgreSQL WAL (write-ahead log) archive files |
|
|
takes base backups of a running PostgreSQL cluster |
|
|
enables, disables, or checks data checksums in a PostgreSQL database cluster |
|
|
retrieves PostgreSQL version information |
|
|
returns information initialized during initdb, such as the catalog version and server locale |
|
|
controls stopping and starting the database server |
|
|
dumps database data and metadata into scripts which are used to recreate the database |
|
|
recursively calls pg_dump for each database in a cluster |
|
|
checks the connection status of a PostgreSQL server |
|
|
is used to stream write-ahead logs from a PostgreSQL server |
|
|
controls PostgreSQL logical decoding streams |
|
|
resets the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster |
|
|
creates databases from dump files created by pg_dump |
|
|
synchronizes a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from the first one |
|
|
supports the creation of a PostgreSQL warm standby server |
|
|
determines the fastest wal_sync method for PostgreSQL |
|
|
measures timing overhead |
|
|
upgrades a PostgreSQL server instance |
|
|
verifies the integrity of a base backup of a PostgreSQL cluster |
|
|
displays a human-readable rendering of the write-ahead log of a PostgreSQL database cluster |
|
|
runs a benchmark test on PostgreSQL |
|
|
is a support script used to delete a module from a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed |
|
|
is a support script used to list the modules in a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed |
|
|
is a support script used to load a module into a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed too |
|
|
is the PostgreSQL database server |
|
|
(deprecated, a symlink to postgres) is a multi-user database daemon |
|
|
is a console based database shell |
|
|
is a utility for rebuilding indexes in a database |
|
|
compacts databases and generates statistics for the query analyzer |
|
|
removes orphaned large objects from a PostgreSQL database |
|
|
contains functions to support embedded SQL in C programs |
|
|
is the ecpg compatibility library |
|
|
is the port-specific subsystem of the Postgres backend |
|
|
contains functions for dealing with Postgres data types |
|
|
is the C programmer's API to Postgres |
The SQLite package is a software library that implements a self-contained, serverless, zero-configuration, transactional SQL database engine.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sqlite.org/2023/sqlite-autoconf-3420000.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0c5a92bc51cf07cae45b4a1e94653dea
Download size: 3.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 76 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Optional Documentation
Download (HTTP): https://sqlite.org/2023/sqlite-doc-3420000.zip
Download MD5 sum: f3cb6b67a82bc586a096459085616e4f
Download size: 11 MB
If you downloaded the optional documentation, issue the following command to install the documentation into the source tree:
unzip -q ../sqlite-doc-3420000.zip
Install SQLite by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--enable-fts{4,5} \
CPPFLAGS="-DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1 \
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY=1 \
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB=1 \
-DSQLITE_SECURE_DELETE=1 \
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER=1" &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you downloaded the optional documentation, issue the
following commands as the root user to install it:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/sqlite-3.42.0 && cp -v -R sqlite-doc-3420000/* /usr/share/doc/sqlite-3.42.0
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-fts{4,5}:
These switches enable support for version 3, 4 and 5 of the
full text search (FTS) extension. Note that the --enable-fts4 switch enables support for both
FTS version 4 and FTS version 3.
CPPFLAGS="-DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB=1
-DSQLITE_SECURE_DELETE=1
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER=1": Applications
such as SeaMonkey require
these options to be turned on. The only way to do this is to
include them in the CFLAGS or
CPPFLAGS. We use the latter so the
default value (or any value set by the user) of CFLAGS won't be affected. For further
information on what can be specified see https://www.sqlite.org/compile.html.
Here you will find many ways to share your machine with the rest of the world or your local network. Before installing any packages in this chapter, you need to be sure you understand what the package does and how to set it up correctly. It might also be helpful to learn about the consequences of an improper setup so that you can analyze the risks.
The OpenLDAP package provides an open source implementation of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.openldap.org/software/download/OpenLDAP/openldap-release/openldap-2.6.6.tgz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openldap.org/pub/OpenLDAP/openldap-release/openldap-2.6.6.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 5259e75484be71563e3f5c33d64a274d
Download size: 6.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 60 MB (client and server)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (client), 1.1 SBU (server)
GnuTLS-3.8.1, Pth-2.0.7, unixODBC-2.3.12, MariaDB-10.11.4 or PostgreSQL-15.4 or MySQL, OpenSLP, WiredTiger, and Berkeley DB-5.3.28 (for slapd, but deprecated)
If you only need to install the client side ldap* binaries, corresponding man pages, libraries and header files (referred to as a “client-only” install), issue these commands instead of the following ones (no test suite available):
patch -Np1 -i ../openldap-2.6.6-consolidated-1.patch &&
autoconf &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--enable-dynamic \
--enable-versioning=yes \
--disable-debug \
--disable-slapd &&
make depend &&
make
Then, as the root user:
make install
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the slapd
daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as
the root user:
groupadd -g 83 ldap &&
useradd -c "OpenLDAP Daemon Owner" \
-d /var/lib/openldap -u 83 \
-g ldap -s /bin/false ldap
Install OpenLDAP by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../openldap-2.6.6-consolidated-1.patch &&
autoconf &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--disable-static \
--enable-versioning=yes \
--disable-debug \
--with-tls=openssl \
--with-cyrus-sasl \
--without-systemd \
--enable-dynamic \
--enable-crypt \
--enable-spasswd \
--enable-slapd \
--enable-modules \
--enable-rlookups \
--enable-backends=mod \
--disable-sql \
--disable-wt \
--enable-overlays=mod &&
make depend &&
make
The tests are fragile, and errors may cause the tests to
abort prior to finishing. Some errors may happen due to
timing problems. The tests take around an hour, and the time
is CPU independent due to delays in the tests. On most
systems, the tests will run up to the test065-proxyauth for mdb test. To test the
results, issue: make
test.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
sed -e "s/\.la/.so/" -i /etc/openldap/slapd.{conf,ldif}{,.default} &&
install -v -dm700 -o ldap -g ldap /var/lib/openldap &&
install -v -dm700 -o ldap -g ldap /etc/openldap/slapd.d &&
chmod -v 640 /etc/openldap/slapd.{conf,ldif} &&
chown -v root:ldap /etc/openldap/slapd.{conf,ldif} &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.6.6 &&
cp -vfr doc/{drafts,rfc,guide} \
/usr/share/doc/openldap-2.6.6
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-debug: This
switch disables the debugging code in OpenLDAP.
--enable-dynamic:
This switch forces the OpenLDAP libraries to be dynamically
linked to the executable programs.
--enable-versioning:
This switch enables symbol versioning in the OpenLDAP libraries. Without this, some
applications might generate a warning about missing symbol
versions.
--enable-crypt: This
switch enables using crypt(3) passwords.
--enable-spasswd:
This switch enables SASL
password verification.
--enable-modules:
This switch enables dynamic module support.
--enable-rlookups:
This switch enables reverse lookups of client hostnames.
--enable-backends:
This switch enables all available backends.
--enable-overlays:
This switch enables all available overlays.
--disable-sql: This
switch explicitly disables the SQL backend. Omit this switch
if a SQL server is installed and you are going to use a SQL
backend.
--disable-wt: This
switch explicitly disables the WiredTiger backend. Omit this
switch if WiredTiger is installed and you are going to use a
WiredTiger backend.
--libexecdir=/usr/lib: This
switch controls where the /usr/lib/openldap directory is installed.
Everything in that directory is a library, so it belongs
under /usr/lib instead of
/usr/libexec.
--enable-slp: This switch enables
SLPv2 support. Use it if you have installed OpenSLP.
You can run ./configure --help to see if there are other switch you can pass to the configure command to enable other options or dependency packages.
install ..., chown ..., and chmod ...: Having slapd configuration files and ldap databases in /var/lib/openldap readable by anyone is a SECURITY ISSUE, especially since a file stores the admin password in PLAIN TEXT. That's why mode 640 and root:ldap ownership were used. The owner is root, so only root can modify the file, and group is ldap, so that the group which owns slapd daemon could read but not modify the file in case of a security breach.
For LDAP client: /etc/openldap/ldap.conf and
~/.ldaprc
For LDAP server, two configuration mechanisms are
used: a legacy /etc/openldap/slapd.conf
configuration file and the recommended slapd-config system, using
an LDIF database stored in /etc/openldap/slapd.d.
Configuring the slapd servers can be
complex. Securing the LDAP directory, especially if you are
storing non-public data such as password databases, can
also be a challenging task. In order to set up OpenLDAP, you'll need to modify either
the /etc/openldap/slapd.conf
file (old method), or the /etc/openldap/slapd.ldif file and then
use ldapadd
to create the LDAP configuration database in /etc/openldap/slapd.d (recommended by the
OpenLDAP documentation).
The instructions above install an empty LDAP structure
and a default /etc/openldap/slapd.conf file, which
are suitable for testing the build and other packages
using LDAP. Do not use them on a production server.
Resources to assist you with topics such as choosing a
directory configuration, backend and database definitions,
access control settings, running as a user other than
root and setting a
chroot
environment include:
The slapd(8) man page.
The slapd.conf(5) and slapd-config(5) man pages.
The OpenLDAP 2.6
Administrator's Guide (also installed locally in
/usr/share/doc/openldap-2.6.6/guide/admin).
Documents located at https://www.openldap.org/pub/.
To automate the startup of the LDAP server at system
bootup, install the slapd.service unit included in the
blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package using the following command:
make install-slapd
You'll need to modify /etc/default/slapd to include
the parameters needed for your specific configuration.
See the slapd man page for
parameter information.
Start the LDAP server using systemctl:
systemctl start slapd
Verify access to the LDAP server with the following command:
ldapsearch -x -b '' -s base '(objectclass=*)' namingContexts
The expected result is:
# extended LDIF
#
# LDAPv3
# base <> with scope baseObject
# filter: (objectclass=*)
# requesting: namingContexts
#
#
dn:
namingContexts: dc=my-domain,dc=com
# search result
search: 2
result: 0 Success
# numResponses: 2
# numEntries: 1|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and adds entries |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and performs a compare using specified parameters |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and deletes one or more entries |
|
|
issues the LDAP extended operation specified by oid or one of the special keywords whoami, cancel, or refresh |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and modifies entries |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and modifies the RDN of entries |
|
|
is a tool used to set the password of an LDAP user |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and performs a search using specified parameters |
|
|
is a command that allows to either compose or decompose LDAP URIs |
|
|
verifies LDAP credentials |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and displays whoami information |
|
|
is used to check the behavior of slapd by verifying access to directory data according to the access control list directives defined in its configuration |
|
|
is used to add entries specified in LDAP Directory Interchange Format (LDIF) to an LDAP database |
|
|
is used to check the behavior of the slapd in mapping identities for authentication and authorization purposes, as specified in slapd.conf |
|
|
is used to generate an LDAP LDIF output based upon the contents of a slapd database |
|
|
is the standalone LDAP server |
|
|
checks a list of string-represented DNs based on schema syntax |
|
|
is used to regenerate slapd indexes based upon the current contents of a database |
|
|
modifies entries in a slapd database |
|
|
is an OpenLDAP password utility |
|
|
is used to check schema compliance of the contents of a slapd database |
|
|
checks the sanity of the |
|
|
is a set of Lightweight Basic Encoding Rules routines. These routines are used by the LDAP library routines to encode and decode LDAP protocol elements using the (slightly simplified) Basic Encoding Rules defined by LDAP. They are not normally used directly by an LDAP application program except in the handling of controls and extended operations |
|
|
supports the LDAP programs and provide functionality for other programs interacting with LDAP |
Unbound is a validating, recursive, and caching DNS resolver. It is designed as a set of modular components that incorporate modern features, such as enhanced security (DNSSEC) validation, Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6), and a client resolver library API as an integral part of the architecture.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://nlnetlabs.nl/downloads/unbound/unbound-1.17.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bb96df2dc579c11ada537dbc52781abc
Download size: 6.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 141 MB (with docs; add 10 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with docs; add 0.4 SBU for tests)
libevent-2.1.12, Nettle-3.9.1, Python-2.7.18, sphinx-7.1.2 (for Python bindings documentation), SWIG-4.1.1 (for Python bindings), Doxygen-1.9.7 (for html documentation), and dnstap
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the unbound
daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as
the root user:
groupadd -g 88 unbound &&
useradd -c "Unbound DNS Resolver" -d /var/lib/unbound -u 88 \
-g unbound -s /bin/false unbound
Install Unbound by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--with-pidfile=/run/unbound.pid &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.9.7 package installed and want to build html documentation, run the following command:
make doc
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv -v /usr/sbin/unbound-host /usr/bin/
If you built the documentation, install it by running the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/unbound-1.17.1 && install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/unbound-1.17.1
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-libevent: This option
enables libevent support allowing use of large outgoing port
ranges.
--with-pyunbound: This option
enables building of the Python bindings.
In the default configuration, unbound will bind to
localhost (127.0.0.1 IP address) and allow recursive
queries only from localhost clients. If you want to use
unbound for
local DNS resolution, run the following command as the
root user:
echo "nameserver 127.0.0.1" > /etc/resolv.conf
For advanced configuration see /etc/unbound/unbound.conf file and the
documentation.
When Unbound is installed,
some package builds fail if the file /etc/unbound/root.key is not found.
Create this file by running the following command as the
root user:
unbound-anchor
If you want the Unbound
server to start automatically when the system is booted,
install the unbound.service unit included in
the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-unbound
|
is a DNS resolver daemon |
|
|
performs setup or update of the root trust anchor for DNSSEC validation |
|
|
checks the unbound configuration file for syntax and other errors |
|
|
performs remote administration on the unbound DNS resolver |
|
|
generates a self-signed certificate and private keys for the server and client |
|
|
is a DNS lookup utility similar to host from BIND Utilities-9.18.18 |
|
|
provides the Unbound API functions to programs |
This chapter contains instructions to build and configure a graphical user environment.
For a long time the only graphical environment usable with GNU/Linux has been the X Window System. It uses a client/server model which allows writing applications completely independent of the graphical hardware. This has the drawback that accessing modern hardware acceleration is difficult, so another approach named Wayland is developed. It is a simpler replacement for X, easier to develop and maintain, using the OpenGL framework. The main desktop environments GNOME and KDE have been ported to it.
This chapter provides the basic components of the X Window System and Wayland. For X, the chosen implementation is Xorg, which is a modular implementation and requires more than 100 packages to be installed. The distribution of Xorg is given a release number by the developers, in this case Xorg-7. Individual packages are updated as needed without changing this number.
Xorg is a freely redistributable, open-source implementation of the X Window System. This system provides a client/server interface between display hardware (the mouse, keyboard, and video displays) and the desktop environment, while also providing both the windowing infrastructure and a standardized application interface (API).
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7
Xorg-7.0 introduced a completely auto-tooled, modular build system. With the new modular build system, it is no longer possible to download the entire package in a single file. In fact, there will be well over 100 packages that need to be fetched from the download location. To assist with such a large task, installing Wget-1.21.4 is strongly recommended for downloading the needed files. A complete wget file list is provided for each page that includes multiple packages.
Given the number of packages available, deciding which packages you need to install for your particular setup may seem a bit overwhelming at first. Take a look at this page and this thread to get an idea of what you will need. If you are unsure, you should install all packages at the cost of extra disk space.
Even if you intend to download only the necessary packages, you should download the wget file lists. The list of files are ordered by dependency, and the package versions listed in the files are known to work well with each other. Further, the wget file lists contain comments for specific packages that are deprecated or are not recommended to install. Newer packages are likely intended for the next release of Xorg and have already proved to be incompatible with current versions of software installed in BLFS. The installed size of Xorg can be reduced considerably by installing only the packages that you will need and use, however, the BLFS book cannot account for all dependencies and build options for the individual Xorg packages. The instructions assume that all packages have been built. A wiki page containing dependency information is under development. You are encouraged to add to these pages if you discover additional information that may be helpful to other users who selectively install individual packages.
Additionally, because of the large number of repetitive
commands, you are encouraged to partially automate the build.
Instructions have been given that utilize the Sudo-1.9.14p3 package.
It is recommended that you use the :NOPASSWD configuration option
for the user that will be building the xorg packages.
The following instructions assume that the shell startup files have been set up as described in The Bash Shell Startup Files.
As with previous releases of the X Window System, it may be
desirable to install Xorg
into an alternate prefix. This is no longer common practice
among Linux distributions. The common installation prefix for
Xorg on Linux is
/usr. There is no standard
alternate prefix, nor is there any exception in the current
revision of the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard for Release 7
of the X Window System. Alan Coopersmith of Sun Microsystems,
once stated "At Sun, we were using /usr/X11 and plan to stick with it." Only
the /opt/* prefix or the
/usr prefix adhere to the
current FHS guidelines.
The BLFS editors recommend using the /usr prefix.
Choose your installation prefix, and set the XORG_PREFIX variable with the following
command:
export XORG_PREFIX="<PREFIX>"
Throughout these instructions, you will use the following
configure
switches for all of the packages. Create the XORG_CONFIG variable to use for this parameter
substitution:
export XORG_CONFIG="--prefix=$XORG_PREFIX --sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var --disable-static"
Create an /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh configuration file
containing these variables as the root user:
cat > /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh << EOF
XORG_PREFIX="$XORG_PREFIX"
XORG_CONFIG="--prefix=\$XORG_PREFIX --sysconfdir=/etc --localstatedir=/var --disable-static"
export XORG_PREFIX XORG_CONFIG
EOF
chmod 644 /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh
There is some confusion about the above 'here' document. The backslash in front of the dollar sign is correct. Bash will remove it when creating /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh. However, if you are creating the file with an editor, a copy and paste operation will not remove the backslash. It must then be removed manually.
If you've installed Sudo-1.9.14p3, ensure that XORG_PREFIX and XORG_CONFIG are available in the sudo environment. As the root user, run the following command:
cat > /etc/sudoers.d/xorg << EOF
Defaults env_keep += XORG_PREFIX
Defaults env_keep += XORG_CONFIG
EOF
If you've decided to use the standard /usr prefix, you must omit the remainder
of this page and continue at util-macros-1.20.0.
If you've decided to not use the standard prefix, be
sure to add $XORG_PREFIX/bin to
your PATH environment variable,
and $XORG_PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig
and $XORG_PREFIX/share/pkgconfig to your
PKG_CONFIG_PATH variable. It is
also helpful to specify additional search paths for
gcc and an
include directory for the aclocal program. Issue the
following commands as the root user:
cat >> /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh << "EOF"
pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/bin PATH
pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/share/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/lib LIBRARY_PATH
pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/include C_INCLUDE_PATH
pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/include CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
ACLOCAL="aclocal -I $XORG_PREFIX/share/aclocal"
export PATH PKG_CONFIG_PATH ACLOCAL LIBRARY_PATH C_INCLUDE_PATH CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
EOF
The script above needs to be activated. Normally it will be automatic at login, but to activate it now, as a regular user, run:
source /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh
You should also add $XORG_PREFIX/lib to the /etc/ld.so.conf file. Again, as the
root user, issue the
following command:
echo "$XORG_PREFIX/lib" >> /etc/ld.so.conf
You should also modify /etc/man_db.conf, adding appropriate
MANDATORY_MANPATH, MANPATH_MAP, and MANDB_MAP entries
following the examples for /usr/X11R6. Issue the following command as
the root user:
sed -e "s@X11R6/man@X11R6/share/man@g" \ -e "s@/usr/X11R6@$XORG_PREFIX@g" \ -i /etc/man_db.conf
Some applications look for shared files in /usr/share/X11. Create a symbolic link to
the proper location as the root user:
ln -svf $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11 /usr/share/X11
If building KDE, some cmake files look for Xorg in places other than $XORG_PREFIX. Allow cmake to find Xorg with:
ln -svf $XORG_PREFIX /usr/X11R6
The util-macros package contains the m4 macros used by all of the Xorg packages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/util/util-macros-1.20.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/util/util-macros-1.20.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 50135407d81e2c97c2879a2ba3bac688
Download size: 84 KB
Estimated disk space required: 520 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Xorg build environment (should be set for the following instructions to work)
Install util-macros by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
$XORG_PREFIX/share/pkgconfig and
$XORG_PREFIX/share/util-macros
The xorgproto package provides the header files required to build the X Window system, and to allow other applications to build against the installed X Window system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/proto/xorgproto-2023.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2e266a49ce3f56669d014cf284901e6e
Download size: 741 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
fop-2.9, libxslt-1.1.38, xmlto-0.0.28 and asciidoc-10.2.0 (to build additional documentation)
There is a reciprocal dependency with fop-2.9. If you wish to build the documentation, you'll need to re-install the Protocol Headers after the installation is complete and fop-2.9 has been installed.
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7ProtocolHeaders
Install xorgproto by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install &&
mv -v $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xorgproto{,-2023.2}
-Dlegacy=true: Installs legacy
headers needed by old programs (such as LessTif).
$XORG_PREFIX/include/GL, $XORG_PREFIX/include/X11, and $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xorgproto-2023.2
The libXau package contains a library implementing the X11 Authorization Protocol. This is useful for restricting client access to the display.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXau-1.0.11.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXau-1.0.11.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7f14ba9c84a81a2b9dd023706febab38
Download size: 268 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB (with test)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with test)
Install libXau by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libXdmcp package contains a library implementing the X Display Manager Control Protocol. This is useful for allowing clients to interact with the X Display Manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXdmcp-1.1.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXdmcp-1.1.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0b4056a282c1e14323d5daef8fb5345d
Download size: 288 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.1 MB (with test)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with test)
xmlto-0.0.28, fop-2.9, libxslt-1.1.38, and Xorg-SGML-doctools (for documentation)
Install libXdmcp by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG --docdir=/usr/share/doc/libXdmcp-1.1.4 && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The xcb-proto package provides the XML-XCB protocol descriptions that libxcb uses to generate the majority of its code and API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/proto/xcb-proto-1.16.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 92081b0faafd93f8262463c69829a482
Download size: 152 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Xorg build environment (needed for the instructions below)
libxml2-2.10.4 (required to run the tests)
Install xcb-proto by running the following commands:
PYTHON=python3 ./configure $XORG_CONFIG
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you are upgrading from version 1.15.1 or lower, the old
pkgconfig file needs to be removed. Issue, as the
root user:
rm -f $XORG_PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig/xcb-proto.pc
$XORG_PREFIX/share/xcb and $XORG_PREFIX/lib/python3.11/site-packages/xcbgen
The libxcb package provides an interface to the X Window System protocol, which replaces the current Xlib interface. Xlib can also use XCB as a transport layer, allowing software to make requests and receive responses with both.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/lib/libxcb-1.16.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c769f93c254263077df62404661b710d
Download size: 444 KB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (with tests, add 62 MB for doxygen docs)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests, add 1.4 SBU for doxygen docs)
libXau-1.0.11 and xcb-proto-1.16.0
Doxygen-1.9.7 (to generate API documentation) and libxslt-1.1.38
Install libxcb by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--without-doxygen \
--docdir='${datadir}'/doc/libxcb-1.16 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If the package was built as a non-root user, the installed documentation is
now owned by this user. As the root user, fix the ownership:
chown -Rv root:root $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libxcb-1.16
--without-doxygen: Do
not use doxygen to generate API documentation (default:
auto). Without it, if Doxygen-1.9.7 is installed, the API
documentation will be generated and installed.
$XORG_PREFIX/include/xcb and $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libxcb-1.16
The Xorg libraries provide library routines that are used within all X Window applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/lib/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/
Download size: 12 MB
Estimated disk space required: 225 MB (34 MB installed) - if source directories not deleted
Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU
Fontconfig-2.14.2 and libxcb-1.16
asciidoc-10.2.0, xmlto-0.0.28 with one or more of the following: fop-2.9, Links-2.29, Lynx-2.8.9rel.1, ncompress (for some tests), and W3m (to generate additional PDF or text documentation for the libXfont package).
First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:
cat > lib-7.md5 << "EOF"
12344cd74a1eb25436ca6e6a2cf93097 xtrans-1.5.0.tar.xz
91752155473ef72a8b34523a65967e4d libX11-1.8.6.tar.xz
964942427fcc5a9fa0539661421857c8 libXext-1.3.5.tar.xz
742863a552ecd53cdb957b7b276213cc libFS-1.0.9.tar.xz
b444a0e4c2163d1bbc7b046c3653eb8d libICE-1.1.1.tar.xz
ffa434ed96ccae45533b3d653300730e libSM-1.2.4.tar.xz
e613751d38e13aa0d0fd8e0149cec057 libXScrnSaver-1.2.4.tar.xz
4ea21d3b5a36d93a2177d9abed2e54d4 libXt-1.3.0.tar.xz
ed52d396115fbc4d05300762aab79685 libXmu-1.1.4.tar.xz
5073cf59174a2cadde220187759b2e7c libXpm-3.5.16.tar.xz
3f1e1052dbf3a2b8582ec24137e1fbd1 libXaw-1.0.15.tar.xz
65b9ba1e9ff3d16c4fa72915d4bb585a libXfixes-6.0.1.tar.xz
af0a5f0abb5b55f8411cd738cf0e5259 libXcomposite-0.4.6.tar.xz
ebf7fb3241ec03e8a3b2af72f03b4631 libXrender-0.9.11.tar.xz
4cdd1886fe5cce6f68554296edb46db8 libXcursor-1.2.1.tar.xz
ca55d29fa0a8b5c4a89f609a7952ebf8 libXdamage-1.1.6.tar.xz
6d3f1b15bb5b0bb71ae9f0a5103c1fc4 libfontenc-1.1.7.tar.xz
c179daa707f5f432f1bc13977e5bb329 libXfont2-2.0.6.tar.xz
cea0a3304e47a841c90fbeeeb55329ee libXft-2.3.8.tar.xz
89ac74ad6829c08d5c8ae8f48d363b06 libXi-1.8.1.tar.xz
228c877558c265d2f63c56a03f7d3f21 libXinerama-1.1.5.tar.xz
850cbc7c921c9d5d0135734b114ff6ac libXrandr-1.5.3.tar.xz
66c9e9e01b0b53052bb1d02ebf8d7040 libXres-1.2.2.tar.xz
02f128fbf809aa9c50d6e54c8e57cb2e libXtst-1.2.4.tar.xz
70bfdd14ca1a563c218794413f0c1f42 libXv-1.0.12.tar.xz
11a358e7229fa28dc9801c1e64fe2e18 libXvMC-1.0.13.tar.xz
74d1acf93b83abeb0954824da0ec400b libXxf86dga-1.1.6.tar.xz
5b913dac587f2de17a02e17f9a44a75f libXxf86vm-1.1.5.tar.xz
1466cf950c914ad2db1dbb76c9a724db libpciaccess-0.17.tar.xz
8af2275955d40166bb647b14e4896ab1 libxkbfile-1.1.2.tar.xz
faa74f7483074ce7d4349e6bdc237497 libxshmfence-1.3.2.tar.xz
EOF
To download the needed files using Wget-1.21.4, use the following commands:
mkdir lib &&
cd lib &&
grep -v '^#' ../lib-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}' | wget -i- -c \
-B https://www.x.org/pub/individual/lib/ &&
md5sum -c ../lib-7.md5
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.9.14p3 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
Some libraries come with a test suite. If you wish to execute them, either comment out the rm -rf ... below, so that, after all libraries are installed, you can come back to the corresponding directory and run make check, or do individual builds, running the tests for each of those distributed with working test suites. Alternatively, you can uncomment the line #make check ..., and at the end, check the test results with:
grep -A9 summary *make_check.log
BLFS developers have confirmed that libX11, libXt, libXmu, libXpm, and libxshmfence are distributed with working test suites.
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../lib-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
packagedir=${package%.tar.?z*}
tar -xf $package
pushd $packagedir
docdir="--docdir=$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/$packagedir"
case $packagedir in
libXfont2-[0-9]* )
./configure $XORG_CONFIG $docdir --disable-devel-docs
;;
libXt-[0-9]* )
./configure $XORG_CONFIG $docdir \
--with-appdefaultdir=/etc/X11/app-defaults
;;
libXpm-[0-9]* )
./configure $XORG_CONFIG $docdir --disable-open-zfile
;;
* )
./configure $XORG_CONFIG $docdir
;;
esac
make
#make check 2>&1 | tee ../$packagedir-make_check.log
as_root make install
popd
rm -rf $packagedir
as_root /sbin/ldconfig
done
Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:
exit
--disable-open-zfile:
Allow libXpm to build
without the optional compress command present.
--disable-devel-docs:
Disable generation of text documentation in the libXfont2
package if xmlto-0.0.28 is installed without a text
browser. Omit this parameter (or the entire case statement) if a text
browser is installed.
--with-fop: Use fop-2.9 to generate PDF
documentation (only for the libXfont package).
If you've chosen to install Xorg into /usr, then no further configuration is
necessary and you can skip the rest of this section. If
you've opted for an alternate prefix, you should create two
symlinks to satisfy the expected environment of several
packages. Execute the following commands as the root user:
ln -sv $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11 /usr/lib/X11 && ln -sv $XORG_PREFIX/include/X11 /usr/include/X11
$XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/fonts,
$XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/ICE,
$XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/SM,
$XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/Xmu,
$XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/Xtrans,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libFS,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libICE-1.1.1,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libSM-1.2.4,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libX11-1.8.6,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXaw,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXext,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXi,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXmu-1.1.4,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXrender,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXt,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXtst,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXvMC,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xtrans
and $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/locale
|
checks the format of an XPM file |
|
|
shows an XPM file and/or converts XPM 1 or 2 files to XPM 3 |
|
|
is the X11 font encoding library |
|
|
is the library interface to the X Font Server |
|
|
is the X Inter Client Exchange Library |
|
|
is the generic PCI Access library for X |
|
|
is the X Session Management Library |
|
|
is the Xlib Library |
|
|
is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 6 |
|
|
is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 7 |
|
|
are symbolic links to the current X Athena Widgets Library, version 7 |
|
|
is the X Composite Library |
|
|
is the X Cursor management library |
|
|
is the X Damage Library |
|
|
is the Misc X Extension Library |
|
|
provides augmented versions of core protocol requests |
|
|
is the X font library |
|
|
is the X FreeType interface library |
|
|
is the Xinerama Library |
|
|
is the X Input Extension Library |
|
|
is the xkbfile Library |
|
|
is the X interface library for miscellaneous utilities not part of the Xlib standard |
|
|
is the Mini Xmu Library |
|
|
is the X Pixmap Library |
|
|
is the X Resize, Rotate and Reflection extension library |
|
|
is the X Render Library |
|
|
is the X-Resource extension client library |
|
|
exposes an event API on top of Linux futexes |
|
|
is the X11 Screen Saver extension client library |
|
|
is the X Toolkit Library |
|
|
is the Xtst Library |
|
|
is the X-Video Motion Compensation Library |
|
|
is the XvMC Wrapper including the Nonstandard VLD extension |
|
|
is the X Window System video extension library |
|
|
is the client library for the XFree86-DGA extension |
|
|
is the client library for the XFree86-VidMode X extension |
libxcvt is a library providing a standalone version of the X server implementation of the VESA CVT standard timing modelines generator. It is meant to be a direct replacement to the version formerly provided by the Xorg server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libxcvt-0.1.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libxcvt-0.1.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b553fdb6024c5a137ff925bf4c337724
Download size: 12 KB
Estimated disk space required: 476 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Xorg build environment (should be set for the following instructions to work)
Install libxcvt by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The xcb-util package provides additional extensions to the XCB library, many that were previously found in Xlib, but are not part of core X protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-0.4.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 34d749eab0fd0ffd519ac64798d79847
Download size: 261 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.9.7 (for documentation)
Install xcb-util by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The xcb-util-image package provides additional extensions to the XCB library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-image-0.4.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a67bfac2eff696170259ef1f5ce1b611
Download size: 284 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.9.7 (for documentation)
Install xcb-util-image by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
To test the results, issue: LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The xcb-util-keysyms package contains a library for handling standard X key constants and conversion to/from keycodes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-keysyms-0.4.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fbdc05f86f72f287ed71b162f1a9725a
Download size: 256 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.9.7 (to generate documentation)
Install xcb-util-keysyms by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The xcb-util-renderutil package provides additional extensions to the XCB library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 193b890e2a89a53c31e2ece3afcbd55f
Download size: 256 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.9.7 (for documentation)
Install xcb-util-renderutil by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The xcb-util-wm package contains libraries which provide client and window-manager helpers for EWMH and ICCCM.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-wm-0.4.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 581b3a092e3c0c1b4de6416d90b969c3
Download size: 280 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.9.7 (for documentation)
Install xcb-util-wm by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The xcb-util-cursor package provides a module that implements the XCB cursor library. It is the XCB replacement for libXcursor.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-cursor-0.1.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0d244518ad54b886413fe782235d6210
Download size: 260 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
xcb-util-image-0.4.1 and xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.10
Doxygen-1.9.7 (for documentation)
Install xcb-util-cursor by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Mesa is an OpenGL compatible 3D graphics library.
Mesa is updated relatively often. You may want to use the latest available 23.1.x mesa version.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://mesa.freedesktop.org/archive/mesa-23.1.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.freedesktop.org/pub/mesa/mesa-23.1.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5dd176e3f283143cc193b5a8264a206e
Download size: 18 MB
Estimated disk space required: 462 MB (with docs, add 221 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 2.6 SBU (with docs; add 0.6 SBU for tests; both with parallelism=4)
Recommended patch: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/mesa-add_xdemos-2.patch (installs 2 demo programs for testing Mesa - not needed if you install the mesa-demos package)
Xorg Libraries, libdrm-2.4.115, and Mako-1.2.4
libva-2.19.0 (to provide VA-API support for some gallium drivers, note that there is a circular dependency. You must build libva first without EGL and GLX support, install this package, and rebuild libva), libvdpau-1.5 (to build VDPAU drivers), LLVM-16.0.5 (required for Gallium3D, nouveau, and radeonsi drivers and for swrast, the software rasterizer which is sometimes referred to as llvmpipe. See https://docs.mesa3d.org/systems.html for more information), and wayland-protocols-1.32 (required for Plasma-5.27.7, GNOME, and recommended for GTK+-3.24.38)
libgcrypt-1.10.2, libunwind-1.6.2, lm-sensors-3-6-0 , Nettle-3.9.1, Valgrind-3.21.0, mesa-demos (provides more than 300 extra demos to test Mesa; this includes the same programs added by the patch above), Bellagio OpenMAX Integration Layer (for mobile platforms), glslang (for vulkan drivers), libtizonia, and Vulkan-Loader
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers ---> Graphics support ---> <*/M> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 4.1.0 and higher DRI support) ---> ... [DRM] # For r300 or r600: < /*/M> ATI Radeon [DRM_RADEON] # For radeonsi: < /*/M> AMD GPU [DRM_AMDGPU] [*] Enable amdgpu support for SI parts [DRM_AMDGPU_SI] [*] Enable amdgpu support for CIK parts [DRM_AMDGPU_CIK] Display Engine Configuration ---> [*] AMD DC - Enable new display engine [DRM_AMD_DC] # For nouveau: < /*/M> Nouveau (NVIDIA) cards [DRM_NOUVEAU] # For i915, crocus, or iris: < /*/M> Intel 8xx/9xx/G3x/G4x/HD Graphics [DRM_I915] # For swrast: < /*/M> Virtual GEM provider [DRM_VGEM] # For svga: < /*/M> DRM driver for VMware Virtual GPU [DRM_VMWGFX]
The corresponding Mesa Gallium3D driver name is provided as the comment for the configuration entries. If you don't know the name of the Mesa Gallium3D driver for your GPU, see Mesa Gallium3D Drivers below.
CONFIG_DRM_RADEON, CONFIG_DRM_AMDGPU, CONFIG_DRM_NOUVEAU, and CONFIG_DRM_I915 may require firmware. See
About Firmware for details.
Selecting CONFIG_DRM_RADEON or
CONFIG_DRM_AMDGPU as
“y” is not recommended.
If it is, any required firmware must be built as a part of
the kernel image or the initramfs for the driver to
function correctly.
The sub-entries under CONFIG_DRM_AMDGPU are used to ensure the
AMDGPU kernel driver supports all GPUs using the
radeonsi driver. They are not
needed if you won't need CONFIG_DRM_AMDGPU itself. They may be
unneeded for some GPU models.
For swrast, CONFIG_DRM_VGEM is not strictly needed but
recommended as an optimization.
If you have downloaded the xdemos patch (needed if testing the Xorg installation per BLFS instructions), apply it by running the following command:
patch -Np1 -i ../mesa-add_xdemos-2.patch
Install Mesa by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup \
--prefix=$XORG_PREFIX \
--buildtype=release \
-Dplatforms=x11,wayland \
-Dgallium-drivers=auto \
-Dvulkan-drivers="" \
-Dvalgrind=disabled \
-Dlibunwind=disabled \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: meson configure -Dbuild-tests=true && ninja test. Three tests related to mesa:intel are known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If desired, install the optional documentation by running the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/mesa-23.1.6 && cp -rfv ../docs/* /usr/share/doc/mesa-23.1.6
--buildtype=release:
This switch ensures a fully-optimized build, and disables
debug assertions which will severely slow down the libraries
in certain use-cases. Without this switch, build sizes can
span into the 2GB range.
-Dgallium-drivers=auto: This
parameter controls which Gallium3D drivers should be built.
auto selects all Gallium3D
drivers available for x86: r300
(for ATI Radeon 9000 or Radeon X series), r600 (for AMD/ATI Radeon HD 2000-6000
series), radeonsi (for AMD
Radeon HD 7000 or newer AMD GPU models), nouveau (for Supported NVIDIA GPUs, they are
listed as all “3D features” either “DONE”
or “N/A” in the
Nouveau status page), virgl
(for QEMU virtual GPU with virglrender support; note that BLFS
qemu-8.1.0 is not built with virglrender), svga (for VMWare virtual GPU), swrast (using CPU for 3D rasterisation; note
that it's much slower than using a modern 3D-capable GPU, so
it should be only used if the GPU is not supported by other
drivers), iris (for Intel GPUs
shipped with Broadwell or newer CPUs), crocus (for Intel GMA 3000, X3000 series,
4000 series, or X4000 series GPUs shipped with chipsets, or
Intel HD GPUs shipped with pre-Broadwell CPUs), i915 (for Intel GMA 900, 950, 3100, or 3150
GPUs shipped with chipsets or Atom D/N 4xx/5xx CPUs). You may
replace auto with a
comma-separated list to build only a subset of these drivers
if you precisely know which drivers you need, for example
-Dgallium-drivers=radeonsi,iris,swrast.
-Dplatforms="...":
This parameter controls which windowing systems will be
supported. Available linux platforms are x11 and wayland.
-Dvulkan-drivers="":
This switch allows choosing which Vulkan drivers are built.
The default is auto, but this requires the optional
dependencies glslang and
Vulkan-Loader. Vulkan is a
newer API designed for utilizing the GPUs with a performance
better than OpenGL, but nothing in BLFS benefits from it for
now. So we pass an empty list in order to remove the need for
these dependencies.
-Dvalgrind=disabled:
This parameter disables the usage of Valgrind during the
build process. Remove this parameter if you have Valgrind
installed, and wish to check for memory leaks.
-Dlibunwind=disabled:
This parameter disables the usage of libunwind.
meson configure
-Dbuild-tests=true: This command will
reconfigure the build to set -Dbuild-tests=true, but keep the other
options specified in the meson
setup command unchanged. It allows
ninja test to
build and run unit tests.
-Degl-native-platform="...": This
parameter controls which Embedded Graphics Library support
will be built. Available linux options are auto (default),
x11, wayland, surfaceless, and drm.
|
is a GL demo useful for troubleshooting graphics problems |
|
|
is a diagnostic program that displays information about the graphics hardware and installed GL libraries |
|
|
provides a native platform graphics interface as defined by the EGL-1.4 specification |
|
|
is the Mesa Graphics Buffer Manager library |
|
|
is the Mesa OpenGL ES 1.1 library |
|
|
is the Mesa OpenGL ES 2.0 library |
|
|
is the main Mesa OpenGL library |
The xbitmaps package contains bitmap images used by multiple applications built in Xorg chapter.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/data/xbitmaps-1.1.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/xbitmaps-1.1.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2b03f89d78fb91671370e77d7ad46907
Download size: 108 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install xbitmaps by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
$XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/bitmaps
The Xorg applications provide the expected applications available in previous X Window implementations.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/app/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/
Download size: 4.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 48 MB
Estimated build time: 1.5 SBU (ignoring the time to download)
libpng-1.6.40, Mesa-23.1.6, xbitmaps-1.1.3, and xcb-util-0.4.1
Linux-PAM-1.5.3 and both cairo-5c and Nickle (only if you wish to try to run the undocumented xkeyhost script).
First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:
cat > app-7.md5 << "EOF"
5d3feaa898875484b6b340b3888d49d8 iceauth-1.0.9.tar.xz
c4a3664e08e5a47c120ff9263ee2f20c luit-1.1.1.tar.bz2
fd2e6e5a297ac2bf3d7d54799bf69de0 mkfontscale-1.2.2.tar.xz
05423bb42a006a6eb2c36ba10393de23 sessreg-1.1.3.tar.xz
1d61c9f4a3d1486eff575bf233e5776c setxkbmap-1.3.4.tar.xz
9f7a4305f0e79d5a46c3c7d02df9437d smproxy-1.0.7.tar.xz
e96b56756990c56c24d2d02c2964456b x11perf-1.6.1.tar.bz2
dbcf944eb59343b84799b2cc70aace16 xauth-1.1.2.tar.xz
#5b6405973db69c0443be2fba8e1a8ab7 xbacklight-1.2.3.tar.bz2
82a90e2feaeab5c5e7610420930cc0f4 xcmsdb-1.0.6.tar.xz
89e81a1c31e4a1fbd0e431425cd733d7 xcursorgen-1.0.8.tar.xz
933e6d65f96c890f8e96a9f21094f0de xdpyinfo-1.3.4.tar.xz
34aff1f93fa54d6a64cbe4fee079e077 xdriinfo-1.0.7.tar.xz
61219e492511b3d78375da76defbdc97 xev-1.2.5.tar.xz
41afaa5a68cdd0de7e7ece4805a37f11 xgamma-1.0.7.tar.xz
48ac13856838d34f2e7fca8cdc1f1699 xhost-1.0.9.tar.xz
8e4d14823b7cbefe1581c398c6ab0035 xinput-1.6.4.tar.xz
a11d4d6eeda762f13818684c0670f89f xkbcomp-1.4.6.tar.xz
05ce1abd8533a400572784b1186a44d0 xkbevd-1.1.5.tar.xz
cf65ca1aaf4c28772ca7993cfd122563 xkbutils-1.0.5.tar.xz
f62b99839249ce9a7a8bb71a5bab6f9d xkill-1.0.6.tar.xz
da5b7a39702841281e1d86b7349a03ba xlsatoms-1.1.4.tar.xz
ab4b3c47e848ba8c3e47c021230ab23a xlsclients-1.1.5.tar.xz
f33841b022db1648c891fdc094014aee xmessage-1.0.6.tar.xz
0d66e07595ea083871048c4b805d8b13 xmodmap-1.0.11.tar.xz
9cf272cba661f7acc35015f2be8077db xpr-1.1.0.tar.xz
33c090d8632a300e63efbf36edd6a333 xprop-1.2.6.tar.xz
f822a8d5f233e609d27cc22d42a177cb xrandr-1.5.2.tar.xz
c8629d5a0bc878d10ac49e1b290bf453 xrdb-1.2.2.tar.xz
33b04489e417d73c90295bd2a0781cbb xrefresh-1.0.7.tar.xz
18ff5cdff59015722431d568a5c0bad2 xset-1.2.5.tar.xz
fa9a24fe5b1725c52a4566a62dd0a50d xsetroot-1.1.3.tar.xz
d698862e9cad153c5fefca6eee964685 xvinfo-1.1.5.tar.xz
b0081fb92ae56510958024242ed1bc23 xwd-1.0.9.tar.xz
c91201bc1eb5e7b38933be8d0f7f16a8 xwininfo-1.1.6.tar.xz
5ff5dc120e8e927dc3c331c7fee33fc3 xwud-1.0.6.tar.xz
EOF
To download the needed files using Wget-1.21.4, use the following commands:
mkdir app &&
cd app &&
grep -v '^#' ../app-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}' | wget -i- -c \
-B https://www.x.org/pub/individual/app/ &&
md5sum -c ../app-7.md5
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.9.14p3 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../app-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
packagedir=${package%.tar.?z*}
tar -xf $package
pushd $packagedir
case $packagedir in
luit-[0-9]* )
sed -i -e "/D_XOPEN/s/5/6/" configure
;;
esac
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
make
as_root make install
popd
rm -rf $packagedir
done
Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:
exit
Unless you installed the optional dependencies, remove an undocumented script which is reported to be broken (xkeystone provided by the xrandr package).
as_root rm -f $XORG_PREFIX/bin/xkeystone
|
is the ICE authority file utility |
|
|
provides locale and ISO 2022 support for Unicode terminals |
|
|
creates an index of X font files in a directory |
|
|
creates an index of scalable font files for X |
|
|
manages utmp/wtmp entries for non-init clients |
|
|
sets the keyboard using the X Keyboard Extension |
|
|
is the Session Manager Proxy |
|
|
is an X11 server performance test program |
|
|
is an X11 server performance comparison program |
|
|
is the X authority file utility |
|
|
adjusts backlight brightness using RandR extension |
|
|
is the Device Color Characterization utility for the X Color Management System |
|
|
creates an X cursor file from a collection of PNG images |
|
|
dumps an X window directly to a printer |
|
|
is a display information utility for X |
|
|
queries configuration information of DRI drivers |
|
|
prints contents of X events |
|
|
alters a monitor's gamma correction through the X server |
|
|
is a server access control program for X |
|
|
is a utility to configure and test X input devices |
|
|
is an XKB utility program that raises a bell event |
|
|
compiles an XKB keyboard description |
|
|
is the XKB event daemon |
|
|
shows the XKB status of keyboard LEDs |
|
|
monitors modifier keys and LEDs |
|
|
kills a client by its X resource |
|
|
lists interned atoms defined on the server |
|
|
lists client applications running on a display |
|
|
displays a message or query in a window |
|
|
is a utility for modifying keymaps and pointer button mappings in X |
|
|
prints an X window dump |
|
|
is a property displayer for X |
|
|
is a primitive command line interface to RandR extension |
|
|
is the X server resource database utility |
|
|
refreshes all or part of an X screen |
|
|
is the user preference utility for X |
|
|
is the root window parameter setting utility for X |
|
|
prints out X-Video extension adaptor information |
|
|
dumps an image of an X window |
|
|
is a window information utility for X |
|
|
is an image displayer for X |
The xcursor-themes package contains the redglass and whiteglass animated cursor themes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/data/xcursor-themes-1.0.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/xcursor-themes-1.0.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 070993be1f010b09447ea24bab2c9846
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
We explicitly install the cursor themes in /usr instead of
$XORG_PREFIX so non-Xorg desktop
environments can find them.
Install xcursor-themes by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xorg font packages provide some scalable fonts and supporting packages for Xorg applications. Many people will want to install other TTF or OTF fonts in addition to, or instead of, these. Some are listed at the section called “TTF and OTF fonts”.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/font/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/font/
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:
cat > font-7.md5 << "EOF"
ec6cea7a46c96ed6be431dfbbb78f366 font-util-1.4.0.tar.xz
357d91d87c5d5a1ac3ea4e6a6daf833d encodings-1.0.7.tar.xz
79f4c023e27d1db1dfd90d041ce89835 font-alias-1.0.5.tar.xz
546d17feab30d4e3abcf332b454f58ed font-adobe-utopia-type1-1.0.5.tar.xz
063bfa1456c8a68208bf96a33f472bb1 font-bh-ttf-1.0.4.tar.xz
51a17c981275439b85e15430a3d711ee font-bh-type1-1.0.4.tar.xz
00f64a84b6c9886040241e081347a853 font-ibm-type1-1.0.4.tar.xz
fe972eaf13176fa9aa7e74a12ecc801a font-misc-ethiopic-1.0.5.tar.xz
3b47fed2c032af3a32aad9acc1d25150 font-xfree86-type1-1.0.5.tar.xz
EOF
To download the needed files using Wget-1.21.4, use the following commands:
mkdir font &&
cd font &&
grep -v '^#' ../font-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}' | wget -i- -c \
-B https://www.x.org/pub/individual/font/ &&
md5sum -c ../font-7.md5
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.9.14p3 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../font-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
packagedir=${package%.tar.?z*}
tar -xf $package
pushd $packagedir
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
make
as_root make install
popd
as_root rm -rf $packagedir
done
Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:
exit
When all of the fonts have been installed, the system must be
configured so that Fontconfig can find the TrueType fonts.
Since the fonts are outside of the default search path of
several packages if XORG_PREFIX is not /usr, make symlinks to the
Xorg TrueType font
directories in /usr/share/fonts
by running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts && ln -svfn $XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts/X11/OTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-OTF && ln -svfn $XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts/X11/TTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-TTF
$XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts
The XKeyboardConfig package contains the keyboard configuration database for the X Window System.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/data/xkeyboard-config/xkeyboard-config-2.39.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/xkeyboard-config/xkeyboard-config-2.39.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a7de43e9d9e8bb9d85d447da2e63bcc8
Download size: 876 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install XKeyboardConfig by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
$XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/xkb
The Xwayland package is an Xorg server running on top of the wayland server. It has been separated from the main Xorg server package. It allows running X clients inside a wayland session.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/xserver/xwayland-23.2.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/xserver/xwayland-23.2.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a6b4e8814d32c080510104888f752d74
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (add 364 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with parallelism=4; add 1.7 SBU for tests, not including clone time)
libxcvt-0.1.2, Pixman-0.42.2, wayland-protocols-1.32, Xorg Applications (runtime), and Xorg Fonts (only font-util)
libepoxy-1.5.10, libtirpc-1.3.3, and Mesa-23.1.6
git-2.41.0 (to download packages needed for the tests), libgcrypt-1.10.2, Nettle-3.9.1, xmlto-0.0.28, Xorg Legacy Fonts (only bdftopcf, for building fonts required for the tests), rendercheck (for tests), and weston (for tests)
Install xwayland by running the following commands:
sed -i '/install_man/,$d' meson.build &&
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX \
--buildtype=release \
-Dxkb_output_dir=/var/lib/xkb \
.. &&
ninja
Building the test framework needs some work. First, weston brings in several dependencies, but the number can be reduced by disabling unneeded features. The meson command for a stripped down build of weston is shown in Upstream continuous integration build.
Running the tests involves downloading two other frameworks, in addition to the mentioned optional dependencies:
mkdir tools &&
pushd tools &&
git clone https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/mesa/piglit.git --depth 1 &&
cat > piglit/piglit.conf << EOF &&
[xts]
path=$(pwd)/xts
EOF
git clone https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/test/xts --depth 1 &&
export DISPLAY=:22 &&
../hw/vfb/Xvfb $DISPLAY &
VFB_PID=$! &&
cd xts &&
CFLAGS=-fcommon ./autogen.sh &&
make &&
kill $VFB_PID &&
unset DISPLAY VFB_PID &&
popd
Then the tests can be run with:
XTEST_DIR=$(pwd)/tools/xts PIGLIT_DIR=$(pwd)/tools/piglit ninja test
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If Xorg-Server-21.1.8 is not installed
and you do not plan to install it later, you can install
Xvfb from this
package. As the root user:
install -vm755 hw/vfb/Xvfb /usr/bin
sed -i '/install_man/,$d' meson.build: Prevents installing a manual page for Xserver, which is also provided by Xorg-Server-21.1.8. Remove this command if Xorg-Server-21.1.8 is not installed and you don't plan to install it later.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The Xorg Server is the core of the X Window system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/xserver/xorg-server-21.1.8.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/xserver/xorg-server-21.1.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 79a6eb04b1b17ad6c7aab46da73944e8
Download size: 4.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 188 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
With the removal of the xf86-video-* drivers, the TearFree option is no longer functional. To work around this, upstream has added the TearFree option to the default modesetting driver. This patch backports this feature. Apply this patch if you are going to use Xorg in an environment without a compositor (such as TWM, IceWM, Openbox, Fluxbox, or Sawfish).
Optional patch: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/xorg-server-21.1.8-tearfree_backport-1.patch
libxcvt-0.1.2, Pixman-0.42.2, Xorg Fonts (only font-util), and at runtime: xkeyboard-config-2.39
libepoxy-1.5.10 (needed for glamor), libtirpc-1.3.3, Systemd-254 (runtime), and xorg-libinput-1.3.0 (runtime)
acpid-2.0.34 (runtime), Doxygen-1.9.7 (to build API documentation), fop-2.9 (to build documentation), libunwind-1.6.2, Nettle-3.9.1, libgcrypt-1.10.2, xcb-util-keysyms-0.4.1, xcb-util-image-0.4.1, xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.10, xcb-util-wm-0.4.2 (all four to build Xephyr), xmlto-0.0.28 (to build documentation), xkeyboard-config-2.39 (for tests), rendercheck (for tests), and xorg-sgml-doctools (to build documentation)
The traditional Device Dependent X (DDX) drivers have been
removed from BLFS in favor of the modesetting_drv driver which will be built
as a part of this package. To use the modesetting_drv driver, the kernel must
provide a Direct Rendering Manager (DRM) driver for your GPU.
If your GPU supports 3D acceleration and Mesa-23.1.6 provides a Gallium3D driver for utilizing its 3D capability, you should have already enabled the necessary kernel configuration options in Mesa Kernel Configuration. Otherwise, you need to find the kernel configuration option of the DRM driver for the GPU and enable it. Notably, the virtual GPUs provided by some virtual machine managers:
Device Drivers ---> Graphics support ---> <*/M> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 4.1.0 and higher DRI support) ---> ... [DRM] < /*/M> DRM driver for VMware Virtual GPU [DRM_VMWGFX] < /*/M> DRM Support for bochs dispi vga interface (qemu stdvga) [DRM_BOCHS] < /*/M> Virtual Box Graphics Card [DRM_VBOXVIDEO]
If the kernel does not provide a DRM driver for your GPU, on most x86 systems the “simple frame buffer” DRM driver running on VESA or UEFI frame buffer can be used as a fallback. Enable the following options in the kernel configurations if you don't have a dedicated DRM driver for the GPU, or you want to keep the simple frame buffer driver as a fallback in case the dedicated driver fails:
Device Drivers ---> Firmware Drivers ---> [*] Mark VGA/VBE/EFI FB as generic system framebuffer [SYSFB_SIMPLEFB] Graphics support ---> <*> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 4.1.0 and higher DRI support) ---> ... [DRM] <*> Simple framebuffer driver [DRM_SIMPLEDRM]
To allow the kernel to print debug messages at an early boot
stage, CONFIG_DRM and
CONFIG_DRM_SIMPLEDRM should not
be built as kernel modules unless an initramfs will be used.
If you want to use the simple frame buffer driver on a system
booted via BIOS (instead of UEFI), add the following line
before the first menuentry block
in the /boot/grub/grub.cfg file
to initialize the VESA frame buffer:
set gfxpayload=1024x768x32
You may replace 1024,
768, and 32 with a resolution and color depth setting
suitable for your monitor.
If all of these DRM drivers do not work for you and you need
to use a DDX driver with a non-DRM kernel GPU driver (usually
named CONFIG_FB_* in the kernel
configuration, or existing as out-tree kernel modules), or
you need an device specific functionality requiring a DDX
driver, consult
a prior version of BLFS, or
an even prior version for more DDX drivers.
First, if you need the TearFree option to work around screen tearing, apply the backported patch:
patch -Np1 -i ../xorg-server-21.1.8-tearfree_backport-1.patch
Install the server by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=$XORG_PREFIX \
--localstatedir=/var \
-Dglamor=true \
-Dxkb_output_dir=/var/lib/xkb &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. You will need
to run ldconfig
as the root user first or
some tests may fail.
Now as the root user:
ninja install && mkdir -pv /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d
-Dglamor=true: Ensure
building the Glamor module. It's needed to build the
modesetting_drv driver which
replaces the traditional Device Dependent X (DDX) drivers.
-Dsuid_wrapper=true: Builds the
suid-root wrapper for legacy DDX driver support on rootless
xserver systems.
-Dsystemd_logind=false: This
switch disables systemd-logind
integration, allowing Xorg Server to work without having the
systemd PAM module configured.
-Dxephyr=true: This option allows
building Xephyr if its dependencies are met.
modesetting_drv driver
|
calculates VESA GTF mode lines |
|
|
is a symbolic link to Xorg |
|
|
is a nested X server which supports modern X extensions |
|
|
is a nested X server |
|
|
is the X11R7 X Server |
|
|
is the virtual framebuffer X server for X Version 11 |
|
|
provides a video driver for machines using Kernel Mode Setting (KMS). This will use glamor if that has been enabled and the hardware offers acceleration |
The Xorg Input Drivers page contains the instructions for building Xorg input drivers that are necessary in order for Xorg Server to respond user inputs.
The libevdev package contains common functions for Xorg input drivers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/libevdev/libevdev-1.13.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 58fe71aa6fd5e80d0928e9b691761311
Download size: 448 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.0 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.9.7 and Valgrind-3.21.0 (optional for tests)
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers ---> Input device support ---> -*- Generic input layer (needed for keyboard, mouse, ...) [INPUT] <*/M> Event interface [INPUT_EVDEV]
If you want to test this package with full coverage, the following options are needed as well:
Device Drivers ---> Input device support ---> -*- Generic input layer (needed for keyboard, mouse, ...) [INPUT] [*] Miscellaneous devices ---> [INPUT_MISC] <*/M> User level driver support [INPUT_UINPUT]
If you build this as a module, it needs to be inserted before the test suite runs.
Install libevdev by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=$XORG_PREFIX \
--buildtype=release \
-Ddocumentation=disabled &&
ninja
The regression tests can be run as the root user with ninja test, in a
graphical session. You need to have enabled the
CONFIG_INPUT_UINPUT setting in the kernel for full test
coverage. If it is enabled as a module, the module is named
uinput and
needs to be loaded before running the tests. Note that on
some systems, the tests may cause a hard lockup and require
a reboot. On laptops, the system will go into Sleep and
need to be woken up to finish the test suites.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
|
is a tool to change some kernel device properties |
|
|
is a tool to estimate the resolution of a mouse |
|
|
touchpad-edge-detector is a tool that reads the touchpad events from the kernel and calculates the minimum and maximum for the x and y coordinates, respectively |
|
|
is a library of Xorg driver input functions |
The Xorg Evdev Driver package contains a Generic Linux input driver for the Xorg X server. It handles keyboard, mouse, touchpads and wacom devices, though for touchpad and wacom advanced handling, additional drivers are required.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-evdev-2.10.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-evdev-2.10.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e8bd1edc6751f92e425cae7eba3c61eb
Download size: 400 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install Xorg Evdev Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
libinput is a library that handles input devices for display servers and other applications that need to directly deal with input devices.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/libinput/libinput/-/archive/1.23.0/libinput-1.23.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1faafdbe54745b5b59305b0764155a15
Download size: 980 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB (add 23 MB for documentation and 9.6 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 0.1 SBU for documentation and 4.7 SBU for tests)
libevdev-1.13.1 and mtdev-1.1.6
Valgrind-3.21.0 (to run the tests), GTK+-3.24.38 (to build the GUI event viewer), libunwind-1.6.2 (required for tests), libwacom-2.7.0, sphinx-7.1.2 (required to build documentation), and pyparsing-3.1.1 (for one non-root test)
Although libinput works with the same kernel configuration
used by libevdev-1.13.1, its extensive test
suite requires the presence of /dev/uinput (as well as both Valgrind-3.21.0 and libunwind-1.6.2).
If you wish to run the full tests, enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers ---> Input device support ---> -*- Generic input layer (needed for keyboard, mouse, ...) [INPUT] [*] Miscellaneous devices ---> [INPUT_MISC] <*/M> User level driver support [INPUT_UINPUT]
If you build this as a module, it needs to be inserted before the test suite runs.
On an Xorg system you will also need to prevent the events
generated during the test suite from interfering with your
desktop. Copy the file test/50-litest.conf into ${XORG_PREFIX}/share/X11/xorg.conf.d and
restart X. For further information see
libinput test suite.
Install libinput by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX \
--buildtype=release \
-Ddebug-gui=false \
-Dtests=false \
-Dlibwacom=false \
-Dudev-dir=/usr/lib/udev \
.. &&
ninja
If you want to run the full tests, remove -Dtests from the meson command above. Please read "kernel configuration for running the libinput test suite" (above).
If you have enabled the full tests, you can run the main tests as the root user by executing: ninja test. A very large number of tests will be run. One test fails on wayland.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you have passed -Ddocumentation=true to meson, you can install
the generated documentation by running the following
commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libinput-1.23.0/html && cp -rv Documentation/* /usr/share/doc/libinput-1.23.0/html
--buildtype=release: Specify
a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the package, as
the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Ddebug-gui=false:
This switch disables creation of a visual debug helper for
libinput. Remove if you want it, and you have GTK+-3.24.38
installed.
-Dtests=false: This
switch disables compilation of the main tests. Even with
the tests defined as false, you can still run the first
four minor tests, as a regular user, but one will be
skipped if pyparsing-3.1.1 is not installed.
-Dlibwacom=false:
Remove this option if you have libwacom-2.7.0
installed, or if you are installing GNOME.
-Dudev-dir=/usr/lib/udev: In
case that the value of XORG_PREFIX is not set to /usr, this option prevents the package
from installing Udev rules and helpers into $XORG_PREFIX/lib/udev which is not
searched by Udev daemon. This option is not needed for
systems with XORG_PREFIX set to
/usr, but does no harm.
-Ddocumentation=true: This
switch enables generation of the documentation. Add it if
you want to generate the documentation. You must have
Doxygen-1.9.7 and Graphviz-8.1.0
installed.
The X.Org Libinput Driver is a thin wrapper around libinput and allows for libinput to be used for input devices in X. This driver can be used as drop-in replacement for evdev and synaptics.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-libinput-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-libinput-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 92e9a50c8e4001fd25c813ffb1c84235
Download size: 320 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.8 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install Xorg Libinput Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xorg Synaptics Driver package contains the X.Org Input Driver, support programs and SDK for Synaptics touchpads. Even though the evdev driver can handle touchpads very well, this driver is required if you want to use advanced features like multi tapping, scrolling with touchpad, turning the touchpad off while typing, etc.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-synaptics-1.9.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-synaptics-1.9.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3b95e7baf4428b114e9910f999e96601
Download size: 424 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install Xorg Synaptics Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xorg Wacom Driver package contains the X.Org X11 driver and SDK for Wacom and Wacom-like tablets. It is not required to use a Wacom tablet, the xf86-input-evdev driver can handle these devices without problems.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/linuxwacom/xf86-input-wacom/releases/download/xf86-input-wacom-1.2.0/xf86-input-wacom-1.2.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9de66dbfa7dbb3897708d35776da0108
Download size: 636 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.8 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
To use a Wacom tablet with USB interface, enable the following options in your kernel configuration and recompile. Note that other configuration options could be required for tablet with a serial or bluetooth interface:
Device Drivers ---> [*] HID bus support ---> [HID_SUPPORT] {*/M} HID bus core support [HID] Special HID drivers ---> <*/M> Wacom Intuos/Graphire tablet support (USB) [HID_WACOM] USB HID support ---> <*/M> USB HID transport layer [USB_HID] [*] USB support ---> [USB_SUPPORT] <*/M> Support for Host-side USB [USB]
Install Xorg Wacom Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The twm package contains a very minimal window manager.
This package is provided for testing the completed Xorg installation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/app/twm-1.0.12.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/twm-1.0.12.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 805ee08b5a87e1103dfe2eb925b613b4
Download size: 260 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install twm by running the following commands:
sed -i -e '/^rcdir =/s,^\(rcdir = \).*,\1/etc/X11/app-defaults,' src/Makefile.in && ./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i -e '/^rcdir =/s...: This command ensures the twm configuration file gets installed in the proper location.
xterm is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.
This package is provided for testing the completed Xorg installation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://invisible-mirror.net/archives/xterm/xterm-384.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 27a701e73076e42a265e34f8fe558ff6
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with parallelism=4)
A monospace TTF or OTF font such as Dejavu fonts
Emacs-29.1, PCRE-8.45 or pcre2-10.42, Valgrind-3.21.0 and man2html
Install xterm by running the following commands:
sed -i '/v0/{n;s/new:/new:kb=^?:/}' termcap &&
printf '\tkbs=\\177,\n' >> terminfo &&
TERMINFO=/usr/share/terminfo \
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--with-app-defaults=/etc/X11/app-defaults &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && make install-ti && mkdir -pv /usr/share/applications && cp -v *.desktop /usr/share/applications/
sed -i ... termcap, printf ... >> terminfo: These commands modify the terminal description so that the Backspace key is expected to send the character with ASCII code 127. This is done for consistency with the Linux console.
TERMINFO=/usr/share/terminfo: This
ensures that the xterm terminfo files are
installed to the system terminfo database.
--with-app-defaults=...: Sets
the location for the app-defaults directory.
make install-ti: This command installs corrected terminfo description files for use with xterm.
There are two ways to configure xterm. You can add the X
resource definitions to the user's ~/.Xresources file, or add them to the
system-wide $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/app-defaults/Xterm
file.
In order for xterm to follow the locale settings in the
environment, use TrueType fonts, and follow the Linux
convention about the code sent by the Backspace key, add the
following definitions as the root user:
cat >> /etc/X11/app-defaults/XTerm << "EOF"
*VT100*locale: true
*VT100*faceName: Monospace
*VT100*faceSize: 10
*backarrowKeyIsErase: true
*ptyInitialErase: true
EOF
|
is a wrapper script to set up xterm with a KOI8-R locale |
|
|
prints a shell command for setting the TERM and TERMCAP environment variables to indicate the current size of xterm window |
|
|
is a wrapper script that modifies the current locale to use UTF-8 and starts xterm with the proper settings |
|
|
is a terminal emulator for the X Window System |
The xclock package contains a simple clock application which is used in the default xinit configuration.
This package is provided for testing the completed Xorg installation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/app/xclock-1.1.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/xclock-1.1.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1273e3f4c85f1801be11a5247c382d07
Download size: 156 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install xclock by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The xinit package contains a usable script to start the xserver.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/app/xinit-1.4.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/xinit-1.4.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0e9a1b9a82b84ab229c709c0f939c113
Download size: 153 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
twm-1.0.12, xclock-1.1.1, and xterm-384 (used in the
default xinitrc file)
Install xinit by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG --with-xinitdir=/etc/X11/app-defaults && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ldconfig
Before starting Xorg for the first time, is useful to
rebuild the library cache by running ldconfig as the
root user.
Before starting Xorg for the first time, is often needed to reboot the system to ensure all appropriate daemons are started and appropriate security issues are properly set. As an alternative, logging out and logging back in may work, but as of this writing has not been tested.
If Xorg hangs for some reason (for example, lacking a
proper input driver), the system may stop responding to any
user input. As a precaution, you can enable a magic
SysRq key
before testing Xorg. As the root user, issue:
echo 4 > /proc/sys/kernel/sysrq
Then if Xorg hangs, it's possible to use Alt+SysRq+R to reset the keyboard mode. Now it should be able to use Ctrl+Alt+Fx (replace x with a VT number) to switch to another VT. If it works, login and kill Xorg using command line in the new VT.
To test the Xorg installation, issue startx. This command brings up a rudimentary window manager called twm with three xterm windows and one xclock window. The xterm window in the upper left is a login terminal and running exit from this terminal will exit the X Window session. The third xterm window may be obscured on your system by the other two xterms.
When testing Xorg with the twm window manager, there will be several warnings in the Xorg log file, $HOME/.local/share/xorg/Xorg.0.log, about missing font files. In addition, there will be several warnings on the text mode terminal (usually tty1) about missing fonts. These warnings do not affect functionality, but can be removed if desired by installing the Xorg Legacy Fonts.
On systems with NVIDIA GPUs which are using the Nouveau kernel driver, you may encounter occasional GPU crashes and hangs. If this problem occurs, downgrade to the latest version of the Linux 6.1 kernel.
Generally, there is no specific configuration required for Xorg, but customization is possible. For details, see the section called “Setting up Xorg Devices” below.
DRI is a framework for allowing software to access graphics hardware in a safe and efficient manner. It is installed in X by default (using Mesa) if you have a supported video card.
To check if DRI drivers are installed properly, check the log
file $HOME/.local/share/xorg/Xorg.0.log (or
/var/log/Xorg.0.log if you have
built Xorg-Server-21.1.8 with the suid
bit) for statements such as:
(II) modeset(0): [DRI2] Setup complete
(II) modeset(0): [DRI2] DRI driver: crocus
(II) modeset(0): [DRI2] VDPAU driver: va_glDRI configuration may differ if you are using alternate drivers, such as traditional DDX drivers, or the proprietary drivers from NVIDIA or AMD.
Another way to determine if DRI is working properly is to use one of the two optionally installed OpenGL demo programs in Mesa-23.1.6. From an X terminal, run glxinfo and look for the phrase:
name of display: :0
display: :0 screen: 0
direct rendering: YesIf direct rendering is enabled, you can add verbosity by running LIBGL_DEBUG=verbose glxinfo. This will show the drivers, device nodes and files used by the DRI system.
To confirm that DRI2 hardware acceleration is working, you
can (still in the X terminal) run the command glxinfo | grep -E "(OpenGL vendor|OpenGL
renderer|OpenGL version)". If that reports
something other than
Software Rasterizer then you
have working acceleration for the user who ran the command.
If your hardware does not have any DRI2 driver available, it will use a Software Rasterizer for Direct Rendering. In such cases, you can use a new, LLVM-accelerated, Software Rasterizer called LLVMPipe. In order to build LLVMPipe just make sure that LLVM-16.0.5 is present at Mesa build time. Note that all decoding is done on the CPU instead of the GPU, so the display will run slower than with hardware acceleration. To check if you are using LLVMpipe, review the output of the glxinfo command above. An example of the output using the Software Rasterizer is shown below:
OpenGL vendor string: VMware, Inc.
OpenGL renderer string: Gallium 0.4 on llvmpipe (LLVM 3.5, 256 bits)
OpenGL version string: 3.0 Mesa 10.4.5
You can also force LLVMPipe by exporting the LIBGL_ALWAYS_SOFTWARE=1 environment variable
when starting Xorg.
Again, if you have built the Mesa OpenGL demos, you can also run the test program glxgears. This program brings up a window with three gears turning. The X terminal will display how many frames were drawn every five seconds, so this will give a rough benchmark. The window is scalable, and the frames drawn per second is highly dependent on the size of the window. On some hardware, glxgears will run synchronized with the vertical refresh signal and the frame rate will be approximately the same as the monitor refresh rate.
When starting xorg, there are a couple of ways to check what
any issues you may have. If the system comes up, you can see
what driver is being used by running xdriinfo. If there are
issues or you just want to check, look at Xorg.0.log.
The location of Xorg.0.log
depends on how Xorg is installed. If the instructions in the
book are followed closely and Xorg is started from the
command line, it will be located in the $HOME/.local/share/xorg/ directory. If Xorg
is started by a display manager (e.g. lightdm-1.32.0,
sddm-0.20.0, or GDM-44.1) or if $XORG_PREFIX/bin/Xorg has the suid bit set,
it will be located in the /var/log/ directory.
When you look at Xorg.0.log, check for entries like (EE) or (WW). Below are some common entries:
This warning is because acpid-2.0.34 is not installed. If you are not on a laptop, it can be safely ignored. On a laptop, install acpid-2.0.34 to enable actions like recognizing when the lid is closed.
This warning is displayed when a regular user starts Xorg.
The library libpciaccess.so
issues this warning when it tries to open /dev/vga_arbiter. If there is no more than
one legacy PCI (not PCIe) graphic cards on the system, it can
safely be ignored. If really necessary, the permissions of
this device can be changed by adding a udev rule and adding
the local user to the video group. As the root user:
cat > /etc/udev/rules.d/99-vga-arbiter.rules << EOF # /etc/udev/rules.d/99-vga-arbiter.rules: Set vga_arbiter group/mode ACTION=="add", KERNEL=="vga_arbiter", GROUP="video" MODE="0660" EOF usermod -a -G video <user running xorg>
Hybrid Graphics is still in experimental state for Linux. Xorg Developers have developed a technology called PRIME that can be used for switching between integrated and muxless discrete GPU at will. Automatic switching is not possible at the moment.
In order to use PRIME for GPU switching, make sure that you are using Linux Kernel 3.4 or later (recommended). You will need latest DRI and DDX drivers for your hardware and Xorg Server 1.13 or later.
Xorg Server should load both GPU drivers automatically. You can check that by running:
xrandr --listproviders
There should be two (or more) providers listed, for example:
Providers: number : 2
Provider 0: id: 0x7d cap: 0xb, Source Output, Sink Output, Sink Offload crtcs: 3 outputs: 4 associated providers: 1 name:modesetting
Provider 1: id: 0x56 cap: 0xf, Source Output, Sink Output, Source Offload, Sink Offload crtcs: 6 outputs: 1 associated providers: 1 name:modesettingIn order to be able to run a GLX application on a discrete GPU, you will need to run the following command, where <provider> is the id of the more powerful discrete card, and <sink> is the id of card which has a display connected:
xrandr --setprovideroffloadsink <provider> <sink>
With the Xorg modesetting driver, which is DRI3 capable, the above command is no longer necessary. It does no harm however.
Then, you will need to export the DRI_PRIME=1 environment variable each time you
want the powerful GPU to be used. For example,
DRI_PRIME=1 glxinfo | grep -E "(OpenGL vendor|OpenGL renderer|OpenGL version)"
will show OpenGL vendor, renderer and version for the discrete GPU.
If the last command reports same OpenGL renderer with and
without DRI_PRIME=1, you will need
to check your installation.
For most hardware configurations, modern Xorg will automatically get the server configuration correct without any user intervention. There are, however, some cases where auto-configuration will be incorrect. Following are some example manual configuration items that may be of use in these instances.
For most input devices, no additional configuration will be necessary. This section is provided for informational purposes only.
A sample default XKB setup could look like the following
(executed as the root
user):
cat > /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/xkb-defaults.conf << "EOF"
Section "InputClass"
Identifier "XKB Defaults"
MatchIsKeyboard "yes"
Option "XkbLayout" "fr"
Option "XkbOptions" "terminate:ctrl_alt_bksp"
EndSection
EOF
The “XkbLayout” line is an example for a French (AZERTY) keyboard. Change it to your keyboard model. That line is not needed for a QWERTY (US) keyboard.
If you want to set the monitor resolution for Xorg, first run xrandr in a X terminal to list the supported resolutions and the corresponding refresh rates. For example, it outputs the following for one monitor:
Screen 0: minimum 16 x 16, current 5760 x 2160, maximum 32767 x 32767
DP-1 connected primary 3840x2160+0+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 600mm x 340mm
3840x2160 59.98*+
2048x1536 59.95
1920x1440 59.90
1600x1200 59.87
1440x1080 59.99
1400x1050 59.98
1280x1024 59.89
1280x960 59.94
1152x864 59.96
1024x768 59.92
800x600 59.86
640x480 59.38
From the output we can see the monitor is identified
DP-1. Select a suitable
resolution from the output list, for example 1920x1440. Then as the root user, create a configuration file
for the Xorg server:
cat > /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/monitor-DP-1.conf << "EOF"
Section "Monitor"
Identifier "DP-1"
Option "PerferredMode" "1920x1440"
EndSection
EOF
Sometimes xrandr may fail to detect some resolution settings supported by the monitor. It usually happens with virtual monitors of virtual machine managers like qemu-8.1.0 or VMWare: a virtual monitor actually supports all pairs of integers in a range as the resolution, but xrandr will only list a few. To use a resolution not listed by xrandr, first run cvt to get the mode line for the resolution. For example:
cvt 1600 900
# 1600x900 59.95 Hz (CVT 1.44M9) hsync: 55.99 kHz; pclk: 118.25 MHz
Modeline "1600x900_60.00" 118.25 1600 1696 1856 2112 900 903 908 934 -hsync +vsync
As the root user, create a
Xorg server configuration file containing this mode line,
and specify the mode as preferred mode:
cat > /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/monitor-DP-1.conf << "EOF"
Section "Monitor"
Identifier "DP-1"
Modeline "1600x900_60.00" 118.25 1600 1696 1856 2112 900 903 908 934 -hsync +vsync
Option "PerferredMode" "1600x900_60.00"
EndSection
EOF
Some high-end LCD monitors support a refresh rate higher than 100 Hz but xrandr may fail to recognize the supported refresh rate and use 60 Hz instead. This issue would prevent you from utilizing the full capability of the monitor, and may cause the screen to flicker or show “artifacts” like meshes or grids. To resolve the issue, again use cvt to get the mode line with a custom refresh rate:
cvt 3840 2160 144
# 3840x2160 143.94 Hz (CVT) hsync: 338.25 kHz; pclk: 1829.25 MHz
Modeline "3840x2160_144.00" 1829.25 3840 4200 4624 5408 2160 2163 2168 2350 -hsync +vsync
Then paste it into the Xorg server configuration file and set it as the preferred mode.
Another common setup is having multiple server layouts for use in different environments. Though the server will automatically detect the presence of another monitor, it may get the order incorrect:
cat > /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/server-layout.conf << "EOF"
Section "ServerLayout"
Identifier "DefaultLayout"
Screen 0 "Screen0" 0 0
Screen 1 "Screen1" LeftOf "Screen0"
Option "Xinerama"
EndSection
EOF
When you drag a window in twm (or any non-compositing window manager) horizontally, you may observe that the vertical borders of the window are broken into multiple segments. This is an example of the visual artifacts called screen tearing. To resolve the screen tearing problems, create a configuration file that enables the TearFree option. Note that you must have the Tearfree patch applied from Xorg-Server-21.1.8 for this to function properly, and it may increase memory allocation and reduce performance.
cat > /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-tearfree.conf << "EOF"
Section "Device"
Identifier "Graphics Adapter"
Driver "modesetting"
Option "TearFree" "true"
EndSection
EOF
With modern Xorg, little or no additional graphic card
configuration is necessary. If you should need extra
options passed to your video driver, add them into the
Device section as well. The
options supported by the modesetting driver are documented
in the man page modesetting(4).
If you only read text in English, and are happy with the common libre fonts listed on the next page, you may never need to worry about the details of how fontconfig works. But there are many things which can be altered if they do not suit your needs.
Although this page is long, it barely scratches the surface and you will be able to find many alternative views on the web (but please remember that some things have changed over the years, for example the autohinter is no longer the default). The aim here is to give you enough information to understand the changes you are making.
The Xft font protocol provides antialiased font rendering
through freetype, and fonts
are controlled from the client side using fontconfig (except for rxvt-unicode-9.31 which can use fonts
listed in ~/.Xresources, and
AbiWord-3.0.5 which only uses the
specified font). The default search path is /usr/share/fonts and ~/.local/share/fonts, although for the
moment the old and deprecated location ~/.fonts still works. Fontconfig searches directories in its
path recursively and maintains a cache of the font
characteristics in each directory. If the cache appears to be
out of date, it is ignored, and information is fetched from
the fonts themselves (that can take a few seconds if you have
a lot of fonts installed).
If you've installed Xorg in
any prefix other than /usr, any
X fonts were not installed
in a location known to Fontconfig. Symlinks were created from
the OTF and TTF X font
directories to /usr/share/fonts/X11-{OTF,TTF}. This allows
Fontconfig to use the
OpenType and TrueType fonts provided by X, although many people will prefer to
use more modern fonts.
Fontconfig uses names to define fonts. Applications generally use generic font names such as "Monospace", "Sans" and "Serif". Fontconfig resolves these names to a font that has all characters that cover the orthography of the language indicated by the locale settings.
The following commands may be helpful when working with fontconfig:
fc-list | less : shows a list of all available fonts (/path/to/filename: Font Name:style). If you installed a font more than 30 seconds ago but it does not show, then it or one of its directories is not readable by your user.
fc-match 'Font Name' : tells you which font will be used if the named font is requested. Typically you would use this to see what happens if a font you have not installed is requested, but you can also use it if the system is giving you a different font from what you expected (perhaps because fontconfig does not think that the font supports your language).
fc-match -a 'Type' | less : provides a list of all fonts which can be used for that type (Monospace, Sans, Serif). Note that in-extremis fontconfig will take a glyph from any available font, even if it is not of the specified type, and unless it knows about the font's type it will assume it is Sans.
If you wish to know which font will be used for a string of
text (i.e. one or more glyphs, preceded by a space), paste
the following command and replace the xyz by the text you care about:
FC_DEBUG=4 pango-view --font=monospace -t xyz | grep family : this requires Pango-1.50.14 and ImageMagick-7.1.1-15 - it will invoke display to show the text in a tiny window, and after closing that the last line of the output will show which font was chosen. This is particularly useful for CJK languages, and you can also pass a language, e.g. PANGO_LANGUAGE=en;ja (English, then assume Japanese) or just zh-cn (or other variants - 'zh' on its own is not valid).
The main files are in /etc/fonts/conf.d/, which was intended to
be a directory populated by symlinks to some of the files in
/usr/share/fontconfig/conf.avail/. But many
people, and some packages, create the files directly. Each
file name must be in the form of two digits, a dash,
somename.conf and they are read in sequence.
By convention, the numbers are assigned as follows:
00-09 extra font directories
10-19 system rendering defaults (such as antialiasing)
20-29 font rendering options
30-39 family substitution
40-49 map family to generic type
50-59 load alternate config files
60-69 generic aliases, map generic to family
70-79 adjust which fonts are available
80-89 match target scan (modify scanned patterns)
90-99 font synthesis
You can also have a personal fonts.conf in $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (which is
~/.config/fontconfig/).
If the requested font is installed, and provided it contains
the codepoints required for the current language
(in the source, see the .orth files in the fc-lang/ directory), it will be used.
However, if the document or page requested a font which is
not installed (or, occasionally, does not contain all the
required codepoints) the following rules come into play:
First, 30-metric-aliases.conf
is used to map aliases for some fonts with the same metrics
(same size, etc). After that, an unknown font will be
searched for in 45-latin.conf -
if it is found it will be mapped as Serif or Monospace or
Sans, otherwise it will be assumed to be Sans. Then
50-latin.conf provides ordered
lists of the fallbacks - Dejavu fonts will be used if you
installed them. Cyrillic and Greek appear to be treated in
the same way. There are similar files with a 65- prefix for
Persian and other non-latin writing systems. All of these
files prefer commercial fonts if they are present, although
modern libre fonts are often at least equal.
Since fontconfig-2.12.5, there is also generic family matching for some emoji and math fonts, please see {45,60}-generic.conf.
In the rare cases where a font does not contain all the expected codepoints, see 'Trial the First:' at I stared into the fontconfig for the long details.
It is possible to change how, or if, fonts are hinted. The
following example file contains the default settings, but
with comments. The settings are very much down to the user's
preferences and to the choice of fonts, so a change which
improves some pages may worsen others. The preferred location
for this file is: ~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf
To try out different settings, you may need to exit from Xorg and then run startx again so that all applications use the new settings. If you use GNOME, KDE, or LXQt, their desktops can override these changes. To explore the possibilities, create a file for your user:
mkdir -pv ~/.config/fontconfig &&
cat > ~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf << "EOF"
<?xml version='1.0'?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM 'fonts.dtd'>
<fontconfig>
<match target="font" >
<!-- autohint was the old automatic hinter when hinting was patent
protected, so turn it off to ensure any hinting information in the font
itself is used, this is the default -->
<edit mode="assign" name="autohint"> <bool>false</bool></edit>
<!-- hinting is enabled by default -->
<edit mode="assign" name="hinting"> <bool>true</bool></edit>
<!-- for the lcdfilter see https://www.spasche.net/files/lcdfiltering/ -->
<edit mode="assign" name="lcdfilter"> <const>lcddefault</const></edit>
<!-- options for hintstyle:
hintfull: is supposed to give a crisp font that aligns well to the
character-cell grid but at the cost of its proper shape.
hintmedium: poorly documented, maybe a synonym for hintfull.
hintslight is the default: - supposed to be more fuzzy but retains shape.
hintnone: seems to turn hinting off.
The variations are marginal and results vary with different fonts -->
<edit mode="assign" name="hintstyle"> <const>hintslight</const></edit>
<!-- antialiasing is on by default and really helps for faint characters
and also for 'xft:' fonts used in rxvt-unicode -->
<edit mode="assign" name="antialias"> <bool>true</bool></edit>
<!-- subpixels are usually rgb, see
http://www.lagom.nl/lcd-test/subpixel.php -->
<edit mode="assign" name="rgba"> <const>rgb</const></edit>
<!-- thanks to the Arch wiki for the lcd and subpixel links -->
</match>
</fontconfig>
EOF
You will now need to edit the file in your preferred editor.
For more examples see the blfs-support thread which started at 2016-09/00128, particularly 2016-09/00137, and the original poster's preferred solution at 2016-09/00147. There are other examples in Fontconfig in the Arch wiki and Fontconfig in the Gentoo wiki.
In previous versions of BLFS, the ugly old Xorg bitmap fonts
were installed. Now, many people will not need to install any
of them. But if for some reason you have installed one or
more bitmap fonts, you can prevent them from being used by
fontconfig by creating the
following file as the root
user :
cat > /etc/fonts/conf.d/70-no-bitmaps.conf << "EOF"
<?xml version='1.0'?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM 'fonts.dtd'>
<fontconfig>
<!-- Reject bitmap fonts -->
<selectfont>
<rejectfont>
<pattern>
<patelt name="scalable"><bool>false</bool></patelt>
</pattern>
</rejectfont>
</selectfont>
</fontconfig>
EOF
Normally, system fonts and user fonts are installed in
directories beneath the locations specified in The Xft Font Protocol and there
is no obvious reason to put them elsewhere. However, a full
BLFS install of texlive-20230313 puts many
fonts in /opt/texlive/2023/texmf-dist/fonts/ in the
opentype/ and truetype/ subdirectories. Although pulling
in all of these files may appear useful (it allows you to use
them in non TeX programs),
there are several problems with such an approach:
There are hundreds of files, which makes selecting fonts difficult.
Some of the files do odd things, such as displaying semaphore flags instead of ASCII letters, or mapping cyrillic codepoints to character forms appropriate to Old Church Slavonic instead of the expected current shapes: fine if that is what you need, but painful for normal use.
Several fonts have multiple sizes and impenetrable short names, which both make selecting the correct font even more difficult.
When a font is added to CTAN, it is accompanied by TeX packages to use it in the old engines (xelatex does not normally need this), and then the version is often frozen whilst the font is separately maintained. Some of these fonts such as Dejavu fonts are probably already installed on your BLFS system in a newer version, and if you have multiple versions of a font it is unclear which one will be used by fontconfig.
However, it is sometimes useful to look at these fonts in
non-TeX applications, if only to see whether you wish to
install a current version. If you have installed all of
texlive, the following
example will make one of the Arkandis Open Type fonts
available to other applications, and all three of the
ParaType TrueType fonts. Adjust or repeat the lines as
desired, to either make all the opentype/ or truetypefonts available, or to select
different font directories. As the root user:
cat > /etc/fonts/conf.d/09-texlive.conf << "EOF"
<?xml version='1.0'?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM 'fonts.dtd'>
<fontconfig>
<dir>/opt/texlive/2023/texmf-dist/fonts/opentype/arkandis/berenisadf</dir>
<dir>/opt/texlive/2023/texmf-dist/fonts/truetype/paratype</dir>
</fontconfig>
EOF
If you do this, remember to change all instances of the year in that file when you upgrade texlive to a later release.
There are many reasons why people may wish to have pages which specify a particular font use a different font, or prefer specific fonts in Monospace or Sans or Serif. As you will expect, there a number of different ways of achieving this.
Fontconfig installs user
documentation that includes an example 'User configuration
file' which among other things prefers WenQuanYi
ZenHei (a Sans font) if a Serif font is requested for
Chinese (this part might be anachronistic unless you have
non-free Chinese fonts, because in 65-nonlatin.conf this font is already among
the preferred fonts when Serif is specified for Chinese) and
to prefer the modern VL Gothic font if a Sans font is specified on
a Japanese page (otherwise a couple of other fonts would be
preferred if they have been installed).
If you have installed the current version, the user
documentation is available in HTML, PDF, and text versions at
/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.14.2/ : change
the version if you installed a different one.
As an example, if for some reason you wished to use the Nimbus Roman No9 L font wherever Times New Roman is referenced (it is metrically similar, and preferred for Times Roman, but the Serif font from Liberation fonts will be preferred for the Times New Roman font if installed), as an individual user you could install the font and then create the following file:
mkdir -pv ~/.config/fontconfig/conf.d &&
cat > ~/.config/fontconfig/conf.d/35-prefer-nimbus-for-timesnew.conf << "EOF"
<?xml version='1.0'?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM 'fonts.dtd'>
<fontconfig>
<!-- prefer Nimbus Roman No9 L for Times New Roman as well as for Times,
without this Tinos and Liberation Serif take precedence for Times New Roman
before fontconfig falls back to whatever matches Times -->
<alias binding="same">
<family>Times New Roman</family>
<accept>
<family>Nimbus Roman No9 L</family>
</accept>
</alias>
</fontconfig>
EOF
This is something you would normally do in an individual
user's settings, but the file in this case has been prefixed
'35-' so that it could, if desired, be used system-wide in
/etc/fonts/conf.d/.
The following example of a local configuration (i.e. one that applies for all users of the machine) does several things:
If a Serif font is specified, it will prefer the UMing variants, so that in the zh-cn, zh-hk and zh-tw languages things should look good (also zh-sg which actually uses the same settings as zh-cn) without affecting Japanese.
It prefers the Japanese IPAex fonts if they have been installed (although VL Gothic will take precedence for (Japanese) Sans if it has also been installed.
Because WenQuanYi ZenHei covers Korean
Hangul glyphs and is also preferred for Serif in
65-nonlatin.conf, if
installed it will be used by default for Korean Serif.
To get a proper Serif font, the UnBatang font is
specified here - change that line if you installed a
different Serif font from the choice of Korean
fonts.
The Monospace fonts are forced to the preferred Sans fonts. If the text is in Korean then WenQuanYi ZenHei will be used.
In a non-CJK locale, the result is that suitable fonts will
be used for all variants of Chinese, Japanese and Hangul
Korean. All other languages should already work if a font is
present. As the root user:
cat > /etc/fonts/local.conf << "EOF"
<?xml version='1.0'?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM 'fonts.dtd'>
<fontconfig>
<alias>
<family>serif</family>
<prefer>
<family>AR PL UMing</family>
<family>IPAexMincho</family>
<!-- WenQuanYi is preferred as Serif in 65-nonlatin.conf,
override that so a real Korean font can be used for Serif -->
<family>UnBatang</family>
</prefer>
</alias>
<alias>
<family>sans-serif</family>
<prefer>
<family>WenQuanYi Zen Hei</family>
<family>VL Gothic</family>
<family>IPAexGothic</family>
</prefer>
</alias>
<alias>
<family>monospace</family>
<prefer>
<family>VL Gothic</family>
<family>IPAexGothic</family>
<family>WenQuanYi Zen Hei</family>
</prefer>
</alias>
</fontconfig>
EOF
Some fonts, particularly Chinese fonts, ship with conf files
which can be installed in /etc/fonts/conf.d. However, if you do that
and then use a terminal to run any command which uses
fontconfig you may see error
messages such as :
Fontconfig warning:
"/etc/fonts/conf.d/69-odofonts.conf", line 14: Having
multiple <family> in <alias> isn't supported and
may not work as expected.
In practice, these old rules do not work. For non-CJK users, fontconfig will usually do a good job without these rules. Their origin dates back to when CJK users needed handcrafted bitmaps to be legible at small sizes, and those looked ugly next to antialiased Latin glyphs - they preferred to use the same CJK font for the Latin glyphs. There is a side-effect of doing this : the (Serif) font is often also used for Sans, and in such a situation the (English) text in Gtk menus will use this font - compared to system fonts, as well as being serif it is both faint and rather small. That can make it uncomfortable to read.
Nevertheless, these old conf files can be fixed if you wish
to use them. The following example is the first part of
64-arphic-uming.conf from
UMing - there
are many more similar items which also need changing :
<match target="pattern">
<test qual="any" name="lang" compare="contains">
<string>zh-cn</string>
<string>zh-sg</string>
</test>
<test qual="any" name="family">
<string>serif</string>
</test>
<edit name="family" mode="prepend" binding="strong">
<string>AR PL UMing CN</string>
</edit>
</match>
The process to correct this is straightforward but tedious -
for every item which produces an error message, using your
editor (as the root user),
edit the installed file to repeat the whole block as many
times as there are multiple variables, then reduce each
example to have only one of them. You may wish to work on one
error at a time, save the file after each fix, and from a
separate term run a command such as fc-list 2>&1 | less
to see that the fix worked. For the block above, the fixed
version will be :
<match target="pattern">
<test qual="any" name="lang" compare="contains">
<string>zh-cn</string>
</test>
<test qual="any" name="family">
<string>serif</string>
</test>
<edit name="family" mode="prepend" binding="strong">
<string>AR PL UMing CN</string>
</edit>
</match>
<match target="pattern">
<test qual="any" name="lang" compare="contains">
<string>zh-sg</string>
</test>
<test qual="any" name="family">
<string>serif</string>
</test>
<edit name="family" mode="prepend" binding="strong">
<string>AR PL UMing CN</string>
</edit>
</match>
The blog entries by Eevee are particularly useful if fontconfig does not think your chosen font supports your language, and for preferring some non-MS Japanese fonts when an ugly MS font is already installed.
Arch has a lot of information in its wiki at font_configuration.
Gentoo has some information in its wiki at Fontconfig although a lot of the details (what to enable, and Infinality) are specific to Gentoo.
Originally, Xorg provided only bitmap fonts. Later, some scalable Type1 fonts were added, but the desktop world moved on to using TrueType and Open Type fonts. To support these, Xorg uses Xft, the X FreeType interface library.
These fonts can provide hints, which fontconfig uses to adjust them for maximum readability on computer monitors. On Linux you should always use the hinted versions if they are available (in general the Latin, Cyrillic and Greek alphabets can use hints, most other writing systems do not use hinting).
A few fonts are provided as collections (TTC or OTC) where font data is shared between different fonts, which saves disk space. These should be treated in exactly the same way as individual TTF or OTF files.
If a font provides both TTF and OTF forms, you should prefer the OTF form in Linux, as it may provide more features for programs which know how to use them (such as xelatex).
A font may have multiple variations. For example, Noto Sans has 9 weights (ExtraLight, Light, Thin, Normal, Medium, SemiBold, Bold, ExtraBold, and Black) and 2 styles (Regular and Italic), thus 18 variations in total. Normally each variation is provided as a separate TTF or OTF file. For full coverage you need to install all these TTF or OTF files. Even if you are low on disk space, you should still install two weights (Regular and Bold) by two styles (Normal and Italic) if the font has these variations. Some fonts do not have Italic style (for example most CJK fonts and some monospace fonts), and some fonts only have one variation (for example Noto Sans Math, it only provides the glyph of some mathematic symbols).
Some fonts are also available as variable font files. Unlike a normal font file which only contains one variation, a variable font file contains infinite variations. Each variation can be defined by the application using this font by assigning number(s) to one or more variables. There are also pre-defined named instances analogous to the traditional variations. For example, with the variable version of Noto Sans, the weight variable can be assigned any number not less than 100 and not greater than 900, and 9 named instances are pre-defined: ExtraLight for weight=100, Regular for weight=400, Bold for weight=700, etc. So once a variable variable font file for Noto Sans is installed, all the 9 named instances (or “variations”) are available. Note that the slope is not defined as a variable in the variable version of Noto Sans, so Regular and Italic are still traditional variations and a separate variable font file is needed for the Italic variation.
A variable font file is obviously more flexiable than the normal (static) font files. It's extremely useful for fine tuning the font for Web pages or publications. And, the size of a variable font file is usually significantly smaller than the total size of several static font files for multiple variations. For example, the variable font file for Noto Sans SC is only 11M, while the total size of 9 static font files for Noto Sans SC is 91M. But you must make sure your applications really support variable fonts before installing one. For example, lualatex supports variable font but xelatex does not. So if you want to use a font for an article and use xelatex for typesetting, you must not install the variable font files.
For information about variable fonts, please see Variable Fonts.
For some scripts, Pango is required to render things correctly, either by selecting different glyph forms, or by combining glyphs - in both cases, according to the context. This applies particularly to Arabic and Indic scripts.
Standard scalable fonts that come with X provide very poor Unicode coverage. You may notice in applications that use Xft that some characters appear as a box with four binary digits inside. In this case, a font with the required glyphs has not been found. Other times, applications that don't use other font families by default and don't accept substitutions from Fontconfig will display blank lines when the default font doesn't cover the orthography of the user's language.
The fonts available to a program are those which were present when it was started, so if you add an extra font and wish to use it in a program which is currently running, then you will have to close and restart that program.
Some people are happy to have dozens, or even hundreds, of font files available, but if you ever wish to select a specific font in a desktop application (for example in a word processor) then scrolling through a lot of fonts to find the right one is slow and awkward - fewer is better. So, for some font packages you might decide to install only one of the fonts - but nevertheless install the different variants (italic, bold, etc) as these are all variations for the same font name.
In the past, everybody recommended running fc-cache as the
root user after installing or
removing fonts, but this is not necessary anymore on Linux,
fontconfig will do it
automatically if needed as well as if the font caches are
more than 30 seconds old. However, if you add a font and want
to use it immediately, you can run that command as a normal
user.
There are several references below to CJK characters. This stands for Chinese, Japanese and Korean, although modern Korean is now almost all written using the phonetic Hangul glyphs (it used to sometimes use Hanja glyphs which are similar to Chinese and Japanese). Unicode decided to go for Han Unification and to map some Chinese and Japanese glyphs to the same codepoints. This was very unpopular in Japan, and the result is that different fonts will render some codepoints in quite different shapes. In addition, Simplified Chinese will sometimes use the same codepoint as Traditional Chinese but will show it differently, somewhat analogous to the different shapes used for the letters 'a' and 'g' in English (single-storey and two-storey), except that in a language context one will look "wrong" rather than just "different".
Unlike most other packages in this book, the BLFS editors do not monitor the versions of the fonts on this page - once a font is good enough for general use, the typical additions in a new version are minor (e.g. new currency symbols, or glyphs not for a modern language, such as emojis or playing cards). Therefore, none of these fonts show version or md5 information.
The list below will not provide complete Unicode coverage. Unicode is updated every year, and most additions are now for historic writing systems. For almost-complete coverage you can install Noto fonts (about 180 fonts when last checked) but that number of fonts makes it much less convenient to select a specific font in a document, and most people will regard many of them as a waste of space. We used to recommend the Unicode Font Guide, but that has not been updated since 2008 and many of its links are dead.
Rendered examples of most of these fonts, and many others, with details of what languages they cover, some examples of latin fonts with the same metrics (listed as "Substitute latin fonts") and various files of dummy text to compare fonts of similar types, can be found at this font comparison page. That site also covers other current writing systems.
Fonts are often supplied in zip files, requiring UnZip-6.0 to list and extract them, but even if the current release is a tarball, you should still check to see if it will create a directory (scattering the contents of a zipfile or tarball across the current directory can be very messy, and a few fonts create __MACOSX/ directories). In addition, many fonts are supplied with permissions which do not let 'other' users read them - if a font is to be installed for system-wide use, any directories must be mode 755 and all the files mode 644, so you need to change them if the permissions are different. If you forget, the root user may be able to see a particular font in fc-list, but a normal user will not be able to use them.
As a font installation example, consider the installation of
the Dejavu fonts. In this particular package,
the TTF files are in a subdirectory. From the unpacked source
directory, run the following commands as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts/dejavu && install -v -m644 ttf/*.ttf /usr/share/fonts/dejavu && fc-cache -v /usr/share/fonts/dejavu
If you wish, you can also install any licenses or other
documentation, either alongside the font or in a
corresponding directory under /usr/share/doc/.
A few fonts ship with source as well as the completed TTF or OTF file(s). Unless you intend to modify the font, and have the correct tools (sometimes FontForge-20230101, but often commercial tools), the source will provide no benefit, so do not install it. One or two fonts even ship with Web Open Font Format (WOFF) files - this is useful if you run a webserver and want to use that font on your website, but not useful for a desktop system.
To provide greater Unicode coverage, you should install some of the following fonts, depending on what websites and languages you want to read. The next part of this page details some fonts which cover at least Latin alphabets, and the final part deals with some CJK issues.
Installation of the Dejavu fonts is strongly recommended.
Caladea (created as a Chrome OS extra font) is metrically compatible with MS Cambria and can be used if you have to edit a document which somebody started in Microsoft Office using Cambria.
Cantarell fonts – The Cantarell typeface family provides a contemporary Humanist Sans Serif. It is particularly optimised for legibility at small sizes and is the preferred font family for the GNOME user interface.
Carlito (created as another Chrome OS extra font) is metrically compatible with MS Calibri and can be used if you have to edit a document which somebody started in Microsoft Office using Calibri.
DejaVu fonts – These fonts are an extension of, and replacement for, the Bitstream Vera fonts and provide Latin-based scripts with accents and punctuation such as "smart-quotes" and variant spacing characters, as well as Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic, Hebrew, Armenian, Georgian and some other glyphs. In the absence of the Bitstream Vera fonts (which had much less coverage), these are the default fallback fonts.
GNU FreeFont – This set of fonts covers many non-CJK characters, in particular some of the variants of Latin and Cyrillic letters used in minority languages, but the glyphs are comparatively small (unlike DejaVu fonts which are comparatively large) and rather light weight ("less black" when black on white is used) which means that in some contexts such as terminals they are not visually pleasing, for example when most other glyphs are provided by another font. On the other hand, some fonts used primarily for printed output, and many CJK fonts, are also light weight.
Gelasio is metrically compatible with MS Georgia and fontconfig will use it if MS Georgia is requested but is not installed.
The Liberation fonts provide libre substitutes for Arial, Courier New, and Times New Roman. Fontconfig will use them as substitutes for those fonts, and also for the similar Helvetica, Courier, and Times Roman, though for these it can prefer a different font (see the examples in the 'Substitutes' PDFs at zarniwhoop.uk.)
Many people will find the Liberation fonts useful for pages where one of those fonts is requested.
The Microsoft Core Fonts date from 2002. They were supplied with old versions of Microsoft Windows and were apparently made available for general use. You can extract them from the '.exe' files using bsd-tar from libarchive-3.7.1. Make sure that you read the license before using them. At one time some of these fonts (particularly Arial, Times New Roman, and to a lesser extent Courier New) were widely used on web pages. The full set contains Andale Mono, Arial, Arial Black, Comic Sans MS, Courier New, Georgia, Impact, Times New Roman, Trebuchet MS, Verdana and Webdings.
Please note that if you only want to use a font with the same metrics (character size, etc) as Arial, Courier New, or Times New Roman you can use the libre Liberation Fonts (above), and similarly you can replace Georgia with Gelasio.
Although many old posts recommend installing these fonts for output which looks better, there are more recent posts that these are 'ugly' or 'broken'. One suggestion is that they do not support anti-aliasing.
The newer fonts which Microsoft made their defaults in later releases of MS Windows or MS Office (Calibri and Cambria) have never been freely available. However, if you do not have them installed you can find metric equivalents (Carlito and Caladea) above.
The Noto fonts ('No Tofu', i.e. avoiding boxes with dots [hex digits] when a glyph cannot be found) are a set of fonts which aim to cover every glyph in Unicode, no matter how obscure. Noto Sans is the preferred font for KDE Plasma and applications, except for monospace fonts where Hack is preferred.
People using languages written in Latin, Greek or Cyrillic alphabets only need to install Noto Sans itself, and perhaps Noto Sans Symbols for currency symbols. For more details on the organization of Noto fonts see how are noto fonts organized. There are also separate fonts for every other current writing system, but these will also require Noto Sans (or Noto Serif) and perhaps Noto Symbols.
It may be easier to download a specific Noto font by going to Noto Sans and changing the font name as appropriate, with '+' between each word, e.g. 'Noto+Kufi+Arabic', 'Noto+Serif+Georgian' or whatever, then clicking on 'Download family'.
However, you should be aware that fontconfig knows nothing about Noto fonts. The 'Noto Sans Something' fonts are each treated as separate fonts (and for Arabic there is not a specific Sans name), so if you have other fonts installed then the choice of which font to use for missing glyphs where 'Noto Sans' is specified will be random, except that Sans fonts will be preferred over known Serif and Monospace fonts because Sans is the fallback for unknown fonts.
This set of fonts from Adobe (seven different weights) includes what is now the preferred monospace font for those applications which use gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0. The github release source-code-pro contains OTF (preferred) and TTF as well as the source and WOFF fonts.
To use this in terminals, you probably will only want the Regular font.
There is also an older TTF version of this available from Google fonts but that has very limited coverage (adequate for most European languages using a Latin alphabet).
As indicated earlier, usage of a combination of Chinese, Japanese and Korean characters can be tricky - each font only covers a subset of the available codepoints, the preferred shapes of the glyphs can differ between the languages, and many of the CJK fonts do not actually support modern Korean.
Also, fontconfig prefers Chinese to Japanese by default. Tuning that is covered at Prefer chosen CJK fonts.
Although Unicode has been extended to allow a very large number of CJK codepoints, those outside the Base Plane (greater than U+0xFFFF) are not commonly used in Mandarin (the normal form of written Chinese, whether Simplified (Mainland China, Malaysia, and Singapore) or Traditional (Hong Kong and Taiwan)), or Japanese.
For Hong Kong, which uses Traditional Chinese and where Cantonese is the dominant language, the Hong Kong Supplementary Character Set was added to Unicode in 2005 and revised in 2009 (it is part of CJK Extension B and contains more than 1900 characters). Earlier fonts will not be able to support either Cantonese or use these characters where local names are written in Mandarin. The UMing HK, Noto Sans HK and WenQuanYi Zen Hei fonts all seem to cover Hong Kong usage (fontconfig disagrees about Noto Sans HK).
The Han glyphs are double width, and other glyphs in the same font may be narrower. For their CJK content, all of these fonts can be regarded as monospaced (i.e. fixed width).
If you wish to use Noto fonts, there are also Serif versions
of their various CJK fonts. The Noto Sans/Serif
SC/TC/HK/JP/KR fonts are derived from a monolithic noto-cjk
repository and you can find the .ttc files for the entire Noto Sans CJK
(including SC/TC/HK/JP/KR) or Noto Serif CJK font family
there. Google recommends the normal users to use the separate
Noto Sans/Serif SC/TC/HK/JP/KR fonts instead, but if you are
capable and willing to read texts in more than one CJK
character systems it may be easier to use a monolithic
.ttc file for full coverage.
If all you wish to do is render CJK glyphs, installing WenQuanYi ZenHei may be a good place to start if you do not already have a preference.
In Chinese, there are three font styles in common use: Sung (also known as Song or Ming), which is the most-common ornamented ("serif") form, Kai ("brush strokes") which is an earlier ornamented style that looks quite different, and modern Hei ("sans"). Unless you appreciate the differences, you probably do not want to install Kai fonts.
The current versions of Chinese Noto Sans fonts can be found at Noto Sans SC for Simplified Chinese, Noto Sans TC for Traditional Chinese, and as mentioned above Noto Sans HK for use in Hong Kong.
A copy of version 1.4.2 of the opendesktop-fonts is preserved at Arch. This was a later development of fireflysung which BLFS used to recommend, adding Kai and Mono fonts. The name of the Sung font remains 'AR PL New Sung' so they cannot both be installed together.
At one time there was a 1.6 release, and more recently some versions at github, which also included a Sans font (Odohei), but those have dropped off the web and it is unclear if there was a problem. Fontconfig does not know anything about the later fonts (AR PL New Kai, AR PL New Sung Mono) and will default to treating them as Sans.
UMing fonts – sets of Chinese Ming fonts (from
Debian, use the '.orig' tarball) in a ttc which contain
variations of Simplified and Traditional Chinese (Taiwanese,
with second variant for different bopomofo, and
Cantonese for Hong Kong). This ships with old-syntax files
which you can install to /etc/fonts/conf.d/ but see Editing Old-Style conf
files.
WenQuanYi Zen Hei provides a Sans-Serif font which covers all CJK scripts including Korean. Although it includes old-style conf files, these are not required: fontconfig will already treat these fonts (the 'sharp' contains bitmaps, the monospace appears not to be Mono in its ASCII part) as Sans, Serif, and Monospace. If all you wish to do is to be able to render Han and Korean text without worrying about the niceties of the shapes used, the main font from this package is a good font to use.
In Japanese, Gothic fonts are Sans, and Mincho are Serif. BLFS used to only mention the Kochi fonts, but those appear to now be the least-preferred of the Japanese fonts.
Apart from the fonts detailed below, also consider Noto Sans JP.
The IPAex fonts are the current version of the IPA fonts. Use Google Translate on the home page, then click on the download link for IPAex Font Ver.004.01. Unfortunately, fontconfig only knows about the older IPAfonts and the forked IPA Mona font (which is not easily available and which apparently does not meet Debian's Free Software guidelines). If you install the IPAex fonts, you may want to make it known to fontconfig. Please see Prefer chosen CJK fonts for one way to accomplish this.
The Kochi Substitute fonts were the first truly libre Japanese fonts (the earlier Kochi fonts were allegedly plagiarized from a commercial font).
The VL Gothic font is a modern Japanese font in two variants with monotonic or proportional spacing for the non-Japanese characters.
In Korean, Batang or Myeongjo (the older name) are Serif, Dotum or Gothic and are the main Sans fonts. BLFS previously recommended the Baekmuk fonts, but the Nanum and Un fonts are now preferred to Baekmuk by fontconfig because of user requests.
A convenient place to see examples of these and many other
Korean fonts is Free Korean Fonts.
Click on 'Gothic Fonts' or 'All Categories -> Myeongjo
Fonts', then click on the font example to see more details
including the License, and click on the link to download it.
For Nanum, you will need to be able to read Korean to find
the download link on the page you get to. For Un there are
direct links and you can find the un-fonts-core tarball in
the releases/ directory.
Alternatively, consider Noto Sans KR or WenQuanYi ZenHei.
Xorg's ancestor (X11R1, in 1987) at first only provided bitmap fonts, with a tool (bdftopcf) to assist in their installation. With the introduction of xorg-server-1.19.0 and libXfont2 many people will not need them. There are still a few old packages which might require, or benefit from, these deprecated fonts and so the following packages are shown here.
The font-adobe-100dpi package installs 100 dots per inch versions of Courier, Helvetica, New Century Schoolbook and Times fonts.
The remaining font packages here provide 75dpi versions of those fonts, and various miscellaneous fonts - mostly for legacy encodings. Those are primarily to silence warnings when testing Xorg. In previous versions of BLFS a lot more legacy fonts were installed.
Please consult the BLFS-7.10 systemd book at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/7.10-systemd/x/x7font.html if you wish to install any of those other fonts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/
Download size: 4.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:
cat > legacy.dat << "EOF"
e09b61567ab4a4d534119bba24eddfb1 util/ bdftopcf-1.1.1.tar.xz
20239f6f99ac586f10360b0759f73361 font/ font-adobe-100dpi-1.0.4.tar.xz
2dc044f693ee8e0836f718c2699628b9 font/ font-adobe-75dpi-1.0.4.tar.xz
2c939d5bd4609d8e284be9bef4b8b330 font/ font-jis-misc-1.0.4.tar.xz
6300bc99a1e45fbbe6075b3de728c27f font/ font-daewoo-misc-1.0.4.tar.xz
fe2c44307639062d07c6e9f75f4d6a13 font/ font-isas-misc-1.0.4.tar.xz
145128c4b5f7820c974c8c5b9f6ffe94 font/ font-misc-misc-1.1.3.tar.xz
EOF
To download the needed files using Wget-1.21.4, use the following commands:
mkdir legacy &&
cd legacy &&
grep -v '^#' ../legacy.dat | awk '{print $2$3}' | wget -i- -c \
-B https://www.x.org/pub/individual/ &&
grep -v '^#' ../legacy.dat | awk '{print $1 " " $3}' > ../legacy.md5 &&
md5sum -c ../legacy.md5
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.9.14p3 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../legacy.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
packagedir=${package%.tar.?z*}
tar -xf $package
pushd $packagedir
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
make
as_root make install
popd
rm -rf $packagedir
as_root /sbin/ldconfig
done
Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:
exit
This chapter does not contain libraries that are required to run X. It does contain libraries that enhance X. In some cases the enhancement is as simple as font support. In others it is as complex as libraries that sit between X and applications that run on X whose purpose is to standardize the look and feel and inter-process communications for different applications. They also assist programmers by supplying common elements.
Atkmm is the official C++ interface for the ATK accessibility toolkit library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/atkmm/2.28/atkmm-2.28.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/atkmm/2.28/atkmm-2.28.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bad12606feaaba28c4d31b8857b7099e
Download size: 676 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install Atkmm by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The At-Spi2 Core package contains a comprehensive accessibility framework for the Assistive Technologies available on the GNOME platform. This includes a set of interfaces which are implemented by other toolkits and applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/at-spi2-core/2.48/at-spi2-core-2.48.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi2-core/2.48/at-spi2-core-2.48.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4ef1875d9e7035f672d494b997c892af
Download size: 541 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests, except if there is a timeout)
dbus-1.14.8, GLib-2.76.4, gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0 (Runtime), and Xorg Libraries
Install At-Spi2 Core by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
The test suite also requires the glib schemas of the package
to be installed already. To test the results, install the
package first, then issue: dbus-run-session ninja
test. One test, atk-test, is known to timeout on some
systems.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Ddocs=true: Use this switch if
you want to build the documentation. Note that you must have
both Gi-DocGen-2023.1 and sphinx-7.1.2
installed on your system.
Cairo is a 2D graphics library with support for multiple output devices. Currently supported output targets include the X Window System, win32, image buffers, PostScript, PDF and SVG. Experimental backends include OpenGL, Quartz and XCB file output. Cairo is designed to produce consistent output on all output media while taking advantage of display hardware acceleration when available (e.g., through the X Render Extension). The Cairo API provides operations similar to the drawing operators of PostScript and PDF. Operations in Cairo include stroking and filling cubic Bézier splines, transforming and compositing translucent images, and antialiased text rendering. All drawing operations can be transformed by any affine transformation (scale, rotation, shear, etc.).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/cairo/1.17/cairo-1.17.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c5a6f255af72a2e5faa8e6a53dd882e2
Download size: 33 MB
Estimated disk space required: 137 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
libpng-1.6.40 and Pixman-0.42.2
Fontconfig-2.14.2, GLib-2.76.4 (required for most GUIs), and Xorg Libraries
ghostscript-10.01.2, GTK+-3.24.38 and GTK+-2.24.33, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, libdrm-2.4.115, librsvg-2.56.3, libxml2-2.10.4, LZO-2.10, Mesa-23.1.6, Poppler-23.08.0, Valgrind-3.21.0, jbig2dec, libspectre, and Skia
There is a circular dependency between cairo and harfbuzz. If cairo is built before harfbuzz, it is necessary to rebuild cairo after harfbuzz in order to build pango.
Adapt this package for Binutils-2.39 or later:
sed 's/PTR/void */' -i util/cairo-trace/lookup-symbol.c
Fix a pkg-config file that may cause errors later:
sed -e "/@prefix@/a exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@" \
-i util/cairo-script/cairo-script-interpreter.pc.in
Install Cairo by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--enable-tee &&
make
This package does not have a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-tee: This
switch enables the experimental tee surface backend which is
required if using system-installed Cairo with Mozilla applications.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-xlib-xcb: This switch
enables several experimental Xlib/XCB functions used by some
window managers.
--enable-gl: This switch enables
Cairo's experimental
OpenGL surface which is
required for Wayland
compositor and some other packages that are not part of BLFS.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to create and
install the documentation.
|
generates a log of all calls made by an application to Cairo |
|
|
contains the 2D graphics functions required for rendering to the various output targets |
|
|
contains functions that integrate Cairo with Glib's GObject type system |
|
|
contains the script interpreter functions for executing and manipulating Cairo execution traces |
The libcairomm-1.0 package provides a C++ interface to Cairo.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cairographics.org/releases/cairomm-1.14.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 75a08d50eb08b97667e4ea2be6efa1ad
Download size: 592 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.5 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Cairo-1.17.6 and libsigc++-2.12.0
Boost-1.83.0 (for tests)
Install Cairomm-1.0 by running the following commands:
mkdir bld &&
cd bld &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dbuild-tests=true \
-Dboost-shared=true &&
ninja
To run the test suite, run: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dbuild-tests=true:
This switch is for building the unit tests. Remove if you
have not installed Boost-1.83.0.
-Dboost-shared=true:
This switch has the package use the shared version of boost
libraries. It is required if you have not installed the boost
static libraries, and you have passed -Dbuild-tests=true.
-Dbuild-documentation=true: This
switch builds the html documentation if doxygen is installed.
Cogl is a modern 3D graphics API with associated utility APIs designed to expose the features of 3D graphics hardware using a direct state access API design, as opposed to the state-machine style of OpenGL.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/cogl/1.22/cogl-1.22.8.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/cogl/1.22/cogl-1.22.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7dd8b2e24171ef7399f851cea144b569
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 69 MB (add 2 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 0.2 SBU for tests)
Cairo-1.17.6, gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10, GLU-9.0.3, Mesa-23.1.6, Pango-1.50.14, and Wayland-1.22.0
Install Cogl by running the following commands:
This package may occasionally fail when building with multiple processors. See Using Multiple Processors for more information.
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-gles1 \
--enable-gles2 \
--enable-{kms,wayland,xlib}-egl-platform \
--enable-wayland-egl-server &&
make
All of the tests except for the ES2 and ES2-NPT tests are broken due to slight behavior changes in Mesa. To test the results anyway, issue: make check. The tests should be run from an X terminal on a hardware accelerated Xorg Server. A few tests will use all CPUs in parallel, regardless of parallellism settings.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gles1: This
switch enables support for OpenGL ES 1.1.
--enable-gles2: This
switch enables support for OpenGL ES 2.0.
--enable-{kms,wayland,xlib}-egl-platform:
These switches enable support for KMS, Wayland and Xlib EGL
platforms. They are required for GNOME Wayland support.
--enable-wayland-egl-server:
This switch enables Cogl's
Wayland Server API which is required for GNOME Wayland support.
--enable-cogl-gst: This switch
enables gstreamer support.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The Clutter package contains an open source software library used for creating fast, visually rich and animated graphical user interfaces.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Anything built with this toolkit needs hardware 3D acceleration from the graphics driver at runtime. This is provided by Mesa (or by proprietary graphics drivers), but is not available for every graphics card nor for all virtual machines. You may wish to review Checking the DRI installation.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/clutter/1.26/clutter-1.26.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/clutter/1.26/clutter-1.26.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 624dd776a5159de0267587b1df6b97b2
Download size: 5.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 93 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
at-spi2-core-2.48.3, Cogl-1.22.8, and JSON-GLib-1.6.6
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, GTK+-3.24.38, libgudev-238, libinput-1.23.0, libxkbcommon-1.5.0, and Wayland-1.22.0
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 and Tslib
Install Clutter by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-egl-backend \
--enable-evdev-input \
--enable-wayland-backend \
--enable-wayland-compositor &&
make
The test suite is not recommended because some tests may hang
forever. If you want to test the results anyway, issue:
make -j1 -k
check. You must be in an xterm or similar,
because it launches some windows. Two tests, actor-destroy 1 /actor/destruction and
actor-paint-opacity 1
/actor/opacity/text, are known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-egl-backend:
This switch enables the experimental EGL windowing backend.
--enable-evdev-input:
This switch enables the experimental Evdev input backend
which is required for GNOME
Wayland support.
--enable-wayland-backend and
--enable-wayland-compositor:
These switches enable the experimental Wayland API in Clutter which is required for
GNOME Wayland support.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The Clutter Gst package contains an integration library for using GStreamer with Clutter. Its purpose is to implement the ClutterMedia interface using GStreamer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/clutter-gst/3.0/clutter-gst-3.0.27.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/clutter-gst/3.0/clutter-gst-3.0.27.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2bf9d7ca146c9d71e86c45cd00e9a28e
Download size: 396 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Clutter-1.26.4, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, and libgudev-238
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and gst-plugins-bad-1.22.5
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 and Cgc
Install Clutter Gst by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Clutter Gtk package is a library providing facilities to integrate Clutter into GTK+ applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/clutter-gtk/1.8/clutter-gtk-1.8.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/clutter-gtk/1.8/clutter-gtk-1.8.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b363ac9878e2337be887b8ee9e1da00e
Download size: 324 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Clutter-1.26.4 and GTK+-3.24.38
Install Clutter Gtk by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The Colord GTK package contains GTK+ bindings for Colord.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/colord/releases/colord-gtk-0.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 08c245d6482b3923a2b6a09f7fbbe612
Download size: 24 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, GTK+-2.24.33, GTK-4.12.0, and Vala-0.56.11
If building the documentation ninja -j1 must be used.
Install Colord GTK by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk2=true \
-Dgtk4=true \
-Dvapi=true \
-Ddocs=false \
-Dman=false \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The tests need to be run from an X session, and may require a color profile for your primary display.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dvapi=true: This
switch enables building of the Vala bindings. Remove this
switch if you don't have Vala-0.56.11 installed.
-Dgtk2=true: This
switch enables building the GTK+-2 bindings for colord.
-Dgtk4=true: This
switch enables building the GTK-4 bindings for colord. Set
this option to 'false' if you do not have GTK-4.12.0 installed.
-Ddocs=false: This
switch disables building gtk-doc based documentation. Even if
gtk-doc is installed, you will need the namespaced versions
of the Docbook XSL stylesheets.
-Dman=false: This
switch disables generating the manual pages for this package.
Remove this switch if you have namespaced versions of the
Docbook XSL stylesheets installed.
FLTK (pronounced "fulltick") is a cross-platform C++ GUI toolkit. FLTK provides modern GUI functionality and supports 3D graphics via OpenGL and its built-in GLUT emulation libraries used for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://fltk.org/pub/fltk/1.3.8/fltk-1.3.8-source.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 84907602c2e50fadec3bc40fb61935cd
Download size: 5.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 119 MB (with documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
hicolor-icon-theme-0.17, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, and libpng-1.6.40
alsa-lib-1.2.9, desktop-file-utils-0.26, Doxygen-1.9.7, GLU-9.0.3, Mesa-23.1.6, and texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx)
The tar extraction directory is fltk-1.3.8 and not fltk-1.3.8-source as indicated by the tarball name.
Install FLTK by running the following commands:
sed -i -e '/cat./d' documentation/Makefile &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared &&
make
If you wish to create the API documentation, issue:
make -C documentation html
The tests for the package are interactive. To execute the
tests, run test/unittests. In
addition, there are 70 other executable test programs in the
test directory that can be run
individually.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/fltk-1.3.8 install
If desired, install some example games built as a part of the
tests, extra documentation and example programs. As the
root user:
make -C test docdir=/usr/share/doc/fltk-1.3.8 install-linux && make -C documentation docdir=/usr/share/doc/fltk-1.3.8 install-linux
sed ...
documentation/Makefile: Avoid installing
pages in /usr/share/man/cat*.
|
is a FLTK-based block elimination game |
|
|
is a FLTK-based version of the game of checkers |
|
|
is a utility script that can be used to get information about the current version of FLTK that is installed on the system |
|
|
is an interactive GUI designer for FLTK |
|
|
is an implementation of the popular Sudoku game |
|
|
contains functions that provide an API to implement graphical user interfaces |
Freeglut is intended to be a 100% compatible, completely opensourced clone of the GLUT library. GLUT is a window system independent toolkit for writing OpenGL programs, implementing a simple windowing API, which makes learning about and exploring OpenGL programming very easy.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/freeglut/freeglut-3.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f1621464e6525d0368976870cab8f418
Download size: 404 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install Freeglut by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DFREEGLUT_BUILD_DEMOS=OFF \
-DFREEGLUT_BUILD_STATIC_LIBS=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DFREEGLUT_BUILD_DEMOS=OFF:
Disable building optional demo programs. Note that if you
choose to build them, their installation must be done
manually. The demo programs are limited and installation is
not recommended.
-DFREEGLUT_BUILD_STATIC_LIBS=OFF:
Do not build the static library.
The Gdk Pixbuf package is a toolkit for image loading and pixel buffer manipulation. It is used by GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3 to load and manipulate images. In the past it was distributed as part of GTK+ 2 but it was split off into a separate package in preparation for the change to GTK+ 3.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gdk-pixbuf/2.42/gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gdk-pixbuf/2.42/gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4a62f339cb1424693fba9bb7ffef8150
Download size: 6.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 36 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (With tests; both using parallelism=4)
GLib-2.76.4, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, and shared-mime-info-2.2
docutils-0.20.1, librsvg-2.56.3 (runtime dependency, needed for loading symbolic icons) and libtiff-4.5.1
gdk-pixbuf-xlib-2.40.2 (runtime dependency, needed for loading XPM images), Gi-DocGen-2023.1 (to generate documentation), libavif-0.11.1 (runtime dependency, needed for loading AVIF images), and webp-pixbuf-loader-0.2.4 (runtime dependency, needed for loading WebP images)
Install Gdk Pixbuf by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
--wrap-mode=nofallback &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "/docs_dir =/s@\$@ / 'gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10'@" -i ../docs/meson.build && meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The tests make a heavy use of disk.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you installed the package on to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, an important
file was not installed and should be copied and/or
generated. Generate it using the following command as the
root user:
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders --update-cache
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
--wrap-mode=nofallback: This
switch prevents meson from using subproject
fallbacks for any dependency declarations in the build files,
stopping it downloading any optional dependency which is not
installed on the system.
-Dman=false: Use this option if
you do not want to generate manual pages, or if you do not
want to install docutils-0.20.1.
|
is a small utility that generates C code containing images, used for compiling images directly into programs |
|
|
is a tool used to convert GdkPixbuf to GdkPixdata |
|
|
collects information about loadable modules for Gdk Pixbuf and writes it to the default cache file location, or to stdout |
|
|
creates thumbnails of pictures for use in other applications |
|
|
contains functions used to load and render images |
The gdk-pixbuf-xlib package provides a deprecated Xlib interface to gdk-pixbuf, which is needed for some applications which have not been ported to use the new interfaces yet.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gdk-pixbuf-xlib/2.40/gdk-pixbuf-xlib-2.40.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gdk-pixbuf-xlib/2.40/gdk-pixbuf-xlib-2.40.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fbd57e867e039a8cf9164d145c0f0434
Download size: 53 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10 and Xorg Libraries
Install gdk-pixbuf-xlib by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this option
if GTK-Doc-1.33.2 is installed and you wish
to rebuild and install the API documentation.
GLEW is the OpenGL Extension Wrangler Library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/glew/glew-2.2.0.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 3579164bccaef09e36c0af7f4fd5c7c7
Download size: 820 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install GLEW by running the following commands:
sed -i 's%lib64%lib%g' config/Makefile.linux &&
sed -i -e '/glew.lib.static:/d' \
-e '/0644 .*STATIC/d' \
-e 's/glew.lib.static//' Makefile &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install.all
sed -i 's%lib64%lib%g'
...: This ensures that the library is
installed in /usr/lib.
sed -i -e '/glew.lib.static:/d' ...: This suppresses the static library.
make install.all: This installs the programs as well as the library.
This package provides the Mesa OpenGL Utility library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.freedesktop.org/pub/mesa/glu/glu-9.0.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 06a4fff9179a98ea32ef41b6d83f6b19
Download size: 216 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install GLU by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=$XORG_PREFIX \
-Dgl_provider=gl \
--buildtype=release &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install && rm -vf /usr/lib/libGLU.a
The GOffice package contains a library of GLib/GTK document centric objects and utilities. This is useful for performing common operations for document centric applications that are conceptually simple, but complex to implement fully. Some of the operations provided by the GOffice library include support for plugins, load/save routines for application documents and undo/redo functions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/goffice/0.10/goffice-0.10.55.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/goffice/0.10/goffice-0.10.55.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c3e5f9e2fcdd63e4cd50721610abefc2
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 80 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
GTK+-3.24.38, libgsf-1.14.50, librsvg-2.56.3, libxslt-1.1.38, and Which-2.21
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, ghostscript-10.01.2, gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, Lasem, and libspectre
Install GOffice by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
If you wish to run the tests, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Grantlee is a set of free software libraries written using the Qt framework. Currently two libraries are shipped with Grantlee: Grantlee Templates and Grantlee TextDocument. The goal of Grantlee Templates is to make it easier for application developers to separate the structure of documents from the data they contain, opening the door for theming.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/steveire/grantlee/releases/download/v5.3.1/grantlee-5.3.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4ef8eae5dd61e3c7603d76208eb4d922
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
CMake-3.27.2 and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
Doxygen-1.9.7 (for documentation)
Install Grantlee by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Graphene package provides a thin layer of types for graphics libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/graphene/1.10/graphene-1.10.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 169e3c507b5a5c26e9af492412070b81
Download size: 328 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install Graphene by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this switch
if you have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
generate the API documentation.
The GTK+ 2 package contains libraries used for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtk+/2.24/gtk+-2.24.33.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/2.24/gtk+-2.24.33.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0118e98dbe0e4dab90ce475f9f0e6c0c
Download size: 12 MB
Estimated disk space required: 285 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.1 SBU for tests)
at-spi2-core-2.48.3, gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10 and Pango-1.50.14
Cups-2.4.6, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, gnome-themes-extra-3.28 (runtime, for Adwaita and HighContrast themes), gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and GTK-Doc-1.33.2
If gobject-introspection-1.76.1 was installed after at-spi2-core-2.48.3, gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10, and/or Pango-1.50.14, those packages will have to be rebuilt before this package can be built.
Install GTK+ 2 by running the following commands:
sed -e 's#l \(gtk-.*\).sgml#& -o \1#' \
-i docs/{faq,tutorial}/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make
To test the results, issue: make -k check. Note that you must run the tests from a session with X Window Display capability (i.e., not a text-based terminal/console) as the tests attempt to open an X window, and the tests can take an excessively long time. Using an X Window, the tests should take less than 0.1 SBU. One test, aliasfilescheck.sh, is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you installed the package on to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, an important
file was not installed and must be copied and/or generated.
Generate it using the following command as the root user:
gtk-query-immodules-2.0 --update-cache
sed -i 's#l
\(gtk-.*\).sgml#& -o \1#'
docs/{faq,tutorial}/Makefile.in: If you have
DocBook-utils-0.6.14 installed
(specifically, if configure finds db2html) then it will try
to use it to rebuild some of its HTML documentation and fail
due to bugs in some of the Makefiles. This sed fixes the Makefiles.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
GTK+ 2 themes change the
way a GTK+ 2 application
looks. A GTK+ 2 icon theme
can be used to change the icons that appear on the
application's toolbar. If you have installed a GTK+ 2 theme (such as gnome-themes-extra-3.28 or
GTK Engines-2.20.2), or a
GTK+ icon theme (such as
adwaita-icon-theme-44.0) you
can set your preferences in ~/.gtkrc-2.0:
cat > ~/.gtkrc-2.0 << "EOF"
include "/usr/share/themes/Glider/gtk-2.0/gtkrc"
gtk-icon-theme-name = "hicolor"
EOF
There are many more themes available at Gnome-Look.org and other places.
Once you've settled on themes you like, you can (as the
root user) make them the
default system wide:
cat > /etc/gtk-2.0/gtkrc << "EOF"
include "/usr/share/themes/Clearlooks/gtk-2.0/gtkrc"
gtk-icon-theme-name = "elementary"
EOF
LXAppearance-0.6.3 is a GTK+ 2 application that can help you choose the themes you like.
|
converts glade files into XML files which can be loaded with GtkBuilder |
|
|
demonstrates GTK+ 2 functionality and provides code for the examples |
|
|
collects information about loadable input method modules for GTK+ 2 and writes it to standard output |
|
|
creates mmap()able cache files for icon themes. Starting with gtk+-2.24.24, add the flag “--include-image-data” to this command, if you wish previous behavior, with image data in the cache |
|
|
contains functions that act as a wrapper around the low-level drawing and windowing functions provided by the underlying graphics system |
|
|
contains functions that provide an API to implement graphical user interfaces |
The GTK+ 3 package contains libraries used for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtk+/3.24/gtk+-3.24.38.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/3.24/gtk+-3.24.38.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7ed2f5914683ebd515da22f5784389f4
Download size: 12 MB
Estimated disk space required: 233 MB (add 4 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelism=4, add 0.5 SBU for tests)
at-spi2-core-2.48.3, gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10, libepoxy-1.5.10, and Pango-1.50.14
adwaita-icon-theme-44.0 (default for some gtk+3 settings keys, also needed for tests), docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2 (for generating manual pages), hicolor-icon-theme-0.17 (needed for tests), ISO Codes-4.15.0, libxkbcommon-1.5.0, libxslt-1.1.38 (for generating manual pages), sassc-3.6.2, Wayland-1.22.0, and wayland-protocols-1.32
colord-1.4.6, Cups-2.4.6, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, PyAtSpi2-2.46.0 (for tests), Tracker-3.5.3, and PAPI
Install GTK+ 3 by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dman=true \
-Dbroadway_backend=true \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results you need a graphical session, then issue dbus-run-session ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you installed the package on to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, an important
file was not installed and must be copied and/or generated.
Generate it using the following command as the root user:
gtk-query-immodules-3.0 --update-cache
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
-Dbroadway_backend=true: This
switch enables the HTML5 GTK backend.
-Dman=true: This
switch allows generating manual pages.
-Dgtk_doc=true: This switch
enables building documentation. It requires GTK-Doc-1.33.2.
-Dtracker3=true: This switch
enables the search function based on Tracker 3 in the GTK+-3
file chooser dialog. It requires Tracker-3.5.3.
GTK+ 3 themes change the
way a GTK+ 3 application
looks. An icon theme can be used to change the icons that
appear on the application's toolbar. If you have installed
a GTK+ 3 theme (e.g. the
Adwaita theme built in GTK+
3), an icon theme (such as oxygen-icons5-5.109.0) and/or a
font (Dejavu fonts), you can set your
preferences in ~/.config/gtk-3.0/settings.ini, or the
default system wide configuration file (as the root user), in /etc/gtk-3.0/settings.ini. For the local
user an example is:
mkdir -vp ~/.config/gtk-3.0
cat > ~/.config/gtk-3.0/settings.ini << "EOF"
[Settings]
gtk-theme-name = Adwaita
gtk-icon-theme-name = oxygen
gtk-font-name = DejaVu Sans 12
gtk-cursor-theme-size = 18
gtk-toolbar-style = GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ
gtk-xft-antialias = 1
gtk-xft-hinting = 1
gtk-xft-hintstyle = hintslight
gtk-xft-rgba = rgb
gtk-cursor-theme-name = Adwaita
EOF
There are many settings keys, some with default values. You can find them at Settings: GTK+ 3 Reference Manual. There are many more themes available at https://www.gnome-look.org/browse/ and other places.
As part of GTK+-3.0's redesign, the scroll bar buttons are
no longer visible on the scrollbar in many applications. If
this functionality is desired, modify the gtk.css file and restore them using the
following command:
cat > ~/.config/gtk-3.0/gtk.css << "EOF"
* {
-GtkScrollbar-has-backward-stepper: 1;
-GtkScrollbar-has-forward-stepper: 1;
}
EOF
|
provides support for displaying GTK+ 3 applications in a web browser, using HTML5 and web sockets |
|
|
is a simple program that demonstrates some of the tasks that can be done with GTK+ 3 |
|
|
is a simple GTK+ 3 application |
|
|
is a utility to explore the icons in the current icon theme. It shows icons in various sizes, their symbolic variants where available, as well as a description of the icon and its context |
|
|
is a program to view GTK+ 3 themes and widgets |
|
|
performs various operations on GtkBuilder .ui files |
|
|
converts symbolic SVG icons into specially prepared PNG files. GTK+ 3 can load and recolor these PNGs, just like original SVGs, but loading them is much faster |
|
|
launches an application using the given name. The
name should match the application desktop file
name, as residing in |
|
|
collects information about loadable input method modules for GTK+ 3 and writes it to the default cache file location, or to standard output |
|
|
provides a complete listing of all settings related to GTK+ 3 |
|
|
is an icon theme caching utility that creates mmap()able cache files for icon themes |
|
|
contains functions that implement the accessibility interfaces defined by the GNOME Accessibility Toolkit |
|
|
contains functions that act as a wrapper around the low-level drawing and windowing functions provided by the underlying graphics system |
|
|
contains functions that provide an API to implement graphical user interfaces |
The GTK 4 package contains libraries used for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtk/4.12/gtk-4.12.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gtk/4.12/gtk-4.12.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 69372ddb998c125c3a04c44b8c68b339
Download size: 16 MB
Estimated disk space required: 562 MB (with docs; add 29 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (using parallelism=4; with docs; add 0.6 SBU for tests)
FriBidi-1.0.13, gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10, graphene-1.10.8, ISO Codes-4.15.0, libepoxy-1.5.10, libxkbcommon-1.5.0, Pango-1.50.14, PyGObject-3.44.1, and wayland-protocols-1.32
adwaita-icon-theme-44.0 (default for some gtk4 settings keys), gst-plugins-bad-1.22.5, gst-plugins-good-1.22.5 (runtime, built with libvpx-1.13.0), hicolor-icon-theme-0.17 (needed for tests and for defaults), and librsvg-2.56.3
colord-1.4.6, Cups-2.4.6, docutils-0.20.1, FFmpeg-6.0 (built with libvpx-1.13.0), Gi-DocGen-2023.1, Highlight-4.7 (runtime, only used by gtk4-demo for syntax highlighting of demo source code), libcloudproviders-0.3.2, sassc-3.6.2, Tracker-3.5.3, cpdb, and vulkan
First, make some changes from upstream:
sed -e '/glib-object.h/a #include <gdk/gdk.h>' \
-e '/ gtk_printer_option/i GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL' \
-e '/\*gtk_printer_option/i GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL' \
-i.orig gtk/print/gtkprinteroptionprivate.h
Install GTK 4 by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dbroadway-backend=true \
-Dintrospection=enabled \
.. &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "s@'doc'@& / 'gtk-4.12.0'@" -i ../docs/reference/meson.build && meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true && ninja
To run the tests, issue: dbus-run-session meson test --setup
x11. If you are in a Wayland session, replace
x11 with wayland. Nine tests are known to fail if Cantrell
fonts are not installed. Many tests will fail if
~/.config/gtk-4.0/settings.ini
exists and the gtk-modules line is not commented out. On
systems with NVIDIA graphics cards, the tests may take
significantly longer than the advertised test time.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dbroadway-backend=true: This
switch enables the HTML5 GDK backend.
-Dintrospection=enabled: This
switch enables using gobject-introspection-1.76.1
to generate GIR bindings of this packages. These bindings are
required by GNOME.
-Dcloudproviders=enabled: Use
this switch if you have libcloudproviders-0.3.2
installed and wish to enable support for cloud providers in a
file chooser window.
-Dsysprof=enabled: Use this
switch if you have sysprof-3.48.0 installed and wish to
enable tracing support for GTK4-based applications.
-Dtracker=enabled: Use this
switch if you have Tracker-3.5.3 installed and wish to use
search functionality when running a file chooser.
-Dcolord=enabled: Use this switch
if you have colord-1.4.6 installed and wish to use
colord with the CUPS printing backend.
-Dman-pages=true: Use this switch
if you have docutils-0.20.1 installed and wish to
generate the man pages.
GTK 4 themes change the
way a GTK 4 application
looks. An icon theme can be used to change the icons that
appear on the application's toolbar. If you have installed
a GTK 4 theme (e.g. the
Adwaita theme built in GTK
4), an icon theme (such as oxygen-icons5-5.109.0) and/or a
font (Dejavu fonts), you can set your
preferences in ~/.config/gtk-4.0/settings.ini, or the
default system-wide configuration file (as the root user), in /usr/share/gtk-4.0/settings.ini. For the
local user, an example is:
mkdir -pv ~/.config/gtk-4.0
cat > ~/.config/gtk-4.0/settings.ini << "EOF"
[Settings]
gtk-theme-name = Adwaita
gtk-icon-theme-name = oxygen
gtk-font-name = DejaVu Sans 12
gtk-cursor-theme-size = 18
gtk-xft-antialias = 1
gtk-xft-hinting = 1
gtk-xft-hintstyle = hintslight
gtk-xft-rgba = rgb
gtk-cursor-theme-name = Adwaita
EOF
There are many settings keys, some with default values. You can find them at Settings: GTK 4 Reference Manual.
|
provides support for displaying GTK 4 applications in a web browser using HTML5 and web sockets |
|
|
performs various operations on GtkBuilder .ui files |
|
|
is a simple program that demonstrates some of the tasks that can be done with GTK 4 |
|
|
is a simple GTK 4 application which is useful for testing |
|
|
converts symbolic SVG icons into special PNG files. GTK 4 can load and recolor these PNGs, just like original SVGs, but loading them is much faster |
|
|
is a utility to explore the icons in the current icon theme. It shows icons in various sizes, their symbolic variants when available, as well as a description of the icon and its context |
|
|
launches an application using the given name. The
name should match the application .desktop file
name (as seen in |
|
|
is a utility to show and edit render node files. Such render node files can be obtained e.g. from the GTK inspector |
|
|
is a simple program to demonstrate printing using GTK 4 applications |
|
|
provides a complete listing of all settings related to GTK 4 |
|
|
is an icon theme caching utility that creates mmap()able cache files for icon themes |
|
|
is a program to view GTK 4 themes and widgets |
|
|
contains functions that provide an API to implement graphical user interfaces |
The GTK Engines package contains eight themes/engines and two additional engines for GTK2.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtk-engines/2.20/gtk-engines-2.20.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-engines/2.20/gtk-engines-2.20.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5deb287bc6075dc21812130604c7dc4f
Download size: 676 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
Lua-5.4.6 and Which-2.21 (required for test suite)
Install GTK Engines by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-lua --with-system-lua:
Use these switches if you installed Lua and want to build Lua theming
engine.
The Gtkmm package provides a C++ interface to GTK+ 3.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtkmm/3.24/gtkmm-3.24.8.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gtkmm/3.24/gtkmm-3.24.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f55ed05e1f04f3d7bb11f185774acb45
Download size: 14 MB
Estimated disk space required: 200 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
Atkmm-2.28.3, GTK+-3.24.38, and Pangomm-2.46.3
Install Gtkmm by running the following commands:
mkdir gtkmm3-build && cd gtkmm3-build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. Note that you must be in a graphical environment, as the tests try to open some windows.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you have built the documentation (see Command Explanations
below) it was installed to /usr/share/doc/gtkmm-3.0. For consistency,
move it to a versioned directory as the root user:
mv -v /usr/share/doc/gtkmm-3.0 /usr/share/doc/gtkmm-3.24.8
-Dbuild-documentation=true: If
you have installed Doxygen-1.9.7 this define will build and
install the documentation.
The Gtk VNC package contains a VNC viewer widget for GTK+. It is built using coroutines allowing it to be completely asynchronous while remaining single threaded.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtk-vnc/1.3/gtk-vnc-1.3.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-vnc/1.3/gtk-vnc-1.3.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 27f0dc7f33cbfdaa6c9eb7cf169f4866
Download size: 220 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GnuTLS-3.8.1, GTK+-3.24.38, and libgcrypt-1.10.2
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11
Install Gtk VNC by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dwith-vala=false: This switch
disables building of the Vala bindings. Add this if you
decide to build gtk-vnc without vala installed.
The GtkSourceView package contains libraries used for extending the GTK+ text functions to include syntax highlighting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtksourceview/3.24/gtksourceview-3.24.11.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/3.24/gtksourceview-3.24.11.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b748da426a7d64e1304f0c532b0f2a67
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 80 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
Vala-0.56.11, Valgrind-3.21.0, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, itstool-2.0.7, fop-2.9 (or dblatex), and Glade
Install GtkSourceView by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue make check. The tests need to be run in a graphical environment.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The GtkSourceView package contains libraries used for extending the GTK+ text functions to include syntax highlighting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtksourceview/4.8/gtksourceview-4.8.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/4.8/gtksourceview-4.8.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2bf056caaae27654ec3a5930dd5597d3
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 71 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests; both using parallelism=4)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and libxml2-2.10.4
Vala-0.56.11, Valgrind-3.21.0, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, itstool-2.0.7, fop-2.9 (or dblatex), and Glade
Install GtkSourceView by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue ninja test. The tests need to be run in a graphical environment.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dgtk_doc=true: This option is
normally used if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The GtkSourceView package contains a library used for extending the GTK text functions to include syntax highlighting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gtksourceview/5.8/gtksourceview-5.8.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/5.8/gtksourceview-5.8.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7ea7348d059c210b8bf7428af4ddbcbc
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 47 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests; both using parallelism=4)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and libxml2-2.10.4
GTK-Doc-1.33.2, sysprof-3.48.0, Vala-0.56.11, Valgrind-3.21.0, and Vulkan
Install GtkSourceView by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this switch
if you have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
generate the API documentation.
-Dsysprof=true: Use this switch
if you have sysprof-3.48.0 installed and wish to
build with sysprof profiler support.
imlib2 is a graphics library for fast file loading, saving, rendering and manipulation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/enlightenment/imlib2-1.12.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: df88d9a70ba5d8f64660cad49f89cf66
Download size: 812 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB (with docs)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with docs)
Doxygen-1.9.7 (for API documentation), libpng-1.6.40, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libtiff-4.5.1, x265-20230215, and libid3tag
Install imlib2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you generated the API documentation, install it as the
root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.12.0/html && install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.12.0/html
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-doc-build:
This switch generates the API documentation. Doxygen-1.9.7 must
be installed.
|
is to test the imlib2 bumpmap function |
|
|
is to test the imlib2 colorspace function |
|
|
is to test the imlib2 poly function |
|
|
converts images between formats |
|
|
takes screenshots |
|
|
is an imlib2 program test |
|
|
is an imlib2 program test |
|
|
displays image files |
|
|
provides the functions for programs to handle various image data formats |
kColorPicker is a QToolButton library with a color popup menu, which lets you select colors. The popup menu features a color dialog button which can be used to add custom colors to the popup menu.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ksnip/kColorPicker/archive/refs/tags/v0.2.0/kColorPicker-0.2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 58a14db496f2e782be9abc4b604b5334
Download size: 16 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
CMake-3.27.2 and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
Install kColorPicker by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
kImageAnnotator is a tool for annotating images.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ksnip/kImageAnnotator/archive/refs/tags/v0.6.1/kImageAnnotator-0.6.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ed4db127513a6a4151cc05ffe42754e0
Download size: 260 KB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Install kImageAnnotator by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The keybinder package contains a utility library registering global X keyboard shortcuts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/kupferlauncher/keybinder/releases/download/v0.3.1/keybinder-0.3.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a6d7caae0dcb040b08692b008a68a507
Download size: 384 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and PyGTK-2.24.0
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 and Lua-5.4.6 (currently broken because an older lua version is required)
Install keybinder by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-lua && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-lua: Use
this switch to disable Lua-5.4.6 bindings (currently broken, because
older lua version is required).
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The keybinder-3.0 package contains a utility library registering global X keyboard shortcuts for GTK+-3.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/kupferlauncher/keybinder/releases/download/keybinder-3.0-v0.3.2/keybinder-3.0-0.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 97260321fda721fce799174ea6ba10cf
Download size: 370 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install keybinder-3.0 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The libadwaita package provides additional GTK4 UI widgets for use in developing user interfaces. It is used primarily for GNOME applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libadwaita/1.3/libadwaita-1.3.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libadwaita/1.3/libadwaita-1.3.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 80d33605da8d22ebf6bdc8bfd81ad792
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with parallelism=4; with tests)
Install libadwaita by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "s/apiversion/'1.3.4'/" -i ../doc/meson.build && meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The tests must be run from a graphical session.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
libdazzle is a companion library to GObject and GTK+ that adds APIs for special graphical effects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libdazzle/3.44/libdazzle-3.44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libdazzle/3.44/libdazzle-3.44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 203815dd90239ff732c19fc700417c74
Download size: 448 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
Install libdazzle by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The libgedit-amtk package contains a basic GTKUIManager replacement based on GAction.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gedit-technology.net/tarballs/libgedit-amtk/libgedit-amtk-5.8.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1b2ad96c189dd1749b6526c6026e0618
Download size: 60 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 (for documentation) and Valgrind-3.21.0
Install libgedit-amtk by running the following commands:
mkdir amtk-build &&
cd amtk-build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=false: This
switch prevents the build system from generating and
installing the API documentation. Omit this switch if you
have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
generate and install the API documentation.
The libgedit-gtksourceview package provides a library that extends GtkTextView. This library adds support for syntax highlighting, undo/redo, file loading and saving, search and replace, a completion system, printing, displaying line numbers, and other features typical of a source code editor.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gedit-technology.net/tarballs/libgedit-gtksourceview/libgedit-gtksourceview-299.0.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3f96094715a897567e3df7f72ec6c9f0
Download size: 632 KB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-3.24.38 and libxml2-2.10.4
Install libgedit-gtksourceview by running the following commands:
mkdir build-libgedit &&
cd build-libgedit &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=false:
Disables building the API documentation. Remove if you have
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
build the API documentation.
The libhandy package provides additional GTK UI widgets for use in developing user interfaces.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libhandy/1.8/libhandy-1.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libhandy/1.8/libhandy-1.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 24c0addde7fac024bcf23cecf6c50c3a
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 and Glade
Install libhandy by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The tests must be run from a graphical session.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this option
if you have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
install the documentation.
Libdrm provides a userspace library for accessing the direct rendering manager (DRM) on operating systems that support the ioctl interface. Libdrm is a low-level library, typically used by graphics drivers such as the Mesa DRI drivers, the X drivers, libva and similar projects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dri.freedesktop.org/libdrm/libdrm-2.4.115.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5403981a20c964f4c893ff91393652bd
Download size: 459 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests) with parallelism=4
Xorg Libraries (for Intel KMS API support required by Mesa)
Cairo-1.17.6 (for tests), CMake-3.27.2 (could be used to find dependencies without pkgconfig files), docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2, docutils-0.20.1, and libxslt-1.1.38 (to build manual pages), libatomic_ops-7.8.0 (required by architectures without native atomic operations), Valgrind-3.21.0, and CUnit (for AMDGPU tests)
Install libdrm by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX \
--buildtype=release \
-Dudev=true \
-Dvalgrind=disabled \
.. &&
ninja
To check the results, issue ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dudev=true: This
parameter enables support for using Udev instead of mknod.
-Dvalgrind=disabled:
This parameter disables building libdrm with valgrind
support. This fixes building sysprof and other packages that
use libdrm. Change this parameter to "enabled" (or remove it)
if you need support for valgrind.
|
contains the AMDGPU specific Direct Rendering Manager functions |
|
|
contains the Intel specific Direct Rendering Manager functions |
|
|
contains the open source nVidia (Nouveau) specific Direct Rendering Manager functions |
|
|
contains the AMD Radeon specific Direct Rendering Manager functions |
|
|
contains the Direct Rendering Manager API functions |
libepoxy is a library for handling OpenGL function pointer management.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libepoxy/1.5/libepoxy-1.5.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 10c635557904aed5239a4885a7c4efb7
Download size: 220 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.9.7 (for documentation)
Install libepoxy by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Ddocs=true: If you have
Doxygen-1.9.7 installed, add this option
to generate additional documentation.
The libglade package
contains libglade libraries.
These are useful for loading Glade interface files in a
program at runtime.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libglade/2.6/libglade-2.6.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libglade/2.6/libglade-2.6.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d1776b40f4e166b5e9c107f1c8fe4139
Download size: 348 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libxml2-2.10.4 and GTK+-2.24.33
Install libglade by running the following commands:
sed -i '/DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED/d' glade/Makefile.in && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check. One of the tests, test-convert, is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i '/DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED/d': Some of the glib functions that libglade uses were declared deprecated in glib-2.30. This sed removes the G_DISABLE_DEPRECATED CFLAG.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The libnotify library is used to send desktop notifications to a notification daemon, as defined in the Desktop Notifications spec. These notifications can be used to inform the user about an event or display some form of information without getting in the user's way.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libnotify/0.8/libnotify-0.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libnotify/0.8/libnotify-0.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ee2d2934a9dcfd5b1305188201e1cd50
Download size: 104 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Gi-DocGen-2023.1 and xmlto-0.0.28
notification-daemon-3.20.0 or xfce4-notifyd-0.8.2
GNOME Shell and KDE KWin provide their own notification daemons.
Install libnotify by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
-Dman=false \
.. &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "/docs_dir =/s@\$@ / 'libnotify'@" \
-i ../docs/reference/meson.build &&
meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true &&
ninja
Now, as the root user:
ninja install &&
mv -v /usr/share/doc/libnotify{,-0.8.2}
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The libxklavier package contains a utility library for X keyboard.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://people.freedesktop.org/~svu/libxklavier-5.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 13af74dcb6011ecedf1e3ed122bd31fa
Download size: 384 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GLib-2.76.4, ISO Codes-4.15.0, libxml2-2.10.4 and Xorg Libraries
Install libxklavier by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: This parameter
is normally used if GTK-Doc
is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation. It is broken for this package due to the use
of a long deprecated gtk-doc program that is no longer
available.
Pango is a library for laying out and rendering text, with an emphasis on internationalization. It can be used anywhere that text layout is needed, though most of the work on Pango so far has been done in the context of the GTK+ widget toolkit.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/pango/1.50/pango-1.50.14.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/pango/1.50/pango-1.50.14.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: baa2a0a67c71935165a205a76da25954
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 47 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
Fontconfig-2.14.2 (must be built with FreeType-2.13.1 using HarfBuzz-8.1.1), FriBidi-1.0.13, and GLib-2.76.4
Cairo-1.17.6, gobject-introspection-1.76.1 (Required if building GNOME), and Xorg Libraries
Cantarell fonts (for tests), sysprof-3.48.0, Gi-DocGen-2023.1 (to generate documentation), help2man, and libthai
First work around a bug in gcc-13 which triggers a false warning that breaks a release build:
sed -i '/array-bounds/d' meson.build
Install Pango by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
--wrap-mode=nofallback \
.. &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "/docs_dir =/s@\$@ / 'pango-1.50.14'@" -i ../docs/meson.build && meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. One test,
test-font is known to fail.
Some tests may fail if no Opentype or Truetype fonts are
installed in /usr/share/fonts.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dintrospection=disabled: Use
this switch if you do not want to use gobject-introspection-1.76.1.
--wrap-mode=nofallback: This
switch prevents meson from using subproject
fallbacks for any dependency declarations in the build files,
stopping it downloading any optional dependency which is not
installed on the system.
|
displays a list of fonts that Pango can use that are currently installed on the system |
|
|
shows text segmentation as determined by Pango. |
|
|
renders a given text file through Pango for viewing purposes |
|
|
contains low level layout rendering routines, a high level driver for laying out entire blocks of text, and routines to assist in editing internationalized text |
The Pangomm package provides a C++ interface to Pango.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/pangomm/2.46/pangomm-2.46.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/pangomm/2.46/pangomm-2.46.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7af783bb04de766fafaaad26c9ed475a
Download size: 660 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install Pangomm by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
Qt5 is a cross-platform application framework that is widely used for developing application software with a graphical user interface (GUI) (in which cases Qt5 is classified as a widget toolkit), and also used for developing non-GUI programs such as command-line tools and consoles for servers. Two of the major users of Qt are KDE Frameworks 5 (KF5) and LXQt.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.qt.io/archive/qt/5.15/5.15.10/single/qt-everywhere-opensource-src-5.15.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fb41d86bea6bc4886030a5092c910b09
Download size: 629 MB
Estimated disk space required: 15 GB (263 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 23 SBU (using parallelism=8)
Now that Qt5 updates are restricted to commercial customers, upstream patches for the various modules are being curated at kde. Patches for the modules required by packages in BLFS have been aggregated for the non-modular Qt5 build we use.
Required patch: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/qt-everywhere-opensource-src-5.15.10-kf5-1.patch
Details of the kde curation can be found at https://dot.kde.org/2021/04/06/announcing-kdes-qt-5-patch-collection and https://community.kde.org/Qt5PatchCollection.
alsa-lib-1.2.9, make-ca-1.12, Cups-2.4.6, double-conversion-3.3.0, GLib-2.76.4, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5 (QtMultimedia backend), HarfBuzz-8.1.1, ICU-73.2, JasPer-4.0.0, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libmng-2.0.3, libpng-1.6.40, libtiff-4.5.1, libwebp-1.3.1, libxkbcommon-1.5.0, Mesa-23.1.6, mtdev-1.1.6, pcre2-10.42, SQLite-3.42.0, Wayland-1.22.0 (Mesa must be built with Wayland EGL backend), xcb-util-image-0.4.1, xcb-util-keysyms-0.4.1, xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.10, and xcb-util-wm-0.4.2
BlueZ-5.68 (for sdpscanner, and at runtime for QtConnectivity module), GTK+-3.24.38, ibus-1.5.28, libinput-1.23.0, MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, mtdev-1.1.6 pciutils-3.10.0, PostgreSQL-15.4, PulseAudio-16.1, SDL2-2.28.2, unixODBC-2.3.12, assimp, Flite, Firebird, FreeTDS, libproxy, OpenAL, speech-dispatcher, tslib, and Vulkan
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qt5
The BLFS editors recommend installing Qt5 in a directory other than
/usr, ie /opt/qt5. To do this, set the following
environment variable:
export QT5PREFIX=/opt/qt5
Sometimes, the installation paths are hardcoded into
installed files. This is the reason why /opt/qt5 is used as installation prefix
instead of /opt/qt-5.15.10.
To create a versioned Qt5
directory after the installation is complete, you may
rename the directory and create a symlink:
mkdir -pv /opt/qt-5.15.10 ln -sfnv qt-5.15.10 /opt/qt5
Later on, you may want to install other versions of
Qt5. To do that, just
remove the symlink and use /opt/qt5 as the prefix again. Which
version of Qt5 you use
depends only on where the symlink points.
If qca-2.3.7 has been installed and you are reinstalling or updating this package, then qca will need to be reinstalled.
If Qt5 is being
reinstalled into the same directory as an existing
instance, run the commands done by root, such as make install, from a
console or non-Qt5 based window manager. It overwrites
Qt5 libraries that should
not be in use during the install process.
If you did not install some of the recommended dependencies, examine ./configure --help output to check how to disable them or use internal versions bundled in the source tarball.
The build time and space required for the full Qt5 is quite long. The instructions
below do not build the tutorials and examples. Removing the
-nomake line will
create a complete build.
The BLFS editors do not recommend installing Qt5 into the /usr hierarchy because it becomes difficult to find components and to update to a new version. If you do want to install Qt5 in /usr, the directories need to be specified explicitly. In this case, set QT5PREFIX=/usr and add the following to the configure arguments below:
-archdatadir /usr/lib/qt5 \
-bindir /usr/bin \
-plugindir /usr/lib/qt5/plugins \
-importdir /usr/lib/qt5/imports \
-headerdir /usr/include/qt5 \
-datadir /usr/share/qt5 \
-docdir /usr/share/doc/qt5 \
-translationdir /usr/share/qt5/translations \
-examplesdir /usr/share/doc/qt5/examples
First apply a patch to pull in the fixes curated by kde for those modules which are required by packages mentioned in this book:
patch -Np1 -i ../qt-everywhere-opensource-src-5.15.10-kf5-1.patch
The patch is supposed to be used in a git repository, because
the behavior of the configure command below is
changed in this case. It is enough to create a .git directory in the qmake directory, where the configure script is run:
mkdir -pv qtbase/.git
Add another fix for building with GCC-13:
sed -e "/pragma once/a#include <cstdint>" \
-i qtlocation/src/3rdparty/mapbox-gl-native/include/mbgl/util/geometry.hpp \
qtlocation/src/3rdparty/mapbox-gl-native/include/mbgl/util/string.hpp \
qtlocation/src/3rdparty/mapbox-gl-native/src/mbgl/gl/stencil_mode.hpp
Install Qt5 by running the following commands:
./configure -prefix $QT5PREFIX \
-sysconfdir /etc/xdg \
-confirm-license \
-opensource \
-dbus-linked \
-openssl-linked \
-system-harfbuzz \
-system-sqlite \
-nomake examples \
-no-rpath \
-journald \
-skip qtwebengine &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Remove references to the build directory from installed
library dependency (prl) files by running the following
command as the root user:
find $QT5PREFIX/ -name \*.prl \
-exec sed -i -e '/^QMAKE_PRL_BUILD_DIR/d' {} \;
Install images and create the menu entries for installed
applications. The QT5BINDIR
variable is used here to point to the directory for the
executable programs. If you have changed the bindir above,
QT5BINDIR will need to be adjusted
below. Be sure that the QT5BINDIR
variable is defined in root's environment and as the
root user:
QT5BINDIR=$QT5PREFIX/bin
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/pixmaps/ &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/assistant/assistant/images/assistant-128.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/assistant-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/designer/src/designer/images/designer.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/designer-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/linguist/linguist/images/icons/linguist-128-32.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/linguist-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/qdbus/qdbusviewer/images/qdbusviewer-128.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/qdbusviewer-qt5.png &&
install -dm755 /usr/share/applications &&
cat > /usr/share/applications/assistant-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Assistant
Comment=Shows Qt5 documentation and examples
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/assistant
Icon=assistant-qt5.png
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;Documentation;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/designer-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Designer
GenericName=Interface Designer
Comment=Design GUIs for Qt5 applications
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/designer
Icon=designer-qt5.png
MimeType=application/x-designer;
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/linguist-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Linguist
Comment=Add translations to Qt5 applications
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/linguist
Icon=linguist-qt5.png
MimeType=text/vnd.trolltech.linguist;application/x-linguist;
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/qdbusviewer-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 QDbusViewer
GenericName=D-Bus Debugger
Comment=Debug D-Bus applications
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/qdbusviewer
Icon=qdbusviewer-qt5.png
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;Debugger;
EOF
Some packages such as VLC-3.0.18 look for certain executables with
a -qt5 suffix. Run the following command as the root user to create the necessary
symlinks:
for file in moc uic rcc qmake lconvert lrelease lupdate; do ln -sfrvn $QT5BINDIR/$file /usr/bin/$file-qt5 done
sed ...: Allows
using Python 3 instead of
Python 2. This command
destroys the build for QtWebEngine, so do not use it if you
remove the -skip
qtwebengine switch.
-confirm-license:
Accept license without prompting user during configuration.
-opensource: Install
the opensource version of Qt.
-nomake examples:
This switch disables building of the example programs
included in the source tarball. Remove it if you want to
build them.
-system-sqlite: This
switch enables use of the system version of SQLite.
-dbus-linked
-openssl-linked: These switches enable explicit
linking of the D-Bus and
OpenSSL libraries into
Qt5 libraries instead of
dlopen()-ing
them.
-journald: This
switch allows to send Qt messages to the journald logging system.
-skip qtwebengine:
This switch disables building the QtWebEngine. The BLFS
editors have chosen to build qtwebengine-5.15.15 separately.
-system-harfbuzz:
This switch enables use of the system version of Harfbuzz.
If Sudo-1.9.14p3 is installed, QT5DIR
should be available to the super user as well. Execute the
following commands as the root user:
cat > /etc/sudoers.d/qt << "EOF"
Defaults env_keep += QT5DIR
EOF
If you installed Qt5 in
/usr, create an environment
variable needed by certain packages. As the root user:
cat > /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
QT5DIR=/usr
export QT5DIR
# End /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
EOF
If you installed Qt5 in a
location other than /usr, you
need to update the following configuration files so that
Qt5 is correctly found by
other packages and system processes.
As the root user, update
the /etc/ld.so.conf file and
the dynamic linker's run-time cache file:
cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << EOF
# Begin Qt addition
/opt/qt5/lib
# End Qt addition
EOF
ldconfig
As the root user, create
the /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
file:
cat > /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
QT5DIR=/opt/qt5
pathappend $QT5DIR/bin PATH
pathappend $QT5DIR/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
export QT5DIR
# End /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
EOF
|
is a tool for presenting on-line documentation |
|
|
is a tool to convert 3D scenes from various creation tools to QML format, for use by the new QtQuick 3D library |
|
|
is a tool to deal with arbitrary CAN bus frames. A Controller Area Network (CAN) is a vehicle bus standard designed to allow microcontrollers and devices to communicate with each other in applications without a host computer |
|
|
is a full-fledged GUI builder. It includes powerful features such as preview mode, automatic widget layout, support for custom widgets, and an advanced property editor |
|
|
is a script to replace all Qt 4 style includes with Qt 5 includes |
|
|
is part of Qt5's Linguist tool chain. It can be used as a standalone tool to convert and filter translation data files |
|
|
provides support for translating applications into local languages |
|
|
is a simple command line tool. It reads XML-based translation file in TS format and produces message files used by the application |
|
|
extracts project information from qmake projects and passes it to lrelease |
|
|
finds the translatable strings in the specified source, header and Qt Designer interface files, and stores the extracted messages in translation files to be processed by lrelease |
|
|
reads a Qt project file, an passes the collected information to lupdate |
|
|
displays information about qtquick-3d mesh files |
|
|
generates Qt meta object support code |
|
|
is a desktop magnifier and as you move your mouse around the screen it will show the magnified contents in its window |
|
|
processes and converts Qt help files |
|
|
takes a C++ source file and generates a D-Bus XML definition of the interface |
|
|
lists available services, object paths, methods, signals, and properties of objects on a bus |
|
|
is a graphical D-Bus browser |
|
|
is a tool that can be used to parse interface descriptions and produce static code representing those interfaces, |
|
|
allows a font cache to be pregenerated for Text.QtRendering to speed up an application's startup if the user interface has a lot of text, or multiple fonts, or a large amount of distinct characters, e.g. in CJK writing systems |
|
|
is a tool used by Qt Developers to generate documentation for software projects |
|
|
imports a variety of 3D model formats and exports into fast-to-load, optimized glTF assets embedded into Qt resource files |
|
|
is a tool used to generate a Qt compressed help file |
|
|
is a tool used to generate code from grammar specifications |
|
|
uses information stored in project files to determine what should go in the makefiles it generates |
|
|
executes a QML file |
|
|
supports the creation of cache files at build time |
|
|
is a tool used to define the easing curves using an interactive curve editor |
|
|
formats QML files according to the QML coding conventions |
|
|
is a tool used to import QML files from a directory |
|
|
is a syntax checker for QML files |
|
|
removes comments and layout characters from a QML file |
|
|
is a tool to create a qmltypes file |
|
|
is a tool used to analyze QML applications |
|
|
is a tool which watches QML and JavaScript files on disk and updates the application live with any changes |
|
|
is a utility that loads and displays QML documents even before the application is complete |
|
|
is a tool used to make tests |
|
|
converts an input.scxml file to a header and cpp file |
|
|
processes qt_attribution.json files in Qt sources |
|
|
is a tool for reporting diagnostic information about Qt and its environment |
|
|
is a tool to query Qt path information |
|
|
dumps meta-data about Qt plugins in JSON format |
|
|
converts Wayland specfiles to C++ headers and code needed for QtWayland |
|
|
converts Vulkan specfiles to C++ headers and code |
|
|
is a resource compiler used in conjunction with designer |
|
|
is the Replica Compiler, which generates QObject header files based on an API definition file |
|
|
performs a Session Description Protocol scan on a remote device, using the SDP server represented by the local Bluetooth device |
|
|
is a script to create the forwarding headers in the include directories. It is an internal development tool |
|
|
is a trace generator for LTTng or ETW |
|
|
is a Qt user interface compiler |
|
|
provides support for XPath, XQuery, XSLT, and XML Schema validation |
|
|
is a tool used to validate XML documents |
Qt5 is a cross-platform application framework that is widely used for developing application software with a graphical user interface (GUI) (in which cases qt5 is classified as a widget toolkit), and also used for developing non-GUI programs such as command-line tools and consoles for servers. Two of the major users of qt are KDE Frameworks 5 (KF5) and LXQt.
The full qt5 package consists of 43 separate components. These instructions use a small subset of the full qt5 installation instructions above. They cover most, but not all, of the components needed to build packages in BLFS. This page, and the next, are provided to reduce the amount of time, space, and dependencies needed to build these packages. They are not recommended if you will build the KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 based Plasma-5.27.7 desktop environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.qt.io/archive/qt/5.15/5.15.10/single/qt-everywhere-opensource-src-5.15.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fb41d86bea6bc4886030a5092c910b09
Download size: 629 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.7 GB (153 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 5.7 SBU (using parallelism=8)
Now that qt5 updates are restricted to commercial customers, upstream patches for the various modules are being curated at kde. Patches for the modules required by packages in BLFS have been aggregated for the non-modular qt5 build we use.
Required patch: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/qt-everywhere-opensource-src-5.15.10-kf5-1.patch
Details of the kde curation can be found at https://dot.kde.org/2021/04/06/announcing-kdes-qt-5-patch-collection and https://community.kde.org/Qt5PatchCollection.
alsa-lib-1.2.9, Cups-2.4.6, double-conversion-3.3.0, GLib-2.76.4, HarfBuzz-8.1.1, ICU-73.2, hicolor-icon-theme-0.17, Mesa-23.1.6, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libxkbcommon-1.5.0, SQLite-3.42.0, Wayland-1.22.0 (Mesa must be built with Wayland EGL backend), xcb-util-image-0.4.1, xcb-util-keysyms-0.4.1, xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.10, and xcb-util-wm-0.4.2
GTK+-3.24.38, libinput-1.23.0 MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, mtdev-1.1.6 PostgreSQL-15.4, and unixODBC-2.3.12
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qt5
The BLFS editors recommend installing qt5 in a directory other than
/usr, i.e. /opt/qt5. To do this, set the following
environment variable:
export QT5PREFIX=/opt/qt5
Sometimes, the installation paths are hardcoded into
installed files. This is the reason why /opt/qt5 is used as installation prefix
instead of /opt/qt-5.15.10.
To create a versioned qt5
directory after the installation is complete, you may
rename the directory and create a symlink:
mkdir -pv /opt/qt-5.15.10 ln -sfnv qt-5.15.10 /opt/qt5
Later on, you may want to install other versions of
qt5. To do that, just
remove the symlink and use /opt/qt5 as the prefix again. Which
version of qt5 you use
depends only on where the symlink points.
If qt5 is being
reinstalled into the same directory as an existing
instance, run the commands done by root, such as make install, from a
console or non-qt5 based window manager. It overwrites
qt5 libraries that should
not be in use during the install process.
If you did not install some of the recommended dependencies, examine ./configure --help output to check how to disable them or use internal versions bundled in the source tarball.
The BLFS editors do not recommend installing qt5 into the /usr hierarchy because it becomes difficult to find components and to update to a new version. If you do want to install qt5 in /usr, the directories need to be specified explicitly. In this case, set QT5PREFIX=/usr and add the following to the configure arguments below:
-archdatadir /usr/lib/qt5 \
-bindir /usr/bin \
-plugindir /usr/lib/qt5/plugins \
-importdir /usr/lib/qt5/imports \
-headerdir /usr/include/qt5 \
-datadir /usr/share/qt5 \
-docdir /usr/share/doc/qt5 \
-translationdir /usr/share/qt5/translations \
-examplesdir /usr/share/doc/qt5/examples
First, apply a patch to pull in the fixes curated by kde for those modules which are required by packages mentioned in this book:
patch -Np1 -i ../qt-everywhere-opensource-src-5.15.10-kf5-1.patch
The patch is supposed to be used in a git repository, because
the behavior of the configure command below is
changed in this case. It is enough to create a .git directory in the qmake directory, where the configure script is run:
mkdir -pv qtbase/.git
At this point we want to set up skipping most components. Do that with:
ls -Fd qt* | grep / | sed 's/^/-skip /;s@/@@' > tempconf && sed -i -r '/base|tools|x11extras|svg|declarative|wayland/d' tempconf
Now, install qt5 by running the following commands:
./configure -prefix $QT5PREFIX \
-sysconfdir /etc/xdg \
-confirm-license \
-opensource \
-dbus-linked \
-openssl-linked \
-system-harfbuzz \
-system-sqlite \
-nomake examples \
-no-rpath \
-journald \
$(cat tempconf) \
&&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Remove references to the build directory from installed
library dependency (prl) files by running the following
command as the root user:
find $QT5PREFIX/ -name \*.prl \
-exec sed -i -e '/^QMAKE_PRL_BUILD_DIR/d' {} \;
Install images and create the menu entries for installed
applications. The QT5BINDIR
variable is used here to point to the directory for the
executable programs. If you have changed the bindir above,
QT5BINDIR will need to be adjusted
below. Be sure that the QT5BINDIR
variable is defined in root's environment and as the
root user:
QT5BINDIR=$QT5PREFIX/bin
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/pixmaps/ &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/assistant/assistant/images/assistant-128.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/assistant-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/designer/src/designer/images/designer.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/designer-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/linguist/linguist/images/icons/linguist-128-32.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/linguist-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/qdbus/qdbusviewer/images/qdbusviewer-128.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/qdbusviewer-qt5.png &&
install -dm755 /usr/share/applications &&
cat > /usr/share/applications/assistant-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Assistant
Comment=Shows Qt5 documentation and examples
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/assistant
Icon=assistant-qt5.png
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;Documentation;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/designer-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Designer
GenericName=Interface Designer
Comment=Design GUIs for Qt5 applications
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/designer
Icon=designer-qt5.png
MimeType=application/x-designer;
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/linguist-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Linguist
Comment=Add translations to Qt5 applications
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/linguist
Icon=linguist-qt5.png
MimeType=text/vnd.trolltech.linguist;application/x-linguist;
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/qdbusviewer-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 QDbusViewer
GenericName=D-Bus Debugger
Comment=Debug D-Bus applications
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/qdbusviewer
Icon=qdbusviewer-qt5.png
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;Debugger;
EOF
Some packages such as VLC-3.0.18 look for certain executables with
a -qt5 suffix. Run the following command as the root user to create the necessary
symlinks:
for file in moc uic rcc qmake lconvert lrelease lupdate; do ln -sfrvn $QT5BINDIR/$file /usr/bin/$file-qt5 done
-confirm-license:
Accept license without prompting user during configuration.
-opensource: Install
the opensource version of qt.
-nomake examples:
This switch disables building of the example programs
included in the source tarball. Remove it if you want to
build them.
-system-sqlite: This
switch enables use of the system version of SQLite.
-system-harfbuzz:
This switch enables use of the system version of Harfbuzz.
-dbus-linked
-openssl-linked: These switches enable explicit
linking of the D-Bus and
OpenSSL libraries into
qt5 libraries instead of
dlopen()-ing
them.
-journald: This
switch allows to send qt messages to the journald logging system.
$(cat tempconf): This command provides a list of components that should not be built. These entries are in the form of "-skip <component>".
If Sudo-1.9.14p3 is installed, QT5DIR
should be available to the super user as well. Execute the
following commands as the root user:
cat > /etc/sudoers.d/qt << "EOF"
Defaults env_keep += QT5DIR
EOF
If you installed qt5 in
/usr, create an environment
variable needed by certain packages. As the root user:
cat > /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
QT5DIR=/usr
export QT5DIR
# End /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
EOF
If you installed qt5 in a
location other than /usr, you
need to update the following configuration files so that
qt5 is correctly found by
other packages and system processes.
As the root user, update
the /etc/ld.so.conf file and
the dynamic linker's run-time cache file:
cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << EOF
# Begin Qt addition
/opt/qt5/lib
# End Qt addition
EOF
ldconfig
As the root user, create
the /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
file:
cat > /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
QT5DIR=/opt/qt5
pathappend $QT5DIR/bin PATH
pathappend $QT5DIR/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
export QT5DIR
# End /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
EOF
These instructions show how to build additional Qt5 components beyond qt-alternate-5.15.10. They are not applicable if the full Qt-5.15.10 package has been built.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.qt.io/archive/qt/5.15/5.15.10/single/qt-everywhere-opensource-src-5.15.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fb41d86bea6bc4886030a5092c910b09
Now that qt5 updates are restricted to commercial customers, upstream patches for the various modules are being curated at kde. Patches for the modules required by packages in BLFS have been aggregated for the non-modular qt5 build we use.
Required patch: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/qt-everywhere-opensource-src-5.15.10-kf5-1.patch
Details of the kde curation can be found at https://dot.kde.org/2021/04/06/announcing-kdes-qt-5-patch-collection and https://community.kde.org/Qt5PatchCollection.
JasPer-4.0.0, libmng-2.0.3, libtiff-4.5.1, and libwebp-1.3.1
gst-plugins-good-1.22.5, gst-plugins-bad-1.22.5, and gst-plugins-ugly-1.22.5
There are a few extra components needed for different packages in BLFS. These are qtimageformats, qtlocation, qtwebchannel, qtdoc, and qtmultimedia. Only those components specified for a specific package are needed. You only need to build the relevant component(s).
First, apply a patch to pull in the fixes curated by KDE for some of the modules listed above:
patch -Np1 -i ../qt-everywhere-opensource-src-5.15.10-kf5-1.patch
Next, if you are installing qtlocation, fix the build with GCC-13:
sed -e "/pragma once/a#include <cstdint>" \
-i qtlocation/src/3rdparty/mapbox-gl-native/include/mbgl/util/geometry.hpp \
qtlocation/src/3rdparty/mapbox-gl-native/include/mbgl/util/string.hpp \
qtlocation/src/3rdparty/mapbox-gl-native/src/mbgl/gl/stencil_mode.hpp
Install each desired component by running the following commands:
cd <component> qmake <component>.pro make
As the root user:
make install
Remove references to the build directory from installed
library dependency (prl) files by running the following
command as the root user:
find $QT5DIR/ -name \*.prl \
-exec sed -i -e '/^QMAKE_PRL_BUILD_DIR/d' {} \;
QtWebEngine integrates chromium's web capabilities into Qt. It ships with its own copy of ninja which it uses for the build if it cannot find a system copy, and various copies of libraries from ffmpeg, icu, libvpx, and zlib (including libminizip) which have been forked by the chromium developers.
This package and browsers using it may be useful if you need to use a website designed for google chrome, or chromium, browsers.
Qt-5.15 reached End Of Life on 26 May 2023. Extended lifetime Qt5.15 LTS has been extended until 26th May 2025 for those with subscription licenses. Because qtwebengine uses chromium code under the LGPL, it appears that any new backported CVE fixes for QtWebEngine will be available after Qt makes public releases of its current versions.
QtWebEngine uses a forked copy of chromium, and is therefore vulnerable to many issues found there. The Qt developers have always preferred to make releases at the same time as the rest of Qt (rather than adding emergency fixes), but with stable versions getting released after the current development version. Now that they are keen to move to Qt6, the 5.15.3 and later Qt-5.15 releases are initially only available to paying customers. QtWebEngine is something of an exception because of its LGPL licence, but getting the git sources (with the forked chromium submodule) to a position where they will successfully build on a current BLFS system can take a lot of effort and therefore updates to the book may be delayed.
It seems likely that future 5.15-series versions will also be released long after the chromium vulnerabilities are known, but fixes for QtWebEngine can be found in git and the editors take the view that known vulnerabilities in browsers should be fixed.
The tarball linked to below was created from the 5.15.15 git branch and the 87-branch of the chromium submodule (which is forked from chromium). See the GIT-VERSIONS file in the tarball for details of the latest commits.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
By default, ninja will use all online CPUs +2 (if at least 4 exist), even if they are not available to the current task because the build terminal has been restricted with 'taskset'. In BLFS, this package takes more time to build than any other. In one example, the build of this package crashed at about the 90 percent point due to an out of memory problem on a system with 24 cores and 32 GB of memory.
To work around this, see the Command Explanations below.
If you are upgrading and have installed a newer version of ICU-73.2 since you last installed Qt-5.15.10, you will need to reinstall Qt5 before upgrading, otherwise the final link of this package will fail with a warning that the version of icu libraries needed by libQt5Core.so may conflict with the version used for this package.
Unusually, the shipped GN build system (used to create the
Ninja files) requires a static libstdc++.a although the installed
libraries correctly use the shared version. If that static
library is not present, the build will fail quite quickly.
Please note that if you try to build webengine as part of
Qt and the static library
is not available, that build will either complete without
installing webengine, or else fail during the install (both
variants were observed in 5.12.0).
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/qtwebengine/qtwebengine-5.15.15.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 296f61f84a489088ffd237fbcd052c9e
Download size: 307 MB
Estimated disk space required: 5.1 GB (153 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 73 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
nodejs-18.17.1, nss-3.92, pciutils-3.10.0, and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-components-5.15.10 with qtlocation and qtwebchannel)
If these packages are not installed, the build process will compile and install its own (perhaps older) version, with the side effect of increasing build and installed disk space and build time.
either alsa-lib-1.2.9 or PulseAudio-16.1 (or both), FFmpeg-6.0, ICU-73.2 (built before libxml2-2.10.4) , libwebp-1.3.1, libxslt-1.1.38, and Opus-1.3.1
libevent-2.1.12, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, pipewire-0.3.77, Poppler-23.08.0, jsoncpp, libsrtp, snappy
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qtwebengine
Apply a patch to fix several issues that can prevent the build from completing, and to force it to use python3:
patch -Np1 -i ../qtwebengine-5.15.15-build_fixes-1.patch
Apply a patch that resolves problems when building with ffmpeg-5 and later:
patch -Np1 -i ../qtwebengine-5.15.15-ffmpeg5_fixes-1.patch
Although the build_fixes patch has ensured that git is not
invoked during the build, the build system has labyrinthine
rules of byzantine complexity, and in particular trying to
build without two .git
directories will lead to it eventually falling into
unexpected and unbuildable code which references a private
header that has not been created. Avoid this by creating the
required directories:
mkdir -pv .git src/3rdparty/chromium/.git
Because this version of qtwebengine is aimed at a later release than the current public releases, change it to build for qt-5.15.10 using a sed:
sed -e '/^MODULE_VERSION/s/5.*/5.15.10/' -i .qmake.conf
Now, ensure that the local headers are available when not building as part of the complete Qt-5.15.10:
find -type f -name "*.pr[io]" | xargs sed -i -e 's|INCLUDEPATH += |&$$QTWEBENGINE_ROOT/include |'
Next, allow the pulseaudio library to be linked at build time, instead of run time. This also prevents an issue with newer pulseaudio:
sed -e '/link_pulseaudio/s/false/true/' \
-i src/3rdparty/chromium/media/media_options.gni
Next, fix the build tools so they can be run with Python-3.11+:
sed -e 's/\^(?i)/(?i)^/' \
-i src/3rdparty/chromium/tools/metrics/ukm/ukm_model.py &&
sed -e "s/'rU'/'r'/" \
-i src/3rdparty/chromium/tools/grit/grit/util.py
Finally, fix a change in the build system which allows its developers to pass e.g. -j20 to make (for quick tests of some areas) but breaks the build with LFS's use of the NINJAJOBS environment variable:
sed -i 's/NINJAJOBS/NINJA_JOBS/' src/core/gn_run.pro
Install qtwebengine by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && qmake .. -- -system-ffmpeg -proprietary-codecs -webengine-icu && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Remove references to the build directory from installed
library dependency (prl) files by running the following
commands as the root user:
find $QT5DIR/ -name \*.prl \
-exec sed -i -e '/^QMAKE_PRL_BUILD_DIR/d' {} \;
qmake: This will build the included copy of ninja if it is not already installed and use it to configure the build.
-- -system-ffmpeg -proprietary-codecs -webengine-icu: If any options are passed to qmake they must come after '--' which must follow '..' that points to the main directory. The options here cause it to use system ffmpeg and system icu. The '-proprietary-codecs' option allows ffmpeg to decode H264 and H265 codecs. If built as part of full Qt5, the system icu is automatically used (only) by Qt5Core if it is available, but unless this option is used webengine will always use its shipped copy of icu, adding time and space to the build.
-webengine-jumbo-build 0: If this
is added to the qmake command it will cause the 'Jumbo Build
Merge Limit' to be reported as 'no' instead of 8. That turns
off the jumbo build. Some distros do that to get a smaller
build on some architectures such as MIPS. On x86_64 it might
save a little space in the build, but the build time will
increase by a very large amount.
-webengine-kerberos: Add this if
you have installed MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2 and wish
to connect from a browser using QtWebEngine to a webserver
which requires you to connect via kerberos.
NINJAJOBS=4 make: If you patched
system ninja in LFS to recognize the NINJAJOBS environment
variable, this command will run system ninja with the
specified number of jobs (i.e. 4). There are several reasons
why you might want to use options like this this:
Building on a subset of CPUs allows measuring the build
time for a smaller number of processors, and/or running
other CPU-intensive tasks at the same time. For an
editor on a machine with a lot of CPUs, trying to
measure the build time for a 4-CPU machine,
NINJAJOBS=4 make will give
a reasonable approximation (there is a short period
where N+2 python and node jobs run).
On a machine with only 4 CPUs online, the default of scheduling N+2 jobs for qtwebengine is slower by between 3% and 7%, probably because of the size of the C++ files and their many includes and templates. Therefore, if in doubt set NINJAJOBS to the number of CPUs.
Reducing the number of cores being used on long running, CPU intensive packages may alleviate heat problems.
Reducing the number of cores will prevent potential out-of-memory problems on systems that do not have enough memory (or swap) when all cores are active. A suggested approach is to limit the number of cores to about one core for each 1.5 GB of combined RAM and swap space.
If you are upgrading from an older minor version of this
application, for some webpages to load you may need to
clear the browser
caches, e.g. for falkon
they will be found in ~/.cache/falkon/. You will need to do
this if the browser starts to render the page and then
changes to a blank tab with a message that something went
wrong, and a button to Retry. Even after removing the old
caches, you may need to retry a few times for each affected
tab.
If a browser using this package fails to run and when run from a term it reports 'Trace/breakpoint trap' that is probably a kernel configuration issue - there is no need to rebuild QtWebEngine, see the next section, recompile the kernel and reboot to the new kernel.
This package does not require any of the optional kernel namespace items, but if User namespace is enabled (as happens in some unit files, for hardening) PID namespace must also be enabled. In that case enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
General setup ---> -*- Namespaces support ---> [NAMESPACES] # Enable or disable *both* of them: [ /*] User namespace [USER_NS] [ /*] PID Namespaces [PID_NS]
|
converts hunspell dictionaries ( |
|
|
is a libexec program which runs a zygote process (one that listens for spawn requests from a master process and will fork itself in response) |
|
|
provides QML types for rendering web content within a QML application |
|
|
provides public API shared by both QtWebEngine and QtWebEngineWidgets |
|
|
provides a web browser engine as well as C++ classes to render and interact with web content |
The startup-notification
package contains startup-notification libraries. These are
useful for building a consistent manner to notify the user
through the cursor that the application is loading.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/startup-notification/releases/startup-notification-0.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2cd77326d4dcaed9a5a23a1232fb38e9
Download size: 347 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install startup-notification by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/startup-notification.txt \
/usr/share/doc/startup-notification-0.12/startup-notification.txt
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The Tepl package contains a library that eases the development of GtkSourceView-based text editors and IDEs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/tepl/6.8/tepl-6.8.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/tepl/6.8/tepl-6.8.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5d29b2c9032a1ba2d33ef9c9c9c7de79
Download size: 164 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, ICU-73.2, libgedit-amtk-5.8.0, libgeditsourceview-299.0.4, and uchardet-0.0.8
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 (for documentation) and Valgrind-3.21.0
Install Tepl by running the following commands:
mkdir tepl-build &&
cd tepl-build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=false:
Disables building the API documentation. Remove if you have
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
build the API documentation.
The WebKitGTK package is a port of the portable web rendering engine WebKit to the GTK+ 3 and GTK 4 platforms.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://webkitgtk.org/releases/webkitgtk-2.41.91.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1140f86d9044fb76be974b65f71737d7
Download size: 39 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 GB (201 MB installed, add 152 MB for GTK-4)
Estimated build time: 35 SBU (for GTK-3, using parallelism=4, add 34 SBU for GTK-4)
Cairo-1.17.6, CMake-3.27.2, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, gst-plugins-bad-1.22.5, GTK+-3.24.38, GTK-4.12.0, ICU-73.2, Little CMS-2.14, libgudev-238, libsecret-0.21.0, libsoup-3.4.2, libtasn1-4.19.0, libwebp-1.3.1, Mesa-23.1.6, OpenJPEG-2.5.0, Ruby-3.2.2, SQLite-3.42.0, unifdef-2.12, Which-2.21, and wpebackend-fdo-1.14.2
bubblewrap-0.8.0, enchant-2.5.0, GeoClue-2.7.0, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, hicolor-icon-theme-0.17, libavif-0.11.1, and xdg-dbus-proxy-0.1.5
Gi-DocGen-2023.1, HarfBuzz-8.1.1, Wayland-1.22.0, WOFF2-1.0.2, ccache, Hyphen, libjxl, and libmanette
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/webkitgtk
This package allows building with either GTK-3 or GTK-4, but not both in the same build. The GTK-4 version is needed for packages such as Epiphany-44.6. Other packages, such as Balsa-2.6.4 or Evolution-3.48.4, require the GTK-3 version. Both versions can be installed side by side on the same system. We give build instructions for both cases below, but the only difference is the setting of -DUSE_GTK4
If you want to install the GTK+-3 version of WebKitGTK, run the following commands:
mkdir -vp build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_SKIP_RPATH=ON \
-DPORT=GTK \
-DLIB_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/lib \
-DUSE_LIBHYPHEN=OFF \
-DENABLE_GAMEPAD=OFF \
-DENABLE_MINIBROWSER=ON \
-DENABLE_DOCUMENTATION=OFF \
-DUSE_WOFF2=OFF \
-DUSE_GTK4=OFF \
-DUSE_WPE_RENDERER=ON \
-DUSE_JPEGXL=OFF \
-DENABLE_BUBBLEWRAP_SANDBOX=ON \
-Wno-dev -G Ninja .. &&
ninja
This package does not have a working test suite. However, there is a usable basic graphical web browser in the build directory, build/bin/MiniBrowser. If launching it fails, there is a problem with the build.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
As the -DENABLE_DOCUMENTATION=OFF
option is used, the documentation is not rebuilt nor
installed now. If you need the documentation, you can either
install Gi-DocGen-2023.1 and remove this
option from the cmake command, or install
the pre-built documentation instead:
install -vdm755 /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{jsc-glib,webkit2gtk{,-web-extension}}-4.1 &&
install -vm644 ../Documentation/jsc-glib-4.1/* \
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/jsc-glib-4.1 &&
install -vm644 ../Documentation/webkit2gtk-4.1/* \
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/webkit2gtk-4.1 &&
install -vm644 ../Documentation/webkit2gtk-web-extension-4.1/* \
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/webkit2gtk-web-extension-4.1
If you want to install the GTK4 version of WebKitGTK, run the following commands:
rm -rf * .[^.]* &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_SKIP_RPATH=ON \
-DPORT=GTK \
-DLIB_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/lib \
-DUSE_LIBHYPHEN=OFF \
-DENABLE_GAMEPAD=OFF \
-DENABLE_MINIBROWSER=ON \
-DENABLE_DOCUMENTATION=OFF \
-DUSE_WOFF2=OFF \
-DUSE_GTK4=ON \
-DUSE_JPEGXL=OFF \
-DUSE_WPE_RENDERER=ON \
-DENABLE_BUBBLEWRAP_SANDBOX=ON \
-Wno-dev -G Ninja .. &&
ninja
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-DUSE_LIBHYPHEN=OFF:
This switch disables the default automatic hyphenation
implementation. You need to install Hyphen
if you wish to enable it (replacing OFF with ON or just
removing the switch).
-DENABLE_DOCUMENTATION=OFF:
This switch disables regenerating the documentation. Remove
this switch if you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and
wish to regenerate the documentation.
-DENABLE_GAMEPAD=OFF:
This switch disables gamepad support. Remove this switch if
you have libmanette
installed and wish to enable it.
-DENABLE_MINIBROWSER=ON: This
switch enables compiling and installing the MiniBrowser.
-DUSE_WPE_RENDERER=ON: This
switch uses the WPE renderer, which is recommended by
upstream.
-DUSE_JPEGXL=OFF:
This switch turns off support for JPEG-XL images. Remove it
if you have the optional package libjxl installed.
-DENABLE_BUBBLEWRAP_SANDBOX=ON:
This switch enables the Bubblewrap sandbox, which helps
mitigate the impact of most security vulnerabilities in this
package. Change this switch to OFF if you do not want to
install bubblewrap-0.8.0 and xdg-dbus-proxy-0.1.5, but note
that this may put you at risk.
-DUSE_SYSTEM_MALLOC=ON: This
switch enables building against the system installed
malloc.
-DENABLE_GEOLOCATION=OFF: Use
this switch if you don't want to install GeoClue-2.7.0.
-DUSE_AVIF=OFF: Use this switch
if you don't want to install libavif-0.11.1. Note that you will
not have support for AVIF images if you do this.
-DUSE_WOFF2=ON: Use this switch
if the optional package WOFF2-1.0.2 is installed. This adds
additional support for fonts.
|
allows debugging and automation of web pages and browsers |
|
|
contains core JavaScript API functions used by
jsc
and |
|
|
contains core JavaScript API functions used by
jsc
and |
|
|
contains the WebKit2 API functions |
|
|
contains the WebKit API functions for GTK-4 applications |
Display Managers are graphical programs used for starting the graphical display (currently, the X server) and providing a login capability for a Window Manager or Desktop Environment.
There are many Display Managers available. Some of the more well known include: gdm, kdm (deprecated), LightDM, lxdm, Slim, and sddm.
Among the Desktop Environments available for Linux you find: Enlightenment, GNOME, Plasma, lxde, LXQt, and xfce.
Choosing a Display Manager or Desktop Environment is highly subjective. The choice depends on the look and feel of the packages, the resources (memory and disk space) required, and the utilities included.
In this chapter, the installation instructions of some Display Managers are presented. Later in the book, you will find other ones, which are provided as part of some Desktop Environments.
GDM is a system service that is responsible for providing graphical logins and managing local and remote displays.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gdm/44/gdm-44.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gdm/44/gdm-44.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8b857cf6510cc038538399aaaeaa0dff
Download size: 836 KB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
AccountsService-23.13.9, DConf-0.40.0, libcanberra-0.30 (built after GTK+-3.24.38), and Linux-PAM-1.5.3
It is recommended to have a dedicated user and group to take
control of the gdm daemon after it is
started. Issue the following commands as the root user:
groupadd -g 21 gdm &&
useradd -c "GDM Daemon Owner" -d /var/lib/gdm -u 21 \
-g gdm -s /bin/false gdm &&
passwd -ql gdm
Install GDM by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgdm-xsession=true \
-Drun-dir=/run/gdm &&
ninja
This package does not come with a usable test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dinitial-vt=7: Use this switch
to make GDM start on VT7
instead of the first free VT.
-Ddefault-pam-config=lfs: Use
this switch if you did not create the /etc/lfs-release file or distribution auto
detection will fail and you will be unable to use
GDM.
-Dgdm-xsession=true:
This enables the installation of the GDM Xsession file.
The GDM daemon is configured using the /etc/gdm/custom.conf file. Default values
are stored in GSettings in the gdm.schemas file. It is recommended that
end-users modify the /etc/gdm/custom.conf file because the
schemas file may be overwritten when the user updates their
system to have a newer version of GDM.
On some systems with NVIDIA GPUs, GDM will hide Wayland
sessions by default. This is often done to prevent users
from encountering problems with buggy drivers, which can
result in system lockups, application crashes, power
management problems, and graphics slowdowns. If you have an
NVIDIA GPU and still want to try running Wayland sessions
anyway, execute the following command as the root user:
ln -s /dev/null /etc/udev/rules.d/61-gdm.rules
The lightdm package contains a lightweight display manager based upon GTK.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/CanonicalLtd/lightdm/releases/download/1.32.0/lightdm-1.32.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e62a5da6c35f612e4d9575eda5c8d467
Download size: 508 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
The greeter is a program to present a graphical login screen. There are several alternative greeters, but the gtk+ package is the reference implementation. For a list of other greeters, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LightDM.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/Xubuntu/lightdm-gtk-greeter/releases/download/lightdm-gtk-greeter-2.0.8/lightdm-gtk-greeter-2.0.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 373c73c67367df511eb544e09a2da281
Download size: 569.7 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Exo-4.18.0 (for the greeter), libgcrypt-1.10.2, itstool-2.0.7, Linux-PAM-1.5.3, and Xorg-Server-21.1.8 (Runtime)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, libxklavier-5.4, and Vala-0.56.11
AccountsService-23.13.9 (run time), at-spi2-core-2.48.3, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10), libido, and libindicator
First, create a dedicated user and group to take control of
the lightdm
daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as
the root user:
groupadd -g 65 lightdm &&
useradd -c "Lightdm Daemon" \
-d /var/lib/lightdm \
-u 65 -g lightdm \
-s /bin/false lightdm
Install lightdm by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/lightdm \
--localstatedir=/var \
--sbindir=/usr/bin \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--disable-tests \
--with-greeter-user=lightdm \
--with-greeter-session=lightdm-gtk-greeter \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/lightdm-1.32.0 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && cp tests/src/lightdm-session /usr/bin && sed -i '1 s/sh/bash --login/' /usr/bin/lightdm-session && rm -rf /etc/init && install -v -dm755 -o lightdm -g lightdm /var/lib/lightdm && install -v -dm755 -o lightdm -g lightdm /var/lib/lightdm-data && install -v -dm755 -o lightdm -g lightdm /var/cache/lightdm && install -v -dm770 -o lightdm -g lightdm /var/log/lightdm
Now build the greeter:
tar -xf ../lightdm-gtk-greeter-2.0.8.tar.gz &&
cd lightdm-gtk-greeter-2.0.8 &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/lightdm \
--sbindir=/usr/bin \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-libxklavier \
--enable-kill-on-sigterm \
--disable-libido \
--disable-libindicator \
--disable-static \
--disable-maintainer-mode \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/lightdm-gtk-greeter-2.0.8 &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you installed Xorg in /opt, you will need to create a
symbolic link so lightdm can find the Xorg server. As the
root user:
ln -sf /opt/xorg/bin/Xorg /usr/bin/X
sed ... /usr/bin/lightdm-session: This command ensures that the initial login via the greeter sources /etc/profile and ~/.bash_profile. Without this, commands that depend on different environment variables may not work as expected.
Install the lightdm.service
unit included in the blfs-systemd-units-20230816
package:
make install-lightdm
The greeter offers a list of available sessions, depending
on the Window Managers and Desktop Environments installed.
The list includes sessions which have a corresponding
.desktop file installed under
/usr/share/xsessions. Most of
the Window Managers and Desktop Environments automatically
provide those files, but if necessary, you may include a
custom one.
The sddm package contains a lightweight display manager based upon Qt and QML.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/sddm/sddm/archive/v0.20.0/sddm-0.20.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7af67d5fb767639861d35c80eb4e1191
Download size: 3.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4
CMake-3.27.2, extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0, and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
docutils-0.20.1 (for the man pages), Linux-PAM-1.5.3, and UPower-1.90.2
First, create a dedicated user and group to take control of
the sddm daemon
after it is started. Issue the following commands as the
root user:
groupadd -g 64 sddm &&
useradd -c "sddm Daemon" \
-d /var/lib/sddm \
-u 64 -g sddm \
-s /bin/false sddm
Install sddm by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DRUNTIME_DIR=/run/sddm \
-DBUILD_MAN_PAGES=ON \
-DDATA_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/share/sddm \
-DDBUS_CONFIG_FILENAME=sddm_org.freedesktop.DisplayManager.conf \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -dm755 -o sddm -g sddm /var/lib/sddm /usr/bin/sddm --example-config > /etc/sddm.conf
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply additional compiler
optimizations.
-DDBUS_CONFIG_FILENAME=sddm_org.freedesktop.DisplayManager.conf:
This switch prevents the file /etc/dbus-1/system.d/org.freedesktop.DisplayManager.conf
from being overwritten, as it may be used by other DM's.
-DBUILD_MAN_PAGES=ON: This switch
is used to build and install man pages.
/etc/sddm.config
Normally, you want to edit this file. For example, if Xorg
is installed in /opt, use your preferred editor as the
root user to replace the
default XauthPath
value by /opt/xorg/bin/xauth. Or, as the
root user, issue:
sed -i.orig '/ServerPath/ s|usr|opt/xorg|' /etc/sddm.conf
This command will do the substitution and create a copy of
the original file with name /etc/sddm.conf.orig.
From now on, we will describe how to modify configurations
using sed. Of course, you may instead use your preferred
editor as the root user.
For security reasons, you normally want the default
ServerArguments=-nolisten
tcp, unless a remote machine needs access to
the local X server. In that case, as the root user, issue:
sed -i 's/-nolisten tcp//' /etc/sddm.conf
Desktop (Notebook) users, normally want the Num Lock key on
(off). For that, as root,
issue:
sed -i 's/none/on/' /etc/sddm.conf
for Desktop users. For Notebook users, replace /on/ by /off/ in the command above.
By default, a virtual keyboard is presented for the user.
If this is not desired, run as root:
sed -i 's/qtvirtualkeyboard//' /etc/sddm.conf
Enable the pre-installed systemd unit by running the
following command as the root user:
systemctl enable sddm
The install procedure above installed a set of PAM configuration files. These procedures overwrite them and use versions compatible with a BLFS environment.
If you have built sddm
with Linux PAM support,
create the necessary configuration files by running the
following commands as the root user:
cat > /etc/pam.d/sddm << "EOF" &&# Begin /etc/pam.d/sddm auth requisite pam_nologin.so auth required pam_env.so auth required pam_succeed_if.so uid >= 1000 quiet auth include system-auth account include system-account password include system-password session required pam_limits.so session include system-session # End /etc/pam.d/sddmEOF cat > /etc/pam.d/sddm-autologin << "EOF" &&# Begin /etc/pam.d/sddm-autologin auth requisite pam_nologin.so auth required pam_env.so auth required pam_succeed_if.so uid >= 1000 quiet auth required pam_permit.so account include system-account password required pam_deny.so session required pam_limits.so session include system-session # End /etc/pam.d/sddm-autologinEOF cat > /etc/pam.d/sddm-greeter << "EOF"# Begin /etc/pam.d/sddm-greeter auth required pam_env.so auth required pam_permit.so account required pam_permit.so password required pam_deny.so session required pam_unix.so -session optional pam_systemd.so # End /etc/pam.d/sddm-greeterEOF
The greeter offers a list of available sessions, depending
on the Window Managers and Desktop Environments installed.
The list includes sessions which have a corresponding
.desktop file installed under
/usr/share/xsessions or
/usr/share/wayland-sessions.
Most of the Window Managers and Desktop Environments
automatically provide those files, but if necessary, you
may include a custom one.
Three themes are installed at /usr/share/sddm/themes: elarun, maldives,
and maya. There is also a default theme, which is not
present in that directory. You can install other themes in
that directory. In order to change the theme, you need to
edit /etc/sddm.conf, to
change the default (empty) theme, replacing “Current=” with “Current=<new
theme>”, e.g. “Current=maldives”.
In order to see the theme without leaving the session, issue:
sddm-greeter --test-mode --theme <theme path>
Window Managers and Desktop Environments are the primary user interfaces into the X Window System. A window manager is a program that controls the appearance of windows and provides the means by which the user can interact with them. A Desktop Environment provides a more complete interface to the operating system, and provides a range of integrated utilities and applications.
There are many Window Managers available. Some of the more well known ones include fvwm2, Window Maker, AfterStep, Enlightenment, Sawfish, and Blackbox.
The Desktop Environments available for Linux are GNOME, KDE, and XFce.
Choosing a Window Manager or Desktop Environment is highly subjective. The choice depends on the look and feel of the packages, the resources (RAM, disk space) required, and the utilities included. One web site that provides a very good summary of what is available, screenshots, and their respective features is Window Managers for X .
In this chapter, the installation instructions of several Window Managers and one lightweight Desktop Environment are presented. Later in the book, both KDE and GNOME have their own sections.
The Fluxbox package contains a window manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/fluxbox/fluxbox-1.3.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b44afd10ee1e64624c23115aa51dcd55
Download size: 772 KB
Estimated disk space required: 101 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU
dbus-1.14.8 (runtime), FriBidi-1.0.13, and imlib2-1.12.0 (if you wish to use other image formats in addition to XPM)
First, fix a build failure when building with gcc-11.1:
sed -i '/text_prop.value > 0/s/>/!=/' util/fluxbox-remote.cc
Install Fluxbox by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not have a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If Fluxbox is the only
Window Manager you want to use, you can start it with an
.xinitrc file in your home
folder. Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.
echo startfluxbox > ~/.xinitrc
Or alternatively, if you use a login manager like GDM-44.1 or
lightdm-1.32.0, and would like to be
able to choose Fluxbox at
the login prompt, create a fluxbox.desktop file. As root:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/xsessions &&
cat > /usr/share/xsessions/fluxbox.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=Fluxbox
Comment=This session logs you into Fluxbox
Exec=startfluxbox
Type=Application
EOF
If you didn't install GDM-44.1 or lightdm-1.32.0 in /usr, then change that command to fit the
prefix you chose.
Now create the Fluxbox configuration files:
mkdir -v ~/.fluxbox && cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/init ~/.fluxbox/init && cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/keys ~/.fluxbox/keys
To generate the application menu, first you may wish to run
fluxbox-generate_menu
-h, in order to choose any <user_options>, then
issue:
cd ~/.fluxbox &&
fluxbox-generate_menu <user_options>
Alternately, copy a pregenerated menu:
cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/menu ~/.fluxbox/menu
Menu items are added by editing ~/.fluxbox/menu. The syntax is explained
on the fluxbox man page.
If you want to use an image as your desktop background,
copy the theme you like into ~/.fluxbox. Then add a line to make it
use the correct image. In the following command, change
<theme> for
the name of the theme you want and change </path/to/nice/image.ext>
to point to the actual image you want to use, where
ext must be
“xpm”, if imlib2-1.12.0 is not
installed to allow other image formats.
cp -r /usr/share/fluxbox/styles/<theme> ~/.fluxbox/theme && sed -i 's,\(session.styleFile:\).*,\1 ~/.fluxbox/theme,' ~/.fluxbox/init && [ -f ~/.fluxbox/theme ] && echo "background.pixmap: </path/to/nice/image.ext>" >> ~/.fluxbox/theme || [ -d ~/.fluxbox/theme ] && echo "background.pixmap: </path/to/nice/image.ext>" >> ~/.fluxbox/theme/theme.cfg
In some locales the font specified in the theme may not
contain the needed characters. This results in menus with
blank items. You can fix this by editing ~/.fluxbox/theme with a text editor and
altering it so that it names a suitable font.
|
is a window manager for X11 based on Blackbox 0.61.0 |
|
|
is a utility that sets the background image. It requires one of the following at runtime: Esetroot, wmsetbg, feh, hsetroot, chbg, display, qiv, xv, xsri, xli, or xsetbg. It also requires which if Esetroot is found |
|
|
is a utility to change root window appearance based on the Blackbox application bsetroot |
|
|
is a utility that generates a menu by scanning your
|
|
|
is a session startup script that allows for command executions prior to fluxbox starting |
|
|
displays a run dialog window |
|
|
provides command line access to key commands for Fluxbox |
|
|
use to manage config files (reload, update, test) |
IceWM is a window manager with the goals of speed, simplicity, and not getting in the user's way.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ice-wm/icewm/archive/3.4.1/icewm-3.4.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d85cd83a01e5edf419d9bbed994e4eb6
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 47 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
CMake-3.27.2, a graphical environment, and gdk-pixbuf-xlib-2.40.2
asciidoc-10.2.0 (for regenerating the HTML documentation), FriBidi-1.0.13 (for languages written right to left), imlib2-1.12.0, librsvg-2.56.3, libao-1.2.0, libsndfile-1.2.2, and alsa-lib-1.2.9 (for the experimental icesound program)
Install IceWM by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCFGDIR=/etc \
-DENABLE_LTO=ON \
-DCONFIG_GDK_PIXBUF_XLIB=ON \
-DCONFIG_IMLIB2=OFF \
-DDOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/icewm-3.4.1 \
.. &&
make
This package does not have a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This package creates two .desktop files in the /usr/share/xsessions/ directory. Both are
not needed in a BLFS system, so prevent the extra file
showing up as an option in a display manager. As the
root user:
rm -v /usr/share/xsessions/icewm.desktop
-DENABLE_LTO=ON: This
option enables Link Time Optimization and is required for
this package.
~/.icewm/keys, ~/.icewm/menu, and ~/.icewm/preferences, and ~/.icewm/toolbar, and ~/.icewm/winoptions. The default versions
are installed in /usr/share/icewm/ and will be used if you
have not copied them to ~/.icewm.
If IceWM is the only
Window Manager you want to use, you can start it with an
.xinitrc file in your home
folder. Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.
echo icewm-session > ~/.xinitrc
Now create the IceWM configuration files:
mkdir -pv ~/.icewm && cp -v /usr/share/icewm/keys ~/.icewm/keys && cp -v /usr/share/icewm/menu ~/.icewm/menu && cp -v /usr/share/icewm/preferences ~/.icewm/preferences && cp -v /usr/share/icewm/toolbar ~/.icewm/toolbar && cp -v /usr/share/icewm/winoptions ~/.icewm/winoptions
You can now edit these files to meet your requirements. In
particular, review the preferences file. You can use
Logout ->
Restart-IceWM on the main menu to load your
changed preferences, but changes to the background only
take effect when IceWM is
started.
At this point you can either modify the traditional menu files to suit your requirements, or use the newer icewm-menu-fdo described later.
The syntax of the menus is explained in the help files, which you can access by running help from the menu, but some of the detail is out of date and the default selections in the menus (a few old applications on the main menu, everything else on the Programs menu) will benefit from being updated to meet your needs. The following examples are provided to encourage you to think about how you wish to organise your menus. Please note the following:
If a program listed in the menu has not been installed, it will not appear when the menu is displayed. Similarly, if the program exists but the specified icon does not, no icon will be displayed in the menu.
The icons can be either .xpm or .png files, and there is no need to
specify the extension. If the icon is located in the
"library" (/usr/share/icewm/icons) there is no
need to specify the path.
Most programs are in sub-menus, and the main menu
will always append entries for windows, help, settings, logout at
the bottom.
An icon for firefox
was copied to the library directory and given a
meaningful name. The icon for xine is xine.xpm which was installed to a
pixmap directory.
The default toolbar is not altered.
If you wish to use this traditional method, there are more examples in previous releases of this book (e.g. BLFS-7.8).
Alternatively, you can create a menu which conforms to the FDO Desktop Menu Specifications, where programs can be found because they have a .desktop file in the XDG_DATA_HOME or XDG_DATA_DIR directories. Unlike most windowmanagers, icewm does not search for programs when the menu is invoked, so if you take this route you will need to rerun the following command after installing or removing programs:
icewm-menu-fdo >~/.icewm/menu
If you wish to put icons on your desktop, you will need to install a program such as Rox-Filer-2.11 which provides a pinboard. If you do that you will no longer be able to access the menu by right-clicking on the desktop, you will have to use the IceWM button. To ensure that the rox pinboard is running, the following commands will put it in the startup file:
cat > ~/.icewm/startup << "EOF"
rox -p Default &
EOF &&
chmod +x ~/.icewm/startup
There are a number of keyboard shortcuts in IceWM:
Ctrl + Alt + FN : go to
tty.
N
Ctrl + Alt + N : go to desktop
number N
Ctrl + Alt + Space : open a box on the taskbar where you can key in the name of an application and run it.
|
is used to display the html manual |
|
|
is a command-line window manager which can be used
in |
|
|
plays audio files on GUI events raised by IceWM |
|
|
is the window manager |
|
|
can create a file in a format suitable for an IceWM menu, which lists those programs currently installed in a layout conforming to the FDO Desktop Menu Specifications |
|
|
is a helper program used to manage multi-screen configurations |
|
|
runs icewmbg, icewm, icewmtray, startup, shutdown (i.e. startup and shutdown scripts are run if installed) |
|
|
is a script to set the GNOME window manager to icewm using gconftool |
|
|
is used to set the background, according to the
various |
|
|
is used internally to provide hints to the user |
Openbox is a highly configurable desktop window manager with extensive standards support. It allows you to control almost every aspect of how you interact with your desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://openbox.org/dist/openbox/openbox-3.6.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b72794996c6a3ad94634727b95f9d204
Download size: 944 KB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
a graphical environment and Pango-1.50.14 (compiled with support for libXft)
dbus-1.14.8 (runtime), imlib2-1.12.0 (to enable icons in the right click menu), ImageMagick-7.1.1-15 (to show desktop backgrounds as seen in the Configuration Information section below), PyXDG-0.28, startup-notification-0.12, and librsvg-2.56.3
If XORG_PREFIX is not /usr,
tell gcc
about it:
export LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib
If you only installed the Python 3 PyXDG module convert one of the scripts to Python 3:
2to3-3.11 -w data/autostart/openbox-xdg-autostart && sed 's/python/python3/' -i data/autostart/openbox-xdg-autostart
Install Openbox by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/openbox-3.6.1 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This package creates three .desktop files in the /usr/share/xsessions/ directory. Two of
these are not appropriate in a BLFS system, so prevent the
extra files showing up as options in a display manager. As
the root user:
rm -v /usr/share/xsessions/openbox-{gnome,kde}.desktop
--sysconfdir=/etc:
This option puts Openbox's
configuration files in /etc/xdg/openbox instead of
/usr/etc/xdg/openbox.
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/openbox-3.6.1:
this puts a few files in a versioned directory in
/usr/share/doc.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
/etc/xdg/openbox/autostart,
/etc/xdg/openbox/menu.xml,
/etc/xdg/openbox/rc.xml,
~/.config/openbox/autostart,
~/.config/openbox/menu.xml
and ~/.config/openbox/rc.xml
Openbox's right click menu
can be used to launch programs. The menu itself is
configured with 2 files, /etc/xdg/openbox/menu.xml and
~/.config/openbox/menu.xml.
To make changes to the menu, copy /etc/xdg/openbox/menu.xml
to ~/.config/openbox/menu.xml and edit it:
cp -rf /etc/xdg/openbox ~/.config
~/.config/openbox/menu.xml
can be edited with a text editor or you can install
Obmenu (requires
pyxml and
PyGTK-2.24.0).
To have icons in your right click menu requires installing
imlib2-1.12.0 before you install
Openbox. To set an icon
for an entry in the menu edit ~/.config/openbox/menu.xml and add an
icon to the <item> tag like this:
<item label="Mplayer" icon="/usr/share/pixmaps/mplayer.png">
Many other aspects of Openbox's behavior are configured with
~/.config/openbox/rc.xml such
as what keybindings are used to launch programs or which
mouse button launches the main menu.
Details of the theme that Openbox applies to window decorations
are configured in ~/.config/openbox/rc.xml. You can get a
list of the available themes with the command:
ls -d /usr/share/themes/*/openbox-3 | sed 's#.*es/##;s#/o.*##'
To automatically start openbox when you start Xorg:
echo openbox > ~/.xinitrc
If you want to set a background image to your desktop you can use display and launch it from ~/.xinitrc just before openbox:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
display -backdrop -window root /path/to/beautiful/picture.jpeg
exec openbox
EOF
Or if you like a bit of variety, put a selection of images in a folder (in this example, the directory ~/.config/backgrounds) and choose one at random each time you xinit:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
# make an array which lists the pictures:
picture_list=(~/.config/backgrounds/*)
# create a random integer between 0 and the number of pictures:
random_number=$(( ${RANDOM} % ${#picture_list[@]} ))
# display the chosen picture:
display -backdrop -window root "${picture_list[${random_number}]}"
exec openbox
EOF
If you like to have the numlock key set when you start Xorg, install Numlockx and add that to your xinitrc. Another useful application is dbus-1.14.8:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
. /etc/profile
picture_list=(~/.config/backgrounds/*)
random_number=$(( ${RANDOM} % ${#picture_list[*]} ))
display -backdrop -window root "${picture_list[${random_number}]}"
numlockx
eval $(dbus-launch --auto-syntax --exit-with-session)
lxpanel &
exec openbox
EOF
|
is a command line tool to send signals to GDM |
|
|
is a command line utility to invoke the Gnome Panel run dialog/menu |
|
|
is a tool for displaying the properties on an x window. It has a similar functionality to xprop, but allows you to see UTF-8 strings as text |
|
|
is a standards compliant, highly configurable, window manager |
|
|
is a script to launch an Gnome session with
Openbox as your
window manager from your |
|
|
is a script to launch an KDE session with Openbox as your window manager
from your |
|
|
is a script to launch an Openbox session from your
|
|
|
contains the functions used by Openbox for theme rendering |
|
|
is the Openbox toolkit library |
The sawfish package contains a window manager. This is useful for organizing and displaying windows where all window decorations are configurable and all user-interface policy is controlled through the extension language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.tuxfamily.org/sawfish/sawfish_1.13.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fd6ca5be0acbee8ea150945d3fb3ec60
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 52 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
gdk-pixbuf-xlib-2.40.2, rep-gtk-0.90.8.3, and Which-2.21
Install sawfish by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-pango && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This package creates six .desktop files in the /usr/share/xsessions/ directory. All but
one are needed in a BLFS system, so prevent the extra files
showing up as options in a display manager. As the
root user:
rm -v /usr/share/xsessions/sawfish-*.desktop
Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.
cat >> ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
exec sawfish
EOF
Optionally, you can use a Display Manager, such as sddm-0.20.0.
From the developers: “The default menu binding is somewhat obscure; you must middle-click on the background to bring up the menus. (If you have a two-button mouse, try clicking both buttons simultaneously)”. You can find this at sawfish's FAQ.
|
is the extensible window manager using a Lisp-based scripting language |
|
|
is the sawfish about window |
|
|
allows you to connect to a window manager process and evaluate arbitrary Lisp forms |
|
|
is the sawfish configuration manager |
|
|
is a script to run KDE4 using sawfish |
|
|
is a script to run Plasma 5 using sawfish |
|
|
is a script to run mate using sawfish |
|
|
is a script to run Lumina using sawfish |
|
|
is a script to run xfce using sawfish |
Window Managers and Desktop Environments can use icons from
different sources. Generally icons are installed in /usr/share/icons and are independent of
distribution.
The Adwaita Icon Theme package contains an icon theme for GTK+ 3 and GTK 4applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/adwaita-icon-theme/44/adwaita-icon-theme-44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/adwaita-icon-theme/44/adwaita-icon-theme-44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1abae78e6cd50d4055b5c88ffe8b56a5
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
git-2.41.0, GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38 (if present, librsvg-2.56.3 is also required, and gtk-update-icon-cache and gtk-encode-symbolic-svg are run after installing), Inkscape-1.3 and Icon Tools
Install Adwaita Icon Theme by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Breeze Icons package contains the default icons for KDE Plasma 5 applications, but it can be used for other window environments.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.109/breeze-icons-5.109.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 40721040f8c42a60450a94b7975d18e3
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 261 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0 and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
Install Breeze Icons by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev ..
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF:
This parameter disables building the testing framework, which
requires some modules from KDE
Frameworks-5.109.0.
The GNOME Icon Theme package contains an assortment of non-scalable icons of different sizes and themes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-icon-theme/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f14bed7f804e843189ffa7021141addd
Download size: 17 MB
Estimated disk space required: 85 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
GTK+-3.24.38 or GTK+-2.24.33, hicolor-icon-theme-0.17, and icon-naming-utils-0.8.90
Install GNOME Icon Theme by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The GNOME Icon Theme Extras package contains extra icons for the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-icon-theme-extras/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-extras-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme-extras/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-extras-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 91f8f7e35a3d8d926716d88b8b1e9a29
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install GNOME Icon Theme Extras by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The GNOME Icon Theme Symbolic package contains symbolic icons for the default GNOME icon theme.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3c9c0e6b9fa04b3cbbb84da825a26fd9
Download size: 228 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install GNOME Icon Theme Symbolic by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The GNOME Themes Extra package, formerly known as GNOME Themes Standard, contains various components of the default GNOME theme.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-themes-extra/3.28/gnome-themes-extra-3.28.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-themes-extra/3.28/gnome-themes-extra-3.28.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f9f2c6c521948da427f702372e16f826
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38 with librsvg-2.56.3 or both
Install GNOME Themes Extra by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-gtk2-engine: This
switch disables the GTK+-2 theming engine.
--disable-gtk3-engine: This
switch disables the GTK+-3 theming engine.
The hicolor-icon-theme package contains a default fallback theme for implementations of the icon theme specification.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://icon-theme.freedesktop.org/releases/hicolor-icon-theme-0.17.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 84eec8d6f810240a069c731f1870b474
Download size: 52 KB
Estimated disk space required: 340 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install hicolor-icon-theme by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The icon-naming-utils package contains a Perl script used for maintaining backwards compatibility with current desktop icon themes, while migrating to the names specified in the Icon Naming Specification.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://tango.freedesktop.org/releases/icon-naming-utils-0.8.90.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dd8108b56130b9eedc4042df634efa66
Download size: 57 KB
Estimated disk space required: 440 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install icon-naming-utils by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The LXDE Icon Theme package contains nuoveXT 2.2 Icon Theme for LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxde-icon-theme-0.5.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7467133275edbbcc79349379235d4411
Download size: 4.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38 (for gtk-update-icon-cache command)
Install LXDE Icon Theme by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have installed one of the optional dependencies, run
the following command as the root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qf /usr/share/icons/nuoveXT2
The oxygen icons 5 theme is a photo-realistic icon style, with a high standard of graphics quality.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.109/oxygen-icons5-5.109.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cb7872cff65fe1f62815339f40c639d8
Download size: 228 MB
Estimated disk space required: 452 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0 and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
First, enable scalable icons:
sed -i '/( oxygen/ s/)/scalable )/' CMakeLists.txt
Install oxygen-icons5 by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr -Wno-dev ..
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
KDE is a comprehensive desktop environment with a huge number of applications written for it and a huge amount of users. It is based on the Qt framework.
For more information visit the official KDE project site at https://kde.org/.
KDE is a comprehensive desktop environment with a huge number of applications written for it and a huge amount of users. It is based on the Qt framework.
The KDE5 system has two main blocks: the libraries, called KDE Frameworks 5 or KF5, which can be used in other environments, and the desktop environment called KDE Plasma 5. Most of the applications written by the KDE team only use KF5, and do not need the plasma environment.
For more information visit the official KDE project site at https://kde.org/.
The Extra Cmake Modules package contains extra CMake modules used by KDE Frameworks 5 and other packages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.109/extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0baf0a3ded2fed5e0442591dde276c4e
Download size: 324 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
sphinx-7.1.2 (for building documentation) and PyQt (experimental support for building KDE Python bindings)
Install Extra Cmake Modules by running the following commands:
sed -i '/"lib64"/s/64//' kde-modules/KDEInstallDirsCommon.cmake &&
sed -e '/PACKAGE_INIT/i set(SAVE_PACKAGE_PREFIX_DIR "${PACKAGE_PREFIX_DIR}")' \
-e '/^include/a set(PACKAGE_PREFIX_DIR "${SAVE_PACKAGE_PREFIX_DIR}")' \
-i ECMConfig.cmake.in &&
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Unlike other KF5 packages, this module is installed in /usr because it can be used by some non-KF5 packages.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ...
Modules/KDEInstallDirs.cmake: This command
disables applications using cmake from attempting to install
files in a lib64 sub-directory.
sed ...
ECMConfig.cmake.in: This command protects the
global cmake variable
PACKAGE_PREFIX_DIR from being
changed when checking ECM presence: since we install ECM into
/usr, the check would set that
variable to /usr, while most
KDE packages expect it to be set to /opt/kf5 and would fail to build if it is
set to something else.
Phonon is the multimedia API for KDE. It replaces the old aRts package. Phonon needs either the GStreamer or VLC backend.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/phonon/4.11.1/phonon-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d3df5ba646e4b3f11623d998caa40e74
Download size: 308 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
CMake-3.27.2, extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0, GLib-2.76.4, and Qt-5.15.10
At least one of phonon-backend-gstreamer-4.10.0 or phonon-backend-vlc-0.11.3 needs to be installed afterwards for multimedia operation in KDE.
Install Phonon by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of the compiler
optimizations.
This package provides a Phonon backend which utilizes the GStreamer media framework.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/phonon/phonon-backend-gstreamer/4.10.0/phonon-backend-gstreamer-4.10.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 60abf634e961160cd1772d486f4a7097
Download size: 100 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
gstreamer-1.22.5, libxml2-2.10.4, and phonon-4.11.1
gst-plugins-base-1.22.5 (needed for output to ALSA), gst-plugins-good-1.22.5 (needed for output to PulseAudio), gst-plugins-bad-1.22.5 (needed for AAC/M4A support), and gst-plugins-ugly-1.22.5 (needed for MP3 support)
Install Phonon-backend-gstreamer by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of compiler
optimizations.
This package provides a Phonon backend which utilizes the VLC media framework.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/phonon/phonon-backend-vlc/0.11.3/phonon-backend-vlc-0.11.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5ed16d3290b1ca5ed0bafb90e2ffb02e
Download size: 68 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install Phonon-backend-vlc by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of compiler
optimizations.
Polkit-Qt provides an API to PolicyKit in the Qt environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/polkit-qt-1/polkit-qt-1-0.114.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2d20b02bd7ad1cd3f6ce235fc6d7de60
Download size: 60 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
CMake-3.27.2, Polkit-123, and Qt-5.15.10
Install Polkit-Qt by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of the compiler
optimizations.
This library provides a Qt implementation of the DBusMenu specification that exposes menus via DBus.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://launchpad.net/ubuntu/+archive/primary/+files/libdbusmenu-qt_0.9.3+16.04.20160218.orig.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8b90312bd8654e026d814d4db986ce5e
Download size: 48 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
Install libdbusmenu-qt by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DWITH_DOC=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This packages does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to build without debugging symbols and
apply a higher level of compiler optimizations.
-DWITH_DOC=OFF: This
option is set to avoid trying to build the API documentation
which requires obsolete Qt4.
This package provides a custom set of protocol definitions for KDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/plasma-wayland-protocols/plasma-wayland-protocols-1.10.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 28ae1490011ff205cbf8d99be6dd124f
Download size: 42 KB
Estimated disk space required: 0.98 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install Plasma-wayland-protocols by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr ..
Now, as the root user:
make install
The kuserfeedback package contains a framework for collecting user feedback for applications via telemetry and surveys.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/kuserfeedback/kuserfeedback-1.2.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 905f3e9686c15814594956bea084da64
Download size: 204 KB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Install kuserfeedback by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
KF5 can be installed in /usr or
/opt/kf5. The BLFS editors
recommend the latter in the BLFS environment.
One option is to install KDE
Frameworks 5 into the /usr hierarchy. This creates a simpler
setup but makes it more difficult to try multiple versions of
KDE Frameworks.
export KF5_PREFIX=/usr
It is a good idea to add the following variables to your system or personal profiles:
cat >> /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh << "EOF"# Begin kf5 extension for /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh pathappend /usr/lib/plugins QT_PLUGIN_PATH pathappend $QT5DIR/lib/plugins QT_PLUGIN_PATH pathappend /usr/lib/qt5/qml QML2_IMPORT_PATH pathappend $QT5DIR/lib/qml QML2_IMPORT_PATH # End extension for /etc/profile.d/qt5.shEOF cat > /etc/profile.d/kf5.sh << "EOF"# Begin /etc/profile.d/kf5.sh export KF5_PREFIX=/usr # End /etc/profile.d/kf5.shEOF
If qt5 was installed in
/usr, the $QT5DIR/lib/ portions of the above paths
may need to be changed to $QT5DIR/lib/qt5/.
Additionally, if Sudo-1.9.14p3 is installed, these
variables should be available to the super user. Execute the
following commands as the root user:
cat >> /etc/sudoers.d/qt << "EOF"Defaults env_keep += QT_PLUGIN_PATH Defaults env_keep += QML2_IMPORT_PATHEOF cat >> /etc/sudoers.d/kde << "EOF"Defaults env_keep += KF5_PREFIXEOF
A method of building multiple versions installs KDE Frameworks 5 in the /opt hierarchy:
export KF5_PREFIX=/opt/kf5
If you are not installing KDE
Frameworks 5 in /usr,
you will need to make some additional configuration changes.
Best practice is to add those to your system or personal
profile:
cat > /etc/profile.d/kf5.sh << "EOF"# Begin /etc/profile.d/kf5.sh export KF5_PREFIX=/opt/kf5 pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/bin PATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/etc/xdg XDG_CONFIG_DIRS pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/share XDG_DATA_DIRS pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/lib/plugins QT_PLUGIN_PATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/lib/plugins/kcms QT_PLUGIN_PATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/lib/qml QML2_IMPORT_PATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/lib/python3.11/site-packages PYTHONPATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/share/man MANPATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/include CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH # End /etc/profile.d/kf5.shEOF cat >> /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh << "EOF"# Begin Qt5 changes for KF5 pathappend /usr/lib/plugins QT_PLUGIN_PATH pathappend $QT5DIR/plugins QT_PLUGIN_PATH pathappend $QT5DIR/qml QML2_IMPORT_PATH # End Qt5 changes for KF5EOF
Expand your /etc/ld.so.conf
file:
cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"
# Begin KF5 addition
/opt/kf5/lib
# End KF5 addition
EOF
Several KDE Frameworks 5 and
KDE Plasma 5 packages
install files into D-Bus,
Polkit, and systemd directories. When installing
KDE 5 in a location other
than /usr, D-Bus, Polkit, and systemd need to be able to find these
files. The easiest way to achieve this is to create the
following symlinks (as the root user):
install -v -dm755 $KF5_PREFIX/{etc,share} &&
ln -sfv /etc/dbus-1 $KF5_PREFIX/etc &&
ln -sfv /usr/share/dbus-1 $KF5_PREFIX/share &&
ln -sfv /usr/share/polkit-1 $KF5_PREFIX/share &&
install -v -dm755 $KF5_PREFIX/lib &&
ln -sfv /usr/lib/systemd $KF5_PREFIX/lib
Some packages may also install icons from the "hicolor" icon
set. Since that icon set is used by many packages, it is a
good idea to create a symlink to the one in /usr/share to avoid having multiple
installations of hicolor-icon-theme-0.17.
Run the following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 $KF5_PREFIX/share/icons && ln -sfv /usr/share/icons/hicolor $KF5_PREFIX/share/icons
Sometimes, the installation paths are hardcoded into
installed files. This is the reason why /opt/kf5 is used as installation prefix
instead of /opt/kf5-5.109.0.
After installing KDE
Frameworks, you may rename the directory and create
a symlink:
mv /opt/kf5{,-5.109.0}
ln -sfv kf5-5.109.0 /opt/kf5
Later on, you may want to install other versions of
KDE Frameworks 5. To do
that, just remove the symlink and use /opt/kf5 as the prefix again. Which
version of KDE Frameworks
5 you use depends only on where the symlink points.
No other reconfiguration will be needed.
KDE Frameworks 5 is a collection of libraries based on top of Qt5 and QML derived from the monolithic KDE 4 libraries. They can be used independent of the KDE Display Environment (Plasma 5).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
The instructions below build all of the KDE Frameworks packages in one step by using a bash script.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.109
Download MD5 sum: See Below
Download size: 345 MB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 GB (252 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 13 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Boost-1.83.0, extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0, docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2, giflib-5.2.1, libepoxy-1.5.10, libgcrypt-1.10.2, libical-3.0.16, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, libxslt-1.1.38, lmdb-0.9.31, qca-2.3.7, qrencode-4.1.1, phonon-4.11.1, plasma-wayland-protocols-1.10.0, shared-mime-info-2.2, URI-5.17, and Wget-1.21.4 (required to download the packages)
Aspell-0.60.8 (Dictionary backend for Sonnet), Avahi-0.8 (DNS-SD backend for KDNSSD), libdbusmenu-qt-0.9.3+16.04.20160218 (built with qt5), ModemManager-1.18.12 (needed to build ModemManager-Qt), NetworkManager-1.44.0 (needed to build NetworkManager-Qt), PCRE-8.45, and polkit-qt-0.114.0 (Authentication backend for KAuth)
Furthermore, the instructions below assume that the environment has been set up as described in Introduction to KF5.
BlueZ-5.68 (needed to build Bluez-Qt), Datamatrix (deemed recommended for Prison by upstream)
Doxygen-1.9.7 (Run time), doxypypy-0.8.8.7, doxyqml-0.5.2, PyYAML-6.0.1, and requests-2.31.0
JasPer-4.0.0, libavif-0.11.1, libraw-0.21.1, libheif, libjxl, and OpenEXR
UDisks-2.10.0, UPower-1.90.2 and media-player-info (runtime)
GPGME-1.21.0, built with C++ bindings (which is the default).
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kf5
The easiest way to get the KDE Frameworks packages is to use a single wget to fetch them all at once:
url=https://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.109/
wget -r -nH -nd -A '*.xz' -np $url
The options used here are:
-r recurse through child directories
-nH disable generation of host-prefixed directories
-nd do not create a hierarchy of directories
-A '*.xz' just get the *.xz files
-np don't get parent directories
The order of building files is important due to internal dependencies. Create the list of files in the proper order as follows:
cat > frameworks-5.109.0.md5 << "EOF"
b025406c6818d92ad3fedd585bd8a428 attica-5.109.0.tar.xz
#0baf0a3ded2fed5e0442591dde276c4e extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0.tar.xz
e4cc63aafbbe019ebb8d62f6c02e9d2e kapidox-5.109.0.tar.xz
d096b76119d8d9da91fd112811d2b408 karchive-5.109.0.tar.xz
64087cda04bec6ad068f22ce1e3dcb1e kcodecs-5.109.0.tar.xz
fe2b1c516c2f9caadd6c8e3bf35ffd96 kconfig-5.109.0.tar.xz
b88be3c775bef6277e047f09b531ba1d kcoreaddons-5.109.0.tar.xz
5b00c0b729b5c11d2a5733ea7db5674f kdbusaddons-5.109.0.tar.xz
993090bb9a0e678154382daa0626fa48 kdnssd-5.109.0.tar.xz
3fc1c5e58a8202cd0722aa7ec99ad584 kguiaddons-5.109.0.tar.xz
13b867e8189e91e402e5e9b9aa33b613 ki18n-5.109.0.tar.xz
d8f87c99c0b798f04ac328d7050d2d97 kidletime-5.109.0.tar.xz
777d46bc3c7c7e66804402220dac2df0 kimageformats-5.109.0.tar.xz
e3321430de25b4b16ad48c6c2f168170 kitemmodels-5.109.0.tar.xz
c5efe890400ab8b97270f9a3e821d510 kitemviews-5.109.0.tar.xz
f334911f97cd4592e3b823dfc518f9eb kplotting-5.109.0.tar.xz
67f4605da5e119342e91fc4670114a2b kwidgetsaddons-5.109.0.tar.xz
2b384fcad72c84ccda75f300c14f633c kwindowsystem-5.109.0.tar.xz
4dcacee7da9987c587511634ca90f064 networkmanager-qt-5.109.0.tar.xz
8952c4756ed0bc072a8bad998ed81bc6 solid-5.109.0.tar.xz
8aff00ce75275252f45d915c478279de sonnet-5.109.0.tar.xz
f98889ea3fa22aaeaa9f8a85a602f3a6 threadweaver-5.109.0.tar.xz
62195272670cdec8ceb0fbda4bd8c43b kauth-5.109.0.tar.xz
9b99972d3a25f521c20c04d1867fc3dd kcompletion-5.109.0.tar.xz
fc2f3a9c7d12066b659b46e13a75e97a kcrash-5.109.0.tar.xz
43e0fddae05e83dfb7cd0b0bb5cc11e5 kdoctools-5.109.0.tar.xz
7ccb53e9023ada6a5e08e4d562769ef3 kpty-5.109.0.tar.xz
30d32d8dc23c6ad4915be89831238c54 kunitconversion-5.109.0.tar.xz
eb1a478738f8f5bd5ab7bd23145594b7 kconfigwidgets-5.109.0.tar.xz
2353574c0c41d1f9e274d29fc3f174c3 kservice-5.109.0.tar.xz
8f2118a5544acd0bcb9a2202180e1e27 kglobalaccel-5.109.0.tar.xz
f9ce944b2dcc815e8df677b7018530cd kpackage-5.109.0.tar.xz
737509807d74878037d564ab19f8f4fb kdesu-5.109.0.tar.xz
f8ec4f236ad6d229294003478b2c8660 kemoticons-5.109.0.tar.xz
8d23dcfeaa45d04f3a03b993794c1929 kiconthemes-5.109.0.tar.xz
b108a7c58d5e63248e4043a6e2d5cd3d kjobwidgets-5.109.0.tar.xz
37840b5eff97d1cb6105a276a14f6982 knotifications-5.109.0.tar.xz
520e1568726e76671fdbc3c5180d1e12 ktextwidgets-5.109.0.tar.xz
d52b000182f1530befcb9023db853620 kxmlgui-5.109.0.tar.xz
e230f6ef16e636ed103bd30ee9256d9d kbookmarks-5.109.0.tar.xz
fb90ee7dad377b5fe11cc5a60c0721c5 kwallet-5.109.0.tar.xz
ab29c38a4efbb1c2a8ae844aae1482ea kded-5.109.0.tar.xz
73fc6504264e620b0f9d0ba96c9d8ca4 kio-5.109.0.tar.xz
1d180f9106dd4e55346bf6b68f144594 kdeclarative-5.109.0.tar.xz
a3a6afb25c9d4dd0b027468c318763cb kcmutils-5.109.0.tar.xz
4f555c40672c66df4c6d685bee6c5ae1 kirigami2-5.109.0.tar.xz
f355ac0e56c60d258c242bb5115c5879 syndication-5.109.0.tar.xz
9d263510d765e23f80558e8c83b113fd knewstuff-5.109.0.tar.xz
d3b4d1a97b4c724a99b9920f3931db58 frameworkintegration-5.109.0.tar.xz
3ecd4e79453f9a8b378b87a63a698280 kinit-5.109.0.tar.xz
b65f54d2f7b5c7b54926f147114c3ab4 kparts-5.109.0.tar.xz
7111af3ca1d17b3b085513bf4067557e kactivities-5.109.0.tar.xz
#929785c0f7a5594f4eac30c2f40645d5 kdewebkit-5.109.0.tar.xz
e970abb368b963a075f10f2ef26a95c0 syntax-highlighting-5.109.0.tar.xz
9405ebf54d7c675a39ef00afc81e472d ktexteditor-5.109.0.tar.xz
cd659fa310535c476d3dcb7cba5499f8 kdesignerplugin-5.109.0.tar.xz
b9ce7efb96ee1f88f3d8c505a3c8e8b1 kwayland-5.109.0.tar.xz
08ec7edef427f681dfb3b1533ab0d880 plasma-framework-5.109.0.tar.xz
5e66a95d9998d4874aa1d9004b2bdc50 modemmanager-qt-5.109.0.tar.xz
e66ebdbc5547881e8562bab6a02ce8bb kpeople-5.109.0.tar.xz
a1af96f8f082e4f9fca0ce476528b6ae kxmlrpcclient-5.109.0.tar.xz
91a2f23a8a88b7ac17c94f70b50a6b71 bluez-qt-5.109.0.tar.xz
c796f5097f2185c33a61d8e32a296066 kfilemetadata-5.109.0.tar.xz
2d0a01f671615c6a1559eaa4d73193c2 baloo-5.109.0.tar.xz
#40721040f8c42a60450a94b7975d18e3 breeze-icons-5.109.0.tar.xz
#cb7872cff65fe1f62815339f40c639d8 oxygen-icons5-5.109.0.tar.xz
f09fd15d79bca7374094ea1126e6aef6 kactivities-stats-5.109.0.tar.xz
7c7a7502b568b7c3c45f7c43cefa92e7 krunner-5.109.0.tar.xz
00d1282f4dd770085cf2d72371cd3388 prison-5.109.0.tar.xz
12f3d0a80404bcd1111f5164d8e9dfd0 qqc2-desktop-style-5.109.0.tar.xz
4ca7a857b39d805ba61c94d17cbe6862 kjs-5.109.0.tar.xz
06545a811be0293dc9a79d65ce265a4e kdelibs4support-5.109.0.tar.xz
2c1d3e7d57e6793e7bfbcd7424a199bc khtml-5.109.0.tar.xz
b9ab15ac90dece7fa6b623be95ef40f9 kjsembed-5.109.0.tar.xz
405558700e5518f7e25eb252c0027410 kmediaplayer-5.109.0.tar.xz
e647b806ba546ea010b304f707a9d696 kross-5.109.0.tar.xz
0fc9e9fda1d3a55fd61f655a1dec0b39 kholidays-5.109.0.tar.xz
08946785eb0fa4a3d5b1ac174433f9a7 purpose-5.109.0.tar.xz
c4faaf8fa6587a0b80a0618810e9d41a kcalendarcore-5.109.0.tar.xz
588289805cb18731d9b73ea86236b458 kcontacts-5.109.0.tar.xz
08b2dcd842dfcda7e406d16646b082bb kquickcharts-5.109.0.tar.xz
8612d9d00ff9daeb507548ed9150d00d knotifyconfig-5.109.0.tar.xz
d4e4e96920394601cf599ed8e36bd635 kdav-5.109.0.tar.xz
EOF
In the above list, notice that some files have been commented out with a hash (#) character. The extra-cmake-modules entry has been commented out because it was built earlier in the Introduction to KDE. The icon packages are covered separately at breeze-icons-5.109.0 and oxygen-icons5-5.109.0. The kdewebkit package may be built if the external package QtWebkit has been built.
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.9.14p3 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
If installing in /opt and
there is an existing /opt/kf5 either as a regular directory
or a symbolic link, it should be reinitialized (as
root):
mv -v /opt/kf5 /opt/kf5.old &&
install -v -dm755 $KF5_PREFIX/{etc,share} &&
ln -sfv /etc/dbus-1 $KF5_PREFIX/etc &&
ln -sfv /usr/share/dbus-1 $KF5_PREFIX/share &&
ln -sfv /usr/share/polkit-1 $KF5_PREFIX/share &&
install -v -dm755 $KF5_PREFIX/lib &&
ln -sfv /usr/lib/systemd $KF5_PREFIX/lib
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
while read -r line; do
# Get the file name, ignoring comments and blank lines
if $(echo $line | grep -E -q '^ *$|^#' ); then continue; fi
file=$(echo $line | cut -d" " -f2)
pkg=$(echo $file|sed 's|^.*/||') # Remove directory
packagedir=$(echo $pkg|sed 's|\.tar.*||') # Package directory
name=$(echo $pkg|sed 's|-5.*$||') # Isolate package name
tar -xf $file
pushd $packagedir
# kapidox is a python module
case $name in
kapidox)
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
as_root pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist --no-cache-dir --no-user kapidox
popd
rm -rf $packagedir
continue
;;
esac
mkdir build
cd build
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_PREFIX_PATH=$QT5DIR \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev ..
make
as_root make install
popd
as_root rm -rf $packagedir
as_root /sbin/ldconfig
done < frameworks-5.109.0.md5
exit
Any modules that have been omitted can be installed later by using the same mkdir build; cd build; cmake; make; make install procedure as above.
Sometimes the installation paths are hardcoded into installed files. If the installed directory is not /usr, rename the directory and create a symlink:
mv -v /opt/kf5 /opt/kf5-5.109.0 ln -sfvn kf5-5.109.0 /opt/kf5
-DCMAKE_PREFIX_PATH=$QT5DIR:
This switch is used to allow cmake to find the proper Qt
libraries.
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of the compiler
optimizations.
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF:
This switch is used to prevent building test programs and
libraries that are of no use to an end user.
|
is a tool to check for syntax errors in KDE DocBook XML files |
|
|
is a tool to generate a dependency diagram |
|
|
is a tool to generate a dependency diagram for all frameworks at once |
|
|
is a tool to prepare dot files |
|
|
is a tool to convert a .desktop file to a .json file |
|
|
rebuilds the KService desktop file system configuration cache |
|
|
is a command line interface to the HTTP cookie store used by KDE, a D-BUS service to store/retrieve/clean cookies |
|
|
consolidates several small services in one process |
|
|
is a process launcher somewhat similar to the famous init used for booting UNIX |
|
|
is a command line program used to retrieve information about KDE installation or user paths |
|
|
executes kross scripts written in KDE Javascript, Python, Ruby, Java and Falcon |
|
|
generates widget plugins for Qt(TM) Designer |
|
|
is a daemon use to register the key bindings and for getting notified when the action triggered |
|
|
is KDE ECMAScript/JavaScript engine |
|
|
is a tool for launching KJSEmbed scripts from the command line |
|
|
is a console for kjs5 |
|
|
is a commandline tool for launching kpackage QML application |
|
|
is a command line kpackage tool |
|
|
is a command line tool to retrieve values from KDE configuration files |
|
|
start applications via kdeinit |
|
|
is a telnet service |
|
|
is a helper program to handle the KDE trash can |
|
|
is the wallet manager daemon |
|
|
is a command line tool to write values in KDE configuration files |
|
|
converts DocBook files to HTML |
|
|
is a tool to install, list, remove Plasma packages |
|
|
is a script to extract the text from a tips file |
|
|
is a command line tool to investigate available devices |
The Ark package is a KF5 archive tool. It is a graphical front end to tar and similar tools.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/ark-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 82c23d205843d4384c3323d40491faa8
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4)
KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 and libarchive-3.7.1
cpio-2.14, p7zip-17.04, UnRar-6.2.10, UnZip-6.0, and Zip-3.0
Install Ark by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Kdenlive package is a KF5 based video editor.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/kdenlive-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: db634eb3e9fcb62934275b03f72c99c2
Download size: 12 MB
Estimated disk space required: 199 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU (using parallelism=4)
KDE Frameworks-5.109.0, mlt-7.18.0, and v4l-utils-1.24.1 (runtime)
Install Kdenlive by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The KMix package contains a KF5 based Sound Mixer application.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/kmix-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cda08965eb6ef2cc3f9a71eb98e72ddc
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Install KMix by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The kio-extras package contains additional components to increase the functionality of the KDE resource and network access abstractions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/kio-extras-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6d04c5f39fea1db4b915290ee05df0c9
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 50 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (using parallelism=4)
kdsoap-2.1.1 and KDE Frameworks-5.109.0
libtirpc-1.3.3, Samba-4.18.6, taglib-1.13.1, libmtp, libssh, and OpenEXR
Install kio-extras by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Khelpcenter is an application to show KDE Applications' documentation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/khelpcenter-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b396d6be1120f9ff082f3cfa829622d5
Download size: 4.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (using parallelism=4)
grantlee-5.3.1, KDE Frameworks-5.109.0, libxml2-2.10.4, and xapian-1.4.23
Install khelpcenter by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv -v $KF5_PREFIX/share/kde4/services/khelpcenter.desktop /usr/share/applications/ && rm -rv $KF5_PREFIX/share/kde4
The Konsole package is a KF5 based terminal emulator.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/konsole-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9c978fbdf16353cf5d49b6d40bd8158d
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 53 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (using parallism=4)
In non-plasma environments, the konsole scrollbar and its handle do not show up well. If desired, apply the optional patch to the package:
patch -Np1 -i ../konsole-23.08.0-scrollbar-1.patch
The patch makes the scrollbar light gray with a small white border. The handle is dark gray. If desired, the colors may be changed to taste by editing the patch.
Install Konsole by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Libkexiv2 is a KDE wrapper around the Exiv2 library for manipulating image metadata.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/libkexiv2-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e9f8e29c37fe45f5742aeae1a8dc1efa
Download size: 60 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install libkexiv2 by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Okular is a document viewer for KDE. It can view documents of many types including PDF, PostScript, TIFF, Microsoft CHM, DjVu, DVI, XPS and ePub.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/okular-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a2954ce44781b4535c64be2be27fc5de
Download size: 8.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 84 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (using parallelism=4)
libkexiv2-23.08.0, libtiff-4.5.1, and Poppler-23.08.0 (built with Qt5, required for PDF support)
qca-2.3.7, discount, DjVuLibre, kpimtextedit, libspectre (for PostScript support), libchm, libepub, and Mobipocket
Install Okular by running the following commands:
If any of the optional dependencies are installed, remove the associated reference in the SKIP_OPTIONAL environment variable.
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
SKIP_OPTIONAL='LibSpectre;CHM;LibZip;DjVuLibre;EPub;QMobipocket;Discount'
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-DFORCE_NOT_REQUIRED_DEPENDENCIES="$SKIP_OPTIONAL" \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Libkdcraw is a KDE wrapper around the libraw-0.21.1 library for manipulating image metadata.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/libkdcraw-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cf93cb46fd2d2cad17230bbba78d0687
Download size: 40 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libkdcraw by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Gwenview is a fast and easy-to-use image viewer for KDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/gwenview-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f57eec9534df6f1f738ae9803552f27b
Download size: 6.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 51 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Exiv2-0.28.0, kimageannotator-0.6.1, KDE Frameworks-5.109.0, and Little CMS-2.14
Install Gwenview by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libkcddb package contains a library used to retrieve audio CD meta data from the internet.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/libkcddb-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 68205b64275aeca9d9eeb8c1ab1f6c63
Download size: 444 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Install libkcddb by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The K3b package contains a KF5-based graphical interface to the Cdrtools and dvd+rw-tools CD/DVD manipulation tools. It also combines the capabilities of many other multimedia packages into one central interface to provide a simple-to-operate application that can be used to handle many of your CD/DVD recording and formatting requirements. It is used for creating audio, data, video and mixed-mode CDs as well as copying, ripping and burning CDs and DVDs.
Though k3b can be used to copy almost any DVD to similar medium, it does not provide a way to copy, or reproduce a double-layer DVD onto single-layer medium. Of course, there is not a program anywhere on any platform that can make an exact duplicate of a double-layer DVD onto a single-layer disk, there are programs on some platforms that can compress the data on a double-layer DVD to fit on a single-layer DVD producing a duplicate, but compressed, image. If you need to copy the contents of a double-layer DVD to single-layer medium, you may want to look at the RMLCopyDVD package.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/k3b-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c1cf504d389ee4be923c5604fbf21f97
Download size: 10 MB
Estimated disk space required: 125 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (using parallelism=4)
KDE Frameworks-5.109.0, libkcddb-23.08.0, libsamplerate-0.2.2, and shared-mime-info-2.2
The CD/DVD drive is detected at run time using UDisks-2.10.0, which must therefore be installed before running k3b.
libburn-1.5.6, libdvdread-6.1.3, and taglib-1.13.1
There are programs from three packages that k3b will look for at runtime: Cdrtools-3.02a09 (required to burn CD-ROM media), dvd+rw-tools-7.1 (required to burn or format DVD media), and Cdrdao-1.2.4 (required to burn CD-ROM media in DAO (Disk At Once) mode). If you don't need the capability provided by any of the three packages, you don't have to install it. However, a warning message will be generated every time you run the k3b program if any are not installed.
FLAC-1.4.3, LAME-3.100, libmad-0.15.1b, libsndfile-1.2.2, libvorbis-1.3.7, libmusicbrainz-2.1.5, and Musepack (libmpcdec)
Install K3b by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This section did not provide instructions for all of the available packages in the KDE5 Software Compilation. The included packages were selected based on what most people would want to use on a standard desktop computer.
For a full list of available packages, have a look on the KDE5 servers at https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src.
Some additional packages worth mentioning are:
Juk: A lightweight music player.
Dragon: A video player.
Kcalc: A scientific calculator.
Kwalletmanager: A credentials management application.
Marble: A global map program.
A variety (about 40) of KDE games including: kpat, kfourinline, and kmines.
Some packages will require additional dependencies. To determine what dependencies are needed, run from the top of the source tree:
cmake -Wno-dev -L .
Most of these packages can be built with the standard KDE5 instructions:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
And as the root user:
make install
KDE Plasma 5 is a desktop environment built using KDE Frameworks 5 and QML which runs on top of a fully hardware accelerated graphics stack using Qt5, QtQuick 2 and an OpenGL(-ES) scenegraph.
No additional configuration is needed before building the KDE Plasma 5 because it uses the same configuration that KDE Frameworks 5 uses.
KDE Plasma 5 is a collection of packages based on top of KDE Frameworks 5 and QML. They implement the KDE Display Environment (Plasma 5).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
The instructions below build all of the Plasma 5 packages in one step by using a bash script.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/plasma/5.27.7
Download MD5 sum: See Below
Download size: 258 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 GB (419 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 19 SBU (using parallelism=4)
GTK+-2.24.33, GTK+-3.24.38, KDE Frameworks-5.109.0, kuserfeedback-1.2.0, libpwquality-1.4.5, libqalculate-4.7.0, libxkbcommon-1.5.0, Mesa-23.1.6 built with Wayland-1.22.0, NetworkManager-1.44.0, pipewire-0.3.77, PulseAudio-16.1, qca-2.3.7, sassc-3.6.2, taglib-1.13.1, and xcb-util-cursor-0.1.4
fftw-3.3.10, gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, libdbusmenu-qt-0.9.3+16.04.20160218, libcanberra-0.30, libinput-1.23.0, libpcap-1.10.4, Linux-PAM-1.5.3, lm-sensors-3-6-0, oxygen-icons5-5.109.0, and pciutils-3.10.0
AccountsService-23.13.9, smartmontools-7.4, and Xwayland-23.2.0
GLU-9.0.3, ibus-1.5.28, qtwebengine-5.15.15, Xorg Synaptics Driver-1.9.2, appstream-qt, KDevPlatform, libgps, libhybris, libraw1394, mockcpp, packagekit-qt, Qalculate, Qapt, SCIM, and socat (for pam_kwallet)
qtwebengine-5.15.15 is required for aura-browser. It is also optional for two other packages: libksysguard and kdeplasma-addons. If QtWebEngine is installed later, only these two packages need to be rebuilt. This allows a more complete display in the system monitor application.
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kf5
The easiest way to get the KDE Plasma5 packages is to use a single wget to fetch them all at once:
url=https://download.kde.org/stable/plasma/5.27.7/
wget -r -nH -nd -A '*.xz' -np $url
The options used here are:
-r recurse through child directories
-nH disable generation of host-prefixed directories
-nd do not create a hierarchy of directories
-A '*.xz' just get the *.xz files
-np don't get parent directories
The order of building files is important due to internal dependencies. Create the list of files in the proper order as follows:
cat > plasma-5.27.7.md5 << "EOF"
f8e36636128efc0172b0664df372f350 kdecoration-5.27.7.tar.xz
0f40e7e4ef0675cf06afc828c6056821 libkscreen-5.27.7.tar.xz
fdbbd274867d8013631eb66f889da983 libksysguard-5.27.7.tar.xz
6d0358ed7bbb27557c073cfce675120f breeze-5.27.7.tar.xz
7dac534103b595e861fb923e0a46af8a breeze-gtk-5.27.7.tar.xz
27839d93e7bf42bd8e6e9d822572a3d3 layer-shell-qt-5.27.7.tar.xz
56e13a523dc2b27dd2fe7d17cf87c427 kscreenlocker-5.27.7.tar.xz
1806b24c107c30a0144be0c58361c391 oxygen-5.27.7.tar.xz
b3b25a757de32befe4c282ebc9b928c3 kinfocenter-5.27.7.tar.xz
f992f11ed7704e94809f4a609b444074 kwin-5.27.7.tar.xz
5aa3a8e2e8c97b182cb15090f9149831 plasma-workspace-5.27.7.tar.xz
2b3c139e30eaaf4cf42706c9e6212ca5 plasma-disks-5.27.7.tar.xz
a347a0848863114e96ca25868b1d2483 bluedevil-5.27.7.tar.xz
77731f7530552c096785e938554c5c0e kde-gtk-config-5.27.7.tar.xz
19a17f02655872c827380bd1fc485b50 khotkeys-5.27.7.tar.xz
4777cae88cb32e1dc77d6765f3cf17e3 kmenuedit-5.27.7.tar.xz
a9618c0aa86cf8d0186e146aef644cd7 kscreen-5.27.7.tar.xz
d75c043ef114b2b590f8ede12bb86a24 kwallet-pam-5.27.7.tar.xz
9c4ebb3d608c08c83b87a880b731ef11 kwayland-integration-5.27.7.tar.xz
2d04936cfcdb3da0ecab6b9c7f83339e kwrited-5.27.7.tar.xz
ea10ad5ac86ad2a1f1c0dfdb28918ad8 milou-5.27.7.tar.xz
1640a01420f5885d87e55a3fc3ca8410 plasma-nm-5.27.7.tar.xz
24cdd5610e2b02c774486cdeaf0074f5 plasma-pa-5.27.7.tar.xz
4d941372e2a0ba9fe4a42a668dfd6aeb plasma-workspace-wallpapers-5.27.7.tar.xz
003d40545b13d58a2fa024236c92c18f polkit-kde-agent-1-5.27.7.tar.xz
2708af1b47a164321111220f3e3fb5f8 powerdevil-5.27.7.tar.xz
7f7d2bea26b4d825c9a6e8d57e400a4a plasma-desktop-5.27.7.1.tar.xz
#b8f2c72d4d0ffd37573c1f949e8604aa plasma-desktop-5.27.7.tar.xz
f66aefab6b7b3115ead7cf3966d6e2c6 kgamma5-5.27.7.tar.xz
614a24e70dfdcbf225047951d1bb35af ksshaskpass-5.27.7.tar.xz
#8e9460adae337baab8d80da3422f9e34 plasma-sdk-5.27.7.1.tar.xz
#69bcb008dc0c22bb9dad2f990778b46e plasma-sdk-5.27.7.5.27.7.1.tar.xz
#cba2b18c587dff393bd232d61a35046d plasma-sdk-5.27.7.tar.xz
293fa8cd57834e07c719a055e2b47fbe sddm-kcm-5.27.7.tar.xz
#7857d8972a9cc45cc3b672a6d5ff2b12 discover-5.27.7.tar.xz
#9727481d29a7468420cb1a37a0b36e9e breeze-grub-5.27.7.tar.xz
#157416774eb4bfc57a4e2caf4512f069 breeze-plymouth-5.27.7.tar.xz
cdda9f9d374615768d8a324dae92ad1d kactivitymanagerd-5.27.7.tar.xz
3e8fd694b222d4d6c3d4e2b952099fb0 plasma-integration-5.27.7.tar.xz
#7bd722f2799f4b1c562be46c5b2d0da1 plymouth-kcm-5.27.7.tar.xz
26e40eaf358dc02d71ab5cb511a5b3a8 xdg-desktop-portal-kde-5.27.7.tar.xz
ce2a9be64095829d124d4f83c14a464c drkonqi-5.27.7.tar.xz
410818deea59fc12aa3ed155e350e931 plasma-vault-5.27.7.tar.xz
4636852897f802e64501fbae5e3dfb24 plasma-browser-integration-5.27.7.tar.xz
3febab89d2fca2e67271d5e35723d7be kde-cli-tools-5.27.7.tar.xz
799ec2ab0012e47d2b1660affe5f333e systemsettings-5.27.7.tar.xz
fa9f2208c27d8a3e99c0cbb113087338 plasma-thunderbolt-5.27.7.tar.xz
#c4dbf6737cc9d8d3396214d4bed14abf plasma-nano-5.27.7.tar.xz
#74a1ec9c76b979fb8a3906204c93add4 plasma-mobile-5.27.7.tar.xz
ca0a794b2d65c9c763d0f932b2bd9c1e plasma-firewall-5.27.7.tar.xz
4f3a9803e3741521b1867303b179670a plasma-systemmonitor-5.27.7.tar.xz
29fb63dc5c266b3fe0a2e849f1a1db28 qqc2-breeze-style-5.27.7.tar.xz
2e3689a958a72aa1a09aa6edf471ce11 ksystemstats-5.27.7.tar.xz
08434c4829aefd689c877fe84baa5ad6 oxygen-sounds-5.27.7.tar.xz
#2b1b01328d062d6d9c3d92daaa26d13c aura-browser-5.27.7.tar.xz
a32fedd93e3ecef504ea28ec27cbfd55 kdeplasma-addons-5.27.7.tar.xz
1d759ab0bb02f630385e4dc267aaef6e kpipewire-5.27.7.tar.xz
553afd4e952b601147ca868b7129303d plank-player-5.27.7.tar.xz
51ad32e45ad4a0f5291d1a9ce4efa0f2 plasma-bigscreen-5.27.7.tar.xz
fb25df16ef388f7dbfc163911e7828be plasma-remotecontrollers-5.27.7.tar.xz
#507a8d13920b160b4683b093e90f6088 flatpak-kcm-5.27.7.tar.xz
#9eadbc5ec19e2122f81742e0f38941f7 plasma-welcome-5.27.7.tar.xz
EOF
The breeze-grub, breeze-plymouth, and plymouth-kcm packages above are all for customized support of Plymouth which is designed to be run within an initial ram disk during boot (see the section called “About initramfs”). The plasma-sdk package is optional and used for software development. The plasma-nano package is used for embedded systems and plasma-mobile provides phone functionality for Plasma. The aura-browser package requires qtwebengine-5.15.15. The discover package requires the external package appstream-qt. The plasma-welcome package requires the external package kaccounts-integration. The flatpack-kcm package is for managing support of flatpack applications.
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.9.14p3 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
while read -r line; do
# Get the file name, ignoring comments and blank lines
if $(echo $line | grep -E -q '^ *$|^#' ); then continue; fi
file=$(echo $line | cut -d" " -f2)
pkg=$(echo $file|sed 's|^.*/||') # Remove directory
packagedir=$(echo $pkg|sed 's|\.tar.*||') # Package directory
tar -xf $file
pushd $packagedir
mkdir build
cd build
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
as_root make install
popd
as_root rm -rf $packagedir
as_root /sbin/ldconfig
done < plasma-5.27.7.md5
exit
If you did not set $KF5_PREFIX to
/usr, create symlinks to allow
display managers to find Plasma:
as_root install -dvm 755 /usr/share/xsessions && cd /usr/share/xsessions/ && [ -e plasma.desktop ] || as_root ln -sfv $KF5_PREFIX/share/xsessions/plasma.desktop && as_root install -dvm 755 /usr/share/wayland-sessions && cd /usr/share/wayland-sessions/ && [ -e plasmawayland.desktop ] || as_root ln -sfv $KF5_PREFIX/share/wayland-sessions/plasmawayland.desktop
If you built Plasma with the recommended Linux PAM support, create necessary
configuration files by running the following commands as
the root user:
cat > /etc/pam.d/kde << "EOF"# Begin /etc/pam.d/kde auth requisite pam_nologin.so auth required pam_env.so auth required pam_succeed_if.so uid >= 1000 quiet auth include system-auth account include system-account password include system-password session include system-session # End /etc/pam.d/kdeEOF cat > /etc/pam.d/kde-np << "EOF"# Begin /etc/pam.d/kde-np auth requisite pam_nologin.so auth required pam_env.so auth required pam_succeed_if.so uid >= 1000 quiet auth required pam_permit.so account include system-account password include system-password session include system-session # End /etc/pam.d/kde-npEOF cat > /etc/pam.d/kscreensaver << "EOF"# Begin /etc/pam.d/kscreensaver auth include system-auth account include system-account # End /etc/pam.d/kscreensaverEOF
You can start Plasma5 from a TTY, using xinit-1.4.2.
To start Plasma 5 using xinit-1.4.2, run the following commands:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
dbus-launch --exit-with-x11 $KF5_PREFIX/bin/startplasma-x11
EOF
startx
The X session starts on the first unused virtual terminal, normally vt7. You can switch to another vtn simultaneously pressing the keys Ctrl-Alt-Fn (n=1, 2, ...). To switch back to the X session, normally started at vt7, use Ctrl-Alt-F7. The vt where the command startx was executed will display many messages, including X starting messages, applications automatically started with the session, and eventually, some warning and error messages. You may prefer to redirect those messages to a log file, which not only will keep the initial vt uncluttered, but can also be used for debugging purposes. This can be done starting X with:
startx &> ~/x-session-errors
When shutting down or rebooting, the shutdown messages appear on the vt where X was running. If you wish to see those messages, simultaneously press keys Alt-F7 (assuming that X was running on vt7).
The objective of this section is to build a GNOME desktop.
The Gcr package contains libraries used for displaying certificates and accessing key stores. It also provides the viewer for crypto files on the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gcr/3.41/gcr-3.41.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gcr/3.41/gcr-3.41.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c1e98af977236255006e11e8f8cfbaca
Download size: 1008 KB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests; both using parallelism=4)
GLib-2.76.4, libgcrypt-1.10.2, and p11-kit-0.25.0
GnuPG-2.4.3, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, GTK+-3.24.38, libsecret-0.21.0, libxslt-1.1.38, and Vala-0.56.11
Install Gcr by running the following commands:
sed -i 's:"/desktop:"/org:' schema/*.xml &&
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
.. &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed -e "/install_dir/s@,\$@ / 'gcr-3.41.1'&@" \
-e "/fatal-warnings/d" \
-i ../docs/*/meson.build &&
meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The tests must be run from an X Terminal or similar.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk=false: Use this switch if
you haven't installed GTK+-3.24.38. Note that gcr-viewer will not be installed if this
is passed to meson.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Allow building
this package without Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed. If you
have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and you
wish to rebuild and install the API documentation, a
meson configure
command will reset this option.
The Gcr package contains libraries used for displaying certificates and accessing key stores. It also provides the viewer for crypto files on the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gcr/4.1/gcr-4.1.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gcr/4.1/gcr-4.1.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bb2e957f0ce11a8c527d1d5079ba485f
Download size: 708 KB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests; both using parallelism=4)
GLib-2.76.4, libgcrypt-1.10.2, and p11-kit-0.25.0
GnuPG-2.4.3, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, GTK-4.12.0, libsecret-0.21.0, libxslt-1.1.38, and Vala-0.56.11
Both gcr-3 and gcr-4 are coinstallable. This version of the package is used to support GTK-4 applications, such as gnome-shell-44.3 and Epiphany-44.6.
Install Gcr by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
.. &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed -e "/install_dir/s@,\$@ / 'gcr-4.1.0'&@" \
-e "/fatal-warnings/d" \
-i ../docs/*/meson.build &&
meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The tests must be run from an X Terminal or similar.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk=false: Use this switch if
you haven't installed GTK-4.12.0. Note that gcr-viewer will not be installed if this
is passed to meson.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Allow building
this package without Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed. If you
have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and you
wish to rebuild and install the API documentation, a
meson configure
command will reset this option.
The GSettings Desktop Schemas package contains a collection of GSettings schemas for settings shared by various components of a GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gsettings-desktop-schemas/44/gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gsettings-desktop-schemas/44/gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bfb5047307ce2cc8718ee584fd4cb2bd
Download size: 724 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install GSettings Desktop Schemas by running the following commands:
sed -i -r 's:"(/system):"/org/gnome\1:g' schemas/*.in && mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
sed ... schemas/*.in: This command fixes some deprecated entries in the schema templates.
The libsecret package contains a GObject based library for accessing the Secret Service API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libsecret/0.21/libsecret-0.21.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libsecret/0.21/libsecret-0.21.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 212af4c882ce7e29d15d50c880afc4a8
Download size: 188 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, libgcrypt-1.10.2, and Vala-0.56.11
Gi-DocGen-2023.1 and docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2, libxslt-1.1.38 (to build manual pages), and Valgrind-3.21.0 (can be used in tests)
D-Bus Python-1.3.2, Gjs-1.76.2, PyGObject-3.44.1 (Python 3 module), and tpm2-tss
Any package requiring libsecret expects GNOME Keyring to be present at runtime.
Install libsecret by running the following commands:
mkdir bld &&
cd bld &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
.. &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "s/api_version_major/'0.20.5'/" \
-i ../docs/reference/libsecret/meson.build &&
meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true &&
ninja
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
To test the results, issue: dbus-run-session ninja test.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=false:
Allow building this package without Gi-DocGen-2023.1
installed. If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and
you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation, a
meson configure
command will reset this option.
-Dmanpage=false: Use this switch
if you have not installed libxslt-1.1.38 and DocBook
packages.
-Dgcrypt=false: Use this switch
if you have not installed the recommended dependency of
libgcrypt-1.10.2.
The rest package contains a library that was designed to make it easier to access web services that claim to be "RESTful". It includes convenience wrappers for libsoup and libxml to ease remote use of the RESTful API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/rest/0.9/rest-0.9.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/rest/0.9/rest-0.9.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b997b83232be3814a1b78530c5700df9
Download size: 72 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
JSON-GLib-1.6.6, libsoup-3.4.2, and make-ca-1.12
Gi-DocGen-2023.1, libadwaita-1.3.4 and gtksourceview5-5.8.0 (to build the demo), and Vala-0.56.11
Install rest by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dexamples=false \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
.. &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "/output/s/librest-1.0/rest-0.9.1/" -i ../docs/meson.build && meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=false:
Allow building this package without Gi-DocGen-2023.1
installed. If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and
you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation, a
meson configure
command will reset this option.
-Dexamples=false:
Remove this option if libadwaita-1.3.4 and gtksourceview5-5.8.0 are installed
and you wish to build the demonstration application provided
by this package.
-Dvapi=true: Use this switch if
Vala-0.56.11 is installed and you wish to
build the Vala bindings provided by this package.
The Totem PL Parser package contains a simple GObject-based library used to parse multiple playlist formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/totem-pl-parser/3.26/totem-pl-parser-3.26.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/totem-pl-parser/3.26/totem-pl-parser-3.26.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 69dc2cf0e61e6df71ed45156b24b14da
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, libarchive-3.7.1, and libgcrypt-1.10.2
CMake-3.27.2, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, Gvfs-1.50.6 (for some tests), LCOV, and libquvi >= 0.9.1 and libquvi-scripts - if they are installed, then lua-socket (git) is necessary for the tests
An Internet connection is needed for some tests of this package.
Install Totem PL Parser by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The test named
parser is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The VTE package contains a termcap file implementation for terminal emulators.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/vte/-/archive/0.72.2/vte-0.72.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1954cae9b70ce35bdf1f383b4ddc7d32
Download size: 620 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
GTK+-3.24.38, libxml2-2.10.4, and pcre2-10.42
ICU-73.2, GnuTLS-3.8.1, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, and Vala-0.56.11
Install VTE by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release -Dfribidi=false .. && ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed -e "/docdir =/s@\$@/ 'vte-0.72.2'@" \
-e "/fatal-warnings/d" \
-i ../doc/reference/meson.build &&
meson configure -Ddocs=true &&
ninja
To test the results, issue ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install && rm -v /etc/profile.d/vte.*
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
rm -v /etc/profile.d/vte.*: This command removes two files installed in /etc/profile.d that have no use on a LFS system.
-Dfribidi=false: Omit
this switch if you want to enable bidirectional capabilities.
-Dgnutls=false: Add this switch
if you do not want to enable GnuTLS support.
-Dvapi=false: Add this switch if
you do not want to enable vala bindings.
-Dgtk4=true: Add this switch to
build the GTK4 widget.
The Yelp XSL package contains XSL stylesheets that are used by the Yelp help browser to format Docbook and Mallard documents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/yelp-xsl/42/yelp-xsl-42.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/yelp-xsl/42/yelp-xsl-42.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c41858c78e34bb8b68a535657a3e15d9
Download size: 652 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install Yelp XSL by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The GConf package contains a configuration database system used by many GNOME applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/GConf/3.2/GConf-3.2.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/GConf/3.2/GConf-3.2.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2b16996d0e4b112856ee5c59130e822c
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
dbus-glib-0.112 and libxml2-2.10.4
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, GTK+-3.24.38 and Polkit-123
Install GConf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-orbit \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ln -s gconf.xml.defaults /etc/gconf/gconf.xml.system
--disable-orbit: This
switch is required if ORBit2
is not installed. ORBit2 is
a deprecated package.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
/usr/lib/gio/modules)
|
merges an XML filesystem hierarchy |
|
|
is a command line tool used for manipulating the GConf database |
|
|
reads values out of the users GConf database and stores them in GSettings |
|
|
converts between GConf and GSettings schema file formats |
|
|
provides the functions necessary to maintain the configuration database |
The Geocode GLib is a convenience library for the Yahoo! Place Finder APIs. The Place Finder web service allows to do geocoding (finding longitude and latitude from an address), and reverse geocoding (finding an address from coordinates).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/geocode-glib/3.26/geocode-glib-3.26.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/geocode-glib/3.26/geocode-glib-3.26.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4c0dcdb7ee1222435b20acd3d7b68cd1
Download size: 76 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
JSON-GLib-1.6.6 and libsoup-3.4.2
Install Geocode GLib by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix /usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Denable-gtk-doc=false \
-Dsoup2=false \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: LANG=C ninja test. One test
fails because it needs the sv_SE.utf8 locale, which is not installed by
default in LFS.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Denable-gtk-doc=false: Allow
this package to be built without GTK-Doc-1.33.2. Remove
this parameter if GTK-Doc-1.33.2 is installed and you wish
to rebuild and install the API documentation.
-Dsoup2=false: This
switch forces this package to use libsoup-3 for HTTP requests
instead of libsoup-2. The packages in BLFS that use
geocode-glib now expect libsoup-3 to be used.
Gjs is a set of Javascript bindings for GNOME.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gjs/1.76/gjs-1.76.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gjs/1.76/gjs-1.76.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0dd8d901d88cb4907791256f1cced8d5
Download size: 631 KB
Estimated disk space required: 240 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests; with parallelism=4)
Cairo-1.17.6, dbus-1.14.8, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, and JS-102.13.0
sysprof-3.48.0, Valgrind-3.21.0 (for tests), DTrace, LCOV, and Systemtap
Install Gjs by running the following commands:
mkdir gjs-build &&
cd gjs-build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
--wrap-mode=nofallback \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
--wrap-mode=nofallback: This
switch prevents meson from using subproject
fallbacks for any dependency declarations in the build files,
stopping it downloading any optional dependency which is not
installed on the system.
-Dprofiler=disabled: prevents
building the profiler backend even if sysprof-3.48.0 is
installed.
The gnome-autoar package provides a framework for automatic archive extraction, compression, and management.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-autoar/0.4/gnome-autoar-0.4.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-autoar/0.4/gnome-autoar-0.4.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ac1a423f861ed5765a5d03251c00746d
Download size: 52 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libarchive-3.7.1 and GTK+-3.24.38
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 (for building documentation)
Install gnome-autoar by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dvapi=true \
-Dtests=true \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and
install the API documentation.
The GNOME Desktop package contains a library that provides an API shared by several applications on the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-desktop/44/gnome-desktop-44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-desktop/44/gnome-desktop-44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1f0b7281e462d6dfc8d3888fdaafd2ba
Download size: 748 KB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, GTK+-3.24.38, GTK-4.12.0, ISO Codes-4.15.0, itstool-2.0.7, libseccomp-2.5.4, libxml2-2.10.4, and xkeyboard-config-2.39
bubblewrap-0.8.0 (needed for thumbnailers in Nautilus) and gobject-introspection-1.76.1
Install GNOME Desktop by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
.. &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this
parameter if you wish to build the API documentation.
-Dinstalled_tests=true: Use this
parameter you wish to enable the installed tests.
The GNOME Menus package
contains an implementation of the draft Desktop
Menu Specification from freedesktop.org. It also contains
the GNOME menu layout
configuration files and .directory files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-menus/3.36/gnome-menus-3.36.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-menus/3.36/gnome-menus-3.36.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a8fd71fcf31a87fc799d80396a526829
Download size: 492 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install GNOME Menus by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The GNOME Video Effects package contains a collection of GStreamer effects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-video-effects/0.6/gnome-video-effects-0.6.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-video-effects/0.6/gnome-video-effects-0.6.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: dd2b93c3da1aad22a2e3e3e44402f3d6
Download size: 92 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install GNOME Video Effects by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The GNOME Online Accounts package contains a framework used to access the user's online accounts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-online-accounts/3.48/gnome-online-accounts-3.48.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-online-accounts/3.48/gnome-online-accounts-3.48.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9406339e88caf9ecd11191f96b6cc10e
Download size: 376 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Gcr-3.41.1, JSON-GLib-1.6.6, rest-0.9.1, Vala-0.56.11, and WebKitGTK-2.41.91
The Google API Key and OAuth tokens below are specific to LFS. If using these instructions for another distro, or if you intend to distribute binary copies of the software using these instructions, please obtain your own keys following the instructions located at https://www.chromium.org/developers/how-tos/api-keys.
Install GNOME Online Accounts by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dkerberos=false \
-Dgoogle_client_secret=5ntt6GbbkjnTVXx-MSxbmx5e \
-Dgoogle_client_id=595013732528-llk8trb03f0ldpqq6nprjp1s79596646.apps.googleusercontent.com \
.. &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgoogle_*: These
switches set the BLFS OAuth ID and secret for Google
services.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this switch
if you have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and you wish to
generate the API documentation.
-Dkerberos=true: Use this switch
if you have installed MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2 and wish
to use it with GNOME Online
Accounts.
Grilo is a framework focused on making media discovery and browsing easy for applications and application developers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/grilo/0.3/grilo-0.3.16.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/grilo/0.3/grilo-0.3.16.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e81c4d7e182eb6448b9f0458f52511a3
Download size: 236 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
GLib-2.76.4 and libxml2-2.10.4
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, GTK+-3.24.38, libsoup-3.4.2, totem-pl-parser-3.26.6, and Vala-0.56.11
Install Grilo by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Denable-gtk-doc=false \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Denable-gtk-doc=false: This
option disables generating documentation. If you have
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
generate documentation, remove this option.
|
is a simple playground application that you can use to test the framework and its plugins |
|
|
is a tool that prints out information on available Grilo sources |
|
|
is a tool to run Grilo operations from command line |
|
|
provides the Grilo framework |
|
|
provides Grilo networking helpers for plug-ins |
|
|
provides playlist handling functions |
The libchamplain package contains a Clutter-based widget that is used to display rich and interactive maps.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libchamplain/0.12/libchamplain-0.12.21.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libchamplain/0.12/libchamplain-0.12.21.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2b17ba53d88840f73f22ead3a905f475
Download size: 220 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
clutter-gtk-1.8.4, GTK+-3.24.38, libsoup-3.4.2, and SQLite-3.42.0
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11
Install libchamplain by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The libgdata package is a GLib-based library for accessing online service APIs using the GData protocol, most notably, Google's services. It provides APIs to access the common Google services and has full asynchronous support.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libgdata/0.18/libgdata-0.18.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libgdata/0.18/libgdata-0.18.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 92b058d1a0af5d1b96c86c21820f1eff
Download size: 832 KB
Estimated disk space required: 54 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with tests)
libsoup-2.74.3, gnome-online-accounts-3.48.0, GTK+-3.24.38, JSON-GLib-1.6.6, and Vala-0.56.11
Gcr-3.41.1 and gobject-introspection-1.76.1
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 (for documentation), liboauth-1.0.3 (for OAuth v1 support), and uhttpmock-0.5.3 (required for tests)
Install libgdata by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
-Dalways_build_tests=false \
.. &&
ninja
If you wish to run the test suite, make sure uhttpmock-0.5.3
is installed and remove -Dalways_build_tests=false in
the meson
command line. To test the results, issue: ninja test. Note that the
tests need network access.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=false:
Remove this if you have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and want
to rebuild the documentation with it.
-Doauth1=enabled: Use this option
if you wish to build in support for OAuth v1. Note that you
must have liboauth-1.0.3 installed in order to
enable this option.
The libgee package is a collection library providing GObject based interfaces and classes for commonly used data structures.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libgee/0.20/libgee-0.20.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libgee/0.20/libgee-0.20.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8b9001f47e15ef7a1776ac1f5bb015a0
Download size: 676 KB
Estimated disk space required: 38 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11
Vala-0.56.11 (with Valadoc) and LCOV
Install libgee by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libgtop package contains the GNOME top libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libgtop/2.40/libgtop-2.40.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libgtop/2.40/libgtop-2.40.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c6d67325cd97b2208b41e07e6cc7b947
Download size: 728 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
GLib-2.76.4 and Xorg Libraries
Install libgtop by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The libgweather package is a library used to access weather information from online services for numerous locations.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libgweather/4.2/libgweather-4.2.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libgweather/4.2/libgweather-4.2.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4c0c46102dcb5e813ff698e5f713e4bb
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 95 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
geocode-glib-3.26.4, GTK+-3.24.38, libsoup-3.4.2, and PyGObject-3.44.1
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, libxml2-2.10.4, and Vala-0.56.11
Gi-DocGen-2023.1 (gi-docgen is also
provided as a meson subproject, which will be used if
-Dgtk_doc=false is not passed to
meson),
LLVM-16.0.5 (for clang-format), and
pylint
Install libgweather by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
.. &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "s/libgweather_full_version/'libgweather-4.2.0'/" \
-i ../doc/meson.build &&
meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true &&
ninja
One test needs that the locale files be installed on the system, so it is better to run the tests after installing the package.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
To test the results, issue: LC_ALL=C ninja test. One test, metar, is known to fail.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=false:
Allow building this package without Gi-DocGen-2023.1
installed. If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and
you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation, a
meson configure
command will reset this option.
libpeas is a GObject based plugins engine, and is targeted at giving every application the chance to assume its own extensibility.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libpeas/1.36/libpeas-1.36.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libpeas/1.36/libpeas-1.36.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b3dd31a79c47af0cbf22f2d6bf52bc7d
Download size: 192 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and GTK+-3.24.38
libxml2-2.10.4 and PyGObject-3.44.1
Gi-DocGen-2023.1, Glade, embed, LGI (for LUA bindings, built with LUA-5.1), with either luajit or LUA-5.1
Install libpeas by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
--wrap-mode=nofallback \
.. &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "/docs_dir =/s@\$@/ 'libpeas-1.36.0'@" \
-i ../docs/reference/meson.build &&
meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. An active graphical session with bus address is necessary to run the tests.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
--wrap-mode=nofallback: This
switch prevents meson from using subproject
fallbacks for any dependency declarations in the build files,
stopping it downloading any optional dependency which is not
installed on the system.
-Dvapi=true: Add this switch if
you wish to generate vapi (vala) data.
-Ddemos=false: Add this switch if
you do not wish to build the demo programs.
The libshumate package contains a GTK-4 widget to display maps.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libshumate/1.0/libshumate-1.0.5.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libshumate/1.0/libshumate-1.0.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2e30b5dae91ee473d47a3a0be54d4fd9
Download size: 112 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 (required for gnome-maps)
Install libshumate by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
.. &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed 's/lib_version/version/' -i ../docs/meson.build && meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The libwnck package contains the Window Navigator Construction Kit.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libwnck/43/libwnck-43.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/43/libwnck-43.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cd21ef743a1e9286554401c5b28d5ec6
Download size: 448 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and startup-notification-0.12
Install libwnck by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this option
to build the API reference manual.
The Evolution Data Server package provides a unified backend for programs that work with contacts, tasks, and calendar information. It was originally developed for Evolution (hence the name), but is now used by other packages as well.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/evolution-data-server/3.48/evolution-data-server-3.48.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/evolution-data-server/3.48/evolution-data-server-3.48.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b387f584adf2318e958d7928925d1e37
Download size: 4.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 147 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (using parallelism=4, add 0.1 SBU for tests)
libical-3.0.16, libsecret-0.21.0, nss-3.92, and SQLite-3.42.0
gnome-online-accounts-3.48.0, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, GTK+-3.24.38, ICU-73.2, libcanberra-0.30, libgweather-4.2.0, Vala-0.56.11, and WebKitGTK-2.41.91
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, a MTA (that provides a sendmail command), OpenLDAP-2.6.6, and libphonenumber
Install Evolution Data Server by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DSYSCONF_INSTALL_DIR=/etc \
-DENABLE_VALA_BINDINGS=ON \
-DENABLE_INSTALLED_TESTS=ON \
-DWITH_OPENLDAP=OFF \
-DWITH_KRB5=OFF \
-DENABLE_INTROSPECTION=ON \
-DENABLE_GTK_DOC=OFF \
-DWITH_LIBDB=OFF \
-Wno-dev -G Ninja .. &&
ninja
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
-DENABLE_VALA_BINDINGS=ON: This
switch enables building the Vala bindings. Remove if you
don't have Vala-0.56.11 installed.
-DENABLE_GTK_DOC=OFF:
This switch disables building the API documentation. It is
broken for this package due to the use of a long deprecated
gtk-doc program that is no longer available.
-DWITH_LIBDB=OFF:
This switch allows building this package without Berkeley
DB-5.3.28. This package only uses Berkeley DB-5.3.28 to
import data from very outdated releases. SQLite-3.42.0 is
used for normal operation.
-DENABLE_OAUTH2_WEBKITGTK4=OFF:
Use this switch if you did not build WebKitGTK-2.41.91
with GTK-4.
To enable many of the optional dependencies, review the information from cmake -L CMakeLists.txt for the necessary parameters you must pass to the cmake command.
|
is the Evolution MIME message handling library |
|
|
is the utility library for Evolution Data Server Backends |
|
|
is the client library for Evolution address books |
|
|
is the client library for Evolution contacts |
|
|
is the client library for Evolution calendars |
|
|
is the backend library for Evolution address books |
|
|
is the backend library for Evolution calendars |
|
|
is the utility library for Evolution Data Server |
|
|
is the GUI utility library for Evolution Data Server |
|
|
is the GTK-4 based GUI utility library for Evolution Data Server |
|
|
is the server test utility library for Evolution Data Server |
Tracker is the file indexing and search provider used in the GNOME desktop environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/tracker/3.5/tracker-3.5.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/tracker/3.5/tracker-3.5.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f78a0d145007d9871174be21a49ce9ef
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 51 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
JSON-GLib-1.6.6, libseccomp-2.5.4, and Vala-0.56.11
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, ICU-73.2, libsoup-3.4.2, PyGObject-3.44.1, SQLite-3.42.0, and tracker-miners-3.5.2 (runtime)
asciidoc-10.2.0, Graphviz-8.1.0, libsoup-2.74.3, bash-completion, and libstemmer
Fix the location to install the documentation into:
mv docs/reference/libtracker-sparql/doc/{Tracker-3.0,tracker-3.5.3} &&
sed '/docs_name/s/Tracker-3.0/tracker-3.5.3/' \
-i docs/reference/libtracker-sparql/meson.build
Install Tracker by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dman=false \
.. &&
ninja
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
To test the results, issue: meson configure -Ddebug=true &&
ninja test. The test suite should be run from
a graphical session. One test, tracker: fts / fts, is known to fail due to
an incompatibility with SQLite-3.42.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dman=false: This
switch prevents the build process from generating man pages.
Omit this switch if you have asciidoc-10.2.0 installed and
wish to generate and install the man pages.
meson configure -Ddebug=true: This command enables some debug checks necessary for the test suite. We don't want to enable them for the installed Tracker 3 libraries and programs, so we run the test suite after installation.
The Tracker-miners package contains a set of data extractors for Tracker.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/tracker-miners/3.5/tracker-miners-3.5.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/tracker-miners/3.5/tracker-miners-3.5.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 307705e0ebb45c733f42489230ab14f2
Download size: 7.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with parallelism=4; add 1.0 SBU for tests, dependent on disk speed)
gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, Tracker-3.5.3, Exempi-2.6.4, and gexiv2-0.14.2
giflib-5.2.1, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, gst-plugins-good-1.22.5 (runtime), gst-libav-1.22.5 (runtime), ICU-73.2, libexif-0.6.24, libgrss-0.7.0, libgxps-0.3.2, libseccomp-2.5.4, and Poppler-23.08.0
asciidoc-10.2.0, CMake-3.27.2, DConf-0.40.0, FFmpeg-6.0, libgsf-1.14.50, NetworkManager-1.44.0, taglib-1.13.1, totem-pl-parser-3.26.6, UPower-1.90.2, libcue, libitpcdata, libosinfo, and gupnp
If you plan to run the tests, some timeouts are too short
when using spinning disks. There are two places where
timeouts are used: first, individual tests inside a group
of tests have a default timeout of 10s. This can be changed
by setting the environment variable TRACKER_TESTS_AWAIT_TIMEOUT to the desired
value when running the tests (see below). Second, a global
timeout for a group of tests is fixed at configuration
time. The default value in the functional-tests directory (other
directories have only short lived tests) may be increased
with the following command (replace 200 with a value
suitable for your machine):
sed -i s/120/200/ tests/functional-tests/meson.build
Install Tracker-miners by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dman=false \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue (adjust the individual test timeout to a value suitable for your machine, see the note above):
dbus-run-session env TRACKER_TESTS_AWAIT_TIMEOUT=20 ninja test &&
rm -rf ~/tracker-tests
The tests create files in the user directory (up to 24 MB), so they have to be removed afterwards.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dman=false: This
switch prevents the build process from generating man pages.
Omit this switch if you have asciidoc-10.2.0 installed and
wish to generate and install the man pages.
-Dseccomp=false: This option
disables the seccomp system call filter. On some
architectures, such as i686 and ARM, the functions that
tracker-miners uses are not guarded properly, and
tracker-miners will get killed with a SIGSYS as a result.
-Dminer_rss=false: Use this
option if you have not installed the recommended dependency
libgrss.
The gsound package contains a small library for playing system sounds.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gsound/1.0/gsound-1.0.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gsound/1.0/gsound-1.0.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7338c295034432a6e782fd20b3d04b68
Download size: 24 KB
Estimated disk space required: 864 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 (for generating documentation)
Install gsound by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The DConf package contains a low-level configuration system. Its main purpose is to provide a backend to GSettings on platforms that don't already have configuration storage systems.
The DConf-Editor, as the name suggests, is a graphical editor for the DConf database. Installation is optional, because gsettings from GLib-2.76.4 provides similar functionality on the commandline.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/dconf/0.40/dconf-0.40.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/dconf/0.40/dconf-0.40.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ac8db20b0d6b996d4bbbeb96463d01f0
Download size: 115 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/dconf-editor/43/dconf-editor-43.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/dconf-editor/43/dconf-editor-43.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a85bc794ca3cc920dc6acf63f5ea81bb
Download size: 588 KB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
dbus-1.14.8, GLib-2.76.4, GTK+-3.24.38 (for the editor), libhandy-1.8.2 (for the editor), and libxml2-2.10.4 (for the editor)
libxslt-1.1.38 and Vala-0.56.11
Install DConf by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dbash_completion=false \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test
As the root user:
ninja install
Now, optionally install the editor:
cd .. && tar -xf ../dconf-editor-43.0.tar.xz && cd dconf-editor-43.0 && mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
As the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
/usr/lib/gio/modules)
The GNOME Backgrounds package contains a collection of graphics files which can be used as backgrounds in the GNOME Desktop environment. Additionally, the package creates the proper framework and directory structure so that you can add your own files to the collection.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-backgrounds/44/gnome-backgrounds-44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-backgrounds/44/gnome-backgrounds-44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3364a0479babd85f333c1e8a635330b2
Download size: 46 MB
Estimated disk space required: 95 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install GNOME Backgrounds by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr ..
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The Gvfs package is a userspace virtual filesystem designed to work with the I/O abstractions of GLib's GIO library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gvfs/1.50/gvfs-1.50.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gvfs/1.50/gvfs-1.50.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e780a221d643d2daf9f694a692d23006
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 44 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using parallelism=4)
dbus-1.14.8, GLib-2.76.4, libusb-1.0.26, and libsecret-0.21.0
Gcr-3.41.1, GTK+-3.24.38, libcdio-2.1.0, libgudev-238, libsoup-3.4.2, Systemd-254 (runtime), and UDisks-2.10.0
Apache-2.4.57, Avahi-0.8, BlueZ-5.68, Fuse-3.16.1, gnome-online-accounts-3.48.0, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, libarchive-3.7.1, libgcrypt-1.10.2, libgdata-0.18.1, libxml2-2.10.4, libxslt-1.1.38, OpenSSH-9.4p1, Samba-4.18.6, gnome-desktop-testing (for tests), libbluray, libgphoto2, libimobiledevice, libmtp, libnfs, and Twisted
Install Gvfs by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dfuse=false \
-Dgphoto2=false \
-Dafc=false \
-Dbluray=false \
-Dnfs=false \
-Dmtp=false \
-Dsmb=false \
-Ddnssd=false \
-Dgoa=false \
-Dgoogle=false .. &&
ninja
The test suite requires gnome-desktop-testing, which is beyond the scope of BLFS.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-D<option>=false: These
switches are required if the corresponding dependency is not
installed. Remove those where you have installed the
corresponding application and wish to use it with
Gvfs. The dnssd option
requires avahi and both goa and google require GNOME Online
Accounts. The google option also requires libgdata.
-Dcdda=false: This switch is
required if libcdio is not installed. The cdda backend is
useless on machines without a CDROM/DVD drive.
gexiv2 is a GObject-based wrapper around the Exiv2 library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gexiv2/0.14/gexiv2-0.14.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gexiv2/0.14/gexiv2-0.14.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1e65556fad5d24a4c365696544d8c945
Download size: 384 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with parallelism=4 and tests)
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 (for documentation)
Install gexiv2 by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, run:
meson configure -Dtests=true && ninja test
As the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The Nautilus package contains the GNOME file manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/nautilus/44/nautilus-44.2.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus/44/nautilus-44.2.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: aa72cb40ee0ac4555b9e8babf74ced57
Download size: 3.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 110 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (with tests, both using parallelism=4)
bubblewrap-0.8.0, gexiv2-0.14.2, gnome-autoar-0.4.4, gnome-desktop-44.0, libadwaita-1.3.4, libcloudproviders-0.3.2, libnotify-0.8.2, libportal-0.6, libseccomp-2.5.4, and Tracker-3.5.3
desktop-file-utils-0.26, Exempi-2.6.4, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, and libexif-0.6.24
adwaita-icon-theme-44.0 and Gvfs-1.50.6 (For hotplugging and device mounting to work)
Fix the location to install the API documentation:
sed "/docdir =/s@\$@ / 'nautilus-44.2.1'@" -i meson.build
Install Nautilus by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dselinux=false \
-Dpackagekit=false \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The tests need to be run in a graphical environment. One test is known to fail if tracker-miners-3.5.2 is not installed. One test is also known to timeout if the user running the tests has a large home directory.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dselinux=false: This
switch disables the use of selinux which isn't supported by
BLFS.
-Dpackagekit=false:
This switch disables the use of PackageKit which isn't
suitable for BLFS.
The GNOME Bluetooth package contains tools for managing and manipulating Bluetooth devices using the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-bluetooth/42/gnome-bluetooth-42.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-bluetooth/42/gnome-bluetooth-42.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 46494f676eb14c436525e5a5671eae37
Download size: 300 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4, with tests)
GTK-4.12.0, gsound-1.0.3, libnotify-0.8.2, and UPower-1.90.2
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and libadwaita-1.3.4
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 and dbusmock-0.29.1
Install GNOME Bluetooth by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The GNOME Keyring package contains a daemon that keeps passwords and other secrets for users.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-keyring/42/gnome-keyring-42.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring/42/gnome-keyring-42.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8728a6d344f29c545d9d31cb5c708f14
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 116 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 0.3 SBU for tests)
Linux-PAM-1.5.3, libxslt-1.1.38, and OpenSSH-9.4p1
LCOV, libcap-ng, GnuPG-2.4.3, and Valgrind-3.21.0
Install GNOME Keyring by running the following commands:
sed -i 's:"/desktop:"/org:' schema/*.xml &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc &&
make
A session bus address is necessary to run the tests. To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ... schema/*.xml: This command fixes a deprecated entry in the schema template.
The GNOME Settings Daemon is responsible for setting various parameters of a GNOME Session and the applications that run under it.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-settings-daemon/44/gnome-settings-daemon-44.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-settings-daemon/44/gnome-settings-daemon-44.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5539036fdc10b9f250890b725fdbfb05
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
alsa-lib-1.2.9, colord-1.4.6, Fontconfig-2.14.2, Gcr-4.1.0, GeoClue-2.7.0, geocode-glib-3.26.4, gnome-desktop-44.0, Little CMS-2.14, libcanberra-0.30, libgweather-4.2.0, libnotify-0.8.2, libwacom-2.7.0, PulseAudio-16.1, and UPower-1.90.2
ALSA-1.2.7, Cups-2.4.6, NetworkManager-1.44.0, nss-3.92, and Wayland-1.22.0
Recommended dependencies are not strictly required for this package to build and function, but you may not get expected results at runtime if you don't install them.
gnome-session-44.0, Mutter-44.3, dbusmock-0.29.1, umockdev-0.17.18, and Xvfb (for tests, from Xorg-Server-21.1.8 or Xwayland-23.2.0)
Install GNOME Settings Daemon by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To check the results, execute: ninja test. Note that you must have python-dbusmock installed in order for the tests to complete successfully. Some tests may fail depending on the init system in use.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The GNOME Control Center package contains the GNOME settings manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-control-center/44/gnome-control-center-44.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-control-center/44/gnome-control-center-44.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a31987664414838a40b45ac485ee0375
Download size: 7.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 123 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
AccountsService-23.13.9, colord-gtk-0.3.0, gnome-online-accounts-3.48.0, gnome-settings-daemon-44.1, gsound-1.0.3, libgtop-2.40.0, libpwquality-1.4.5, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, shared-mime-info-2.2, and UDisks-2.10.0
Cups-2.4.6 and Samba-4.18.6 (for the Printers Panel), gnome-bluetooth-42.6, ibus-1.5.28, libadwaita-1.3.4, and ModemManager-1.18.12 and libnma-1.10.6 (for the Network Panel)
Xvfb (from Xorg-Server-21.1.8 or Xwayland-23.2.0) and dbusmock-0.29.1 (both for tests)
cups-pk-helper-0.2.7 (Printers panel), gnome-color-manager-3.36.0 (Color panel), gnome-shell-44.3 (Applications panel), and sound-theme-freedesktop-0.8 (Additional Sound Effects in Sound panel)
Recommended dependencies are not strictly required for this package to build and function, but you may not get expected results at runtime if you don't install them.
If upgrading from gnome-control-center-41 or earlier,
remove a desktop file that would result in duplicated menu
entries. As the root user:
rm -f /usr/share/applications/gnome-control-center.desktop
Install GNOME Control Center by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: GTK_A11Y=none ninja test. Note that you must have the python-dbusmock module installed in order for the tests to complete successfully.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dibus=false: Use this switch if
you have not installed the recommended IBus dependency.
Mutter is the window manager for GNOME. It is not invoked directly, but from GNOME Session (on a machine with a hardware accelerated video driver).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/mutter/44/mutter-44.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/mutter/44/mutter-44.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c9a692911a8ff849c6bbfb44eca7a92f
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 99 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 1.4 SBU for tests)
gnome-settings-daemon-44.1, graphene-1.10.8, libxcvt-0.1.2, libxkbcommon-1.5.0, and pipewire-0.3.77
desktop-file-utils-0.26, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, and startup-notification-0.12
libinput-1.23.0, Wayland-1.22.0, wayland-protocols-1.32, and Xwayland-23.2.0.
dbusmock-0.29.1 (required for tests), sysprof-3.48.0, Xorg-Server-21.1.8 (for X11 sessions)
Install Mutter by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dtests=false \
-Dprofiler=false \
.. &&
ninja
The test suite requires an external program called
xvfb-run. If
you wish to run the tests, you should download and install it
before running meson. You can obtain it
from xvfb-run,
and install it with executable permissions in /usr/bin. xvfb-run needs Xvfb at runtime, and
Xvfb can be
installed from either Xorg-Server-21.1.8 or
Xwayland-23.2.0. You should also
replace -Dtests=false
in the meson
command, with -Dtests=true
-Dclutter_tests=false. The test suite requires
the mutter schema to be installed on the system, so it is
better to run the tests after installing the package.
You can also test basic functions of Mutter following the section called “Starting Mutter”, after installing it.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you wish to run the tests, remove the reference to Zenity which is not a part of BLFS from one test:
sed 's/zenity --[a-z]*/gtk4-demo/' -i ../src/tests/x11-test.sh
Now run the test suite:
HOME= ninja test
The tests require an active X or wayland session. Two tests
named cogl-test-framebuffer-get-bits-gl3 and
native-unit are known to fail.
A few other tests may fail depending on the configuration.
Don't make any mouse or keyboard input while the test suite
is running or some tests may fail.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dtests=false:
Prevents building the tests, and removes a hard requirement
on xvfb-run.
-Dprofiler=false:
Allow building this package without Sysprof. Remove this option if you've
installed Sysprof and want
to analysis the rendering performance of Mutter.
-Dtests=true
-Dclutter_tests=false: Building all the tests but the
tests for the shipped Clutter library. The Clutter tests are known to fail with
--buildtype=release.
Mutter is normally used as a component of gnome-shell, but it can be used as a standalone Wayland compositor too. To run Mutter as a Wayland compositor, in a virtual console, issue:
mutter --wayland -- vte-2.91
Replace vte-2.91 with the command line for the first application you want in the Wayland session. Note that once this application exits, the Wayland session will be terminated.
Mutter can also function as a nested compositor in another Wayland session. In a terminal emulator, issue:
MUTTER_DEBUG_DUMMY_MODE_SPECS=1920x1080 mutter --wayland --nested -- vte-2.91
Replace 1920x1080
with the size you want for the nested Wayland session.
The GNOME Shell is the core user interface of the GNOME Desktop environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-shell/44/gnome-shell-44.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-shell/44/gnome-shell-44.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a73a7ba82782ad46378127a9a3acdec8
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 61 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
evolution-data-server-3.48.4, Gcr-4.1.0, Gjs-1.76.2, gnome-desktop-44.0, ibus-1.5.28, Mutter-44.3, Polkit-123, sassc-3.6.2, and startup-notification-0.12
desktop-file-utils-0.26, gnome-autoar-0.4.4, gnome-bluetooth-42.6, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, and NetworkManager-1.44.0
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 and bash-completion
adwaita-icon-theme-44.0, DConf-0.40.0, GDM-44.1, gnome-backgrounds-44.0, gnome-control-center-44.3, libgweather-4.2.0, Systemd-254, and telepathy-mission-control-5.16.6
Install GNOME Shell by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dtests=false \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, you need to remove the -Dtests=false switch, and to
have Mutter-44.3 compiled and installed with
tests also. To run the tests, issue: ninja test. You must be
running an X session to run the tests. Some will fail if
GDM-44.1 is
not installed. One test named CSS
styling support is known to fail with some
multi-monitor configurations.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dtests=false: Remove
this switch if you want to build the tests. But then
meson will fail
if Mutter-44.3 tests are not installed.
-Dextensions_tool=false: This
switch allows building this package without gnome-autoar-0.4.4 installed.
The GNOME Shell Extensions package contains a collection of extensions providing additional and optional functionality to the GNOME Shell.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-shell-extensions/44/gnome-shell-extensions-44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-shell-extensions/44/gnome-shell-extensions-44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 74c9e268a7b3bf56841f1508519eee5f
Download size: 224 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gnome-menus-3.36.0 (runtime, for Applications Menu extension) and sassc-3.6.2
Install GNOME Shell Extensions by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr ..
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The GNOME Session package contains the GNOME session manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-session/44/gnome-session-44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-session/44/gnome-session-44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0223353306fb2e5b84bd42e3fde905f0
Download size: 476 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
gnome-desktop-44.0, JSON-GLib-1.6.6, Mesa-23.1.6, Systemd-254 (runtime), and UPower-1.90.2
xmlto-0.0.28, and libxslt-1.1.38 with docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2 (to build the documentation)
When running GNOME under Wayland-1.22.0, environment settings are not imported for the user using the system profile. The Wayland developers are currently undecided on a standard method to provide system environment settings for user sessions. To work around this limitation, execute the following command to make gnome-session use a login shell:
sed 's@/bin/sh@/bin/sh -l@' -i gnome-session/gnome-session.in
Install GNOME Session by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
Move the documentation to a versioned directory:
mv -v /usr/share/doc/gnome-session{,-44.0}
This package creates two Xorg based .desktop files in the /usr/share/xsessions/ directory, and two
Wayland based .desktop files in
the /usr/share/wayland-sessions/ directory.
Only one is needed in each directory on a BLFS system, so
prevent the extra files showing up as options in a display
manager. As the root user:
rm -v /usr/share/xsessions/gnome.desktop && rm -v /usr/share/wayland-sessions/gnome.desktop
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The easiest way to start GNOME is to use a display manager. GDM-44.1 is the recommended display manager.
It is also possible to start GNOME from the command line. However, you must still have GDM-44.1 installed for some portions of the desktop to work. One reason to start from the command line is if you want Wayland support on a system that has the proprietary NVIDIA driver installed, since GDM will not show the Wayland session type on such a system.
To start GNOME using xinit-1.4.2, run the following commands:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
dbus-run-session gnome-session
EOF
startx
Alternatively, to start GNOME with Wayland support, run the following command:
XDG_SESSION_TYPE=wayland dbus-run-session gnome-session
GNOME Tweaks is a simple program used to tweak advanced GNOME settings.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-tweaks/40/gnome-tweaks-40.10.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-tweaks/40/gnome-tweaks-40.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ebfa262010021d812a8daae218cda576
Download size: 246 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.24.38, gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, libhandy-1.8.2, PyGObject-3.44.1, and sound-theme-freedesktop-0.8
Install GNOME Tweaks by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The GNOME User Docs package contains documentation for GNOME.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-user-docs/44/gnome-user-docs-44.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-user-docs/44/gnome-user-docs-44.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3ce76844f36edb364a4287218c85186a
Download size: 13 MB
Estimated disk space required: 161 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Install GNOME User Docs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Yelp package contains a help browser used for viewing help files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/yelp/42/yelp-42.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/yelp/42/yelp-42.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3792122c4ab90725716cd88e9274f0f6
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, WebKitGTK-2.41.91 and yelp-xsl-42.1
The Yelp package is not required for a functional GNOME Desktop. Note, however, that without Yelp you will not be able to view the built-in Help provided by core GNOME and many of the support applications.
Install Yelp by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Still as the root user,
ensure that /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache will
be updated and therefore the help in gnome applications
will work.
update-desktop-database
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
These packages are desktop applications and assorted utilities from the GNOME project. Feel free to install them on an as needed or as desired basis.
The Baobab package contains a graphical directory tree analyzer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/baobab/44/baobab-44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/baobab/44/baobab-44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: aed16ed8a70d160cd667dff6049187bd
Download size: 584 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
adwaita-icon-theme-44.0, GTK-4.12.0, itstool-2.0.7, libadwaita-1.3.4, and Vala-0.56.11
Install Baobab by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
Brasero is an application used to burn CD/DVD on the GNOME Desktop. It is designed to be as simple as possible and has some unique features that enable users to create their discs easily and quickly.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/brasero/3.12/brasero-3.12.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/brasero/3.12/brasero-3.12.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ae48248dd36f89282d573eb7a0a1391f
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 105 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU
gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, itstool-2.0.7, libcanberra-0.30, and libnotify-0.8.2
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, libburn-1.5.6, libisoburn-1.5.6, and libisofs-1.5.6, Nautilus-44.2.1, Tracker-3.5.3, and totem-pl-parser-3.26.6
dvd+rw-tools-7.1 and Gvfs-1.50.6
Cdrdao-1.2.4, libdvdcss-1.4.3, Cdrtools-3.02a09, and VCDImager
Install Brasero by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-compile-warnings=no \
--enable-cxx-warnings=no \
--disable-nautilus &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-*-warnings=no: These
switches fix build problems under GCC-6.x compilers.
--disable-nautilus:
This switch disables building the Nautilus extension since it
is incompatible with the gtk4 version of Nautilus.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Cheese is used to take photos and videos with fun graphical effects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/cheese/44/cheese-44.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/cheese/44/cheese-44.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 99d2a400a8876956a0c378e1ce172a40
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
clutter-gst-3.0.27, clutter-gtk-1.8.4, gnome-desktop-44.0, gst-plugins-bad-1.22.5, gst-plugins-good-1.22.5 (built with v4l-utils-1.24.1), libcanberra-0.30, and libgudev-238
gnome-video-effects-0.6.0 (at runtime, for video effects), gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11
GTK-Doc-1.33.2, libxslt-1.1.38, appstream-glib, LCOV , and Nautilus SendTo
Depending on your camera, enable the appropriate options and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers ---> <*/M> Multimedia support ---> [MEDIA_SUPPORT] [*] Autoselect ancillary drivers (tuners, sensors, i2c, spi, frontends) ... [MEDIA_SUBDRV_AUTOSELECT] Media device types ---> [*] Cameras and video grabbers [MEDIA_CAMERA_SUPPORT] Media drivers ---> [ /*] Media USB Adapters ---> [MEDIA_USB_SUPPORT] # Most modern USB camera needs this. # For other devices you need to figure it out yourself: < /*/M> USB Video Class (UVC) [USB_VIDEO_CLASS]
Install Cheese by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
-Dtests=true \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgtk_doc=false: This
switch prevents the build system from generating and
installing the API documentation. Omit this switch if you
have GTK-Doc-1.33.2 installed and wish to
generate and install the API documentation. Building the
documentation is broken due to an incompatibility with
gtk-doc.
-Dtests=true: This
switch allows building the tests so that the test suite can
be run. Remove this switch if you are not going to run the
tests.
EOG is an application used for viewing and cataloging image files on the GNOME Desktop. It also has basic editing capabilities.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/eog/44/eog-44.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/eog/44/eog-44.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1302bdb59bd4bfcceda2cbe8292b5fb6
Download size: 4.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
adwaita-icon-theme-44.0, Exempi-2.6.4, gnome-desktop-44.0, libhandy-1.8.2, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpeas-1.36.0, and shared-mime-info-2.2
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, Little CMS-2.14, libexif-0.6.24, librsvg-2.56.3, and webp-pixbuf-loader-0.2.4
Install EOG by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dlibportal=false \
.. &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
Still as the root user,
rebuild the cache database of MIME types handled by desktop
files so Nautilus-44.2.1 will be able to open
image files with EOG.
update-desktop-database
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dlibportal=false:
This parameter disables building EOG with support for flatpak
portals. Remove this parameter if you have libportal-0.6
installed and wish to have support for flatpak portals.
-Dgtk_doc=true: Use this option
if GTK-Doc-1.33.2 is installed and you wish
to rebuild and install the API documentation.
Evince is a document viewer for multiple document formats. It supports PDF, Postscript, DjVu, TIFF and DVI. It is useful for viewing documents of various types using one simple application instead of the multiple document viewers that once existed on the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/evince/44/evince-44.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/evince/44/evince-44.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a5ea6d19f083f41086ee363caefaa14f
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 59 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
adwaita-icon-theme-44.0, gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, GTK+-3.24.38, itstool-2.0.7, libhandy-1.8.2, libxml2-2.10.4, and OpenJPEG-2.5.0
gnome-keyring-42.1, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, libarchive-3.7.1, libsecret-0.21.0, and Poppler-23.08.0
Cups-2.4.6 (to enable printing if support is built into GTK+ 3), gnome-desktop-44.0, gspell-1.12.2, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, Gi-DocGen-2023.1, libgxps-0.3.2, libtiff-4.5.1, texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx), DjVuLibre, libspectre, and Synctex
Install Evince by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
CPPFLAGS+=" -I/opt/texlive/2023/include" \
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk_doc=false \
--wrap-mode=nodownload \
.. &&
ninja
If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to build the API documentation for this package, issue:
sed "/docs_dir/s@\$@ / 'evince-44.3'@" -i ../help/meson.build && sed '/fatal-warnings/d' -i ../help/reference/*/meson.build && meson configure -Dgtk_doc=true && ninja
This package does not have a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
CPPFLAGS+="
-I/opt/texlive/...": Make sure that meson can
find libkpathsea headers from TeXLive if it is installed.
This has no effect on systems without TeXLive installed.
--wrap-mode=nodownload: This
switch disables fetching any dependency: the build system
tries to fetch gi-docgen even if -Dgtk_doc=false is passed.
-Dgtk_doc=false:
Allow building this package without Gi-DocGen-2023.1
installed. If you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and
you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation, a
meson configure
command will reset this option.
-Dgspell=false: This switch turns
off support for the spell checking plugin.
-Dintrospection=false: Use this
option if you don't have gobject-introspection-1.76.1
installed and don't wish to have introspection support built
into Evince.
-Dnautilus=false: This switch
disables building the Nautilus Plugin. Use this switch if
Nautilus is not installed.
-Dkeyring=false: This switch
disables the use of libsecret. Use this switch if
libsecret is not installed.
-Dps=enabled: Use this switch if
libspectre is installed and
you want to view PostScript files with Evince.
The Evolution package contains an integrated mail, calendar and address book suite designed for the GNOME environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/evolution/3.48/evolution-3.48.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/evolution/3.48/evolution-3.48.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a41d0fdd6e818f7902a90d3b2e1777c0
Download size: 13 MB
Estimated disk space required: 291 MB
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
adwaita-icon-theme-44.0, evolution-data-server-3.48.4, Gcr-4.1.0, gnome-autoar-0.4.4, shared-mime-info-2.2, and WebKitGTK-2.41.91
Bogofilter-1.2.5, enchant-2.5.0, gnome-desktop-44.0, gspell-1.12.2, Highlight-4.7, itstool-2.0.7, libcanberra-0.30, libgweather-4.2.0, libnotify-0.8.2, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, and Seahorse-43.0
clutter-gtk-1.8.4, GeoClue-2.7.0, geocode-glib-3.26.4, and libchamplain-0.12.21 (Contact Maps plugin), GTK-Doc-1.33.2, cmark, Glade, libpst, libunity, libytnef
Install Evolution by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DSYSCONF_INSTALL_DIR=/etc \
-DENABLE_INSTALLED_TESTS=ON \
-DENABLE_PST_IMPORT=OFF \
-DENABLE_YTNEF=OFF \
-DENABLE_CONTACT_MAPS=OFF \
-DENABLE_MARKDOWN=OFF \
-DENABLE_WEATHER=ON \
-G Ninja .. &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-DENABLE_YTNEF=OFF:
This switch is used to disable the yTNEF library usage
because libytnef is not part
of BLFS.
-DENABLE_PST_IMPORT=OFF: This
switch is used to disable the pst-import plugin because
libpst is not part of BLFS.
-DENABLE_CONTACT_MAPS=OFF: This
switch disables building the Contact Maps plugin. Remove this
switch if you have installed the necessary dependencies and
wish to build the Contact Maps plugin.
-DENABLE_MARKDOWN=OFF: This
switch allows building without cmark. Remove this
switch if you need markdown support and you have installed
the necessary dependency.
-DENABLE_WEATHER=ON:
This switch allows building against libgweather-4.2.0.
-DWITH_HELP=OFF: This switch
disables building the manual of this package. Use this switch
if you have not installed itstool-2.0.7.
-DWITH_OPENLDAP=OFF: Use this
switch if you have not installed OpenLDAP-2.6.6.
File Roller is an archive manager for GNOME with support for tar, bzip2, gzip, zip, jar, compress, lzop, zstd, dmg, and many other archive formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
File Roller is only a graphical interface to archiving utilities such as tar and zip.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/file-roller/43/file-roller-43.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/file-roller/43/file-roller-43.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fd743c77f1af1934a9eac7e7b1688219
Download size: 876 KB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
GTK+-3.24.38 and itstool-2.0.7
cpio-2.14, desktop-file-utils-0.26, JSON-GLib-1.6.6, libarchive-3.7.1, libhandy-1.8.2, libportal-0.6, and Nautilus-44.2.1
UnRar-6.2.10, UnZip-6.0, and Zip-3.0
Install File Roller by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dpackagekit=false \
.. &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install && chmod -v 0755 /usr/libexec/file-roller/isoinfo.sh
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.26 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qtf /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database -q
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dpackagekit=false:
This switch disables the use of PackageKit which isn't
suitable for BLFS.
-Dapi_docs=enabled: Use this
switch if you have Gi-DocGen-2023.1 installed and wish to
generate the API documentation.
GNOME Calculator is a powerful graphical calculator with financial, logical and scientific modes. It uses a multiple precision package to do its arithmetic to give a high degree of accuracy.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-calculator/44/gnome-calculator-44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-calculator/44/gnome-calculator-44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f5e2d3f5f2b08bf7a234e3e3147a8c79
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with tests)
gtksourceview5-5.8.0, itstool-2.0.7, libadwaita-1.3.4, libgee-0.20.6, libhandy-1.8.2, and libsoup-3.4.2
Install GNOME Calculator by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
GNOME Color Manager is a session framework for the GNOME desktop environment that makes it easy to manage, install and generate color profiles.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-color-manager/3.36/gnome-color-manager-3.36.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-color-manager/3.36/gnome-color-manager-3.36.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c5360705a68e88455b1801200e9aaa2e
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
colord-1.4.6, GTK+-3.24.38, itstool-2.0.7, Little CMS-2.14, libcanberra-0.30, and libexif-0.6.24
appstream-glib and DocBook-utils-0.6.14 (currently causes build to fail)
If DocBook-utils-0.6.14 is installed, disable installation of the man pages to avoid a build failure:
sed /subdir\(\'man/d -i meson.build
Install GNOME Color Manager by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The tests must be run from an X session.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The GNOME Disk Utility package provides applications used for dealing with storage devices.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-disk-utility/44/gnome-disk-utility-44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-disk-utility/44/gnome-disk-utility-44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 31afaf55ac318ce91368620fe505321c
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gnome-settings-daemon-44.1, itstool-2.0.7, libdvdread-6.1.3, libhandy-1.8.2, libpwquality-1.4.5, libsecret-0.21.0, and UDisks-2.10.0
Install GNOME Disk Utility by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The GNOME Logs package contains a log viewer for the systemd journal.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-logs/43/gnome-logs-43.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-logs/43/gnome-logs-43.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fbeada138a28d7ba13a4a95d585ee4c0
Download size: 576 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GTK-4.12.0, gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, itstool-2.0.7, and libadwaita-1.3.4
desktop-file-utils-0.26 (for the test suite), and docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2, libxslt-1.1.38 (to build manual pages), appstream-glib, and dogtail
Install GNOME Logs by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
GNOME Maps is a map application for GNOME.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-maps/44/gnome-maps-44.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-maps/44/gnome-maps-44.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e08e44c46458b07eb7985176af162228
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
desktop-file-utils-0.26, GeoClue-2.7.0, geocode-glib-3.26.4, Gjs-1.76.2, libadwaita-1.3.4, libshumate-1.0.5, libgweather-4.2.0, and rest-0.9.1
Install GNOME Maps by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The GNOME Nettool package is a network information tool which provides GUI interface for some of the most common command line network tools.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-nettool/42/gnome-nettool-42.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-nettool/42/gnome-nettool-42.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ba99489e9e3a1af03e9f2719acac7beb
Download size: 413 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.24.38, itstool-2.0.7, and libgtop-2.40.0
BIND Utilities-9.18.18, Nmap-7.94, Net-tools-2.10, Traceroute-2.1.2, and Whois-5.4.3
First, adapt GNOME Nettool to changes in the ping, ping6, and netstat utilities:
patch -Np1 -i ../gnome-nettool-42.0-ping_and_netstat_fixes-1.patch
Then add a fix for newer versions of meson:
sed -i '/merge_file/s/(.*/(/' data/meson.build
Install GNOME Nettool by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The GNOME Power Manager package contains a tool used to report on power management on the system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-power-manager/43/gnome-power-manager-43.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-power-manager/43/gnome-power-manager-43.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c7e33249b59c6082312909f65739912e
Download size: 376 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-3.24.38 and UPower-1.90.2
Install GNOME Power Manager by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The GNOME Screenshot is a utility used for taking screenshots of the entire screen, a window or a user-defined area of the screen, with optional beautifying border effects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-screenshot/41/gnome-screenshot-41.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-screenshot/41/gnome-screenshot-41.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3d0199188d8ba07399e468a61e0174e8
Download size: 352 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.24.38, libcanberra-0.30 (Compiled with GTK+3 support), and libhandy-1.8.2
First, fix building with newer versions of meson:
sed -i '/merge_file/{n;d}' data/meson.build
Install GNOME Screenshot by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
In order to best run GNOME Screenshot from the command line, the -i option needs to be specified.
The GNOME System Monitor package contains GNOME's replacement for gtop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-system-monitor/45/gnome-system-monitor-45.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-system-monitor/45/gnome-system-monitor-45.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0b02615b53a99607bc7a582c3502c5c4
Download size: 992 KB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with parallelism=4)
adwaita-icon-theme-44.0, Gtkmm-3.24.8, itstool-2.0.7, libgtop-2.40.0, libhandy-1.8.2, and librsvg-2.56.3
Install GNOME System Monitor by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The GNOME Terminal package contains the terminal emulator for GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-terminal/-/archive/3.48.2/gnome-terminal-3.48.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d7b0b8bdce595bb0eb83ef99b43e8869
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
DConf-0.40.0, gnome-shell-44.3, gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, itstool-2.0.7, pcre2-10.42, and VTE-0.72.2
First, fix some deprecated schema entries:
sed -i -r 's:"(/system):"/org/gnome\1:g' src/external.gschema.xml
Install GNOME Terminal by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
To run GNOME Terminal, the
environment variable LANG must
be set to a UTF-8 locale prior to starting the graphical
environment.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dsearch_provider=false: This
switch disables the “search gnome-shell”
provider. Use this option if you do not have gnome-shell
installed.
-Dnautilus_extension=false: This
switch disables a dependency on the nautilus file manager. Use this option
if you do not have Nautilus installed.
GNOME Weather is a small application that allows you to monitor the current weather conditions for your city, or anywhere in the world, and to access updated forecasts provided by various internet services.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-weather/44/gnome-weather-44.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-weather/44/gnome-weather-44.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 21b5d8fa02366e70bce5117e969f133b
Download size: 232 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Gjs-1.76.2, libadwaita-1.3.4, and libgweather-4.2.0
Install GNOME Weather by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
Gucharmap is a Unicode character map and font viewer. It allows you to browse through all the available Unicode characters and categories for the installed fonts, and to examine their detailed properties. It is an easy way to find the character you might only know by its Unicode name or code point.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gucharmap/-/archive/15.0.4/gucharmap-15.0.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a811c342be9a6c7086824e24491353b1
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 80 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Unicode Character Database: https://www.unicode.org/Public/zipped/15.0.0/UCD.zip
CJK Unified Ideographs: https://www.unicode.org/Public/zipped/15.0.0/Unihan.zip
desktop-file-utils-0.26, gsettings-desktop-schemas-44.0, GTK+-3.24.38, itstool-2.0.7, pcre2-10.42, and UnZip-6.0
gobject-introspection-1.76.1 and Vala-0.56.11
This package uses two unversioned downloads. You may want
to rename these to a versioned name, e.g. UCD-15.zip to make upgrades easier.
Install Gucharmap by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
mkdir ucd &&
pushd ucd &&
unzip ../../../UCD.zip &&
cp -v ../../../Unihan.zip . &&
popd &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--strip \
--buildtype=release \
-Ducd_path=./ucd \
-Ddocs=false \
.. &&
ninja
This package does not have a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
rm -fv /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/org.gnome.Charmap.enums.xml && ninja install
--strip: Although the
package defaults to a release build without debug
information, without this switch there will be some debug
information in the binaries.
-Ducd_path=./ucd:
This points to where the extracted main Unicode data files,
and the zipped Unihan archive can be found.
rm -fv /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/org.gnome.Charmap.enums.xml: Old versions of this package installed an obsolete file that prevents the program from running, as if the main schema has not been installed. Forcibly removing works even if the old file is not present.
-Ddocs=false: This
allows the package to build even if gtk-doc has not been installed. Remove
this if you have installed that and wish to build the
documentation.
-Dgir=false: Use this if you have
not installed gobject-introspection-1.76.1.
-Dvapi=false: Use this if you
have not installed Vala-0.56.11.
Seahorse is a graphical interface for managing and using encryption keys. Currently it supports PGP keys (using GPG/GPGME) and SSH keys.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/seahorse/43/seahorse-43.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/seahorse/43/seahorse-43.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: efa9fea2e1c4291c39d509eb366b9a56
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 43 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Gcr-3.41.1, GnuPG-2.4.3, GPGME-1.21.0, itstool-2.0.7, libhandy-1.8.2, libpwquality-1.4.5 and libsecret-0.21.0
libsoup-3.4.2, p11-kit-0.25.0, OpenSSH-9.4p1 (for managing SSH keys) and Vala-0.56.11
Install Seahorse by running the following commands:
sed -i -r 's:"(/apps):"/org/gnome\1:' data/*.xml && sed -i "s/'2.3.0'/'2.3.0', '2.4.0'/" meson.build && mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
sed ... data/*.xml: This command fixes some deprecated entries in the schema templates.
sed ... meson.build: This command fixes building with GnuPG-2.4 installed.
Vinagre is a VNC client for the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/vinagre/3.22/vinagre-3.22.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/vinagre/3.22/vinagre-3.22.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 451554ddf46636105cd5f0330e98d254
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gtk-vnc-1.3.1, itstool-2.0.7, and libsecret-0.21.0
telepathy-glib-0.24.2, Vala-0.56.11, and VTE-0.72.2
Avahi-0.8, appstream-glib, FreeRDP (For connecting to Windows desktops), and Spice-GTK
First fix an issue exposed by GCC-10:
sed -e '/_VinagreVnc/i gboolean scaling_command_line;' \
-i plugins/vnc/vinagre-vnc-connection.c &&
sed -e '/scaling_/s/^/extern /' \
-i plugins/vnc/vinagre-vnc-connection.h
Install Vinagre by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-compile-warnings=minimum &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-compile-warnings=minimum:
This switch disables compiler warnings that can cause the
build to fail when built under GCC6.
Xfce is a desktop environment that aims to be fast and low on system resources, while still being visually appealing and user friendly.
Xfce embodies the traditional UNIX philosophy of modularity and re-usability. It consists of a number of components that provide the full functionality one can expect of a modern desktop environment. They are packaged separately and you can pick among the available packages to create the optimal personal working environment.
Build Xfce core packages in the order presented in the book for the easiest resolution of dependencies.
The libxfce4util package is a basic utility library for the Xfce desktop environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/libxfce4util/4.18/libxfce4util-4.18.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4a834c5dc207f33cde0e213bc4e8b5b1
Download size: 515 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GLib-2.76.4 and gobject-introspection-1.76.1
Install libxfce4util by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Xfconf is the configuration storage system for Xfce.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfconf/4.18/xfconf-4.18.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 60519958af4178d9bf110087a9c4a118
Download size: 616 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install Xfconf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libxfce4ui package contains GTK+ 3 widgets that are used by other Xfce applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/libxfce4ui/4.18/libxfce4ui-4.18.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 67b193ed7d9a7cc50c37e6e772648956
Download size: 886 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.24.38 and Xfconf-4.18.1
Install libxfce4ui by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Exo is a support library used in the Xfce desktop. It also has some helper applications that are used throughout Xfce.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/exo/4.18/exo-4.18.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9d0be4e885eaf991e12dbc14d3fc628d
Download size: 876 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-3.24.38, libxfce4ui-4.18.4, and libxfce4util-4.18.1
Install Exo by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is a command line utility to create or edit icons on the desktop |
|
|
is a command line frontend to the Xfce Preferred Applications framework. It can either be used to open a list of urls with the default URL handler or launch the preferred application for a certain category |
|
|
contains additional widgets, a framework for editable toolbars, light-weight session management support and functions to automatically synchronise object properties (based on GObject Binding Properties) |
The Garcon package contains a freedesktop.org compliant menu implementation based on GLib and GIO.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/garcon/4.18/garcon-4.18.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0c9dd937f595beb7052657c44f77c272
Download size: 542 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libxfce4ui-4.18.4 and GTK+-3.24.38
Install Garcon by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xfce4 Panel package contains the Xfce4 Panel.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-panel/4.18/xfce4-panel-4.18.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4e0d462fdeda0efaba79b4845fa49c10
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU
Cairo-1.17.6, Exo-4.18.0, Garcon-4.18.1, and libwnck-43.0
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 and libdbusmenu
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-panel
Install Xfce4 Panel by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is the Xfce panel |
|
|
is a shell script that uses D-Bus and Xfce Panel to display a popup menu of the installed applications |
|
|
is a shell script that uses D-Bus and Xfce Panel to display a popup menu of your home folder and its subdirectories |
|
|
is a shell script that uses DBus to display the Xfwm4 a popup menu |
|
|
contains the Xfce Panel API functions |
Thunar is the Xfce file manager, a GTK+ 3 GUI to organise the files on your computer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/thunar/4.18/thunar-4.18.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dc9ccd48acfd2ca9c9ca46631ee35e35
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 68 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallism=4)
libgudev-238, libnotify-0.8.2, and pcre2-10.42
GTK-Doc-1.33.2 (for documentation), Gvfs-1.50.6 (for remote browsing and automounting), libexif-0.6.24 and tumbler-4.18.1 (runtime)
Install Thunar by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/thunar-4.18.6 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Thunar Volume Manager is an extension for the Thunar file manager, which enables automatic management of removable drives and media.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/thunar-volman/4.18/thunar-volman-4.18.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a0965931e78fe662ad134e63b1ab33b9
Download size: 499 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install the Thunar Volume Manager by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Tumbler package contains a D-Bus thumbnailing service based on the thumbnail management D-Bus specification. This is useful for generating thumbnail images of files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/tumbler/4.18/tumbler-4.18.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e66ff221ea5cd19c84ce80abca033f52
Download size: 599 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
cURL-8.2.1, FreeType-2.13.1, gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, GTK-Doc-1.33.2, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libgsf-1.14.50, libpng-1.6.40, Poppler-23.08.0, FFmpegThumbnailer, libgepub, and libopenraw
Install Tumbler by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Xfce4 Appfinder is a tool to find and launch installed applications by searching the .desktop files installed on your system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-appfinder/4.18/xfce4-appfinder-4.18.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 621d811f93b3edaac4a0205bc18ef5c5
Download size: 552 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install Xfce4 Appfinder by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xfce4 Power Manager is a power manager for the Xfce desktop, Xfce power manager manages the power sources on the computer and the devices that can be controlled to reduce their power consumption (such as LCD brightness level or monitor sleep). In addition, Xfce4 Power Manager provides a set of freedesktop-compliant DBus interfaces to inform other applications about current power level so that they can adjust their power consumption.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-power-manager/4.18/xfce4-power-manager-4.18.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bc5333fdd3dcd305483e2a44a5e0d90b
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libnotify-0.8.2, UPower-1.90.2, and xfce4-panel-4.18.4
Polkit-123 (runtime, required for laptop backlight control)
Install Xfce4 Power Manager by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xfce4 Settings package contains a collection of programs that are useful for adjusting your Xfce preferences.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-settings/4.18/xfce4-settings-4.18.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1113c82e1ca6fe3738cc80ccf629b6e5
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0 or lxde-icon-theme-0.5.1
libcanberra-0.30, libnotify-0.8.2 and libxklavier-5.4
Install Xfce4 Settings by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-sound-settings: Use this
switch to enable sound settings in GUI.
--enable-pluggable-dialogs: Use
this switch to enable support for embedded settings dialogs.
|
is a GTK+ 3 GUI to allow you to change some of your keyboard and mouse preferences |
|
|
is a GTK+ 3 GUI to allow you to change some of your theme, icon and font preferences |
|
|
is a GTK+ 3 GUI to allow you to change some of your screen preferences |
|
|
is a GTK+ 3 GUI to allow you to change some of your keyboard preferences |
|
|
is a GTK+ 3 GUI to allow you to change which applications are used to handle different mime types |
|
|
is a GTK+ 3 GUI to allow you to change some of your mouse preferences |
|
|
is a GTK+ 3 GUI to allow you to change your preferences stored in Xfconf |
|
|
is a GTK+ 3 GUI to allow you to change many of your Xfce preferences |
|
|
is the Xfce settings daemon |
Xfdesktop is a desktop manager for the Xfce Desktop Environment. Xfdesktop sets the background image / color, creates the right click menu and window list and displays the file icons on the desktop using Thunar libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfdesktop/4.18/xfdesktop-4.18.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e675c2989436dc724fef402d1db0125d
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libnotify-0.8.2, startup-notification-0.12 and thunar-4.18.6
Install Xfdesktop by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Xfwm4 is the window manager for Xfce.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfwm4/4.18/xfwm4-4.18.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 181415e457c86124fa5f8aa5d715b967
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
libwnck-43.0 and libxfce4ui-4.18.4
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfwm4
Install Xfwm4 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is the Xfce window manager |
|
|
is a GTK+ 3 application that allows setting some preferences such as your theme, keyboard shortcuts and mouse focus behavior |
|
|
is a GTK+ 3 application that allows setting some more preferences for Xfwm4 |
|
|
is a GTK+ 3 application that allows setting your workspace preferences |
Xfce4 Session is a session manager for Xfce. Its task is to save the state of your desktop (opened applications and their location) and restore it during a next startup. You can create several different sessions and choose one of them on startup.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-session/4.18/xfce4-session-4.18.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dfdcb697a2315168e2e56a70f17a19b7
Download size: 856 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libwnck-43.0 and libxfce4ui-4.18.4
desktop-file-utils-0.26, xfce4-screensaver or XScreenSaver-6.06, shared-mime-info-2.2 and polkit-gnome-0.105
Install Xfce4 Session by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-legacy-sm &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-legacy-sm:
This switch disables legacy session management which isn't
necessary on modern system.
There are several optional run time dependencies for Xfce4: dbus-1.14.8, GnuPG-2.4.3, hicolor-icon-theme-0.17, OpenSSH-9.4p1, and xinit-1.4.2
When building an Xfce4
package, some configuration files are installed in
/usr/share/applications,
/usr/share/icons, and
/usr/share/mime. In order to
use those files in your Xfce4 session, you need to update
various databases. Do that by running, as the root user (you need to have the
recommended dependencies installed):
update-desktop-database && update-mime-database /usr/share/mime
You can start Xfce4 from a TTY using xinit-1.4.2, or from a graphical display manager, such as lightdm-1.32.0.
To start Xfce4 using xinit-1.4.2, run the following commands:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
dbus-launch --exit-with-x11 startxfce4
EOF
startx
The X session starts on the first unused virtual terminal, normally vt7. You can switch to another vtn simultaneously pressing the keys Ctrl-Alt-Fn (n=1, 2, ...). To switch back to the X session, normally started at vt7, use Ctrl-Alt-F7. The vt where the command startx was executed will display many messages, including X starting messages, applications automatically started with the session, and eventually, some warning and error messages. You may prefer to redirect those messages to a log file, which not only will keep the initial vt uncluttered, but can also be used for debugging purposes. This can be done starting X with:
startx &> ~/.x-session-errors
When shutting down or rebooting, the shutdown messages appear on the vt where X was running. If you wish to see those messages, simultaneously press keys Alt-F7 (assuming that X was running on vt7).
This is a small collection of optional applications that add extra capabilities to your Xfce desktop.
Parole is a DVD/CD/music player for Xfce that uses GStreamer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Although this version of parole works with most files, it is unable to play DVDs, reporting an error in the gstreamer backend.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/parole/4.18/parole-4.18.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 319cd9bdbda677f93c390edaac91ca45
Download size: 912 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, gst-plugins-good-1.22.5 and libxfce4ui-4.18.4
libnotify-0.8.2 and taglib-1.13.1
Install Parole by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have installed Gstreamer Plugins Ugly with support for libdvdnav and libdvdread and would like to use Parole to play a DVD, click Media> Open location and enter dvd:// into the box.
Similarly, to play a CD, click Media> Open location and enter cdda:// into the box.
Xfce4 Terminal is a GTK+3 terminal emulator. This is useful for running commands or programs in the comfort of an Xorg window; you can drag and drop files into the Xfce4 Terminal or copy and paste text with your mouse.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/xfce4-terminal/1.1/xfce4-terminal-1.1.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ee9177be31c6e4ccc6a6f293158358e4
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install Xfce4 Terminal by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Xfburn is a GTK+ 3 GUI frontend for Libisoburn. This is useful for creating CDs and DVDs from files on your computer or ISO images downloaded from elsewhere.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/xfburn/0.7/xfburn-0.7.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 38d1e73e53c0fc4bb1bd286df1d91839
Download size: 904 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Exo-4.18.0, libburn-1.5.6, libisofs-1.5.6, and libxfce4ui-4.18.4
gst-plugins-base-1.22.5 and Cdrdao-1.2.4 (runtime)
Install Xfburn by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Ristretto is a fast and lightweight image viewer for the Xfce desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/ristretto/0.13/ristretto-0.13.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a21966fa7aa2de1881f163097b62a2fd
Download size: 818 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libexif-0.6.24 and libxfce4ui-4.18.4
tumbler-4.18.1 (runtime)
Install Ristretto by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xfce4 Development Tools are a collection of tools and macros for building some Xfce applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-dev-tools/4.18/xfce4-dev-tools-4.18.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 24ea05b8f77365f17c9d63263816ec11
Download size: 341 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install the Xfce4 Development Tools by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xfce4 Notification Daemon is a small program that implements the "server-side" portion of the Freedesktop desktop notifications specification. Applications that wish to pop up a notification bubble in a standard way can use Xfce4-Notifyd to do so by sending standard messages over D-Bus using the org.freedesktop.Notifications interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/xfce4-notifyd/0.8/xfce4-notifyd-0.8.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4bbeff59d9c872961f7236c226652895
Download size: 668 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libnotify-0.8.2, libxfce4ui-4.18.4, xfce4-dev-tools-4.18.0, and xfce4-panel-4.18.4
Install the Xfce4 Notification Daemon by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
You can test the notification daemon with the command notify-send, to be run in a graphical environment:
notify-send -i info Information "Hi ${USER}, This is a Test"
The Xfce4 Pulseaudio Plugin is a plugin for the Xfce panel which provides a convenient way to adjust the audio volume of the PulseAudio sound system and to an auto mixer tool like pavucontrol. It can optionally handle multimedia keys for controlling the audio volume.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.xfce.org/src/panel-plugins/xfce4-pulseaudio-plugin/0.4/xfce4-pulseaudio-plugin-0.4.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7d1041a7538daf8171dbbc71f5bbefe9
Download size: 424 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
dbus-glib-0.112, libnotify-0.8.2, PulseAudio-16.1, and xfce4-panel-4.18.4
keybinder-3.0-0.3.2 and pavucontrol-5.0 (runtime)
Install the Xfce4 Pulseaudio Plugin by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
LXDE is an extremely fast-performing and energy-saving desktop environment.
LXDE comes with a beautiful interface, multi-language support, standard keyboard shortcuts and additional features like tabbed file browsing. LXDE uses less CPU and less RAM than other environments. It is especially designed for cloud computers with low hardware specifications, such as netbooks, mobile devices (e.g. MIDs) or older computers.
Build LXDE core packages in the order presented in the book for the easiest resolution of dependencies.
The LXMenu Data package provides files required to build freedesktop.org menu spec-compliant desktop menus for LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxmenu-data-0.1.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cc1989444284a65dbc7047348a68d6d4
Download size: 196 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install LXMenu Data by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libfm-extra package contains a library and other files required by menu-cache-gen libexec of menu-cache-1.1.0.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/pcmanfm/libfm-1.3.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c87a0ff41ae77825079b2f785ec0741e
Download size: 924 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libfm-extra by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-extra-only \
--with-gtk=no \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-extra-only:
This switch disables all components except for the
libfm-extra library.
--with-gtk=no: This
switch disables support for GTK+ because it is not necessary for
this package.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The Menu Cache package contains a library for creating and utilizing caches to speed up the manipulation for freedesktop.org defined application menus.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/menu-cache-1.1.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 99999a0bca48b980105208760c8fd893
Download size: 260 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
First fix a memory leak and “multiple definitions” issues:
patch -Np1 -i ../menu-cache-1.1.0-consolidated_fixes-1.patch
Install Menu Cache by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this option
if GTK-Doc is installed and
you wish to build and install the API documentation.
The libfm package contains a library used to develop file managers providing some file management utilities.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/pcmanfm/libfm-1.3.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c87a0ff41ae77825079b2f785ec0741e
Download size: 924 KB
Estimated disk space required: 36 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38 (GTK+-2 recommended since LXDE GTK+-3 support is still experimental), and menu-cache-1.1.0
libexif-0.6.24, Vala-0.56.11, and lxmenu-data-0.1.5
GTK-Doc-1.33.2, dbus-glib-0.112 and Gvfs-1.50.6 or udisks (for volume management - experimental)
Install libfm by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-gtk=3: This option selects
the version of gtk+ to use. The default is gtk+-2.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The PCManFM package contains an extremely fast, lightweight, yet feature-rich file manager with tabbed browsing.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/pcmanfm/pcmanfm-1.3.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ef7c4417d2697ef138d175db7aeae15a
Download size: 416 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
adwaita-icon-theme-44.0 or oxygen-icons5-5.109.0 or lxde-icon-theme-0.5.1, and FriBidi-1.0.13
Install PCManFM by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-gtk=3: Selects the version
of GTK+ to use. You must use this switch if you have built
libfm-1.3.2 with GTK+3 support.
The libwnck package contains a Window Navigator Construction Kit.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/libwnck/2.30/libwnck-2.30.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/2.30/libwnck-2.30.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3d20f26105a2fd878899d6ecdbe9a082
Download size: 612 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install libwnck by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--program-suffix=-1 &&
make GETTEXT_PACKAGE=libwnck-1
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make GETTEXT_PACKAGE=libwnck-1 install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--program-suffix=-1:
This option adds -1 to the end of the names of the installed
programs to avoid overwriting the programs installed by
libwnck-43.0.
GETTEXT_PACKAGE=libwnck-1: This
parameter adds -1 to the end of the names of the gettext
files installed by the package to avoid overwriting the files
installed by libwnck-43.0.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
The LXPanel package contains a lightweight X11 desktop panel.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxpanel-0.10.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c922d044789c3d7ae028f0e80dea18b0
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
gdk-pixbuf-xlib-2.40.2, keybinder-0.3.1, libwnck-2.30.7, lxmenu-data-0.1.5 and menu-cache-1.1.0
alsa-lib-1.2.9, gnome-screenshot-41.0 (to take screenshots using PrtScr), libxml2-2.10.4 (weather plugin), and Wireless Tools-29
libindicator (indicator plugin)
Install LXPanel by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The LXAppearance package contains a desktop-independent theme switcher for GTK+.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxappearance-0.6.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f10345313e2c12bad51c1b58bd46b454
Download size: 164 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libxslt-1.1.38 with docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2 (to build man pages)
Install LXAppearance by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-dbus &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-dbus: This
switch enables DBus support
in LXAppearance which is
useful for communicating with LXSession. Remove it if you are not
building LXDE or have not
installed dbus-glib-0.112.
--enable-man: Use this switch if
you have installed optional dependencies and wish to rebuild
the manual pages.
The LXSession package contains the default session manager for LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxsession-0.5.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e8380acef215ee7c99c067a2241c2c7b
Download size: 416 KB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
dbus-glib-0.112, libunique-1.1.6, Polkit-123, and Vala-0.56.11
lsb-tools-0.10 (may be used at runtime to display the distribution release in the logout dialog), GTK+-3.24.38, and libxslt-1.1.38 with docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2 (to build man pages)
Install LXSession by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-man: This
switch disables building of the manual pages. Remove it if
you have installed optional dependencies and wish to build
the manual pages.
--enable-gtk3: Builds against
GTK+-3 instead of
GTK+-2, which is required
anyway by libunique.
|
is a clipboard utility for LXSession and LXDE |
|
|
locks the local X display until a password is entered |
|
|
is a polkit agent |
|
|
is a lightweight X session manager |
|
|
is used to modify the database for managing sessions in lxsession |
|
|
launch default applications set by LXsession |
|
|
is an utility to configure lxsession and its default applications |
|
|
launch the default terminal set by LXSession |
|
|
is the standard session edit manager used by LXDE |
|
|
is a program to logout from LXSession |
|
|
handles the autostart spec of freedesktop.org |
|
|
is a tool to configure gtk+ themes, keyboard, and mouse for you on session startup |
|
|
is the settings daemon for LXsession |
The LXDE Common package provides a set of default configuration for LXDE.
LXDE has no backlight control functionality for laptops. If you need backlight control, you should use an alternative desktop environment, or consider adjusting the backlight on your laptop manually using the instructions from Arch Linux Wiki - Backlight.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxde-common-0.99.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 14a9d19c4576dc15d985453ccb8ca9f6
Download size: 869 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
lxde-icon-theme-0.5.1, LXPanel-0.10.1, LXSession-0.5.5, openbox-3.6.1 (runtime), and PCManFM-1.3.2
desktop-file-utils-0.26, hicolor-icon-theme-0.17, and shared-mime-info-2.2
A notification daemon such as notification-daemon-3.20.0 or xfce4-notifyd-0.8.2, and a display manager such as sddm-0.20.0 or lightdm-1.32.0
Install LXDE Common by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have installed recommended dependencies, run the
following commands as the root user:
update-mime-database /usr/share/mime && gtk-update-icon-cache -qf /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database -q
You can start LXDE from runlevel 3, using xinit-1.4.2, or from runlevel 5, using a Display Manager, such as sddm-0.20.0 or lightdm-1.32.0.
To start LXDE using xinit-1.4.2, run the following commands:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
# No need to run dbus-launch, since it is run by startlxde
startlxde
EOF
startx
The X session starts on the first unused virtual terminal, normally vt7. You can switch to another vtn simultaneously pressing the keys Ctrl-Alt-Fn (n=1, 2, ...). To switch back to the X session, normally started at vt7, use Ctrl-Alt-F7. The vt where the command startx was executed will display many messages, including X starting messages, applications automatically started with the session, and eventually, some warning and error messages. You may prefer to redirect those messages to a log file, which not only will keep the initial vt uncluttered, but can also be used for debug purposes. This can be done starting X with:
startx &> ~/.x-session-errors
When shutting down or rebooting, the shutdown messages appear on the vt where X was running. If you wish to see those messages, simultaneously press keys Alt-F7 (assuming that X was running on vt7).
This is a small collection of optional applications that add extra capabilities to the LXDE desktop.
The GPicView package contains a lightweight image viewer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/gpicview-0.2.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 26be9b0c5a234f1afe7d83d02a4a33f4
Download size: 344 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install GPicView by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && sed -i 's/Utility;//' /usr/share/applications/gpicview.desktop
If you have xdg-utils-1.1.3 installed, as the
root user, you should run the
xdg-icon-resource forceupdate
--theme hicolor command, for the installed
icon to be displayed in the menu item.
sed -i ...: Fixes submenu for GPicView.
The LXAppearance OBconf package contains a plugin for LXAppearance to configure OpenBox.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxappearance-obconf-0.2.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ae0076d489aa786f5d573f7ff592a4ab
Download size: 284 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install LXAppearance OBconf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The LXInput package contains a small program used to configure keyboard and mouse for LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxinput-0.3.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 69680debaef053d540ae3a5f4b237150
Download size: 144 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install LXInput by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The LXRandR package contains a monitor configuration tool for LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxrandr-0.3.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5101ab29d87fb2b56a5ec5bc8bc3f258
Download size: 132 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-2.24.33 and Xorg Applications
libxslt-1.1.38 with docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2 (to build man pages)
Install LXRandR by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-man: Use this switch if
you have installed optional dependencies and wish to build
the manual pages.
The LXTask package contains a lightweight and desktop-independent task manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxtask-0.1.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 27b5258847afc237a5b89666e7a8b45b
Download size: 136 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install LXTask by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Vte is a library (libvte) implementing a terminal emulator widget for GTK+ 2, and a minimal demonstration application (vte) that uses libvte.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/vte/0.28/vte-0.28.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.28/vte-0.28.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 497f26e457308649e6ece32b3bb142ff
Download size: 940 KB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.76.1, GTK-Doc-1.33.2 and PyGTK-2.24.0
Install Vte by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/vte \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/vte :
both this package and VTE-0.72.2 install files of the same name.
This switch ensures that they do not overwrite each other if
both are installed.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The LXTerminal package contains a VTE-based terminal emulator for LXDE with support for multiple tabs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxterminal-0.4.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7938dbd50e3826c11f4735a742b278d3
Download size: 197 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libxslt-1.1.38 with docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2 (to build man pages)
Install LXTerminal by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-man: Use this switch if
you have installed optional dependencies and wish to build
the manual pages.
LXQt is an extremely fast-performing and energy-saving desktop environment.
LXQt is a Qt based Desktop Environment. It is focused on being a classic desktop with a modern look and feel. It can customize appearance everywhere. The panel(s) have plugins and settings. It is Window Manager agnostic, has multi-language support and standard keyboard shortcuts. LXQt uses less CPU and less RAM than most other environments. It is especially useful for cloud computers with low hardware specifications, such as netbooks, mobile devices (e.g. MIDs) or older computers, but can be used with modern hardware.
Build LXQt core packages in the order presented in the book for the easiest resolution of dependencies.
To build LXQt, the following steps are recommended:
First, build the whole Xorg Chapter, including Wayland support with required and recommended dependencies. Test that the environment works with twm as the window manager. With experience, some of the packages can be omitted, but that is not recommended for first time users.
Second, build the required parts of Qt. The full package, Qt-5.15.10 is quite long and has a lot of dependencies. As an alternative, the required components needed for LXQt can be built using the procedures in qt-alternate-5.15.10.
Finally build the LXQt desktop using the pages below in order. The packages in the applications section are optional, but as a minimum, qterminal-1.3.0 is recommended.
The kwindowsystem provides information about, and allows interaction with, the windowing system. It provides a high level API that is windowing system independent and has platform specific implementations.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
This package is extracted from the KF5 set of packages. If KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 is built, do NOT also build this package as presented here.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.109/kwindowsystem-5.109.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2b384fcad72c84ccda75f300c14f633c
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 69 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0, Xorg Libraries, and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
User Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kwindowsystem
Install kwindowsystem by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Finally, remove some unneeded files as the root user:
rm -rf /usr/mkspecs
kwayland is a Qt-style API to interact with the wayland-client and wayland-server API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
This package is extracted from the KF5 set of packages. If KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 is built, do NOT also build this package as presented here.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.109/kwayland-5.109.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b9ce7efb96ee1f88f3d8c505a3c8e8b1
Download size: 332 KB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0, Mesa-23.1.6 (built with Wayland-1.22.0 support), plasma-wayland-protocols-1.10.0, and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
Install kwayland by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Finally, remove some unneeded files as the root user:
rm -rf /usr/mkspecs
The kconfig package provides access to configuration files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
This package is extracted from the KF5 set of packages. If KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 is built, do NOT also build this package as presented here.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.109/kconfig-5.109.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fe2b1c516c2f9caadd6c8e3bf35ffd96
Download size: 288 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0 and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
Install kconfig by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR=lib \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Finally, remove some unneeded files as the root user:
rm -rf /usr/mkspecs && rm -rf /usr/lib/libexec
Solid is a device integration framework. It provides a way of querying and interacting with hardware independently of the underlying operating system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
This package is extracted from the KF5 set of packages. If KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 is built, do NOT also build this package as presented here.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.109/solid-5.109.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8952c4756ed0bc072a8bad998ed81bc6
Download size: 300 KB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU
extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0 and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
UDisks-2.10.0, UPower-1.90.2, libimobiledevice, and media-player-info
Install solid by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Finally, remove some unneeded files as the root user:
rm -rf /usr/mkspecs
KIdleTime is used to report the idle time of users and the system. It is useful not only for determining the current idle time of the PC, but also for getting notified upon idle time events, such as custom timeouts or user activity.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
This package is extracted from the KF5 set of packages. If KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 is built, do NOT also build this package as presented here.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.109/kidletime-5.109.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d8f87c99c0b798f04ac328d7050d2d97
Download size: 32 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0, plasma-wayland-protocols-1.10.0, and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
Install kidletime by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Finally, remove some unneeded files as the root user:
rm -rf /usr/mkspecs
The libkscreen package contains the KDE Screen Management library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
This package is extracted from the plasma set of packages. If Plasma-5.27.7 is built, do NOT also build this package as presented here.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/plasma/5.27.7/libkscreen-5.27.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0f40e7e4ef0675cf06afc828c6056821
Download size: 116 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Install libkscreen by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR=lib \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Finally, remove some unneeded files as the root user:
rm -rf /usr/mkspecs && rm -rf /usr/lib/libexec
The muparser package is a fast math parser library for C and C++.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/beltoforion/muparser/archive/v2.3.4/muparser-2.3.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b92180a648be88238008ea01a597ccb9
Download size: 112 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install muparser by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-build-tools package provides several tools needed to build LXQt itself as well as other components maintained by the LXQt project.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-build-tools/releases/download/0.13.0/lxqt-build-tools-0.13.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f434042d33af5b47d61afdd6f0677276
Download size: 28 KB
Estimated disk space required: 776 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
CMake-3.27.2 and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
User Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxqt-build-tools
Install lxqt-build-tools by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libqtxdg is a Qt implementation of the freedesktop.org xdg specifications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/libqtxdg/releases/download/3.11.0/libqtxdg-3.11.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1dfe393914a1e29c3b0d684bff8189f4
Download size: 72 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
CMake-3.27.2 and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38 (for gtk-update-icon-cache)
User Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libqtxdg
Install libqtxdg by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR=lib \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DBUILD_TESTS=ON: Use this option
if you wish to build tests. If you pass this option, you can
run the tests by executing: make test.
-DBUILD_DEV_UTILS=ON: Use this
switch if you wish to build and install the development
utilities.
The lxqt-menu-data package contains compliant menu files for LXQt.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/lxqt-menu-data/lxqt-menu-data-20230619.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9e4e94691c6acee8f6abfbcf6c4403e0
Download size: 53 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxqt-menu-data
Install lxqt-menu-data by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The liblxqt is the core utility library for all LXQt components.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/liblxqt/releases/download/1.3.0/liblxqt-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: da3c9bd5c262f8a9b02469947c996cfb
Download size: 84 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
libqtxdg-3.11.0, (kwindowsystem-5.109.0 for lxqt or KDE Frameworks-5.109.0), and polkit-qt-0.114.0
Install liblxqt by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libsysstat package contains a library used to query system information and statistics.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/libsysstat/releases/download/0.4.6/libsysstat-0.4.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ad2884271c33716bad68222ace0c7fc0
Download size: 20 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsysstat
Install libsysstat by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The qtxdg-tools contains a CLI MIME tool for handling file associations and opening files with their default applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/qtxdg-tools/releases/download/3.11.0/qtxdg-tools-3.11.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4898d657bd4a92f7b738df78866297ac
Download size: 20 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install qtxdg-tools by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR=lib \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
libfm-qt is the Qt port of libfm, a library providing components to build desktop file managers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/libfm-qt/releases/download/1.3.0/libfm-qt-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 80448300dc454e5e484f3163bccc5947
Download size: 380 KB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
CMake-3.27.2, libexif-0.6.24, menu-cache-1.1.0, and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
Install libfm-qt by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-themes package provides a number of graphics files and themes for the LXQt desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-themes/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-themes-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1949f35f83cca3426a7fb7f822bcbe68
Download size: 25 MB
Estimated disk space required: 55 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxqt-themes
Install lxqt-themes by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-qtplugin package provides an LXQt Qt platform integration plugin.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-qtplugin/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-qtplugin-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 569bbb880942c3eeb1b08b8d4115365b
Download size: 24 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install lxqt-qtplugin by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To use the plugin in Qt 5, the environment variable
QT_QPA_PLATFORMTHEME must be set
to “lxqt”. One way to do that is to
issue as the root user:
cat >> /etc/profile.d/lxqt.sh << "EOF"
# Begin lxqt-qtplugin configuration
export QT_QPA_PLATFORMTHEME=lxqt
# End lxqt-qtplugin configuration
EOF
The lxqt-about package provides the standalone LXQt “About” dialog.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-about/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-about-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e9b929224b3f5dd435c42411778de561
Download size: 48 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install lxqt-about by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-admin package provides two GUI tools to adjust settings of the operating system LXQt is running on.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-admin/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-admin-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fb094c9722abe442e562394a71b7381c
Download size: 148 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install lxqt-admin by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-openssh-askpass package is a GUI to query credentials on behalf of other programs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-openssh-askpass/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-openssh-askpass-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fb65bd0b8389210345fcd26cc4a12a7e
Download size: 20 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install lxqt-openssh-askpass by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-sudo package is a graphical front end to sudo and su respectively.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-sudo/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-sudo-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2832990a7fb1c401a72bba9dfadd1d14
Download size: 40 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install lxqt-sudo by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-config package provides the LXQt Configuration Center.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-config/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-config-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c925164e691dd8da4f44511f42ef5b4f
Download size: 364 KB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
liblxqt-1.3.0, (kconfig-5.27.7 for lxqt and libkscreen-5.27.7 for lxqt) or Plasma-5.27.7, and xorg-libinput-1.3.0
Install lxqt-config by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is the LXQt Configuration Center |
|
|
is used to change system themes, icon themes, and fonts used by applications in an LXQt session |
|
|
configures the brightness setting of a monitor |
|
|
is used to associate filetypes with programs |
|
|
is used to configure input devices, setting options such as the mouse speed, the cursor, the keyboard speed, and the keyboard layout |
|
|
configures the locale used in LXQt sessions |
|
|
is a graphical frontend to xrandr that configures monitors on a system |
|
|
contains the liblxqt-config-cursor API functions |
The obconf-qt package is a Qt-based configuration tool for Openbox.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/obconf-qt/releases/download/0.16.2/obconf-qt-0.16.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0fc4fdf4f8d9b0005fea13857596bf46
Download size: 108 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install obconf-qt by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-globalkeys package contains a daemon used to register global keyboard shortcuts as well as an editor for keyboard shortcuts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-globalkeys/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-globalkeys-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: decf8632f24aab735c7942540b4c62d2
Download size: 76 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
Install lxqt-globalkeys by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-policykit package is the LXQt PolicyKit agent.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-policykit/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-policykit-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1edc6f96efe55b07bf60f746c2ec6d1b
Download size: 40 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install lxqt-policykit by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-session package contains the default session manager for LXQt.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-session/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-session-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6703a001a5acbf4dad6d13e1e5e9278c
Download size: 184 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
liblxqt-1.3.0, (kwindowsystem-5.109.0 for lxqt or KDE Frameworks-5.109.0), qtxdg-tools-3.11.0, and Xdg-user-dirs-0.18
Install lxqt-session by running the following commands:
sed -e '/TryExec/s|=|=/usr/bin/|' \
-i xsession/lxqt.desktop.in &&
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -e '/TryExec/s|=|='/usr'/bin/|' -i xsessions/lxqt.desktop.in: If you are using a display manager, the full path of the “TryExec” directive has to be given so that the LXQt desktop will appear in the sessions list.
Window Managers other than openbox-3.6.1 may be used, e.g.
Xfwm4-4.18.0. Please note that IceWM-3.4.1 is
not a good substitute. Fluxbox does work, although in this
context (with lxqt-config-1.3.0), openbox-3.6.1 is
better. The configuration file /usr/share/lxqt/windowmanagers.conf comes
with many examples of Window Managers and the ones which are
installed will appear in a drop down list of lxqt-config-session. For
the ones not included in /usr/share/lxqt/windowmanagers.conf, you
can use lxqt-config-session's
"search" button, e.g. for Fluxbox-1.3.7, navigating through
the file system until you can choose fluxbox.
The pcmanfm-qt is a file manager and desktop icon manager (a Qt port of pcmanfm and libfm).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/pcmanfm-qt/releases/download/1.3.0/pcmanfm-qt-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c1e8738479f4d43df33b642af7e5004c
Download size: 352 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
liblxqt-1.3.0, libfm-qt-1.3.0, and lxqt-menu-data-20230619
Gvfs-1.50.6 (runtime) and oxygen-icons5-5.109.0 or another icon theme (depending on your choice, some icons will be missing in several places)
Install pcmanfm-qt by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To make pcmanfm-qt easier to
find in menus, adjust the .desktop file. Again, as the
root user:
sed -e '/Categories=/s/=/=System;FileTools;/' \
-e '/Name=/s/=.*/=File Manager PCManFM-Qt'/ \
-i /usr/share/applications/pcmanfm-qt.desktop
The lxqt-panel package contains a lightweight X11 desktop panel.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-panel/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-panel-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 98f8b9b8f47ec0b1e7bc5eca475b7f45
Download size: 600 KB
Estimated disk space required: 55 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
libdbusmenu-qt-0.9.3+16.04.20160218, liblxqt-1.3.0, lxqt-globalkeys-1.3.0, lxqt-menu-data-20230619, (solid-5.109.0 for lxqt or KDE Frameworks-5.109.0), and menu-cache-1.1.0
alsa-lib-1.2.9 or PulseAudio-16.1 (volume plugin; see Command Explanations below if not present), libstatgrab-0.92.1 (network monitor and CPU load plugins), libsysstat-0.4.6 (CPU and network monitor plugins), libxkbcommon-1.5.0 (keyboard indicator plugin), and lm-sensors-3-6-0 (sensors plugin)
If KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 was not installed in /usr, help the code find some headers that it needs:
export CXXFLAGS+="-I $KF5_PREFIX/include" export CFLAGS+="-I $KF5_PREFIX/include"
Install lxqt-panel by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-D<plugin>_PLUGIN=no:
Disable a <plugin>, where <plugin> may be CLOCK,
COLORPICKER, CPULOAD, DIRECTORYMENU, DESKTOPSWITCH,
KBINDICATOR, MAINMENU, MOUNT, QUICKLAUNCH, SENSORS,
SHOWDESKTOP, NETWORKMONITOR, SYSSTAT, TASKBAR,
STATUSNOTIFIER, TRAY, VOLUME, WORLDCLOCK, or SPACER
The lxqt-powermanagement package provides the power management module for LXQt.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-powermanagement/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-powermanagement-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5f371fc66093704acd891a3175595e98
Download size: 92 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
liblxqt-1.3.0, (kidletime-5.109.0 for lxqt or or KDE Frameworks-5.109.0), and UPower-1.90.2
Install lxqt-powermanagement by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-runner package provides a tool used to launch programs quickly by typing their names.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-runner/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-runner-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cb3d22417e7e26954eb216c1c853a790
Download size: 220 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install lxqt-runner by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To use lxqt-runner, simultaneously press the Alt-F2 keys. A dialog window appears in the top center of the screen. When you start typing a command, a list of possible matches appears and changes as you keep typing.
Please follow these instructions before starting LXQt for the first time.
openbox-3.6.1, or another window manager, such as Xfwm4-4.18.0, or kwin from Plasma-5.27.7. Note that IceWM-3.4.1 is not suitable for LXQt.
breeze-icons-5.109.0 and desktop-file-utils-0.26
lightdm-1.32.0 or another Display Manager, e.g. sddm-0.20.0, and XScreenSaver-6.06
You can start LXQt from a TTY, using xinit-1.4.2, or by using a graphical display manager such as lightdm-1.32.0.
To start LXQt using xinit-1.4.2, run the following commands:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
exec startlxqt
EOF
startx
The X session starts on the first unused virtual terminal, normally vt1. You can switch to another vtn by simultaneously pressing the keys Ctrl-Alt-Fn (n=2, 3, ...). To switch back to the X session, normally started at vt1, use Ctrl-Alt-F1. The vt where the command startx was executed will display many messages, including X starting messages, applications automatically started with the session, and eventually, some warning and error messages, but these are hidden by the graphical interface. You may prefer to redirect those messages to a log file, which can be used for debugging purposes. This can be done starting X with:
startx &> ~/.x-session-errors
When LXQt first starts, it will ask you for the window manager to use. To start, the BLFS editors recommend using openbox. At this point both the background and the panel will be black. Right clicking on the background will bring up a menu and selecting "Desktop Preferences" will allow you to change the background color or set a background image.
The panel will be at the bottom of the screen. Right clicking on the panel will bring up a menu that will allow you to customize the panel including adding widgets and setting the background color. The BLFS editors recommend installing, at a minimum, the Application Manager and Task Manager widgets.
After LXQt has started for the first time, the BLFS editors recommend going through the settings presented in the LXQt Configuration Center, which can be found under LXQt Settings in the Preferences menu of the application launcher.
The user configuration files will be created in the directory $HOME/.config/lxqt/. To get widget icons to display properly, the lxqt.conf file may need to be manually edited to include the line "icon_theme=oxygen".
This is a small collection of optional applications that add extra capabilities to the LXQt desktop.
The lximage-qt package contains a lightweight image viewer and screenshot program.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lximage-qt/releases/download/1.3.0/lximage-qt-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a3db7cff797d71ba86bd1b3f3d3f2aad
Download size: 819 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Install lximage-qt by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have xdg-utils-1.1.3 installed, as the
root user, run xdg-icon-resource forceupdate --theme
hicolor.
The lxqt-archiver package is a simple and lightweight desktop-agnostic Qt file archiver.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-archiver/releases/download/0.8.0/lxqt-archiver-0.8.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 711a427fe2e3890559b873632b14f452
Download size: 177 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
Install lxqt-archiver by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The lxqt-notificationd package is the LXQt notification daemon.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-notificationd/releases/download/1.3.0/lxqt-notificationd-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5968545fb9ac06c19cd682f474b45c28
Download size: 60 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install lxqt-notificationd by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
pavucontrol-qt is the Qt port of the volume control utility pavucontrol, which is used to adjust audio levels in Pulseaudio. It is desktop environment agnostic.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/pavucontrol-qt/releases/download/1.3.0/pavucontrol-qt-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0601924b580f050f43d038d407969c3b
Download size: 105 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
liblxqt-1.3.0 and PulseAudio-16.1 (built with GLib-2.76.4 support)
Install pavucontrol-qt by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The qps package contains a Qt process manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/qps/releases/download/2.7.0/qps-2.7.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e5e33db8d827a9b6f58e735e2b689c72
Download size: 263 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Install qps by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have xdg-utils-1.1.3 installed, as the
root user, run xdg-icon-resource forceupdate --theme
hicolor.
As the name suggests, the qtermwidget package is a terminal widget for Qt.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/qtermwidget/releases/download/1.3.0/qtermwidget-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7dd15e5c57f45613d8f26afc53f09444
Download size: 188 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
User Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qtermwidget
Install qtermwidget by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The qterminal package contains a Qt widget based terminal emulator for Qt with support for multiple tabs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/qterminal/releases/download/1.3.0/qterminal-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5ba39b5b8f1b5f203d463079630dd6b5
Download size: 216 KB
Estimated disk space required: 644 KB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Install qterminal by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The screengrab package is a cross-platform tool for making screenshots quickly.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lxqt/screengrab/releases/download/2.6.0/screengrab-2.6.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 628db4fd51b27bb8076da7e73e72de89
Download size: 329 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
(kwindowsystem-5.109.0 for lxqt or KDE Frameworks-5.109.0), and libqtxdg-3.11.0
If KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 was not installed in /usr, help the code find some headers that it needs:
export CXXFLAGS+="-I $KF5_PREFIX/include" export CFLAGS+="-I $KF5_PREFIX/include"
Install screengrab by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have xdg-utils-1.1.3 installed, as the
root user, run xdg-icon-resource forceupdate --theme
hicolor.
This chapter is a collection of programs that are useful for viewing or editing office documents. Some specialise in doing one thing (such as word processing or manipulating a spreadsheet). LibreOffice is a suite of programs that can manipulate many different formats including powerpoint presentations.
AbiWord is a word processor which is useful for writing reports, letters and other formatted documents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.abisource.com/downloads/abiword/3.0.5/source/abiword-3.0.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a8f218b711450e4ccae43a0522e0e806
Download size: 11 MB
Estimated disk space required: 690 MB, with docs (76 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 2.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4, with docs)
AbiWord Docs: https://www.abisource.com/downloads/abiword/3.0.2/source/abiword-docs-3.0.2.tar.gz
AbiWord Docs MD5 sum: c92c0e1e2081db20757231a53d80c338
AbiWord Docs size: 1.5 MB
Boost-1.83.0, cURL-8.2.1, FriBidi-1.0.13, GOffice-0.10.55, and wv-1.2.9
dbus-glib-0.112, evolution-data-server-3.48.4, gobject-introspection-1.76.1, libchamplain-0.12.21, libgcrypt-1.10.2, libical-3.0.16, libsoup-2.74.3, Redland-1.0.17, telepathy-glib-0.24.2, Valgrind-3.21.0. Aiksaurus, GtkMathView, libwmf, libwpd, libwpg, libwps, Link Grammar Parser, Loudmouth, OTS, and Psiconv
To enable many of the optional dependencies, review the information from ./configure --help for the necessary switches you must pass to the configure script.
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/abiword
Install AbiWord by running the following commands:
sed -e "s/free_suggestions/free_string_list/" \
-e "s/_to_personal//" \
-e "s/in_session/added/" \
-i src/af/xap/xp/enchant_checker.cpp &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This program does not come with a functional test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
In order to install the local help files, a graphics session is recommended.
If you wish to install the local help files, untar and build them first:
The current version of the docs expands to abiword-docs-3.0.1 and not the expected abiword-docs-3.0.2.
tar -xf ../abiword-docs-3.0.2.tar.gz && cd abiword-docs-3.0.1 && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
and then, as the root user:
make install
sed ...: This command corrects the source for changes in the dependency enchant-2.5.0.
--enable-plugins="collab openxml goffice
grammar": Build some or all plugins. The openxml
plugin enables Abiword to
open some .docx files. The grammar plugin requires Link
Grammar Parser
Choose the right template for your language and locale from the list produced by the following command:
ls /usr/share/abiword-3.0/templates
Create the folder ~/.AbiSuite/templates then copy the
normal.awt you want into it:
install -v -m750 -d ~/.AbiSuite/templates &&
install -v -m640 /usr/share/abiword-3.0/templates/normal.awt-<lang> \
~/.AbiSuite/templates/normal.awt
Change <lang> by the above
command to fit the name of the file you want.
If you are using multiple languages, you may need to edit the template to use a font with greater coverage (e.g. one of the Dejavu fonts, because Abiword does not use fontconfig and can only display glyphs that are provided in the chosen font.
If you have desktop-file-utils-0.26 installed, you should run the update-desktop-database command to update the mimeinfo cache and allow the Help system to work.
If you have xdg-utils-1.1.3 installed, you should run the xdg-icon-resource forceupdate --theme hicolor command, for the installed icon to be displayed in the menu item.
The Gnumeric package contains a spreadsheet program which is useful for mathematical analysis.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnumeric/1.12/gnumeric-1.12.55.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/gnumeric/1.12/gnumeric-1.12.55.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 76ab216b25c48b4f5fbf05f73e1ca7d9
Download size: 17 MB
Estimated disk space required: 243 MB (add 4 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 3.6 SBU for tests)
GOffice-0.10.55 and itstool-2.0.7
an icon theme such as adwaita-icon-theme-44.0, oxygen-icons5-5.109.0, or gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0, a graphical environment, and Yelp-42.2 for the built-in help functionality
DConf-0.40.0 (to prevent some test failures), gobject-introspection-1.76.1, PyGObject-3.44.1, Valgrind-3.21.0 (for some tests), dblatex (for PDF docs), libgda, Mono, pxlib, and Psiconv
Install Gnumeric by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package must be installed before the test suite is run.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To run the tests, issue make check. Tests should be run from an active X session, and DConf-0.40.0 should be installed to prevent some failures. Three tests are known to fail related to valgrind.
--enable-pdfdocs: Use this switch
if you have installed dblatex and wish to create PDF docs.
|
is a symlink to gnumeric-1.12.55 |
|
|
is GNOME's spreadsheet application |
|
|
is a command line utility to convert spreadsheet files between various spreadsheet file formats |
|
|
is a command line utility to compare two spreadsheets |
|
|
is a command line utility to search spreadsheets for strings |
|
|
is a command line utility to generate index data for spreadsheet files |
|
|
contains the gnumeric API functions |
LibreOffice is a full-featured office suite. It is largely compatible with Microsoft Office and is descended from OpenOffice.org.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Core Download: https://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/7.6.0/libreoffice-7.6.0.3.tar.xz
Core Download MD5 sum: b6994286fa3c274d1beac33aca80c442
Core Download size: 267 MB
Estimated disk space required: 10 GB including the additional files if downloaded during the build (727 MB installed). Installing the whole set of languages requires more than 25 GB (around 3 GB installed)
Estimated build time: 40 SBU with parallelism=8 (will vary due to download time)
Around 80 smallish tarballs and zip files will be downloaded during the build. The download time will vary with the local internet speed and server load. The download time is about 3 minutes on a fiber connection and probably not much more than 10 minutes on an ADSL connection. If you have not downloaded one or more of the following, they will also be downloaded during the build.
Dictionaries: https://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/7.6.0/libreoffice-dictionaries-7.6.0.3.tar.xz
Dictionaries MD5 sum: 1bada07c06d85ac82587b231a0644676
Dictionaries size: 51 MB
Help Files: https://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/7.6.0/libreoffice-help-7.6.0.3.tar.xz
Help Files MD5 sum: 726d9aa6dc1e6041c9b4a936fc62b2bd
Help Files size: 160 MB
Translations: https://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/7.6.0/libreoffice-translations-7.6.0.3.tar.xz
Translations MD5 sum: 107f419fe95a42d4698f444397c5e569
Translations size: 207 MB
Archive-Zip-1.68, UnZip-6.0, Wget-1.21.4, Which-2.21, and Zip-3.0
An Internet connection is needed for building this package.
Most of these packages are recommended because if they're not installed, the build process will compile and install its own (often older) version, with the side effect of increasing build and installed disk space and build time.
apache-ant-1.10.14, Boost-1.83.0, CLucene-2.3.3.4, Cups-2.4.6, cURL-8.2.1, dbus-glib-0.112, libepoxy-1.5.10, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, LLVM-16.0.5 (clang is preferred for rendering with skia), GLM-0.9.9.8, GLU-9.0.3, GPGME-1.21.0, Graphite2-1.3.14, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, GTK+-3.24.38, HarfBuzz-8.1.1, ICU-73.2, libatomic_ops-7.8.0, Little CMS-2.14, librsvg-2.56.3, libtiff-4.5.1, libwebp-1.3.1, libxml2-2.10.4 and libxslt-1.1.38, lxml-4.9.3, Mesa-23.1.6, nss-3.92, OpenLDAP-2.6.6 (if connecting to an LDAP server), Poppler-23.08.0, PostgreSQL-15.4, Redland-1.0.17, and unixODBC-2.3.12
Avahi-0.8, BlueZ-5.68, DConf-0.40.0, desktop-file-utils-0.26, Doxygen-1.9.7 (not relevant if using --disable-odk), evolution-data-server-3.48.4, GDB-13.2, GnuTLS-3.8.1, KDE Frameworks-5.109.0, libpaper-2.1.1, MariaDB-10.11.4 or MySQL, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, NASM-2.16.01, (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10), SANE-1.0.32, telepathy-glib-0.24.2, Valgrind-3.21.0, VLC-3.0.18, Apache Commons Codec, Apache Commons HttpClient, Apache Commons Lang, Apache Commons Logging, BeanShell, box2d, CoinMP, Cppunit, Firebird, glyphy, Gnome VFS, hamcrest, Hunspell, Hyphen, iwyu, junit4, libabw, libcdr, libcmis, libebook, libepubgen, libetonyek, libexttextcat, libfreehand, liblangtag, libmspub, libmwaw, libnumbertext, libodfgen, libpagemaker, libqrcodegen, libqxp, librevenge (WordPerfect Document importer), libstaroffice, libvisio, libwpd, libwpg, libwps, libzmf, lp_solve, mdds, MyThes, odfvalidator, officeotron, OpenCOLLADA, Orcus, SystemTap, and VIGRA
There are many optional dependencies not listed here. They can be found in “download.lst” (source directory).
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libreoffice
Unlike the other packages, we assume that you have not yet
unpacked the package. This is because the --no-overwrite-dir switch is needed in case
you unpack as the root
user.
tar -xf libreoffice-7.6.0.3.tar.xz --no-overwrite-dir && cd libreoffice-7.6.0.3
If you have downloaded the dictionaries, help and translations tarballs, create symlinks to them from the source directory so they won't get downloaded again:
install -dm755 external/tarballs && ln -sv ../../../libreoffice-dictionaries-7.6.0.3.tar.xz external/tarballs/ && ln -sv ../../../libreoffice-help-7.6.0.3.tar.xz external/tarballs/ && ln -sv ../../../libreoffice-translations-7.6.0.3.tar.xz external/tarballs/
The instructions in the package unpack some tarballs into a location it cannot find later. Create some symlinks to help the build system out:
ln -sv src/libreoffice-help-7.6.0.3/helpcontent2/ && ln -sv src/libreoffice-dictionaries-7.6.0.3/dictionaries/ && ln -sv src/libreoffice-translations-7.6.0.3/translations/
During the build process, some packages will be downloaded (including the ones listed as recommended and optional dependencies) if they are not present on the system. Because of this, build time may vary from the published time more than usual.
Due to the large size of the package, you may prefer to
install it in /opt, instead of
/usr. Depending on your choice,
replace <PREFIX> by
/usr or by /opt/libreoffice-7.6.0.3:
export LO_PREFIX=<PREFIX>
Locales "fr" and "en-GB", you will find below, are just examples; you should change them to suit your needs - you might want to read the "Command Explanations", further below, before proceeding.
If you set the ACLOCAL environment variable to support installing Xorg in /opt, you will need to unset it for this package.
If you are building on a 32 bit machine, CFLAGS is set to -Os, which breaks the
build. Prevent this by issuing:
case $(uname -m) in i?86) sed /-Os/d -i solenv/gbuild/platform/LINUX_INTEL_GCC.mk ;; esac
If you decide to pass the --disable-java to configure, fix an issue
that causes the build to fail:
sed -i '940i #if HAVE_FEATURE_JAVA' cui/source/options/optjava.cxx && sed -i '966i #endif' cui/source/options/optjava.cxx
Prepare LibreOffice for compilation by running the following commands:
sed -e "/gzip -f/d" \
-e "s|.1.gz|.1|g" \
-i bin/distro-install-desktop-integration &&
sed -e "/distro-install-file-lists/d" -i Makefile.in &&
./autogen.sh --prefix=$LO_PREFIX \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-vendor=BLFS \
--with-lang='fr en-GB' \
--with-help \
--with-myspell-dicts \
--without-junit \
--without-system-dicts \
--disable-dconf \
--disable-odk \
--enable-release-build=yes \
--enable-python=system \
--with-jdk-home=/opt/jdk \
--with-system-clucene \
--with-system-curl \
--with-system-epoxy \
--with-system-expat \
--with-system-glm \
--with-system-gpgmepp \
--with-system-graphite \
--with-system-harfbuzz \
--with-system-icu \
--with-system-jpeg \
--with-system-lcms2 \
--with-system-libatomic_ops \
--with-system-libpng \
--with-system-libxml \
--with-system-nss \
--with-system-odbc \
--with-system-openldap \
--with-system-openssl \
--with-system-poppler \
--with-system-postgresql \
--with-system-redland \
--with-system-libtiff \
--with-system-libwebp \
--with-system-zlib
Build the package:
make build
Now, as the root user:
make distro-pack-install
If installed in /opt/libreoffice-7.6.0.3 some additional
steps are necessary. Issue the following commands as the
root user:
if [ "$LO_PREFIX" != "/usr" ]; then
# This symlink is necessary for the desktop menu entries
ln -svf $LO_PREFIX/lib/libreoffice/program/soffice /usr/bin/libreoffice &&
# Set up a generic location independent of version number
ln -sfv libreoffice-7.6.0.3 /opt/libreoffice
# Icons
mkdir -vp /usr/share/pixmaps
for i in $LO_PREFIX/share/icons/hicolor/32x32/apps/*; do
ln -svf $i /usr/share/pixmaps
done &&
# Desktop menu entries
for i in $LO_PREFIX/lib/libreoffice/share/xdg/*; do
ln -svf $i /usr/share/applications/libreoffice-$(basename $i)
done &&
# Man pages
for i in $LO_PREFIX/share/man/man1/*; do
ln -svf $i /usr/share/man/man1/
done
unset i
fi
If you have installed desktop-file-utils-0.26, and
you wish to update the MIME database, issue, as the
root user:
update-desktop-database
The suite and main modules can be started from the menu. From
a terminal, the suite can be started with the libreoffice command and the
modules with the libreoffice
--<module>
command, respectively, where <module> is one of
base, calc, draw, impress, math, web, or writer. Modules
cannot be started using their shell starting script names
(see "Installed Programs", below), if LO_PREFIX is other than
/usr, unless the $LO_PREFIX/bin directory is appended to the
PATH.
sed -e ...: The first sed prevents compression of the manual pages and the second one prevents the install from failing.
--with-vendor=BLFS:
This switch sets BLFS as the vendor which is mentioned when
you click "About" from the Help menu on the toolbar.
--with-lang='fr
en-GB': This switch sets what languages to
support. To list several languages, separate them with a
space. For all languages, use --with-lang=ALL. Note that the
translations file is not needed and won't be downloaded if
using only en-US as a language.
For a list of the available languages, look in solenv/inc/langlist.mk.
--with-help: Without
this switch, the help files are not built.
--with-jdk-home=/opt/jdk: This
parameter will silence a warning that the configure script
attempted to find JAVA_HOME automatically (even though that
is passed in the environment). Omit this if you disabled
java.
--with-myspell-dicts:
This switch adds myspell dictionaries to the LibreOffice installation set.
--disable-dconf: This
switch disables compiling LibreOffice with the GNOME DConf configuration system
support.
--without-junit: This
switch disables the tests for the deprecated HSQLDB driver
which is written in Java.
--without-system-dicts: This
switch disables the use of dictionaries from system paths so
that the ones installed by this package are used.
--disable-odk: This
switch disables installing the office development kit. Remove
if you want to develop a LibreOffice based application.
--enable-release-build=yes:
This switch enables a Release Build. LibreOffice can be built as a Release
Build or as a Developer Build, because their default
installation paths and user profile paths are different.
Developer Build displays the words "Dev" and "Beta" in
several places (e.g, menu and splash screen).
--enable-python=system: This
switch tells LibreOffice to
use the system installed Python
3 instead of the bundled one.
--with-system-*:
These switches prevent LibreOffice from trying to compile its
own versions of these dependencies. If you've not installed
some of the dependencies, remove the corresponding switches.
make distro-pack-install: This does a normal install, but if you add a DESTDIR environment variable it will also install a lot of (text) gid_Module_* files in the DESTDIR, to help distributions which want to break the package into parts.
--with-parallelism=<count>:
This switch tells LibreOffice to use <count> CPU
cores to compile in parallel. (Do not include literal angle
brackets.) The default is to use all available cores on the
system.
--disable-cups: Use this switch
if you don't need printing support.
--disable-dbus: Use this switch
if you've not installed D-Bus-1.8.0 or later. It also
disables Bluetooth support and font install via PackageKit.
--disable-firebird-sdbc: By
default, the ability to connect to a firebird database is enabled. Add this
switch if you do not need that feature.
--disable-gstreamer-1-0: Use this
switch if you have not installed gst-plugins-base-1.22.5.
--disable-postgresql-sdbc: This
switch disables compiling LibreOffice with the ability to connect
to a PostgreSQL database.
Use it if you have not installed PostgreSQL and you do not want
LibreOffice to compile its
bundled copy.
--disable-skia: Use Cairo-1.17.6
for rendering instead of skia.
--enable-gtk3-kde5: This switch
allows the Visual Class Library, which is responsible for
widgets, to be built with KF5 file dialogs if GTK+-3, Qt5 and
Plasma are all available.
--enable-lto: This switch will
enable Link Time Optimization, which results in slightly
smaller libraries (about 40 MB). This is said to make
LibreOffice programs load
faster (and possibly run faster, e.g. when recalculating a
spreadsheet). On an 8-core machine with 16GB of memory, the
difference in compile times was minimal, but an extra 2GB was
used for the work files. On machines with fewer processors or
a lack of memory, the compile might be much slower.
--without-java: This switch
disables Java support in
LibreOffice. Java is needed
for the deprecated HSQLDB driver, which allows reading
databases created by other programs or in earlier versions of
libreoffice base. It is also
needed for some optional user interface components.
--without-fonts: LibreOffice includes a number of
third-party TrueType fonts. If you have already installed
some or all of the same fonts, you may prefer to use the
system versions.
--enable-kf5: Builds with
KDE/Plasma integration. If (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10) and/or
KDE Frameworks-5.109.0
are not installed in /usr, the
include and library directories must be specified in
QT5INC, QT5LIB, KF5INC, and
KF5LIB, respectively.
--enable-evolution2: Enables
support for Evolution address books through Evolution Data
Server. Note that Evolution Data Server must be installed for
this feature to function.
--enable-qt5: This switch enables
support for integration with Qt5 and the Qt5 theming engine.
If (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10) is not
installed in /usr, the include
and library directories must be specified in the QT5INC and QT5LIB
environment variables.
|
is the main libreofice suite (symlink to $LO_PREFIX/lib/libreoffice/program/soffice) |
|
|
is the database manager module shell starting script |
|
|
is the spreadsheet module shell starting script |
|
|
is the vector graphics editor and diagramming tool module shell starting script |
|
|
is the (PowerPoint) presentations editor and displayer module shell starting script |
|
|
is the mathematical formula editor module shell starting script |
|
|
is the HTML editor module shell starting script |
|
|
is the word processor module shell starting script |
|
|
is a tool to manage LibreOffice extensions from the command line |
This chapter contains a wonderful selection of browsers. We hope you can find one you enjoy using or give them each a trial run.
Epiphany is a simple yet powerful GNOME web browser targeted at non-technical users. Its principles are simplicity and standards compliance.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/epiphany/44/epiphany-44.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/epiphany/44/epiphany-44.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fbc40317261873100f625736ec6a511c
Download size: 3.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 55 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests; both using parallelism=4)
Gcr-4.1.0, gnome-desktop-44.0, ISO Codes-4.15.0, JSON-GLib-1.6.6, libadwaita-1.3.4, libportal-0.6, Nettle-3.9.1, and WebKitGTK-2.41.91 (built with GTK-4)
gnome-keyring-42.1 (for storing passwords) and Seahorse-43.0 (for managing stored passwords)
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/epiphany
Install Epiphany by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release .. && ninja
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
One test would fail if this package is not installed, so it's better to run the test suite after installation. To test the results, issue LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 ninja test. The tests must be run from a graphical session.
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
Falkon is a KDE web browser using the QtWebEngine rendering engine. It was previously known as QupZilla. It aims to be a lightweight web browser available through all major platforms.
Although falkon is now part of KDE, it can be installed without KDE (with the loss of kwallet functionality).
Falkon relies on QtWebEngine. That uses a forked copy of chromium, and is therefore vulnerable to many issues found there. The Qt developers have always preferred to make releases at the same time as the rest of Qt (rather than adding emergency fixes). Now that they are keen to move to Qt6, the 5.15.3 and later Qt-5.15 releases are initially only available to paying customers. QtWebEngine is something of an exception because of its LGPL licence, but getting the git sources (with the forked chromium submodule) to a point where they will successfully build on a current BLFS system can take a lot of effort. Be aware that future fixes for vulnerabilities might be very delayed, to the extent that you might wish to consider using a different browser.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/falkon-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d86443f954c7f02f90abb349fa91163b
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 130 MB
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
extra-cmake-modules-5.109.0, KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 (for karchive), and qtwebengine-5.15.15
Strictly speaking, only karchive is required to build falkon, but several other packages in KF5 can be used if they are present. To build only karchive, download that package from the directory specified in KDE Frameworks-5.109.0 and use the build instructions on that page changing the $KF5_PREFIX to /usr.
gnome-keyring-42.1, PySide2, and Shiboken2
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/falkon
Install falkon by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test. All tests should
pass. If any fail, the full results will be in Testing/Temporary/LastTest.log.
Now, as the root user:
make install
When upgrading this package, it is possible that the
contents of the application will remain empty even though
everything else appears to be working properly. In this
case try removing ~/.cache/falkon and restarting the
program.
If you have installed Pyside2 you will want to examine
hellopython.py
which is in the scripts/
directory, and perhaps copy it to your home directory.
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF: This will
save a little time and space by not building the test
programs, use this if you do not wish to run the test.
Firefox is a stand-alone browser based on the Mozilla codebase.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/firefox/releases/115.2.0esr/source/firefox-115.2.0esr.source.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 747043bb967bdbc6f4bd3b29b5bdd438
Download size: 491 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6.4 GB (209 MB installed) without tests
Estimated build time: 22 SBU using -j4, without tests
The directory name is firefox-115.2.0
Extracting the tarball will reset the permissions of the
current directory to 0755 if you have permission to do
that. If you do this in a directory where the sticky bit is
set, such as /tmp it will end
with error messages:
tar: .: Cannot utime: Operation not permitted
tar: .: Cannot change mode to rwxr-xr-t: Operation not permitted
tar: Exiting with failure status due to previous errors
This does finish with non-zero status, but it does
NOT mean there is a
real problem. Do not untar as the root user in a directory where the
sticky bit is set - that will unset it.
As with other large packages which use C++ (or rust), the SBU times to build this vary more widely than you might expect. The build times will increase significantly if your machine has to swap.
Although upstream prefer to use PulseAudio, for the moment Alsa can still be used. Both may need runtime configuration to get sound working.
Cbindgen-0.24.3, dbus-glib-0.112, GTK+-3.24.38, libnotify-0.8.2, LLVM-16.0.5 (with clang, used for bindgen even if using gcc), nodejs-18.17.1, PulseAudio-16.1 (or alsa-lib-1.2.9 if you edit the mozconfig; now deprecated by mozilla), in either case please read the Configuration Information, Python-3.11.4 (rebuilt after installing SQLite-3.42.0), startup-notification-0.12, UnZip-6.0, yasm-1.3.0, and Zip-3.0
ICU-73.2, libevent-2.1.12, libvpx-1.13.0, libwebp-1.3.1, NASM-2.16.01, nss-3.92
If you don't install recommended dependencies, then internal copies of those packages will be used. They might be tested to work, but they can be out of date or contain security holes.
cURL-8.2.1, Doxygen-1.9.7, FFmpeg-6.0 (runtime, to play mov, mp3 or mp4 files), liboauth-1.0.3, pciutils-3.10.0 (runtime), Valgrind-3.21.0, Wget-1.21.4, Wireless Tools-29, libproxy
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/firefox
The configuration of Firefox
is accomplished by creating a mozconfig file containing the desired
configuration options. A default mozconfig is created below. To see the
entire list of available configuration options (and an
abbreviated description of some of them), issue ./mach configure -- --help |
less. You may also wish to review the entire
file and uncomment any other desired options. Create the file
by issuing the following command:
cat > mozconfig << "EOF"
# If you have a multicore machine, all cores will be used by default.
# If you have installed (or will install) wireless-tools, and you wish
# to use geolocation web services, comment out this line
ac_add_options --disable-necko-wifi
# API Keys for geolocation APIs - necko-wifi (above) is required for MLS
# Uncomment the following line if you wish to use Mozilla Location Service
#ac_add_options --with-mozilla-api-keyfile=$PWD/mozilla-key
# Uncomment the following line if you wish to use Google's geolocation API
# (needed for use with saved maps with Google Maps)
#ac_add_options --with-google-location-service-api-keyfile=$PWD/google-key
# startup-notification is required since firefox-78
# Uncomment the following option if you have not installed PulseAudio and
# want to use alsa instead
#ac_add_options --enable-audio-backends=alsa
# Comment out following options if you have not installed
# recommended dependencies:
ac_add_options --with-system-icu
ac_add_options --with-system-libevent
ac_add_options --with-system-libvpx
ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
ac_add_options --with-system-nss
ac_add_options --with-system-webp
# Unlike with thunderbird, although using the gold linker can
# save four megabytes in the installed file it does not make
# the build faster.
# libdav1d (av1 decoder) requires nasm. Uncomment this if nasm
# has not been installed. Do not uncomment this if you have
# ffmpeg installed.
#ac_add_options --disable-av1
# You cannot distribute the binary if you do this
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding
# Stripping is now enabled by default.
# Uncomment these lines if you need to run a debugger:
#ac_add_options --disable-strip
#ac_add_options --disable-install-strip
# Disabling debug symbols makes the build much smaller and a little
# faster. Comment this if you need to run a debugger. Note: This is
# required for compilation on i686.
ac_add_options --disable-debug-symbols
# The elf-hack is reported to cause failed installs (after successful builds)
# on some machines. It is supposed to improve startup time and it shrinks
# libxul.so by a few MB - comment this if you know your machine is not affected.
ac_add_options --disable-elf-hack
# The BLFS editors recommend not changing anything below this line:
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr
ac_add_options --enable-application=browser
ac_add_options --disable-crashreporter
ac_add_options --disable-updater
# enabling the tests will use a lot more space and significantly
# increase the build time, for no obvious benefit.
ac_add_options --disable-tests
# The default level of optimization again produces a working build with gcc.
ac_add_options --enable-optimize
ac_add_options --enable-system-ffi
ac_add_options --enable-system-pixman
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
# Sandboxing works well on x86_64 but might cause issues on other
# platforms. If not on x86_64, e.g. i686, it is recommended to
# uncomment the following switch.
#ac_add_options --disable-sandbox
# Using sandboxed wasm libraries has been moved to all builds instead
# of only mozilla automation builds. It requires extra llvm packages
# and was reported to seriously slow the build. Disable it.
ac_add_options --without-wasm-sandboxed-libraries
# The following option unsets Telemetry Reporting. With the Addons Fiasco,
# Mozilla was found to be collecting user's data, including saved passwords and
# web form data, without users consent. Mozilla was also found shipping updates
# to systems without the user's knowledge or permission.
# As a result of this, use the following command to permanently disable
# telemetry reporting in Firefox.
unset MOZ_TELEMETRY_REPORTING
mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/firefox-build-dir
EOF
Compile Firefox by issuing the following commands:
If the geolocation APIs are needed:
The Google and Mozilla API Keys below are specific to LFS. If using these instructions for another distro, or if you intend to distribute binary copies of the software using these instructions, please obtain your own keys following the instructions located at https://www.chromium.org/developers/how-tos/api-keys and https://location.services.mozilla.com/api respectively.
echo "AIzaSyDxKL42zsPjbke5O8_rPVpVrLrJ8aeE9rQ" > google-key echo "613364a7-9418-4c86-bcee-57e32fd70c23" > mozilla-key
If you are compiling this package in chroot you must do two
things. First, as the root
user, ensure that /dev/shm is
mounted. If you do not do this, the Python configuration will fail with a
traceback report referencing /usr/lib/pythonN.N/multiprocessing/synchronize.py.
Run:
mountpoint -q /dev/shm || mount -t tmpfs devshm /dev/shm
Second, either as the root
user export the $SHELL
environment variable using export SHELL=/bin/sh or
else prepend SHELL=/bin/sh when
running the ./mach commands.
Now invoke the Python mach script to compile the package.
export MACH_BUILD_PYTHON_NATIVE_PACKAGE_SOURCE=none &&
export MOZBUILD_STATE_PATH=${PWD}/mozbuild &&
./mach configure &&
./mach build
The mozconfig above disables
the tests because they use a lot more time and disk space for
no obvious benefit. If you have nevertheless enabled them,
you can run the tests by executing ./mach gtest. This will
require a network connection, and to be run from within an
Xorg session - there is a popup dialog when it fails to
connect to ALSA (that does not create a failed test). One or
two tests will fail. To see the details of the failure(s) you
will need to log the output from that command so that you can
review it.
Now, as the root user:
MACH_BUILD_PYTHON_NATIVE_PACKAGE_SOURCE=none ./mach install
Empty the environment variables which were set above:
unset MACH_BUILD_PYTHON_NATIVE_PACKAGE_SOURCE MOZBUILD_STATE_PATH
export
MOZBUILD_STATE_PATH=${PWD}/mozbuild: The
build is now supposed to tell you that it intends to create
~/.mozbuild, and offer you an
option to press <ENTER> to accept this, or Ctrl-C to
cancel and restart the build after specifying the directory.
In practice, the message may not appear until after
<ENTER> is keyed, i.e. the build stalls.
That directory is used for a (probably random) telemetry
identifier. Creating this in the build directory, and
deleting that after the installation, prevents it being used.
If you wish to participate in telemetry, export
MOZBUILD_STATE_PATH to point to its default directory and
remove the entry from the mozconfig.
MACH_BUILD_PYTHON_NATIVE_PACKAGE_SOURCE=none: Use the system python to create a virtual environment for mach without downloading any python wheels nor using the system python modules. This prevents version mismatches between system modules and bundled ones.
./mach
configure: This validates the supplied
dependencies and the mozconfig.
./mach build --verbose: Use this
alternative if you need details of which files are being
compiled, together with any C or C++ flags being used. But do
not add '--verbose' to the install command since it is not
accepted there.
./mach build -jN: The build
should, by default, use all the online CPU cores. If using
all the cores causes the build to swap because you have
insufficient memory, using fewer cores can be faster.
CC=gcc
CXX=g++
If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may want to create a
firefox.desktop file so that
Firefox appears in the
panel's menus. As the root
user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/applications &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/pixmaps &&
MIMETYPE="text/xml;text/mml;text/html;" &&
MIMETYPE+="application/xhtml+xml;application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml;" &&
MIMETYPE+="x-scheme-handler/http;x-scheme-handler/https" &&
cat > /usr/share/applications/firefox.desktop << EOF &&
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=Firefox Web Browser
Comment=Browse the World Wide Web
GenericName=Web Browser
Exec=firefox %u
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Icon=firefox
Categories=GNOME;GTK;Network;WebBrowser;
MimeType=$MIMETYPE
StartupNotify=true
EOF
unset MIMETYPE &&
ln -sfv /usr/lib/firefox/browser/chrome/icons/default/default128.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/firefox.png
The application settings for firefox are accessible by keying about:config in the address bar.
Occasionally, getting working sound in firefox can be a problem. Although upstream prefers pulseaudio, on balance using Alsa may be easier.
If you enabled Alsa for sound, you may need to alter one variable to get working sound. If you run firefox from a terminal and try to play something with sound you might encounter error messages like:
Sandbox: seccomp sandbox violation:
pid 3941, tid 4030, syscall 16, args 48 2147767296
139909894784796 0 0 0.
That was on x86_64, on i686 the syscall number is 54. To allow this syscall, in about:config change security.sandbox.content.syscall_whitelist to 16 (or 54 if using i686).
If you use pulseaudio in a Desktop
Environment, it might already be started by that DE. But if
it is not, although firefox-57 managed to start it,
firefox-58 did not. If you run firefox from a terminal
and this problem is present, trying to play sound will
encounter error messages warning Can't get cubeb context!
The fix for this is to close firefox, start pulseaudio to
check it does start (if not, read the information on
Configuring in PulseAudio-16.1) and restart firefox
to check it is working. If it now works, add the following
to your ~/.xinitrc:
pulseaudio
--verbose --log-target=journald&
(unfortunately, on some systems this does not work).
You may wish to use multiple profiles within firefox. To do that, invoke firefox as firefox --ProfileManager. You can also check which profile is currently in use from about:profiles.
Although WebRender (using the GPU for compositing) is not used by default, it now appears to work well on supported hardware (ATI, Nvidia and Intel GPUs with Mesa-18 or later). For an explanation, please see hacks.mozilla.org. The only downside seems to be that on a machine with limited RAM it might use more RAM.
To check if WebRender is being used, look in about:support. In the Graphics section, Compositing will either show 'Basic' (i.e. not in use) or 'WebRender'. To enable it, go to about:config and change gfx.webrender.all to True. You will need to restart firefox.
It may be useful to mention the processes from firefox which can appear in top - as well as firefox itself, there may be multiple Web Content processes, and now an RDD Process (Remote Data Decoder) which appears when playing web videos encoded with av1 (libdav1d). If WebRender has been enabled, a GPU Process will also appear when firefox has to repaint (e.g. scrolling, opening a new tab, or playing a video).
SeaMonkey is a browser suite, a descendant of Netscape. It includes the browser, composer, mail and news clients, and an IRC client.
It is the community-driven follow-on to the Mozilla Application Suite, created after Mozilla decided to focus on separate applications for browsing and e-mail. Those applications are Firefox-115.2.0 and Thunderbird-115.2.0.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/seamonkey/releases/2.53.17/source/seamonkey-2.53.17.source.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5fd91a88005c2cc2a3ba4addfb5ff35e
Download size: 254 MB
Estimated disk space required: 4.4 GB (159 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 11 SBU (with parallelism=4)
The tarball seamonkey-2.53.17.source.tar.xz will untar to seamonkey-2.53.17 directory.
Autoconf-2.13, Cbindgen-0.24.3, GTK+-3.24.38, nodejs-18.17.1, Python-2.7.18, UnZip-6.0, yasm-1.3.0, and Zip-3.0
ICU-73.2, libevent-2.1.12, libwebp-1.3.1, LLVM-16.0.5 (with clang), NASM-2.16.01, NSPR-4.35, nss-3.92, and PulseAudio-16.1
If you don't install recommended dependencies, then internal copies of those packages will be used. They might be tested to work, but they can be out of date or contain security holes.
alsa-lib-1.2.9, dbus-glib-0.112, GConf-3.2.6, startup-notification-0.12, Valgrind-3.21.0, Wget-1.21.4, Wireless Tools-29, Hunspell, and Watchman
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/seamonkey
The configuration of SeaMonkey is accomplished by creating a
mozconfig file containing the
desired configuration options. A default mozconfig file is created below. To see the
entire list of available configuration options (and an
abbreviated description of each one), issue ./configure --help. You may
also wish to review the entire file and uncomment any other
desired options. Create the file by issuing the following
command:
cat > mozconfig << "EOF"
# If you have a multicore machine, all cores will be used
# If you have installed DBus-Glib comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-dbus
# If you have installed dbus-glib, and you have installed (or will install)
# wireless-tools, and you wish to use geolocation web services, comment out
# this line
ac_add_options --disable-necko-wifi
# Uncomment these lines if you have installed optional dependencies:
#ac_add_options --enable-system-hunspell
#ac_add_options --enable-startup-notification
# Uncomment the following option if you have not installed PulseAudio
#ac_add_options --disable-pulseaudio
# and uncomment this if you installed alsa-lib instead of PulseAudio
#ac_add_options --enable-alsa
# Comment out following option if you have gconf installed
ac_add_options --disable-gconf
# Comment out following options if you have not installed
# recommended dependencies:
ac_add_options --with-system-icu
ac_add_options --with-system-libevent
ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
ac_add_options --with-system-nss
ac_add_options --with-system-webp
# Disabling debug symbols makes the build much smaller and a little
# faster. Comment this if you need to run a debugger. Note: This is
# required for compilation on i686.
ac_add_options --disable-debug-symbols
# The elf-hack is reported to cause failed installs (after successful builds)
# on some machines. It is supposed to improve startup time and it shrinks
# libxul.so by a few MB - comment this if you know your machine is not affected.
ac_add_options --disable-elf-hack
# Seamonkey has some additional features that are not turned on by default,
# such as an IRC client, calendar, and DOM Inspector. The DOM Inspector
# aids with designing web pages. Comment these options if you do not
# desire these features.
ac_add_options --enable-calendar
ac_add_options --enable-dominspector
ac_add_options --enable-irc
# The BLFS editors recommend not changing anything below this line:
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr
ac_add_options --enable-application=comm/suite
ac_add_options --disable-crashreporter
ac_add_options --disable-updater
ac_add_options --disable-tests
# rust-simd does not compile with recent versions of rust.
# It is disabled in recent versions of firefox
ac_add_options --disable-rust-simd
ac_add_options --enable-optimize="-O2"
ac_add_options --enable-strip
ac_add_options --enable-install-strip
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding
# The option to use system cairo was removed in 2.53.9.
ac_add_options --enable-system-ffi
ac_add_options --enable-system-pixman
ac_add_options --with-system-bz2
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
EOF
If you are compiling this package in chroot you must do two
things. First, as the root
user, ensure that /dev/shm is
mounted. If you do not do this, the Python configuration will fail with a
traceback report referencing /usr/lib/pythonN.N/multiprocessing/synchronize.py.
Run:
mountpoint -q /dev/shm || mount -t tmpfs devshm /dev/shm
Second, either as the root
user export the $SHELL
environment variable using export SHELL=/bin/sh or
else prepend SHELL=/bin/sh when
running the ./mach commands.
Fix a problem with the bundled 'distro' python module:
sed -e '1012 s/stderr=devnull/stderr=subprocess.DEVNULL/' \
-e '1013 s/OSError/(OSError, subprocess.CalledProcessError)/' \
-i third_party/python/distro/distro.py
Compile SeaMonkey by running the following commands:
export CC=clang CXX=clang++ && ./mach configure && ./mach build
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install SeaMonkey by issuing
the following commands as the root user:
./mach install && chown -R 0:0 /usr/lib/seamonkey && cp -v $(find -name seamonkey.1 | head -n1) /usr/share/man/man1
export CC=clang CXX=clang++: With the introduction of gcc-12, many more warnings are generated when compiling mozilla applications and that results in a much slower, and larger, build. Furthermore, building with GCC on i?86 is currently broken. Although upstream mozilla code defaults to using llvm unless overridden, the older configure code in SeaMonkey defaults to gcc.
./mach
configure: This validates the supplied
dependencies and the mozconfig.
./mach build --verbose: Use this
alternative if you need details of which files are being
compiled, together with any C or C++ flags being used. But do
not add '--verbose' to the install command, it is not
accepted there.
./mach build -jN: The build
should, by default, use all the online CPU cores. If using
all the cores causes the build to swap because you have
insufficient memory, using fewer cores can be faster.
For installing various SeaMonkey add-ons, refer to Add-ons for Seamonkey.
Along with using the “Preferences” menu to configure
SeaMonkey's options and
preferences to suit individual tastes, finer grain control of
many options is only available using a tool not available
from the general menu system. To access this tool, you'll
need to open a browser window and enter about:config in the address bar. This
will display a list of the configuration preferences and
information related to each one. You can use the “Search:” bar to enter search
criteria and narrow down the listed items. Changing a
preference can be done using two methods. One, if the
preference has a boolean value (True/False), simply
double-click on the preference to toggle the value and two,
for other preferences simply right-click on the desired line,
choose “Modify” from the menu and change
the value. Creating new preference items is accomplished in
the same way, except choose “New”
from the menu and provide the desired data into the fields
when prompted.
If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may wish to create a
seamonkey.desktop file so that
SeaMonkey appears in the
panel's menus. If you didn't enable Startup-Notification in your mozconfig
change the StartupNotify line to false. As the root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/{applications,pixmaps} &&
cat > /usr/share/applications/seamonkey.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Name=SeaMonkey
Comment=The Mozilla Suite
Icon=seamonkey
Exec=seamonkey
Categories=Network;GTK;Application;Email;Browser;WebBrowser;News;
StartupNotify=true
Terminal=false
EOF
ln -sfv /usr/lib/seamonkey/chrome/icons/default/default128.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/seamonkey.png
/usr/lib/seamonkey
These programs use the X Window System and don't fit easily into any of the other chapters.
The Balsa package contains a GNOME-2 based mail client.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://pawsa.fedorapeople.org/balsa/balsa-2.6.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bebd22cb6bac87ee05255c48ee1d28dd
Download size: 3.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 66 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Aspell-0.60.8, enchant-2.5.0, GMime-3.2.7, GPGME-1.21.0, GTK+-3.24.38, and libnotify-0.8.2
MTA (that provides a sendmail command)
Compface-1.5.2, Gcr-3.41.1, gtksourceview-3.24.11, libcanberra-0.30, libsecret-0.21.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, OpenLDAP-2.6.6, Procmail-3.22, SQLite-3.42.0, WebKitGTK-2.41.91, html2text, osmo, rubrica, yelp-tools
First, fix build issues when configuring without WebKitGTK+, or when using WebKitGTK+-2.38 or later.
patch -Np1 -i ../balsa-2.6.4-upstream_fixes-2.patch
Install Balsa by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--without-html-widget &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--without-html-widget: This
option disables building the HTML renderer. If you want the
HTML renderer to be built, verify that you have WebKitGTK-2.41.91 installed, and then
remove this option.
--with-canberra: Enable
libcanberra support.
--with-compface: Enable compface
support.
--with-gcr: Use libgcr for TLS
support.
--with-gss: Enable GSSAPI
support.
--with-ldap: Use this option to
enable LDAP address book support if OpenLDAP is installed.
--with-libsecret: Enable strong
password support and support for gnome-keyring to store
passwords.
--with-sqlite: Use this option to
enable SQLite address book support if SQLite is installed.
feh is a fast, lightweight image viewer which uses Imlib2. It is commandline-driven and supports multiple images through slideshows, thumbnail browsing or multiple windows, and montages or index prints (using TrueType fonts to display file info). Advanced features include fast dynamic zooming, progressive loading, loading via HTTP (with reload support for watching webcams), recursive file opening (slideshow of a directory hierarchy), and mouse wheel/keyboard control.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://feh.finalrewind.org/feh-3.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8adf6db9c5b18816df5ce539244d2329
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 5.7 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
libpng-1.6.40 and imlib2-1.12.0 (built with giflib-5.2.1 support, for the tests)
libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0 (for lossless image rotation) and ImageMagick-7.1.1-15 (to load unsupported formats)
Test-Command-0.11 (required)
Install feh by running the following commands:
sed -i "s:doc/feh:&-3.10:" config.mk && make PREFIX=/usr
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr install
sed -i "s:doc/feh:&-3.10:" config.mk: This sed fixes the doc directory to a versioned one, as used in BLFS.
curl=0: Use this make flag if you
don't have the cURL package installed.
exif=1: This make flag enables
builtin Exif tag display support.
The FontForge package contains an outline font editor that lets you create your own postscript, truetype, opentype, cid-keyed, multi-master, cff, svg and bitmap (bdf, FON, NFNT) fonts, or edit existing ones.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/fontforge/fontforge/releases/download/20230101/fontforge-20230101.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7043f25368ed25bcd75d168564919fb7
Download size: 13 MB
Estimated disk space required: 102 MB (add 52 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with parallelism=4, add 0.1 SBU for the tests)
libspiro-20220722 and libxml2-2.10.4
giflib-5.2.1, git-2.41.0, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libtiff-4.5.1, sphinx-7.1.2 (to build html documentation), WOFF2-1.0.2, and
First fix a problem with old translations exposed by gettext-0.22:
sed -i.orig 's/\(%[^%[:space:]]*\)hs/\1s/g' \ fontforgeexe/searchview.c po/de.po po/ca.po \ po/hr.po po/it.po po/pl.po po/uk.po po/en_GB.po \ po/fr.po po/vi.po po/ko.po po/ja.po
Install FontForge by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have installed sphinx-build, HTML
documentation was built and installed in /usr/share/doc/fontforge. To be able to
access it as a versioned directory, create a symlink as the
root user:
ln -sv fontforge /usr/share/doc/fontforge-20230101
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to create an optimized release without
debug information.
-Wno-dev: This switch
is used to suppress warnings intended for the package's
developers.
-DENABLE_X11=ON: use an X11
backend instead of GDK3 (gtk+-3) for basic Xorg graphics.
The Gimp package contains the GNU Image Manipulation Program which is useful for photo retouching, image composition and image authoring.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gimp.org/pub/gimp/v2.10/gimp-2.10.34.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0dae3a42d261621d62a336ef2aee052a
Download size: 30 MB
Estimated disk space required: 876 MB (195 MB installed, add 815 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 1.4 SBU for tests)
Download (HTTP): https://download.gimp.org/pub/gimp/help/gimp-help-2.10.34.tar.bz2
Download size: 158 MB
Download MD5 sum: 5e393d61c802e73ffe6c550759ed0853
Estimated disk space required: From 412 MB (en only) to 1.8 GB (for all languages)
Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU (en only), 13 SBU, with parallelism=4, for all languages
gegl-0.4.46, gexiv2-0.14.2, glib-networking-2.76.1, GTK+-2.24.33, HarfBuzz-8.1.1. libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libmypaint-1.6.1, librsvg-2.56.3, libtiff-4.5.1, libxml2-2.10.4 python2 module (to build the translated help files), Little CMS-2.14, mypaint-brushes-1.3.1, Poppler-23.08.0 (including poppler-data) and a graphical environment
dbus-glib-0.112, Graphviz-8.1.0, ghostscript-10.01.2 (with libgs installed), ISO Codes-4.15.0, libgudev-238, PyGTK-2.24.0 (including the gtk, pango and pangocairo modules) and xdg-utils-1.1.3
AAlib-1.4rc5, alsa-lib-1.2.9, Gvfs-1.50.6 (to access the online help), libmng-2.0.3, libunwind-1.6.2, libwebp-1.3.1, OpenJPEG-2.5.0, an MTA (that provides a sendmail program), GTK-Doc-1.33.2, appstream-glib, libbacktrace, libheif with libde265 (both needed to read macOS heic images), libwmf, and OpenEXR
When you have run configure, you will see that WebKit is not found - that dependency is for the legacy webkit-1.0 which should never be used on a modern system exposed to the internet.
dblatex (for PDF docs), pngnq and pngcrush to optimize the png files, but see the note on the help download above
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gimp
Install Gimp by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
To test the results (requires an X-Windowed terminal) issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.26 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qtf /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database -q
The gimp-help tarball contains
images and English text help for help files, together with
translations. Because of the issues mentioned in the note
above, you are recommended to use the online help, either by
building against Gvfs-1.50.6 so that 'help' can open the
latest XML files in your browser, or else you can manually
open the html in your browser by going to https://docs.gimp.org/2.10/en
(change the language code if desired).
If you nevertheless wish to install local copies of the help
files to read offline, unpack the gimp-help tarball and change into the root
of the newly created source tree. Prepare for the build with
the following command:
ALL_LINGUAS="ca cs da de en en_GB es fa fr hr ko lt nl nn pt pt_BR ro sl sv uk zh_CN" \ ./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr
Remove from ALL_LINGUAS the codes
for any languages which you do not wish to install.
Alternatively, remove the line starting with ALL_LINGUAS, if you wish to build all
languages.
Now build the help files:
make
Issue the following commands as the root user to install the help files:
make install && chown -R root:root /usr/share/gimp/2.0/help
ALL_LINGUAS="ca cs da de en en_GB es
fa...": by default, the help files will be rendered in
all the available languages. Remove the codes of any
languages you do not wish to build.
--disable-python: This option is
necessary if you have not installed PyGTK.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is a symbolic link to gimp-2.10 |
|
|
is the Gnu Image Manipulation Program. It works with a variety of image formats and provides a large selection of tools |
|
|
is a symbolic link to gimp-console-2.10 |
|
|
is a console program that behaves as if The
Gimp was called
with the |
|
|
is a tool that can build plug-ins or scripts and install them if they are distributed in one source file. gimptool-2.0 can also be used by programs that need to know what libraries and include-paths The Gimp was compiled with |
|
|
provides C bindings for The Gimp's Procedural Database (PDB) which offers an interface to core functions and to functionality provided by plug-ins |
|
|
provides the C functions for basic Gimp functionality such as determining enumeration data types, gettext translation, determining The Gimp's version number and capabilities, handling data files and accessing the environment |
|
|
provides the C functions relating to RGB, HSV and CMYK colors as well as converting colors between different color models and performing adaptive supersampling on an area |
|
|
contains C functions for reading and writing config information |
|
|
contains C functions which provide mathematical definitions and macros, manipulate 3x3 transformation matrices, set up and manipulate vectors and the MD5 message-digest algorithm |
|
|
provides the C functions which implement module loading using GModule and supports keeping a list of GimpModule's found in a given searchpath |
|
|
provides the C functions for handling The Gimp's thumbnail objects |
|
|
contains The Gimp's common user interface functions |
|
|
contains The Gimp and GTK's widget creation and manipulation functions |
Gparted is the Gnome Partition Editor, a Gtk 3 GUI for other command line tools that can create, reorganise or delete disk partitions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gparted/gparted-1.5.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9adbd4b1cbcb7a7c76dcc0e9ffed9a7c
Download size: 5.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 75 MB (add 75 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.2 SBU for tests)
btrfs-progs-6.3.3 (if using a btrfs filesystem), exfatprogs, and udftools
Install Gparted by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-doc \
--disable-static &&
make
To run the tests, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-doc: This
switch disables building of the optional documentation.
Remove it if you have installed GNOME Doc Utils.
--enable-xhost-root: This switch
provides an interim workaround to allow GParted to run under
Wayland by using xhost to grant and revoke root access to the
X11 display.
To manipulate file systems Gparted has a run time dependency on various file system tools (you only need to install the tools for file systems you actually use): Hdparm-9.65 (required for optionally displaying serial number device information), btrfs-progs-6.3.3, dosfstools-4.2, e2fsprogs (installed as part of LFS), jfsutils-1.1.15, reiserfsprogs-3.6.27, xfsprogs-6.4.0, mtools (required to read and write FAT16/32 volume labels and UUIDs), hfsutils, hfsprogs, nilfs-utils and Reiser4progs.
Root privileges are required to run Gparted. If you wish to run the application from the menu, further applications and configurations are necessary. Examples of applications that may be used: gksu, kdesudo, or xdg-su. Another simple solution is ssh-askpass-9.4p1.
To optionally use ssh-askpass-9.4p1 if it is
installed in your system, run the following commands as the
root user:
cp -v /usr/share/applications/gparted.desktop /usr/share/applications/gparted.desktop.back && sed -i 's/Exec=/Exec=sudo -A /' /usr/share/applications/gparted.desktop
Now, clicking on the menu item for Gparted, a dialog appears on the screen, asking for the administrator password.
HexChat is an IRC chat program. It allows you to join multiple IRC channels (chat rooms) at the same time, talk publicly, have private one-on-one conversations, etc. File transfers are also possible.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dl.hexchat.net/hexchat/hexchat-2.16.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0af269d719c2c047310d44804bb31fdb
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (using parallelism=4)
dbus-glib-0.112, GLib-2.76.4, and libnotify-0.8.2
GTK+-2.24.33 and libcanberra-0.30
dbus-glib-0.112, ISO Codes-4.15.0, libnotify-0.8.2, pciutils-3.10.0, libproxy, luajit, if python is enabled cffi and pycparser.
Install HexChat by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dwith-lua=false \
-Dwith-python=false &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dwith-lua=false: By
default, this package will look for luajit. However, the Lua
plugin support is currently broken and will cause the
application to crash on startup.
-Dwith-python=false:
If the Python interface should be enabled, remove this switch
or set it to true. When enabling
Python, two additional modules (cffi and pycparser) needs to
be installed prior to installation of Hexchat.
-Dwith-libcanberra=false: Use
this switch if you have libcanberra not installed.
Inkscape is a what you see is what you get Scalable Vector Graphics editor. It is useful for creating, viewing and changing SVG images.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://inkscape.org/gallery/item/42328/inkscape-1.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3b16db43ffdae2156c4f318a44c32bbd
Download size: 82 MB
Estimated disk space required: 870 MB (190 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 3.5 SBU (with parallelism=8)
The tarball inkscape-1.3.tar.xz will extract to the
directory inkscape-1.3_2023-07-21_0e150ed6c4/.
Boost-1.83.0, double-conversion-3.3.0, GC-8.2.4, Gsl-2.7.1, Gtkmm-3.24.8, libsoup-2.74.3, libxslt-1.1.38, Poppler-23.08.0, popt-1.19 and Wget-1.21.4 (to download the test dependencies)
ImageMagick-7.1.1-15 (runtime), Little CMS-2.14 or Little CMS-1.19, libcanberra-0.30 (to eliminate plugin warnings), Potrace-1.16 (for the bucket-fill tool), also various Python modules at runtime for the core extensions: CacheControl-0.13.1, cssselect-1.2.0, lxml-4.9.3, NumPy-1.25.2, pySerial-3.5, and Scour-0.38.2
Aspell-0.60.8, dbus-1.14.8 (to run inkscape from scripts), Doxygen-1.9.7, gspell-1.12.2, GraphicsMagick, libcdr, libvisio, libwpg (or libwpd)
Install Inkscape by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package may occasionally fail when building with multiple processors. See Using Multiple Processors for more information.
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.26 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qtf /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database -q
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to build the release library without any
debug `assert` in the code.
-DWITH_DBUS=ON: use this if you
wish to use inkscape in interactive
scripts which manipulate images.
Pidgin is a Gtk+ 2 instant messaging client that can connect with a wide range of networks including Bonjour, ICQ, GroupWise, Jabber/XMPP, IRC, Gadu-Gadu, SILC, SIMPLE, and Zephyr.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/pidgin/pidgin-2.14.12.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: cfcf2ab67717e7c2884e4399864b877a
Download size: 7.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 270 MB (with tests and docs)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests and docs)
libgcrypt-1.10.2, gstreamer-1.22.5 (required for audio support), and GnuTLS-3.8.1 or nss-3.92
Avahi-0.8 (required for the Bonjour plugin), Cyrus SASL-2.1.28, dbus-1.14.8, Doxygen-1.9.7, evolution-data-server-3.48.4, GConf-3.2.6, Graphviz-8.1.0, libidn-1.41 (required, if you wish to run the test suite), libnsl-2.0.0, NetworkManager-1.44.0, SQLite-3.42.0 (required for the Contact Availability Prediction plugin), startup-notification-0.12, Tk-8.6.13, Farstream (required for video and voice support), Gtkspell, libgadu, libgnt, Meanwhile (required for Sametime protocol support), Mono, SILC Client, SILC Toolkit, Zephyr, and MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2 (required for Kerberos support in the Zephyr module)
Compile Pidgin by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-gstreamer=1.0 \
--disable-avahi \
--disable-gtkspell \
--disable-meanwhile \
--disable-idn \
--disable-nm \
--disable-tk \
--disable-vv &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.9.7 installed (Graphviz-8.1.0 can be used also) and you wish to create the API documentation, issue:
make docs
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mkdir -pv /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.14.12 && cp -v README doc/gtkrc-2.0 /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.14.12
If you created the API documentation, install it using the
following commands as the root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.14.12/api && cp -rv doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.14.12/api
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.26 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qtf /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database -q
--with-gstreamer=1.0:
Remove this switch and add --disable-gstreamer if you've not installed
gstreamer-1.22.5.
--disable-avahi:
Remove this switch if you've installed Avahi-0.8.
--disable-gtkspell:
Remove this switch if you've installed Gtkspell and wish to
enable spellchecking support.
--disable-meanwhile:
Remove this switch if you've installed Meanwhile.
--disable-idn: Remove
this switch if you've installed libidn-1.41.
--disable-tk: Remove
this switch if you've installed Tk-8.6.13 and you wish to use the TCL
bindings.
--disable-nm: Remove
this switch if you've installed NetworkManager-1.44.0.
--disable-vv: Remove
this switch if you've installed Farstream
and wish to enable voice and video communication support. You
should also remove the --disable-gstreamer flag.
--enable-cyrus-sasl: Use this
switch if you've installed Cyrus SASL-2.1.28 and wish to
build Pidgin with SASL
support.
--disable-gnutls: Use this switch
if you've got both GnuTLS-3.8.1 and nss-3.92 installed, but want to
use nss-3.92
for the SSL support.
Most configuration can be accomplished by using the various
preference settings inside the programs. Additionally, you
can create a ~/.gtkrc-2.0
file which can store gtk+-2 theme settings that affect
Pidgin and other Gtk+ 2
applications. Note that an example gtkrc-2.0 file was installed during the
package installation and can be used as a starting point or
reference.
|
is a GTK+ 2 instant messaging client |
|
|
is an example that demonstrates how to use the libpurple-client library to communicate with purple |
|
|
sends remote commands to Pidgin/Finch |
|
|
calls purple API functions using DBus and prints the return value |
|
|
calls purple API functions using DBus. As opposed to purple-send, it does not print the return value |
|
|
is a python script to handle URLs with purple |
rox-filer is a fast, lightweight, gtk2 file manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/rox/rox-filer-2.11.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0eebf05a67f7932367750ebf9faf215d
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
If you want rox-filer to be able to update the contents of a directory when changes are made to the files by other applications (eg, if a script is running) you will need to enable dnotify support in your kernel. In make menuconfig:
File systems ---> [*] Dnotify support [DNOTIFY]
Save the new .config and then
compile the kernel.
Compile rox-filer with the following commands:
cd ROX-Filer &&
sed -i 's:g_strdup(getenv("APP_DIR")):"/usr/share/rox":' src/main.c &&
sed -i 's/gboolean/extern &/' src/session.h &&
mkdir build &&
pushd build &&
../src/configure LIBS="-lm -ldl" &&
make &&
popd
Now install it as the root
user:
mkdir -p /usr/share/rox &&
cp -av Help Messages Options.xml ROX images style.css .DirIcon /usr/share/rox &&
cp -av ../rox.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
cp -v ROX-Filer /usr/bin/rox &&
chown -Rv root:root /usr/bin/rox /usr/share/rox &&
cd /usr/share/rox/ROX/MIME &&
ln -sv text-x-{diff,patch}.png &&
ln -sv application-x-font-{afm,type1}.png &&
ln -sv application-xml{,-dtd}.png &&
ln -sv application-xml{,-external-parsed-entity}.png &&
ln -sv application-{,rdf+}xml.png &&
ln -sv application-x{ml,-xbel}.png &&
ln -sv application-{x-shell,java}script.png &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip,xz}-compressed-tar.png &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip,lzma}-compressed-tar.png &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip-compressed-tar,lzo}.png &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip,xz}.png &&
ln -sv application-x-{gzip,lzma}.png &&
ln -sv application-{msword,rtf}.png
sed -i 's:g_strdup(getenv("APP_DIR")):"/usr/share/rox":' src/main.c: This command hard codes /usr/share/rox as the directory for rox-filer's private files. Without this sed rox needs the environment variable ${APP_DIR} to be set.
sed -i 's/gboolean/extern &/' src/session.h: This command fixes a multiple definition flagged as an error by GCC 10 and higher.
ln -sv application-...: These commands duplicate the icons for some common mime types. Without these links rox-filer would just display the default "unknown binary blob" icon.
Most of the configuration of rox-filer is achieved by right
clicking on a rox-filer
window and choosing "Options" from the menu. It stores its
settings in ~/.config/rox.sourceforge.net.
A rox-filer feature is
that if there is an executable file called AppRun in a directory rox-filer will first run AppRun before it opens
the folder.
As an example of how this may be used, if you have ssh access to another computer (perhaps another computer on your local network) with ssh configured for passwordless logins and you have sshfs-3.7.3 installed you can use AppRun to mount the remote computer in a local folder using sshfs. For this example AppRun script to work the folder must have the same name as the hostname of the remote computer:
cat > /path/to/hostname/AppRun << "HERE_DOC"
#!/bin/bash
MOUNT_PATH="${0%/*}"
HOST=${MOUNT_PATH##*/}
export MOUNT_PATH HOST
sshfs -o nonempty ${HOST}:/ ${MOUNT_PATH}
rox -x ${MOUNT_PATH}
HERE_DOC
chmod 755 /path/to/hostname/AppRun
That works fine for mounting, but to unmount it the command
fusermount -u
${MOUNTPOINT} is ran. You could set that as
your default umount command in your rox preferences, but
you would then be unable to unmount any normal mountpoints
(that need umount). A script is needed that will unmount a
Fuse mountpoint with fusermount -u
${MOUNTPOINT} and everything else with
umount. As
the root user:
cat > /usr/bin/myumount << "HERE_DOC" &&
#!/bin/bash
sync
if mount | grep "${@}" | grep -q fuse
then fusermount -u "${@}"
else umount "${@}"
fi
HERE_DOC
chmod 755 /usr/bin/myumount
Now, to make Rox use this simple script, open a Rox window, right click on it and choose Options from the menu. In the left hand list choose "Action windows" and then on the right hand side, where it says "Unmount command" change umount to myumount.
If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may like to create a
rox.desktop file so that
rox-filer appears in the
panel's menus. As the root
user:
ln -s ../rox/.DirIcon /usr/share/pixmaps/rox.png && mkdir -p /usr/share/applications && cat > /usr/share/applications/rox.desktop << "HERE_DOC" [Desktop Entry] Encoding=UTF-8 Type=Application Name=Rox Comment=The Rox File Manager Icon=rox Exec=rox Categories=GTK;Utility;Application;System;Core; StartupNotify=true Terminal=false HERE_DOC
rxvt-unicode is a clone of the terminal emulator rxvt, an X Window System terminal emulator which includes support for XFT and Unicode.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Please be aware that rxvt-unicode is affected by an issue in perl where the SIGFPE handler is set to SIG_IGN (i.e. the signal is ignored). If you are building an LFS system from within urxvt and running the test suites, tests in bash and check which test raising this signal will fail.
Download (HTTP): http://dist.schmorp.de/rxvt-unicode/Attic/rxvt-unicode-9.31.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3d0ec83705c9b9ff301a4b9965b3cd9f
Download size: 860 KB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
libptytty-2.0 and a graphical environment
gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10 (for background images) and startup-notification-0.12
Install rxvt-unicode by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-everything && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-everything:
Add support for all non-multichoice options. Details about
the different options can be found in the file README.configure.
--disable-xft: Remove support for
Xft fonts.
--disable-perl: Disable the
embedded Perl interpreter.
--disable-afterimage: Remove
support for libAfterImage.
The rxvt-unicode terminal
emulator uses the resource class URxvt and the resource name urxvt. You can add X resource definitions
to a user's ~/.Xresources or
~/.Xdefaults files or to the
system-wide /etc/X11/app-defaults/URxvt file. The
following example will load the matcher Perl extension (assuming Perl support wasn't disabled), which
enables a left button click to open an underlined URL in the
specified browser, sets a background and foreground color and
loads an Xft font (as the root user):
cat >> /etc/X11/app-defaults/URxvt << "EOF"
! Use the specified colour as the windows background colour [default white]
URxvt*background: black
! Use the specified colour as the windows foreground colour [default black]
URxvt*foreground: yellow
! Select the fonts to be used. This is a comma separated list of font names
URxvt*font: xft:Monospace:pixelsize=18
! Comma-separated list(s) of perl extension scripts (default: "default")
URxvt*perl-ext: matcher
! Specifies the program to be started with a URL argument. Used by
URxvt*url-launcher: firefox
! When clicked with the mouse button specified in the "matcher.button" resource
! (default 2, or middle), the program specified in the "matcher.launcher"
! resource (default, the "url-launcher" resource, "sensible-browser") will be
! started with the matched text as first argument.
! Below, default modified to mouse left button.
URxvt*matcher.button: 1
EOF
In order to view the defined X resources, issue:
xrdb -query
In order to add the modifications of the new user configuration file, keeping previously X configurations (of course, unless you are changing any on previously define), issue:
xrdb -merge ~/.Xresources
The rxvt-unicode application can also run in a daemon mode, which makes it possible to open multiple terminal windows within the same process. The urxvtc client then connects to the urxvtd daemon and requests a new terminal window. Use this option with caution. If the daemon crashes, all the running processes in the terminal windows are terminated.
You can start the urxvtd daemon in the system
or personal startup X session script (e.g.,
~/.xinitrc) by adding the
following lines near the top of the script:
# Start the urxvtd daemon
urxvtd -q -f -o &
For more information, examine the urxvt, urxvtd, urxvtc, and urxvtperl man pages.
If you use a Desktop Environment, a menu entry can be
included, issuing, as the root user:
cat > /usr/share/applications/urxvt.desktop << "EOF" &&
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=Rxvt-Unicode Terminal
Comment=Use the command line
GenericName=Terminal
Exec=urxvt
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Icon=utilities-terminal
Categories=GTK;Utility;TerminalEmulator;
#StartupNotify=true
Keywords=console;command line;execute;
EOF
update-desktop-database -q
For that, you need desktop-file-utils-0.26 and at least one of gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0, oxygen-icons5-5.109.0 and lxde-icon-theme-0.5.1. Uncomment the line with “StartupNotify=true” if startup-notification-0.12 is installed.
/usr/lib/urxvt/perl
Thunderbird is a stand-alone mail/news client based on the Mozilla codebase. It uses the Gecko rendering engine to enable it to display and compose HTML emails.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/thunderbird/releases/115.2.0/source/thunderbird-115.2.0.source.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 71242ab653ce087d137ccc1b3c6bdeb3
Download size: 507 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6.7 GB (236 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 22 SBU (on a 4-core machine)
Cbindgen-0.24.3, dbus-glib-0.112, GTK+-3.24.38, LLVM-16.0.5 including clang, nodejs-18.17.1, PulseAudio-16.1 (or alsa-lib-1.2.9 if you edit the mozconfig; although it is now deprecated by mozilla), Python-3.11.4 (rebuilt with the sqlite module), startup-notification-0.12, Zip-3.0, and UnZip-6.0
libevent-2.1.12, libvpx-1.13.0, NASM-2.16.01, NSPR-4.35, and nss-3.92
If you don't install recommended dependencies, then internal copies of those packages will be used. They might be tested to work, but they can be out of date or contain security holes.
pciutils-3.10.0 (runtime), Wget-1.21.4, Wireless Tools-29, and watchman
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Thunderbird
The build process for Thunderbird can use 8GB+ of RAM when linking. Make sure that you have adequate swap or RAM before continuing.
The configuration of Thunderbird is accomplished by creating
a mozconfig file containing the
desired configuration options. A default mozconfig is created below. To see the
entire list of available configuration options (and a brief
description of each), issue ./mach configure -- --help |
less. Create the file with the following
command:
cat > mozconfig << "EOF"
# If you have a multicore machine, all cores will be used.
# If you have installed wireless-tools comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-necko-wifi
# Uncomment the following option if you have not installed PulseAudio
#ac_add_options --enable-audio-backends=alsa
# Comment out following options if you have not installed
# recommended dependencies:
ac_add_options --with-system-libevent
ac_add_options --with-system-libvpx
ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
ac_add_options --with-system-nss
# The elf-hack causes failed installs on some machines.
# It is supposed to improve startup time and it shrinks libxul.so
# by a few MB - comment this if you know your machine is not affected.
ac_add_options --disable-elf-hack
# The BLFS editors recommend not changing anything below this line:
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr
ac_add_options --enable-application=comm/mail
ac_add_options --disable-crashreporter
ac_add_options --disable-updater
ac_add_options --disable-debug
ac_add_options --disable-debug-symbols
ac_add_options --disable-tests
ac_add_options --enable-optimize=-O2
ac_add_options --enable-linker=gold
ac_add_options --enable-strip
ac_add_options --enable-install-strip
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding
ac_add_options --enable-system-ffi
ac_add_options --enable-system-pixman
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
# Using sandboxed wasm libraries has been moved to all builds instead
# of only mozilla automation builds. It requires extra llvm packages
# and was reported to seriously slow the build. Disable it.
ac_add_options --without-wasm-sandboxed-libraries
EOF
Fix an issue occurring when building with GCC-13:
sed -e '/<exception>/i#include <cstdint>' \
-i comm/third_party/rnp/src/libsexp/include/sexp/sexp-error.h
Now invoke the Python mach script to compile Thunderbird:
If you are compiling this package in chroot you must do two
things. First, as the root
user, ensure that /dev/shm is
mounted. If you do not do this, the Python configuration will fail with a
traceback report referencing /usr/lib/pythonN.N/multiprocessing/synchronize.py.
Run:
mountpoint -q /dev/shm || mount -t tmpfs devshm /dev/shm
Second, either as the root
user export the $SHELL
environment variable using export SHELL=/bin/sh or
else prepend SHELL=/bin/sh when
running the ./mach commands.
export MACH_BUILD_PYTHON_NATIVE_PACKAGE_SOURCE=none && export MOZBUILD_STATE_PATH=./mozbuild && ./mach configure && ./mach build
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install Thunderbird by
running the following commands as the root user:
MACH_BUILD_PYTHON_NATIVE_PACKAGE_SOURCE=none ./mach install
Empty the environment variables which were set above:
unset MACH_BUILD_PYTHON_NATIVE_PACKAGE_SOURCE MOZBUILD_STATE_PATH
MACH_BUILD_PYTHON_NATIVE_PACKAGE_SOURCE=none: Use the system python to create a virtual environment for mach without downloading any python wheels nor using the system python modules. This prevent version mismatches between system modules and bundled ones.
./mach
configure: This validates the supplied
dependencies and the mozconfig.
./mach build --verbose: Use this
alternative if you need details of which files are being
compiled, together with any C or C++ flags being used.
./mach build -jN: The build
should, by default, use all the online CPU cores. If using
all the cores causes the build to swap because you have
insufficient memory, using fewer cores can be faster.
CC=gcc
CXX=g++
If your Window Manager or Desktop Environment does not allow you to configure a default browser, you can add a configuration parameter to Thunderbird so that a browser will start when you click on an Internet/intranet/local URL. The procedure to check or modify any of the configuration parameters is quite simple and the instructions here can be used to view or modify any of the parameters.
First, open the configuration dialog by opening the “Edit” drop-down menu. Choose “Preferences” and then scroll down to the bottom of the page. Then, click the “Config Editor” button. Click on the “I accept the risk!” button. This will display a list of the configuration preferences and information related to each one. You can use the “Filter:” bar to enter search criteria and narrow down the listed items. Changing a preference can be done using two methods. One, if the preference has a boolean value (True/False), simply double-click on the preference to toggle the value and two, for other preferences simply right-click on the desired line, choose “Modify” from the menu and change the value. Creating new preference items is accomplished in the same way, except choose “New” from the menu and provide the desired data into the fields when prompted.
The configuration preference item you need to check so that
Thunderbird uses a
specified browser is the network.protocol-handler.app.http
which should be set to the path of the desired browser,
e.g. /usr/bin/firefox.
If you use a desktop environment such as GNOME or KDE, a desktop file thunderbird.desktop may be created, in
order to include a “Thunderbird” entry
in the menu. Run the following commands as the root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/{applications,pixmaps} &&
cat > /usr/share/applications/thunderbird.desktop << "EOF" &&
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Thunderbird Mail
Comment=Send and receive mail with Thunderbird
GenericName=Mail Client
Exec=thunderbird %u
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Icon=thunderbird
Categories=Network;Email;
MimeType=text/html;text/xml;application/xhtml+xml;application/xml;application/rss+xml;x-scheme-handler/mailto;
StartupNotify=true
EOF
ln -sfv /usr/lib/thunderbird/chrome/icons/default/default256.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/thunderbird.png
Tigervnc is an advanced VNC (Virtual Network Computing) implementation. It allows creation of an Xorg server not tied to a physical console and also provides a client for viewing of the remote graphical desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/TigerVNC/tigervnc/archive/v1.13.1/tigervnc-1.13.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3a794e3a063443e07250de8e99e2e05a
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 97 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
The version of Xorg may eventually be a few versions out of date, but is required for the customizations needed for this package.
Required patch: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/tigervnc-1.13.1-configuration_fixes-1.patch
Optional file to start the server without a display manager: https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/tigervnc/Xsession
CMake-3.27.2, FLTK-1.3.8, GnuTLS-3.8.1, libgcrypt-1.10.2, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, Pixman-0.42.2, Systemd-254 (with Linux-PAM-1.5.3), Xorg Applications, xinit-1.4.2, and Xorg Legacy Fonts
First, make adjustments to the configuration files to make them compatible with LFS systems:
patch -Np1 -i ../tigervnc-1.13.1-configuration_fixes-1.patch
Install tigervnc by running the following commands:
# Put code in place
mkdir -p unix/xserver &&
tar -xf ../xorg-server-21.1.6.tar.xz \
--strip-components=1 \
-C unix/xserver &&
( cd unix/xserver &&
patch -Np1 -i ../xserver21.1.1.patch ) &&
# Build viewer
cmake -G "Unix Makefiles" \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-Wno-dev . &&
make &&
# Build server
pushd unix/xserver &&
autoreconf -fiv &&
CPPFLAGS="-I/usr/include/drm" \
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--disable-xwayland --disable-dri --disable-dmx \
--disable-xorg --disable-xnest --disable-xvfb \
--disable-xwin --disable-xephyr --disable-kdrive \
--disable-devel-docs --disable-config-hal --disable-config-udev \
--disable-unit-tests --disable-selective-werror \
--disable-static --enable-dri3 \
--without-dtrace --enable-dri2 --enable-glx \
--with-pic &&
make &&
popd
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
#Install viewer make install && #Install server ( cd unix/xserver/hw/vnc && make install ) && [ -e /usr/bin/Xvnc ] || ln -svf $XORG_PREFIX/bin/Xvnc /usr/bin/Xvnc
tar -xf .. xorg-server...: This command extracts the standard Xorg package into the tree in a location needed for modification.
--disable ...: Most
options that are usually needed for the standard Xorg server
are not needed for the Xvnc instance being built.
[ -e /usr/bin/Xvnc ] || ln ...
Xvnc: If the Xvnc server is not installed in
the /usr/bin directory, then
create a link so the vncserver script can find
it.
On systemd systems, another method of configuration is available. This configuration provides the added benefit of making tigervnc systemd aware for VNC sessions and allows desktop environments like GNOME to autostart services once the VNC session is started. This configuration also gives the added benefit of starting VNC Sessions on system startup. To set up the VNC server in this fashion, follow these instructions.
First, install a rudimentary Xsession file so that the VNC server can initialize X sessions properly:
install -vdm755 /etc/X11/tigervnc && install -v -m755 ../Xsession /etc/X11/tigervnc
Next, set up a user mapping in /etc/tigervnc/vncserver.users. This tells
the VNC Server which session is allocated to a user.
echo ":1=$(whoami)" >> /etc/tigervnc/vncserver.users
Next, set up a configuration file to tell vncserver which desktop environment should be used and what display geometry should be used. There are several other options that can be defined in this file, but they are outside the scope of BLFS.
install -vdm 755 ~/.vnc &&
cat > ~/.vnc/config << EOF
# Begin ~/.vnc/config
# The session must match one listed in /usr/share/xsessions.
# Ensure that there are no spaces at the end of the lines.
session=LXDE
geometry=1024x768
# End ~/.vnc/config
EOF
To start the VNC Server, run the following command:
systemctl start vncserver@:1
To start the VNC Server when the system boots, run the following command:
systemctl enable vncserver@:1
|
is a X VNC (Virtual Network Computing) server. It is based on a standard X server, but it has a “virtual” screen rather than a physical one |
|
|
is a program to configure and control a VNC server |
|
|
allows you to set the password used to access VNC desktops |
|
|
is a perl script used to start or stop a VNC server |
|
|
is a client used to connect to VNC desktops |
|
|
is a program to make an X display on a physical terminal accessible via TigerVNC or compatible viewers |
Transmission is a cross-platform, open source BitTorrent client. This is useful for downloading large files (such as Linux ISOs) and reduces the need for the distributors to provide server bandwidth.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/transmission/transmission/releases/download/4.0.3/transmission-4.0.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1d92edb61c82422211dbc751f4657489
Download size: 9.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 347 MB (with GTK and QT5 gui interfaces)
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU (with GTK gui interfaces; using parallelism=4) 5 SBU with both GTK and QT5
libevent-2.1.12 and libpsl-0.21.2 (to use system libraries instead of bundled ones)
Gtkmm-3.24.8 or (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
nodejs-18.17.1 (for building the web client, not needed at run time), appindicator, dht, libb64, libdeflate, libnatpmp, libutp, and miniupnp
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/transmission
Install Transmission by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/transmission-4.0.3 \
.. &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
As transmission.png seems to be missing, create it from the svg::
rsvg-convert \ /usr/share/icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/transmission.svg \ -o /usr/share/pixmaps/transmission.png
-DENABLE_QT=OFF: This switch
disables building the Qt5
client. The default is to build it if (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10) is
installed.
-DENABLE_GTK=OFF: This switch
disables building the GTK+-3 cli client. The default is to
build it Gtkmm-3.24.8 is installed.
-DENABLE_WEB=OFF: This switch
disables building the web client. The default is to build it
if nodejs-18.17.1 is installed.
-DREBUILD_WEB=ON: This switch
forces rebuilding of the web client. Needs nodejs-18.17.1 and
a network connection. The default is to not rebuild.
|
is a lightweight, command-line BitTorrent client with scripting capabilities |
|
|
is a command line tool used to create .torrent files |
|
|
is a daemon-based Transmission session that can be controlled via RPC commands from transmission's web interface or transmission-remote |
|
|
is a command-line utility to modify .torrent files' announce URLs |
|
|
is a GTK+ bittorrent client |
|
|
is a Qt bittorrent client |
|
|
is a remote control utility for transmission-daemon and transmission |
|
|
is a command line tool to display bittorrent .torrent file metadata |
XArchiver is a GTK+ archive manager with support for tar, xz, bzip2, gzip, zip, 7z, rar, lzo and many other archive formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
xarchiver is only a command line or graphical interface to archiving utilities such as tar and zip.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ib/xarchiver/archive/0.5.4.21/xarchiver-0.5.4.21.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 94621a793a45521ef55702e940442552
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
cpio-2.14, LZO-2.10, p7zip-17.04, UnRar-6.2.10, UnZip-6.0, and Zip-3.0
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xarchiver
Install xarchiver by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/xfce4 \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/xarchiver-0.5.4.21 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.26 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qtf /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database -q
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/xfce4:
This switch fixes the location for the thunar-archive-plugin,
so it will work if thunar-4.18.6 is installed.
--disable-gtk3: This switch
allows building against GTK+2 or use --disable-gtk2 to force building against
GTK+3 when GTK+2 is installed.
xdg-utils is a set of command line tools that assist applications with a variety of desktop integration tasks. It is required for Linux Standards Base (LSB) conformance.
A security vulnerability exists in all versions of xdg-utils from version 1.1.0rc1 when handling mailto: URIs. An attacker could potentially send a victim a URI that automatically attaches a sensitive file to a new email. If a victim user does not notice that an attachment was added and sends the email, this could result in sensitive information disclosure.
To mitigate this flaw, either do not use mailto links at all, or always double-check in the user interface that there are no unwanted attachments before sending emails, especially when the email originates from clicking on a mailto link.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://portland.freedesktop.org/download/xdg-utils-1.1.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 902042508b626027a3709d105f0b63ff
Download size: 296 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
xmlto-0.0.28 with one of Lynx-2.8.9rel.1, Links-2.29, or W3m
Compile xdg-utils with the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
The tests for the scripts must be made from an X-Window
based session. There are several run-time requirements to
run the tests including a browser and an MTA. Running the
tests as root user is not
recommended.
To run the tests, issue: make -k test.
Now install it as the root
user:
make install
|
is a command line tool for (un)installing desktop menu items |
|
|
is a command line tool for (un)installing icons to the desktop |
|
|
is a command line tool for querying information about file type handling and adding descriptions for new file types |
|
|
is a command line tool for (un)installing icon resources |
|
|
opens a file or URL in the user's preferred application |
|
|
opens the user's preferred e-mail composer in order to send a mail message |
|
|
is a command line tool for controlling the screensaver |
|
|
is a command line tool for managing various settings from the desktop environment |
The XScreenSaver package is a modular screen saver and locker for the X Window System. It is highly customizable and allows the use of any program that can draw on the root window as a display mode. The purpose of XScreenSaver is to display pretty pictures on your screen when it is not in use, in keeping with the philosophy that unattended monitors should always be doing something interesting, just like they do in the movies. However, XScreenSaver can also be used as a screen locker, to prevent others from using your terminal while you are away.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.jwz.org/xscreensaver/xscreensaver-6.06.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7e9437089cc8162a3cf9ff335633faed
Download size: 25 MB
Estimated disk space required: 255 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
GTK+-3.24.38, libglade-2.6.4, and Xorg Applications
Install XScreenSaver by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-setuid-hacks: This switch
allows some demos to be installed setuid root which is needed in order to ping
other hosts.
If XScreenSaver has been built with Linux PAM support, you need to create a PAM configuration file, to get it working correctly with BLFS.
Issue the following commands as the root user to create the configuration
file for Linux PAM:
cat > /etc/pam.d/xscreensaver << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/xscreensaver
auth include system-auth
account include system-account
# End /etc/pam.d/xscreensaver
EOF
Many multimedia programs require libraries and/or drivers in order to function properly. The packages in this section fall into this category. Generally you only need to install these if you are installing a program which has the library listed as either a requirement, or as an option to enable it to support certain functionality.
The Linux kernel now provides ALSA support by default. However, applications need to interface to that capability. The following six sections of the book deal with the separate components of ALSA: the libraries, the plugins, the utilities, the tools, the firmware and the OSS compatibility libraries.
The ALSA Library package contains the ALSA library used by programs (including ALSA Utilities) requiring access to the ALSA sound interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.alsa-project.org/files/pub/lib/alsa-lib-1.2.9.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/lib/alsa-lib-1.2.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d29f5ebe9a4ff1be70508ecbf6655318
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB (with tests and docs)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests and docs)
If the recommended runtime dependency is not installed, you
may need to run any application requiring ALSA library as
the root user or a user in
the audio group.
If needed, enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
Device Drivers ---> <*/M> Sound card support ---> [SOUND] # Select settings and drivers appropriate for your hardware # in the submenu: <*/M> Advanced Linux Sound Architecture ---> [SND]
In the Device Drivers ⇒ Sound card support ⇒ Advanced Linux Sound Architecture section of the kernel configuration, select the settings and drivers appropriate for your hardware. If necessary, recompile and install your new kernel.
Install ALSA Library by running the following commands:
./configure && make
If you have Doxygen installed and you wish to build the library API documentation, run the following commands from the top-level directory of the source tree:
make doc
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To install the API documentation, run the following command
as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.2.9/html/search &&
install -v -m644 doc/doxygen/html/*.* \
/usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.2.9/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/doxygen/html/search/* \
/usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.2.9/html/search
The default alsa.conf is
adequate for most installations. For extra functionality
and/or advanced control of your sound device, you may need
to create additional configuration files. For information
on the available configuration parameters, visit https://www.alsa-project.org/main/index.php/Asoundrc.
The ALSA Plugins package contains plugins for various audio libraries and sound servers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.alsa-project.org/files/pub/plugins/alsa-plugins-1.2.7.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/plugins/alsa-plugins-1.2.7.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8fb7e05b84c87f30655a8997a9a983d1
Download size: 400 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
FFmpeg-6.0, libsamplerate-0.2.2, PulseAudio-16.1, Speex-1.2.1, JACK, libavtp, and maemo
Install ALSA Plugins by running the following commands:
./configure --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
<module>.so
modules including conf_pulse, ctl_arcam_av, ctl_oss,
ctl_pulse, pcm_a52, pcm_jack, pcm_oss, pcm_pulse,
pcm_speex, pcm_upmix, pcm_usb_stream, pcm_vdownmix,
rate_lavrate*, rate_samplerate*, and
rate_speexrate*
|
Allows native ALSA applications to run on OSS |
|
|
Allows upmixing sound to 4 or 6 channels |
|
|
Allows downmixing sound from 4-6 channels to 2 channel stereo output |
|
|
Allows native ALSA applications to work with jackd |
|
|
Allows native ALSA applications to access a PulseAudio sound daemon |
|
|
Converts S16 linear sound format to A52 compressed format and sends it to an SPDIF output |
|
|
Provides an external rate converter through
|
The ALSA Utilities package contains various utilities which are useful for controlling your sound card.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.alsa-project.org/files/pub/utils/alsa-utils-1.2.9.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/utils/alsa-utils-1.2.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 095a31a5924695a7cc5b40f9574ba85e
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
docutils-0.20.1, fftw-3.3.10, libsamplerate-0.2.2, xmlto-0.0.28, and Dialog
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-utils
This package provides its own implementation of strlcpy and strlcat functions. But they are provided by
Glibc-2.38 now, so we need to remove the custom
implementation to avoid a conflict with the Glibc header:
echo '' > alsactl/init_sysdeps.c
Install ALSA Utilities by running the following commands:
./configure --disable-alsaconf \
--disable-bat \
--disable-xmlto \
--with-curses=ncursesw &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-alsaconf:
This switch disables building the alsaconf configuration tool
which is incompatible with Udev.
--disable-xmlto: Omit
this switch if you have installed xmlto-0.0.28 and wish to
regenerate the man pages.
--disable-bat: Omit
this switch if you have installed fftw-3.3.10 and wish to
install the Basic Audio Tester (BAT).
--with-curses=ncursesw: This
switch forces the use of wide-character ncurses libraries.
As the root user, apply the
default setting for the sound card:
alsactl init
Note that all channels of your sound card may be muted by default. You can use the alsamixer program to change this. Use speaker-test to check that your settings have been applied correctly. You should hear “pink noise” on your speakers.
The alsactl program is
normally run from a standard udev rule. The first time it is run,
it will complain that there is no state in /var/lib/alsa/asound.state. You can
prevent this by running the following command as the
root user:
alsactl -L store
The volume settings should be restored from the saved state by Udev when the device is detected (during boot or when plugged in for USB devices).
On systems which have multiple sound cards, you may need to
adjust the default audio device so that you can get output
from your speakers. To set the default device, first check
the /proc/asound/cards file
to determine which number you need to set. After you know
this information, set the default card with the following
command as the root user:
cat > /etc/asound.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/asound.conf
defaults.pcm.card 1
defaults.ctl.card 1
# End /etc/asound.conf
EOF
|
is a utility for connecting and disconnecting two existing ports in the ALSA sequencer system |
|
|
is used to control advanced settings for ALSA sound card drivers. Use this if alsamixer cannot utilize all of your sound card's features |
|
|
allows creation of a PCM loopback between a PCM capture device and a PCM playback device |
|
|
is an Ncurses based mixer program for use with the ALSA sound card drivers |
|
|
is a utility used to compile topology configuration files into binary files for kernel drivers |
|
|
allows applications to access the hardware in an abstracted manner |
|
|
is used to read from and write to ALSA RawMIDI ports |
|
|
allows command-line control of the mixers for the ALSA sound card drivers |
|
|
is a command-line soundfile player for the ALSA sound card drivers |
|
|
is a command-line utility that plays the specified MIDI file(s) to one or more ALSA sequencer ports |
|
|
is a command-line soundfile recorder for the ALSA sound card drivers |
|
|
is a command-line utility that records a standard MIDI file from one or more ALSA sequencer ports |
|
|
is a command-line utility that prints the sequencer events it receives as text |
|
|
is an ALSA sequencer client which sends and receives event packets over a network |
|
|
is a command-line recorder and player used to transfer audio frames between sound devices and files |
|
|
is a small utility to set or dump the IEC958 (or so-called “S/PDIF”) status bits of the specified sound card via the ALSA control API |
|
|
is a command-line speaker test tone generator for ALSA |
The ALSA Tools package contains advanced tools for certain sound cards.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.alsa-project.org/files/pub/tools/alsa-tools-1.2.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/tools/alsa-tools-1.2.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ce632a6c89ed47ee74ba415276a6a3cc
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
GTK+-2.24.33 (to build echomixer, envy24control and rmedigicontrol), GTK+-3.24.38 (to build hdajackretask) and FLTK-1.3.8 (to build hdspconf and hdspmixer)
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.9.14p3 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Now, remove a tool that needs Qt2 or 3 and two unneeded files (for the BLFS instructions below):
rm -rf qlo10k1 Makefile gitcompile
The ALSA Tools package is only needed by those with advanced requirements for their sound card. The tools can be built all together at once, but if only a subset is needed, you need to cd into the directory of each tool you wish to compile and run the commands. Here, we present instructions to build all tools.
Install all ALSA Tools by running the following commands:
for tool in *
do
case $tool in
seq )
tool_dir=seq/sbiload
;;
* )
tool_dir=$tool
;;
esac
pushd $tool_dir
./configure --prefix=/usr
make
as_root make install
as_root /sbin/ldconfig
popd
done
unset tool tool_dir
Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:
exit
|
is an assembler for the emu10k1 DSP chip present in the Creative SB Live, PCI 512, and emu APS sound cards. It is used to make audio effects such as a flanger, chorus or reverb |
|
|
is an SB16/AWE32 Creative Signal Processor (ASP/CSP) control program |
|
|
is the Linux equivalent of the Echoaudio console application from Echoaudio. It is a tool to control all the features of any Echoaudio soundcard. This includes clock sources, input and output gains, mixers, etc |
|
|
is a control tool for Envy24 (ice1712) based sound cards |
|
|
is a GUI to make it easy to retask your jacks - e g, turn your Mic jack into an extra Headphone, or why not make them both line outs and connect them to your surround receiver |
|
|
is a small program to send HD-audio commands to the given ALSA hwdep device on the hd-audio interface |
|
|
is a GUI to control the Hammerfall HDSP Alsa Settings. Up to four hdsp cards are supported |
|
|
is used to load the firmware required by the Hammerfall HDSP sound cards |
|
|
is the Linux equivalent of the Totalmix application from RME. It is a tool to control the advanced routing features of the RME Hammerfall DSP soundcard series |
|
|
allows you to control the volume of individual streams on sound cards that use hardware mixing |
|
|
are tools used to initialize Creative Sound Blaster Audigy-series cards |
|
|
is a tool used to initialize Creative Sound Blaster Live cards |
|
|
is the server of a EMU10K{1,2} patch loader for ALSA |
|
|
is the client of a EMU10K{1,2} patch loader for ALSA |
|
|
loads config dumps generated by lo10k1 and ld10k1 |
|
|
is an init script for the ld10k1 patch loader |
|
|
is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto the Digigram's miXart board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-mixart. These drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmware files are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear |
|
|
is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto Digigram's pcxhr compatible board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-pcxhr. These drivers don't work properly at all until certain firmware files are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear |
|
|
is a control tool for RME Digi32 and RME Digi96 sound cards. It provides a graphical frontend for all the sound card controls and switches |
|
|
is an OPL2/3 FM instrument loader for the ALSA sequencer |
|
|
is an ALSA SoundScape control utility |
|
|
is a Tascam US-428 control program |
|
|
is a helper program to load the 2nd Phase firmware binaries onto the Tascam USX2Y USB sound cards. It has proven to work so far for the US122, US224 and US428. The snd-usb-usx2y module requires this program |
|
|
is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto the Digigram's VX-board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-vx222, snd-vxpocket, snd-vxp440. These drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmware files are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear |
The ALSA Firmware package contains firmware for certain sound cards.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.alsa-project.org/files/pub/firmware/alsa-firmware-1.2.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/firmware/alsa-firmware-1.2.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ee6c1d24a1a4ac1d86992b408ed710a2
Download size: 4.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
AS31 (for rebuilding the firmware from source)
The ALSA Firmware package is only needed by those with advanced requirements for their sound card. See the README for configure options.
Install ALSA Firmware by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The alsa-oss package contains the alsa-oss compatibility library. This is used by programs which wish to use the alsa-oss sound interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.alsa-project.org/files/pub/oss-lib/alsa-oss-1.1.8.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/oss-lib/alsa-oss-1.1.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9ec4bb783fdce19032aace086d65d874
Download size: 288 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install ALSA OSS by running the following commands:
./configure --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The AudioFile package contains the audio file libraries and two sound file support programs useful to support basic sound file formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/audiofile/0.3/audiofile-0.3.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.acc.umu.se/pub/gnome/sources/audiofile/0.3/audiofile-0.3.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 235dde14742317328f0109e9866a8008
Download size: 520 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU
Install AudioFile by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../audiofile-0.3.6-consolidated_patches-1.patch && autoreconf -fiv && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
Now, as the root user:
make install
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that the tests will fail if the --disable-static option is used and tests are executed before make install. You have three options:
(a) configure without --disable-static, run the tests, but do not install, then start a fresh build using --disable-static just for installing the package.
(b) configure with --disable-static, but only run the tests after the package is installed.
(c) configure with --disable-static, but only run the tests after a DESTDIR install.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
displays the sound file format, audio encoding, sampling rate and duration for audio formats supported by this library |
|
|
converts sound file formats where the original format and destination format are supported by this library |
|
|
contains functions used by programs to support AIFF, AIFF-compressed, Sun/NeXT, WAV and BIC audio formats |
FAAC is an encoder for a lossy sound compression scheme specified in MPEG-2 Part 7 and MPEG-4 Part 3 standards and known as Advanced Audio Coding (AAC). This encoder is useful for producing files that can be played back on iPod. Moreover, iPod does not understand other sound compression schemes in video files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/knik0/faac/archive/1_30/faac-1_30.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8d61e6d55088e599aa91532d5e6995b0
Download size: 240 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install FAAC by running the following commands:
./bootstrap && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite. However, basic functionality can be tested by encoding a sample WAV file (the sample file is installed by the alsa-utils-1.2.9 package:
./frontend/faac -o Front_Left.mp4 /usr/share/sounds/alsa/Front_Left.wav
Then, decode the result using the faad program from the FAAD2-2.10.1 package and play back the decoded file (requires the aplay program from the alsa-utils-1.2.9 package:
faad Front_Left.mp4 aplay Front_Left.wav
aplay should identify the file as “Signed 16 bit Little Endian, Rate 48000 Hz, Stereo”, and you should hear the words “front left”.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The quality of FAAC is not up to par with the best AAC encoders currently available. Also, it only supports AAC and not High Efficiency AAC (also known as aacPlus), which provides better quality at low bitrates by means of using the “spectral band replication” technology. There are the following alternative programs for producing AAC and HE-AAC streams:
Nero AAC Codec: available only in the binary form, the command-line AAC and HE-AAC encoders for Linux are in the same archive as the Windows application.
3GPP Enhanced aacPlus general audio codec:
available in the source form, can encode only HE-AAC up
to 48 kbps out of the box, but the maximum bitrate can
be changed by editing the tuning table in the
FloatFR_sbrenclib/src/sbr_main.c
file.
Note, however, that iPod supports only Low Complexity AAC profile, which is the default in FAAC, but may not be the default in Nero AAC Encoder and is completely unavailable in the 3GPP encoder.
FAAD2 is a decoder for a lossy sound compression scheme specified in MPEG-2 Part 7 and MPEG-4 Part 3 standards and known as Advanced Audio Coding (AAC).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/knik0/faad2/archive/2.10.1/faad2-2.10.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 62a0427c6ff3a273aa720e27da166758
Download size: 788 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Sample AAC file: https://www.nch.com.au/acm/sample.aac (7 KB)
Install FAAD2 by running the following commands:
./bootstrap && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite. However, basic functionality can be tested by decoding the sample AAC file:
./frontend/faad -o sample.wav ../sample.aac
This should display a copyright message and the following information about the sample file:
sample.aac file info:
ADTS, 4.608 sec, 13 kbps, 16000 Hz
---------------------
| Config: 2 Ch |
---------------------
| Ch | Position |
---------------------
| 00 | Left front |
| 01 | Right front |
---------------------
Now play the result (requires the aplay program from the alsa-utils-1.2.9 package):
aplay sample.wav
aplay should identify the file as “Signed 16 bit Little Endian, Rate 16000 Hz, Stereo”, and you should hear some piano notes.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
fdk-aac package provides the Fraunhofer FDK AAC library, which is purported to be a high quality Advanced Audio Coding implementation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/opencore-amr/fdk-aac-2.0.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b41222194b31f570b3132bd622a9aef6
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Install fdk-aac by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
FLAC is an audio CODEC similar to MP3, but lossless, meaning that audio is compressed without losing any information.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/flac/flac-1.4.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7cab20b46e0bc859234bf5ba7da81625
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (additional 163 MB to run the test suite)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (additional 0.6 SBU to run the test suite)
libogg-1.3.5, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, Doxygen-1.9.7, and Valgrind-3.21.0
Install FLAC by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-thorough-tests \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/flac-1.4.3 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that if
you passed the --enable-exhaustive-tests and --enable-valgrind-testing parameters to
configure and
then run the test suite, it will take a very long time (up to 300 SBUs)
and use about 375 MB of disk space.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-thorough-tests: This
parameter is used so that the test suite will complete in a
reasonable amount of time. Remove it if you desire more
extensive tests.
Frei0r is a minimalistic plugin API for video effects. Note that the 0 in the name is a zero, not a capital letter o.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.dyne.org/frei0r/releases/frei0r-plugins-1.8.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 45ffe53925ce0a90ce1d838c05e0a3c0
Download size: 804 KB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
Install Frei0r by running the following commands:
mkdir -vp build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DWITHOUT_OPENCV=TRUE: This
option instructs the make procedure to disable building
plugins dependent upon opencv.
-DWITHOUT_GAVL=TRUE: This option
instructs the make procedure to disable building plugins
dependent upon gavl.
Gavl is short for Gmerlin Audio Video Library. It is a low level library that handles the details of audio and video formats like colorspaces, samplerates, multichannel configurations etc. It provides standardized definitions for those formats as well as container structures for carrying audio samples or video images inside an application.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gmerlin/gavl-1.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2752013a817fbc43ddf13552215ec2c0
Download size: 4.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 50 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU
Install Gavl by running the following commands:
LIBS=-lm \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--without-doxygen \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gavl-1.4.0 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
LIBS=-lm: This variable ensures
the math library is searched when linking.
--without-doxygen:
This switch disables use of Doxygen. Omit if Doxygen is
installed and you wish to build the API documentation.
gstreamer is a streaming media framework that enables applications to share a common set of plugins for tasks such as video encoding and decoding, audio encoding and decoding, audio and video filters, audio visualisation, web streaming and anything else that streams in real-time or otherwise. This package only provides base functionality and libraries. You may need at least gst-plugins-base-1.22.5 and one of Good, Bad, Ugly or Libav plugins.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gstreamer/gstreamer-1.22.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b138307f1f84ed3a77a22a337e2af398
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 48 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
GTK+-3.24.38 (for examples), Gsl-2.7.1 (used by one test if installed), libunwind-1.6.2, Valgrind-3.21.0, bash-completion, hotdoc, and libdw
Install gstreamer by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgst_debug=false \
-Dpackage-origin=https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/12.0-systemd/ \
-Dpackage-name="GStreamer 1.22.5 BLFS" &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
If you are reinstalling gstreamer from a previous version, it
is best if you remove the prior version, including plugins,
before installing the new version. If there is a mixture of
versions installed, using processes may hang or not work
properly. As the root user:
rm -rf /usr/bin/gst-* /usr/{lib,libexec}/gstreamer-1.0
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
|
is a tool that prints out information on available gstreamer plugins, information about a particular plugin, or information about a particular element |
|
|
is a tool that builds and runs basic gstreamer pipelines |
|
|
is a tool used to gather statistics about gstreamer operations |
|
|
runs a test plan in TAP compatible format while integrating with the meson test harness |
|
|
uses the gstreamer type finding system to determine the relevant gstreamer plugin to parse or decode files, and the corresponding MIME type |
|
|
provides some base classes to be extended by elements and utility classes that are most useful for plugin developers |
|
|
provides functionality for writing unit tests that use the check framework |
|
|
provides functionality to animate element properties over time |
|
|
provides network elements and objects |
|
|
provides all of the core gstreamer services, including initialization, plugin management and types, as well as the object hierarchy that defines elements and bins, along with some more specialized elements |
The GStreamer Base Plug-ins is a well-groomed and well-maintained collection of GStreamer plug-ins and elements, spanning the range of possible types of elements one would want to write for GStreamer. You will need at least one of Good, Bad, Ugly or Libav plugins for GStreamer applications to function properly.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-base/gst-plugins-base-1.22.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cc16aeaefdfd3917e009412a22d07fac
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 95 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
alsa-lib-1.2.9, CDParanoia-III-10.2 (for building the CDDA plugin), gobject-introspection-1.76.1, ISO Codes-4.15.0, libgudev-238, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libogg-1.3.5, libpng-1.6.40, libtheora-1.1.1, libvorbis-1.3.7, Mesa-23.1.6, Pango-1.50.14, wayland-protocols-1.32, and Xorg Libraries
graphene-1.10.8, GTK+-3.24.38 (for examples), Opus-1.3.1, (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10) (for examples), SDL2-2.28.2, Valgrind-3.21.0, hotdoc, libvisual, Orc, and Tremor
If you need a plugin for a given dependency, that dependency needs to be installed before this package.
Install GStreamer Base Plug-ins by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
--wrap-mode=nodownload \
-Dpackage-origin=https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/12.0-systemd/ \
-Dpackage-name="GStreamer 1.22.5 BLFS" &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The tests require an X terminal running, or all of the GL tests will fail. Five tests may produce timeouts on some systems depending on their graphics hardware and speed.
When installing, the build process does some additional linking. If you do not have Xorg in /usr, the LIBRARY_PATH variable needs to be defined for the root user. If using sudo to assume root, use the -E option to pass your current environment variables for the install process.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
--wrap-mode=nodownload: This
switch prevents meson from downloading any
optional dependency which is not installed on the system.
The GStreamer Good Plug-ins is a set of plug-ins considered by the GStreamer developers to have good quality code, correct functionality, and the preferred license (LGPL for the plug-in code, LGPL or LGPL-compatible for the supporting library). A wide range of video and audio decoders, encoders, and filters are included.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-good/gst-plugins-good-1.22.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8c5a67f702ff5f30290be35ac27b3ac9
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 108 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
Cairo-1.17.6, FLAC-1.4.3, gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10, LAME-3.100, libsoup-2.74.3, libsoup-3.4.2, libvpx-1.13.0, mpg123-1.31.3, NASM-2.16.01, and PulseAudio-16.1
AAlib-1.4rc5, ALSA OSS-1.1.8, GTK+-3.24.38 (for examples), libdv-1.0.0, (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10), Speex-1.2.1, taglib-1.13.1, Valgrind-3.21.0, v4l-utils-1.24.1, Wayland-1.22.0, hotdoc, JACK, libcaca, libavc1394, libiec61883, libraw1394, libshout, Orc, TwoLame, and WavPack
If you need a plugin for a given dependency, that dependency needs to be installed before this package.
Install GStreamer Good Plug-ins by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dpackage-origin=https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/12.0-systemd/ \
-Dpackage-name="GStreamer 1.22.5 BLFS" &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The GStreamer Bad Plug-ins package contains a set of plug-ins that aren't up to par compared to the rest. They might be close to being good quality, but they're missing something - be it a good code review, some documentation, a set of tests, a real live maintainer, or some actual wide use.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-bad/gst-plugins-bad-1.22.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d18cde538d5c954e94f888143e703a52
Download size: 5.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 215 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
libdvdread-6.1.3, libdvdnav-6.1.1, and SoundTouch-2.3.2
BlueZ-5.68, cURL-8.2.1, FAAC-1_30, FAAD2-2.10.1, fdk-aac-2.0.2, GTK+-3.24.38 (for examples), gst-plugins-good-1.22.5 (for one test), JSON-GLib-1.6.6, Little CMS-2.14, libaom-3.6.1, libass-0.17.1, libexif-0.6.24 (for one test), librsvg-2.56.3, libsoup-2.74.3 (for one test), libsndfile-1.2.2, libssh2-1.11.0, libusb-1.0.26, libva-2.19.0, libwebp-1.3.1, libxkbcommon-1.5.0, neon-0.32.5, Nettle-3.9.1 or libgcrypt-1.10.2 (for SSL support in the hls plugin, if both are not installed OpenSSL will be used instead), opencv-4.8.0 (with additional modules), OpenJPEG-2.5.0, Opus-1.3.1, qrencode-4.1.1, SBC-2.0, sdl12-compat-1.2.64, Valgrind-3.21.0, Wayland-1.22.0 (GTK+-3.24.38 must have been compiled with wayland support), wpebackend-fdo-1.14.2, x265-20230215, bs2b, Chromaprint, dssim, Flite, FluidSynth, Game Music Emu, GSM, hotdoc, LADSPA, ldacBT, libavtp, libdc1394-2, libdca, libde265, libkate, libmfx, libmms, libmodplug, libnice, libofa, libopenmpt, libopenni, libsrtp, lilv, LRDF, ltc-tools, microdns, MJPEG Tools, mplex2, musepack, onnxruntime, OpenAL, OpenEXR, OpenH264, Orc, rtmpdump, spandsp, Srt, svthevcenc, VO AAC, VO AMRWB, Vulkan, WildMidi, WPE-WebKit, ZBAR, ZVBI, and zxing
If you need a plugin for a given dependency, that dependency needs to be installed before this package.
Install GStreamer Bad Plug-ins by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgpl=enabled \
-Dpackage-origin=https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/12.0-systemd/ \
-Dpackage-name="GStreamer 1.22.5 BLFS" &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. Several tests need a terminal emulator in a graphical session. One test, elements_vacompositor, is known to fail. If gst-plugins-good-1.22.5 is not installed, two tests elements_rtpsrc and elements_rtpsink will fail.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgpl=enabled:
Without this switch, plugins with dependencies on (A)GPL
licensed libraries are not built.
The GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins is a set of plug-ins considered by the GStreamer developers to have good quality and correct functionality, but distributing them might pose problems. The license on either the plug-ins or the supporting libraries might not be how the GStreamer developers would like. The code might be widely known to present patent problems.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-ugly/gst-plugins-ugly-1.22.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8649b3c009336f1ebfeb1b7e3931a3a0
Download size: 244 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.9 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
liba52-0.7.4 (needed to play DVD's), libdvdread-6.1.3, and x264-20230215
libmpeg2-0.5.1, libcdio-2.1.0 (for CD-ROM drive access), Valgrind-3.21.0, hotdoc, libsidplay, OpenCore AMR, Orc, and TwoLame
If you need a plugin for a given dependency, that dependency needs to be installed before this package.
Install GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgpl=enabled \
-Dpackage-origin=https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/12.0-systemd/ \
-Dpackage-name="GStreamer 1.22.5 BLFS" &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dgpl=enabled:
Without this switch, plugins with dependencies on (A)GPL
licensed libraries are not built.
The GStreamer Libav package contains GStreamer plugins for Libav (a fork of FFmpeg).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-libav/gst-libav-1.22.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 311e8ee493124a739ca937fbb3d1ae88
Download size: 196 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
FFmpeg-6.0 and gst-plugins-base-1.22.5
Install GStreamer Libav by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dpackage-origin=https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/12.0-systemd/ \
-Dpackage-name="GStreamer 1.22.5 BLFS" &&
ninja
To run the tests, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
The gstreamer-vaapi package contains a gstreamer plugin for hardware accelerated video decode/encode for the prevailing coding standards today (MPEG-2, MPEG-4 ASP/H.263, MPEG-4 AVC/H.264, and VC-1/VMW3).
On systems without hardware acceleration (notably virtual machines under qemu-8.1.0), this package may cause the X server to crash. The BLFS team recommends not to install this package in this case.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gstreamer-vaapi/gstreamer-vaapi-1.22.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 362ecdcfb23a7cf73e757c7692153279
Download size: 536 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
GTK+-3.24.38, gstreamer-1.22.5, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, gst-plugins-bad-1.22.5, and libva-2.19.0
Install gstreamer-vaapi by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dpackage-origin=https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/12.0-systemd/ &&
ninja
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
id3lib is a library for reading, writing and manipulating id3v1 and id3v2 multimedia data containers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/id3lib/id3lib-3.8.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 19f27ddd2dda4b2d26a559a4f0f402a7
Download size: 932 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install id3lib by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../id3lib-3.8.3-consolidated_patches-1.patch && libtoolize -fc && aclocal && autoconf && automake --add-missing --copy && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This packages does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
cp doc/man/* /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/id3lib-3.8.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{gif,jpg,png,ico,css,txt,php,html} \
/usr/share/doc/id3lib-3.8.3
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The intel-media package provides a VA API driver for Intel GPUs that are provided with Broadwell CPUs and higher. This includes support for a variety of codecs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/intel/media-driver/archive/refs/tags/intel-media-23.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a6f48933bcb3d55dea8ec2e66c4f99e1
Download size: 27 MB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 GB (359 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 5.9 SBU (with parallelism=4)
The tarball intel-media-23.3.2.tar.gz will extract to
the directory media-driver-intel-media-23.3.2.
CMake-3.27.2, Intel-gmmlib-22.3.10, libva-2.19.0, and Xorg build environment
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration. Recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers ---> Graphics support ---> <*/M> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 4.1.0 and higher DRI support) ---> ... [DRM] <*/M> Intel 8xx/9xx/G3x/G4x/HD Graphics [DRM_I915]
This package takes a long time to build because it compiles code specific to each individual generation of Intel GPUs and for a variety of media codecs.
If you know the model of your Intel GPU, you can pass the
-D{GEN{8,9,10,11,12},MTL}=OFF
option to the cmake command but leaving
the option for your GPU out. Note that the “GEN”
number here is the generation of the GPU, not the CPU. For
example, with an Intel Core i7-1065G7 CPU shipping a
11th-generation Intel GPU, the -D{GEN{8,9,10,12},MTL}=OFF option can be
used so the code specific to the other generations of Intel
GPUs won't be built.
Install intel-media by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$XORG_PREFIX \
-DINSTALL_DRIVER_SYSCONF=OFF \
-DBUILD_TYPE=Release \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The intel-vaapi-driver package contains a VA API driver for Intel GPUs that are provided with Haswell CPUs and earlier.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/intel/intel-vaapi-driver/releases/download/2.4.1/intel-vaapi-driver-2.4.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 073fce0f409559109ad2dd0a6531055d
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 97 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration. Recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers ---> Graphics support ---> <*/M> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 4.1.0 and higher DRI support) ---> ... [DRM] <*/M> Intel 8xx/9xx/G3x/G4x/HD Graphics [DRM_I915]
Install the driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
liba52 is a free library for decoding ATSC A/52 (also known as AC-3) streams. The A/52 standard is used in a variety of applications, including digital television and DVD.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://liba52.sourceforge.net/files/a52dec-0.7.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: caa9f5bc44232dc8aeea773fea56be80
Download size: 236 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/liba52
Install liba52 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static \
CFLAGS="${CFLAGS:--g -O2} $([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo -fPIC)" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
cp liba52/a52_internal.h /usr/include/a52dec &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/liba52.txt \
/usr/share/doc/liba52-0.7.4/liba52.txt
CFLAGS="-g -O2 ...:
This sets CFLAGS to -g -O2 (which is the default) but then on
x86_64 adds -fPIC. This is needed to compile liba52 on x86_64.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
cp liba52/a52_internal.h ...: Copying this header file into /usr/include/a52dec allows some other programs (such as xine-lib) to compile and link against a system installed liba52.
The libao package contains a cross-platform audio library. This is useful to output audio on a wide variety of platforms. It currently supports WAV files, OSS (Open Sound System), ESD (Enlighten Sound Daemon), ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound Architecture), NAS (Network Audio system), aRTS (analog Real-Time Synthesizer), and PulseAudio (next generation GNOME sound architecture).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/ao/libao-1.2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9f5dd20d7e95fd0dd72df5353829f097
Download size: 456 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libao by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 README /usr/share/doc/libao-1.2.0
The libaom package contains a reference version of the Alliance for Open Media video codec. This codec is a patent free alternative to H.265, and is starting to be used throughout the internet.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://storage.googleapis.com/aom-releases/libaom-3.6.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e5b1843484eb9873666b878e03d8160b
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 103 MB (add 969 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with parallelism=4, add 136 SBU for tests)
yasm-1.3.0 (or NASM-2.16.01, pass the -DENABLE_NASM=yes option to cmake if you want to use it
instead of yasm)
Install libaom by running the following commands:
mkdir aom-build &&
cd aom-build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=1 \
-DENABLE_DOCS=no \
-G Ninja .. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja runtests. Note that the tests take an extremely long time to run.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install && rm -v /usr/lib/libaom.a
-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=1: This
switch builds shared versions of the libraries.
-DENABLE_DOCS=no:
This switch disables building the documentation because it
fails due to an incompatibility with the latest version of
Doxygen-1.9.7.
-DENABLE_NASM=yes: Use this
switch if you have NASM-2.16.01 installed and wish to use it
instead of yasm.
libass is a portable subtitle renderer for the ASS/SSA (Advanced Substation Alpha/Substation Alpha) subtitle format that allows for more advanced subtitles than the conventional SRT and similar formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libass/libass/releases/download/0.17.1/libass-0.17.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 73f00a898161be424e05d4bee1962dbb
Download size: 396 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
FreeType-2.13.1, FriBidi-1.0.13, and NASM-2.16.01
Install libass by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-fontconfig: Use this
switch if you didn't install Fontconfig.
libcanberra is an implementation of the XDG Sound Theme and Name Specifications, for generating event sounds on free desktops, such as GNOME.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://0pointer.de/lennart/projects/libcanberra/libcanberra-0.30.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 34cb7e4430afaf6f447c4ebdb9b42072
Download size: 312 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
alsa-lib-1.2.9, gstreamer-1.22.5, and GTK+-3.24.38
GTK+-2.24.33, PulseAudio-16.1, and tdb
sound-theme-freedesktop-0.8, or another theme, for example from the gnome-look website
At first, apply a patch to fix an issue causing some applications to crash in Wayland based desktop environment:
patch -Np1 -i ../libcanberra-0.30-wayland-1.patch
Install libcanberra by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-oss && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/libcanberra-0.30 install
--disable-oss:
disable optional deprecated OSS support
--disable-gtk: disable optional
GTK+ 2 support
--disable-gtk3: disable optional
GTK+ 3 support
The libcddb is a library that implements the different protocols (CDDBP, HTTP, SMTP) to access data on a CDDB server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libcddb/libcddb-1.3.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8bb4a6f542197e8e9648ae597cd6bc8a
Download size: 384 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.9 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
By default this package accesses freedb.org, which is already closed.
Modify the default to use gnudb.gnudb.org instead, and fix two
stale test data files:
sed -e '/DEFAULT_SERVER/s/freedb.org/gnudb.gnudb.org/' \
-e '/DEFAULT_PORT/s/888/&0/' \
-i include/cddb/cddb_ni.h &&
sed '/^Genre:/s/Trip-Hop/Electronic/' -i tests/testdata/920ef00b.txt &&
sed '/DISCID/i# Revision: 42' -i tests/testcache/misc/12340000
Install libcddb by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check -k. The test suite needs the Internet connection. One test fails due to missing test server.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libcdio is a library for CD-ROM and CD image access. The associated libcdio-cdparanoia library reads audio from the CD-ROM directly as data, with no analog step between, and writes the data to a file or pipe as .wav, .aifc or as raw 16 bit linear PCM.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libcdio/libcdio-2.1.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libcdio/libcdio-2.1.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: aa7629e8f73662a762f64c444b901055
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 43 MB (both packages, including checks)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4; both packages, including checks)
Install libcdio by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check -k. One test
named realpath is known to
fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Now install libcdio-paranoia:
tar -xf ../libcdio-paranoia-10.2+2.0.1.tar.bz2 && cd libcdio-paranoia-10.2+2.0.1 && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
shows CD-ROM drive characteristics |
|
|
shows information about a CD or CD-image |
|
|
is an audio CD reading utility which includes extra data verification features |
|
|
reads Information from a CD or CD-image |
|
|
is a simple curses CD player |
|
|
shows Information about an ISO 9660 image |
|
|
reads portions of an ISO 9660 image |
|
|
issues libcdio multimedia commands |
|
|
contains the primary cdio API functions |
libdvdcss is a simple library designed for accessing DVDs as a block device without having to bother about the decryption.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://get.videolan.org/libdvdcss/1.4.3/libdvdcss-1.4.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e98239a88af9b2204f9b9d987c2bc71a
Download size: 380 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libdvdcss by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.4.3 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
libdvdread is a library which provides a simple foundation for reading DVDs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://get.videolan.org/libdvdread/6.1.3/libdvdread-6.1.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3c58d1624a71a16ff40f55dbaca82523
Download size: 388 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libdvdread by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libdvdread-6.1.3 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
libdvdnav is a library that allows easy use of sophisticated DVD navigation features such as DVD menus, multiangle playback and even interactive DVD games.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://get.videolan.org/libdvdnav/6.1.1/libdvdnav-6.1.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 46c46cb0294fbd1fcb8a0181818dad15
Download size: 360 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install libdvdnav by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libdvdnav-6.1.1 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The Quasar DV Codec (libdv) is a software CODEC for DV video, the encoding format used by most digital camcorders. It can be used to copy videos from camcorders using a firewire (IEEE 1394) connection.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libdv/libdv-1.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f895162161cfa4bb4a94c070a7caa6c7
Download size: 574 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install libdv by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-xv \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libdv-1.0.0 && install -v -m644 README* /usr/share/doc/libdv-1.0.0
--disable-xv: This
parameter is required if an X
Window System is not installed. It also prevents
configure
testing for libXv which is only
used for an obsolete program playdv that will not be
built with current linux
headers and would also need other obsolete dependencies.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
libmad is a high-quality MPEG audio decoder capable of 24-bit output.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/mad/libmad-0.15.1b.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mars.org/pub/mpeg/libmad-0.15.1b.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1be543bc30c56fb6bea1d7bf6a64e66c
Download size: 491 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install libmad by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libmad-0.15.1b-fixes-1.patch && sed "s@AM_CONFIG_HEADER@AC_CONFIG_HEADERS@g" -i configure.ac && touch NEWS AUTHORS ChangeLog && autoreconf -fi && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Some packages check for the pkg-config file for libmad. This file is particularly needed so that Cdrdao can recognize the installed libmad.
As the root user:
cat > /usr/lib/pkgconfig/mad.pc << "EOF"
prefix=/usr
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include
Name: mad
Description: MPEG audio decoder
Requires:
Version: 0.15.1b
Libs: -L${libdir} -lmad
Cflags: -I${includedir}
EOF
touch NEWS AUTHORS ChangeLog: Prevent autoreconf from returning an error.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libmpeg2 package contains a library for decoding MPEG-2 and MPEG-1 video streams. The library is able to decode all MPEG streams that conform to certain restrictions: “constrained parameters” for MPEG-1, and “main profile” for MPEG-2. This is useful for programs and applications needing to decode MPEG-2 and MPEG-1 video streams.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://libmpeg2.sourceforge.net/files/libmpeg2-0.5.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/distfiles.gentoo.org/distfiles/libmpeg2-0.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0f92c7454e58379b4a5a378485bbd8ef
Download size: 513 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install libmpeg2 by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/static const/static/' libmpeg2/idct_mmx.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. To perform a
more comprehensive regression test, see the file test/README in the source tree.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libmpeg2-0.5.1 &&
install -v -m644 README doc/libmpeg2.txt \
/usr/share/doc/libmpeg2-0.5.1
sed -i ...: This sed fixes problems with recent GCC compilers.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libmusicbrainz package contains a library which allows you to access the data held on the MusicBrainz server. This is useful for adding MusicBrainz lookup capabilities to other applications.
MusicBrainz is a community music metadatabase that attempts to create a comprehensive music information site. You can use the MusicBrainz data either by browsing the web site, or you can access the data from a client program — for example, a CD player program can use MusicBrainz to identify CDs and provide information about the CD, about the artist or other related information.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/historical/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/historical/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d5e19bb77edd6ea798ce206bd05ccc5f
Download size: 524 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
Install libmusicbrainz by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libmusicbrainz-2.1.5-missing-includes-1.patch &&
CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS:--O2 -g} -std=c++98" \
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make
If Python is installed, build the bindings with the following commands:
(cd python && python2 setup.py build)
This package does not come with a stand-alone test suite (to test you must have Python installed and perform the test after the package is installed).
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 -D docs/mb_howto.txt \
/usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5/mb_howto.txt
To test the Python bindings, issue the following: (cd python && python2 setup.py test).
If you built the Python bindings, issue the following
commands as the root user to
install them:
(cd python && python2 setup.py install)
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libmusicbrainz package contains a library which allows you to access the data held on the MusicBrainz server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/metabrainz/libmusicbrainz/releases/download/release-5.1.0/libmusicbrainz-5.1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4cc5556aa40ff7ab8f8cb83965535bc3
Download size: 76 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB (additional 4.4 MB for the API documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
CMake-3.27.2, libxml2-2.10.4 and neon-0.32.5
First, fix a problem caused by CMake-3.18.0:
patch -Np1 -i ../libmusicbrainz-5.1.0-cmake_fixes-1.patch
Install libmusicbrainz by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release .. && make
If you have installed Doxygen-1.9.7, optionally build the API documentation:
doxygen ../Doxyfile
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have built the API documentation, install, as the
root user:
rm -rf /usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-5.1.0 && cp -vr docs/ /usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-5.1.0
The libogg package contains the Ogg file structure. This is useful for creating (encoding) or playing (decoding) a single physical bit stream.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/ogg/libogg-1.3.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3178c98341559657a15b185bf5d700a5
Download size: 420 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.5 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Install libogg by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libogg-1.3.5 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libquicktime package
contains the libquicktime
library, various plugins and codecs, along with graphical and
command line utilities used for encoding and decoding
QuickTime files. This is useful for reading and writing files
in the QuickTime format. The goal of the project is to
enhance, while providing compatibility with the Quicktime 4 Linux library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libquicktime/libquicktime-1.2.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 81cfcebad9b7ee7e7cfbefc861d6d61b
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (includes building all codec modules)
alsa-lib-1.2.9, Doxygen-1.9.7, FAAC-1_30, FAAD2-2.10.1, GTK+-2.24.33, LAME-3.100, libdv-1.0.0, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, libvorbis-1.3.7, x264-20230215, Xorg Libraries, and Schroedinger
Install libquicktime by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-gpl \
--without-doxygen \
--without-ffmpeg \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.2.4
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.2.4 &&
install -v -m644 README doc/{*.txt,*.html,mainpage.incl} \
/usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.2.4
--enable-gpl: Changes
the licence to GPL. This enables some extra plugins, such as
FAAC, FAAD2, and x264.
--without-doxygen:
This is necessary if you do not have Doxygen, omit this if it is installed
and you wish the API documentation installed.
--without-ffmpeg:
This switch disables ffmpeg support because it is
incompatible with ffmpeg-5.
--with-libdv: Build with libdv
support. Not enabled by default.
|
is a graphical front end to examine and configure the available libquicktime audio and video codecs |
|
|
is a simple QuickTime movie player for X Window System |
|
|
is a command-line program used to encode video and/or audio files from one format to another |
|
|
is used to dump all text strings from a quicktime file |
|
|
can take movies containing rgb frames and write them out as ppm images |
|
|
displays the parsed contents of the provided file |
|
|
prints various pieces of metadata parsed by the libquicktime library for the provided file |
|
|
concatenates input frames into a QuickTime movie |
|
|
is used to make a file streamable by placing the moov header at the beginning of the file |
|
|
is used to write a YUV4 encoded movie as a planar YUV 4:2:0 file |
|
|
is a library for reading and writing QuickTime files. It provides convenient access to QuickTime files with a variety of supported codecs. The library contains new functions integrated with all the original QuickTime 4 Linux library functions used to encode and decode QuickTime files |
libsamplerate is a sample rate converter for audio.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libsndfile/libsamplerate/releases/download/0.2.2/libsamplerate-0.2.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 97c010fc25156c33cddc272c1935afab
Download size: 3.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB (add 2 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 0.3 SBU for tests)
alsa-lib-1.2.9, libsndfile-1.2.2, and fftw-3.3.10 (for tests)
Install libsamplerate by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libsamplerate-0.2.2 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Libsndfile is a library of C routines for reading and writing files containing sampled audio data.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libsndfile/libsndfile/releases/download/1.2.2/libsndfile-1.2.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 04e2e6f726da7c5dc87f8cf72f250d04
Download size: 716 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB (add 10 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (add 0.3 SBU for tests)
FLAC-1.4.3, Opus-1.3.1, and libvorbis-1.3.7
alsa-lib-1.2.9, LAME-3.100, mpg123-1.31.3, Speex-1.2.1, and SQLite-3.42.0
Install libsndfile by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libsndfile-1.2.2 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
compares two audio files |
|
|
concatenates two or more audio files |
|
|
converts a sound file from one format to another |
|
|
splits a multi-channel into multiple single channel files |
|
|
displays information about a sound file |
|
|
converts multiple single channel files into a multi-channel file |
|
|
retrieves metadata from a sound file |
|
|
sets metadata in a sound file |
|
|
plays a sound file |
|
|
salvages the audio data from WAV files which are more than 4GB in size |
|
|
contains the libsndfile API functions |
libtheora is a reference implementation of the Theora video compression format being developed by the Xiph.Org Foundation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/theora/libtheora-1.1.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9eeabf1ad65b7f41533854a59f7a716d
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13.4 MB (without static libs or API docs and without installing the examples)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
sdl12-compat-1.2.64 and libpng-1.6.40 (both to build the example players), Doxygen-1.9.7, texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx), BibTex, and Transfig (all four to build the API documentation), and Valgrind-3.21.0
Install libtheora by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/png_\(sizeof\)/\1/g' examples/png2theora.c && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you wish to run the tests, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you wish to install the examples (so that you can hack on
theora), install them as the
root user:
cd examples/.libs &&
for E in *; do
install -v -m755 $E /usr/bin/theora_${E}
done
sed -i 's/png_\(sizeof\)/\1/g' examples/png2theora.c: This sed fixes build with libpng 1.6.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The libva package contains a library which provides access to hardware accelerated video processing, using hardware to accelerate video processing in order to offload the central processing unit (CPU) to decode and encode compressed digital video. The VA API video decode/encode interface is platform and window system independent targeted at Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) in the X Window System however it can potentially also be used with direct framebuffer and graphics sub-systems for video output. Accelerated processing includes support for video decoding, video encoding, subpicture blending, and rendering.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/intel/libva/releases/download/2.19.0/libva-2.19.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 66b1e5cb7b26ad2d6e72d54c8d61da6c
Download size: 500 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Xorg build environment and libdrm-2.4.115
The VA API driver suitable for the hardware in your system:
intel-vaapi-driver-2.4.1 (for
Intel GPUs provided with Haswell CPUs or earlier), intel-media-23.3.2 (for Intel GPUs
provided with Broadwell CPUs or later), and Mesa-23.1.6 (providing
the r600, radeonsi, and nouveau VA API drivers, for the ATI/AMD
Radeon HD 2xxx GPUs and later, and supported
NVIDIA GPUs; there is a circular dependency, read the
Mesa page for information on how to break it)
Install libva by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX --buildtype=release && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
The libvdpau package contains a library which implements the VDPAU library.
VDPAU (Video Decode and Presentation API for Unix) is an open source library (libvdpau) and API originally designed by Nvidia for its GeForce 8 series and later GPU hardware targeted at the X Window System. This VDPAU API allows video programs to offload portions of the video decoding process and video post-processing to the GPU video-hardware.
Currently, the portions capable of being offloaded by VDPAU onto the GPU are motion compensation (mo comp), inverse discrete cosine transform (iDCT), VLD (variable-length decoding) and deblocking for MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4 ASP (MPEG-4 Part 2), H.264/MPEG-4 AVC and VC-1, WMV3/WMV9 encoded videos. Which specific codecs of these that can be offloaded to the GPU depends on the version of the GPU hardware; specifically, to also decode MPEG-4 ASP (MPEG-4 Part 2), Xvid/OpenDivX (DivX 4), and DivX 5 formats, a GeForce 200M (2xxM) Series (the eleventh generation of Nvidia's GeForce graphics processing units) or newer GPU hardware is required.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/vdpau/libvdpau/-/archive/1.5/libvdpau-1.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 148a192110e7a49d62c0bf9ef916c099
Download size: 140 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
The VDPAU driver suitable for the hardware in your system:
libvdpau-va-gl-0.4.0 (for Intel
GPUs) and Mesa-23.1.6 (providing the r600, radeonsi,
and nouveau VDPAU drivers, for
the ATI/AMD Radeon HD 2xxx GPUs and later, and supported
NVIDIA GPUs; Mesa must be built after this package for
these drivers)
Doxygen-1.9.7, Graphviz-8.1.0, and texlive-20230313 or install-tl-unx
Install libvdpau by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson setup --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. There is only one test for this package, dlclose, and it is known to fail on some systems.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If doxygen is present at
build time place the documentation in a versioned directory
as the root user:
[ -e $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libvdpau ] && mv -v $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libvdpau{,1.5}
The libvdpau-va-gl package contains a library which implements the VDPAU library. Libvdpau_va_gl uses OpenGL under the hood to accelerate drawing and scaling and the VA-API (if available) to accelerate video decoding. For now VA-API is available on some Intel chips, and on some AMD video adapters with the help of the libvdpau driver.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Libvdpau-va-gl Driver Download (HTTP): https://github.com/i-rinat/libvdpau-va-gl/archive/v0.4.0/libvdpau-va-gl-0.4.0.tar.gz
Libvdpau-va-gl Driver Download MD5 sum: 638244652a702d0262039890904f37ce
Libvdpau-va-gl Driver Download size: 120 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
CMake-3.27.2, libvdpau-1.5, and libva-2.19.0
Doxygen-1.9.7, Graphviz-8.1.0, and texlive-20230313 or install-tl-unx
Install libvdpau-va-gl by running the following commands:
sed -e '/#include <stdlib.h>/a #include <string>' -i src/api-device.cc && mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$XORG_PREFIX .. && make
To test the results, issue: make check. The tests must be run from an Xorg environment.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -e '/#include <stdlib.h>/a #include <string>' ...: fix the build for the C++ Standard Library header changes in gcc-13.
To allow libvdpau to find libvdpau-va-gl, set an environment
variable. As the root user:
echo "export VDPAU_DRIVER=va_gl" >> /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh
The libvorbis package contains a general purpose audio and music encoding format. This is useful for creating (encoding) and playing (decoding) sound in an open (patent free) format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/vorbis/libvorbis-1.3.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 50902641d358135f06a8392e61c9ac77
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.9.7 and texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx) (specifically, pdflatex and htlatex) to build the PDF documentation
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Libvorbis
Install libvorbis by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make -j1 check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 doc/Vorbis* /usr/share/doc/libvorbis-1.3.7
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-docs: This switch
enables building the documentation in formats other than the
supplied html.
This package, from the WebM project, provides the reference implementations of the VP8 Codec, used in most current html5 video, and of the next-generation VP9 Codec.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/webmproject/libvpx/archive/v1.13.0/libvpx-1.13.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d5fd45a806a65a57d6635f9e7a98a1b2
Download size: 5.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 63 MB (add 1.5 GB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add approx 15 SBU for tests using parallelism=4, including download time)
yasm-1.3.0 or NASM-2.16.01, and Which-2.21 (so configure can find yasm)
cURL-8.2.1 (to download test files) and Doxygen-1.9.7 (to build documentation)
An Internet connection is needed for some tests of this package.
Install libvpx by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/cp -p/cp/' build/make/Makefile &&
mkdir libvpx-build &&
cd libvpx-build &&
../configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: LD_LIBRARY_PATH=. make test. The test suite downloads many files as part of its test process. A few parts of it will use all available cores.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ... : This command corrects ownership and permissions of installed files.
mkdir libvpx-build && cd libvpx-build: The libvpx developers recommend building in a dedicated build directory.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-vp8: This switch
prevents building of VP8 codec support.
--disable-vp9: This switch
prevents building of VP9 codec support.
--target=generic-gnu: This switch
disables optimizations specific for x86 and x86-64, allowing
to build this package without nasm and yasm installed.
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=.: This is needed for the test suite to use the library that was just built.
MLT package is the Media Lovin Toolkit. It is an open source multimedia framework, designed and developed for television broadcasting. It provides a toolkit for broadcasters, video editors, media players, transcoders, web streamers and many more types of applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/mltframework/mlt/releases/download/v7.18.0/mlt-7.18.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 89daf7bbce3f10fa6dfc1db5ae1d314c
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
frei0r-plugins-1.8.0 and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
Doxygen-1.9.7, fftw-3.3.10, libexif-0.6.24, SDL2-2.28.2, JACK, MOVEit, SoX, and vid.stab
Install MLT by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite. However a test .mp4 file can be played in a local graphical environment with ./out/bin/melt <filename>.mp4.
This application uses advanced graphical capabilities. In some cases, firmware for your specific graphics adaptor may be needed. See the section called “Firmware for Video Cards” for more information.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Opus is a lossy audio compression format developed by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) that is particularly suitable for interactive speech and audio transmission over the Internet. This package provides the Opus development library and headers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/opus/opus-1.3.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d7c07db796d21c9cf1861e0c2b0c0617
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.9.7 and texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx)
Install Opus by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/opus-1.3.1 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The pipewire package contains a server and userspace API to handle multimedia pipelines. This includes a universal API to connect to multimedia devices, as well as sharing multimedia files between applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/PipeWire/pipewire/archive/0.3.77/pipewire-0.3.77.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 04906e549ffd8feb1caad23f687c5257
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 66 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with tests, both using parallelism=4)
BlueZ-5.68, gstreamer-1.22.5, gst-plugins-base-1.22.5, PulseAudio-16.1, SBC-2.0, and v4l-utils-1.24.1
alsa-lib-1.2.9, Avahi-0.8, BlueZ-5.68, fdk-aac-2.0.2, FFmpeg-6.0, libcanberra-0.30, libdrm-2.4.115 (for one example and libcamera support), libxcb-1.16, libsndfile-1.2.2, libusb-1.0.26, Opus-1.3.1, SDL2-2.28.2 (for some examples), Valgrind-3.21.0, Xorg Libraries, Doxygen-1.9.7 and Graphviz-8.1.0 (for documentation), JACK, ldacBT, libcamera, libmysofa, Vulkan, WirePlumber (runtime, for running the Pipewire daemon), and xmltoman
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pipewire
Install pipewire by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup .. \
--prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dsession-managers="[]" &&
ninja
To test the result, issue: ninja test.
If upgrading from an earlier release of Pipewire, it's needed
to remove any old binary executables that interfere with the
installation. As the root
user:
rm -vf /usr/bin/pipewire-*
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dsession-managers=[]: This
switch allows to specify the session managers to build as
subprojects. Since the recommended session manager (
WirePlumber)
is available as a standalone project, don't specify anything
here. This prevents downloading external dependencies during
the meson step.
-Ddocs=true: This switch enables
the generation of HTML documentation. The optional
dependencies for documentation need to be installed for this
to work.
-Dman=true: This switch enables
the generation of manual pages. The optional dependencies for
documentation need to be installed for this to work.
-Dffmpeg=enabled: This switch
enables using ffmpeg for audio conversion as a SPA backend.
|
is a service that allows access to multimedia devices and allows sharing of multimedia files between applications |
|
|
starts a Pulseaudio-compatible version of the pipewire service |
|
|
allows you to play or record media using a pipewire instance |
|
|
allows you to interact with a pipewire instance |
|
|
allows you to interact with pipewire's configuration system for debugging purposes or syntax checking |
|
|
lists all of the daemons and objects in use by pipewire |
|
|
dumps debug messages from a local or remote pipewire instance to the console |
|
|
runs JACK applications on a pipewire instance |
|
|
links pipewire ports together |
|
|
initializes a loopback link between two different pipewire ports. This is useful for testing and debugging |
|
|
inspects, adds, and removes metadata for objects |
|
|
dumps MIDI messages from a file to the screen |
|
|
allows you to monitor pipewire instances |
|
|
tracks memory usage and API calls used by pipewire |
|
|
reserves or monitors a device via D-Bus |
|
|
displays real-time performance information from pipewire |
|
|
runs v4l2 applications on a pipewire instance |
|
|
inspects the card profile of a given sound card |
|
|
allows you to inspect pipewire plugins |
|
|
dumps the current pipewire configuration in JSON format. |
|
|
allows you to monitor pipewire plugins |
|
|
resamples a given file |
|
|
contains API functions for handling multimedia pipelines |
PulseAudio is a sound system for POSIX OSes, meaning that it is a proxy for sound applications. It allows you to do advanced operations on your sound data as it passes between your application and your hardware. Things like transferring the audio to a different machine, changing the sample format or channel count and mixing several sounds into one are easily achieved using a sound server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/pulseaudio/releases/pulseaudio-16.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2c7b8ceb5d7337565c7314b4d6087ca8
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 42 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 0.2 SBU for tests)
alsa-lib-1.2.9, dbus-1.14.8, GLib-2.76.4, Speex-1.2.1 and Xorg Libraries
Avahi-0.8, BlueZ-5.68, Doxygen-1.9.7 (for documentation), fftw-3.3.10, GTK+-3.24.38, libsamplerate-0.2.2, SBC-2.0 (Bluetooth support), Valgrind-3.21.0, JACK, libasyncns, LIRC, ORC, soxr, TDB, and WebRTC AudioProcessing
Install PulseAudio by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Ddatabase=gdbm \
-Ddoxygen=false \
-Dbluez5=disabled \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. One test fails if the tests are not run as the root user, but this can be ignored.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
Running PulseAudio as a system-wide daemon is possible but
not recommended. See
https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/PulseAudio/Documentation/User/SystemWide/
for more information. While still as the root user, remove the D-Bus configuration file for the system
wide daemon to avoid creating unnecessary system users and
groups:
rm -fv /etc/dbus-1/system.d/pulseaudio-system.conf
--buildtype=release:
Specify a buildtype suitable for stable releases of the
package, as the default may produce unoptimized binaries.
-Dbluez5=disabled:
This switch prevents a runtime error if dbus-1.14.8 and SBC-2.0 are both
installed but BlueZ-5.68 is not installed. Remove this if
you have installed all three packages.
-Ddoxygen=false: This
allows the package to compile if Doxygen-1.9.7 is not
installed. Remove this if you have installed this and wish to
build the documentation.
There are system wide configuration files: /etc/pulse/daemon.conf, /etc/pulse/client.conf, /etc/pulse/default.pa, and user
configuration files with the same names in ~/.config/pulse. User configuration files
take precedence over system wide ones.
You may have to configure the audio system. You can start pulseaudio in command line mode using pulseaudio -C and then list various information and change settings. See man pulse-cli-syntax.
If pulseaudio was working but you no-longer have sound, after checking for hardware issues (speakers or headphones not connected, external amplifier not connected) you may need to fix it.
One suggestion is to close the application, such as firefox where sound has stopped working, then run: pactl list short sinks followed by: pacmd set-default-sink <sink #> and then restart the application.
If that does not work, a more drastic approach often works. After closing the application, close pulseaudio, either using pulseaudio --kill or, if that fails, killall -KILL pulseaudio and then rm -rf ~/.config/pulse/* (and perhaps also rm -rf ~/.pulse/* if you have used a very old version of pulse on this machine), then run pulseaudio --verbose to restart it. If the daemon starts, restart the application. See man pulseaudio for more options.
|
plays back or records raw or encoded audio streams on a PulseAudio sound server |
|
|
is a tool used to reconfigure a PulseAudio sound server during runtime |
|
|
is used to control a running PulseAudio sound server |
|
|
is the PulseAudio OSS Wrapper |
|
|
is a symbolic link to pacat |
|
|
is used to play audio files on a PulseAudio sound server |
|
|
is a symbolic link to pacat |
|
|
is a symbolic link to pacat |
|
|
is a tool that can be used to tell a local PulseAudio sound server to temporarily suspend access to the audio devices, to allow other applications to access them directly |
|
|
is the PulseAudio X11 Credential Utility |
|
|
is a shell script that prints various information relating to the Pulseaudio server currently in use |
|
|
is a networked low-latency sound server for Linux |
|
|
is an equalizer interface for PulseAudio equalizer sinks (Requires fftw-3.3.10 at build time) |
|
|
starts PulseAudio and registers it to the X11 session manager |
The SBC is a digital audio encoder and decoder used to transfer data to Bluetooth audio output devices like headphones or loudspeakers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/bluetooth/sbc-2.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5613357181daeffd71e971c6f8470f8d
Download size: 268 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install SBC by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static --disable-tester && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-tester:
This disables the SBC tester. Remove it if you have installed
libsndfile-1.2.2.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
The Simple DirectMedia Layer (SDL for short) is a cross-platform library designed to make it easy to write multimedia software, such as games and emulators. This code is a compatibility layer; it provides a binary and source compatible API for programs written against SDL 1.2, but it uses SDL 2.0 behind the scenes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libsdl-org/sdl12-compat/archive/refs/tags/release-1.2.64/sdl12-compat-release-1.2.64.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c0ca71db831525dda0d676920c729023
Download size: 452 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
CMake-3.27.2, GLU-9.0.3, and SDL2-2.28.2
Install sdl12-compat by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=RELEASE \
.. &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install && rm -vf /usr/lib/libSDLmain.a
If you wish, test the sdlcompat package using the included test programs. It is not required to install any of the resulting binaries to validate the installation.
You'll need to manually run all the test programs (they are
listed in the README file in
this directory). Many of them will need to be manually
killed, and you'll need to turn your speakers on with the
volume at a suitable level.
|
determines the compile and linker flags that should
be used to compile and link programs that use
|
|
|
contains functions that provide compatibility links to SDL2 low level functions for audio, keyboard, mouse, joystick, 3D hardware via OpenGL, and 2D frame buffer across multiple platforms |
The Simple DirectMedia Layer Version 2 (SDL2 for short) is a cross-platform library designed to make it easy to write multimedia software, such as games and emulators.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.libsdl.org/release/SDL2-2.28.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 06ff379c406cd8318d18f0de81ee2709
Download size: 7.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 162 MB (with docs)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using parallelism=4; with docs)
libxkbcommon-1.5.0, wayland-protocols-1.32, and Xorg Libraries (if those are not present, the corresponding modules are not built)
ALSA-1.2.7, Doxygen-1.9.7 (to create documentation), ibus-1.5.28, libsamplerate-0.2.2, NASM-2.16.01, pipewire-0.3.77, PulseAudio-16.1, a graphical environment, DirectFB, fcitx, jack, and sndio
Install SDL2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
If you have Doxygen-1.9.7 installed and want to build the html documentation, run the following commands:
pushd docs && doxygen && popd
If you wish to build and run the package regression tests, do not delete the static libraries below until after the tests are built.
Now, as the root user:
make install && rm -v /usr/lib/libSDL2*.a
If you built the documentation, install it as the
root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/SDL2-2.28.2/html && cp -Rv docs/output/html/* /usr/share/doc/SDL2-2.28.2/html
If you wish to, test the installation of SDL2 using the included test programs. None of the resulting binaries need to be installed. Issue the following commands to build the test programs:
cd test && ./configure && make
Each of the test programs (they are listed in the
README file in this directory)
will need to be run individually. Many of them will need to
be manually killed. Additionally, speakers need to be on with
the volume at a suitable level.
rm -v
/usr/lib/libSDL2*.a: Normally static
libraries can be disabled with a --disable-static option to configure, but
that breaks the build in this package.
--disable-alsa-shared: This
switch disables dynamically loading ALSA shared libraries.
--disable-sdl-dlopen: This switch
disables using dlopen for shared object loading. Loading
image backend libraries like libpng dynamically on the fly
does not work.
--disable-x11-shared: This switch
disables dynamically loading X11 shared libraries.
As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do,
save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or /usr/local/lib should appear in
/etc/ld.so.conf so that
ldd can find
the shared libraries. After checking that this is the case,
/sbin/ldconfig should be
run while logged in as root.
The Sound Theme Freedesktop package contains sound themes for the desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://people.freedesktop.org/~mccann/dist/sound-theme-freedesktop-0.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d7387912cfd275282d1ec94483cb2f62
Download size: 472 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install Sound Theme Freedesktop by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The SoundTouch package contains an open-source audio processing library that allows changing the sound tempo, pitch and playback rate parameters independently from each other.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.surina.net/soundtouch/soundtouch-2.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 058db201df6151e3cbd07dc8929885c4
Download size: 572 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
The tarball expands to 'soundtouch' instead of the expected 'soundtouch-2.3.2'
Install SoundTouch by running the following commands:
The bootstrap command below fails if the ACLOCAL environment variable is set as specified in Xorg-7. If it is used, ACLOCAL needs to be unset for this package and then reset for other packages.
./bootstrap &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/soundtouch-2.3.2 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-openmp: This switch adds
support for running the algorithms in parallel across several
processor cores using OpenMP implementation provided by GCC.
Speex is an audio compression format designed specifically for speech. It is well-adapted to internet applications and provides useful features that are not present in most other CODECs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/speex/speex-1.2.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fe7bf610883ff202092b92c72fe0fe3e
Download size: 1020 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/speex/speexdsp-1.2.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e6eb5ddef743a362c8018f260b91dca5
Download size: 904 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
This package consists of two separate tarballs. They need to be extracted and built independently.
Install Speex by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/speex-1.2.1 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
As the root user:
make install
Now extract and install the speexdsp package:
cd .. &&
tar -xf speexdsp-1.2.1.tar.gz &&
cd speexdsp-1.2.1 &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/speexdsp-1.2.1 &&
make
Again, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Taglib is a library used for reading, writing and manipulating audio file tags and is used by applications such as Amarok and VLC.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://taglib.org/releases/taglib-1.13.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2fe6089da73ad414aa1b982b83415362
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Install Taglib by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=ON \
.. &&
make
The test suite requires Cppunit but it's not a BLFS package.
Now, as the root user:
make install
v4l-utils provides a series of utilities for media devices, allowing to handle the proprietary formats available at most webcams (libv4l), and providing tools to test V4L devices.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.linuxtv.org/downloads/v4l-utils/v4l-utils-1.24.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8ba9c73c4319b6afab5fa4358edc43de
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 126 MB
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU (using parallelism=4)
LLVM-16.0.5 (with target BPF)
alsa-lib-1.2.9, GLU-9.0.3, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, and (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)
Install v4l-utils by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make -j1 install
|
is a tool to handle cx18 based devices |
|
|
decodes multiplexed formats from TM5600/TM6000 USB devices |
|
|
is a command line tool for digital TV services |
|
|
is a tool meant to convert among different file formats. It is compliant with version 5 of the DVB API |
|
|
is a command line frequency scanning tool for digital TV services that are compliant with version 5 of the DVB API |
|
|
is a command line tuning tool for digital TV services that is compliant with version 5 of the DVB API |
|
|
is a tool that lists the Remote Controller devices, allows one to get/set IR keycode/scancode tables, test events generated by IR, and to adjust other Remote Controller options |
|
|
is a utility that can control many card settings, like changing the inputs from tuner to svideo or composite, setting video resolution or changing video mode (PAL, SECAM, NTSC) |
|
|
is a utility used to configure V4L2 devices |
|
|
is used to test video4linux capture devices |
|
|
is used to capture video from a V4L2 device |
|
|
is a utility for decoding raw RDS data from V4L2 Radio devices and offers simple ways to access the received RDS information |
|
|
is a compliance test tool |
|
|
is a tool to control v4l2 controls from the cmdline |
|
|
is a tool to directly get and set registers of v4l2 devices |
|
|
checks the media devices installed on a machine and the corresponding device nodes |
x264 package provides a library for encoding video streams into the H.264/MPEG-4 AVC format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/x264/x264-20230215.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 24eb4eae0d6358f31228c9ff86046c6f
Download size: 673 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Install x264 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-cli &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-cli: This
switch disables building the command-line encoder which is
redundant since it requires FFmpeg for most of the input
formats.
--disable-asm: Use this switch if
you didn't install NASM.
x265 package provides a library for encoding video streams into the H.265/HEVC format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/x265/x265-20230215.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e735837f5e3fa95889e0a72eca39fccf
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 52 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Install x265 by running the following commands:
mkdir bld &&
cd bld &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DGIT_ARCHETYPE=1 \
-Wno-dev ../source &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && rm -vf /usr/lib/libx265.a
-DGIT_ARCHETYPE=1:
Upstream no longer provides releases. BLFS is using a git
snapshot, but if the builder has not installed git the build will not install the
shared library or the pkgconfig file without this switch.
-Wno-dev: This switch
is used to suppress warnings intended for the package's
developers.
rm -vf
/usr/lib/libx265.a: BLFS does not recommend using
static libraries.
The Xine Libraries package contains xine libraries. These are useful for interfacing with external plug-ins that allow the flow of information from the source to the audio and video hardware.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/xine/xine-lib-1.2.13.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/distfiles.gentoo.org/distfiles/xine-lib-1.2.13.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9e1be39857b7a3cd7cc0f2b96331ff22
Download size: 4.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 98 MB (with API documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with API documentation)
a graphical environment, FFmpeg-6.0, and at least one of: ALSA-1.2.7, PulseAudio-16.1, or JACK
AAlib-1.4rc5, FAAD2-2.10.1, FLAC-1.4.3, gdk-pixbuf-2.42.10, GLU-9.0.3, ImageMagick-7.1.1-15, liba52-0.7.4, libdvdcss-1.4.3, libmad-0.15.1b, libmng-2.0.3, libnsl-2.0.0, libtheora-1.1.1, libva-2.19.0 (requires GLU-9.0.3), libvdpau-1.5, libvorbis-1.3.7, libvpx-1.13.0, Mesa-23.1.6, Samba-4.18.6, sdl12-compat-1.2.64, Speex-1.2.1, Doxygen-1.9.7 (to create the API documentation), v4l-utils-1.24.1 DirectFB, libbluray, libcaca, libdca, libFAME, libmodplug, musepack, VCDImager, and WavPack,
Install Xine Libraries by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-vcd \
--with-external-dvdnav \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.13 &&
make
To create the API documentation, Doxygen must be installed and issue the following command:
doxygen doc/Doxyfile
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
When installing, the Makefile does some additional linking. If you do not have Xorg in /usr, the LIBRARY_PATH variable needs to be defined for the root user. If using sudo to assume root, use the -E option to pass your current environment variables for the install process.
If you built the API documentation, issue the following
commands as the root user to
install it:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.13/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/api/* \
/usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.13/api
--disable-vcd: This
switch is required to compile Xine
Lib without VCDImager installed.
Remove this option if you have installed VCDImager.
--with-external-dvdnav: This
switch is required, because internal libraries cannot decrypt
DVD.
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.13:
This switch causes the documentation to be installed into a
versioned directory instead of the default /usr/share/doc/xine-lib.
--disable-vaapi: use this switch
if libva-2.19.0 is installed and GLU-9.0.3 is not, to
prevent a build failure.
XviD is an MPEG-4 compliant video CODEC.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xvid.com/downloads/xvidcore-1.3.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5c6c19324608ac491485dbb27d4da517
Download size: 804 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
This package tarball expands to xvidcore, not the expected xvidcore-1.3.7.
Install XviD by running the following commands:
cd build/generic && sed -i 's/^LN_S=@LN_S@/& -f -v/' platform.inc.in && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
sed -i '/libdir.*STATIC_LIB/ s/^/#/' Makefile &&
make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so.4.3 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.3.7/examples &&
install -v -m644 ../../doc/* /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.3.7 &&
install -v -m644 ../../examples/* \
/usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.3.7/examples
sed -i 's/^LN_S=@LN_S@/& -f -v/' platform.inc.in: Fix error during make install if reinstalling or upgrading.
sed -i '/libdir.*STATIC_LIB/ s/^/#/' Makefile: This command disables installing the static library.
This chapter contains programs involved with audio file manipulation; that is to say playing, recording, ripping and the other common things which people want to do. It also includes a package used to render text to speech using your system's audio hardware. To use much of this software, you will need to have the kernel sound drivers installed.
Audacious is an audio player.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://distfiles.audacious-media-player.org/audacious-4.3.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 751a002964907c3a8fc2f571ffc00ec7
Download size: 620 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB (with Qt5 and GTK3 support)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with Qt5 and GTK3 support)
Required Plugins
Download (HTTP): https://distfiles.audacious-media-player.org/audacious-plugins-4.3.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3e233d8219407218244e684e096236ec
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 37 MB (with Qt5 and GTK3 support)
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU (with Qt5 and GTK3 support)
GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38 or (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-components-5.15.10 with qtmultimedia)
mpg123-1.31.3, FFmpeg-6.0, and neon-0.32.5 (for online mp3 and ogg radio)
ALSA-1.2.7, cURL-8.2.1, FAAD2-2.10.1, FLAC-1.4.3, LAME-3.100, libxml2-2.10.4, libcdio-2.1.0 (to identify and play CDs), libnotify-0.8.2, libsndfile-1.2.2, libvorbis-1.3.7, pipewire-0.3.77, PulseAudio-16.1, SDL2-2.28.2, ampache-browser, adplug, The Bauer stereophonic-to-binaural DSP (bs2b) library, FluidSynth, JACK (requires libsamplerate-0.2.2), libcue, libmodplug, libmms, libopenmpt, libsidplayfp, LIRC, sndio, SoX, and WavPack
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/audacious
Install Audacious by running the following commands (you may wish to change the buildstamp to another string):
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson setup --prefix=/usr \
--buildtype=release \
-Dgtk3=true \
-Dbuildstamp=BLFS \
-Dlibarchive=true \
.. &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
Install the required plugins package by issuing the following commands:
tar -xf ../../audacious-plugins-4.3.1.tar.bz2 && cd audacious-plugins-4.3.1 && mkdir build && cd build && meson setup \ --prefix=/usr \ --buildtype=release \ -Dgtk3=true \ .. && ninja
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dbuildstamp=BLFS:
This switch appends the given text to the version string.
-Dgtk3=true: This options sets
the default graphical user interface.
-Dvalgrind=true: The option
enables Valgrind analysis support.
The CDParanoia package
contains a CD audio extraction tool. This is useful for
extracting .wav files from
audio CDs. A CDDA capable CDROM drive is needed. Practically
all drives supported by Linux can be used.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/cdparanoia/cdparanoia-III-10.2.src.tgz
Download MD5 sum: b304bbe8ab63373924a744eac9ebc652
Download size: 179 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cdparanoia
This package does not support parallel build.
Install CDParanoia by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../cdparanoia-III-10.2-gcc_fixes-1.patch && ./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make -j1
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libcdda_*.so.0.10.2 && rm -fv /usr/lib/libcdda_*.a
|
is used for 'ripping' an audio-cd. Ripping is the process of digitally extracting music from an audio CD |
|
|
contains functions used by cdparanoia, as well as other packages, which can automatically identify if a CD device is CDDA compatible |
|
|
contains functions used by cdparanoia, as well as other packages, which provide data verification, synchronization, error handling and scratch reconstruction capability |
The KWave package contains a KF5 based Sound Editor application.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/release-service/23.08.0/src/kwave-23.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2599c7ac09b7a77787efe4791f58d456
Download size: 6.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 71 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (using parallelism=4)
AudioFile-0.3.6, fftw-3.3.10, id3lib-3.8.3, and KDE Frameworks-5.109.0
alsa-lib-1.2.9, FLAC-1.4.3, libogg-1.3.5, and PulseAudio-16.1
Install KWave by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The LAME package contains an MP3 encoder and optionally, an MP3 frame analyzer. This is useful for creating and analyzing compressed audio files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lame/lame-3.100.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 83e260acbe4389b54fe08e0bdbf7cddb
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Dmalloc, Electric Fence, libsndfile-1.2.2 and NASM-2.16.01
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lame
Install LAME by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-mp3rtp --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make pkghtmldir=/usr/share/doc/lame-3.100 install
--enable-mp3rtp: This
switch enables building the encode-to-RTP program.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-nasm: Enable the use of
NASM-2.16.01 to compile optimized assembly
routines for 32-bit x86. This option has no effect on x86_64.
The mpg123 package contains a console-based MP3 player. It claims to be the fastest MP3 decoder for Unix.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/mpg123/mpg123-1.31.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 23ff362764374d3f2051862eea2d9a56
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
PulseAudio-16.1, sdl12-compat-1.2.64, JACK, OpenAL and PortAudio
Install mpg123 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is used for playing MP3 files via the console |
|
|
is a tool to dump ID3 meta data from MPEG audio files using libmpg123 |
|
|
extracts only MPEG frames from a stream using libmpg123 (stdin to stdout) |
|
|
plays raw PCM audio to an output device |
|
|
contains the mpg123 API functions |
|
|
contains the out123 API functions |
|
|
contains some audio signal synthesis and format conversion functions |
PulseAudio Volume Control (pavucontrol) is a simple GTK based volume control tool ("mixer") for the PulseAudio sound server. In contrast to classic mixer tools, this one allows you to control both the volume of hardware devices and of each playback stream separately.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://freedesktop.org/software/pulseaudio/pavucontrol/pavucontrol-5.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a4a5dc51dcf4d912443faf3fe8d32b55
Download size: 192 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Gtkmm-3.24.8, JSON-GLib-1.6.6, libcanberra-0.30, libsigc++-2.12.0, and PulseAudio-16.1
Install pavucontrol by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/pavucontrol-5.0 && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Pnmixer package provides a lightweight volume control with a tray icon.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/nicklan/pnmixer/releases/download/v0.7.2/pnmixer-v0.7.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e9f17f56c50de39393030a96e343427b
Download size: 236 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
alsa-utils-1.2.9, GTK+-3.24.38, and libnotify-0.8.2
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pnmixer
Install Pnmixer by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr .. && make
This package does not have a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Vorbis Tools package contains command-line tools useful for encoding, playing or editing files using the Ogg CODEC.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/vorbis/vorbis-tools-1.4.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 998fca293bd4e4bdc2b96fb70f952f4e
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
cURL-8.2.1, FLAC-1.4.3, Speex-1.2.1, and libkate
Install Vorbis Tools by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-vcut \
--without-curl &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-vcut: This
parameter is used so that the vcut program is built as it
is not by default.
--without-curl: This
parameter disables HTTP streaming in ogg123. Remove this
parameter if you have cURL
installed.
|
is a command-line audio player for Ogg Vorbis streams |
|
|
is a simple decoder which converts Ogg Vorbis files into PCM audio files (WAV or raw) |
|
|
is an encoder that turns raw, WAV or AIFF files into an Ogg Vorbis stream |
|
|
prints information stored in an audio file |
|
|
splits a file into two files at a designated cut point |
|
|
is an editor that changes information in the audio file metadata tags |
This chapter always seems to be the favorite chapter. It's probably because there is a lot of satisfaction in playing your first video when you have spent so much time getting to that point. All those libraries, all the configurations and your reward is that you finally get to watch a movie. Not to worry though, there is always one more CODEC to install.
FFmpeg is a solution to record, convert and stream audio and video. It is a very fast video and audio converter and it can also acquire from a live audio/video source. Designed to be intuitive, the command-line interface (ffmpeg) tries to figure out all the parameters, when possible. FFmpeg can also convert from any sample rate to any other, and resize video on the fly with a high quality polyphase filter. FFmpeg can use a Video4Linux compatible video source and any Open Sound System audio source.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ffmpeg.org/releases/ffmpeg-6.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 47b6c5d930937413c3e308e2fdb3dfb5
Download size: 9.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 187 MB (add 1.5 GB for the FATE suite/tests, add 786 MB for documentation)
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 3.2 SBU (with THREADS=4) to run the FATE suite after sample files are downloaded; add 0.3 SBU for doxygen docs)
libaom-3.6.1, libass-0.17.1, fdk-aac-2.0.2, FreeType-2.13.1, LAME-3.100, libtheora-1.1.1, libvorbis-1.3.7, libvpx-1.13.0, Opus-1.3.1, x264-20230215, x265-20230215, and NASM-2.16.01 or yasm-1.3.0
alsa-lib-1.2.9, libva-2.19.0, libvdpau-1.5 (with the corresponding driver package), and SDL2-2.28.2
Doxygen-1.9.7, Fontconfig-2.14.2, FriBidi-1.0.13, frei0r-plugins-1.8.0, libcdio-2.1.0 (to identify and play CDs), libdrm-2.4.115 (for “kmsgrab” input), libwebp-1.3.1, opencv-4.8.0, OpenJPEG-2.5.0, GnuTLS-3.8.1, PulseAudio-16.1, Samba-4.18.6, Speex-1.2.1, texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx) for PDF and PS documentation, v4l-utils-1.24.1, XviD-1.3.7, a graphical environment, Flite, GSM, libaacplus, libbluray, libcaca, libcelt, libdc1394, libdca, libiec61883, libilbc, libmodplug, libnut (Git checkout), librtmp, libssh, OpenAL, OpenCore AMR, Srt, Schroedinger, TwoLAME, vo-aaenc, vo-amrwbenc, and ZVBI
Some harmless warnings may be output by the build process regarding the HTML documentation. This is due to an incompatibility with Texinfo-7.0 and higher.
First, apply a patch that adds an API necessary for some packages to build:
patch -Np1 -i ../ffmpeg-6.0-chromium_method-1.patch
Now, apply a patch that allows the package to build with binutils-2.41:
patch -Np1 -i ../ffmpeg-6.0-binutils_2.41-1.patch
Install FFmpeg by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-gpl \
--enable-version3 \
--enable-nonfree \
--disable-static \
--enable-shared \
--disable-debug \
--enable-libaom \
--enable-libass \
--enable-libfdk-aac \
--enable-libfreetype \
--enable-libmp3lame \
--enable-libopus \
--enable-libtheora \
--enable-libvorbis \
--enable-libvpx \
--enable-libx264 \
--enable-libx265 \
--enable-openssl \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-6.0 &&
make &&
gcc tools/qt-faststart.c -o tools/qt-faststart
HTML documentation was built in the previous step. If you have texlive-20230313 installed and wish to build PDF and Postscript versions of the documentation, issue the following commands:
pushd doc &&
for DOCNAME in `basename -s .html *.html`
do
texi2pdf -b $DOCNAME.texi &&
texi2dvi -b $DOCNAME.texi &&
dvips -o $DOCNAME.ps \
$DOCNAME.dvi
done &&
popd &&
unset DOCNAME
If you have Doxygen-1.9.7 installed and you wish to build (if --disable-doc was used) or rebuild the html documentation, issue:
doxygen doc/Doxyfile
The fate-suite tests include comparisons with installed files, and should not be run before the package is installed. Therefore, if you desire to run them, instructions are given further below.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 tools/qt-faststart /usr/bin && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-6.0 && install -v -m644 doc/*.txt /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-6.0
If the PDF and Postscript documentation was built, issue the
following commands, as the root user, to install them:
install -v -m644 doc/*.pdf /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-6.0 && install -v -m644 doc/*.ps /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-6.0
If you used doxygen to manually create
the API documentation, install it by issuing the following
commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-6.0/api &&
cp -vr doc/doxy/html/* /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-6.0/api &&
find /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-6.0/api -type f -exec chmod -c 0644 \{} \; &&
find /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-6.0/api -type d -exec chmod -c 0755 \{} \;
To properly test the installation you must have rsync-3.2.7 installed and follow the instructions for the FFmpeg Automated Testing Environment (FATE). First, about 1 GB of sample files used to run FATE are downloaded with the command:
make fate-rsync SAMPLES=fate-suite/
The fate-suite directory is
created and the files are downloaded there. That command
actually runs an rsync command to obtain the sample files.
You may want to compress and keep this directory for testing
again, for testing in another system, or for when a new
version of ffmpeg is released. Then, unpack the sample files
in the source directory, and run the make fate-rsync ... command
above to sync with the upstream repository. The download size
and time are drastically reduced by doing this. Estimated
values in "Package Information" do not include the download
SBU. Some samples may have been removed in newer versions, so
in order to be sure local and server fate samples are
identical when you use previously saved samples, run the
following command:
rsync -vrltLW --delete --timeout=60 --contimeout=60 \
rsync://fate-suite.ffmpeg.org/fate-suite/ fate-suite/
Next, execute FATE with the following commands (there are more than 3800 tests in the suite):
make fate THREADS=N SAMPLES=fate-suite/ | tee ../fate.log &&
grep ^TEST ../fate.log | wc -l
where N is an
integer, N ≤
number of cores in the system.
A successful run should return no errors or warnings, just a list of tests and total amount at the end.
sed -i ...
configure: This command adds the ALSA library to the Flite LDFLAGS
variable and enables the discovery of Flite.
find ... ;: Fixes permissions of documentation files and directories.
--enable-libfreetype:
Enables Freetype support.
--enable-gpl: Enables
the use of GPL code and permits support for postprocessing,
swscale and many other features.
--enable-version3:
Enables the use of (L)GPL version 3 code.
--enable-nonfree:
Enables the use of nonfree code. Note that the resulting
libraries and binaries will be unredistributable.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-shared:
Enables building shared libraries, otherwise only static
libraries are built and installed.
--disable-debug:
Disables building debugging symbols into the programs and
libraries.
--enable-libaom:
Enables AV1 audio and video decoding via libaom.
--enable-libass:
Enables ASS/SSA subtitle format rendering via libass.
--enable-libdrm: Use this switch
if libdrm-2.4.115 is installed to build the
“kmsgrab” input module which is
useful for screen capturing or streaming.
--enable-libfdk-aac:
Enables AAC audio encoding via libfdk-aac.
--enable-libmp3lame:
Enables MP3 audio encoding via libmp3lame.
--enable-libvorbis
--enable-libtheora: Enables Theora video encoding
via libvorbis and libtheora.
--enable-libvorbis
--enable-libvpx: Enables WebM encoding via
libvorbis and libvpx.
--enable-libx264:
Enables high-quality H.264/MPEG-4 AVC encoding via
libx264.
--enable-libx265:
Enables high-quality H.265/HEVC encoding via libx265.
--enable-openssl:
Enables HTTPS protocol for network streams.
--enable-gnutls: Use this option
instead of --enable-openssl, if you want
to use GnuTLS instead of
OpenSSL for HTTPS protocol.
--disable-doc: Disables building
html documentation. This is only needed if Doxygen-1.9.7 is
installed and you do not want to build the html
documentation.
--enable-libpulse: Enables
support for Pulseaudio for
audio output.
gcc tools/qt-faststart.c -o
tools/qt-faststart: This builds the
qt-faststart
program which can modify QuickTime formatted movies
(.mov or .mp4) so that the header information is
located at the beginning of the file instead of the end. This
allows the movie file to begin playing before the entire file
has been downloaded.
Support for most of the dependency packages requires using options passed to the configure script. View the output from ./configure --help for complete information about enabling dependency packages.
|
is a command-line tool to convert video files, network streams and input from a TV card to several video formats |
|
|
is a very simple and portable media player using
the |
|
|
gathers information from multimedia streams and prints it in a human and machine-readable fashion |
|
|
moves the index file to the front of quicktime (mov/mp4) videos |
|
|
is a library containing the FFmpeg codecs (both encoding and decoding) |
|
|
is the FFmpeg device handling library |
|
|
is a library of filters that can alter video or audio between the decoder and the encoder (or output) |
|
|
is a library containing the file formats handling (mux and demux code for several formats) used by ffplay as well as allowing the generation of audio or video streams |
|
|
is a library containing functions for resampling audio and video. |
|
|
is the FFmpeg utility library |
|
|
is the FFmpeg post processing library |
|
|
is the FFmpeg audio rescaling library, it contains functions for converting audio sample formats |
|
|
is the FFmpeg image rescaling library |
MPlayer is a powerful audio/video player controlled via the command line or a graphical interface that is able to play almost every popular audio and video file format. With supported video hardware and additional drivers, MPlayer can play video files without an X Window System installed.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/MPlayer-1.5.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/MPlayer-1.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0419b64db24b6db0943dbc6afece7c44
Download size: 15 MB
Estimated disk space required: 152 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Required Patches
Skins
GUI skin (HTTP): https://mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/skins/Clearlooks-2.0.tar.bz2
GUI skin (FTP): ftp://ftp.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/skins/Clearlooks-2.0.tar.bz2
Skin MD5 sum: c82d4dbd7f0c36dfecd63dff972807c5
Skin size: 34 KB
Alternative skins: https://mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/skins/
Skins are only required in order to use the Gtk+ 2 user interface.
GTK+-2.24.33 and libvdpau-va-gl-0.4.0
CDParanoia-III-10.2, libcdio-2.1.0 (to identify and play CDs), libdvdread-6.1.3, libdvdnav-6.1.1, libdvdcss-1.4.3, Samba-4.18.6, libbluray, LIVE555 Streaming Media, RTMPDump, TiVo vstream client, and XMMS
ALSA-1.2.7, PulseAudio-16.1, sdl12-compat-1.2.64, JACK, NAS, and OpenAL
AAlib-1.4rc5, giflib-5.2.1, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libmng-2.0.3, libpng-1.6.40, OpenJPEG1 DirectFB, libcaca, and SVGAlib
FAAC-1_30, FAAD2-2.10.1, LAME-3.100, liba52-0.7.4, libdv-1.0.0, libmad-0.15.1b, libmpeg2-0.5.1, libtheora-1.1.1, libvpx-1.13.0, LZO-2.10, mpg123-1.31.3, Speex-1.2.1, XviD-1.3.7, x264-20230215, CrystalHD, Dirac, GSM, iLBC, libdca, libnut, libmpcdec, OpenCore Adaptive Multi Rate, Schroedinger, Tremor, and TwoLAME
Fontconfig-2.14.2, FreeType-2.13.1, FriBidi-1.0.13, GnuTLS-3.8.1, Opus-1.3.1, and UnRar-6.2.10; libxslt-1.1.38, docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2 (all three required to build the HTML documentation); and Enca, libbs2b, and LIRC (and LIRC Client Daemon)
There are two patches related to FFmpeg-6.0 that need to be applied. Do that now:
patch -Np1 -i ../MPlayer-1.5-upstream_ffmpg6_fixes-1.patch && patch -Np1 -d ffmpeg -i ../ffmpeg-6.0-binutils_2.41-1.patch
The package maintainers recommend building without any optimizations.
You may wish to examine the output from ./configure --help to find out what additional parameters to configure are needed to include the dependencies you have installed on your system.
Install MPlayer by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--confdir=/etc/mplayer \
--enable-dynamic-plugins \
--disable-libmpeg2-internal \
--enable-menu \
--enable-runtime-cpudetection \
--enable-gui &&
make
If you wish to build the HTML documentation, issue the following command:
make doc
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
ln -svf ../icons/hicolor/48x48/apps/mplayer.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/mplayer.png
To install the HTML documentation, issue the following
commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.5 &&
install -v -m644 DOCS/HTML/en/* \
/usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.5
You will only need codecs.conf if you want to change its
properties, as the main binary contains an internal copy of
it. Ensure any changes you make to codecs.conf achieve the desired results,
as incorrect entries in this file have been known to cause
errors and render the player unusable. If necessary, create
the file as the root user:
install -v -m644 etc/codecs.conf /etc/mplayer
You may alternatively want to copy all the default
configuration files to /etc/mplayer for future reference or more
customization ability. As the root user:
install -v -m644 etc/*.conf /etc/mplayer
To enable the Gtk+ 2 frontend of MPlayer, you'll need to install at
least one skin. Extract the desired skin and create the
default location (as the root user):
tar -xvf ../Clearlooks-2.0.tar.bz2 \
-C /usr/share/mplayer/skins &&
ln -sfvn Clearlooks /usr/share/mplayer/skins/default
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by
updating /usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme
and /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.33 or
GTK+-3.24.38 installed (for the icon
cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.26
(for the desktop cache) and issue the following commands
as the root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qtf /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database -q
--enable-gui: This
option builds the GUI interface into mplayer.
--enable-menu: This
option is set to enable the on-screen display.
--enable-runtime-cpudetection:
This option makes MPlayer run with a generic CPU type,
preventing optimizations that may cause runtime problems.
--disable-ffmpeg_a: You can use
this option if you have installed a version of ffmpeg prior
to ffmpeg-6.0. This version of MPlayer is incompatible with
the latest version of ffmpeg. MPlayer does include a copy of
the FFmpeg source and without this option it will statically
compile the included version of FFmpeg into itself.
Dynamically linking to a system installed FFmpeg makes
MPlayer and Mencoder about 9MB smaller.
--disable-libmpeg2-internal:
This option makes MPlayer run with a system version of
libmpeg2.
--language-doc=": This
switch sets the language used for the documentation. Use
./configure
--help for more information.
<lang>"
--language-man=": This
switch sets the language used for the man pages. Use
./configure
--help for more information.
<lang>"
--language-msg=": This
switch sets the language used for messages and the GUI. Use
./configure
--help for more information
<lang>"
--language=": This
switch sets the default language used. Use ./configure --help for more
information.
<lang>"
Specific options override --language. You can pass a list of languages separated by whitespace or commas instead of a single language. Nonexisting translations will be dropped from each list. All documentation and man page translations available in the list will be installed, for the messages the first available translation will be used. The value "all" will activate all translations. The LINGUAS environment variable is honored. In all cases the fallback is English. Values listed by ./configure --help are not all available, as would normally be expected. You need to build test.
/etc/mplayer/* and
~/.mplayer/*
To play a DVD, it may be useful to ensure a /dev/dvd device is created. You may need to set this up as described in the section called “Devices for DVD Drives”.
Typically, there's no configuration required for the
system-wide files in /etc/mplayer (in fact, this directory is
empty unless you copied the default files as mentioned
above). Configuration can be accomplished by choosing the
configuration button located on the MPlayer GUI. Any configuration changes
made in the GUI will be saved in the user's ~/.mplayer directory.
|
is a symlink to mplayer which brings up the GTK+ 2 frontend of MPlayer |
|
|
is the main MPlayer video player |
|
|
is a powerful command line video decoding, encoding and filtering tool that is useful for (amongst other things) ripping DVDs to files on your hard disk (see /usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.5/mencoder.html) |
Transcode was a fast, versatile and command-line based audio/video everything to everything converter primarily focused on producing AVI video files with MP3 audio, but also including a program to read all the video and audio streams from a DVD.
Although outdated and no longer maintained, it can still be used to extract items from a DVD using only the required and recommended dependencies, or to recode to AVI files.
Subjects to the comments below, this package is known to build and minimally work using the current LFS platform.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/transcode/transcode-1.1.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/distfiles.gentoo.org/distfiles/transcode-1.1.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9bb25a796a8591fb764de46ee87ce505
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 72 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
Required patch to fix some issues exposed by GCC 10 and later: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/transcode-1.1.7-gcc10_fix-1.patch
alsa-lib-1.2.9, LAME-3.100, libdvdread-6.1.3, libmpeg2-0.5.1, and Xorg Libraries
FAAC-1_30, FreeType-2.13.1, ImageMagick-6, liba52-0.7.4, libdv-1.0.0, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libogg-1.3.5, libquicktime-1.2.4, libtheora-1.1.1, libvorbis-1.3.7, libxml2-2.10.4, LZO-2.10, sdl12-compat-1.2.64, v4l-utils-1.24.1, x264-20230215, XviD-1.3.7 MJPEG Tools, and PVM3,
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/transcode
Support for most of the dependency packages requires using
options passed to the configure script. View
the INSTALL file and the
output from ./configure
--help for complete information about
enabling dependency packages.
Install Transcode by running the following commands:
sed -i 's|doc/transcode|&-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)|' \
$(find . -name Makefile.in -exec grep -l 'docsdir =' {} \;) &&
patch -Np1 -i ../transcode-1.1.7-gcc10_fix-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-alsa \
--enable-libmpeg2 \
--disable-ffmpeg &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i ...: Fixes install location for documentation.
--disable-ffmpeg:
This switch disables support for ffmpeg because libavresample
was removed in ffmpeg-5.x.
|
fixes the header of an AVI file |
|
|
writes a text file describing the index of an AVI file |
|
|
merges AVI files of the same format. Do not try to merge AVI files of different formats, it will most likely result in errors (and format means same bitrates, too!) |
|
|
splits AVI files into multiple files |
|
|
can shift audio in AVI files for better synchronizing of the audio and video data signal |
|
|
concatenates input files using the input plugins of Transcode. This is useful for extracting VOB (Video OBject) files, either for a whole DVD or for selected Titles or Chapters, which can then be played or recoded |
|
|
is used to decode input files to raw video and PCM audio streams |
|
|
demultiplexes (separates) audio/video input that contains multiple streams, e.g., VOB files |
|
|
grabs single streams from a file containing multiple streams |
|
|
loads a supplied Transcode filter module and prints its parameters |
|
|
is a tool which can cut MP3 streams at milliseconds positions |
|
|
prints information about the input file format |
|
|
performs several measurements on the given input data |
|
|
checks information in a SMIL input file |
|
|
is the encoder's user interface that handles the plugins and other programs, being the glue between the modules. There are several well documented usage examples on both the homepage and the documentation included in the package |
VLC is a media player, streamer, and encoder. It can play from many inputs, such as files, network streams, capture devices, desktops, or DVD, SVCD, VCD, and audio CD. It can use most audio and video codecs (MPEG 1/2/4, H264, VC-1, DivX, WMV, Vorbis, AC3, AAC, etc.), and it can also convert to different formats and/or send streams through the network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.videolan.org/vlc/3.0.18/vlc-3.0.18.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f3c031357c0eeffb41e928eca220a803
Download size: 25 MB
Estimated disk space required: 700 MB
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU (using parallelism=4)
alsa-lib-1.2.9, desktop-file-utils-0.26, FFmpeg-6.0, liba52-0.7.4, libgcrypt-1.10.2 libmad-0.15.1b, Lua-5.2.4, and a graphical environment
dbus-1.14.8, libidn-1.41, and libssh2-1.11.0
libarchive-3.7.1, libcddb-1.3.2, libdv-1.0.0, libdvdcss-1.4.3, libdvdread-6.1.3, libdvdnav-6.1.1, opencv-4.8.0, Samba-4.18.6, v4l-utils-1.24.1, libbluray, libdc1394, libnfs, libproxy, libraw1394, Live555, and VCDImager (requires libcdio-2.1.0)
libogg-1.3.5, Game Music Emu, libdvbpsi, libshout, libmatroska (requires libebml), libmodplug, Musepack, and sidplay-libs
FAAD2-2.10.1, FLAC-1.4.3, libaom-3.6.1, libass-0.17.1, libmpeg2-0.5.1, libpng-1.6.40, libtheora-1.1.1, libva-2.19.0, libvorbis-1.3.7, Opus-1.3.1, Speex-1.2.1, libvpx-1.13.0, x264-20230215, aribb24, dav1d, Dirac, FluidLite, FluidSynth, libdca, libkate, OpenMAX, Schroedinger, Shine, SoX, Tremor, Twolame, and Zapping VBI
AAlib-1.4rc5, Fontconfig-2.14.2, FreeType-2.13.1, FriBidi-1.0.13, librsvg-2.56.3, libvdpau-1.5, sdl12-compat-1.2.64, libcaca, and libmfx
PulseAudio-16.1, libsamplerate-0.2.2, spatialaudio, and JACK
(Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10) (required for the graphical user interface), libtar, libvncclient, LIRC, and freerdp
GnuTLS-3.8.1, libnotify-0.8.2, libxml2-2.10.4, taglib-1.13.1, xdg-utils-1.1.3 (runtime), AtmoLight, libmicrodns, protobuf, and Srt
Install VLC by running the following commands:
export LUAC=/usr/bin/luac5.2 && export LUA_LIBS="$(pkg-config --libs lua52)" && export CPPFLAGS="$(pkg-config --cflags lua52)" && BUILDCC=gcc ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-libva && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/vlc-3.0.18 install
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.26 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qtf /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database -q
export ...: These commands ensure building with Lua-5.2.4. Upstream does not support lua 5.4 yet.
--disable-libva: This
switch is required to disable video acceleration in VLC since
it is incompatible with ffmpeg-5, and upstream has no plans
to port it due to complexity.
--disable-vpx: Use this switch to
disable libvpx.
--disable-mad: Use this switch if
you don't have libmad
installed.
--disable-avcodec
--disable-swscale: Use these switches if you don't
have FFmpeg installed.
--disable-a52: Use this switch if
you don't have liba52
installed.
--disable-xcb: Use this switch if
you don't have X Window
System installed.
--disable-alsa: Use this switch
if you don't have ALSA
installed.
--disable-libgcrypt: Use this
switch if you don't have libgcrypt installed.
--disable-sftp: The default is to
build the sftp module if libssh2-1.11.0 is installed. Use
this switch if you do not want to build this module.
There are many options to VLC's configure command. Check the configure --help output for a complete list.
|
is a script to run VLC with the dummy interface |
|
|
is a script to run VLC with the ncurses interface |
|
|
is a script to run VLC with the Qt interface |
|
|
is a script to run VLC with a command line interface |
|
|
is a script to run VLC with the skins interface |
|
|
is the VLC media player |
|
|
is a wrapper to drop privileges with VLC |
The xine User Interface package contains a multimedia player. It plays back CDs, DVDs and VCDs. It also decodes multimedia files like AVI, MOV, WMV, MPEG and MP3 from local disk drives, and displays multimedia streamed over the Internet.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Although this version of xine-ui works with most files, it is unable to open encrypted (content-scrambled) DVDs with the current version of libdvdcss.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/xine/xine-ui-0.99.14.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 86a4db9050405a91fcc33b7ad85274f5
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
xine-lib-1.2.13 and shared-mime-info-2.2
cURL-8.2.1, AAlib-1.4rc5, LIRC, and libcaca
Install xine User Interface by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docsdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.14 install
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.26 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qtf /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database -q
docsdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.14:
This parameter causes the Xine
UI documentation to be installed in the versioned
directory /usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.14, rather that
the default /usr/share/doc/xine-ui.
The above file is created and maintainable through the
xine setup
dialog box. The documentation for the configuration
settings is located at /usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.14/README.config_en.
If you have a DVB TV card, you can watch TV with the command xine dvb:// and change channels with the scroll wheel on your mouse.
|
is an ASCII art video player which utilizes AAlib as the frontend for the xine Libraries |
|
|
is a color ASCII art video player which utilizes CACA as the frontend for the xine Libraries |
|
|
is a frame buffer interface to the xine Libraries |
|
|
is a multimedia player designed to play MPEG streams (audio and video), MPEG elementary streams (MP3), MPEG transport streams, Ogg files, AVI files, ASF files, some Quicktime files, VCDs and DVDs |
|
|
produces a terse system description and guides you through the process of reporting a bug |
|
|
tests the xine video player installation for common problems. It tests the operating system settings, installation of plugins, CD/DVD drive settings and video support parameters |
|
|
is a tool to connect to a xine remote control server |
This chapter contains information on CD/DVD-writing utilities in Linux.
Additional sources of information include:
The Cdrdao package contains CD recording utilities. These are useful for burning a CD in disk-at-once mode.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/cdrdao/cdrdao-1.2.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2ada887d1b30b440867b8df0d3023cf7
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libao-1.2.0, libvorbis-1.3.7, libmad-0.15.1b, and LAME-3.100 (required to build toc2mp3)
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cdrdao
Install Cdrdao by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cdrdao-1.2.4 && install -v -m644 README /usr/share/doc/cdrdao-1.2.4
--mandir=/usr/share/man: Install manual pages in /usr/share/man instead of /usr/man.
|
records audio or data CD-Rs in disk-at-once (DAO) mode based on a textual description of the CD contents |
|
|
converts CUE to TOC format for audio CDs |
|
|
converts a Cdrdao TOC file into a cddb file and prints it to stdout |
|
|
converts TOC to CUE format for audio CDs |
|
|
converts an audio CD disk image ( |
The Cdrtools package contains CD recording utilities. These are useful for reading, creating or writing (burning) CDs, DVDs, and Blu-ray discs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/cdrtools/cdrtools-3.02a09.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1e224a6adbbe4ad40047b9fddbb0e60c
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Cdrtools
This package does not support parallel build.
Install Cdrtools by running the following commands:
export GMAKE_NOWARN=true && make -j1 INS_BASE=/usr DEFINSUSR=root DEFINSGRP=root
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
export GMAKE_NOWARN=true &&
make INS_BASE=/usr MANSUFF_LIB=3cdr DEFINSUSR=root DEFINSGRP=root install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cdrtools-3.02a09 &&
install -v -m644 README.* READMEs/* ABOUT doc/*.ps \
/usr/share/doc/cdrtools-3.02a09
export GMAKE_NOWARN=true: This variable avoids a warning when using GNU make.
INS_BASE=/usr: This
parameter moves the install directory from /opt/schily to /usr.
DEFINSUSR=root
DEFINSGRP=root: These parameters install all
programs with root:root ownership instead of the default
bin:bin.
MANSUFF_LIB=3cdr:
This parameter prevents Cdrtools from overwriting important
pages which are already installed by LFS. The installed man
pages of section 3 will have a suffix 3cdr and can be shown using man 3cdr <manpage>.
|
flashes the firmware on BTC DRW1008 DVD+/-RW recorder. Please exercise care with this program |
|
|
converts Compact Disc audio into WAV sound files |
|
|
records audio or data Compact Discs |
|
|
is a diagnostic program used to dump an ISO-9660 device or file in hex |
|
|
is used to display the command-line parameters used to create an ISO-9660 image |
|
|
is a diagnostic program used to dump a device or file based on ISO-9660 |
|
|
is used to analyze or list an ISO-9660 image |
|
|
is used to verify an ISO-9660 image |
|
|
is a symbolic link to mkisofs used to create ISO-9660/HFS hybrid filesystem images |
|
|
is used to create ISO-9660/JOLIET/HFS filesystem images, optionally with Rock Ridge attributes |
|
|
reads or writes Compact Discs |
|
|
is a remote SCSI manager |
|
|
is used to check and verify the Application Binary
Interface of |
|
|
is a highly portable SCSI transport library |
The dvd+rw-tools package contains several utilities to master the DVD media, both +RW/+R and -R[W]. The principle tool is growisofs which provides a way to both lay down and grow an ISO9660 file system on (as well as to burn an arbitrary pre-mastered image to) all supported DVD media. This is useful for creating a new DVD or adding to an existing image on a partially burned DVD.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/tools/dvd+rw-tools-7.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8acb3c885c87f6838704a0025e435871
Download size: 138 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Cdrtools-3.02a09 (runtime)
Install dvd+rw-tools by running the following commands:
sed -i '/stat.h/a #include <sys/sysmacros.h>' growisofs.c && sed -i '/stdlib/a #include <limits.h>' transport.hxx && make all rpl8 btcflash
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr install &&
install -v -m644 -D index.html \
/usr/share/doc/dvd+rw-tools-7.1/index.html
sed -i '/stdlib/a #include
<limits.h>' ...: This sed includes
limits.h, one of the kernel
headers. This is needed due to a change in the 2.6.23 kernel
headers.
make all rpl8 btcflash: This command uses additional targets so that all the utilities are built.
libburn is a library for writing preformatted data onto optical media: CD, DVD and BD (Blu-Ray).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.libburnia-project.org/releases/libburn-1.5.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: cf9852f3b71dbc2b6c9e76f6eb0474f0
Download size: 972 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.9.7 (to generate HTML documentation)
Install libburn by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you have installed Doxygen and wish to generate the HTML documentation, issue the following command:
doxygen doc/doxygen.conf
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have built the HTML documentation, install it by
running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libburn-1.5.6 && install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/libburn-1.5.6
libisoburn is a frontend for libraries libburn and libisofs which enables creation and expansion of ISO-9660 filesystems on all CD/DVD/BD media supported by libburn. This includes media like DVD+RW, which do not support multi-session management on media level and even plain disk files or block devices.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.libburnia-project.org/releases/libisoburn-1.5.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: efb19f7f718f0791f717b2c6094995ec
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB (with Tk and HTML documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with Tk and HTML documentation)
libburn-1.5.6 and libisofs-1.5.6
Doxygen-1.9.7 (to generate HTML documentation), Tk-8.6.13 (for xorriso-tcltk), and libjte
Install libisoburn by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--enable-pkg-check-modules &&
make
If you have installed Doxygen and wish to generate the HTML documentation, issue the following command:
doxygen doc/doxygen.conf
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have built the HTML documentation, install it by
running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libisoburn-1.5.6 && install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/libisoburn-1.5.6
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-pkg-check-modules:
Enable pkg-config check for
libburn and libisofs.
|
is a symbolic link to xorriso that copies files from ISO image to a disk filesystem |
|
|
is a symbolic link to xorriso that provides a cdrecord type user interface |
|
|
is a program to create, load, manipulate, read, and write ISO 9660 filesystem images with Rock Ridge extensions |
|
|
is a program to check a USB or memory card device to see whether it is suitable for image copying |
|
|
is a symbolic link to xorriso that provides a mkisofs type user interface |
|
|
is a frontend that operates xorriso in dialog mode |
|
|
contains the libisoburn API functions |
libisofs is a library to create an ISO-9660 filesystem with extensions like RockRidge or Joliet.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.libburnia-project.org/releases/libisofs-1.5.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9f996b317f622802f12d28d27891709f
Download size: 858 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.9.7 (to generate HTML documentation) and libjte
Install libisofs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you have installed Doxygen and wish to generate the HTML documentation, issue the following command:
doxygen doc/doxygen.conf
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have built the HTML documentation, install it by
running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libisofs-1.5.6 && install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/libisofs-1.5.6
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
This chapter contains spooling printer management systems and ghostscript applications to render PostScript for display on terminals or paper.
The Common Unix Printing System (CUPS) is a print spooler and associated utilities. It is based on the "Internet Printing Protocol" and provides printing services to most PostScript and raster printers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/OpenPrinting/cups/releases/download/v2.4.6/cups-2.4.6-source.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b8ca6027eaeeed6171178cc526879ff5
Download size: 7.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 76 MB (Add 60 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (Add 1.6 SBU for tests)
colord-1.4.6, dbus-1.14.8, libusb-1.0.26, Linux-PAM-1.5.3, and xdg-utils-1.1.3
Avahi-0.8, libpaper-2.1.1, MIT Kerberos V5-1.21.2, PHP-8.2.9, and Python-2.7.18
Gutenprint-5.3.4 and hplip (HP printers)
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cups
There used to be a conflict between the Cups libusb backend and the usblp kernel driver. This is no longer the case and cups will work with both of these enabled.
If you want to use the kernel usblp driver (for example, if you wish to use escputil from Gutenprint-5.3.4) enable the following options in your kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
Device Drivers ---> [*] USB support ---> [USB_SUPPORT] <*/M> USB Printer support [USB_PRINTER]
If you have a parallel printer, enable the following options in your kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
Device Drivers ---> <*/M> Parallel port support ---> [PARPORT] <*/M> PC-style hardware [PARPORT_PC] Character devices ---> <*/M> Parallel printer support [PRINTER]
You will need to add an lp
user, as Cups will create
some files owned by this user. (The lp user is the default used by
Cups, but may be changed to
a different user by passing a parameter to the configure script.) Use the
following command as the root
user:
useradd -c "Print Service User" -d /var/spool/cups -g lp -s /bin/false -u 9 lp
You will also need a dedicated group that will contain users
allowed to do Cups
administrative tasks. Add the group by running the following
command as the root user:
groupadd -g 19 lpadmin
If you want to add a user to the Cups administrative group, run the
following command as the root
user:
usermod -a -G lpadmin <username>
If you didn't install xdg-utils-1.1.3, use the following sed to change the default browser that will be used to access the Cups web interface:
sed -i 's#@CUPS_HTMLVIEW@#firefox#' desktop/cups.desktop.in
Replace firefox with the web browser of your choice.
Build Cups by running the following commands:
./configure --libdir=/usr/lib \
--with-rundir=/run/cups \
--with-system-groups=lpadmin \
--with-docdir=/usr/share/cups/doc-2.4.6 &&
make
To test the results, issue: LC_ALL=C make -k check. An already active graphical session with bus address is necessary to run the tests. Make sure that there is not other instance of Cups running, otherwise at least 4 tests will fail with "address in use".
Now, as the root user:
make install && ln -svnf ../cups/doc-2.4.6 /usr/share/doc/cups-2.4.6
Create a basic Cups client
configuration file by running the following command as the
root user:
echo "ServerName /run/cups/cups.sock" > /etc/cups/client.conf
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
you can improve system performance and memory usage by
updating /usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme. To
perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.33 or GTK+-3.24.38
installed and issue the following command as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qtf /usr/share/icons/hicolor
--with-rundir=/run/cups: This
switch prevents the package from referring to the deprecated
/var/run directory.
--with-system-groups=lpadmin:
This switch ensures that only lpadmin will be used as the Cups administrative group.
--disable-libusb: Use this switch
if you have installed libusb-1.0.26, but wish to use the kernel
usblp driver.
--enable-libpaper: Use this
switch if you have installed libpaper and wish to use it with
Cups.
Normally, printers are set up via a web browser. The Cups server will normally connect via the url http://localhost:631. From there printers, print jobs, and the server configuration can be set up and managed. Remote system administration can also be set up. Configuration can also be done from the command line via the lpadmin, lpoptions, and lpstat commands.
Configuration of Cups is dependent on the type of printer and can be complex. Generally, PostScript printers are easier. For detailed instructions on configuration and use of Cups, see https://www.cups.org/documentation.html.
For non-PostScript printers to print with Cups, you need to install ghostscript-10.01.2 to convert PostScript to raster images and a driver (e.g. from Gutenprint-5.3.4) to convert the resulting raster images to a form that the printer understands. Foomatic drivers use ghostscript-10.01.2 to convert PostScript to a printable form directly, but this is considered suboptimal by Cups developers.
If CUPS has been built with Linux PAM support, you need to create a PAM configuration file to get it working correctly with BLFS.
Issue the following command as the root user to create the configuration
file for Linux PAM:
cat > /etc/pam.d/cups << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/cups
auth include system-auth
account include system-account
session include system-session
# End /etc/pam.d/cups
EOF
|
cancels existing print jobs from the print queues |
|
|
accept jobs sent to a destination |
|
|
is a Cups program configuration utility |
|
|
updates or queries the cupsd.conf file for a server |
|
|
is the scheduler for the Common Unix Printing System |
|
|
stop printers and classes |
|
|
start printers and classes |
|
|
is a front-end to the Cups filter subsystem which allows you to convert a file to a specific format |
|
|
reject jobs sent to a destination |
|
|
tests the conformance of PPD files |
|
|
is an IPP Everywhere printer for CUPS |
|
|
finds Internet Printing Protocol printers |
|
|
sends IPP requests to the specified URI and tests and/or displays the results |
|
|
submits files for printing or alters a pending job |
|
|
configures printer and class queues provided by Cups |
|
|
provides limited control over printer and class queues provided by Cups |
|
|
lists the available devices or drivers known to the Cups server |
|
|
moves the specified job to a new destination |
|
|
displays or sets printer options and defaults |
|
|
shows the current print queue status on the named printer |
|
|
submits files for printing |
|
|
cancels print jobs that have been queued for printing |
|
|
displays status information about the current classes, jobs, and printers |
|
|
compiles PPDC source files into one or more PPD files |
|
|
reads a driver information file and produces a HTML summary page that lists all of the drivers in a file and the supported options |
|
|
imports one or more PPD files into a PPD compiler source file |
|
|
merges two or more PPD files into a single, multi-language PPD file |
|
|
extracts UI strings from PPDC source files and updates either a GNU gettext or Mac OS X strings format message catalog source file for translation |
|
|
contains the Cups API functions |
The CUPS Filters package contains backends, filters and other software that was once part of the core CUPS distribution but is no longer maintained by Apple Inc.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.openprinting.org/download/cups-filters/cups-filters-1.28.16.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 24bed15110499fd652d65d6baab85ca6
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 56 MB (with tests), 16 MB installed
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
Cups-2.4.6, GLib-2.76.4, ghostscript-10.01.2, Little CMS-2.14, Poppler-23.08.0, and Qpdf-11.5.0
Dejavu fonts (the build fails if they are not installed, although they are only required for the tests), libexif-0.6.24, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, libtiff-4.5.1, and mupdf-1.22.2 (mutool)
Avahi-0.8 (required to build the DNSSD backend of the cups-browsed daemon, which is needed for operating some network printers), OpenLDAP-2.6.6, PHP-8.2.9 (use of this might be broken), Liblouis (Braille), and Liblouisutdml (Braille)
Gutenprint-5.3.4 (for supported printers), or other printer drivers, such as hplip
First, fix a security vulnerability that can allow for remote code execution with the 'beh' printer backend:
patch -Np1 -i ../cups-filters-1.28.16-security_fix-1.patch
Install CUPS Filters by running the following commands:
CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -std=c++17" \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--without-rcdir \
--disable-static \
--disable-avahi \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/cups-filters-1.28.16 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. DejaVu fonts are needed for the tests.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Install the systemd unit by running the following command as
the root user:
install -v -m644 utils/cups-browsed.service /lib/systemd/system/cups-browsed.service
CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -std=c++17":
This environment variable is necessary to fix a problem
introduced by qpdf-11.3.0.
--disable-avahi: This
switch is needed if the optional Avahi-0.8 is not installed.
Remove it if avahi is installed and you need network printer
discovery capabilities.
--without-rcdir: This
switch disables installation of the bundled bootscript which
is not compatible with BLFS.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-test-font-path=: If you wish to
run the tests, but you do not have the default VALUE/usr/share/fonts/dejavu/DejaVuSans.ttf use
this switch to specify where DejaVuSans.ttf (or perhaps some other text
TTF font - untested) is located.
|
is a daemon for browsing the Bonjour and CUPS broadcasts of shared, remote CUPS printers |
|
|
is a PPD generator utility for driverless printing |
|
|
is a wrapper to driverless for FAX type devices |
|
|
is a universal print filter/RIP wrapper which can be used as CUPS filter or stand-alone for spooler-less, direct printing |
|
|
contains CUPS Filters API functions |
Ghostscript is a versatile processor for PostScript data with the ability to render PostScript to different targets. It is a mandatory part of the cups printing stack.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ArtifexSoftware/ghostpdl-downloads/releases/download/gs10012/ghostscript-10.01.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7dc5547e6a54307e75e37fdf379e489b
Download size: 64 MB
Estimated disk space required: 323 MB (with fonts and libgs.so)
Estimated build time: 1.8 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with libgs.so)
If you wish, you can download additional fonts.
Standard Fonts
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gs-fonts/ghostscript-fonts-std-8.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6865682b095f8c4500c54b285ff05ef6
Download size: 3.7 MB
Other Fonts
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gs-fonts/gnu-gs-fonts-other-6.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 33457d3f37de7ef03d2eea05a9e6aa4f
Download size: 796 KB
Cups-2.4.6 (required for building the “cups” device backend, which is needed by cups-filters), Fontconfig-2.14.2 (required, if you are installing any suggested font), FreeType-2.13.1, Little CMS-2.14, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libpng-1.6.40, libtiff-4.5.1, and OpenJPEG-2.5.0
Cairo-1.17.6, GTK+-3.24.38, libidn-1.41, libpaper-2.1.1, and a graphical environment
The Ghostscript build system is not user-friendly. In order to use system copies of various graphics libraries, you must do it using unconventional methods.
Ghostscript includes (old) copies of several libraries. Some of these seem to have been patched to fix known vulnerabilities, but others of these copies are less-well maintained. To ensure that any future fixes are applied throughout the whole system, it is recommended that you first install the released versions of these libraries and then configure Ghostscript to link to them.
If you have installed the recommended dependencies on your system, remove the copies of freetype, lcms2, libjpeg, libpng, and openjpeg:
rm -rf freetype lcms2mt jpeg libpng openjpeg
Compile Ghostscript:
rm -rf zlib &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-compile-inits \
--with-system-libtiff &&
make
The shared library depends on GTK+-3.24.38. It is only used by external programs like asymptote-2.86, dvisvgm-3.1, and ImageMagick-7.1.1-15.
To compile the shared library libgs.so, run the following additional
command as an unprivileged user:
make so
This package does not come with a test suite. A set of example files may be used for testing, but it is only possible after installation of the package.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you want the shared library too:
make soinstall && install -v -m644 base/*.h /usr/include/ghostscript && ln -sfvn ghostscript /usr/include/ps
Now make the documentation accessible from a standard place:
mv -v /usr/share/doc/ghostscript/10.01.2 /usr/share/doc/ghostscript-10.01.2 && rm -rfv /usr/share/doc/ghostscript && cp -r examples/ /usr/share/ghostscript/10.01.2/
If you have downloaded the fonts, unpack them to /usr/share/ghostscript and ensure the
ownership of the files are root: root.
tar -xvf ../ghostscript-fonts-std-8.11.tar.gz -C /usr/share/ghostscript --no-same-owner && tar -xvf ../gnu-gs-fonts-other-6.0.tar.gz -C /usr/share/ghostscript --no-same-owner && fc-cache -v /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/
You can now test the rendering of various postscript and pdf
files from the /usr/share/ghostscript/10.01.2/examples .
To do this, run the following command (in a X Windows
display):
gs -q -dBATCH /usr/share/ghostscript/10.01.2/examples/tiger.eps
rm -rf zlib : zlib was installed as part of LFS.
--disable-compile-inits: This
option makes gs
and libgs.so slightly smaller.
--with-system-libtiff: Remove
this option if you've not installed libtiff-4.5.1.
install -v -m644 base/*.h... : Some packages (ImageMagick is one) need the Ghostscript interface headers in place to link to the shared library. These commands install the headers.
ln -sfvn ghostscript /usr/include/ps: Some packages expect to find the interface headers in an alternate location.
mv -v /usr/share/doc/ghostscript/10.01.2 /usr/share/doc/ghostscript-10.01.2: This moves the documentation where it is expected to be found.
--disable-cups: this option will
save a tiny amount of space by not linking gs and libgs.so to the Cups-2.4.6 libraries if you
have installed those.
|
is an interpreter for Adobe Systems' PostScript(tm) and Portable Document Format (PDF) |
|
|
provides Ghostscript functionality to other programs, such as GSView, ImageMagick, and libspectre |
Ghostscript provides many different scripts used to convert PostScript, PDF, and other formats. Please refer to the HTML documentation or the man pages for information about the capabilities provided.
The Gutenprint (formerly Gimp-Print) package contains high quality drivers for many brands and models of printers for use with Cups-2.4.6 and the GIMP-2.0. See a list of supported printers at https://gutenprint.sourceforge.net/p_Supported_Printers.php.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gimp-print/gutenprint-5.3.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: dc208cfb873f13a93439185c15aa6f81
Download size: 5.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 59 MB (without tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (without tests)
Two families of DyeSub photo printers each require another library at runtime. Unless you have one of these devices you will not want these libraries.
For the Sinfonia S6145 and the Ciaat Brava 21, libS6145ImageReProcess, see Peachy Photos (Sinfonia) for instructions on how to build and test this.
For the Mitsubishi D70 family and the similar Kodak 305, libMitsuD70ImageReProcess, see Peachy Photos (Mitsubishi CP-D70) for instructions on how to build and test this.
ImageMagick-7.1.1-15, texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx), Doxygen-1.9.7, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14
If you intend to use escputil with a USB-connected Epson Stylus printer for commands such as --ink-level which need to access the raw device, you must enable the kernel's usblp driver. Enable the following options in your kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
Device Drivers ---> [*] USB support ---> [USB_SUPPORT] <*/M> USB Printer support [USB_PRINTER]
Install Gutenprint by running the following commands:
sed -i 's|$(PACKAGE)/doc|doc/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)|' \
{,doc/,doc/developer/}Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. The tests take a very long time and use a lot of disk space. When last tested (version 5.2.15 in June 2019) this needed 75 SBU and 13.5 GB to complete the tests (one test, rastertogutenprint failed because the CUPS ppds are for a previous version. Maybe genppds should be run before the tests). Note that the tests used only one CPU.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.3.4/api/gutenprint{,ui2} &&
install -v -m644 doc/gutenprint/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.3.4/api/gutenprint &&
install -v -m644 doc/gutenprintui2/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.3.4/api/gutenprintui2
sed -i '...'
...Makefile.in: This command is used so that
the package documentation is installed in the conventional
/usr/share/doc directory
structure instead of /usr/share/gutenprint/doc.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
For CUPS to see newly
installed print drivers, it has to be restarted (as the
root user):
systemctl restart cups
Then point your web browser to http://localhost:631/ to add a new printer to CUPS.
|
calibrates the color output of printers using the Gutenprint, CUPS or ESP Print Pro drivers |
|
|
generates Gutenprint PPD files for use with CUPS |
|
|
regenerates the Gutenprint PPD files in use by CUPS |
|
|
is a command line utility to perform various maintenance tasks on Epson Stylus inkjet printers |
|
|
is a test program to learn how to use libgutenprint |
This chapter contains scanning applications which allow you to convert printed documents into formatted documents readable by other applications.
SANE is short for Scanner Access Now Easy. Scanner access, however, is far from easy, since every vendor has their own protocols. The only known protocol that should bring some unity into this chaos is the TWAIN interface, but this is too imprecise to allow a stable scanning framework. Therefore, SANE comes with its own protocol, and the vendor drivers can't be used.
SANE is split into back ends and front ends. The back ends are drivers for the supported scanners and cameras. The front ends are user interfaces to access the backends.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/sane/sane-backends-1.0.32.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 51ff581b911fc9b7b6b5ae6959f9089b
Download size: 7.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 246 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/sane/sane-frontends-1.0.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c63bf7b0bb5f530cf3c08715db721cd3
Download size: 231 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
The upstream location for these files is at https://gitlab.com/sane-project but the file URLs use embedded md5sums. For convenience, the packages have been copied to the location above.
Avahi-0.8, Cups-2.4.6, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, libtiff-4.5.1, libusb-1.0.26, v4l-utils-1.24.1, Net-SNMP, libieee1284, libgphoto2, and texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx)
To access your scanner, you will probably need the related kernel drivers and/or additional support packages. A SCSI scanner will need SCSI drivers, a parallel port scanner needs parallel port support (you should use enhanced EPP modes) and perhaps libieee1284, and a USB scanner will need the libusb-1.0.26 package. For HP devices, you may need hplip. Ensure you have the necessary drivers properly configured to access the devices.
The SANE daemon should run
with its own group. Create this group by issuing the
following commands as the root user:
groupadd -g 70 scanner
configure
assumes that the user building SANE-backends is a member of the
scanner group for testing
the existence of this group. So the user building the
package should be added to the scanner group. As the root user:
usermod -G scanner -a username
After adding the scanner
group as above, you will need to log out and back in to
activate it.
For a USB scanner, if you are linking to libusb-1.0.26, include the configure switch --enable-libusb_1_0. Install SANE-backends by running the following commands:
sg scanner -c " \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--with-group=scanner \
--with-lockdir=/run/lock \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/sane-backends-1.0.32" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -m 644 -v tools/udev/libsane.rules \
/etc/udev/rules.d/65-scanner.rules &&
mkdir -p /run/lock/sane &&
chgrp -v scanner /run/lock/sane
With the scanner on, run scanimage -L and the name and location of the device should appear. Of course, you need the device drivers configured, in order to run this test.
The SANE-frontends package includes the graphical frontends xscanimage and xcam, and a command-line frontend scanadf. You don't need this package if you intend to use one of the more advanced graphical frontends like XSane-0.999. For a list of frontend packages, see http://www.sane-project.org/sane-frontends.html.
To install SANE-frontends, use the following commands:
tar -xf ../sane-frontends-1.0.14.tar.gz && cd sane-frontends-1.0.14 && sed -i -e "/SANE_CAP_ALWAYS_SETTABLE/d" src/gtkglue.c && ./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/sane.png xscanimage-icon-48x48-2.png \
/usr/share/sane
If GIMP was linked into
the build and you wish GIMP to use xscanimage as a scanning
plugin, issue the following command as the root user:
ln -v -s ../../../../bin/xscanimage /usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins
If the plugin xscanimage is disabled in GIMP's menu, in order to enable it, "create" a blank image using the menu or Ctrl-N. After that, it is enabled.
sg scanner -c
"...": runs the command between double quotes
with principal group scanner.
This may be needed if the user has been newly added to group
scanner, and has not logged out and in.
--sysconfdir=/etc:
This switch installs the configuration files in /etc/sane.d instead of /usr/etc/sane.d.
--with-group=scanner:
This parameter causes the directory created for the locking
files to be group owned by the scanner group instead of the default
uucp group.
exit: This command is used to exit the shell created by the su command.
The backend configuration files are located in
/etc/sane.d. Information
for configuring the various backends can be found by
using the man(5) page for the desired backend. Run
man sane-<backend>,
substituting the desired backend.
Add any desired users to the scanner group.
If you want to access a network scanner, include two
lines in net.conf, as
root user (make sure to
replace <server_ip> by the actual value, below):
cat >> /etc/sane.d/net.conf << "EOF"
connect_timeout = 60
<server_ip>
EOF
On the server side, include the client ip in the access
list of /etc/sane.d/saned.conf, restart the
saned
daemon, and make sure the firewall, if any, is open to
the client.
If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may wish to create a
xscanimage.desktop file so
that xscanimage appears
in the panel's menus. As the root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/{applications,pixmaps} &&
cat > /usr/share/applications/xscanimage.desktop << "EOF" &&
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=XScanImage - Scanning
Comment=Acquire images from a scanner
Exec=xscanimage
Icon=xscanimage
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Categories=Application;Graphics
EOF
ln -svf ../sane/xscanimage-icon-48x48-2.png /usr/share/pixmaps/xscanimage.png
For general information about configuring and using SANE, see man sane. For information about USB scanning devices, run man sane-usb. For information about SCSI devices, run man sane-scsi.
The saned daemon is not meant to be used for untrusted clients. You should provide Firewalling protection to ensure only trusted clients access the daemon. Due to the complex security requirements to ensure only trusted clients access the daemon, BLFS does not provide instructions to configure the saned daemon. Some good (but outdated) information for setting up and securing the saned daemon can be found at https://penguin-breeder.org/sane/saned/.
|
creates a gamma table in the format expected by scanimage |
|
|
is a tool used to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile and link SANE |
|
|
is the SANE daemon that allows remote clients to access image acquisition devices available on the local host |
|
|
is a command-line tool to find SCSI and USB scanners and determine their device files. Its primary purpose is to make sure that scanners can be detected by SANE backends |
|
|
is a command-line interface to control image acquisition devices which are equipped with an automatic document feeder (ADF) |
|
|
is a command line interface for scanning from image acquisition devices such as flatbed scanners or cameras. It is also used to list the available backend devices |
|
|
is a graphical camera front end for SANE |
|
|
is a graphical user interface for scanning |
|
|
is the application programming interface that is used to communicate between frontends and backends |
|
|
modules are backend scanning library plugins used to interface with scanning devices. See http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html for a list of supported backends |
XSane is another front end for SANE-1.0.32. It has additional features to improve the image quality and ease of use compared to xscanimage.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/xsane/xsane-0.999.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/xsane/xsane-0.999.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9927f21e1ab6ba96315e7f0e30746deb
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
GTK+-2.24.33 and SANE-1.0.32 (back ends)
Install XSane by running the following commands:
sed -i -e 's/png_ptr->jmpbuf/png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)/' src/xsane-save.c && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make xsanedocdir=/usr/share/doc/xsane-0.999 install && ln -v -s ../../doc/xsane-0.999 /usr/share/sane/xsane/doc
A browser of your choice can be used to get inline help,
using the following command, as the root user:
ln -v -s <browser> /usr/bin/netscape
Be sure to replace <browser> with the browser of your choice on your system.
Alternatively, if the environment variable BROWSER is set to
the browser you want to use, eg, BROWSER="/usr/bin/firefox",
the first time you run xsane, it will be recorded
in ~/.sane/xsane/xsane.rc. If
you wish to change it, edit this file, or remove it, and use
the instructions above, so that a new one is created.
If GIMP is installed, issue
the following command as the root user:
ln -v -s /usr/bin/xsane /usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins/
ln -v -s ../../doc/xsane-0.999 /usr/share/sane/xsane/doc: This symlink is created to ensure that any program that looks for the XSane documentation in the default location will find it, as the documentation is installed in an alternate location specified in the make install command.
ln -v -s /usr/bin/xsane
/usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins/: This creates a
link in the system-wide GIMP
plug-ins directory so that
users can access XSane
directly from GIMP.
GIMP must be available
before building XSane for
this to work. Alternatively, create the link in ~/.gimp-2.0/plug-ins/ to provide individual
user access. man
xsane for additional information.
This chapter contains DocBook SGML document type definitions (DTDs), DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets and DocBook tools to validate, transform, format and publish DocBook documents.
The SGML Common package contains install-catalog. This is useful for creating and maintaining centralized SGML catalogs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sourceware.org/ftp/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/sgml-common-0.6.3.tgz
Download (FTP): ftp://sourceware.org/pub/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/sgml-common-0.6.3.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 103c9828f24820df86e55e7862e28974
Download size: 75 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Instead of the normal convention of including the autotools
files in the package, the maintainers included symlinks to
the files in /usr/share/automake. For previous versions
of Automake this convention
is correct, but recent versions of Automake install the internal files in
version specific directories. This causes the configure script to abort.
To fix this error, the autotools are regenerated. Since the
included Makefile.am file uses
a syntax not supported by current versions of Automake, a patch is required to fix the
syntax.
patch -Np1 -i ../sgml-common-0.6.3-manpage-1.patch && autoreconf -f -i
Install SGML Common by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc install &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/sgml-iso-entities-8879.1986/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat
Remove the above catalog items prior to upgrading (as the
root user) with:
install-catalog --remove /etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/sgml-iso-entities-8879.1986/catalog &&
install-catalog --remove /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat
|
creates a centralized catalog that maintains
references to catalogs scattered throughout the
|
|
|
prints to standard output the name of the main configuration file |
|
|
contains the basic character entities defined with SDATA entries |
|
|
contains the basic character entities defined by a hexadecimal representation of the Unicode character number |
The DocBook SGML DTD package contains document type definitions for verification of SGML data files against the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you to utilize transformations already written for that standard.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.docbook.org/sgml/3.1/docbk31.zip
Download MD5 sum: 432749c0c806dbae81c8bcb70da3b5d3
Download size: 55 KB
Estimated disk space required: 676 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
sgml-common-0.6.3 and UnZip-6.0 (or libarchive-3.7.1)
The package source is distributed in zip format and requires unzip (or bsdunzip from
libarchive). You should
create a directory and change to that directory before
unzipping the file to ease the removal of the source files
after the package has been installed.
Install DocBook-3.1 SGML DTD by running the following commands:
sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' \
-e 's|DTDDECL "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V3.1//EN"|SGMLDECL|g' \
docbook.cat
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1 &&
chown -R root:root . &&
install -v docbook.cat /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog &&
cp -v -af *.dtd *.mod *.dcl /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-3.1.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-3.1.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat
sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' docbook.cat: This command removes the ENT definitions from the catalog file.
sed -i -e 's|DTDDECL "-//OASIS//DTD Docbook V3.1//EN"|SGMLDECL|g' docbook.cat: This command replaces the DTDDECL catalog entry, which is not supported by Linux SGML tools, with the SGMLDECL catalog entry.
The above installation script updates the catalog.
Using only the most current 3.x version of DocBook SGML DTD requires the
following (perform as the root user):
cat >> /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog << "EOF"
-- Begin Single Major Version catalog changes --
PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" "docbook.dtd"
-- End Single Major Version catalog changes --
EOF
The DocBook-4.5 SGML DTD package contains document type definitions for verification of SGML data files against the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you to utilize transformations already written for that standard.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.docbook.org/sgml/4.5/docbook-4.5.zip
Download MD5 sum: 07c581f4bbcba6d3aac85360a19f95f7
Download size: 70 KB
Estimated disk space required: 784 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
sgml-common-0.6.3 and UnZip-6.0 (or libarchive-3.7.1)
The package source is distributed in zip format and requires unzip (or bsdunzip from
libarchive). You should
create a directory and change to that directory before
unzipping the file to ease the removal of the source files
after the package has been installed.
Install DocBook-4.5 SGML DTD by running the following commands:
sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' \
-e '/gml/d' docbook.cat
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5 &&
chown -R root:root . &&
install -v docbook.cat /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog &&
cp -v -af *.dtd *.mod *.dcl /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-4.5.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-4.5.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat
sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' -e '/gml/d' docbook.cat: This command removes the ENT definitions from the catalog file.
The above installation script updates the catalog.
Using only the most current 4.x version of DocBook SGML DTD requires the
following (perform as the root user):
cat >> /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog << "EOF"
-- Begin Single Major Version catalog changes --
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.4//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.3//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.0//EN" "docbook.dtd"
-- End Single Major Version catalog changes --
EOF
The OpenSP package contains a C++ library for using SGML/XML files. This is useful for validating, parsing and manipulating SGML and XML documents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/openjade/OpenSP-1.5.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 670b223c5d12cee40c9137be86b6c39b
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/opensp
Install OpenSP by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/32,/253,/' lib/Syntax.cxx &&
sed -i 's/LITLEN 240 /LITLEN 8092/' \
unicode/{gensyntax.pl,unicode.syn} &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--disable-doc-build \
--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog \
--enable-http \
--enable-default-search-path=/usr/share/sgml &&
make pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2
To test the results, issue: make check. As many as nine of the 23 tests may fail. Do not be alarmed.
Now, as the root user:
make pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2 \
docdir=/usr/share/doc/OpenSP-1.5.2 \
install &&
ln -v -sf onsgmls /usr/bin/nsgmls &&
ln -v -sf osgmlnorm /usr/bin/sgmlnorm &&
ln -v -sf ospam /usr/bin/spam &&
ln -v -sf ospcat /usr/bin/spcat &&
ln -v -sf ospent /usr/bin/spent &&
ln -v -sf osx /usr/bin/sx &&
ln -v -sf osx /usr/bin/sgml2xml &&
ln -v -sf libosp.so /usr/lib/libsp.so
sed -i 's/32,/253,/...unicode.syn}: These seds prevent some annoying messages that may otherwise appear while running openjade.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-http: This
switch adds support for HTTP.
--disable-doc-build:
This switch prevents the configure script checking
if you have xmlto installed.
If you have xmlto, you can
remove this option.
--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog:
This switch sets the path to the centralized catalog.
--enable-default-search-path:
This switch sets the default value of SGML_SEARCH_PATH.
--enable-xml-messages: This
switch adds support for XML Formatted Messages.
make
pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2 :
This sets the pkgdatadir variable in the Makefile from /usr/share/OpenSP to /usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2.
ln -v -sf ...: These commands create the SP equivalents of OpenSP executables and libraries.
|
is used to process SGML files |
|
|
prints on the standard output a normalized document instance for the SGML document contained in the concatenation of the entities with system identifiers .nf and .fi |
|
|
is a markup stream editor |
|
|
prints effective system identifiers found in the catalogs |
|
|
provides access to OpenSP's entity manager |
|
|
is an SGML normalizer or used to convert SGML files to XML files |
|
|
is a symlink to onsgmls |
|
|
is a symlink to osx |
|
|
is a symlink to osgmlnorm |
|
|
is a symlink to ospam |
|
|
is a symlink to ospcat |
|
|
is a symlink to ospent |
|
|
is a symlink to osx |
|
|
contains functions required by the OpenSP programs to parse, validate and manipulate SGML and XML files |
|
|
is a symlink to |
The OpenJade package contains a DSSSL engine. This is useful for SGML and XML transformations into RTF, TeX, SGML and XML.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/openjade/openjade-1.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7df692e3186109cc00db6825b777201e
Download size: 880 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU
First fix problems when building with newer compilers:
patch -Np1 -i ../openjade-1.3.2-upstream-1.patch
Now fix a compilation problem with perl-5.16 and later:
sed -i -e '/getopts/{N;s#&G#g#;s#do .getopts.pl.;##;}' \
-e '/use POSIX/ause Getopt::Std;' msggen.pl
Install OpenJade by running the following commands:
export CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS:--O2 -g} -fno-lifetime-dse" &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--enable-http \
--disable-static \
--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog \
--enable-default-search-path=/usr/share/sgml \
--datadir=/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
make install-man &&
ln -v -sf openjade /usr/bin/jade &&
ln -v -sf libogrove.so /usr/lib/libgrove.so &&
ln -v -sf libospgrove.so /usr/lib/libspgrove.so &&
ln -v -sf libostyle.so /usr/lib/libstyle.so &&
install -v -m644 dsssl/catalog /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/ &&
install -v -m644 dsssl/*.{dtd,dsl,sgm} \
/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/openjade-1.3.2.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/openjade-1.3.2.cat
export CXXFLAGS=...: This command prevents segmentation faults when the package is compiled with gcc-6.1.
make install-man: This command installs the openjade man page.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents the building of the static library.
--enable-http: This
switch adds support for HTTP.
--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog:
This switch sets the path to the centralized catalog.
--enable-default-search-path:
This switch sets the default value of SGML_SEARCH_PATH.
--datadir=/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2:
This switch puts data files in /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2 instead of
/usr/share.
ln -v -sf ...: These commands create the Jade equivalents of OpenJade executables and libraries.
As the root user:
echo "SYSTEM \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd\" \
\"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/docbookx.dtd\"" >> \
/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/catalog
This configuration is only necessary if you intend to use OpenJade to process the BLFS XML files through DSSSL Stylesheets.
The DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets package contains DSSSL stylesheets. These are used by OpenJade or other tools to transform SGML and XML DocBook files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-dsssl-1.79.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/distfiles.gentoo.org/distfiles/docbook-dsssl-1.79.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bc192d23266b9a664ca0aba4a7794c7c
Download size: 277 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Documentation and test data
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-dsssl-doc-1.79.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9a7b809a21ab7d2749bb328334c380f2
Download size: 142 KB
docbook-3.1-dtd, docbook-4.5-dtd, OpenSP-1.5.2, and OpenJade-1.3.2
If you downloaded the documentation, run:
tar -xf ../docbook-dsssl-doc-1.79.tar.bz2 --strip-components=1
Install DocBook DSSSL
Stylesheets by running the following commands as the
root user:
install -v -m755 bin/collateindex.pl /usr/bin &&
install -v -m644 bin/collateindex.pl.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79 &&
cp -v -R * /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/common/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat
The above commands create an installation script for this package.
The following commands will perform the necessary tests to
confirm that your installed DocBook SGML toolchain will
produce desired results. You must have the docbook-3.1-dtd, docbook-4.5-dtd,
OpenSP-1.5.2, and OpenJade-1.3.2
packages installed, and perform the tests as the root user.
All tests will be performed from the /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/doc/testdata
directory as the root user:
cd /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/doc/testdata
The first test should produce no output to stdout (your
screen) and create a file named jtest.rtf in the current directory:
openjade -t rtf -d jtest.dsl jtest.sgm
The next test should return only the following line to
stdout: onsgmls:I: "OpenSP"
version "1.5.2"
onsgmls -sv test.sgm
The next test should produce no output to stdout and create a
file named test.rtf in the
current directory:
openjade -t rtf \
-d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/print/docbook.dsl \
test.sgm
The last test should produce no output to stdout and create a
file named c1.htm in the
current directory:
openjade -t sgml \
-d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/html/docbook.dsl \
test.sgm
Finally, clean up:
rm jtest.rtf test.rtf c1.htm
The DocBook-utils package is a collection of utility scripts used to convert and analyze SGML documents in general, and DocBook files in particular. The scripts are used to convert from DocBook or other SGML formats into “classical” file formats like HTML, man, info, RTF and many more. There's also a utility to compare two SGML files and only display the differences in markup. This is useful for comparing documents prepared for different languages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sourceware.org/ftp/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/docbook-utils-0.6.14.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://sourceware.org/pub/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/docbook-utils-0.6.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6b41b18c365c01f225bc417cf632d81c
Download size: 124 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.44 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
OpenJade-1.3.2, docbook-dsssl-1.79, and docbook-3.1-dtd
SGMLSpm-1.1 (for conversion to man and texinfo), and Lynx-2.8.9rel.1 or Links-2.29 or W3m (for conversion to ASCII text)
Install DocBook-utils by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../docbook-utils-0.6.14-grep_fix-1.patch && sed -i 's:/html::' doc/HTML/Makefile.in && ./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc install
Many packages use an alternate name for the DocBook-utils scripts. If you wish to
create these alternate names, use the following command as
the root user:
for doctype in html ps dvi man pdf rtf tex texi txt
do
ln -svf docbook2$doctype /usr/bin/db2$doctype
done
The jw script uses the which command to locate required utilities. You must install Which-2.21 before attempting to use any of the DocBook-utils programs.
patch -Np1 -i ../docbook-utils-0.6.14-grep_fix-1.patch: This patch corrects the syntax in the jw (Jade Wrapper) script which is at the heart of much db2* processing, so that the current version of grep will not reject it.
sed -i 's:/html::' doc/HTML/Makefile.in: This command changes the installation directory of the HTML documents.
docdir=/usr/share/doc: This
option is placed on the make
install line because is not recognized by
configure.
|
are simple one-line wrapper scripts to jw. They are provided as easy-to-remember names used to convert DocBook or other SGML files to the respective format |
|
|
are symlinks pointing at the respectively named docbook2* commands, created to satisfy some program's use of these names |
|
|
is a script used to convert DocBook or other SGML files to various output formats. It hides most of OpenJade's complexity and adds comfortable features |
|
|
is used to compare two SGML files and only return the differences in the markup. This is especially useful to compare files that should be identical except for language differences in the content |
This chapter contains the DocBook XML document type definition (DTD) and DocBook Stylesheets which are used to validate, transform, format and publish DocBook documents.
The DocBook-4.5 XML DTD-4.5 package contains document type definitions for verification of XML data files against the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you to utilize transformations already written for that standard.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.docbook.org/xml/4.5/docbook-xml-4.5.zip
Download MD5 sum: 03083e288e87a7e829e437358da7ef9e
Download size: 96 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libxml2-2.10.4, sgml-common-0.6.3, and UnZip-6.0 (or libarchive-3.7.1)
The package source is distributed in zip format and requires unzip (or bsdunzip from
libarchive). You should
create a directory and change to that directory before
unzipping the file to ease the removal of the source files
after the package has been installed.
Install DocBook XML DTD by
running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5 &&
install -v -d -m755 /etc/xml &&
cp -v -af --no-preserve=ownership docbook.cat *.dtd ent/ *.mod \
/usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5
Create (or update) and populate the /etc/xml/docbook catalog file by running
the following commands as the root user:
if [ ! -e /etc/xml/docbook ]; then
xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/docbook
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML CALS Table Model V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/calstblx.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD XML Exchange Table Model 19990315//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/soextblx.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML Information Pool V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbpoolx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML Document Hierarchy V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbhierx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML HTML Tables V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/htmltblx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Notations V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbnotnx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Character Entities V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbcentx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Additional General Entities V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbgenent.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook
Create (or update) and populate the /etc/xml/catalog catalog file by running
the following commands as the root user:
if [ ! -e /etc/xml/catalog ]; then
xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/catalog
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegatePublic" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegatePublic" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog
Various BLFS packages request DocBook XML DTD version 4.x before V4.5, so the following step must be done for those packages to be built successfully.
The above installation creates the files and updates the
catalogs. In order to utilize DocBook XML DTD V4.5 when any version
4.x is requested in the System Identifier, you need to add
additional statements to the catalog files. If you have any
of the DocBook XML DTD's
referenced below already installed on your system, remove
those entries from the for command below (issue
the commands as the root
user):
for DTDVERSION in 4.1.2 4.2 4.3 4.4
do
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V$DTDVERSION//EN" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/docbookx.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog
done
|
contain a document type definition which defines
the element types and the attribute lists that can
be used in the corresponding |
|
|
contain components of the document type definition
that are sourced into the |
|
|
contain lists of named character entities allowed in HTML |
The DocBook XML DTD and Schemas-5.0 package contains document type definitions and schemas for verification of XML data files against the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you to utilize transformations already written for that standard. In addition to providing a DTD, version 5 introduced the RelaxNG schema and Schematron rules, and is incompatible with previous versions of DocBook XML.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://docbook.org/xml/5.0/docbook-5.0.zip
Download MD5 sum: 2411c19ed4fb141f3fa3d389fae40736
Download size: 820 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Install DocBook XML DTD and
Schemas by running the following commands as the
root user:
install -vdm755 /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/{dtd,rng,sch,xsd}/5.0 &&
install -vm644 dtd/* /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.0 &&
install -vm644 rng/* /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0 &&
install -vm644 sch/* /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.0 &&
install -vm644 xsd/* /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0
Create (or update) and populate the /etc/xml/docbook-5.0 catalog file by
running the following commands as the root user:
if [ ! -e /etc/xml/docbook-5.0 ]; then
xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/docbook-5.0
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML 5.0//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.0/docbook.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "system" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/dtd/docbook.dtd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.0/docbook.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "system" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/dtd/docbook.dtd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.0/docbook.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/rng/docbook.rng" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/docbook.rng" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/rng/docbook.rng" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/docbook.rng" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/rng/docbookxi.rng" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/docbookxi.rng" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/rng/docbookxi.rng" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/docbookxi.rng" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/rnc/docbook.rnc" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/docbook.rnc" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/docbook.rnc" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/rnc/docbookxi.rnc" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/docbookxi.rnc" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/rng/docbookxi.rnc" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/docbookxi.rnc" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/docbook.xsd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/docbook.xsd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/xsd/docbookxi.xsd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/docbookxi.xsd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbookxi.xsd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/docbookxi.xsd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/xsd/xi.xsd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/xi.xsd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/xi.xsd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/xi.xsd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/xsd/xlink.xsd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/xlink.xsd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/xlink.xsd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/xlink.xsd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/xsd/xml.xsd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/xml.xsd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/xml.xsd" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/xml.xsd" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/sch/docbook.sch" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.0/docbook.sch" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0 &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/sch/docbook.sch" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.0/docbook.sch" \
/etc/xml/docbook-5.0
While again as the root user,
create the individual catalogs:
xmlcatalog --noout --create /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \ "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML 5.0//EN" \ "docbook.dtd" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "system" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/dtd/docbook.dtd" \ "docbook.dtd" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --create /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/rng/docbook.rng" \ "docbook.rng" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/rng/docbook.rng" \ "docbook.rng" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/rng/docbookxi.rng" \ "docbookxi.rng" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/rng/docbookxi.rng" \ "docbookxi.rng" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc" \ "docbook.rnc" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc" \ "docbook.rnc" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/rng/docbookxi.rnc" \ "docbookxi.rnc" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/rng/docbookxi.rnc" \ "docbookxi.rnc" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --create /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/sch/docbook.sch" \ "docbook.sch" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/sch/docbook.sch" \ "docbook.sch" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --create /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd" \ "docbook.xsd" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd" \ "docbook.xsd" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbookxi.xsd" \ "docbookxi.xsd" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/xsd/docbookxi.xsd" \ "docbookxi.xsd" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/xlink.xsd" \ "xlink.xsd" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/xsd/xlink.xsd" \ "xlink.xsd" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/xml.xsd" \ "xml.xsd" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.0/xsd/xml.xsd" \ "xml.xsd" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/catalog.xml
Create (or update) and populate the system XML catalog
(/etc/xml/catalog) by running
the following commands as the root user:
if [ ! -e /etc/xml/catalog ]; then
xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/catalog
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegatePublic" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML 5.0//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.0/catalog.xml" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateSystem" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/dtd/" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.0/catalog.xml" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/dtd/" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.0/catalog.xml" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/rng/" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.0/catalog.xml" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/sch/" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.0/catalog.xml" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
"http://docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.0/catalog.xml" \
/etc/xml/catalog
The DocBook XML Schemas-5.1 package contains schema files and Schematron rules for verification of XML data files against the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you to utilize transformations already written for that standard.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://docbook.org/xml/5.1/docbook-v5.1-os.zip
Download MD5 sum: d8bea8ddfc5743578a31cb18f9ae1f5a
Download size: 752 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libxml2-2.10.4, sgml-common-0.6.3, and UnZip-6.0 (or libarchive-3.7.1)
The package source is distributed in zip format and requires unzip (or bsdunzip from
libarchive). You should
create a directory and change to that directory before
unzipping the file to ease the removal of the source files
after the package has been installed.
Install DocBook XML Schemas
by running the following commands as the root user:
install -vdm755 /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/{rng,sch}/5.1 &&
install -m644 schemas/rng/* /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1 &&
install -m644 schemas/sch/* /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.1 &&
install -m755 tools/db4-entities.pl /usr/bin &&
install -vdm755 /usr/share/xml/docbook/stylesheet/docbook5 &&
install -m644 tools/db4-upgrade.xsl \
/usr/share/xml/docbook/stylesheet/docbook5
Create (or update) and populate the /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 catalog file by
running the following commands as the root user:
if [ ! -e /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 ]; then xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 fi && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.1/rng/docbook.rng" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/docbook.rng" \ /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/rng/docbook.rng" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/docbook.rng" \ /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.1/rng/docbookxi.rng" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/docbookxi.rng" \ /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/rng/docbookxi.rng" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/docbookxi.rng" \ /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.1/rnc/docbook.rnc" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/docbook.rnc" \ /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/rng/docbook.rnc" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/docbook.rnc" \ /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.1/rnc/docbookxi.rnc" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/docbookxi.rnc" \ /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/rng/docbookxi.rnc" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/docbookxi.rnc" \ /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.1/sch/docbook.sch" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.1/docbook.sch" \ /etc/xml/docbook-5.1 && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/sch/docbook.sch" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.1/docbook.sch" \ /etc/xml/docbook-5.1
While again as the root user,
create the individual catalogs:
xmlcatalog --noout --create /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/schemas/rng/docbook.schemas/rng" \ "docbook.schemas/rng" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.1/schemas/rng/docbook.schemas/rng" \ "docbook.schemas/rng" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/schemas/rng/docbookxi.schemas/rng" \ "docbookxi.schemas/rng" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.1/schemas/rng/docbookxi.schemas/rng" \ "docbookxi.schemas/rng" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/schemas/rng/docbook.rnc" \ "docbook.rnc" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.1/schemas/rng/docbook.rnc" \ "docbook.rnc" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/schemas/rng/docbookxi.rnc" \ "docbookxi.rnc" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.1/schemas/rng/docbookxi.rnc" \ "docbookxi.rnc" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/catalog.xml xmlcatalog --noout --create /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.1/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/schemas/sch/docbook.schemas/sch" \ "docbook.schemas/sch" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.1/catalog.xml && xmlcatalog --noout --add "uri" \ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/5.1/schemas/sch/docbook.schemas/sch" \ "docbook.schemas/sch" /usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.1/catalog.xml
Create (or update) and populate the system XML catalog
(/etc/xml/catalog) by running
the following commands as the root user:
if [ ! -e /etc/xml/catalog ]; then xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/catalog fi && xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegatePublic" \ "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML 5.1//EN" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.1/catalog.xml" \ /etc/xml/catalog && xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateSystem" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/dtd/" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.1/catalog.xml" \ /etc/xml/catalog && xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/dtd/" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/dtd/5.1/catalog.xml" \ /etc/xml/catalog && xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/rng/" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/rng/5.1/catalog.xml" \ /etc/xml/catalog && xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/sch/" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/sch/5.1/catalog.xml" \ /etc/xml/catalog && xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \ "http://docbook.org/xml/5.1/xsd/" \ "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/schema/xsd/5.1/catalog.xml" \ /etc/xml/catalog
The DocBook XSL Stylesheets package contains XSL stylesheets. These are useful for performing transformations on XML DocBook files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/docbook/xslt10-stylesheets/releases/download/release/1.79.2/docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2666d1488d6ced1551d15f31d7ed8c38
Download size: 22 MB
Estimated disk space required: 58 MB (includes installing optional documentation)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Optional documentation
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/docbook/xslt10-stylesheets/releases/download/release/1.79.2/docbook-xsl-doc-1.79.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 62375ca864fc198cb2b17d98209d0b8c
Download size: 522 KB
apache-ant-1.10.14 (to produce “webhelp” documents), libxslt-1.1.38 (or any other XSLT processor), to process Docbook documents - the Python2 modules libxml2 and libxslt can be used, Python-2.7.18 (at runtime), Ruby-3.2.2 (to utilize the “epub” stylesheets), Zip-3.0 (to produce “epub3” documents), and Saxon6 and Xerces2 Java (used with apache-ant-1.10.14 to produce “webhelp” documents)
First, fix a problem that causes stack overflows when doing recursion:
patch -Np1 -i ../docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2-stack_fix-1.patch
If you downloaded the optional documentation tarball, unpack it with the following command:
tar -xf ../docbook-xsl-doc-1.79.2.tar.bz2 --strip-components=1
BLFS does not install the required packages to run the test suite and provide meaningful results.
Install DocBook XSL
Stylesheets by running the following commands as the
root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-nons-1.79.2 &&
cp -v -R VERSION assembly common eclipse epub epub3 extensions fo \
highlighting html htmlhelp images javahelp lib manpages params \
profiling roundtrip slides template tests tools webhelp website \
xhtml xhtml-1_1 xhtml5 \
/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-nons-1.79.2 &&
ln -s VERSION /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-nons-1.79.2/VERSION.xsl &&
install -v -m644 -D README \
/usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2/README.txt &&
install -v -m644 RELEASE-NOTES* NEWS* \
/usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2
If you downloaded the optional documentation tarball, install
the documentation by issuing the following command as the
root user:
cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2
If you are installing the current version of
docbook-xsl-nons over a previous version of docbook-xsl,
then remove the old rewrite entries in the catalog as the
root user:
sed -i '/rewrite/d' /etc/xml/catalog
Create (or append) and populate the XML catalog file using
the following commands as the root user:
if [ ! -d /etc/xml ]; then install -v -m755 -d /etc/xml; fi &&
if [ ! -f /etc/xml/catalog ]; then
xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/catalog
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"https://cdn.docbook.org/release/xsl-nons/1.79.2" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-nons-1.79.2" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"https://cdn.docbook.org/release/xsl-nons/1.79.2" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-nons-1.79.2" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"https://cdn.docbook.org/release/xsl-nons/current" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-nons-1.79.2" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"https://cdn.docbook.org/release/xsl-nons/current" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-nons-1.79.2" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-nons-1.79.2" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-nons-1.79.2" \
/etc/xml/catalog
Occasionally, you may find the need to install other
versions of the XSL stylesheets as some projects reference
a specific version. One example is BLFS-6.0, which required
the 1.67.2 version. In these instances you should install
any other required version in its own versioned directory
and create catalog entries as follows (substitute the
desired version number for <version>):
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/<version>" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-<version>" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/<version>" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-<version>" \
/etc/xml/catalog
Itstool extracts messages from XML files and outputs PO template files, then merges translations from MO files to create translated XML files. It determines what to translate and how to chunk it into messages using the W3C Internationalization Tag Set (ITS).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.itstool.org/itstool/itstool-2.0.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 267a3bdc72a2d8abb1b824f2ea32ee9b
Download size: 104 KB
Estimated disk space required: 688 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install itstool by running the following commands:
PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3 ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The xmlto package is a front-end to a XSL toolchain. It chooses an appropriate stylesheet for the conversion you want and applies it using an external XSLT processor. It also performs any necessary post-processing.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://releases.pagure.org/xmlto/xmlto-0.0.28.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 93bab48d446c826399d130d959fe676f
Download size: 128 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-nons-1.79.2, and libxslt-1.1.38
fop-2.9, dblatex, and PassiveTeX
One of Links-2.29, Lynx-2.8.9rel.1, W3m, or ELinks
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xmlto
Install xmlto by running the following commands:
LINKS="/usr/bin/links" \ ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
LINKS="/usr/bin/links": This
environment variable fixes a bug causing xmlto to think that
links command
is the same as elinks. Setting this
variable does not cause problems if links is not installed,
unless you have ELinks installed, and wish to use
it for text backend post-processing, in which case, remove
it.
This chapter includes applications that create, manipulate or view PostScript files and create or view Portable Document Format PDF files.
Enscript converts ASCII text files to PostScript, HTML, RTF, ANSI and overstrikes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Enscript cannot convert UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript. The issue is discussed in detail in the Needed Encoding Not a Valid Option section of the Locale Related Issues page. The solution is to use paps-0.7.1, instead of Enscript, for converting UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/enscript/enscript-1.6.6.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/enscript/enscript-1.6.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3acc242b829adacabcaf28533f049afd
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
texlive-20230313 (or install-tl-unx)
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Enscript
Install Enscript by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/enscript \
--localstatedir=/var \
--with-media=Letter &&
make &&
pushd docs &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o enscript.txt enscript.texi &&
popd
If you have texlive-20230313 installed, you can create Postscript and PDF documentation by issuing (does not support parallel make):
make -j1 -C docs ps pdf
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.6 &&
install -v -m644 README* *.txt docs/*.txt \
/usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.6
If you built Postscript and PDF documentation, install it
using the following command as the root user:
install -v -m644 docs/*.{dvi,pdf,ps} \
/usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.6
--sysconfdir=/etc/enscript:
This switch puts configuration data in /etc/enscript instead of /usr/etc.
--localstatedir=/var:
This switch sets the directory for runtime data to
/var instead of /usr/var.
--with-media=Letter:
This switch sets the medium format to letter size instead of
the A4 default.
|
converts diff output files to a format suitable to be printed with enscript |
|
|
is a filter, used primarily by printing scripts, that converts ASCII text files to PostScript, HTML, RTF, ANSI and overstrikes |
|
|
creates a font map from a given file |
|
|
is a script which calls enscript and passes the correct parameters to create overstriked fonts |
|
|
slices documents with long lines |
|
|
is an awk-like text processing tool with some state machine extensions. It is designed for program source code highlighting and for similar tasks where state information helps input processing |
ePDFView is a free standalone lightweight PDF document viewer using Poppler and GTK+ libraries. It is a good replacement for Evince as it does not rely upon GNOME libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/epdfview/epdfview-0.1.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e50285b01612169b2594fea375f53ae4
Download size: 456 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-2.24.33 and Poppler-23.08.0
desktop-file-utils-0.26 and hicolor-icon-theme-0.17
Install ePDFView by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../epdfview-0.1.8-fixes-2.patch && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
For Desktop Environment users, further (optional)
instructions are necessary for properly displaying
epdfview.desktop in the menu.
As root user:
for size in 24 32 48; do
ln -svf ../../../../epdfview/pixmaps/icon_epdfview-$size.png \
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/${size}x${size}/apps
done &&
unset size &&
update-desktop-database &&
gtk-update-icon-cache -t -f --include-image-data /usr/share/icons/hicolor
patch -Np1 -i ../epdfview-0.1.8-fixes-2.patch The patch does four things: fixes compiling with glib-2.32 or greater, corrects red appearing as blue with recent versions of poppler, allows the application to compile when Cups-2.4.6 has been installed, and fixes the display of embedded png images.
The FOP (Formatting Objects Processor) package contains a print formatter driven by XSL formatting objects (XSL-FO). It is a Java application that reads a formatting object tree and renders the resulting pages to a specified output. Output formats currently supported include PDF, PCL, PostScript, SVG, XML (area tree representation), print, AWT, MIF and ASCII text. The primary output target is PDF.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/xmlgraphics/fop/source/fop-2.9-src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f7537ca7f2e16971fa99c8bb0dad62c7
Download size: 20 MB
Estimated disk space required: 333 MB (including files downloaded to the user directory)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU
Required Additional Downloads:
Maven build system:
https://archive.apache.org/dist/maven/maven-3/3.9.4/binaries/apache-maven-3.9.4-bin.tar.gz
0698a533397eda60cbebcc0fb68ae842
9.0 MB (additionally, about 90 MB are downloaded to the
building user's directory)
Recommended packages
Objects for Formatting Objects (OFFO) hyphenation
patterns:
https://downloads.sourceforge.net/offo/2.2/offo-hyphenation.zip
bf9c09bf05108ef9661b8f08d91c2336
862 KB
a graphical environment (to run tests), JAI Image I/O Tools, and JEuclid
Ensure $JAVA_HOME is set correctly
before beginning the build. To build the JIMI SDK and/or XMLUnit extension classes, ensure the
corresponding .jar files can be
found via the CLASSPATH
environment variable.
Copy the XML hyphenation patterns into the fop source tree by running the following commands:
unzip ../offo-hyphenation.zip && cp offo-hyphenation/hyph/* fop/hyph && rm -rf offo-hyphenation
Starting with fop-2.5, the Maven build system is required. We use the binary provided by apache, that we install in a temporary location:
tar -xf ../apache-maven-3.9.4-bin.tar.gz -C /tmp
The javadoc command that ships with OpenJDK 10 and later has become much stricter than previous versions regarding conformance of the Javadoc comments in source code to HTML. The FOP documentation does not meet those standards, so the conformance checks have to be disabled. This can be done with the following command:
sed -i '\@</javad@i\
<arg value="-Xdoclint:none"/>\
<arg value="--allow-script-in-comments"/>\
<arg value="--ignore-source-errors"/>' \
fop/build.xml
Compile fop by running the following commands:
cd fop && LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 \ PATH=$PATH:/tmp/apache-maven-3.9.4/bin \ ant all javadocs && mv build/javadocs .
This package comes with a test suite, but the java infrastructure installed in this book does not allow running it.
Now, install Fop as the
root user:
install -v -d -m755 -o root -g root /opt/fop-2.9 && cp -vR build conf examples fop* javadocs lib /opt/fop-2.9 && chmod a+x /opt/fop-2.9/fop && ln -v -sfn fop-2.9 /opt/fop
The last thing to do is to clean what we have done:
rm -rf /tmp/apache-maven-3.9.4
sed -i ... build.xml: This adds three switches to the javadoc command, preventing some errors from occurring when building the documentation.
export LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8: the compiler fails if using an ASCII locale.
ant target: This reads the file
build.xml and builds the
target: compile compiles the java
sources, jar-main generates jar
archives, jar-hyphenation
generates the hyphenation patterns for FOP, junit runs the junit tests, and javadocs builds the documentation. The
all target runs all of the above.
ln -v -sf fop-2.9
/opt/fop: This is optional and creates a
convenience symlink so that $FOP_HOME doesn't have to be changed each time
there's a package version change.
Using fop to process some large FO's (including the FO derived from the BLFS XML sources), can lead to memory errors. Unless you add a parameter to the java command used in the fop script you may receive messages similar to the one shown below:
Exception in thread "main"
java.lang.OutOfMemoryError: Java heap space
To avoid errors like this, you need to pass an extra
parameter to the java command used in the
fop script.
This can be accomplished by creating a ~/.foprc (which is sourced by the
fop script)
and adding the parameter to the FOP_OPTS environment variable.
The fop
script looks for a FOP_HOME
environment variable to locate the fop class libraries. You can create
this variable using the ~/.foprc file as well. Create a
~/.foprc file using the
following commands:
cat > ~/.foprc << "EOF"
FOP_OPTS="-Xmx<RAM_Installed>m"
FOP_HOME="/opt/fop"
EOF
Replace <RAM_Installed> with
a number representing the amount of RAM installed in your
computer (in megabytes). An example would be FOP_OPTS="-Xmx768m".
To include the fop script in your path,
update the system-wide profile with the following command
as the root user:
cat > /etc/profile.d/fop.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/fop.sh
pathappend /opt/fop
# End /etc/profile.d/fop.sh
EOF
Running fop
can be somewhat verbose. The default logging level can be
changed from INFO to any of FINEST, FINER, FINE, CONFIG,
INFO, WARNING, SEVERE, ALL, or OFF. To do this, edit
$JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/logging.properties
and change the entries for .level and java.util.logging.ConsoleHandler.level to
the desired value.
/opt/fop/{build,lib}; JAI components
include libmlib_jai.so, jai_codec.jar, jai_core.jar, and
mlibwrapper_jai.jar
MuPDF is a lightweight PDF and XPS viewer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.mupdf.com/downloads/archive/mupdf-1.22.2-source.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d37d404e28bdd8f43601d3bc20603d38
Download size: 55 MB
Estimated disk space required: 301 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
HarfBuzz-8.1.1, libjpeg-turbo-3.0.0, OpenJPEG-2.5.0, and cURL-8.2.1
xdg-utils-1.1.3 (runtime), jbig2dec, and MuJS
First, fix the Makefile to link properly with the shared library:
sed -i '/MU.*_EXE. :/{
s/\(.(MUPDF_LIB)\)\(.*\)$/\2 | \1/
N
s/$/ -lmupdf -L$(OUT)/
}' Makefile
Install MuPDF by running the following commands:
cat > user.make << EOF && USE_SYSTEM_FREETYPE := yes USE_SYSTEM_HARFBUZZ := yes USE_SYSTEM_JBIG2DEC := no USE_SYSTEM_JPEGXR := no # not used without HAVE_JPEGXR USE_SYSTEM_LCMS2 := no # need lcms2-art fork USE_SYSTEM_LIBJPEG := yes USE_SYSTEM_MUJS := no # build needs source anyway USE_SYSTEM_OPENJPEG := yes USE_SYSTEM_ZLIB := yes USE_SYSTEM_GLUT := no # need freeglut2-art fork USE_SYSTEM_CURL := yes USE_SYSTEM_GUMBO := no EOF export XCFLAGS=-fPIC && make build=release shared=yes && unset XCFLAGS
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr \
shared=yes \
docdir=/usr/share/doc/mupdf-1.22.2 \
install &&
chmod 755 /usr/lib/libmupdf.so &&
ln -sfv mupdf-x11 /usr/bin/mupdf
ln -sfv mupdf-x11 /usr/bin/mupdf : This symbolic link chooses between mupdf-gl and mupdf-x11 when running mupdf.
|
is a program for viewing PDF, XPS, EPUB, and CBZ documents, and various image formats such as PNG, JPEG, GIFF, and TIFF |
|
|
same as mupdf, using an opengl renderer |
|
|
same as mupdf, using an X Window renderer |
|
|
is a program used to perform rasterization tasks with PDF documents |
|
|
is a program to perform various operations on PDF files, such as merging and cleaning PDF documents |
|
|
contains the mupdf API functions |
paps is a text to PostScript converter that works through Pango. Its input is a UTF-8 encoded text file and it outputs vectorized PostScript. It may be used for printing any complex script supported by Pango.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/paps/paps-0.7.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b058bcc7d958fb53408942088cc1f365
Download size: 140 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install paps by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This chapter includes texlive applications that create output equivalent to typesetting.
There are two alternative routes through this chapter:
Some people may wish to use the binary installer, either because of the complexity of installing all of texlive from source, or because they only want a part of the package, or perhaps because they wish to get updates as soon as those are available (the source is only updated annually, but the binaries and associated tex and sty files are updated for approximately 10 months). These people should begin at Setting the PATH for TeX Live and then follow the install-tl-unx instructions. After installing, they can run tlmgr to update their system.
Most people reading BLFS will wish to build from source. BLFS used to start by installing install-tl-unx and then use that to bootstrap the build. Nowadays, we build almost the whole of texlive without a binary install, by adding the separately-packaged texmf files into this build. For this, begin at Setting the PATH for TeX Live then go to texlive-20230313 which will install most of texlive, together with all of the supporting files. This almost-complete install can then be used to build the remaining parts of texlive: asymptote-2.86, biber-2.19 and xindy-2.5.1.
Because the texmf files (including documentation, fonts, scripts and supporting files) are all in one tarball, it is not practical to limit what gets extracted in a sensible way (you could exclude one or other of the typesetting engines, not its many supporting files) when building from source in this manner.
In either case, BLFS installs into /opt/texlive/2023.
Also, please note that texlive is released annually, and updating
from the previous year to the current year is no longer
supported. If for some reason you wish to keep versions for
multiple years, for most things you can mount the old or new
system at /opt/texlive and fix up your PATH as necessary. However
doing that will not preserve any changes in texmf-local and if you build from source and
try to run a newer version of biber with an older version of biblatex it is unlikely to work.
Before starting to build TeX Live, set up your PATH so that the
system can properly find the files. If you set up your login
scripts as recommended in The Bash Shell Startup
Files, update the needed paths by creating the texlive.sh script. The programs are always
installed in an <ARCH>-linux subdirectory and on 32-bit
x86 this is always i386-linux. For x86_64 and i?86 we can
generate this as $TEXARCH:
If upgrading from a previous year's version, you should
manually edit texlive.sh to
ensure that the version for the year you wish to use is the
only TeX present (some people need to keep multiple years
available to ensure there are no regressions in their
documents).
Now, create the texlive.sh script as the root user:
TEXARCH=$(uname -m | sed -e 's/i.86/i386/' -e 's/$/-linux/')
cat > /etc/profile.d/texlive.sh << EOF
# Begin texlive setup
TEXLIVE_PREFIX=/opt/texlive/2023
export TEXLIVE_PREFIX
pathappend \$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/doc/man MANPATH
pathappend \$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/doc/info INFOPATH
pathappend \$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/bin/$TEXARCH
# End texlive setup
EOF
unset TEXARCH
The standard MANPATH and INFOPATH path are specified above to ensure they are included. If they are already set in the boot script procedure, the pathappend function will ensure duplicates are removed, so including them here will do no harm.
The backslashes before the dollar signs in the script above are to facilitate a copy/paste operation. The backslashes should not appear in the actual script.
The new paths can be immediately activated by running:
source /etc/profile
The shared libraries will be installed into a texlive
directory. As the root user,
add it to your /etc/ld.so.conf:
cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << EOF
# Begin texlive addition
$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/lib
# End texlive addition
EOF
You should now proceed either to install-tl-unx for a binary installation of texlive, or to texlive-20230313 to begin installing from source.
The TeX Live package is a comprehensive TeX document production system. It includes TeX, LaTeX2e, ConTeXt, Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX and many other programs; an extensive collection of macros, fonts and documentation; and support for typesetting in many different scripts from around the world.
This page is for people who wish to use the binary installer
to provide the programs, the scripts, and a lot of supporting
files and documentation. The installer is updated frequently,
so any published md5sum will soon be out of date. Newer
versions of the installer are expected to work with these
instructions, for so long as they install to a 2023/ directory.
There are two reasons why you may wish to install the
binaries in BLFS: either you need a smaller install (e.g. at
a minimum plain TeX without LaTeX2e, ConTeXt, etc), or you
wish to use tlmgr to get updates whilst
this version is supported (typically, until April of the year
after it was released). For the latter, you might prefer to
install in your /home directory
as an unprivileged user, and to then make corresponding
changes to the PATH in your ~/.bashrc or equivalent.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: Varies frequently
Download size: 5.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 310 MB for basic TeX and latex, 7.9GB if everything is included
Estimated build time: varies, depending on network speed and traffic
GnuPG-2.4.3 (to validate both the initial downloads, and also any updates you might later make using tlmgr.) libwww-perl-6.72 (to use a single connection to the server, which will reduce its load and speed things up.)
The binaries are mostly linked to included static libraries or general (LFS) system libraries, but a few of the programs and several scripts will fail if the following packages are not present:
ghostscript-10.01.2 is dynamically loaded by the external application dvisvgm, which is used by asy when that creates SVG files.
Xorg Libraries and libxcb-1.16 are needed for inimf, mf, pdfclose, pdfopen and xdvi-xaw. But if you are using asy, or using a TeX engine to create a PDF file, you will need a graphical environment (for PDF files, this is to support a PDF viewer of your choice, for example epdfview-0.1.8).
The binary version of asy needs Freeglut-3.4.0.
The binary version of asy is linked to libGLX.so.0 from
libglvnd,
but installing that will break future updates of BLFS
packages such as Mesa-23.1.6. Work around that by creating a
symlink as the root user:
ln -sv libGL.so.1 /usr/lib/libGLX.so.0
As always with contributed binary software, it is possible that the required dependencies may change when the installer is updated. In particular, these dependencies have only been checked on x86_64.
Python-2.7.18 is used by the unmaintained
ebong CTAN module (intended for writing Bengali in Rapid
Roman Format). /usr/bin/python
is also in the shebang line for the latex-papersize and
lilyglyphs scripts, and documentation at CTAN says both
modules have been updated to work with python3. In pythontex
there are scripts to invoke python3 or python2 according to
the system's version of python. Ruby-3.2.2 is used by two
scripts, one is for pTex (Japanese vertical writing) and the
other is match_parens which might be generally useful. The
perl module
Tk, which needs to be run from an X11 session to run the
tests and requires Tk-8.6.13 is used by one of the scripts for
ptex and is needed for texdoctk (a GUI interface for finding
documentation files and opening them with the appropriate
viewer). ps2pdf, from ghostscript-10.01.2, is used by
some utilities and scripts.
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tl-installer
The TeX Live set of programs
with its supporting documents, fonts, and utilities is very
large. The upstream maintainers recommend placing all files
in a single directory structure. BLFS recommends /opt/texlive.
As with any other package, unpack the installer and change
into its directory, install-tl-<CCYYMMDD>. This directory
name changes when the installer is updated, so replace
<CCYYMMDD> by the correct directory name.
If you have installed any of the luatex programs (luatex, luahbtex, luajitex, luajithbtex) or ConTeXt with the luametatex backend there was a security issue fixed by the introduction of luatex v1.17.0. You should check the version with 'luatex --version' and if it is less than 1.17.0 you can use tlmgr to update.
The distribution binaries installed below may use static linking for general linux system libraries. Additional libraries or interpreters as specified in the dependencies section do not need to be present during the install, but the programs that need them will not run until their specific dependencies have been installed.
With all contributed binary software, there may be a mismatch between the builder's toolchain and your hardware. In most of TeX this will probably not matter, but in uncommon corner cases you might hit problems. For example, if your x86_64 processor does not support 3dnowext or 3dnow, the 2014-06-28 binary failed in conTeXt when running LuaTeX, although lualatex worked, as did the i686 binaries on the same machine. In such cases, the easiest solution is to install texlive from source. Similarly, the x86_64 binary version of asy runs very slowly when creating 3-D diagrams.
Now, as the root user:
TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/opt/texlive ./install-tl
This command is interactive and allows selection or modification of platform, packages, directories, and other options. The full installation scheme will require about 4.9 gigabytes of disk space. The time to complete the download will depend on your internet connection speed and the number of packages selected.
It has been established by Debian that the python scripts in
latex-make will work with
python3, so
update them to invoke that by running the following command
as the root user:
for F in /opt/texlive/2023/texmf-dist/scripts/latex-make/*.py ; do test -f $F && sed -i 's%/usr/bin/env python%/usr/bin/python3%' $F || true done
test -f $F && sed ...: in a small install these files might not be present, so test if they exist and if not return 'true' to avoid any error if this command has been copied into one of your own install scripts.
./install-tl --location
http://mirror.aut.ac.nz/CTAN/systems/texlive/tlnet/:
use a variation of this if you wish to use a different
mirror, for example, because you are in New Zealand but the
installer chooses to use an Australian mirror. The list of
mirrors is at https://ctan.org/mirrors/.
|
The programs included in TeX are too numerous to
individually list. Please refer to the individual
program HTML and PDF pages in the various html,
man, or pdf files within the subdirectories of
|
According to https://www.tug.org/historic/ the master site in France only supports ftp and rsync. Now that ftp is generally deprecated, that page has links to mirrors, some of which support https, e.g. in Utah and Chemnitz as well as in China. If you prefer to use a different mirror from the example links here, you will need to navigate to systems/historic/texlive/2023 or systems/texlive/2023 as the case may be.
Most of TeX Live can be built from source without a pre-existing installation, but xindy (for indexing) needs working versions of latex and pdflatex when configure is run, and the test suite and install for asy (for vector graphics) will fail if TeX has not already been installed. Additionally, biber is not provided within the texlive source and the version of dvisvgm in the texlive tree cannot be built if shared system libraries are used.
All of those packages are dealt with on their own pages and can be built after installing this package. If you have not already done so, you should start at Setting the PATH for TeX Live so that the final commands to initialize the new installation will be found.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/historic/systems/texlive/2023/texlive-20230313-source.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://tug.org/texlive/historic/2023/texlive-20230313-source.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bec84c5d6e340967783302f432c78efe
Download size: 66 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.5 GB including the additional download and the tests, 7.7 GB installed
Estimated build time: 2.3 SBU including the additional download and the tests, building with parallelism=4
Much of the texlive environment (including scripts, documentation, fonts, and various other files) is not part of the source tarball. You must download it separately. This will give you all of the additional files which are provided by a full install of the binary version, there is no realistic way to restrict which parts get installed.
Because of the size of this package, it is unlikely to be mirrored by BLFS mirrors. In case of difficulty, go to http://www.ctan.org/mirrors/ to find a more-accessible mirror.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/historic/systems/texlive/2023/texlive-20230313-texmf.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://tug.org/texlive/historic/2023/texlive-20230313-texmf.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 704fb39c69e3710b8e9e9158cec5047a
Download size: 3.7 GB
From the 2019 year, the tlpdb database of the packages within texlive is no-longer installed with the source. But texdoc needs a cache file derived from this (and will create the cache on its first run).
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.tu-chemnitz.de/pub/tug/historic/systems/texlive/2023/texlive-20230311-tlpdb-full.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://tug.org/texlive/historic/2023/texlive-20230311-tlpdb-full.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5078a7ddaa7b309b7392e33916b817f7
Download size: 3.2 MB
Required patch: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/12.0/texlive-20230313-source-security_fix-1.patch
The source ships with its own versions of many libraries, and will use them unless it is forced to use the system versions. The following are recommended so that the system version will be used: Cairo-1.17.6, Fontconfig-2.14.2, FreeType-2.13.1, GC-8.2.4, Graphite2-1.3.14, HarfBuzz-8.1.1 (built with graphite2 enabled), ICU-73.2, libpaper-2.1.1 (used by at least context and xelatex), and libpng-1.6.40
Furthermore, the instructions below assume you are using the layout described in Setting the PATH for TeX Live.
The source ships with its own versions of several libraries which are either not under active development, or only used for limited functionality. If you install these, as with some other optional dependencies in this book you will need to tell configure to use the system versions. GD, t1lib, ZZIPlib, TECkit
Python-2.7.18 is used by the unmaintained
ebong CTAN module (intended for writing Bengali in Rapid
Roman Format). /usr/bin/python
is also in the shebang line for the latex-papersize and
lilyglyphs scripts, and documentation at CTAN says both
modules have been updated to work with python3. In pythontex
there are scripts to invoke python3 or python2 according to
the system's version of python. Ruby-3.2.2 is used by two
scripts, one is for pTex (Japanese vertical writing) and the
other is match_parens which might be generally useful. The
perl module
Tk, which needs to be run from an X11 session to run the
tests and requires Tk-8.6.13 is used by one of the scripts for
ptex and is needed for texdoctk (a GUI interface for finding
documentation files and opening them with the appropriate
viewer). ps2pdf, from ghostscript-10.01.2, is used by
some utilities and scripts.
Install TeX Live by running the following commands:
If you wish to upgrade to current texlive on an older system where extra
packages (asymptote,
biber, dvisvgm, or xindy) have been installed, you will
need to reinstall those as well as fixing up your
PATH for $TEXLIVE_PREFIX.
A successful install requires some texlive commands to be
run as the root user, so we will export the TEXARCH
variable to let root use
it.
Now, as a normal user:
export TEXARCH=$(uname -m | sed -e 's/i.86/i386/' -e 's/$/-linux/') &&
patch -Np1 -i ../texlive-20230313-source-security_fix-1.patch &&
mkdir texlive-build &&
cd texlive-build &&
../configure -C \
--prefix=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX \
--bindir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/bin/$TEXARCH \
--datarootdir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX \
--includedir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/include \
--infodir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/doc/info \
--libdir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/lib \
--mandir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/doc/man \
--disable-native-texlive-build \
--disable-static --enable-shared \
--disable-dvisvgm \
--with-system-cairo \
--with-system-fontconfig \
--with-system-freetype2 \
--with-system-gmp \
--with-system-graphite2 \
--with-system-harfbuzz \
--with-system-icu \
--with-system-libgs \
--with-system-libpaper \
--with-system-libpng \
--with-system-mpfr \
--with-system-pixman \
--with-system-zlib \
--with-banner-add=" - BLFS" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make -k check. Two tests,
psutils.test and eptexdir/wcfname are known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install-strip && /sbin/ldconfig && make texlinks && mkdir -pv $TEXLIVE_PREFIX/tlpkg/TeXLive/ && install -v -m644 ../texk/tests/TeXLive/* $TEXLIVE_PREFIX/tlpkg/TeXLive/ && tar -xf ../../texlive-20230311-tlpdb-full.tar.gz -C $TEXLIVE_PREFIX/tlpkg
Only run make texlinks once. If it is rerun, it can change all the program symlinks so that they point to themselves and are useless.
Now install the additional files as the root user:
tar -xf ../../texlive-20230313-texmf.tar.xz -C $TEXLIVE_PREFIX --strip-components=1
It has been established by Debian that the python scripts in
l\atex-make will work with
python3, so
update them to invoke that by running the following command
as the root user:
for F in $TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/scripts/latex-make/*.py ; do sed -i 's%/usr/bin/env python%/usr/bin/python3%' $F done
Still as the root user,
initialize the new system (the command fmtutil-sys --all will
produce a lot of
output):
mktexlsr && fmtutil-sys --all
To allow Evince-44.3 or dvisvgm-3.1 to link to
libkpathsea.so, as the
root user (re)create a
symlink from /usr/lib:
ln -svf $TEXLIVE_PREFIX/lib/libkpathsea.so /usr/lib
TeXLive includes some files for ConTeXt but the source of that is separate and has moved on from using luatex in the previous 'mkiv' version to using luametatex which can be pulled with git from github luametatex. LuaMetaTeX uses meson and ninja, but it does not fit easily into the BLFS layout of TeXLive.
However, with a little extra work 'mkiv' files can still be processed using the files shipped in texmf.
Fixes to use ConTeXt will be removed when the texlive source next has to be updated for either a vulnerability fix which requires backporting luatex changes, or for TeXLive 2024. If you are a BLFS user of ConTeXt you should be prepared to use the latest tag from github (the link is in first paragraph of this Note). Building and installing that to work with a BLFS install of TeXLive will not be a trivial exercise.
The following steps, run as the root user, will create mtxrun and context.
sed -e '/local template=\[\[--ini/s/\(primaryflags%\)\(.*\)/\1 --socket --shell-escape \2/' \
-e '/local template=\[\[%primaryflags%/s/\(primaryflags%\)\(.*\)/\1 --socket --shell-escape \2/' \
-i $TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/scripts/context/lua/mtxrun.lua &&
mkdir -pv $TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-var/luatex-cache/context/ &&
ln -sfv /$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/scripts/context/lua/mtxrun.lua \
/$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/bin/$TEXARCH/mtxrun &&
cat > $TEXLIVE_PREFIX/bin/$TEXARCH/context << EOF
#!/bin/sh
export TEXMF=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist;
export TEXMFCNF=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/web2c;
export TEXMFCACHE=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-var/luatex-cache/context/;
$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/bin/$TEXARCH/mtxrun --script context "\$@"
EOF
chmod -v 0755 $TEXLIVE_PREFIX/bin/$TEXARCH/context
You can now proceed to asymptote-2.86, biber-2.19, dvisvgm-3.1 and / or xindy-2.5.1 if you wish to install them.
patch -Np1 -i ../texlive-20230313-source-security_fix-1.patch: this updates the luatex source to v1.17.0 to fix security issues.
sed -e '/local template (...)' (...)mtxrun.lua: this makes a change in a texmf-dist script so that ConTeXt can now run with luatex-v1.17.0.
-C: create config.cache, this saves significant time in a parallel build.
--prefix=, --bindir=,
--datarootdir=, --infodir=, --mandir= ... : these
switches ensure that the files installed from source will
overwrite any corresponding files previously installed by
install-tl-unx so that the
alternative methods of installing texlive are consistent.
--includedir=, --libdir=
... : these switches ensure that the libraries
and include files will be within the directories for this
year's texlive.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-shared: Use
shared versions of libkpathsea,
libptexenc, libsynctex, libtexlua52 and libtexluajit.
--with-system-...:
Unless this parameter is used, the included versions of these
libraries will be statically compiled into the programs which
need them. If you decided not to install a recommended
library, omit the corresponding switch.
--disable-dvisvgm: As noted above, the shipped version of dvisvgm, which has modified configuration files, cannot be built with shared system libraries.
/sbin/ldconfig: this has to be run here so that make texlinks can use kpsewhich.
make texlinks : this runs the texlinks.sh script to create symbolic links from formats to engines. In practice, several of the targets such as xetex are now separate binaries and for these it will report "file already exists".
tar -xf texlive-20230313-texmf.tar.xz -C $TEXLIVE_PREFIX --strip-components=1: the tarball contains the files for the texmf-dist directory, and because of its size we do not want to waste time and space untarring it and then copying the files.
install -v -m644
../texk/tests/TeXLive/*
$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/tlpkg/TeXLive/: This puts the
perl modules TLConfig.pm and
TLUtils.pm into the directory
where the binary installer puts them - it is at the start of
the perl @INC@ PATH within texlive when installed using the
above configure switches. Without these modules, texlive is
unusable.
mktexlsr:
Create an ls-R file which lists
what was installed - this is used by kpathsea to find files.
fmtutil-sys --all: This initializes the TeX formats, Metafont bases and Metapost mems.
mkdir -pv $TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-var/luatex-cache/context/: the context script created after this will not run correctly if this directory is not present.
--without-x: use this if you do
not have Xorg installed.
There are many other '--disable' or '--without' options. Some
of them such as --without-texinfo
are accepted but no longer do anything, others will prevent a
program being built - but the far greater amount of space
used for the related items in texmf means there is no obvious
benefit from disabling a few of the programs.
|
The programs included in TeX are too numerous to
individually list. Please refer to the individual
program HTML and PDF pages in the various html,
man, or pdf files within the subdirectories of
|
|
|
(kpathsearch) exists to look up a file in a list of directories and is used by kpsewhich |
|
|
is a library for Japanese pTeX (publishing TeX) |
|
|
is the SyncTeX (Synchronize TeXnology) parser library |
|
|
provides Lua 5.2, modified for use with LuaTeX |
|
|
provides LuaJIT, modified for use with LuaJITTeX |
Asymptote is a powerful descriptive vector graphics language that provides a natural coordinate-based framework for technical drawing. Labels and equations can be typeset with LaTeX. As well as EPS, PDF and PNG output it can produce WebGL 3D HTML rendering and (using dvisvgm) SVG output.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/asymptote/asymptote-2.86.src.tgz
Download MD5 sum: cbba3fe866982ed1dd60b903f632a04c
Download size: 15 MB
Estimated disk space required: 218 MB (54 MB installed, with all the dependencies which are in BLFS)
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (using parallelism=4)
ghostscript-10.01.2 and texlive-20230313
cURL-8.2.1, Freeglut-3.4.0, GC-8.2.4, GLEW-2.2.0, GLM-0.9.9.8 and libtirpc-1.3.3
dvisvgm-3.1 to allow svg output
fftw-3.3.10, Gsl-2.7.1, libsigsegv-2.14, both Boost-1.83.0 and rapidjson to use LSP which can be used with emacs, and eigen
ImageMagick-7.1.1-15 to convert output to other formats such as JPEG or to create animated GIFs, PyQt5 (not tested, has a build dependency of (Qt-5.15.10 or qt-alternate-5.15.10)) to use xasy.
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/asymptote
Certain 3D PDF scripts may not work when invoked from pdflatex on some zen+ amdgpu APU machines.
First apply a patch to fix building without the Language Server Protocol :
patch -Np1 -i ../asymptote-2.86-build_fix-1.patch
Install asymptote by running the following commands:
export TEXARCH=$(uname -m | sed -e 's/i.86/i386/' -e 's/$/-linux/') &&
./configure --prefix=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX \
--bindir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/bin/$TEXARCH \
--datarootdir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist \
--infodir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/doc/info \
--libdir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist \
--mandir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/doc/man \
--disable-lsp \
--enable-gc=system \
--with-latex=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/tex/latex \
--with-context=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/tex/context/third &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--prefix=, --bindir=,
--datarootdir=, --infodir=, --mandir= ... : these
switches ensure that the files installed from source will
overwrite any corresponding files previously installed by
install-tl-unx so that the
alternative methods of installing texlive are consistent.
--libdir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist;:
This parameter ensures that the asymptote directory will similarly
overwrite any files installed by install-tl-unx.
--disable-lsp: The
Language Server Protocol is enabled by default, with several
third-party sources included, but it does not build unless
boost and repidjson have been installed.
--enable-gc=system:
this ensures that the system version of libgc.so will be used instead of the
version shipped with this package.
--with-latex= ...
--with-context=: These switches ensure that style
files and a tex file will be installed into the texlive directories instead of creating
a texmf-local directory for
them.
Biber is a BibTeX replacement for users of biblatex, written in Perl, with full Unicode support.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/plk/biber/archive/v2.19/biber-2.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 898661d715ebb202e5b9d3ece354672e
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU including tests
If you have updated to a new release of texlive-source,
biber and its perl dependencies are still present in
/usr and do not need to be
rebuilt. However, biblatex installs in /opt/texlive/2023 and does need to be
reinstalled.
If you installed the above dependencies using the BLFS instructions for each of them, perl ./Build.PL will complain that Mozilla::CA is not installed, but that is not needed unless CPAN was used to install the modules. BLFS patches LWP::Protocol::https to use the system certificates, Mozilla::CA uses old certificates.
autovivification-0.18 Business-ISBN-3.008 Business-ISMN-1.203 Business-ISSN-1.005 Class-Accessor-0.51 Data-Compare-1.29 Data-Dump-1.25 Data-Uniqid-0.12 DateTime-Calendar-Julian-0.107 DateTime-Format-Builder-0.83 Encode-EUCJPASCII-0.03 Encode-HanExtra-0.23 Encode-JIS2K-0.03 File-Slurper-0.014 IO-String-1.08 IPC-Run3-0.048 Lingua-Translit-0.29 List-AllUtils-0.19 List-MoreUtils-0.430 Log-Log4perl-1.57 LWP-Protocol-https-6.11 Module-Build-0.4232 Parse-RecDescent-1.967015 PerlIO-utf8_strict-0.010 Regexp-Common-2017060201 Sort-Key-1.33 Text-BibTeX-0.89 Text-CSV-2.03 Text-Roman-3.5 Unicode-Collate-1.31 Unicode-LineBreak-2019.001 XML-LibXML-Simple-1.01 XML-LibXSLT-2.002001 XML-Writer-0.900
File-Which-1.27 and Test-Differences-0.70
It is possible to install all missing dependencies
automatically. You must first install Module-Build-0.4232 using
automatic
installation of perl modules. Then run perl ./Build.PL and when
it prompts you, become the root user and run ./Build installdeps -
this will use CPAN and as noted above it will use
Mozilla::CA instead of using system certificates.
Editor Notes: https://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/biber
Install Biber by running the following commands:
perl ./Build.PL && ./Build
To test the results, enter: ./Build test
Now, as the root user:
./Build install
The dvisvgm package converts DVI, EPS and PDF files to SVG format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/mgieseki/dvisvgm/releases/download/3.1/dvisvgm-3.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bf042da299b1f7208e11df210b3fd6a2
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 311 MB (45 MB installed, add 962 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (add 0.6 SBU for the tests, both using parallelism=4)
Brotli-1.0.9, ghostscript-10.01.2, and Potrace-1.16
asciidoc-10.2.0 with xmlto-0.0.28 and libxslt-1.1.38 (see command explanations), dblatex (with the above) and xxHash (the current version is included in the tarball)
The test suite assumes that a modern version of Python has been installed as plain
python.
Changing this to use python3 requires a sed to
one Makefile.in file.
Install dvisvgm by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/python/&3/' tests/Makefile.in &&
./configure \
--bindir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/bin/${TEXARCH} \
--mandir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/doc/man \
--with-kpathsea=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-kpathsea=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX:
This allows the build system to find the headers for
kpathsea
Xindy is an index processor that can be used to generate book-like indexes for arbitrary document-preparation systems. This includes systems such as TeX and LaTeX, the roff-family, and SGML/XML-based systems (e.g., HTML) that process some kind of text and generate indexing information.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS 12.0 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://tug.ctan.org/support/xindy/base/xindy-2.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 221acfeeb0f6f8388f89a59c56491041
Download size: 506 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Install xindy by running the following commands:
export TEXARCH=$(uname -m | sed -e 's/i.86/i386/' -e 's/$/-linux/') &&
sed -i "s/ grep -v '^;'/ awk NF/" make-rules/inputenc/Makefile.in &&
sed -i 's%\(indexentry\)%\1\\%' make-rules/inputenc/make-inp-rules.pl &&
patch -Np1 -i ../xindy-2.5.1-upstream_fixes-2.patch &&
./configure --prefix=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX \
--bindir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/bin/$TEXARCH \
--datarootdir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX \
--includedir=/usr/include \
--libdir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist \
--mandir=$TEXLIVE_PREFIX/texmf-dist/doc/man &&
make LC_ALL=POSIX
This package does not have a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i "s/ grep -v '^;'/ awk NF/" ...: The build sorts files in latin{1..3} encodings to create latin.xdy, and unicode versions of these to create utf8.xdy after using grep -v '^;' to remove blank lines. With grep-2.23 any data not in the expected encoding is treated as binary, resulting in a useless file. This command uses an alternative way of removing blank lines.
sed -i 's%\(indexentry\)%\1\\%'
...: A regexp contains indexentry{ - perl has warned about the
unescaped left brace for some time and now treats it as
illegal. Change it to indexentry\{, doubling the backslash for
sed.
patch -Np1 -i ../xindy-2.5.1-upstream_fixes-2.patch: Xindy is now maintained at CTAN. This patch updates the source with some of the changes made there (but ignoring changes which were only made to allow for spaces in pathnames and some trivial recent changes).
--prefix=, --bindir=,
--datarootdir=, --infodir=, --mandir= ... : these
switches ensure that the files installed from source will
overwrite any corresponding files previously installed by
install-tl-unx so that the
alternative methods of installing texlive are consistent.
--includedir=/usr/include: This
parameter ensures that the kpathsea headers from texlive-20230313 will be found.
make
LC_ALL=POSIX: with the current version of
coreutils it is essential to
build xindy in the POSIX (or
C) locale because in a UTF-8 locale the file latin.xdy will contain only a heading and
then a line 'Binary file (standard
input) matches' instead of the many lines of
lisp merge-rule commands it
ought to contain.
Creative Commons Legal Code
Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0
CREATIVE COMMONS CORPORATION IS NOT A LAW FIRM AND DOES NOT PROVIDE LEGAL SERVICES. DISTRIBUTION OF THIS LICENSE DOES NOT CREATE AN ATTORNEY-CLIENT RELATIONSHIP. CREATIVE COMMONS PROVIDES THIS INFORMATION ON AN "AS-IS" BASIS. CREATIVE COMMONS MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING THE INFORMATION PROVIDED, AND DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.
License
THE WORK (AS DEFINED BELOW) IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS CREATIVE COMMONS PUBLIC LICENSE ("CCPL" OR "LICENSE"). THE WORK IS PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW. ANY USE OF THE WORK OTHER THAN AS AUTHORIZED UNDER THIS LICENSE OR COPYRIGHT LAW IS PROHIBITED.
BY EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS TO THE WORK PROVIDED HERE, YOU ACCEPT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE. THE LICENSOR GRANTS YOU THE RIGHTS CONTAINED HERE IN CONSIDERATION OF YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
Definitions
"Collective Work" means a work, such as a periodical issue, anthology or encyclopedia, in which the Work in its entirety in unmodified form, along with a number of other contributions, constituting separate and independent works in themselves, are assembled into a collective whole. A work that constitutes a Collective Work will not be considered a Derivative Work (as defined below) for the purposes of this License.
"Derivative Work" means a work based upon the Work or upon the Work and other pre-existing works, such as a translation, musical arrangement, dramatization, fictionalization, motion picture version, sound recording, art reproduction, abridgment, condensation, or any other form in which the Work may be recast, transformed, or adapted, except that a work that constitutes a Collective Work will not be considered a Derivative Work for the purpose of this License. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a musical composition or sound recording, the synchronization of the Work in timed-relation with a moving image ("synching") will be considered a Derivative Work for the purpose of this License.
"Licensor" means the individual or entity that offers the Work under the terms of this License.
"Original Author" means the individual or entity who created the Work.
"Work" means the copyrightable work of authorship offered under the terms of this License.
"You" means an individual or entity exercising rights under this License who has not previously violated the terms of this License with respect to the Work, or who has received express permission from the Licensor to exercise rights under this License despite a previous violation.
"License Elements" means the following high-level license attributes as selected by Licensor and indicated in the title of this License: Attribution, Noncommercial, ShareAlike.
Fair Use Rights. Nothing in this license is intended to reduce, limit, or restrict any rights arising from fair use, first sale or other limitations on the exclusive rights of the copyright owner under copyright law or other applicable laws.
License Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, Licensor hereby grants You a worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual (for the duration of the applicable copyright) license to exercise the rights in the Work as stated below:
to reproduce the Work, to incorporate the Work into one or more Collective Works, and to reproduce the Work as incorporated in the Collective Works;
to create and reproduce Derivative Works;
to distribute copies or phonorecords of, display publicly, perform publicly, and perform publicly by means of a digital audio transmission the Work including as incorporated in Collective Works;
to distribute copies or phonorecords of, display publicly, perform publicly, and perform publicly by means of a digital audio transmission Derivative Works;
The above rights may be exercised in all media and formats whether now known or hereafter devised. The above rights include the right to make such modifications as are technically necessary to exercise the rights in other media and formats. All rights not expressly granted by Licensor are hereby reserved, including but not limited to the rights set forth in Sections 4(e) and 4(f).
Restrictions.The license granted in Section 3 above is expressly made subject to and limited by the following restrictions:
You may distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work only under the terms of this License, and You must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource Identifier for, this License with every copy or phonorecord of the Work You distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform. You may not offer or impose any terms on the Work that alter or restrict the terms of this License or the recipients' exercise of the rights granted hereunder. You may not sublicense the Work. You must keep intact all notices that refer to this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work with any technological measures that control access or use of the Work in a manner inconsistent with the terms of this License Agreement. The above applies to the Work as incorporated in a Collective Work, but this does not require the Collective Work apart from the Work itself to be made subject to the terms of this License. If You create a Collective Work, upon notice from any Licensor You must, to the extent practicable, remove from the Collective Work any reference to such Licensor or the Original Author, as requested. If You create a Derivative Work, upon notice from any Licensor You must, to the extent practicable, remove from the Derivative Work any reference to such Licensor or the Original Author, as requested.
You may distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform a Derivative Work only under the terms of this License, a later version of this License with the same License Elements as this License, or a Creative Commons iCommons license that contains the same License Elements as this License (e.g. Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0 Japan). You must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource Identifier for, this License or other license specified in the previous sentence with every copy or phonorecord of each Derivative Work You distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform. You may not offer or impose any terms on the Derivative Works that alter or restrict the terms of this License or the recipients' exercise of the rights granted hereunder, and You must keep intact all notices that refer to this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Derivative Work with any technological measures that control access or use of the Work in a manner inconsistent with the terms of this License Agreement. The above applies to the Derivative Work as incorporated in a Collective Work, but this does not require the Collective Work apart from the Derivative Work itself to be made subject to the terms of this License.
You may not exercise any of the rights granted to You in Section 3 above in any manner that is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation. The exchange of the Work for other copyrighted works by means of digital file-sharing or otherwise shall not be considered to be intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation, provided there is no payment of any monetary compensation in connection with the exchange of copyrighted works.
If you distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work or any Derivative Works or Collective Works, You must keep intact all copyright notices for the Work and give the Original Author credit reasonable to the medium or means You are utilizing by conveying the name (or pseudonym if applicable) of the Original Author if supplied; the title of the Work if supplied; to the extent reasonably practicable, the Uniform Resource Identifier, if any, that Licensor specifies to be associated with the Work, unless such URI does not refer to the copyright notice or licensing information for the Work; and in the case of a Derivative Work, a credit identifying the use of the Work in the Derivative Work (e.g., "French translation of the Work by Original Author," or "Screenplay based on original Work by Original Author"). Such credit may be implemented in any reasonable manner; provided, however, that in the case of a Derivative Work or Collective Work, at a minimum such credit will appear where any other comparable authorship credit appears and in a manner at least as prominent as such other comparable authorship credit.
For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a musical composition:
Performance Royalties Under Blanket Licenses. Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance rights society (e.g. ASCAP, BMI, SESAC), royalties for the public performance or public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work if that performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Mechanical Rights and Statutory Royalties. Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a music rights agency or designated agent (e.g. Harry Fox Agency), royalties for any phonorecord You create from the Work ("cover version") and distribute, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 115 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your distribution of such cover version is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation. 6. Webcasting Rights and Statutory Royalties. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a sound recording, Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance-rights society (e.g. SoundExchange), royalties for the public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 114 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your public digital performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Webcasting Rights and Statutory Royalties. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a sound recording, Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance-rights society (e.g. SoundExchange), royalties for the public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 114 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your public digital performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Representations, Warranties and Disclaimer
UNLESS OTHERWISE MUTUALLY AGREED TO BY THE PARTIES IN WRITING, LICENSOR OFFERS THE WORK AS-IS AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE WORK, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF TITLE, MERCHANTIBILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR THE ABSENCE OF LATENT OR OTHER DEFECTS, ACCURACY, OR THE PRESENCE OF ABSENCE OF ERRORS, WHETHER OR NOT DISCOVERABLE. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO SUCH EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
Limitation on Liability. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO YOU ON ANY LEGAL THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS LICENSE OR THE USE OF THE WORK, EVEN IF LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Termination
This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically upon any breach by You of the terms of this License. Individuals or entities who have received Derivative Works or Collective Works from You under this License, however, will not have their licenses terminated provided such individuals or entities remain in full compliance with those licenses. Sections 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, and 8 will survive any termination of this License.
Subject to the above terms and conditions, the license granted here is perpetual (for the duration of the applicable copyright in the Work). Notwithstanding the above, Licensor reserves the right to release the Work under different license terms or to stop distributing the Work at any time; provided, however that any such election will not serve to withdraw this License (or any other license that has been, or is required to be, granted under the terms of this License), and this License will continue in full force and effect unless terminated as stated above.
Miscellaneous
Each time You distribute or publicly digitally perform the Work or a Collective Work, the Licensor offers to the recipient a license to the Work on the same terms and conditions as the license granted to You under this License.
Each time You distribute or publicly digitally perform a Derivative Work, Licensor offers to the recipient a license to the original Work on the same terms and conditions as the license granted to You under this License.
If any provision of this License is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this License, and without further action by the parties to this agreement, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.
No term or provision of this License shall be deemed waived and no breach consented to unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the party to be charged with such waiver or consent.
This License constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Work licensed here. There are no understandings, agreements or representations with respect to the Work not specified here. Licensor shall not be bound by any additional provisions that may appear in any communication from You. This License may not be modified without the mutual written agreement of the Licensor and You.
Creative Commons is not a party to this License, and makes no warranty whatsoever in connection with the Work. Creative Commons will not be liable to You or any party on any legal theory for any damages whatsoever, including without limitation any general, special, incidental or consequential damages arising in connection to this license. Notwithstanding the foregoing two (2) sentences, if Creative Commons has expressly identified itself as the Licensor hereunder, it shall have all rights and obligations of Licensor.
Except for the limited purpose of indicating to the public that the Work is licensed under the CCPL, neither party will use the trademark "Creative Commons" or any related trademark or logo of Creative Commons without the prior written consent of Creative Commons. Any permitted use will be in compliance with Creative Commons' then-current trademark usage guidelines, as may be published on its website or otherwise made available upon request from time to time.
Creative Commons may be contacted at http://creativecommons.org/.
Copyright © 1999-2023 The BLFS Development Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
UNIS/Composer 669 Module
Application Binary Interface
Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
Andrew File System
AMD Generic Encapsulated Software Architecture
Audio Interchange File Format
Advanced Linux Sound Architecture
American National Standards Institute
Application Programming Interface
Apache Portable Runtime
Address Resolution Protocol
American Standard Code for Information Interchange
Address Space Layout Randomization
Abstract Syntax Notation
Advanced Streaming Format
Advanced Technology Attachment
Advanced Television Systems Committee
Accessibility ToolKit
Audio Video Interleave
Abstract Window Toolkit
Basic Encoding Rules
Berkeley Internet Name Domain
Basic Input/Output System
Beyond Linux From Scratch
Bit MaP
Compact Disk
Compact Disc Digital Audio
Common Internet File System
See Also SMB .
Cryptographic Message Syntax
COmpression/DECompression module
Common Object Request Broker Architecture
Central Processing Unit
Color Rendering Dictionary
Color Space Array
Contents Scrambling System
Cascading Style Sheets
Common Unix Printing System
Concurrent Versions System
Disc At Once
Directory Address Resolution Protocol Allocation
Digital Equipment Corporation
Distinguished Encoding Rules
Data Encryption Standard
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
Dictionary Server Protocol (RFC 2229)
German Industrial Norm
Domain Name Service
Disk Operating System
Direct Rendering Infrastructure
Document Structuring Conventions
Dynamic Shared Objects
Document Style Semantics and Specification Language
Digital Video
Digital Versatile Disk (also Digital Video Disk)
DeVice Independent
Executable and Linking Format
Enhanced Parallel Port
Encapsulated PostScript
Enlighten Sound Daemon
Extended Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
File Alteration Monitor
Fast Assembly Mpeg Encoder
Frequently Asked Questions
Facsimile
Frame Buffer
File Hierarchy Standard
Free Lossless Audio CODEC
Formatted Objects
File Transfer Protocol
GNU Compiler Collection
GNU DataBase Manager
GTK+ Drawing Kit
GNOME Display Manager
Group IDentity
Graphics Interchange Format
OpenGL Utility Toolkit
GNU Multiple Precision Arithmetic
GNU NYU Ada 9x Translator
GNU Network Object Model Environment
GNU's Not Unix
General Public License
General Purpose Mouse
Generic Security Service
Generic Security Service Application Programming Interface
GIMP ToolKit
Graphical User Interface
Hierarchical File System
HyperText Markup Language
HyperText Transfer Protocol
HyperText Transfer Protocol Secured
Hang UP
Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
International Color Consortium
Internet Control Message Protocol
Integrated Drive Electronics
Integrated Development Environment
Interface Definition Language
Ink Jet Systems
Internet Location Server
Internet Message Access Protocol
Inode MONitor
Internet Protocol
See Also TCP .
Internetwork Packet eXchange
Internet Relay Chat
Integrated Services Digital Network
International Standards Organisation
Internet Service Provider
ImpulseTracker Module
Java Advanced Imaging
Java ARchive
Java Development Kit
JPEG File Interchange Format
Joint Photographic Experts Group
Key Distribution Center
KDesktop Environment
Lame Ain't an MP3 Encoder
Local Area Network
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
Lightweight Data Interchange Format
Linux From Scratch
Library General Public License
Line PRinter
Lempel-Ziv-Oberhumer
Lempel-Ziv-Welch
Media Access Control
Multimedia COmmunication Protocol
Multipoint Control Unit
Message-Digest
Mail Delivery Agent
MED/OctaMED Module
Musical Instrument Digital Interface
Maker Interchange Format
Media Independent Interface
Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Multiple-image Network Graphics
ProTracker Module
MPEG-1 audio layer 3
Moving Picture Experts Group
Magick Scripting Language
Mail Transport Agent
MultiTracker Module
Mail User Agent
Netwide ASseMbler
Network News Transfer Protocol
Network File System
Network Information Service
Native Posix Thread Library
Netscape Portable Runtime
Network Security Services
Network Time Protocol
Object Activation Framework
Open DataBase Connectivity
Open Metadata Framework
Object Request Broker
See Also CORBA .
Object Relational Database Management System
Operating System
Open Software Foundation
Open Sound System
Pluggable authentication Modules
Portable BitMap
Peripheral Component Interconnect
Printer Control Language
Pulse Code Modulation
Primary Domain Controller
Portable Document Format
PHP Extension and Application Repository
Portable Grey Map
Pretty Good Privacy
PHP Hypertext Preprocessor
Position Independent Executable
Personal Information Manager
Parallel Line Internet Protocol
Portable Network Graphics
Portable Object
Plain Old Documentation
Post Office Protocol
PostScript Printer Description
Portable Pixel Map
Point to Point Protocol
Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet
PostScript
Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service
Random Access Memory
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
Revision Control System
Request For Comments
Red Green Blue
Red Green Blue Alpha
Read-Only Memory
Roaring Penguin
Remote Procedure Call
Real Time Clock
Real Time Protocol
Read Write
ScreamTracker Version 3 Module
Secure/MIME
Scanner Access Now Easy
Simple Authentication and Security Layer
Serial Advanced Technology Attachment
Standard Build Unit
Small Computer System Interface
Software Development Kit
Standard Generalized Markup Language
Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology
Server Message Block
Synchronized Multimedia Integration Language
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
Structured Query Language
Secure SHell
Secure Sockets Layer
Stack Smash Protection
Set User IDentity
Scalable Vector Graphics
Super Video Graphics Array
Tool Command Language
Transmission Control Protocol
Ticket-Granting Ticket
Tag(ged) Image File Format
Transport Layer Security
TrueType Font
Text To Speech
Universal Character Set
Universal Disk Format
User IDentity
User Datagram Protocol
User Interface
Unified Modelling Language
Uniform Resource Locator
Universal Serial Bus
Upstream Ready
UCS Transformation Format
Unix-to-Unix Copy Protocol
Video Compact Disk
Version Control System
Video Electronics Standards Association
Video Graphics Array
Virtual Network Computer
Video OBject
Voice Over IP
World Wide Web Consortium
Waveform Audio
World Wide Web
XDisplay Manager Control Protocol
FastTracker Module
eXtensible Markup Language
eXtensible Style Language
eXtensible Style Language Transformation
X/Open System Management
XMultiMedia System
Yellow Pages
Luminance-Bandwidth-Chrominance